All Courses Print View

Accounting (ACCT)

2110. Principles of Accounting I (3)

An introduction to financial accounting concepts emphasizing the analysis of business transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), the effect of these transactions on the financial statements, financial analysis, and the interrelationships of the financial statements.

2120. Principles of Accounting II (3)

An introduction to the use of accounting information in the management decision making processes of planning, implementing, and controlling business activities. In addition, the course will discuss the accumulation and classification of costs as well as demonstrate the difference between costing systems. Prerequisite: 2110.

Aerospace Studies (AFAS)

120. Heritage and Values [The Foundation of the United States Air Force] (1)

Survey course designed to introduce students to the U.S. Air Force and U.S. Space Force and provides an overview of the basic characteristics, missions, and organization of the Air Force and Space Force.

120L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Dynamic and integrated grouping of leadership developmental activities designed to meet the needs and expectations of prospective Air and Space Force second lieutenants and complement the AFROTC academic program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 120.

121. Heritage and Values [The Foundation of the United States Air Force] (1)

121L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Dynamic and integrated grouping of leadership developmental activities designed to meet the needs and expectations of prospective Air and Space Force second lieutenants and complement the Air Force ROTC academic program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 121.

250. Team and Leadership Fundamentals [The Evolution of USAF Air and Space Power] (1)

Provides a fundamental understanding of both leadership and team building. The lessons and course flow are designed to prepare cadets for field training and leadership positions in the detachment.

250L. Leadership Laboratory (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Dynamic and integrated grouping of leadership developmental activities designed to meet the needs and expectations of prospective Air and Space Force second lieutenants and complement the Air Force ROTC academic program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 250.

251. Team and Leadership Fundamentals [The Evolution of USAF Air and Space Power] (1)

Provides a fundamental understanding of both leadership and team building. The lessons and course flow are designed to prepare cadets for field training and leadership positions in the detachment.

251L. Leadership Laboratory (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Dynamic and integrated grouping of leadership developmental activities designed to meet the needs and expectations of prospective Air and Space Force second lieutenants and complement the Air Force ROTC academic program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 251.

300. Leading People and Effective Communication [Air Force Leadership Studies] (3)

Utilizes cadets field training experience to take a more in-depth look at leadership. Special emphasis is placed on enhancing communication skills, and why that is important as a leader.

300L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Dynamic and integrated grouping of leadership developmental activities designed to meet the needs and expectations of prospective Air and Space Force second lieutenants and complement the Air Force ROTC academic program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 300.

301. Leading People and Effective Communication [Air Force Leadership Studies] (3)

Utilizes cadets field training experience to take a more in-depth look at leadership. Special emphasis is placed on enhancing communication skills, and why that is important as a leader. Prerequisite: 300.

301L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Dynamic and integrated grouping of leadership developmental activities designed to meet the needs and expectations of prospective Air and Space Force second lieutenants and complement the Air Force ROTC academic program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 301.

325. Air Force ROTC Directed Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course provides the opportunity for individual directed studies of advanced subjects under supervision of designated AFROTC faculty. This course is only open to AFROTC Cadets. Restriction: permission of department.

329. Active Duty Physical Training Preparation (1, may be repeated nine times Δ [1, may be repeated eight times Δ])

Course prepares Field Training (FT) Preparation cadets for their roles as military leaders by teaching various ways to conduct military fitness training. Goal is to expose cadets to many training methods while instilling AF physical fitness standards. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

350. Air Force ROTC Field Training (3)

Required summer field training program, which is an integral and mandatory part of the AFROTC commissioning process. This course completes the GMC program of study and is only open to AFROTC Cadets. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of department.

400. National Security, Leadership Responsibilities and Commissioning Preparation [National Security Affairs-Preparation for Active Duty] (3)

Overview of the complex social and political issues facing the military profession and gives the foundation to understand the role of military officers and how they are directly tied to our National Security Strategy. Prerequisite: 301.

400L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Dynamic and integrated grouping of leadership developmental activities designed to meet the needs and expectations of prospective Air and Space Force second lieutenants and complement the Air Force ROTC academic program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 400.

401. National Security, Leadership Responsibilities and Commissioning Preparation [National Security Affairs-Preparation for Active Duty] (3)

401L. Leadership Laboratory (1)

Dynamic and integrated grouping of leadership developmental activities designed to meet the needs and expectations of prospective Air and Space Force second lieutenants and complement the Air Force ROTC academic program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 401.

Africana Studies (AFST)

101. Swahili I (3)

(Also offered as SWAH 101) Foundation course for all beginning students interested in reading or speaking the language. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. {Offered upon demand}

102. Swahili II (3)

(Also offered as SWAH 102) This course builds directly upon AFST 101, and is designed to bring the students beyond a novice-intermediate or intermediate level of competence. Prerequisite: 101.

1110. Introduction to Africana Studies (3)

An interdisciplinary course that introduces students to the histories, cultures, and experiences of global people of African descent. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1120. Race in the Digital Age (3)

The digital realm is comprised of storied sites such as commerce, employment, education, therapy, community, political expression, crime, and ideas. Technology has transformed the who, what, where, and why of how we define community and identity in the digital age. However, who you are and where you are still matters, despite the benefits of anonymity in cyberspace. This course will investigate the relevance of race, gender, class, identity, and the “cultural capital” that one can spend in our Digital Age economy. To this end, we will start with critical race scholar, Prof. Derrick Bell’s 1990 sci-fi influenced work which prophesied a 21st century “post-racial” American: entwining over two centuries of racial designations on an ever evolving economic marketplace. This course will approach our present “post-racial” moment as an exceptional period for developing new models for identity formation.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Explorations of a variety of topics in Africana Studies.

2110. African American History (3)

This course surveys the long and turbulent journey of African-Americans, the rich culture they have cultivated, and their persistent struggle for freedom from the perspective, interests, aspirations, possibilities and envisioned destinies of African descended peoples. From African antiquity to the 21st century, students will study: 1) The African background; 2) The Holocaust of Enslavement; 3) Black Resistance and Abolition; 4) Reconstruction; 5) The Jim Crow Era; 6) Civil Rights and Black Power, and; 7) The Post-Industrial/Post Civil Rights Era.

2140. Black Women in the African Diaspora (3)

This survey course reviews the contributions of Black women to the Black Diasporic story.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Explorations of a variety of topics in Africana Studies.

303. Black Liberation and Religion (3)

(Also offered as RELG 303) Students will be introduced to the Black experience, which necessitates the redefinition of God and Jesus Christ in the lives of Black people as the struggle for transcendental and political freedom.

307. African Diaspora in the Southwest (3)

(Also offered as AMST 351) A survey of the lives of Blacks in the American West (1528–1918).

309. Black Politics (3)

(Also offered as POLS 309) A study of the history and diverse educational and political maturation processes of elected American officials and functions of the political process. {Fall}

315. Race and the Law (3)

Explores the historical and contemporary treatment of race in the United States by the courts and the legislature, and the construction of race as a concept and position of identity through the law.

322. Africana Study Abroad (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This course surveys the Civil Rights Movement, focusing on legal decisions, events, and consequences of the era. Black radicalism, federal policies, world affairs, the role/impact of gender, and post-Civil Rights America will be explored.

329. Introduction to African Politics (3)

(Also offered as POLS 329) An introductory course in the volatile politics in Africa. The various ideologies that underlie political movements and influence African governments will be explored.

333. Black Political Theory (3)

Survey course of the literature and philosophy of the Black Diaspora.

335. Sociology of Black Communities (3)

This course examines issues and introduces relevant sociological theories and concepts related to Black social life in America and Afro-Latin communities from a historical and contemporary frame of reference.

340. Race and Globalization (3)

This course highlights the intersection and impact of race and globalization on people and communities worldwide and their resistance to the most oppressive consequences of economic, political, and cultural globalization.

345. Foundations in Critical Race Theory (3)

This course interrogates theories related to race, racism, racial power, racialization, white supremacy and anti-black ideology.

360. The Harlem Renaissance (3)

This course introduces the art, literature, and music of the Harlem Renaissance and the development of Black identity. The course will also review the historic roots of the Black Arts Movement and Hip Hop Culture.

380. African Literature (3)

An analytical look at the works of major African writers and their usage of African symbols to portray Africa of the past, present and the future.

381. African-American Literature II (3)

(Also offered as ENGL 366) This is the second phase of a three-part journey through the African-American experience in search of humanity and peace. The vehicle is post-slavery books written by and about African-American people. Issues raised and the characters in the books provide the occasion for in-depth discussion of inhumanity, protests, self definition, race relationships, liberalism, etc.

385. The African World (3)

An interdisciplinary introduction to the study of Africa; its political and economic geographies; its traditional and new societies; and its politics in global perspectives.

388. Blacks in Latin America (3)

A comprehensive analysis of the plight of Black people in Latin America as compared with their experiences in North America, from the 15th to 19th century.

391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

395. Education in Colonial Africa (3)

A study of European education and its psychological, sociological and cultural impact on traditional African society. {Fall, Spring}

396. Emancipation and Equality (3)

The course examines the ending of and aftermath of slavery focusing on Silversmith’s The First Emancipation and also the general emancipation of the Civil War era.

*397. Interdisciplinary Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Special topic courses in specialized areas of African-American Studies. African-American Literature; Sociopolitics: Africa; Politics of Southern Africa; Black Books III, Education and African-American Education and Free Society. {Fall, Spring}

398. Africana Philosophy and Methods (3)

This course draws upon significant philosophical ideas and methodological practices, which outline an Africana worldview.

399. Race, Culture and Education (3)

Analysis of the different child-rearing practices and their effects on the academic performances of children. Analyzes the role of culture in education.

453. African American Art (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 453 / 553) This class provides an overview of African American artists and contextualizes their creativity within the wider framework of U.S. art. What, for example, are the benefits and pitfalls of assigning race to any creative practice?

*495. Topics in Africana Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Explorations of a variety of advanced topics in Africana Studies.

498. Research Seminar (3)

This course examines several types of research and mixed-methods as tools for understanding the role of theory, research, methods, and practice across disciplines related to Africana Studies.

Arts Leadership and Business (ALBS)

2110. The Business of Being an Artist (3)

Survey of arts management terms and concepts with an emphasis on the creative workforce and economy, business of art, nonprofit management, and arts career development strategies. Students develop a career plan that informs their academic directions.

2120. Making The Promotional Video (3)

Fundamentals of promotional video making and providing technical and aesthetic proficiencies used in video communications for public relations and marketing. Includes exposure to industry practices and the expertise of public relations and marketing professionals.

*325. Financial Management in the Arts (3)

The course aims to de-mystify the elements of basic financial management and familiarize students with the concepts and practices of sound financial management and decision-making for the arts and cultural industries. Prerequisite: 2110.

*365. Social Media for Arts Marketing (3)

Emphasis on developing a Web presence and using social media tools for arts marketing and promotion. Real world projects and case discussions will assist in understanding social media marketing practices and strategies.

*370. Problems in Arts Leadership and Business (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This problems course rotates areas of study that reflect contemporary trends and issues in arts management. Problems include, but are not limited to: creative economy, public arts commissioning, and arts entrepreneurship.

375. Producing for Film and Digital Media (3)

(Also offered as FDMA 375) Students will learn roles of the motion picture producer, acquiring the skills to produce a film or digital media project. Includes choosing a viable project and optioning, developing and preparing for pre-production, production, and post-production.

*410. Arts Entrepreneurship (3)

This course explores a variety of topics about arts entrepreneurship, including strategies for determining a path, the evolving definition of "making it", and our own thinking about the relationship between art and business.

*450. Business Planning for the Arts (3)

Course provides emerging arts professionals with the knowledge base and strategies to develop stronger arts businesses. The course will culminate with students developing an arts business plan. Prerequisite: 2110.

*451. Non-Profit Arts Administration (3)

The course is designed to prepare students to be successful arts administrators as they apply management principles in an arts environment. Students will develop capacity building strategies and their own professional practice in the arts. Prerequisite: *325.

*470. Advanced Topics in Arts Leadership and Business (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Arts management practices rotates areas of study that considers current professional practices in allied fields. Practices include, but are not limited to: public arts commissioning, arts funding development, or creative placemaking.

*495. Arts Leadership and Business Internship (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Students are required to complete concurrent online training and 150 internship hours onsite under a mentor's supervision. Prerequisite: *451. Restriction: permission of program.

American Studies (AMST)

1110. Introduction to Environmental and Social Justice (3)

An introduction to the socially and politically constructed values directing Americans’ attitudes toward nature, science and technology and to the impacts of those attitudes on built and natural environments regionally, nationally and globally. (ESJ) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1120. Introduction to Gender, Sexuality and U.S. Empire (3)

While Gender Studies is truly a vast field of inquiry, there is great symmetry in the ways in which feminist scholars have been engaged with questions as to how disciplinary apparatuses and discourses shape and construct "gender." This course will begin with the process of peeking into this exciting scholarship, focusing on the "intersectional ties" of identity-that is, how gender has been produced in and through other categories of identity, such as race, class, sexuality, and nation. While there are numerous ways to structure such a course, this course will maneuver through the field of Gender Studies with an eye toward feminisms, race, and U.S. Empire through processes of incarceration, colonialism, and war). In this course, we will explore how the "intersectional ties" of identities have been constructed within a range of institutions, discourses, and processes, such as law, medicine, popular culture, nationalism, colonialism, and empire. Throughout, we will pay close attention to how discourses normalize certain types of identities, practices, and behaviors, and mark others as deviant or unnatural. And, of course, we will look for strategies to contest these productions. This will necessarily place us within key debates in feminist studies of power, agency, activism, and justice at the individual, community, national, and transnational levels, and allow us to end the course by interrogating the role of Gender Studies in regard to current U.S. occupation in the Middle East and Native America. This course will provide a strong foundation for you to pursue studies in feminist, queer, critical race, and postcolonial theories. (GS)

1130. Introduction to American Popular Culture (3)

This course considers a range of theoretical approaches to the study of popular culture, including cultural studies and feminist theory as well as key concepts and key debates in the study of popular culture. It explores the ways popular culture is implicated in the formation of social determinants such as ethnicity, race, gender, class, and sexuality and conversely, how these social determinants are implicated in the formation of popular culture. The course also considers the ways in which popular culture serves as a site of ongoing political struggle. The aim of the course is to provide students with a critical vocabulary to make sense of broader significance and relevance of popular culture--why popular culture matters. To accomplish this, we will investigate a number of popular expressive forms including magazines, fandom, digital music, and hip hop. (PC)

1140. Introduction to Race, Class and Ethnicity (3)

This course offers an introduction to the field of American Studies through an interdisciplinary examination of race, class and ethnicity in the United States and in a global context. Using a schedule of keywords, we will engage a range of central themes and concerns. We will examine histories of injustice, and resistance to injustice. Readings and assignments encourage students to notice the privilege and oppression at the core of U.S. society. The class will challenge the widely accepted assumption that we as a nation have moved beyond race and racism. Through readings, films, online sources, and our assignments, this course aims to increase our knowledge of inequality in our society, and the impact of those inequities on various societies and individuals. (RCE) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1150. Introduction to Southwest Studies (3)

This course introduces the complex histories, social issues, and cultural experiences of peoples of the southwestern United States. Course materials and discussions also demonstrate the possibilities of interdisciplinary study of regional American culture. It is multicultural in content and multidisciplinary in methodology. We will examine cross-cultural relationships among the peoples of the Southwest within the framework of their expressions and experiences in art, culture, religion; social and political economy. (SS) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

(G)

2110. American Life and Thought (3)

This course introduces students to cultural studies and the alternative interpretations of American history and culture. Particular attention will be paid to indigenous history, country music, tattoos, and American mobilization for war. Course materials and lectures will frequently utilize cultural traditions to explore key concepts and issues. Additionally, this course will require students to assume an analytical and critical perspective on academic interpretive models. We will read texts that exemplify critical Marxist, feminist, and reflexive anthropological approaches. (G) {Fall, Spring}

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

(G)

303. Law, Violence, and Empire [Law in the Political Community] (3)

(Also offered as POLS 303) Introduction to the role of law and legal institutions in politics and society. (C)

309 / 509. Topics in Social Movements (3, may be repeated four times Δ [3, may be repeated once Δ])

An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of social movements, focusing on cultural and social formations of these movements. Topics include: folklore of social movements; labor struggles; peace movements; land conflicts. (C)

310 / 510. Topics in Cultural Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Varying topics undergraduate course. An in-depth study of one subject in the field of interdisciplinary culture studies. Topics may include material culture, folklore, consumerism, public culture, critical theory, cultural identity and language and representation. (C)

320. Topics in Environmental and Social Justice (3, may be repeated four times Δ [3, may be repeated twice Δ])

The content of this course varies by semester. Topics may include: environmental justice, social movements, law and justice, race and nature, state violence, environmental social theory. (ESJ)

321. Science, Nature and Anxiety in the Zombie Films of George Romero (3)

This course will examine the social commentary of George Romero's zombie films. We will consider how Romero's zombies serve as a vehicle to examine social anxieties regarding science, technology, nature, race, class and consumerism.

330 / 530. Topics in Feminist, Queer and Transgender Studies [Topics in Gender Studies] (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Varying subjects deriving from the contemporary cultural studies focus on matters of gender. Topics include: feminist theory; gender and nature; the factor of gender in disciplinary and interdisciplinary studies. (GS)

331. Politics of Sex (3)

Scandal, intrigue, drama: the politics of sex are all around us. This course examines the controversies associated with "sex" in US politics, history, and popular culture.

340/540. Topics in Popular Visual Culture and Critique [Topics in Cultural Studies] (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Content varies by semester. Topics include: popular music, popular culture of the 1960s; sex and gender in popular culture; chicano/a vernacular culture; black popular culture; popular environmentalism. (PC)

341. Topics in Film (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Varying subjects, based in theoretical and/or historical approaches. Topics include: sex and gender in popular film; films of the nuclear age; African-American film; ethnicity in American cinema; film theory. (PC)

346. Religion in New Mexico (3)

(Also offered as RELG 346) This course examines New Mexican religion from the seventeenth century onward, considering how life here shapes religious practice, and how religion factors in how visitors imagine and represent inhabitants.

350 / 550. Topics in Critical Race Studies [Topics in Feminist, Queer and Transgender Studies] [Topics in Race, Class, Ethnicity] (3, may be repeated four times Δ [3, may be repeated once Δ])

Offers specialized topics on an alternating basis dealing with race, class and ethnicity in the formation of American life and society. Subject areas include immigration, class formation, conquest, colonization, public policy and civil rights. (RCE)

351. Blacks in the Southwest (3)

(Also offered as AFST 307) A survey of the lives of Blacks in the American West (1528–1918). (RCE)

352. The U.S. War on Terror (3)

This course examines the history, politics, and cultural production of the U.S. War on Terror within the contexts of US imperialisms and US Orientalist discourses.

357. Topics in African-American Studies (3, may be repeated four times Δ [3, may be repeated once Δ])

Offers topics addressing African-American social, cultural, political and intellectual life. Topics include: black social movements, African-American intellectual history, black cultural studies, slavery in the Americas. (RCE)

360 / 560. Topics in Southwest Studies (3, may be repeated four times Δ [3, may be repeated twice Δ])

Offers topics dealing with the social, cultural and technological developments among the people of the Southwest. Topics include folk art and material culture; rural, urban and border communities; traditional healing; travel and tourism; Hispano/Chicanos after 1848. (SS)

370 / 570 [356/556]. Topics in Critical Indigenous Studies [Topics in Native American Studies] (3, may be repeated fours times Δ)

Topical survey of theoretical approaches, research methodologies and subject areas within the interdisciplinary field of Native American Studies. (RCE)

380 / 580. Topics in Latinx Studies [Topics in Latino/a Studies] (3, may be repeated four times Δ [3])

This interdisciplinary topics course examines the fastest growing population in the U.S. and includes Latino intellectual history, political and economic relations, recovery projects, music, film and media representations and environment, community and post-colonial studies. (RCE)

385. The Problem of America: Theories and Methods (3)

This course explores various theoretical approaches to the problem of America. Focusing on race, indigeneity, gender, sexuality, region, disability, and more, this course gives students the tools they need to create their own intellectual projects. (G) {Fall}

485. Senior Seminar in American Studies [Senior Seminar in the Culture of the United States] (3)

An analysis of the value of synthesis in liberal scholarship. Focus will be on cooperative interdisciplinary research. (G) {Spring only}

497. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(G)

*498. Internship (1-6)

Involves internships in off-campus learning experiences related to the study of American and regional culture and character, such as work in local communities and with relevant institutions. (G)

499. Honors Thesis (3)

Development and writing of senior honors thesis under supervision of Faculty Advisor. (G) Prerequisite: 2110. Restriction: permission of Undergraduate Director. {Spring}

500. American Culture Study Seminar (3)

Examines the basic texts and methods in the field of American studies through discussion and critical/analytical writing assignments. Required for all American Studies graduate students; restricted to graduate students in the department. (G) {Fall}

501. Theories and Methods in American Studies (3)

Introducing students to a range of American Studies theories and methods, this spring seminar is the second in the required sequence of the American Studies core graduate curriculum and builds on the American Studies proseminar. Prerequisite: 500. Restriction: admitted to M.A. American Studies or Ph.D. American Studies.

502. Research Methods Practicum (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This seminar reviews: 1) archival and library research; 2) data collection and fieldwork (plus subsequent analysis and presentation of data); 3) processes of hypotheses and theory building; and 4) development of a research proposal. (G) Prerequisite: 500 and 501. Restriction: admitted to M.A. American Studies or Ph.D. American Studies. {Spring}

509 / 309. Topics in Social Movements (3, may be repeated four times Δ [3, may be repeated once Δ])

510 / 310. Topics in Cultural Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

An in-depth study of one subject in the field of interdisciplinary culture studies. Topics may include material culture, folklore, consumerism, public culture, critical theory, cultural identity and postcolonial studies. (C)

517. Visual Culture (3)

This course will investigate the role of visual experience in everyday life. The assigned works represent a variety of interdisciplinary approaches to American visual culture, including photography, film, television, material culture, and public art. (C)

519. Topics in Cultural History (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Graduate seminars; content varies. Topics include: democracy, culture and history; American landscapes; history and narrative. (C)

520. Topics in Environmental and Social Justice (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Graduate study of subjects in Environmental and Social Justice. Content varies by semester and topics may include: science/technology studies, environmental justice, political economy of nature, environmental social movements, race and nature, law and violence. (ESJ)

530 / 330. Topics in Feminist, Queer and Transgender Studies [Topics in Gender Studies] (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

540/340. Topics in Popular Visual Culture and Critique (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

550 / 350. Topics in Critical Race Studies [Topics in Feminist, Queer and Transgender Studies] [Topics in Race, Class, Ethnicity] (3, may be repeated four times Δ [3, may be repeated once Δ])

560 / 360. Topics in Southwest Studies (3, may be repeated four times Δ [3, may be repeated twice Δ])

570 / 370. Topics in Critical Indigenous Studies [Topics in Native American Studies] (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Seminar offering topical survey of theoretical approaches, research methodologies and subject areas within the interdisciplinary field of Native American Studies. (RCE)

580 / 380. Topics in Latinx Studies [Topics in Latino/a Studies] (3, may be repeated four times Δ [3])

597. Individual Study-Master's Degree (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

(G)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

(G) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

697. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(G) For Ph.D. candidates only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

(G) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Anthropology (ANTH)

1115. Introduction to Anthropology (3)

Anthropology is the systematic study of the humanity both past and present. The course introduces students to the four subfields of anthropology, which include archaeology, biological, linguistic and cultural anthropology. Students will learn about the concepts and methods that anthropologists use to study our species and gain a broader perspective on the human experience. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

1135. Introduction to Biological Anthropology (3)

This course provides a basic introduction to the broad field of biological anthropology. The research interests of biological anthropologists include the history and development of modern evolutionary biology, molecular and population genetics, modern primates, the primate and human fossil record, and modern human biological diversity. Biological Anthropology concentration students are required, and others are encouraged, to enroll concurrently in 1135L. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

1135L. Introduction to Biological Anthropology Laboratory (1)

This laboratory course expand on the topics covered in lecture course and uses scientific methods and principles to examine evidence for the process of evolution, the nature of heredity, human evolutionary history and family tree relationships, primate ecology and behavior, and modern human diversity. Hands-on experience with fossil and skeletal material will be an important part of the learning process. Recommended, but not required, that this be taken concurrently with 1135. Two hours lab. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

1140. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3)

This is an introductory course that provides an overview of cultural anthropology as a subfield within the broader discipline of anthropology and as a research approach within the social sciences more generally. The course presents core concepts and methods of cultural anthropology that are used to understand the ways in which human beings organize and experience their lives through distinctive cultural practices. More specifically, this course explores social and cultural differences and similarities around the world through a variety of topics such as: language and communication, economics, ways of making a living, marriage and family, kinship and descent, race, ethnicity, political organization, supernatural beliefs, sex and gender, and globalization. This course ultimately aims to present a broad range of perspectives and practices of various cultural groups from across the globe. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

1155. Introduction to Linguistic Anthropology (3)

Dinwoodie, Gorbet. This is an introductory course which provides an overview of the discipline of Linguistic Anthropology. The course will discuss the implications of language within anthropology, as well as within the sciences and social sciences more generally. The course explores the core concepts and methods of linguistic anthropology, such as the basic structure of language, first and second language acquisition, bilingualism, and social and regional variations that are used to help students understand what it means to be human and the role of language in human societies.

1170. Human Life (3)

Biology and behavior of the human life course, including the evolution of the life history patterns specific to humans and the impact of population growth and of adaptation to local conditions in promoting human diversity. Students are encouraged, but not required, to enroll concurrently in 1170L. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

1170L. Computer Laboratory in Human Evolutionary Ecology (1)

Introduces the computer as a tool in biological and social science research, provides first-hand experience in data collection, analysis and modeling behavior. No prior computer experience required. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1170.

1211. Archaeological Method and Theory (3)

This class explores different ways of studying and interpreting the past through a survey of archaeology’s historical, theoretical, and methodological development. If you are interested in archaeology as a career (or even just trying out an archaeological field school), this course is critical: it will provide you with the basic tools for conducting archaeological research and with an understanding of the background of the discipline. For this reason, this course is required for Anthropology majors with an Archaeology concentration. Even if you know you don’t want to be an archaeologist, though, this class may interest you. Have you ever wondered how archaeologists know what they know about the? Are you skeptical about some archaeological claims? Have you ever read a statement about the past and thought, “is this really true?” This class will provide you with the skills, both conceptual and practical, to answer those questions. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Corequisite: 1211L.

1211L. Archaeological Method and Theory Laboratory (1)

Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Corequisite: 1211.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2175. World Archaeology (3)

Archaeology is the systematic study of the human past through material remains. This course introduces students to the physical remains of past societies and compares and contrasts archaeological development in different regions. Students will explore the dynamics of the human past and its influences on contemporary society. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

2190C. Forensic Anthropology (3)

This course is designed to introduce students to the forensic investigation of death. Emphasis will be on current methods and techniques and include the role of the anthropologist as an integral member of the investigation process. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

304. Current Research in Anthropology (1-3)

This course familiarizes students with current, active research in Anthropology by the University of New Mexico faculty and visiting scholars. It also teaches students to critically assess and discuss research questions. (A, EV, E)

310. Language and Culture (3)

(Also offered as CJ 319; LING 359) Examination of the interrelations of language and speech with other selected aspects of culture and cognition. (E) Prerequisite: 1155 or LING 2110 or LING 301.

*318. Grammatical Analysis (3)

(Also offered as LING 322 / 522) Principles of morphological and syntactic analysis and introduction to functional and formal theories of grammar. Descriptive analysis of grammatical structures and problems from a variety of languages. (E) Prerequisite: LING 301 or SIGN *305 or SPAN 351. {Spring}

320. Strategy of Archaeology (3)

The purpose and theory of the study of archaeology; relates archaeology to anthropological principles and the practice of science. (A) Prerequisite: 1211 and 1211L. {Yearly}

321 / 521. Southwest Archaeology (3)

An intensive survey of Southwest prehistory including discussion of major interpretative problems. Covers the period from 11,000 years ago to historic times. (A)

324 / 524. South American Archaeology (3)

Archaeology of South America from the Paleo-Indian to the European colonial period. Emphasizes the origins and evolution of Andean civilization and associated interpretive problems. (A) {Alternate years}

325 / 525. Stone Age Europe (3)

The prehistory of Europe with emphasis on hunter-gatherer adaptations of the Pleistocene and early Holocene, using primary data sources. (A) Prerequisite: 1115 or (1211 and 1211L) or 2175. {Alternate years}

327 / 527. African Prehistory (3)

The prehistory of Africa from the appearance of the first hominids to the development of complex societies. (A) Prerequisite: 1115 or (1211 and 1211L) or 2175. {Alternate years}

328 / 528. Near Eastern Archaeology (3)

A survey of the Near Eastern culture area from the origins of agriculture to the development of Bronze Age civilization. (A) {Offered periodically}

330. Principles of Cultural Anthropology (3)

Development of ideas and theories in sociocultural anthropology; focus on topics such as integration of human societies, sources of change in economic and cultural systems. (E)

332 / 532. Indigenous Peoples of South America (3)

Culture and history of indigenous peoples of South America. Selected examples from lowland and highland regions. (E) {Offered periodically}

333 / 533. Ritual Symbols and Behavior (3)

Ethnographic studies and a variety of anthropological approaches to ritual are read to examine the defining characteristics of ritual activity and its contemporary significance in peoples' lives. (E) {Offered periodically}

340 / 540. Topics in Cultural Anthropology (3, no limit Δ)

Current topics in sociocultural anthropology to be explored in experimental courses. (E)

350. Human Genetics and Genomics (3)

Human heredity, variation and adaptation within and between different ecological and cultural settings; genetics; quantitative variation; elements of human population biology and human ecology. (EV) Prerequisite: 1135 or BIOL 1110 or BIOL 1140 or BIOL 2110C or BIOL 2410C. {Spring}

*351L. Anthropology of the Skeleton (4)

A laboratory course in the identification of human skeletal materials with attention to problems in the evolution of primates. Three lectures, 2 hours lab. (EV) {Fall}

357. Human Evolution [Human Origins] (3)

The events and processes involved in the emergence and evolution of the human lineage–from the origins of Australopithecus, through the emergence of the genus Homo, to the evolution of early modern humans–based on the human fossil record. (EV) Prerequisite: 1135 or 2175. {Alternate years}

360. Human Behavioral Ecology (3)

Introduces students to the fundamental principles of evolutionary theory and their application to human behavior. It surveys current research on human sexuality, mate choice, reproduction and parenting from the perspective of human evolutionary ecology. (EV) Prerequisite: 1170 or 1135 or BIOL 1110.

362 / 662. Great Apes: Mind and Behavior (3)

Explores recent research in both captivity and the wild on cognition and behavior of great apes (chimpanzees, gorillas, bonobos, orangutans), the closest living relatives of humans. (EV) Restriction: upper-division standing. {Alternate years}

363. Primate Social Behavior (3)

Special emphasis will be on strategies of survival, reproduction, mating and rearing, in the complex social systems of apes and monkeys. The costs and benefits of alternative strategies are used to understand individual life histories. (EV) Restriction: upper-division standing. {Alternate years}

*371. Pre-Columbian Cultures of Ancient Mexico (3)

Archaeological survey of the cultures of ancient Mexico from earliest inhabitants to the period of the Spanish Conquest. This course explores environmental, social, and political aspects of the rise and fall of societies across Mexico. (E)

*373. Technical Studies in Archaeology (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Technical course with variable content dealing with such issues as dating, paleoenvironmental and subsistence studies in archaeology. (A) {Offered periodically}

375 / 575. Archaeology Field Session (2-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Intensive instruction in archaeological field and laboratory techniques and the opportunity for independent student research. (A) Restriction: permission of instructor.

*376. Maya Prehistory and Archaeology (3)

Surveys the development of the Maya civilizations in Mesoamerica from the origins of agriculture through the Spanish Conquest. The course will explore archaeological, ethno-historical, linguistic, and environmental data and accounts. (A) Prerequisite: 1115 or (1211 and 1211L) or 2175 or 320.

378 / 578. Indigenous Mexico (3)

Introduction to cultural and linguistic diversity of indigenous groups in Mexico, designed to prepare students for study in Oaxaca. Concentration on indigenous peoples of Southern Mexico and Mesoamerica, including Zapotec, Mixtec, Mixe, and Maya groups. Restriction: permission of instructor.

381 / 581. The Anthropology of Heritage (3)

This class explores ethical issues and debates surrounding heritage-making practices and discourses through lens of ethnological, archaeological, and evolutionary anthropology. It problematizes the boundaries between different constructions of the past and present.

383 / 583. Ethnology Field School (3)

Intensive instruction in ethnographic field and analysis techniques and the opportunity for independent student research. Restriction: permission of instructor.

395 / 595. Paleoindians: Colonizing the Americas (3)

Presents and interprets the earliest archeology of North America from the terminal Pleistocene through the early Holocene including relevant archeological evidence from eastern Eurasia and South America. Restriction: permission of instructor.

399. Introduction to Field and Laboratory Research (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Directed study under the supervision of a faculty member. (A, E, EV) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

401 / 501. Native American Art I (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 402 / 502) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Arctic Northwest coast and the eastern woodlands of North America. (E) {Fall}

403 / 503. Native American Art II (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 406 / 506) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Plains, Southwest and western regions of North America. (E) {Spring}

410 / 510. Topics in Linguistic Anthropology (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics from various areas of anthropological linguistics including, but not limited to, ethnosemantics, the ethnography of communication and the biology of language. (E)

*420. Topics in Archaeology (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics of archaeological interest including gender in archaeology, European contact and post-processualism. (A)

445 / 545. Country Music and Cultural Politics (3)

(Also offered as MUS 445 / 545) Investigation of country music from an anthropological and ethnomusicological perspective, utilizing recordings and live performances to put scholarship on country music into conversation with social theory and literature on social class, gender, space/place, racial identities. {Spring}

448 / 548. The Anthropology of Music and Sound (3)

(Also offered as MUS 448 / 548) The cultural study of music and sound. Course materials are drawn from written and audio music ethnographies of contemporary indigenous, diasporic, refugee, exile, and industrial communities. (E)

*450. Topics in Biological Anthropology (3-4 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

(EV)

451 / 651. Bioarcheology (3)

The analysis of the skeletal remains from past human populations, oriented at the mortality, morbidity and genetic affinities of those extinct populations. (EV) Prerequisite: *351L. {Alternate years}

452 / 552. Primate Evolution (3)

This seminar reviews issues in primate taxonomy, functional and behavioral reconstructions, phylogenetic relationships, and macroevolutionary patterns. The intent of this course is to put primates into a broader evolutionary perspective.

453L / 553L. Paleoecology Lab (3)

This course explores reconstruction of paleoecosystems, climates, and ecologies. Students receive laboratory training in techniques including dental microwear and stable isotope analyses. We also examine paleoecological studies through readings of recent literature.

454 / 554. Human Paleopathology (4)

Ancient disease through the study of normal and abnormal bone remodeling processes and dental conditions. Population health evaluated by descriptive and radiologic analyses of human remains. (EV) Prerequisite: *351L. {Alternate years}

457 / 557. Paleoanthropology (3)

Events and processes leading from the appearance of the human lineage to the beginnings of agriculture, with discussions of Australopithecus and the genus Homo, through Homo sapiens. (EV) Prerequisite: 357. {Alternate years}

458 / 558. Dental Anthropology (4)

A laboratory class that explores the application of data from human and non-human dentition to anthropological questions. Topics covered include dental anatomy, development, evolution, variation, and pathology. Prerequisite: 1135.

459. Advanced Osteology (3)

This course is to further develop the skills of graduate and senior undergraduate students in human osteology and to introduce advanced methods of skeletal analysis. Both lecture and laboratory components. (EV) Prerequisite: *351L.

464 / 564. Human Behavioral Evolution (3)

Behavioral transitions throughout human evolution, including social systems, diet, life history, intelligence and locomotion. Focus on hominid origins, the transition from ape-like to human-like hominid, and the origin of our own species. Prerequisite: 357.

468 / 568. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as MUS 468/568, THEA 468/568) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation. {Fall}

473L / 573L. Archaeological Measurement and Laboratory Analysis (4)

Emphasizes the methods and techniques employed to construct and analyze archaeological materials. Style, function and technology of flaked and ground stone and ceramics are considered. Coursework includes readings, discussions and laboratory exercises. Exercises focus on the construction, analysis and interpretation of data. (A) Prerequisite: 320. {Alternate years}

482L / 582L. Geoarchaeology (3)

(Also offered as EPS 482L) Application of geological concepts to archaeological site formation with emphasis on pre-ceramic prehistory of the southwestern United States. Quaternary dating methods, paleoenvironment, landscape evolution, depositional environments. Quaternary stratigraphy, soil genesis, sourcing of lithic materials, site formation processes. Required field trip. (A) Prerequisite: 1211 and 1211L and 2175 and GEOL 1110 and GEOL 1110L. Restriction: junior standing. {Alternate years}

484 / 584. Zooarchaeology (3)

Basic concepts, methods and approaches in the analysis of animal remains from archaeological sites. Lectures cover history, theory and current applications of zooarchaeology. Labs provide practical experience in zooarchaeological identification and analysis.

485 / 585. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MSST 485 / 585) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. (E) Prerequisite: ARTH 407 or MSST 407. {Offered upon demand}

486 / 586. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MSST 486 / 586) Practicum in museum methods and management. (E) Prerequisite: ARTH 407 or MSST 407. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

491 / 591. Population Genetics (3)

(Also offered as BIOL 491 / 591) This course investigates how genetic variation is patterned within and between and how these patterns change over time. Topics include neutral theory, population structure, phylogenetics, coalescent theory, molecular clock, and laboratory methods. (EV)

497. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Directed study of topics not covered in regular courses. (A, E, EV)

498. Honors Seminar (3)

Readings and discussions concerning anthropological research methods, sources, goals and professional ethics. Open to upper-division majors and concentrators whose applications for the honors program have been approved. (A, E, EV) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

*499. Field Research (2-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Field research for qualified advanced undergraduate or graduate students with previous experience in archaeology, biological anthropology, human evolutionary ecology, linguistics or general ethnology. Problems are selected on the basis of student-faculty interest and field research opportunities. (A, E, EV) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

501 / 401. Native American Art I (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 502 / 402) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Arctic Northwest coast and the eastern woodlands of North America. (E) {Fall}

502. Center for Stable Isotopes Seminar (1, may be repeated eight times Δ)

(Also offered as EPS 502) Students will be exposed to cutting edge isotope-focused interdisciplinary research in a lecturer, discussion and constructive feedback setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

503 / 403. Native American Art II (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 506 / 406) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Plains, Southwest and western regions of North America. (E) {Spring}

509. Seminar in Native American Art (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH 559) (E) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

510 / 410. Topics in Linguistic Anthropology (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics from various areas of anthropological linguistics including, but not limited to, ethnosemantics, the ethnography of communication and the biology of language. (E)

514. Seminar: Linguistic Theory (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as LING 554) Current topics and issues in phonology, syntax or semantics. (E)

521 / 321. Southwest Archaeology (3)

An intensive survey of Southwest prehistory including discussion of major interpretative problems. Covers the period from 11,000 years ago to historic times. (A) {Fall}

522. Lithic Analysis (3)

Examines how flaked stone artifacts can be studied and contribute to archaeological research. Includes such topics as raw material procurement; manufacturing technology; tool morphology, function, and style; debitage; and theoretical frameworks. Restriction: admitted to Anthropology graduate program.

523. Quantitative Analysis in Archaeology (3)

Application of quantitative methods to archaeological questions and data. Lectures cover statistical tests common in archaeological analysis and their proper use. Labs provide hands-on experience in quantitative data analysis.

524 / 324. South American Archaeology (3)

525 / 325. Stone Age Europe (3)

527 / 327. African Prehistory (3)

Straus. The prehistory of Africa from the appearance of the first hominids to the development of complex societies. (A) Prerequisite: 1115 or (1211 and 1211L) or 2175. {Alternate years}

528 / 328. Near Eastern Archaeology (3)

A survey of the Near Eastern culture area from the origins of agriculture to the development of Bronze Age civilization. (A) {Offered periodically}

529. Archaeology of Complex Societies (3)

Comparative approach to origin and development of stratified societies and pristine states as known from the archaeological record. (A)

530. Topics in Ethnology (3, no limit Δ)

Current topics in ethnology to be explored in experimental seminars. (E)

532 / 332. Indigenous Peoples of South America (3)

Culture and history of indigenous peoples of South America. Selected examples from lowland and highland regions. (E) {Offered periodically}

533 / 333. Ritual Symbols and Behavior (3)

537. Seminar: Southwestern Ethnology (3)

Examination of data and theories relevant to study of Indian, Hispanic and dominant society cultures in southwestern U.S. and northwestern Mexico. Student research generated from students professional interests. Non-majors admitted. (E)

540 / 340. Topics in Cultural Anthropology (3, no limit Δ)

Current topics in sociocultural anthropology to be explored in experimental courses. (E)

541. Problems and Practice in Ethnography (3)

A practicum in ethnographic methods and theory. (E)

545 / 445. Country Music and Cultural Politics (3)

(Also offered as MUS 545 / 445) Investigation of country music from an anthropological and ethnomusicological perspective, utilizing recordings and live performances to put scholarship on country music into conversation with social theory and literature on social class, gender, space/place, racial identities. {Spring}

546. Theory in Ethnology I (3)

Early history of anthropology from 19th-century cultural evolutionists to anthropology of the mid-20th century. Contributions of Historical School, Structural Functionalists and Neo-Evolutionists. (E) {Fall}

547. Theory in Ethnology II (3)

548 / 448. The Anthropology of Music and Sound (3)

550. Topics in Biological Anthropology (3-4 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

(EV)

552 / 452. Primate Evolution (3)

553L / 453L. Paleoecology Lab (3)

554 / 454. Human Paleopathology (4)

555 [555 / 455]. Anthropological Genetics (3)

This course examines theory, data and methods used by genetic anthropologists to address questions about human origins and prehistory, race, natural selection, disease, and the social and scientific implications of research in genetic anthropology. (EV) Prerequisite: 1135 or BIOL 1110 or BIOL 1140 or BIOL 2110C or BIOL 2410C. {Alternate years}

557 / 457. Paleoanthropology (3)

558 / 458. Dental Anthropology (4)

562. Human Life History (3)

In-depth treatment of human life history evolution. Covers basic population demography; mortality, senescence, menopause, mating, reproduction, parental investment with additional focus on brain evolution. Experiences in evaluation and building mathematical models of fitness trade-offs. (EV) Prerequisite: (360 or BIOL 300) and MATH 1220.

564 / 464. Human Behavioral Evolution (3)

567. Human Behavioral Ecology and Life History (3)

This course offers an advanced survey of human behavioral ecology and life history theory and their relationship to evolutionary psychology and cultural evolutionary theory. It describes humans¿ unique behavior and reproduction in evolutionary perspective. Prerequisite: 1170 or 360 or BIOL 300 or BIOL *455.

568 / 468. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as MUS 568/468, THEA 568/468) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation. {Fall}

570. Advanced Topics in Archaeology (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

(A)

572. Science in Archaeology (3)

Advanced seminar on science-based methods of analysis applied to archaeological materials covering analytical units, chronometric and relative dating, taphonomy, zooarchaeology, geochemistry, paleoclimate, paleoecology, paleodiet and other molecular methods.

573. Topics in Advanced Technical Studies in Archaeology (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

(A)

573L / 473L. Archaeological Measurement and Laboratory Analysis (4)

574. History and Theory of Archaeology (3)

Advanced discussion of concepts and theories within world archaeology. The course emphasizes the structure of archaeological thought in culture history, new archaeology, evolutionary theory and post-modernism. (A) Restriction: admitted to Anthropology graduate program. {Fall}

575 / 375. Archaeology Field Session (2-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Intensive instruction in archaeological field and laboratory techniques and the opportunity for independent student research. (A) Restriction: permission of instructor.

577. Seminar: European Prehistory (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Explores critical issues and debates in different periods of European prehistory, based on primary sources. (A)

578 / 378. Indigenous Mexico (3)

579. Current Debates in Archaeology (3)

Advanced discussion of current theoretical debates in archaeology, including Processual and Post-processual paradigms, formation processes; middle-range, optimal foraging, evolutionary, hunter-gatherer mobility theories; cultural ecology; and origins of agriculture and complex society. (A)

581 / 381. The Anthropology of Heritage (3)

582L / 482L. Geoarchaeology (3)

583 / 383. Ethnology Field School (3)

Intensive instruction in ethnographic field and analysis techniques and the opportunity for independent student research. Restriction: permission of instructor.

584 / 484. Zooarchaeology (3)

585 / 485. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MSST 585 / 485) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. (E) Prerequisite: ARTH 507 or MSST 507. {Offered upon demand}

586 / 486. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MSST 586 / 486) Practicum in museum methods and management. (E) Prerequisite: ARTH 507 or MSST 507. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

591 / 491. Population Genetics (3)

(Also offered as BIOL 591 / 491) This course investigates how genetic variation is patterned within and between and how these patterns change over time. Topics include neutral theory, population structure, phylogenetics, coalescent theory, molecular clock, and laboratory methods. (EV)

592. Managing Cultural Resources (3)

Examines the history and philosophy of statutes, regulations, consultation processes, research directions and funding sources underlying management of archaeological sites, traditional cultural properties, historic buildings, cultural and historical landscapes, and museum collections. (A)

595 / 395. Paleoindians: Colonizing the Americas (3)

597. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(A, E, EV) Restriction: admitted to M.A. Anthropology or M.S. Anthropology.

598. Advanced Research (3, no limit Δ)

(A, E, EV) Restriction: admitted to M.A. Anthropology or M.S. Anthropology.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. (A, E, EV)

620. Topics in Interdisciplinary Biological and Biomedical Sciences (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as BIOL 520, CS 520, ECE 620, STAT 520) Varying interdisciplinary topics taught by collaborative scientists from UNM, SFI, and LANL.

645. Evolution of Primate Behavior (3)

Examine how behavior evolves in cognitively complex species and explores the significance of similarities in behavior between humans and other primates.

651 / 451. Bioarcheology (3)

The analysis of the skeletal remains from past human populations, oriented at the mortality, morbidity and genetic affinities of those extinct populations. (EV) Prerequisite: *351L.

662 / 362. Great Apes: Mind and Behavior (3)

663. Human Evolutionary Ecology Research Methods and Design (3)

Provides an overview of research design and methods utilized in the social/behavioral sciences and public health. It introduces a ‘top-down,’ problem-oriented approach to question development, sample selection, design decisions, specific methods, data analysis. (EV) {Alternate years}

675. Anthropological Research Proposals (3)

Exploration and evaluation of practical anthropological research designs. Exhaustive preparation of realistic grant proposals for specific student-generated projects, with intensive group criticism. (A, E, EV)

697. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Limited to graduate majors in the doctoral program. (A, E, EV)

698. Advanced Research (3, no limit Δ)

Limited to graduate majors in the doctoral program. (A, E, EV)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. (A, E, EV)

Applied Music (APMS)

301. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for the junior Bachelor of Music Performance concentration. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the Chairperson of the Department of Music. Prerequisite: MUSC 2510. {Fall, Spring}

302. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

319. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for juniors pursuing the Bachelor of Arts in Music, the Bachelor of Music Education, or the Bachelor of Music concentration in Theory and Composition, String Pedagogy or Jazz Studies. Also for the study of secondary instruments by any undergraduate music major. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: MUSC 2511. {Fall, Spring}

320. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

391. Junior Recital (0)

For the student pursuing the Bachelor of Music in Performance or Jazz Studies only. Must be taken in conjunction with the appropriate level of Studio Instruction: APMS 301 or 302 for the Performance concentration; APMS 319 or 320 for the Jazz Studies concentration. No extra lesson time is allotted for APMS 391. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Consult the Department of Music Undergraduate Student Handbook for requirements associated with the junior recital. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

401. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (3 or 4 to a maximum of 8 Δ [4, may be repeated twice Δ])

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for the senior Bachelor of Music Performance concentration. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the Chairperson of the Department of Music. Prerequisite: 302 and 391. {Fall, Spring}

402. Studio Instruction for the Performance Concentration (3 to 4 to a maximum of 8 Δ [4, may be repeated twice Δ])

403. Vocal Coaching (1, may be repeated twice Δ [0, no limit Δ])

Vocal coaching instruction, focusing on diction and style, designed to supplement studio instruction in voice. Student must be enrolled concurrently in applied voice lessons in either APMS 401 or 402. Prerequisite: 302. {Fall, Spring}

419. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument for seniors pursuing the Bachelor of Arts in Music, the Bachelor of Music Education, or the Bachelor of Music concentration in Theory and Composition, String Pedagogy or Jazz Studies. Also for the study of secondary instruments by any undergraduate music major. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 320. {Fall, Spring}

420. Studio Instruction for the Non-Performance Concentration (1 or 2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

491. Senior Recital (0, may be repeated three times Δ [0])

For the student pursuing the Bachelor of Music in Performance, String Pedagogy, Theory and Composition or Jazz Studies, or the Bachelor of Music Education only. Must be taken in conjunction with the appropriate level of Studio Instruction: APMS 401 or 402 for Performance concentration; APMS 419 or 420 for String Pedagogy, Jazz Studies or B.M.E.; APMS 319, 320, 419 or 420 for Theory and Composition. No extra lesson time is allotted for APMS 491. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Consult the Department of Music Undergraduate Student Handbook for requirements associated with the senior recital. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

501. Studio Instruction in the Principal Area of Concentration (1 to 4, may be repeated six times Δ [(2 or 4, no limit Δ)])

Studio instruction in the principal instrument (including voice) for students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Performance or Collaborative Piano. Studio instruction in the principal area of concentration for students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Theory and Composition. Enrollment requires instructor's approval. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music. {Fall, Spring}

502. Studio Instruction in the Principal Area of Concentration (1 to 4, may be repeated six times Δ [(2 or 4, no limit Δ)])

Studio instruction in the principal instrument (including voice) for students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Performance or Collaborative Piano. Studio instruction in the principal area of concentration for students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Theory and Composition. Enrollment requires instructor's approval. Prerequisite: four credit hours of 501. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music. {Fall, Spring}

503. Vocal Coaching (1, may be repeated five times Δ)

519. Studio Instruction Outside the Principal Area of Concentration (1 or 2, no limit Δ)

Studio instruction in instruments (including voice), conducting or composition. For the study of secondary instrument or area by any graduate student in Music, or for the study of the principal instrument by students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Conducting, Music Education, Theory and Composition, or Music History and Literature. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music. {Fall, Spring}

520. Studio Instruction Outside the Principal Area of Concentration (1 or 2, no limit Δ)

591. Studio Instruction and Graduate Recital (2 or 4, no limit Δ)

Studio instruction in the principal instrument or area of concentration for students pursuing the Master of Music in Performance, Conducting or Collaborative Piano. Course requirements include successful completion of the graduate recital. Consult the University of New Mexico Catalog and the Department of Music Graduate Student Handbook for requirements associated with the graduate recital. Maximum 4 credit hours allowed in a given instrument (including voice) or area of concentration. Enrollment requires instructor's approval. Prerequisite: 502 or MUS 572. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music. {Fall, Spring}

Arabic (ARBC)

1130. Arabic I Intensive (6)

Following this class, students will be able to perform in specific situations at the Novice High to Intermediate Low level on the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL) proficiency scale. All five modes of communication are addressed (interpersonal, presentational speaking, presentational writing, interpretive reading, and interpretive listening). Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) and an Arabic dialect are taught using an integrated approach. Students will continue to develop their understanding of Arabic-speaking cultures. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2130. Arabic II Intensive (6)

Continuation of 1130. Following this class, students will be able to perform in specific situations at the Intermediate level on the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL) proficiency scale. All five modes of communication are addressed (interpersonal, presentational speaking, presentational writing, interpretive reading, and interpretive listening). Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) and an Arabic dialect are taught using an integrated approach. Students will continue to develop their understanding of Arabic-speaking cultures. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2140. Intermediate Arabic I Intensive (6)

Intensive Arabic language course that develops students' Arabic skills to the ACTFL Intermediate Mid level and expands their cultural knowledge of the Arab world. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2150. Intermediate Arabic II Intensive (6)

Intensive Arabic language course that develops students' Arabic skills to the ACTFL Intermediate High level and expands their cultural knowledge of the Arab world. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

301. Advanced Arabic I (3)

Improves functional use of Arabic language and culture. Class is for students with four years of Arabic study or for heritage speakers. Students will attend language laboratory to enhance their listening, comprehension, and pronunciation skills.

302. Advanced Arabic II (3)

Improves functional use of Arabic language and culture. Class is for students with four semesters of Arabic study or for heritage speakers. Students will attend language laboratory to enhance their listening, comprehension, and pronunciation skills.

320. Arabic Study Abroad (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An introduction to Arabic cultures and language through study abroad. Course locations vary according to course content.

375. Topics in Arabic Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course involves the study of Arabic literature and culture in translation. No knowledge of Arabic is required.

475. Topics in Literature and Culture in Arabic (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course involves the study of Arabic literature and culture in the original language. Advanced abilities in Arabic are required.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6, may be repeated once Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Architecture (ARCH)

1115. Introduction to Architectural Graphics (3)

Introduction to manual and digital drawing as well as modeling techniques for architectural and interior design. Students will learn how to represent composition, form and space by orthographic drawing, paraline and perspective views, and freehand sketching. Three-dimensional model building techniques will also be introduced.

1120. Introduction to Architecture (3)

This course provides students the tools and vocabulary to analyze, interpret and discuss the built environment from the social, historical, perceptual and technical determinants. Students are introduced to elements, principles, and theories of architecture through their social, historical, and technical determinants. The course seeks to lay a foundation in architectural studies, including introducing students to fundamental vocabulary and concepts. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design.

1125. Design Fundamentals (3)

Introduces fundamental principles and processes of two-, three-, and four-dimensional design. Design aesthetics, perception, technique, composition, evaluation of materials and methods, practicing design methodologies, exploring design principles and theories, and graphic authorship are explored through various types of assignments.

133. Physics and Math for Designers (3)

An introductory hands-on course. Assignments will help students understand and apply scientific and mathematical concepts in their design work. Topics include motion, stress and moment, structural loads, energy, heat flow, acoustics, descriptive geometry, and statistics.

201. Architectural Design I (5)

Studio analyzing landscape and site through mapping, diagramming, narrative, photography, digital and physical modeling and sectional studies. The relationship between the building program and the context is studied through a series of small building projects. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

202. Architectural Design II (5)

Studio introduces principles of urban design and planning through an exploration of a series of multi-scaled architectural projects that examine public goals and constraints, urban infrastructure and fabric, sustainability, historical and socio-cultural issues. Prerequisite: 201. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

2120. World Architecture I (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 323 / 567) Lecture survey of the architectural and urban traditions of world cultures from prehistory to the Enlightenment.

2125. World Architecture II (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 324) Survey of the architectural and urban traditions of the modern world from the Enlightenment to the present.

2151 [251]. Design Thinking (3)

Lecture course introduces the theory and practice of Design Thinking. Students will explore frameworks and strategies for solving problems and develop an understanding of the disciplines that are influenced by them. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design.

233. Sustainability I (3)

Lectures present the framework for creative analysis, including systems thinking and synergistic integration of the three pillars of sustainability, environments, equity, and economy, and their relationship to building systems.

301. Architectural Design III (5)

Studio investigates issues of private space and ownership emphasizing spatial, programmatic, typological and tectonic architectural issues. Small to medium scale projects range from domestic spaces to institutional or commercial environments. Prerequisite: 201 and 202 with minimum grades of "C+". Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

302. Architectural Design IV (5)

Studio investigates the development of multi-family housing on an urban site. Students analyze contemporary housing precedents and programming, and address urban contexts, housing types and universal design. Prerequisite: 301 with minimum grade of "C+". Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

323. Architecture and Context (3)

Combined lecture and lab course that introduces historical and contemporary concepts of architectural context, and develops verbal and graphic skills for analyzing architecture as a practice of place-making. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

324 [624]. Architectural Theory (3)

This course is a survey of architectural thought in the 20th and 21st centuries. Students will be required to read, discuss, and write about architectural ideas, and connect them to contemporary architecture.

331. Construction I (3)

Lab and lectures, introduction of technological aspects of building design and construction. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

332 / 532. Architectural Structures I (3)

Lectures present principles of mechanics, equilibrium conditions, properties of structural materials, structural properties of areas, shear and moment, flexural stresses, shearing stresses, deflection, trusses and funicular structures. Prerequisite: 202. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

333 / 533. Architectural Structures II (3)

Lectures present structural form and behavior, deflected shapes, approximate and simplified methods of analysis, graphic analysis, trusses, cables and arches, simple beams, columns, continuous structures, three-dimensional structures, structural design issues. Prerequisite: 332. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

401. Architectural Design Studio V (6)

Studio investigates urban theories and strategies focusing on civic buildings, urban design, landscape and infrastructural responses and architectural form. Projects are multiple buildings and urban forms in complex urban settings. Prerequisite: 2125 and (302 with minimum grade of "C+"). Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

402. Architectural Design VI (6, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio explores contemporary architectural topics. Topics will vary. At least one section will engage community clients and may be offered in conjunction with Landscape Architecture and Community and Regional Planning students. Prerequisite: 2125. Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

427 / 527. Southwest Architecture and Cultural Landscapes (3)

Introduction to the Native, Hispanic, and Anglo American architectural and cultural landscape traditions, and to the social, technological and intellectual forces reshaping them since 1880, especially the railroad and automobile; modernism, regionalism, and globalization. Prerequisite: 2125.

433 / 633. Sustainability II (3)

Explores the application of theoretical foundations of sustainability to building and landscape design including concepts of passive solar design, daylighting, water conservation, and green building materials and construction methods. Introduces environmental rating systems such as LEED. Prerequisite: 233.

450. Design Leadership (3)

Lecture/seminar course explores the historical and contemporary relationships between political, cultural and economic theories that affect and are affected by built environments, along with the design movements and practices that result. Prerequisite: 302 with minimum grade of "C+". Restriction: admitted to B.A.A. Architecture.

461 / 661. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Students wishing to undertake a special study project must have instructor approval. Restriction: permission of instructor.

462 / 662. Seminar (1-3, no limit Δ)

Individually listed topics vary each semester. Restriction: permission of instructor.

465 / 665. Real Estate Development (3)

Lecture course introduces students to the process of real estate through lectures, case studies and hands-on exercises.

472 / 572. Topics in Design Visualization (1-3, may be repeated six times Δ)

Topics course. Credits will vary according to content offered.

500. Graduate Architectural Design I (6)

Studio course introducing architectural design. Investigation of landscape, site and social contexts, private space, programmatic and tectonic issues. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

501. Graduate Architectural Design II (6)

Projects emphasize the design of mid-size buildings with complex programming, and the spaces they compose in the urban realm. Students are introduced to designing within historical and socio-cultural contexts, sustainable design, and universal design. Prerequisite: 500. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

502. Graduate Architectural Design III (6)

Projects emphasize the design of civic buildings, addressing theories and precedents in urban or rural sites, and developing knowledge and deployment of building tectonics and construction materiality. Prerequisite: 501. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

523. World Architecture I: History of the Built Environment From Prehistory to 1800 CE (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 323) Lecture survey of the architectural and urban traditions of world cultures from prehistory to the Enlightenment.

524. World Architecture II: History of the Built Environment From 1800 CE to the Present (3)

Survey of the architectural and urban traditions of the modern world from the Enlightenment to the present.

527 / 427. Southwest Architecture and Cultural Landscapes (3)

531. Graduate Construction I (3)

Lab and lectures, introduction of technological aspects of building design and construction. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

532 / 332. Architectural Structures I (3)

533 / 333. Architectural Structures II (3)

570. Introduction to Visualization (1)

Seminar/lab introduces issues of architectural representation with an emphasis on digital visualization, representation and modeling as it relates to design process and presentation. Offered on a CR/NC basis only,

572 / 472. Topics in Design Visualization (1-3, may be repeated six times Δ)

Topics course. Credits will vary according to content offered.

596. Project/Thesis Preparation (3-6, no limit Δ)

Foundational independent study where thesis or final project dimensions are explored, program or project principles established and search for available and manageable information completed. Feasibility of proceeding with the project is decided with faculty advisor(s). Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of Director.

597. Master's Project (6)

Development of an advanced architectural project based on research and program developed in ARCH 596. Once initiated, continuous enrollment is required (excluding summer) until project is approved by faculty committee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 551 and 596. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (6, no limit Δ)

Development of a research project reflective of advanced inquiry into an architectural topic. Plan I only. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 596 and (602 or 603). Restriction: permission of Director.

601. Masters Architectural Design I (6)

Studio investigates building tectonics, structure, technical documentation, sustainability and construction. The medium size designs will initiate investigations into net-zero building strategies, while developing a theoretical framework for contemporary integrated design. Prerequisite: 502. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

602. Masters Architectural Design II (6, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio explores contemporary architectural topics. Topics will vary. At least one section will typically engage community stakeholders and may be offered in conjunction with Landscape Architecture and/or Community and Regional Planning students. Prerequisite: 601. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

603. Masters Architectural Design III (6, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio developing an integrated design project that must be clearly resolved and highly articulated. Students must integrate building systems and content from prior coursework. Projects should demonstrate excellence in critical thinking craft, and visual presentation. Prerequisite: 602. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

604. Masters Architectural Design IV (6, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio developing an integrated design project. Projects must be clearly resolved and highly articulated. Students should integrate building systems content from prior course work. Projects should demonstrate excellence in critical thinking, craft and visual presentation. Prerequisite: 603. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

605. Masters Architectural Design V (6, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio investigation of architectural process, practice and design in a contemporary context. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 604. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

619. Built Environment Teaching Colloquium (1, may be repeated once Δ)

This course presents an introduction to teaching. Through practice, observation, reading, and discussion, students gain familiarity with a range of techniques and styles of teaching. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

621. Research Methodology (3)

Lecture/seminar studies principles and types of design research. Approaches to refining a research question and developing a research strategy will be introduced. Prerequisite: 502. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

623. Architectural Analysis (3)

Seminar introduces the range of categories and contexts specific to the production and representation of architecture. Open only to students in the 3 1/2 year program. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

624 [324]. Architectural Theory (3)

633 / 433. Sustainability II (3)

634. Systems Integration I (3)

Lecture course examines aesthetic stances and technical approaches to the integration of building systems. Emphasis is placed on structure, material selection and construction detailing. Prerequisite: 533. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

635. Systems Integration II (3)

Lecture course presents a comprehensive and integrative process to examine the interrelationship of the properties of materials, building envelope, environmental systems, and construction technology, as they influence design decision making. Prerequisite: 634. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

651. Professional Practice (3)

An overview of practice including the architectural profession, licensure, and ethics; the organization and management of the professional office; contracts; and the fundamentals of project management and delivery. Prerequisite: 602.

652. Pre-Design and Architectural Programming (3)

Seminar explores components necessary to prepare a comprehensive architectural program that includes assessing client/user needs and site conditions, determining space requirements, identifying relevant codes, standards, sustainability requirements, and estimating pre-design project costs. Restriction: admitted to M.Arch. Architecture.

661 / 461. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Students wishing to undertake a special study project must have instructor approval. Restriction: permission of instructor.

662 / 462. Seminar (1-3, no limit Δ)

Individually listed topics vary each semester. Restriction: permission of instructor.

665 / 465. Real Estate Development (3)

Lecture course introduces students to the process of real estate through lectures, case studies and hands-on exercises.

691. Sustainable Settlements (3)

(Also offered as CRP 691) Urban design history, goals and theory with emphasis on cultural and ecological vibrancy. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning.

694. Urban Design Methods (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Topics will vary but may include design of public space, streets, transit districts, tactical urbanism. This course will be organized as three modules. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning.

696. Master's Project or Thesis Documentation and Dissemination (3)

Documentation and dissemination of Master's Project or Master's Thesis. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 597 or 599.

Arts and Sciences (ARSC)

198. Arts & Sciences Student Success Seminar Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Variable content within academic disciplines. Through study of a topic, students will develop academic skills including scholarship, research, comprehension, analysis, synthesis, evaluation, application, critical thinking, and communication of ideas.

498. Arts and Sciences Interdisciplinary Research Opportunities (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course is designed to offer students in the College of Arts and Sciences participation in and credit for research under multiple areas within or outside of the College through specialized programs or opportunities. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of department.

Art Education (ARTE)

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2214. Art in Elementary and Special Classrooms (3)

This course is designed to introduce elementary education majors to the teaching of visual art. Students will study art, art history; childhood art developmental stages and will write a research paper on an artist and prepare an art lesson plan inspired by that artist. Students will create art projects using various materials and methods and learn about the integration of the arts into other core subjects. Special fee required.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

305 / 505. Introduction to Art Education (3)

This is an entry-level course for licensure-track art education students and non-major students interested in exploring materials and methods, pedagogical theories, instructional practices, and professional opportunities within the visual arts.

310. Elementary Art Education with Field Lab (3 [4])

Philosophical, psychological, theoretical, and practical concepts about teaching art in elementary school, including observation and teaching in field-lab. Screening course requiring a minimum grade of "B-" for admission into the Art Education program. Prerequisite: 3 credit hours in ARTH and 12 credit hours in ARTS.

320. Secondary Art Education with Field Lab (3 [4])

Philosophical, psychological, theoretical and practical concepts about teaching art in a secondary school, including observation and teaching in field lab. Screening course requiring a minimum grade of "B-" for admission into the Art Education program. Prerequisite: 3 credit hours in ARTH and 12 credit hours in ARTS.

325 / 525. Studio Methods, Materials, and Modifications (3)

This course examines university-level studio artistic processes and determines how those processes can be reworked and implemented in a developmentally appropriate approach for early childhood to adult learning situations.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Individual problems are studied and researched under the supervision of a faculty member. Permission of faculty member involved is required. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

410 / 510. Curriculum Development in Art Education (3)

Diverse art historical, philosophical, and psychological bases for theories and models of curriculum development as they apply to teaching art in a planned curriculum. Students must earn a grade of "B-" or better in this course. Prerequisite: 310 or 320.

432 / 532. Technology in Art Education (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio course exploring technology in teaching elementary and secondary art. Students learn creative computer use through simple digital editing software programs. Special fee required.

433 / 533. Studio Art in Schools: Printmaking (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Printmaking for artists/teachers in school settings. Processes for elementary and secondary students including stamping, linocuts, Styrofoam cuts, collagraphs, intaglio, monotypes. Special fee required.

434 / 534. Studio Art in Schools: Printmaking Advanced Secondary Level (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced printmaking techniques for secondary and post-secondary levels. In-depth exploration of intaglio (solar gravuere plates) and monotype printmaking. Special fee required.

435 / 535. Studio Art in Schools: Drawing, Painting, Collage (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in drawing, painting, collage for students preparing to teach art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

436 / 536. Studio Art in Schools: Textile Arts (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in using textile arts, including weaving and felting, in teaching art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

437 / 537. Studio Art in Schools: Clay (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in ceramic arts, including wheel-throwing and hand-building, for people preparing to teach art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

438 / 538. Studio Art in Schools: Sculpture (3)

This course merges creative practice and the exploration of modifications in sculptural materials and methods appropriate to teaching in a K-12 environment.

439 / 539. Studio Art in Schools: Selected Concentration (3)

This course merges creative practice and the exploration of education-based modifications (materials and methods appropriate to teaching in a K-12 environment) within a semester-long singular creative concentration, e.g. enameling.

440 / 540. Studio Art in Schools: Book Arts (3)

This course merges individual creative practice with exploration of modifications and methods appropriate to teaching in a preK-12th grade classroom environments.

450/550 [493 / 593]. Topics (1-3, may be repeated three times Δ [no limit Δ])

Courses on a wide variety of topics about art education are offered according to interest and need. Different sections indicate different topics. Special fee required.

460 [400]. Student Teaching Art PreK-Grade 5 (4-6)

Directed and supervised student teaching in art at an elementary school and participation in a seminar concerning theory and practice relevant to elementary school art. Minimum grade of "B-" required. A maximum of 15 hours of student teaching combined (all levels) is allowed. Prerequisite: 310 and 320. Restriction: permission of instructor.

465 / 565. Art and the Exceptional Child (3)

Designed to acquaint teachers with the value and therapeutic uses of art in special education classrooms and to acquaint art education majors with adaptations of art to various exceptional cases. Special fee required.

466 / 566. Art With At-Risk Students (3)

A studio-based course in theory and practice of working with diverse students at risk for factors including socioeconomics, language, behavior, psychiatric diagnoses. Ten hours fieldwork. Special fee required.

470 [461]. Student Teaching Art Grades 6-12 (5-6)

Directed and supervised student teaching in art at a secondary school and participation in a seminar concerning art teaching theory and practice. Minimum grade of "B-" required. A maximum of 15 hours of student teaching combined (all levels) is allowed. Prerequisite: 310 and 320. Restriction: permission of instructor.

472. Art Criticism and Aesthetics Teacher (3)

An exploration of art criticism and aesthetics as part of a comprehensive art education curriculum with practical application in a K-12 setting. Special fee required.

480. Art Education Internship (3)

Art Education Internship is a situated learning experience in which students work in a professional art educator role at a school, museum, gallery, studio space, park, hospital, hospice, or community organization.

500. Philosophical Foundations in Art Education [History and Philosophies of Art Education] (3)

An introduction to major historical beliefs, values, philosophies and practices that inform contemporary art and art education programs and practices. Special fee required.

505 / 305. Introduction to Art Education (3)

510 / 410. Curriculum Development in Art Education (3)

Diverse art historical, philosophical, and psychological bases for theories and models of curriculum development as applied to teaching art in a planned curriculum. Students must earn a grade of "B-" or better in this course. Prerequisite: 310 or 320.

525 / 325. Studio Methods, Materials, and Modifications (3)

532 / 432. Technology in Art Education (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio course exploring technology in teaching elementary and secondary art. Students learn creative computer use through simple digital editing software programs. Special fee required.

533 / 433. Studio Art in Schools: Printmaking (3, may be repeated once Δ)

534 / 434. Studio Art in Schools: Printmaking Advanced Secondary Level (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced printmaking techniques for secondary and post-secondary levels. In-depth exploration of intaglio (solar gravuere plates) and monotype printmaking. Special fee required.

535 / 435. Studio Art in Schools: Drawing, Painting, Collage (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in drawing, painting, collage for students preparing to teach art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

536 / 436. Studio Art in Schools: Textile Arts (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in using textile arts, including weaving and felting, in teaching art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

537 / 437. Studio Art in Schools: Clay (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studio experience in ceramic arts, including wheel-throwing and hand-building, for people preparing to teach art at elementary and secondary levels. Special fee required.

538 / 438. Studio Art in Schools: Sculpture (3)

This course merges creative practice and the exploration of modifications in sculptural materials and methods appropriate to teaching in a K-12 environment.

539 / 439. Studio Art in Schools: Selected Concentration (3)

540 / 440. Studio Art in Schools: Book Arts (3)

This course merges individual creative practice with exploration of modifications and methods appropriate to teaching in a preK-12th grade classroom environments.

550/450 [593 / 493]. Topics (1-3, may be repeated three times Δ [no limit Δ])

Specialized courses about a particular topic in art education. A wide variety of topic courses is offered according to demand. Different sections indicate different topic content. Special fee required.

565 / 465. Art and the Exceptional Child (3)

Study of the special use of art activities with exceptional children along with practicum experience in field situations. Special fee required.

566 / 466. Art With At-Risk Students (3)

572. Art Criticism and Aesthetics for Teachers (3)

An exploration of art criticism and aesthetics as part of a comprehensive art education curriculum with practical application in a K-12 setting. Special fee required.

575 [585]. Research Applied to Art Education (3)

Examination of the assumptions, methods, results and applications of research in art education. Special fee required.

581. Research Communities: Preparation and Proposal (3)

Students design and conduct independent research while participating in a cohort with other student-researchers in the formative stages of their art education capstone research and conferencing with faculty advisors.

582. Research Communities: Development and Defense (3)

Students design and conduct independent research while participating in a cohort with other student-researchers in the later stages of their art education capstone research and conferencing with faculty advisors.

590. Contemporary Issues in Art Education (3)

Examination of the contemporary developments, trends and issues in the field of art education as they relate to society, education and art. Special fee required.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Individual research into an area in art education proposed by the student and conducted under the direction of a professor. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Individual observation, teaching, residency in an art education field situation under the supervision of a professor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Art History (ARTH)

1120. Introduction to Art (3)

In this class, students will be introduced to the nature, vocabulary, media and history of the visual arts, illustrated by examples drawn from many cultures, both Western and non-Western and across many centuries. We will begin with a general overview of the subject, including basic concepts and themes that shed light on the continuity of the artistic enterprise across the span of human experience. We will study the visual elements from which art is made, including how artists use these elements and how the artists' use of visual elements affects our experience of looking at art. We will examine both two-dimensional and three-dimensional media including drawing, painting, printmaking, camera and computer arts, graphic design, sculpture, installation, crafts and architecture. Selected works will be examined in context, including the history of the time and place in which they were created, as well as their function, patronage, and the character and intent of individual artists. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design. {Fall, Spring}

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. History of Art I (3)

This survey course explores the art and architecture of ancient pre-historic cultures through the end of the fourteenth century. While focused primarily on the art of the Western civilizations, this course will also provide insights into the works of other major cultures in order to provide alternate views of art and history. Emphasis will be placed on the relationship of artworks to political, social, spiritual, intellectual, and cultural movements that affect and are affected by their creation and development. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design. {Fall}

2120. History of Art II (3)

This survey course will explore the architecture, sculpture, ceramics, paintings, drawings, and glass objects from the 14th century to the modern era. While focused primarily on the art of the Western civilizations, this course will also provide insights into the works of other major cultures in order to provide alternate views of art and history. Emphasis will be placed on the relationship of artworks to political, social, spiritual, intellectual, and cultural movements that affect and are affected by their creation and development. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design. {Spring}

2130. Modern Art (3)

This course is an overview of European and American art and architecture during the Modern era. Students will analyze the various movements in art as they relate to the historical settings in which the works were created. Emphasis will be placed on the relationship of artworks to political, social, spiritual, intellectual and cultural movements as they affected and were affected by their creation and development. {Summer, Fall}

2245. History of Photography (3)

This course is designed to provide students with a fundamental working knowledge of the major trends in the aesthetic, conceptual, and technical aspects of photography from its beginnings in the 1830's to the recent practices of photographers and artists working with photographic technologies. Together we will investigate photography’s role as an artistic medium as a central focus, as well as its broader role in our visual, political, and social culture. Textbook readings, online lectures, discussions boards, exams, and other activities will assist students in gaining a critical understanding of photography. {Offered upon demand}

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

310. Global Photographies (3)

An examination of photography from a global perspective, this course sketches the role the medium has played as an engine of globalization. The course focuses on photography from Africa, the Middle East, Asia and Oceania.

318 / 518. History of Design, 1800-1960: From the Industrial Revolution to Pop Culture (3)

The course introduces the history of modern design. Students explore the relationship between design disciplines and the fine arts. Design theories, design principles and ideas will be discussed in aesthetic, sociopolitical, and historical contexts.

321. Medieval Art 400-1100 CE: Metalwork and Manuscripts (3)

Survey of the visual cultures (architecture, luxury objects, book illumination and illustration) of the Medieval World, including northern and Mediterranean Europe and the Islamic World, from 500 to 1000 CE. {Offered upon demand}

322. Medieval Art 1000-1400 CE: Reliquaries and Cathedrals (3)

323 [323 / 567]. World Architecture I: History of the Built Environment from Prehistory to 1800 CE (3)

(Also offered as ARCH 523) Lecture survey of the architectural and urban traditions of world cultures from prehistory to the Enlightenment. {Fall}

324. World Architecture II: History of the Built Environment From 1800 CE to the Present (3)

Survey of the architectural and urban traditions of the modern world from the Enlightenment to the present. {Spring}

*340. Baroque Art (3)

Painting, sculpture and architecture of the 17th-century European masters, such as Bernini, Rubens, Velasquez, Poussin and Rembrandt, are examined against their background of religious and political conflict, theoretical dispute and the rise of modern science.

350 / 550. Ibero-American Colonial Arts and Architecture (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the period of Spanish colonization and the relation of these art forms to both the Spanish and the native Indian traditions. {Offered upon demand}

351. Artistic Traditions of the Southwest (3)

Interrelationships of Native American, Hispanic and Anglo cultures from prehistoric times to the present, emphasizing the major forms of expression–pottery, textiles, jewelry, architecture, painting and photography. Slide lectures supplemented by museum exhibits. {Offered upon demand}

372 / 572. American Art: 1675-1875 (3)

Buick. Visual culture from colonial times through the Civil War including works by West, Greenough, Duncanson and Homer. Topics include various genres, artistic training and the market and art’s relationship to ethnic, gender and national identity.

379 / 579. American Art: 1876-1940 (3)

Buick. Visual culture from Reconstruction to World War II including works by Eakins, Stieglitz, Douglas and O’Keeffe. Traces the emergence of American Impressionism, early Modernism and Regionalism and explores their engagement with political, cultural and social debates.

389. Topics in Art History (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Coursework determined by specific student requests or by the professor's current research.

402 / 502. Native American Art I (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 401 / 501) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Arctic Northwest coast and the eastern woodlands of North America. {Fall}

406 / 506. Native American Art II (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 403 / 503) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Plains, Southwest and western regions of North America. {Spring}

407 / 507. Museum Practices (3)

(Also offered as MSST 407 / 507) History, philosophy and purposes of museums. Techniques and problems of museum administration, education, collection, exhibition, conservation and public relations. {Offered upon demand}

411 / 511. Pre-Columbian Art: Mesoamerica (3)

The art of Mexico and Central America prior to the 16th century. {Fall}

412 / 512. Pre-Columbian Art: South America (3)

Arts of the Andean region prior to the 16th century. {Spring}

413 / 513. Pre-Columbian Art: Central America, Northern South America and the Caribbean (3)

Contextualizes artistic traditions of Pre-Columbian Central America, northern South America and the Caribbean. Geographically occupying a critical juncture between major continents and famous empires, these cultures developed visual traditions uniquely divergent from their more well-known neighbors.

415 / 515. Modern and Contemporary Native American Art (3)

Late 19th century through the present, includes painting and photography as well as media more often termed traditional. Examines historical background and current critical issues including the impact of stereotypes and the marketplace. {Offered periodically}

416 / 516. Southwestern Native Ceramics (3)

Szabo This course examines Native Southwestern ceramics from the archaeological past to the present. Regional developments, changes in ceramics made for internal use and for outside sale, as well as issues of the contemporary market are investigated. {Offered periodically}

417 / 517. Seminar in Souvenir Native American Arts (3)

Long undervalued, Native arts made for outside sale provide multi-voiced narratives. Seminar-format will examine the intrinsic, aesthetic value of these complex arts, their roles and their importance to creators, purchasers and various audiences.

420 / 520. History of Prints I (3)

History of European prints from its inception in the early 15th century to its technical perfection and market success in the 18th century. Presenting printmaking as an expression of artistic and intellectual pursuit.

421 / 521. History of Prints II (3)

Printmaking, printing and artists’ books from Goya to present. Including the graphic arts and photography, the rise of the ideas of the original print, 20th-century mixed media and the relationship between words and images. {Spring}

425 / 525. 19th-Century Photography (3)

An in-depth study of historical, critical, and theoretical issues in American and European photographic visual culture from its inception to approximately 1914. {Offered upon demand}

426 / 526. 20th-Century Photography (3)

An in-depth study of historical, critical, and theoretical issues in American and European photographic visual culture from 1914 to approximately 1980. {Offered upon demand}

427 / 527. Contemporary Photography (3)

An in-depth study of recent photographic visual culture, from approximately 1980 to the present. Emphasis on how images are deployed and understood as efforts to explore artistic, cultural, political, social, and theoretical issues. {Offered upon demand}

429. Topics in Art History (1-3, no limit Δ)

Course work determined by specific students’ request or by the professor’s current research. {Offered upon demand}

431 / 531. Byzantine Art and Architecture (3)

This course will explore the worship and display of art and architecture from the Byzantine Empire with a specific emphasis on the cross-cultural connections among Byzantium, Medieval Europe, the Islamic world, and the Armenian Kingdom.

432 / 532. Islamic Art and Architecture (3)

An introduction to the visual culture of the Islamic world from its foundations in the seventh century on the Arabian Peninsula to its flowering under Ottoman and Mughal rule in the seventeenth century.

449 / 549. Art of Spain (3)

Survey of Spanish art and civilization. {Offered upon demand}

453 / 553. African American Art (3)

(Also offered as AFST 453) Buick. This class provides an overview of African American artists and contextualizes their creativity within the wider framework of U.S. art. What, for example, are the benefits and pitfalls of assigning race to any creative practice?

454 / 554. Arts of Nineteenth-Century Mexico (3)

This course covers the arts produced in Mexico during the nineteenth century. We start with the foundation of the Academy of San Carlos in 1781 and conclude with the Mexican Revolution in 1920.

455 / 555. Arts of New Spain during the Hapsburg Period, 1521-1700 (3)

This course focuses on the art and architecture of New Spain from 1521 through 1700.

456 / 556. Arts of New Spain during the Bourbon Period, 1700-1821 (3)

This course covers the art and architecture of New Spain from 1700 up to 1821, when Mexico declared independence from Spain.

457 / 557. Arts of Africa and the African Diaspora (3)

This course will cover the arts produced in Africa and the African Diaspora from the ancient period through the present.

464 / 564. European Art 1750-1830 (3)

Painting, sculpture and architecture in France, England, Spain and Germany from the twilight of Absolutism through the Industrial and French Revolutions.

481 / 595. European Art 1830-1900 (3)

Painting and sculpture in France, England and Germany from Courbet’s Realism and the Victorian Pre-Raphaelites through Impressionism and the late works of Cezanne and Monet.

485 / 585. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, MSST 485 / 585) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 407 or MSST 407. {Offered upon demand}

486 / 586. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, MSST 486 / 586) Practicum in museum methods and management. Prerequisite: 407 or MSST 407. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

487 / 587. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as DANC, MUS, THEA 487 / 587; FDMA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. Restriction: permission of instructor.

490. Muralism in the Americas- 19th and 20th Centuries and Beyond (3)

Murals are an ancient and global phenomenon. This course studies the multiplicity of forms, topics, issues, contexts, aesthetic programs, and effects associated with those murals painted throughout the Americas from the 19th century to the present. {Offered upon demand}

491 / 591. Late 20th-Century to 21st-Century Art (3)

Painting and sculpture, 1940 to the present. Prerequisite: 2130.

492 / 592. American Landscapes (3)

Buick The class provides an examination of how densely populated American environments were reinterpreted by Europeans upon contact in the process of designing and implementing various systems for their habitation, exploitation, and consumption.

496. Undergraduate Tutorial (3, no limit Δ)

Individual investigation or reading under faculty direction. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

498. Art History Capstone (0)

Art History Capstone course allows the student to demonstrate skill at art historical research and writing. Students work with professors, producing a final paper articulating the results of their findings, correctly revised and edited. Prerequisite: one 400-level ARTH course. Restriction: permission of instructor and senior standing.

499. Honors Thesis (3-6)

Directed independent study in a field of special interest culminating in a written thesis. Open only by invitation to departmental honors candidates. {Fall, Spring}

500. Philosophy and Methods of Art History (3)

A seminar for graduate students in art history stressing the history of the discipline and the methodology of research. Open to graduate students in art history. Restriction for others: permission of instructor. {Fall}

502 / 402. Native American Art I (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 501 / 401) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Arctic Northwest coast and the eastern woodlands of North America. {Fall}

506 / 406. Native American Art II (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 503 / 403) Archaeological and historic art forms of the Plains, Southwest and western regions of North America. {Spring}

507 / 407. Museum Practices (3)

(Also offered as MSST 507 / 407) History, philosophy and purposes of museums. Techniques and problems of museum administration, education, collection, exhibition, conservation and public relations. {Offered every academic year}

511 / 411. Pre-Columbian Art: Mesoamerica (3)

The art of Mexico and Central America prior to the 16th century. {Fall}

512 / 412. Pre-Columbian Art: South America (3)

Arts of the Andean region prior to the 16th century. {Spring}

513 / 413. Pre-Columbian Art: Central America, Northern South America and the Caribbean (3)

515 / 415. Modern and Contemporary Native American Art (3)

516 / 416. Southwestern Native Ceramics (3)

517 / 417. Seminar in Souvenir Native American Arts (3)

518 / 318. History of Design, 1800-1960: From the Industrial Revolution to Pop Culture (3)

520 / 420. History of Prints I (3)

521 / 421. History of Prints II (3)

525 / 425. 19th-Century Photography (3)

An in-depth study of historical, critical, and theoretical issues in American and European photographic visual culture from its inception to approximately 1914. {Offered upon demand}

526 / 426. 20th-Century Photography (3)

An in-depth study of historical, critical, and theoretical issues in American and European photographic visual culture from 1914 to approximately 1980. {Offered upon demand}

527 / 427. Contemporary Photography (3)

529. Topics in Art History (1-3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

531 / 431. Byzantine Art and Architecture (3)

532 / 432. Islamic Art and Architecture (3)

549 / 449. Art of Spain (3)

Survey of Spanish art and civilization. {Offered upon demand}

550 / 350. Ibero-American Colonial Arts and Architecture (3)

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the period of Spanish colonization and the relation of these art forms to both the Spanish and the native Indian traditions. {Offered upon demand}

551 / 552. Problems (2-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

{Fall, Spring}

553 / 453. African American Art (3)

Buick This class provides an overview of African American artists and contextualizes their creativity within the wider framework of U.S. art. What, for example, are the benefits and pitfalls of assigning race to any creative practice?

554 / 454. Arts of Nineteenth-Century Mexico (3)

This course covers the arts produced in Mexico during the nineteenth century. We start with the foundation of the Academy of San Carlos in 1781 and conclude with the Mexican Revolution in 1920.

555 / 455. Arts of New Spain during the Hapsburg Period, 1521-1700 (3)

This course focuses on the art and architecture of New Spain from 1521 through 1700.

556 / 456. Arts of New Spain during the Bourbon Period, 1700-1821 (3)

This course covers the art and architecture of New Spain from 1700 up to 1821, when Mexico declared independence from Spain.

557 / 457. Arts of Africa and the African Diaspora (3)

This course will cover the arts produced in Africa and the African Diaspora from the ancient period through the present.

560. Seminar in Pre-Columbian Art (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Aspects of Pre-Columbian art, architecture, and culture in Mesoamerica and South America are examined in depth. Prerequisite: 511 and 512. {Offered upon demand}

564 / 464. European Art 1750-1830 (3)

Painting, sculpture and architecture in France, England, Spain and Germany from the twilight of Absolutism through the Industrial and French Revolutions.

572 / 372. American Art: 1675-1875 (3)

579 / 379. American Art: 1876-1940 (3)

580. Seminar in Spanish Colonial Art (3, no limit Δ)

Prerequisite: 450. {Offered upon demand}

582. Seminar in 20th-Century Art (3, no limit Δ)

Prerequisite: 491. {Offered upon demand}

583. Seminar in Modern/Contemporary Latin American Art History (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

584. Problems in Interdisciplinary Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as FDMA *485; MUS 584) An independent study in either critical studies or studio, beyond the scope of the Fine Arts interdisciplinary courses, which may occur within or outside the College of Fine Arts. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

585 / 485. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, MSST 585 / 485) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 507 or MSST 507. {Offered upon demand}

586 / 486. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, MSST 586 / 486) Practicum in museum methods and management. Prerequisite: 507 or MSST 507. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

587 / 487. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as DANC, MUS, THEA 587 / 487; FDMA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. {Spring}

591 / 491. Late 20th-Century to 21st-Century Art (3)

Painting and sculpture, 1940 to the present. Prerequisite: 2130.

592 / 492. American Landscapes (3)

595 / 481. European Art 1830-1900 (3)

Painting and sculpture in France, England and Germany from Courbet’s Realism and the Victorian Pre-Raphaelites through Impressionism and the late works of Cezanne and Monet.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

Art Studio (ARTS)

1220. Art Practices I (3)

This course introduces the exploration of processes, ideas, and diverse media of visual arts. It addresses the thematic concepts that are central to the nature of art making today, with emphasis given to issues of LIGHT, FRAME, and MARK while developing an understanding of the elements and principles of design. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design. {Fall, Spring}

1230. Art Practices II (3)

This course introduces the exploration of processes, ideas, and diverse media of visual arts. It addresses the thematic concepts that are central to the nature of art making today, with emphasis given to issues of MOTIVE and CHANGE while developing concepts, techniques, and processes involved in working in the third dimension. Prerequisite: 1220. {Fall, Spring}

1310. Introduction to Ceramics (3)

This course introduces the technical processes and conceptual concerns of working with ceramic material. Various methods of forming functional and expressive works out of clay are explored. Methods used include handbuilding and throwing, basic clay bodies, slip and glaze, and atmospheric firing. {Fall, Spring}

1320. Ceramics I (3)

An introduction to the medium of clay incorporating hand building and wheel throwing to introduce the student to both the sculptural and utilitarian uses of clay. The student will also be introduced to a variety of glazing and firing techniques. Prerequisite: 1310. {Fall, Spring}

141. Introduction to Art and Ecology (3)

This course introduces the student to three basic skills of an ecological art practice: research, making, and an immersion in ecological systems through poetic thinking, subversive action, and creative fabrication. {Fall, Spring}

1410. Introduction to Photography (3)

This course introduces the making of photographic images from a broad viewpoint to consider both as an art practice and as a cultural practice. The course covers technical information on camera use and functionality, composition and visual design, digital workflow and editing, professional functions of manipulating and enhancing images, and printing correctly and effectively. The historical aspects of photography are also covered. {Fall, Spring}

1510. Introduction to Electronic Arts (3)

This course will be an introduction to the computer as a medium and fine art tool. The course will explore the history, theory, and contemporary art issues associated with electronic art practice, as well as introduce students to the basic tools and associated technologies. This studio course will introduce simple electronics, software and ideas for working with sound, video, and the Internet to create artwork. {Fall, Spring}

1610. Drawing I (3)

This course introduces the basic principles, materials, and skills of observational drawing. Emphasis is placed on rendering a 3-D subject on a 2-D surface with visual accuracy. Other topics include historical and contemporary references as well as an investigation of linear perspective, line, value, shape, space and composition. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design. {Fall, Spring}

1630. Painting I (3)

This course introduces the tradition of painting as a medium for artistic expression. Students will investigate materials, tools, techniques, history and concepts of painting. Emphasis is placed on developing descriptive and perceptual skills, color theory, and composition. Prerequisite: 1610. {Fall, Spring}

1710. Introduction to Printmaking (3)

This course provides direct experience of exploring basic printmaking processes, including relief, intaglio, and monoprint processes, as well as the investigation of materials/media, tools, techniques, history, and concepts of printmaking. Emphasis is given to solving problems through thematic development while producing a portfolio of prints. Prerequisite: 1610. {Fall, Spring}

1810. Jewelry and Small Metal Construction I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course introduces the basic techniques, materials, and tools traditionally used in the creation of jewelry and/or small-scale sculptural objects. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design. {Fall, Spring}

1830. Shop Foundation (2)

This course provides an introduction to the proper use of shop facilities with an emphasis on the safety procedures required for their proper use. The course will provide the student with a foundation of technical skills for use in the production of their work in subsequent classes. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

1840. Sculpture I (3)

This course introduces the student to a variety of medium and techniques used in the production of sculpture; along with the historic, conceptual, and esthetic foundations of the sculptural process. {Fall, Spring}

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2410. Black and White Photography (3)

This course introduces the fundamental techniques of black and white photography, which includes camera functions and use, exposure techniques and film processing, traditional darkroom printing, and presentation of work. {Offered upon demand}

2413. Black and White Photography II (3)

Students will create work that deeply explores analog image creation from rigorous traditional image making to highly experimental engagement with light sensitive materials. While technique is emphasized, conceptual engagement with that technique is paramount. Prerequisite: 2410.

2420. Visualizing Ideas (3)

The course is dedicated to teaching how to visualize ideas within the photographic medium by combining theoretical content and aesthetic form to create a conceptually rich body of work. It explores advanced digital photography, including perfecting use of the camera and relevant digital software, and honing inkjet printing skills. We will explore new techniques and workflows, and use them to respond to a variety of themes and concerns. We will look at a number of contemporary photographic practitioners, and discuss a multitude of historical and contemporary approaches to the same ideas we will be probing. Prerequisite: 1410.

2522. Digital Imaging Techniques (3)

This course is an introduction to the artistic possibilities of digital compositing and other lens based digital techniques. In this course you will learn to use Adobe’s Photoshop to generate digital images both for electronic output and for making prints. Over the course of the semester we will be focusing on creating five projects expressing your personal artistic vision. The best projects will be the ones in which the technical issues of photography, particularly digital compositing, are used to further the artist’s concept. In other words, make the projects your own, use the techniques to explore ideas and images you care about. Don’t just fulfill the assignment. Most importantly have fun. Prerequisite: 2420. {Offered upon demand}

2523. Video Art I (3)

This studio class is an in-depth introduction to video as an art form; the focus will include theory, history and practice of video art as an extension of visual art and as a time-based medium. Video Art’s roots lie in consumer technology, TV, cultural, political and avant-garde film history. This time and light based medium, has a relatively short history and encompasses technological (and scientific) developments, cultural movements and has recently become a ubiquitous art practice. Set up as an online research laboratory, the class will help students to further develop their personal video work while experimenting with various styles and formats of video art. The equipment and demonstrations explored in the class are within a context defined by the history, aesthetics, and theory of video art practice. The emphasis of this class is on the student finding their own personal voice, and incorporating an innovative approach to their video work. Students are also expected to achieve a level of technical competence and confidence needed to undertake more ambitious and sophisticated work. Current and significant contemporary video works and critical writings will be viewed, read and discussed in online forums. This class aims to challenge notions of what video art is, and can be. Students are expected to think outside the box and try new approaches to this time-based media. Students will learn to seek out new audiences and create unique methods of presenting video online. Prerequisite: 1510.

2610. Drawing II (3)

This course introduces color and colored media as an element of composition while emphasizing descriptive and perceptual drawing skills and conceptual approaches to contemporary drawing. Prerequisite: 1610. {Fall, Spring}

2630. Painting II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course focuses on the expressive and conceptual aspects of painting, building on the observational, compositional, technical, and critical skills gained previously. Students will investigate a variety of approaches to subject matter, materials, and creative processes through in-class projects, related out-of-class assignments, library research or museum/gallery attendance, written responses, and critiques. Prerequisite: 1630. {Fall, Spring}

2810. Jewelry and Small Metal Construction II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Fabrication skills are further developed and refined while additional advanced fabrication methods are introduced. Emphasis is placed on developing a deeper understanding of form and content as it relates to creating on an intimate scale. Prerequisite: 1810. {Fall, Spring}

2892. Sound Art I (3)

An investigation of sound as a medium within a fine art context. Course will explore history, theory, and contemporary art issues associated with sound art and develop student's skills in sound editing/recording technology. Prerequisite: 1510.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

305. Drawing III (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Continued exploration of drawing concepts and techniques presented in prerequisite. Emphasis on expressive drawing, working from imagination as well as from observation. Prerequisite: 2610. {Fall, Spring}

308. Painting III (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Extension of the concepts presented in prerequisite, emphasizing experimentation with materials and techniques. Individual in-depth projects are assigned to encourage independent thinking with regard to contemporary painting issues. Prerequisite: 2630. {Fall, Spring}

310. Figure Drawing (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Study of the human figure as the primary vehicle for addressing formal and conceptual drawing problems. Prerequisite: 2610.

311 / 411 / 511. Sculpture Material Studies: Weaving (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Part of the MATERIAL FOCUS series, this course offers the student extended study in WEAVING processes and techniques. This class encourages development of personal direction with an emphasis on expanding sculptural possibilities. Prerequisite: 1840.

313. Intermediate Sculpture (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This class encourages the student to develop personal direction with an emphasis on expanding sculptural possibilities. Topically appropriate assignments will be given according to the instructor’s individual expertise as well as the current theoretical discourse. Prerequisite: 1840. {Fall, Spring}

314 / 414 / 514. Material Studies: Wood (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Part of the MATERIAL FOCUS series, this course offers the student extended study in WOOD fabrication processes and techniques. This class encourages development of personal direction with an emphasis on expanding sculptural possibilities. Prerequisite: 1840.

315 / 415 / 515. Sculpture Material Studies: Metal (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Part of the MATERIAL FOCUS series, this course offers the student extended study in METAL fabrication processes and techniques. This class encourages development of personal direction with an emphasis on expanding sculptural possibilities. Prerequisite: 1840.

316 / 416 / 516. Sculpture Material Studies: Installation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Part of the MATERIAL FOCUS series, this course offers the student extended study in INSTALLATION processes and techniques. This class encourages development of personal direction with an emphasis on expanding sculptural possibilities. Prerequisite: 1840.

318 / 418 / 518. Sculpture Material Studies: Installation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

319 / 419 / 519. Sculpture Material Studies: Moldmaking/Casting (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Part of the MATERIAL FOCUS series, this course offers the student extended study in MOLDMAKING & CASTING processes and techniques. This class encourages development of personal direction with an emphasis on expanding sculptural possibilities. Prerequisite: 1840.

320. The Phenomena of Color (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An intensive study of color through assigned problems designed to develop greater awareness of and sensitivity to the use and function of color in the arts.

321 / 421 / 521. Sculpture Material Studies: Fiber (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Part of the MATERIAL FOCUS series, this course offers the student extended study in FIBER processes and techniques. This class encourages development of personal direction with an emphasis on expanding sculptural possibilities. Prerequisite: 1840.

330. Intermediate Electronic Art (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Course emphasizes art making using evolving computer based tools. Class draws on current work and theory, combined with classroom critique. Students must have a basic understanding of video and digital imaging techniques to take course. {Fall, Spring}

331. Video Art II (3)

This intermediate course advances techniques and conceptual foundations learned in Video Art I. Through technical demonstrations and assignments, students develop their video work while investigating a variety of formats and presentations in video art. Prerequisite: 1510.

333. Introduction to 3D Printing (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Course serves as an introduction to using the 3D printer as a tool for creating artwork. Students gain technical understanding of fused filament fabrication 3D printers with focus on creating artwork and troubleshooting design issues. Prerequisite: 1510.

336 / 436 / 536. Relief Printmaking (3, may be repeated two times Δ)

Introduction to techniques, history, aesthetics and creative aspects of relief printmaking including woodcut, linoleum cut, collagraph, and combination of other printmaking mediums. Prerequisite: 1710.

337. Intaglio Printmaking I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Exploration of intaglio processes. Includes lecture, demonstration, studio practice, and critique. Emphasis on technical considerations and the development of a personal aesthetic. Prerequisite: 1710. {Fall, Spring}

338. Lithography Printmaking (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Fundamental techniques of drawing and painting on and from lithographic stones and metal plates, primarily in black and white. Includes lectures, demonstrations, critiques, and practical experience. Prerequisite: 1710. {Fall, Spring}

339 / 439 / 539. Serigraphy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Introduction to techniques, history, aesthetics and creative aspects of screen printing including rubylith film, mylar drawing, posterization, CMYK, and combination of other printmaking mediums. Prerequisite: 1710. {Offered upon demand}

341. Intermediate Studio in Art and Ecology (3)

This course builds on the ecological practice of art, emphasizing background research, collaboration, and public interaction. Prerequisite: 141. {Fall, Spring}

357. Small Scale Casting (3, may be repeated once Δ)

De Jong. Introduction to the fundamentals of small scale metal casting in bronze and silver through the lost wax process. Additional metal related techniques such as soldering and patination will be explored. Prerequisite: 1810.

370. Arita Porcelain Vessels (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Arita, Japan method of creating wheel thrown porcelain vessels: processes, materials, history, and philosophy. {Fall, Spring}

386 / 586. The Exhibition Print (3)

Focusing on all aspects of digital workflow, this course is for students with advanced digital imaging skills to further hone and perfect the processes of advanced photographic manipulation and the creation of exhibition-quality prints. Prerequisite: 2420 and (ARTH 2245 or ARTH 425 or ARTH 426 or ARTH 427).

387. Intermediate Photography (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Students will begin to develop their own work based on individual interests and contemporary issues, in-class critiques, and readings. Prerequisite: 2420 and (ARTH 2245 or ARTH 310 or ARTH 425 or ARTH 426 or ARTH 427). {Offered upon demand}

388 / 588. Photographic Lighting (3)

Students work toward a complete understanding of the qualities of light, both natural and artificial, on photographs. Intensive studio practice explores the use of artificial light. Prerequisite: 2420 and (ARTH 2245 or ARTH 425 or ARTH 426 or ARTH 427).

389. Topics in Studio Art (1-3, no limit Δ)

Concentrated practical and historical study of specified concerns in studio art. {Offered upon demand}

394. Computer Generated Imagery and Animation (3)

(Also offered as CS 394) Introduction to story boarding, modeling, rendering, animation and dynamics. Class uses high-level commercial animation software. Course emphasizes both the development of technical skills and the aesthetic aspects of computer imagery. Not allowed for graduate credit for computer science majors, nor as a technical elective for undergraduate computer science majors.

405. Advanced Drawing (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Emphasis on contemporary drawing issues. Students are encouraged to initiate their own projects and to develop a personal direction. Individual and group critiques. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Prerequisite: 305. {Fall, Spring}

407. Advanced Painting (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Emphasizes contemporary painting issues. Students are encouraged to initiate their own projects and to develop a personal direction. Individual and group critiques. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Prerequisite: 308. {Fall, Spring}

408. Outdoor Studio (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This is a nature based, field study class. Sites are visited which inspire artists to develop projects with an interrelated media approach. Formal and conceptual issues regarding several environments will be addressed. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula and majors in Art enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

413. Advanced Sculpture (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Allows students to pursue their own individual concepts and techniques. Emphasis will be on independent projects. Prerequisite: 1840. {Fall, Spring}

414 / 314 / 514. Material Studies: Wood (3, may be repeated once Δ)

415 / 315 / 515. Sculpture Material Studies: Metal (3, may be repeated once Δ)

416 / 316 / 516. Sculpture Material Studies: Installation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

417. Advanced Painting and Drawing Studio (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Focuses on issues important to the theory and practice of contemporary painting and drawing. Class time will include open studio hours, seminar style discussions, and group critiques. Prerequisite: two semesters of 305 and/or 308. Restriction: permission of instructor.

418 / 318 / 518. Sculpture Material Studies: Digital/Analog (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Part of the MATERIAL FOCUS series, this course offers the student extended study in DIGITAL/ANALOG fabrication processes and techniques. This class encourages development of personal direction with an emphasis on expanding sculptural possibilities. Prerequisite: 1840.

419 / 319 / 519. Sculpture Material Studies: Moldmaking/Casting (3, may be repeated once Δ)

421 / 321 / 521. Sculpture Material Studies: Fiber (3, may be repeated once Δ)

429. Undergraduate Topics in Studio Art (1-6 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Coursework determined by specific student need or by the professor’s current research. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

432 / 532. Special Projects in Electronic Art I (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Course is based on the integration of nascent technologies in electronic / digital media art practice. Works will be created in conjunction with concurrent investigation of digital media art history and contemporary theoretical discourses. Part I. Restriction: permission of instructor.

434 / 534. Immersive Media (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Fine Art production for the Immersive Fulldome. This emerging medium comes out of planetarium technology. We will investigate the nature of immersive media through historical and theoretical readings and discussions alongside the creative process. Prerequisite: 330. Restriction: permission of instructor.

435 / 535. The Art of Transmission (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This class will focus on network and wireless, communication and control technologies. Students will experiment with streaming and analog broadcasting as well as installation based approaches to working with tools that manipulate the electromagnetic spectrum. Prerequisite: 330. Restriction: permission of instructor.

436 / 336 / 536. Relief Printmaking (3, may be repeated two times Δ)

437. Intaglio Printmaking II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

A continuation of 337 with the exploration of multiple plate and color printing processes. Greater emphasis is given to technical considerations and the development of a personal aesthetic. Prerequisite: 337. {Fall, Spring}

438. Advanced Lithography (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Continuation of 338 with particular emphasis on color printing and special processes, including photo reproduction. Emphasis on personal aesthetic and technical concepts. Prerequisite: 338. {Fall, Spring}

439 / 339 / 539. Serigraphy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

440 / 540. Art and Ecology: Grant and Proposal Writing (3)

This course focuses on skills for researching, designing and writing effective grant applications and proposals for art-based solicitations. Students shape ideas for small and large-scale projects into proposals following requirements of real-world calls for entry.

442 / 542. Art and Ecology: Sculptural Infrastructure (3)

This course will investigate site-based, low-tech, infrastructure as art. We will design and build experimental sculptures to create an aesthetic for functional works and understand challenges to scaling. {Offered periodically}

444 / 544. Art and Ecology: Creating Change (3, may be repeated once Δ)

The course uses art and design to respond to global and local challenges. Modules led by faculty from Art and Ecology offer students skills of collaboration, community process, site-based plans of action, and economic value.

445 / 545. Text and Image: Graphic Design for Artists (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Course addresses fundamentals of graphic design through a series of art projects. Students study examples from a variety of sources and develop language for using text and image in installation, print, and online publication.

446 / 546. The Politics of Performance (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Course explores the politics of performance and how artists investigate constructions of race, gender, sexuality, and class. Combines seminar discussion with group workshop and critique sessions. Students develop performance pieces or critical scholarship.

451 / 551. Land Arts of the American West: Research (3)

This course will investigate research methodologies for field-based artists and facilitate the development and implementation of students' individualized artistic research projects through primary source materials, creative processes, critical reflection, and textual production. Corequisite: 452 and 453 and 454. Restriction: permission of instructor.

452 / 552. Land Arts of the American West: Field Investigations (3)

This course will immerse students in field-based studio practice across numerous econiches, habitation sites, and conceptions of "Place." Students will work individually and collaboratively to investigate these field sites through artistic processes and projects. Corequisite: 451 and 453 and 454. Restriction: permission of instructor.

453 / 553. Land Arts of the American West: Creative Production (3)

This course will engage and transform field-based, artistic research and practice into the production process of interdisciplinary studio art projects culminating in both experimental and finished art works. Corequisite: 451 and 452 and 454. Restriction: permission of instructor.

454 / 554. Land Arts of the American West: Presentation and Dissemination (3)

This course will investigate the context of art through various presentation methodologies, engagement locations, consideration for audience reception, and media dissemination. Students will develop presentation strategies and work collaboratively to prepare a public exhibition. Corequisite: 451 and 452 and 453. Restriction: permission of instructor.

457. Advanced Casting and Construction (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

DeJong. Students must develop an individual program of studies in consultation with the instructor. Group critiques are scheduled regularly. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula and majors in Art enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Prerequisite: 357. {Spring}

469 / 569. Pueblo Pottery (3)

A cross-cultural approach designed to expose students to the Puebloan pottery tradition. The course combines a hands-on approach to pottery-making with an analytical investigation of material culture and ethnoaesthetics. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

470 / 570. Advanced Arita Porcelain Vessels (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

In-depth practices of the Arita, Japan method of creating wheel thrown porcelain vessels: forming techniques, aesthetics, surface design, glazing, and firing. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

474. Advanced Printmaking (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Concentrated exploration of various concepts and methods of printmaking including multiple processes. Course content varies but emphasizes the development of personalized direction and the establishment of high professional standards. Individual and group critiques. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula and majors in Art enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Prerequisite: 336 or 374.

487. Advanced Photography (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Salinger, Stone. Emphasis on photo-based media, but open to advanced students in all areas of studio art. Will encourage cross-media critique and help students prepare for the professional world upon graduation. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

495. Independent Study (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced, individually directed study in areas of special interest not normally covered in advanced level courses. Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the Pre-professional curricula of the College of Fine Arts. Students in Art Education curricula may enroll with permission of the department chairperson. Restriction: permission of department.

498. Senior Seminar: Art Studio Capstone (3)

Art Studio Capstone will focus on preparing B.F.A. seniors on topics pertaining to professional practices and critical discourse for visual artists. Students will learn to present their work verbally and visually in a professional manner. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Directed independent study in a field of special interest, culminating in an exhibition and written thesis. Open only by invitation to departmental honors candidates. May be repeated for credit towards degree to a maximum of 6 hours. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

502. Interdisciplinary Seminar (3)

Study of relationships between theory and practice. Course examines contemporary theories of art as viewed in the context of the student’s own work. Open only to studio graduate students in the Department of Art and Art History. {Fall}

505. Graduate Drawing and Painting (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

508. Graduate Outdoor Studio (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

513. Graduate Sculpture (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Student is required to produce four projects, an artist’s statement, a portfolio of the semester’s work and give a slide lecture on a contemporary topic. {Fall, Spring}

514 / 314 / 414. Material Studies: Wood (3, may be repeated once Δ)

515 / 315 / 415. Sculpture Material Studies: Metal (3, may be repeated once Δ)

516 / 316 / 416. Sculpture Material Studies: Installation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

518 / 318 / 418. Sculpture Material Studies: Digital/Analog (3, may be repeated once Δ)

519 / 319 / 419. Sculpture Material Studies: Moldmaking/Casting (3, may be repeated once Δ)

521 / 321 / 421. Sculpture Material Studies: Fiber (3, may be repeated once Δ)

529. Graduate Topics in Studio Art (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Course work determined by specific student need or by the professor's current research. {Fall, Spring}

532 / 432. Special Projects in Electronic Art I (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

534 / 434. Immersive Media (3, may be repeated once Δ)

535 / 435. The Art of Transmission (3, may be repeated once Δ)

536 / 336 / 436. Relief Printmaking (3, may be repeated two times Δ)

Introduction to techniques, history, aesthetics and creative aspects of relief printmaking including woodcut, linoleum cut, collagraph, and combination of other printmaking mediums.

537. Graduate Intaglio (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Introduction to techniques, history, aesthetics and creative aspect of intaglio including acid use and non acid use techniques. Photo plate and combination of other printmaking mediums are also included.

538. Graduate Lithography (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Introduction to techniques, history, aesthetics and creative aspect of lithography including limestone and aluminum plate techniques in black and white. Multiple color printing, photo plate, and combination of other printmaking mediums are also included.

539 / 339 / 439. Serigraphy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

540 / 440. Art and Ecology: Grant and Proposal Writing (3)

542 / 442. Art and Ecology: Sculptural Infrastructure (3)

544 / 444. Art and Ecology: Creating Change (3, may be repeated once Δ)

545 / 445. Text and Image: Graphic Design for Artists (3, may be repeated once Δ)

546 / 446. The Politics of Performance (3, may be repeated once Δ)

551 / 451. Land Arts of the American West: Research (3)

This course will investigate research methodologies for field-based artists and facilitate the development and implementation of students' individualized artistic research projects through primary source materials, creative processes, critical reflection, and textual production. Corequisite: 552 and 553 and 554. Restriction: permission of instructor.

552 / 452. Land Arts of the American West: Field Investigations (3)

This course will immerse students in field-based studio practice across numerous econiches, habitation sites, and conceptions of "Place." Students will work individually and collaboratively to investigate these field sites through artistic processes and projects. Corequisite: 551 and 553 and 554. Restriction: permission of instructor.

553 / 453. Land Arts of the American West: Creative Production (3)

This course will engage and transform field-based, artistic research and practice into the production process of interdisciplinary studio art projects culminating in both experimental and finished art works. Corequisite: 551 and 552 and 554. Restriction: permission of instructor.

554 / 454. Land Arts of the American West: Presentation and Dissemination (3)

This course will investigate the context of art through various presentation methodologies, engagement locations, consideration for audience reception, and media dissemination. Students will develop presentation strategies and work collaboratively to prepare a public exhibition. Corequisite: 551 and 552 and 553. Restriction: permission of instructor.

557. Graduate Casting and Construction (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Small scale metal casting in bronze and silver through the lost wax process. Included are additional metal related techniques such as soldering and patination. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

569 / 469. Pueblo Pottery (3)

570 / 470. Advanced Arita Porcelain Vessels (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

574. Graduate Printmaking (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

579. Collaborative Lithography (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Collaborative Lithography allows students the opportunity to develop imagery in the context of the unique possibilities of the medium of lithography. It also allows Tamarind student-printers to further develop their collaborative and technical skills. Restriction: permission of the instructor.

586 / 386. The Exhibition Print (3)

587. Graduate Visual Art Seminar (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Concentration on student’s individual art production in any area of studio art, with special attention given to developing critical acuity toward photo-based media. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

588 / 388. Photographic Lighting (3)

593. Seminar in Studio Art (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Consideration of theoretical, critical and historical issues in the context of studio disciplines. Course content determined by student request or professor’s current research. {Fall, Spring}

595. Graduate Tutorial (1-9 to a maximum of 21 Δ)

Advanced, individually directed study. Open to graduate students only. {Fall, Spring}

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

Arts and Sciences Cooperative Education Program (ASCP)

105. Arts and Sciences Co-op Work Phase (0, may be repeated four times)

A mechanism for registered work phase students from the College of Arts and Sciences as full-time students while working. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Astronomy (ASTR)

1115. Introduction to Astronomy (3)

This course surveys observations, theories, and methods of modern astronomy. The course is predominantly for non-science majors, aiming to provide a conceptual understanding of the universe and the basic physics that governs it. Due to the broad coverage of this course, the specific topics and concepts treated may vary. Commonly presented subjects include the general movements of the sky and history of astronomy, followed by an introduction to basic physics concepts like Newton’s and Kepler’s laws of motion. The course may also provide modern details and facts about celestial bodies in our solar system, as well as differentiation between them: Terrestrial and Jovian planets, exoplanets, the practical meaning of “dwarf planets”, asteroids, comets, and Kuiper Belt and Trans-Neptunian Objects. Beyond this we may study stars and galaxies, star clusters, nebulae, black holes, clusters of galaxies and dark matter. Finally, we may study cosmology, the structure and history of the universe. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

1115L. Introduction to Astronomy Laboratory (1)

Includes hands-on exercises that work to reinforce concepts covered in the lecture, and may include additional components that introduce students to the night sky. Two hours lab. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1115.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Prerequisite: 1115. {Offered upon demand}

2110. General Astronomy I (3)

An introductory course covering the basics of the night sky, relevant physics, and the Solar System. The level of math is trigonometry and pre-calculus. First of a two-semester sequence. Prerequisite: MATH 1230 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1512. Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 1230 or PHYS 1310. {Fall}

2110L. General Astronomy I Laboratory (1)

Students learn how to carry out astronomical observations using actual telescopes. Students learn the basics of the celestial sphere, telescope design and characteristics planning observations, astronomical data reduction, how to make measurements from astronomical data, interpreting results, and writing reports. The topics of the lab are aligned with 2110. The level of math is trigonometry and pre-calculus. Three hours lab. Pre- or corequisite: 2110. {Fall}

2115. General Astronomy II (3)

An introductory course covering the Sun, stars, the Milky Way, galaxies and cosmology. The level of math is trigonometry and pre-calculus. Second of a two-semester sequence. Prerequisite: MATH 1230 or MATH 1250, and ASTR 2110 {Spring}

2115L. General Astronomy II Laboratory (1)

Students learn how to carry out astronomical observations using actual telescopes. Students learn the basics of the celestial sphere, telescope design and characteristics planning observations, astronomical data reduction, how to make measurements from astronomical data, interpreting results, and writing reports. The topics of the lab are aligned with 2115. Three hours lab. Pre- or corequisite: 2115. {Spring}

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

*421. Concepts of Astrophysics I (3)

Gravitation, radiation, relativity, stellar atmospheres, structure, and evolution. Prerequisite: PHYS **330. {Fall}

422 / 538. Concepts of Astrophysics II (3)

Applications of advanced astrophysical concepts to the interstellar medium, star formation, the Milky Way, external galaxies, and cosmology. Prerequisite: *421. {Spring}

423 / 539. Radio Astronomy (3)

Single dish and aperture synthesis radio observations; emission processes at radio wavelengths: synchrotron radiation, thermal bremsstrahlung. Prerequisite: PHYS **330. {Alternate Springs}

426 / 526. Optics and Instrumentation (3)

Principles of optics and quantum physics applied to modern astronomical instrumentation (over a wide range of electromagnetic wavelengths), data acquisition and processing. {Offered upon demand}

*427. Topics in Planetary Astronomy (3)

Planetary physics; planetary investigation using space vehicles; optical properties of planetary atmospheres. {Offered upon demand}

*455. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

456. Honors Problems (1, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as PHYS 456) Independent studies course for students seeking departmental honors.

526 / 426. Optics and Instrumentation (3)

Principles of optics and quantum physics applied to modern astronomical instrumentation (over a wide range of electromagnetic wavelengths), data acquisition and processing. {Offered upon demand}

536. Advanced Astrophysics I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Astrophysical problems illustrating E&M and classical/statistical mechanics: expansion of the universe; dark matter; big-bang nucleosynthesis; stellar interiors; neutron stars; supernovae. May be repeated when topics are different. {Alternate Falls}

537. Advanced Astrophysics II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Astrophysical problems as illustrations of quantum mechanics: atoms; molecules; spectral lines; ionized regions surrounding stars; centers of active galaxies; Lyman-alpha forest. May be repeated when topics are different. Prerequisite: PHYS 521. {Alternate Springs}

538 / 422. Concepts of Astrophysics II (3)

Applications of advanced astrophysical concepts to the interstellar medium, star formation, the Milky Way, external galaxies, and cosmology. Prerequisite: *421. {Spring}

539 / 423. Radio Astronomy (3)

Single dish and aperture synthesis radio observations; emission processes at radio wavelengths: synchrotron radiation, thermal bremsstrahlung. Prerequisite: PHYS **330. {Alternate Springs}

Business Computer and Information Systems (BCIS)

1110. Fundamentals of Information Literacy and Systems (3)

Examination of information systems and their impact on commerce, education, and personal activities. Utilization of productivity tools for communications, data analysis, information management and decision-making. Course cannot apply to major or minor in Computer Science. Prerequisite: MATH 1215 or (MATH 1215X and MATH 1215Y and MATH 1215Z) or MATH 1220 or MATH 1230 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1440 or MATH 1512 or MATH 1522.

Biochemistry (BIOC)

*423. Introductory Biochemistry (3)

Introductory course into metabolic reactions within the cell with emphasis on a chemical understanding of the way the cell integrates and controls intermediary metabolism; also included are quantitative problems in pH control, enzyme kinetics and energetics. Should not be taken by students who anticipate majoring in Biochemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM **302. {Fall, Spring}

445. Intensive Introductory Biochemistry I (4)

An intensive introduction to the physical and chemical properties of proteins and enzymes; enzymatic catalysis; signal transduction; structure, synthesis and processing of nucleic acids. Prerequisite: BIOL 2410C and CHEM **302. Restriction: admitted to B.A. or B.S. Biochemistry. {Fall}

446. Intensive Introductory Biochemistry II (4)

An intensive introduction to intermediary metabolism and hormonal control of catabolic and anabolic pathways. Prerequisite: 445. {Spring}

448L. Biochemical Methods (3)

Biochemical and molecular biology laboratory course including authentic exposure to: cell culture; nucleic acid and protein purification; bioinformatics. Prerequisite: 446. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Biochemistry or B.S. Biochemistry. {Fall, Spring}

451. Physical Biochemistry (3)

A quantative physical chemical approach to analyzing macromolecular structure and function; electrophoretic and hydrodynamic methods; mass spectrometry; optical and vibrational spectroscopic methods; nuclear magnetic resonance; diffraction methods; and computational techniques. Prerequisite: 445 and (CHEM **311 or CHEM **315). {Fall}

463 / 563. Biochemistry of Disease I (3)

Four four-week topics, each designed to develop advanced understanding of biochemistry, cell and molecular biology in the context of human health and disease. Prerequisite: 446. {Fall}

464 / 564. Biochemistry of Disease II (3)

Four four-week topics, each designed to develop advanced understanding of biochemistry, cell and molecular biology in the context of human health and disease. Prerequisite: 446. {Spring}

*465. Biochemistry Education (3)

Seminars and readings in current methods of Biochemistry education. The course includes a practical experience in Biochemistry education techniques and practices. Prerequisite: 446 (minimum grade of "B"). Restriction: permission of instructor.

495. Topics in Biochemistry (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course will build upon knowledge obtained from the Biochemistry core courses designed for undergraduate majors in the Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Specific topics may vary by semester. Prerequisite: 446. {Spring}

497. Senior Honors Research (3)

Senior thesis based on independent research. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall}

498. Senior Honors Research (3)

Senior thesis based on independent research. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

499. Undergraduate Research (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

563 / 463. Biochemistry of Disease I (3)

Four four-week topics, each designed to develop advanced understanding of biochemistry, cell and molecular biology in the context of human health and disease. Prerequisite: 446. {Fall}

564 / 464. Biochemistry of Disease II (3)

Four four-week topics, each designed to develop advanced understanding of biochemistry, cell and molecular biology in the context of human health and disease. Prerequisite: 446. {Spring}

Biology (BIOL)

1110. General Biology (3)

S. Witt. This course introduces non-science majors to basic biological concepts including, but not limited to, the properties of life, biochemistry, cell biology, molecular biology, evolution, biodiversity, and ecology. Three lectures. Credit for both this course and BIOL 1140 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. {Fall, Spring}

1110L. General Biology Laboratory (1)

S. Witt. This laboratory course for non-science majors compliments the concepts covered in the associated general biology lecture course. Students will learn quantitative skills involved in scientific measurement and data analysis. Students will also perform experiments related to topics such as biochemistry, cell structure and function, molecular biology, evolution, taxonomic classification and phylogeny, biodiversity, and ecology. One 3-hour lab per week including plant and animal diversity, techniques and investigation of current issues. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1110. {Fall, Spring}

1140. Biology for Health Sciences (3)

Buckholz, Howe, Kennedy. This introductory biology course for students interested in health science careers focuses on the concepts of chemistry, cell biology, metabolism, genetics, and regulation of gene expression. Not accepted toward the Biology major. Credit for both this course and BIOL 1110 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. {Fall, Spring}

1140L. Biology for Health Sciences Laboratory (1)

S. Witt. This course is a laboratory that complements the concepts learned in the theory course. Students will learn skills involved in scientific measurement, microscopy, and mathematical analysis. Students will also perform experiments and data analysis related to cell structure and function, chemistry, enzyme activity, and genetics. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1140.

1150. Biodiversity (3)

Biodiversity is the variety of life on earth. There are 2-10 million species on earth, but this number surely is vastly underestimated. Moreover, 99% of all species that ever existed are extinct. This course provides a broad survey of biodiversity-past, present, and future-with an emphasis on major groups in the tree of life (e.g., insects, plants, vertebrates, fungi, bacteria, etc.) and how humans interact with earth's biodiversity. We will explore biodiversity as it relates to earth history, mass extinctions, conservation, economics, ecology, evolution, and human society. We will also explore ways in which we categorize biodiversity (taxonomy and systematics) and catalog it for study (museums).

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110C. Principles of Biology: Cellular and Molecular Lecture and Laboratory (4)

Adema, Hofkin, Howe, Natvig, Stricker, Vesbach. This course introduces students to major topics in general biology. This courses focuses on the principles of structure and function of living things at the molecular, cellular and organismic levels of organization. Major topics included are introduction to the scientific process, chemistry of cells, organization of cells, cellular respiration, photosynthesis, cell division, DNA replication, transcription, and translation. Three lectures, one discussion section. Students who completed AP Chemistry in high school should see the instructor of record or a Biology department advisor. Prerequisite: (CHEM 1215 or CHEM 1217) and CHEM 1215L. {Fall, Spring}

2210. Human Anatomy and Physiology I (3)

Scholl. This course is the first of two that serve as an introduction to human anatomy and physiology for Biology majors and allied health students. The course entails describing, explaining, and analyzing structure and function from the submicroscopic to the organismal level with emphasis on anatomic, directional, and sectional terminology, basic cellular structure and metabolism, tissue differentiation and characteristics, and organ system structure and function; Specifically the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and nervous systems. Three lectures. Prerequisite: ((1140 and 1140L) or 2110C) and (CHEM 1120C or CHEM 1215). {Fall, Spring}

2210L. Human Anatomy and Physiology I Laboratory (1)

This is the first in a series of two laboratory courses designed to introduce laboratory practices and techniques for human anatomy and physiology, from the basic cell structure through the organ system level; specifically the integumentary, skeletal, muscle, and nervous systems. Pre- or corequisite: 2210. {Fall, Spring}

2225. Human Anatomy and Physiology II (3)

Liebrecht. This course is the second of two that serve as an introduction to human anatomy and physiology for biology majors and allied health students. The course entails describing, explaining, and analyzing structure and function from the submicroscopic to the organismal level with emphasis on specific cellular, tissue, and organ structure and physiology, and organ system structure and function; specifically the endocrine, cardiovascular, respiratory, urinary, and reproductive systems. Additionally, an analysis of these concepts is included: fluid and electrolyte balance, pregnancy, growth and development from zygote to newborn, and heredity.Three lectures. Prerequisite: 2210. {Fall, Spring}

2225L. Human Anatomy and Physiology II Laboratory (1)

This is the second in a series of two laboratory courses designed to introduce laboratory practices and techniques for human anatomy and physiology, from the basic cell structure through the organ system level; specifically the endocrine, cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory, urinary, and reproductive systems. Three hours lab. Pre- or corequisite: 2225. {Fall, Spring}

223. Biotechnology Laboratory Techniques I (4)

The first course in a series of three which provides credit for students who are in the Biotechnology Program at CNM and working toward the B.S. in Biology with a concentration in Biotechnology at UNM. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

224. Biotechnology Laboratory Techniques II (4)

The second course in a series of three which provides credit for students who are in the Biotechnology Program at CNM and working toward the B.S. in Biology with a concentration in Biotechnology at UNM. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 223.

225. Biotechnology Laboratory Techniques III (3)

The third course in a series of three which provides credit for students who are in the Biotechnology Program at CNM and working toward the B.S. in Biology with a concentration in Biotechnology at UNM. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

2305. Microbiology for Health Sciences (4)

This course introduces the basic principles of microbial structure, genetics, and physiology, virology, parasitology, disease, pathogenicity, epidemiology and immunology. Only some emphasis is given to basic biological principles. The course is designed for those obtaining a career in the health sciences. Not accepted toward the Biology major or minor. Credit for both this course and BIOL **351/**352L may not be applied toward a degree program. Prerequisite: ((1140 and 1140L) or 2110C) and (CHEM 1120C or (CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1215L)). {Fall, Spring}

2410C. Principles of Biology: Genetics Lecture and Laboratory (4)

Mitosis, meiosis, Mendelian genetics, chromosomes and inheritance, molecular basis of inheritance, genes to proteins, genetic models (viruses and bacteria), eukaryotic genomes, genetic basis of development and overview of genomes. Three lectures, 1 discussion section. Prerequisite: 2110C and ((CHEM 1215 or CHEM 1217) and CHEM 1215L). Pre- or corequisite: (CHEM 1225 or CHEM 1227) and CHEM 1225L). {Fall, Spring}

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

300. Evolution (3)

C. Witt. Basic principles, and contemporary issues of evolution. Three lectures. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

303. Ecology and Evolution (3)

Introduction to concepts in ecology and evolution including history of evolutionary thought; microevolution (including natural selection); speciation; macroevolution; patterns of species diversity and abundance; organismal, behavioral, population, community and ecosystem ecology; and conservation biology. Prerequisite: 2410C. Pre- or corequisite: 303L and (MATH 1430 or MATH 1512).

303L. Ecology and Evolution Laboratory (1)

An experiment-based approach to understanding core concepts in ecology and evolution. Students will develop hypotheses, collect data, evaluate their hypotheses, and explain their conclusions in an ecological or evolutionary context. Corequisite: 303.

304. Plant and Animal Form and Function (3)

Exploration of relationships between structure and function in plants and animals including plant growth; transport; nutrition; reproduction; development; control systems; and animal nutrition; circulation; reproduction; development; and immune, control and nervous systems. Prerequisite: 303 and 303L and ((CHEM 1225 and CHEM 1225L) or CHEM 1227). Pre- or corequisite: 304L and (MATH 1430 or MATH 1512).

304L. Plant and Animal Form and Function Laboratory (1)

An experiment-based approach to understanding the relationship between structure and function in plants and animals. Students will develop hypotheses, collect data, evaluate their hypotheses, and explain their conclusions. Corequisite: 304.

310. Principles of Ecology (3)

Rudgers. A comprehensive survey of the ecology of individuals, populations, communities and ecosystems. Three lectures, 3 hours lab or field exercise. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

310L. Principles of Ecology Laboratory (1)

Laboratory for BIOL 310. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Corequisite: 310.

**351. General Microbiology (3)

Anatomy, physiology and ecology of microorganisms. Principles of bacterial techniques, host-parasite relationships and infection and immunity. Three lectures. Credit for both this course and BIOL 2305 may not be applied toward a degree program. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Pre- or corequisite: **352L. {Fall, Spring}

**352L. General Microbiology Laboratory (1)

Methods and techniques used in microbiology. 1 hour lab. Credit for both this course and BIOL 2305 may not be applied toward a degree program. Pre- or corequisite: **351. {Fall, Spring}

360L. General Botany (4)

Overview of plant anatomy, physiology, classification, evolution and ecology. Covers both higher and lower plants. Two lectures, 4 hours lab. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Fall}

365. Evolution of Human Sexuality (3)

Thornhill. An examination of how natural selection has shaped the sexual psychologies of men and women and how evolutionary theory can guide the study of sexual psychology and behavior. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

379. Conservation Biology (3)

Importance of biological diversity from ecological, aesthetic, economic and political viewpoints. Extinction as a past, present and future process, and the roles of genetics, levels of biological organization, reserves and laws in the protection and recovery of endangered organisms. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

386L. General Vertebrate Zoology (4)

Ecology, behavior, sociology, adaptations, and evolution of the vertebrates. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Fall, Spring}

400. Senior Honors Thesis (1-3, no limit Δ)

Original theoretical and/or experimental work under supervision. Work for the thesis is carried on throughout the senior year. A maximum of 4 credit hours may be applied toward the Biology major; additional credit hours contribute to upper-level Arts and Sciences requirements. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

*401. Topics in Cell and Molecular Biology (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Cell/Molecular breadth requirement. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

402 / 502. Topics in Biology (1-3, no limit Δ)

A maximum of 4 credit hours may be applied toward the Biology major. A maximum of 2 credit hours may be applied toward the Biology minor. Additional credit hours contribute to upper-level Arts and Sciences requirements. Restriction: senior standing and permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

404 / 504. Topics in Physiology (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Physiology breadth requirement. (PH) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

*406. Topics in Organismal Biology (3 or 4, may be repeated once Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Organismal Biology breadth requirement. (OR) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

408L / 508L. Bosque Internship (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Eichhorst. UNM students train as interns with the Bosque Ecosystem Monitoring Program to mentor K-12 students and teachers in monthly data collection at field sites along the Rio Grande floodplain. Study includes ecosystem dynamics and environmental education components. Weekly on- and off-campus meetings (K-12 interaction limited in summer session). (EE) Prerequisite: 1110 or (304 and 304L). {Summer, Fall, Spring}

409 / 509. Topics in Ecology-Evolution (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Ecology/Evolution breadth requirement. (EE) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

*412. Developmental Biology (3)

Comparative biology of animal development emphasizing regulatory mechanisms. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

413. Human Microanatomy: Histology of Organs, Tissues, and Cells (3)

This lecture course and online lab examine the microscopic structure and function of organs, tissues, and cells while using medical histories of famous people to illustrate concepts of human histology. Prerequisite: 304L.

419 / 519. Topics in Interdisciplinary Science (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of section that satisfy upper-division Interdisciplinary breadth requirement. (ID) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor.

*425. Molecular Genetics (3)

Molecular biology of the gene. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

*429. Molecular Cell Biology I (3)

Cellular processes with emphasis on membranes; includes reading original landmark papers in cell biology. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L and (CHEM 2120 or (CHEM **301 and CHEM 303L)). {Fall}

*435. Animal Physiology (3)

Toolson, Wolf. The function of organ systems in animals, emphasizing neuromuscular, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal and renal physiology. (PH) Prerequisite: *371L or 386L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

445 / 545. Biology of Toxins (3)

Toolson. Principles of toxicology; pharmacology and biotransformation of xenobiotics. Mechanism of action, medical uses, and evolutionary ecology of biological toxins. (PH) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

446 / 546. Laboratory Methods in Molecular Biology (4)

Principles of DNA and RNA purification, enzymatic manipulation of nucleic acids, molecular cloning, gel electrophoresis, hybridization procedures and nucleotide sequencing. Two hours lecture, 5 hours lab. (CM) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

*450. General Virology (3)

Structure, properties, and molecular biology of viruses; virus-host interactions, multiplication, pathology, epidemiology, effects of chemical and physical agents, classification. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L and **351 and **352L. {Spring}

*451. Microbial Ecology (3)

Role of microorganisms in terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. Emphasis on biogeochemistry and nutrient cycling. Three lectures. (EE) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Fall}

*455. Ethology: Animal Behavior (3)

A survey of behavior patterns in animals, with emphasis on adaptive significance. (EE) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

456 / 556. Immunology (3)

Immunoglobulin structure, antigen-antibody reactions, immunity and hypersensitivity; experimental approach will be emphasized. Three lectures. (PH) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L or Pre- or corequisite: BIOC 445. {Fall, Spring}

457 / 557. Diversity and Evolution of Animal Sexual Strategies (3)

The course surveys the diversity of strategies in animal sexual systems and examines the evolutionary derivation of those strategies. The influence of varying sexual strategies on animal behavior, morphology, diversity and other attributes is examined. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

461L. Introduction to Tropical Biology (4)

Cook. Marine and terrestrial tropical environments, primarily in the Caribbean; topics stressed may include organisms, communities, structure, function, distribution, geology, history, politics, ecology and others. Two lectures, 2 hours lab, one-week field trip to the Caribbean and field trip fee is required. Open to majors and/or non-majors. (EE) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

471 / 571. Plant Physiological Ecology (3)

Pockman. Interaction of plants with their environment, covering plant water relations, carbon gain and utilization and soil mineral nutrition. Common research methodologies will be demonstrated in class. (ID) Prerequisite: 310 and 360L.

475 / 575. Community Ecology (3)

Collins. Plant community structure and dynamics in North American deserts and grasslands. Field trip to Sevilleta LTER required. (EE) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

480 / 580. Global Change Biology (3)

Litvak. An advanced ecology course that gives students a broad overview of biological responses to global change at multiple levels of organization, and the scientific approaches used to study these responses. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

482L / 582L. Parasitology (4)

The protozoa and worms important in human and veterinary medicine. Emphasis on life histories, epidemiology and ecology of parasites with laboratory practice in identification and experimentation. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

*483L. Discovering Arthropods (4)

Introduction to the non-insect arthropods (millipedes, centipedes, arachnids, crustaceans and their relatives), their diversity and natural history. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

484 / 584. Biology of Fungi (4)

Natvig. Systematics, reproduction and ecology of fungi. Biology of economically and medically important fungi, and the roles of introduced fungi in shaping human history and natural environments. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

485L / 585L. Entomology (4)

K. Miller. Classification, phylogeny, natural history and literature of insects. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

*486L. Ornithology (4)

C. Witt, Wolf. Classification phylogeny, natural history and literature of birds. Field trips required. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

*487L. Ichthyology (4)

Turner. Classification, phylogeny, natural history and literature of fishes. All-day field trips and one or more overnight field trips required. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Fall}

*488L. Herpetology (4)

Classification, phylogeny, natural history and literature of reptiles and amphibians. All-day field trips and one or more overnight field trips required. Two lectures, 6 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 386L.

*489L. Mammalogy (4)

Cook. Classification, phylogeny, natural history and literature of mammals. All-day field trips and one or more overnight field trips required. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. (OR) Prerequisite: 386L.

*490. Biology of Infectious Organisms (3)

The full spectrum of infectious entities including prions, viruses and parasitic prokaryotes and eukaryotes will be discussed with respect to their transmissibility, interactions with immune systems and their influences on evolutionary processes and biodiversity issues. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

491 / 591. Population Genetics (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 491 / 591) This course investigates how genetic variation is patterned within and between and how these patterns change over time. Topics include neutral theory, population structure, phylogenetics, coalescent theory, molecular clock, and laboratory methods. (EE)

492 / 592. Introductory Mathematical Biology (3)

Toolson. Application of mathematics to models of biological systems, from genes to communities. Emphasis placed on broadly-applicable concepts and qualitative solution techniques. Laboratory exercises introduce students to MATLAB programming. (ID) Prerequisite: (MATH 1430 and MATH 1440) or (MATH 1512 and MATH 1522).

*494. Biogeography (3)

Smith. Geographical distributions of organisms: patterns and their ecological and historical causes. (EE) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

*495. Limnology (3)

Biological, physical and chemical interactions in fresh water ecosystems. Three lectures. (ID) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L and ((CHEM 1225 and CHEM 1225L) or (PHYS 1240 or PHYS 1320)). {Spring}

*496L. Limnology Laboratory (1)

Techniques for studying the biology, chemistry and physics of aquatic ecosystems. Pre- or corequisite: *495. {Spring}

497. Principles of Gene Expression (3)

A detailed and critical study of how different genes are regulated during the life of an organism, principally at the level of transcription. (CM) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L.

498L / 598L. Genome Editing (4)

This course will train students in learning and using state of the art techniques to manipulate the DNA sequence of cells. Students will develop targeting vectors and isolate mutant lines for analysis. Prerequisite: **351 and **352L.

499. Undergraduate Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

A maximum of 2 credit hours may be applied toward the Biology major. Not accepted toward the Biology minor. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

500. New Graduate Student Seminar (1)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

502 / 402. Topics in Biology (1-3, no limit Δ)

A maximum of 4 credit hours may be applied toward the Biology major. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

504 / 404. Topics in Physiology (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Physiology breadth requirement. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

508L / 408L. Bosque Internship (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Eichhorst. UNM students train as interns with the Bosque Ecosystem Monitoring Program to mentor K-12 students and teachers in monthly data collection at field sites along the Rio Grande floodplain. Study includes ecosystem dynamics and environmental education components. Weekly on- and off-campus meetings. (K-12 interaction limited in summer session). {Summer, Fall, Spring}

509 / 409. Topics in Ecology-Evolution (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of sections that satisfy upper-division Ecology/Evolution breadth requirement. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

511. Macroecology (3)

Smith. A large-scale statistical approach to study the abundance, distribution and diversity of organisms.

516. Basic Graduate Ecology (4)

Major themes in current ecological research, with in-depth exploration of the theoretical and empirical literature of individual, population, community, ecosystem and landscape ecology. Recommended for all Biology Department graduate students in any field of ecology, evolution and behavior. Three lectures, 1.5 hours lab/discussion.

517. Basic Graduate Evolution (4)

An in-depth coverage of the primary literature and ideas in the major areas of evolutionary biology: adaptationism, social evolution, phylogeny, molecular evolution, speciation. Recommended for all Biology Department graduate students in any field of ecology, evolution and behavior. Three lectures, 1.5 hours lab/discussion. {Spring}

519 / 419. Topics in Interdisciplinary Science (3 or 4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continually changing selection of section that satisfy upper-division Interdisciplinary breadth requirement. (ID) Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

520. Topics in Interdisciplinary Biological and Biomedical Sciences (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 620, CS 520, ECE 620, STAT 520) Varying interdisciplinary topics taught by collaborative scientists from UNM, SFI, and LANL.

545 / 445. Biology of Toxins (3)

Toolson. Principles of toxicology; pharmacology and biotransformation of xenobiotics. Mechanism of action, medical uses, and evolutionary ecology of biological toxins. Prerequisite: 304 and 304L. {Spring}

546 / 446. Laboratory Methods in Molecular Biology (4)

551. Research Problems (1-12, no limit Δ)

556 / 456. Immunology (3)

Immunoglobulin structure, anitigen-antibody reactions, immunity and hypersensitivity; experimental approach will be emphasized. Three lectures. {Fall, Spring}

557 / 457. Diversity and Evolution of Animal Sexual Strategies (3)

561. Tropical Biology (4)

571 / 471. Plant Physiological Ecology (3)

575 / 475. Community Ecology (3)

Collins. Plant community structure and dynamics in North American deserts and grasslands. Field trip to Sevilleta LTER required. {Spring}

580 / 480. Global Change Biology (3)

582L / 482L. Parasitology (4)

584 / 484. Biology of Fungi (4)

585L / 485L. Entomology (4)

K. Miller. Classification, phylogeny, natural history and literature of insects. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. {Spring}

591 / 491. Population Genetics (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 591 / 491) This course investigates how genetic variation is patterned within and between and how these patterns change over time. Topics include neutral theory, population structure, phylogenetics, coalescent theory, molecular clock, and laboratory methods.

592 / 492. Introductory Mathematical Biology (3)

Toolson. Application of mathematics to models of biological systems, from genes to communities. Emphasis placed on broadly-applicable concepts and qualitative solution techniques. Laboratory exercises introduce students to MATLAB programming. Prerequisite: (MATH 1430 and MATH 1440) or (MATH 1512 and MATH 1522).

598L / 498L. Genome Editing (4)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

651. Advanced Field Biology (4-8)

Approval of Committee on Studies required.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Biomedical Sciences (BIOM)

*410. Research in Medical Sciences (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Laboratory research in the medical sciences for undergraduate students. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

501. Fundamentals for Graduate Research (1)

This course provides first year students with information for making an educated choice of a dissertation research advisor, of various teaching and research resources and facilities, and teaching and communication skills. {Fall}

505. Special Topics in Biomedical Sciences (1-6 to a maximum of 48 Δ)

This course provides a format to teach current information in a variety of rapidly advancing areas of biomedical research which are not now provided by existing courses. Subject area varies depending on the need for education in a particular area and the faculty member involved. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

506. Special Topics in Biomedical Research (1-2 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

In this course, first year graduate students will participate in research with potential thesis or dissertation mentors and gain first-hand experience in a variety of techniques and approaches to biological problems. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

507. Advanced Molecular Biology (4)

The course covers the structures and functions of nucleic acids and proteins, mechanisms and macromolecular synthesis and principles of enzymology. Prerequisite: organic chemistry, one semester of cell biology or biochemistry. {Fall}

508. Advanced Cell Biology (4)

Course covers advanced topics in cell biology, including microscopy, the nucleus, protein and membrane trafficking, cytoskeleton signal transduction, cell cycle and division and extracellular matrix. Prerequisite: 507. {Fall}

509. Principles of Neurobiology (3)

This course covers cellular structure of neurons and glia, the electrical properties of neurons, intercellular communication, and the formation, maintenance and plasticity of chemical synapses.

510. Physiology (3)

Course designed to provide a fundamental understanding of the basic physiological systems of the body. Topics covered are cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, and endocrine physiology. Prerequisite: 508. {Spring}

514. Immunobiology (3)

This is a comprehensive, fundamentals-based immunology course for graduate students in the biomedical sciences or related fields. The course will have a problem-based component that will introduce students to experimental design in immunological research. {Spring}

515. Cancer Biology (3)

Fundamental elements of cancer development and progression will be the focus of this course. Basic biochemical and genetic mechanisms of tumorigenesis, including genomic instability, principles of tumor cell invasion and growth dysregulation will be emphasized.

522. Experimental Design and Methods in Molecular and Cellular Biosciences (3)

This case-based course is intended for first year graduate students and focuses on practical issues of how to design, plan and conduct scientific studies through appropriate use of experimental methods and data analysis.

525. Journal Club: Cell and Molecular Basis of Disease (2, may be repeated once Δ)

Course offers new graduate students experience in oral presentation skills, experience in reading and discussing scientific literature and exposure to research seminars. Student led discussions partner with weekly Cell and Molecular Basis of Disease Seminar. {Fall, Spring}

527. Journal Club: Translational Science (1, no limit Δ)

Course offers new graduate students experience in oral presentation skills, experience in reading and discussing scientific literature and exposure to research seminars. Restriction: admitted to Doctor of Medicine or Ph.D. Biomedical Sciences, permission of department

530. Seminar: Cell and Molecular Basis of Disease (1, may be repeated four times Δ)

The Cell and Molecular Basis of Disease Seminar is a cross-cutting, interdepartmental seminar series offered for graduate credit. Weekly seminars are presented by preeminent scientists on a wide variety of broadly relevant research topics. {Fall, Spring}

531. Neurophysiology (1, may be repeated once Δ)

The course will cover the fundamental properties of ion channels in excitable membrane, synaptic transmission, and synaptic plasticity. In addition, the course will discuss the organization and principles of auditory, visual and chemical senses. Prerequisite: 509.

532. Neurochemistry (1)

The course emphasis is on basic neurochemical mechanisms that underlie functioning of the central nervous system (CNS), both normal functioning and in disease states, focusing on major concepts, techniques and recent advances in neurochemistry. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, even years}

534. Neuropharmacology (1)

The course will focus on fundamental principles of pharmacology, emphasizing molecular and cellular actions of drugs on synaptic transmission and techniques used in the study of neuropharmacology. Prerequisite: 509.

535. Seminar: Neuroscience (1, may be repeated nine times Δ)

Weekly presentation of current topics in clinical neuroscience and in neuroscience basic research.

536. Journal Club: Neuroscience (1, may be repeated five times Δ)

537. Advanced Topics in Neuroscience (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Study Projects in the literature of Neuroscience. Restriction: permission of instructor.

538. Neurobiology of Alcoholism (1)

The course focuses on the actions of alcohol on neurotransmitter systems. Prerequisite: 509.

539. Molecular Neurobiology (1)

The course focuses on the mechanisms controlling gene expression during the development and maturation of neuronal circuits. Topics covered include genetic and epigenetic regulation of neuronal function as well as the role of non-coding RNA. Prerequisite: 509.

540. University Teacher Training (2)

An introduction to the principles of how people learn and methods of teaching and assessment. Special workshops provide hands-on experience with effective lecture preparation and tutorial group facilitation for problem-based learning. Restriction: permission of instructor.

541. Teacher Training Workshops (1-2, may be repeated twice Δ)

Workshops emphasizes skill development in education theory and curriculum development or student assessment and feedback through didactic lectures and hands-on experience. Workshops are led by School of Medicine Teacher Education and Development (TED) Office and the Teaching Assistant Resource Center (TARC) faculty. Restriction: permission of instructor.

542. Teaching Assistant Practicum (1-4, may be repeated three times Δ)

BSGP students enrolled in this course earn course credit for serving as teaching assistants. The number of credits is determined by the number of contact hours. Arrangements are made on an individual basis. Prerequisite: 540 or 541.

543. Independent Education Immersion for Teaching Scholars (1-4, may be repeated once Δ)

Emphasizes skill development as an independent instructor. Requires development or implementation of independent teaching or educational project. Scholars are evaluated on teaching materials, oral and written communication skills, and project design and tool development. Arrangements for service as course instructor are made on an individual basis. Prerequisite: 542. Restriction: permission of instructor.

546. Advanced Topics in Pathology (1-3)

548. Seminar: Biochemistry Molecular and Cellular Biology (1, may be repeated nine times Δ)

{Fall, Spring}

555. Problem-Based Research Bioethics (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

This is a problem-based discussion course on topics in bioethics such as publication credits and authorships; conflict of interest and fraud, scientific misconduct, human genomics and other relevant issues. {Fall}

556. Research Design for Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course will introduce the variety of study designs that are used to conduct clinical and translational research, including qualitative, observational, experimental, quasi experimental, non-experimental and mixed methods designs. Restriction: permission of course director.

557. Measurement in Clinical and Translational Research (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This course will cover qualitative and quantitative instrument design, construction, theory, and implementation; qualitative data analysis and interpretation; assessment of measurement reliability, validity, accuracy, precision, specificity and sensitivity. Restriction: permission of course director.

559. Biostatistics in Clinical and Translational Research (1-6 to a maximum of 11 Δ)

Overview of the basic principles and methods of biostatistics designed specifically for clinical and translational research scientists. Computer software is used to analyze clinical and translational data sets. Restriction: permission of course director.

562. Epidemiology in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Course introduces the student to Epidemiology, the study of causes, distribution and control of disease in populations. A methodology to identify risk factors for disease and to determine optimal treatment approaches. Restriction: permission of course director.

563. Conducting Clinical and Translational Research within Health Care Systems (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course will cover the dimensions of a variety of health care systems and settings and discuss potential areas for investigation; challenging learners to consider the opportunities where research can contribute to system improvements. Restriction: permission of course director.

564. Biomedical Informatics in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course covers information technology tools and biomedical informatics strategies to optimize collection, storage, retrieval, and intra-/inter-institutional sharing of quantitative and qualitative data in support of clinical and translational research. Restriction: permission of course director.

565. Cultural Competence in Clinical and Translational Research (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course covers the impact of culture including values, tradition, history and institutions, sources of health care disparities, how culture influences in the way patients respond to medical services, prevention and physician delivery of services. Restriction: permission of course director.

566. Grantsmanship in Clinical and Translational Research (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Grant preparation fundamentals focused on writing and submitting a competitive research or fellowship application that meets prevailing guidelines, addresses an important hypothesis-driven research question and is responsive to critical feedback and review. Restriction: permission of course director.

567. Biomedical Ethics and Regulatory Compliance in Clinical and Translational Research (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

History and development of biomedical ethics in theory and practice within health care, tenets of autonomy, beneficence, non-malfeasance and justice as they pertain to human clinical research and the development of health care public policy. Restriction: permission of course director.

568. Seminar in Clinical and Translational Research (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ))

Includes integration and synthesis of concepts integral to clinical and translational research, providing problem-based and cross-cutting case studies for analysis/discussion, networking opportunities and a platform to demonstrate competencies. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of course director.

569. FDA Drug and Device Development in Clinical and Translational Research (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course provides researchers with information to prepare them to conduct clinical investigations of drugs and devices, and establish personal research equipoise. Restriction: permission of course director.

570. Scientific Writing in Clinical and Translational Research (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Theoretical and practical studies of writing for the translational sciences. Addresses writing for both popular and professional audiences. Restriction: permission of course director.

572. Advanced Epidemiology in Clinical and Translational Research (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Epidemiologic principles essential to clinical research: Study design, measures of disease occurrence and association, selection bias and confounding, reproducibility and validity, measurement bias, interaction, causal inference.

581. Colloidal Nanocrystals for Biomedical Applications (3)

(Also offered as BME, ECE, NSMS 581) Intended for students planning careers combining engineering, materials science, and biomedical sciences. Covers synthesis, nanocrystals characterization, biofunctionalization, biomedical nanosensors, FRET-based nanosensing, molecular-level sensing/imaging, and applications in cell biology, cancer diagnostics and therapy, neuroscience, and drug delivery.

583. Seminar: Pathology (1, may be repeated five times Δ)

Weekly presentations of current topics in pathology. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

590. Topics in Biochemistry (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

594. Topics in Environmental Disease (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Advanced readings in topics relating to toxicology and environmental disease, including areas such as chemical teratogenesis, reactive oxygen species, respiratory toxicology, receptor-medicated toxicology and environmentally induced cancer. Prerequisite: PHRM 580. {Fall, Spring}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

605. Membrane Trafficking Seminar (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

A weekly journal club style course for advanced graduate students to participate in journal club presentations and discussion of current literature in the field of intracellular membrane trafficking. {Fall, Spring}

615. Seminar: Signal Transduction and Cell Adhesion (1, no limit Δ)

Weekly presentation of current topics in signal transduction and cell adhesion research. {Fall, Spring}

616. Molecular Virology (3)

Fundamental principles related to interactions of animal viruses with host cells. Topics include virus chemical and physical properties, virus classification, virus cultivation and assay, viral replication and morphogenesis, persistent infections, viral oncology and other pertinent subjects. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL *450 or BIOL 556. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, odd years}

620. Seminar: Molecular Genetics and Microbiology (1, may be repeated five times Δ)

Weekly presentations of current topics in Immunology and Microbiology. {Fall, Spring}

625. Advanced Topics in Immunology and Microbiology (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

May be taken three times to a maximum of 9 credit hours. Prerequisite: biochemistry, general microbiology or equivalent. {Offered upon demand}

642. Advanced Topics in Cell Biology (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

An advanced graduate-level course in which current information in a variety of rapidly advancing areas of cell biology research is taught. This course is usually taught in seminar format. Subject area varies depending on the need for education in a particular area and the faculty member involved. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

646. Advanced Topics in Molecular Biology (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

An advanced graduate-level course in which current information in a variety of rapidly advancing areas of molecular biology research is taught. This course is usually taught in seminar format. Subject area varies depending on the need for education in a particular area and the faculty member involved. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

652. Immunopathogenesis of Infectious Diseases (2)

This course will cover basic models of immunopathogenesis and immune evasion mechanisms using well-characterized infectious disease models. Topics will include host mechanisms of microbial clearance, immune-mediated inflammation and pathological effects of pathogens and microbial mechanisms of avoiding host attacks.

657. Advanced Topics in Cellular and Systems Physiology (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This is an advanced graduate level course covering current, rapidly changing topics in physiology. Taught in a combination lecture/seminar format, the subject area varies depending on the expertise of the faculty member(s) involved. Restriction: permission of instructor.

659. Seminar: Cardiovascular Biology (1, may be repeated nine times Δ)

Weekly presentations of current topics in regulatory and systems biology.

695. Research in Basic Medical Sciences (1-6, no limit Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Biomedical Engineering (BME)

517. Applied Biology for Biomedical Engineers (3)

(Also offered as CBE 517 / 417) Emphasis on engineering principles and analysis of: (i) the cell as a complete system, including cellular subsystems, structures and functions; and (ii) select higher order systems of human physiology. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

518. Introduction to Bioinformatics (3)

(Also offered as CS 518) This course is designed as an introductory course to bioinformatics. The students will be introduced to the concept of bioinformatics and the basic analysis methods used in bioinformatics.

544. Thermodynamics of Biological Systems (3)

Principles of chemical thermodynamics will be considered and applied to the understanding of biological systems and to the development of biotechnological applications. Restriction: permission of instructor or BME graduate advisor. {Spring}

547. Biomedical Engineering Research Practices (3)

(Also offered as CBE 547 / 447) Students will develop research, presentation, and scientific writing skills for theses, proposals, invention disclosures and journal articles. The course includes oral presentations, case studies of research ethics, technology transfer and manuscript preparation. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

551. Problems (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced study, design, or research either on an individual or small group basis with an instructor.

556. Protein and Nucleic Acid Engineering (3)

Students will learn the scientific principles and methods for engineering and manufacturing custom proteins, peptides, nucleic acids, and carbohydrates. The course will explicitly discuss methods and tools used in the production of engineered biomacromolecules. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

558. Methods of Analysis in Bioengineering (3)

Presents applied analytical and numerical mathematical methods in the context of biomedical engineering problems. Introduces statistical methods for the design of experiments and analysis of experimental data in research and development activities. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

567. Biomedical Engineering Seminar (1, may be repeated seven times Δ)

Students will gain insight into scientific presentations and current biomedical engineering research by presenting their research and actively participating in an external research seminar, which will feature outstanding external and internal researchers as speakers. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

568. Computational Modeling for Bioengineering (3)

(Also offered as CS 568/468) An interdisciplinary study of Python programming, kinetic modeling of chemical reactions, illustrated by computational applications in bioengineering, in particular, the modeling and design of genetic regulatory networks.

572. Biomaterials Engineering (3)

(Also offered as CBE 572 / 472) Introduction to biomaterials currently in use, including commercial and research applications. Includes an understanding of a material's properties, biological responses to the materials, clinical context of their use, manufacturing processes, and regulatory issues. Restriction: permission of instructor or BME graduate advisor. {Fall, odd years}

575. Biomechanics (3)

Course covers biomechanical aspects of skeletal, biomaterial, energetic, muscle, neural, cardiovascular and respiratory systems.

579. Tissue Engineering (3)

(Also offered as CBE 579 / 479, NSMS 574) A review of the current strategies involved in the design of engineered tissues and organs. The principles underlying the implementation of selected cells, biomaterial scaffolds, soluble regulators, and culture conditions will be addressed. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring, even years}

581. Colloidal Nanocrystals for Biomedical Applications (3)

(Also offered as BIOM, ECE, NSMS 581) Intended for students planning careers combining engineering, materials science, and biomedical sciences. Covers synthesis, nanocrystals characterization, biofunctionalization, biomedical nanosensors, FRET-based nanosensing, molecular-level sensing/imaging, and applications in cell biology, cancer diagnostics and therapy, neuroscience, and drug delivery.

598. Special Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Business Administration (BUSA)

1110. Introduction to Business (3)

Fundamental concepts and terminology of business including areas such as management, marketing, accounting, economics, personnel, and finance; and the global environment in which they operate. {Fall}

1996. Special Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Selected offering of topics not represented in the regular curriculum. Restriction: permission of instructor.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Chemical and Biological Engineering (CBE)

101. Introduction to Chemical Engineering and Biological Engineering (1)

An introduction to the professions of chemical engineering and biological engineering; current research in these fields; career choices; guidance and advice on curricular matters and effective study techniques for chemical and biological engineering students. {Fall, Spring}

213. Laboratory Electronics for Nuclear, Chemical and Biological Engineers (3)

(Also offered as NE 213) Basic DC and AC circuits including capacitors and inductors and their applications in radiation measurement equipment and chemical process parameter measurements. Oscilloscopes, Op Amps, and Sensors and their use in the CBE and NE laboratories. {Spring}

251. Chemical Process Calculations (3)

Extensive problem work in material and energy balances for steady state processes. Students will utilize physical properties, chemistry and computer skills to obtain solutions. Detailed examination of case studies demonstrating the fundamentals of process analysis. Prerequisite: (CHEM 1225 or CHEM 1227) and CHEM 1225L and PHYS 1310. {Fall}

253. Chemical and Biological Engineering Computing (3)

Introductory computer solutions to chemical engineering problems using MATLAB and ASPEN. Topics covered will include thermodynamic equations, transport problems, material-energy balances, staged operations, and reaction engineering. Prerequisite: 251. {Spring}

302. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3)

Principles of chemical thermodynamics and their applications to energy conversion, phase and reaction equilibrium and the calculation of thermodynamic properties. Prerequisite: 251. {Spring}

311. Introduction to Transport Phenomena (3)

The mechanisms and the related mathematical analysis of momentum and heat transport in both the molecular and turbulent regimes. Similarities and differences between transport types and the prediction of transport properties. Prerequisite: 253 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

312. Unit Operations (3)

A study of the unit operations involved with momentum and heat transfer. Focus will be on the basics of equipment design and how to synthesize a process from the basic units. Includes extensive use of computer techniques and design exercises. Prerequisite: 311. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

317. Numerical Methods for Chemical and Biological Engineering (3)

MATLAB application of numerical techniques to the solution of chemical engineering problems such as transport phenomena. Included are linear/nonlinear equations; numerical integration/differentiation; regression and interpolation,; ordinary differential equations; optimization. Prerequisite: 253 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

318L. Chemical Engineering Laboratory I : Introduction to Experimentation (3)

Integrated lecture and laboratory. Introducing students to experimentation in Chemical Engineering. Topics include laboratory safety, experimental planning, data acquisition, sources of experimental error and uncertainty, introductory statistics, and writing reports and preparing technical presentations. Prerequisite: 253 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

319L. Chemical Engineering Laboratory II (1)

Laboratory experiments in fluids and heat transfer. Students will apply concepts of error analysis and use computational fluid dynamics software for interpretation of experimental data. Prerequisite: 311. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

321. Mass Transfer (3)

Continuation of 311. The mechanisms and the related mathematical analysis of mass transport in both molecular and turbulent regimes. Similarities and differences among mass, momentum and heat transport. Prediction of mass transport properties. Design of separation systems based on mass transfer. Prerequisite: 253 and 311. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

371. Introduction to Materials Engineering (3)

This course develops an understanding of materials from a molecular viewpoint. The structure, properties, and processing of metals, ceramics, polymers, and nanostructured materials are treated in an integrated fashion. Applications include nanotechnology, and biology. Prerequisite: 302 and 311 and 317. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

403 / 503. Heterogeneous Catalysis Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Discussion of current research in heterogeneous catalysis and materials characterization. Students learn to read the literature critically and to present reviews of ongoing research. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

404 / 504. Nanomaterials Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Investigate, evaluate, and discuss current frontier topics in sol-gel synthesis of nanostructured materials through a series of presentations. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

406 / 506. Bioengineering Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Emerging bioengineering concepts and applications with emphasis on materials and device technologies. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

412 / 512. Characterization Methods for Nanostructures (3)

(Also offered as CHEM 469 / 569; NSMS 512) Nanostructure characterization methods. Examine principles underlying techniques and limitations, and how to interpret data from each method: electron beam, scanning probe, x-ray, neutron scattering, optical and near field optical. Lab demonstrations and projects provide experience. {Fall}

417 / 517. Applied Biology for Biomedical Engineers (3)

(Also offered as BME 517) Emphasis on engineering principles and analysis of: (i) the cell as a complete system, including cellular subsystems, structures and functions; and (ii) select higher order systems of human physiology. Prerequisite: 361 and BIOL 2110C. Restriction: permission of instructor.

418L. Chemical Engineering Laboratory III (1)

Laboratory experiments in mass transfer and unit operations. Students will plan experiments to study the operation of process equipment such as heat exchanger, distillation columns, etc. Fundamental experiments on mass transfer are also included. Prerequisite: 312 and 321. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

419L. Chemical Engineering Laboratory IV (1)

Laboratory experiments in kinetics and process control. Students will also do an in-depth project in their chosen chemical engineering concentration. Prerequisite: 454 and **461. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

447 / 547. Biomedical Engineering Research Practices (3)

(Also offered as BME 547) Students will develop research, presentation, and scientific writing skills for theses, proposals, invention disclosures and journal articles. The course includes oral presentations, case studies of research ethics, technology transfer and manuscript preparation. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

451. Senior Seminar (1)

Senior year. Reports on selected topics and surveys; presentation and discussion of papers from current technical journals, and topics of interest to chemical and biological engineers. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

454. Process Dynamics and Control (3)

Design and analysis of feedback control systems in chemical and biological systems. Topics include formulation of dynamic models, time and Laplace domain analysis of open- and closed-loop systems, design of single variable and multivariable controllers. Prerequisite: 317. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

**461. Chemical Reactor Engineering (3)

Elementary principles of chemical reactor design and operation utilizing the kinetics of homogeneous and heterogeneous-catalytic reactions. Prerequisite: 311 and 317. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

472 / 572. Biomaterials Engineering (3)

(Also offered as BME 572) Introduction to biomaterials currently in use, including commercial and research applications. Includes an understanding of a material's properties, biological responses to the materials, clinical context of their use, manufacturing processes, and regulatory issues. Restriction: permission of instructor or BME graduate advisor. {Fall, odd years}

477 / 577. Electrochemical Engineering (3)

Introduction of the principles of electrochemistry and their applications in materials characterization, corrosion, electro-plating and etching. The course builds on electrochemical kinetics and discusses the design of sensors, batteries and fuel cells. Prerequisite: 302. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall, on demand}

479 / 579. Tissue Engineering (3)

(Also offered as BME 579) A review of the current strategies involved in the design of engineered tissues and organs. The principles underlying the implementation of selected cells, biomaterial scaffolds, soluble regulators, and culture conditions will be addressed. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring, odd years}

486 / 586. Introduction to Statistics and Design of Experiments (3)

This course will introduce computational tools and statistical methods important for chemical engineering practice, including fundamental concepts of statistics, numerical statistical analysis applications and methods for the design of experiments. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

491. Undergraduate Research (1-3, no limit Δ)

Advanced studies in various areas of chemical and biological engineering. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

493L. Chemical Engineering Design (3)

Principles and practices of chemical engineering design, including process flow sheets, equipment design and specification, process modeling and simulation, economic analysis, and hazard analysis. In-depth design of at least one commercial-scale chemical process. Prerequisite: 253 and 302 and 312 and 321. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Fall}

494L. Advanced Chemical Engineering Design (3)

Continued practice in creative chemical engineering design, including safety, health and environmental issues. Detailed project on a major open-ended process design or research problem. Prerequisite: 493L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Spring}

495–496. Chemical and Biological Engineering Honors Problems I and II (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ; 1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Senior thesis for students seeking departmental honors. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ch.E. program. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

499. Selected Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

A course which permits various faculty members to present detailed examinations of developing sciences and technologies in a classroom setting. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Offered upon demand}

501. Chemical and Biological Engineering Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

Colloquia, special lectures and individual study in areas of current research. A maximum of 3 credits can be applied toward degree. {Fall, Spring}

502. Chemical and Biological Engineering Research Practices (3, no limit Δ)

Students will work on developing research proposals for their masters or doctoral degree. The course will involve oral presentations of proposals and journal article critiques. {Fall}

503 / 403. Heterogeneous Catalysis Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Discussion of current research in heterogeneous catalysis and materials characterization. Students learn to read the literature critically and to present reviews of ongoing research.

504 / 404. Nanomaterials Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Investigate, evaluate, and discuss current frontier topics in sol-gel synthesis of nanostructured materials through a series of presentations.

506 / 406. Bioengineering Seminar (2 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Emerging bioengineering concepts and applications with emphasis on materials and device technologies.

512 / 412. Characterization Methods for Nanostructures (3)

(Also offered as CHEM 569 / 469; NSMS 512) Nanostructure characterization methods. Examine principles underlying techniques and limitations, and how to interpret data from each method: electron beam, scanning probe, x-ray, neutron scattering, optical and near field optical. Lab demonstrations and projects provide experience.

515. Special Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

517 / 417. Applied Biology for Biomedical Engineers (3)

521. Advanced Transport Phenomena I (3)

Equations of change applied to momentum, energy and mass transfer. Analogies between these phenomena and their limitations. Transport dependent on two independent variables, unsteady state problems. {Fall}

525. Methods of Analysis in Nuclear, Chemical and Biological Engineering (3)

(Also offered as NE 525) Mathematical methods used in chemical and nuclear engineering; partial differential equations of series solutions transport processes, integral transforms. Applications in heat transfer, fluid mechanics and neutron diffusion. Separation of variables eigen function expansion. {Fall}

530. Surface and Interfacial Phenomena (3)

Introduces various intermolecular interactions in solutions and in colloidal systems; colloidal systems; surfaces; interparticle interactions; polymer-coated surfaces; polymers in solution, viscosity in thin liquid films; surfactant self-assembly; and surfactants in surfaces.

542. Advanced Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3)

Advanced thermodynamics with reference to its application in chemical engineering. {Spring}

547 / 447. Biomedical Engineering Research Practices (3)

551–552. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ; 1-3)

Advanced study, design or research either on an individual or small group basis with an instructor. Recent topics have included convective diffusion, reactor safety, inertial confinement fusion and nuclear waste management.

561. Kinetics of Chemical Processes (3)

Rate equations for simple and complex chemical processes, both homogeneous and heterogeneous. Experimental methods and interpretation of kinetic data for use in chemical reactor design and analysis. Applications to complex industrial problems. {Spring}

572 / 472. Biomaterials Engineering (3)

575. Selected Topics in Material Science (1-3, no limit Δ)

May be counted an unlimited number of times toward degree, with departmental approval, since content varies. Credit is determined based on the content of the course. {Offered upon demand}

576. Selected Topics in Aerosol Science (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Analysis of the motion of both charged and neutral aerosol particles; molecular and convective diffusion, particle size and classification, coagulation, precipitation and particle capture, current aerosol research and instrumentation. {Offered upon demand}

577 / 477. Electrochemical Engineering (3)

579 / 479. Tissue Engineering (3)

586 / 486. Introduction to Statistics and Design of Experiments (3)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

See Graduate Programs section for total credit requirements. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Chicana and Chicano Studies (See also: CCST) (CCS)

310. Immigration and Assimilation (3)

This is a course on the historical, political and sociological dynamics that shaped the Chicana/o experience in America. A main focus will be on immigration history and the "assimilation" process, especially Mexican immigration.

330 / 530. Transnational Latina Feminisms (3)

This course examines transnational feminist theories, methodologies, and praxis. Students explore how globalization affects Latin American women in the western hemisphere and the possibilities that decolonizing struggles hold for social justice and human rights.

332. Introduction to Chicana Studies (3)

This course is an introduction to the interdisciplinary field of Chicana Studies. Includes historical and contemporary research on labor, political involvement, cultural studies and feminism.

336 / 536. Chicana Feminisms (3)

Explores the history and development of Chicana Feminisms with special attention to how Chicana feminists voice their concerns and politics on a wide range of social dynamics that includes race, class, gender, sexuality, and language.

342. Race, Culture, Gender, Class in New Mexico History (3)

Hispano and Native perspectives of NM history begin with colonialism, military history, politics, economics, but must also consider culture, gender and class to understand the resilience of people as actors in their own history.

348 / 548. Literatura y Cultura Afromexicana (3)

This course explores the literature and culture of Mexico in regards to Mexican intellectuals that have delineated the presence and invisibility of Afro-Mexicans and the contributions of Afro-Mexicans. Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or Spanish placement exam demonstrating a 300-level equivalent competency.

360 / 560. Chicano Latino Civil Rights (3)

The seminar examines Chicano Civil Rights by exploring forms of collective social action on behalf of immigration rights/reform, education rights/reform, labor rights, treaty rights, legal justice, environmental justice, veteran's rights, and political representation.

362 / 562. Chicana and Chicano Movement: El Movimiento Chicano (3)

The course examines the Chicana/o Movement beyond the 1960s Civil Rights era, exploring the precursors to the political movement, as well as the legacies of the Chicana/o movement and its effect on society and academia.

364 / 564. Raza Genders and Sexualities (3)

The course focuses on critical thinking about race, class, gender, and sexuality. Course discussions will center on questions of identity and representation and the social construction of gender and sexuality in transnational Latina/o communities.

370. Chicana and Chicano Cultural Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An exploration of a variety of contemporary forms of Chicana and Chicano cultural production and the ways in which these construct and transform individual experiences, everyday life, social relations and power.

372 / 572. New Mexico Villages and Cultural Landscapes (3)

The course explores New Mexico's cultural heritage through an examination of cultural narratives and cultural landscapes and traditions, such as plazas, salas, resolanas, matanzas, and acequia culture from the past through the present day.

384. Community-Based Learning in Chicana and Chicano Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course offers students the opportunity to engage in community-based learning at a selected Community-Based Organization site of their choice. The course broadens student knowledge and understanding of global and local economic and social realities.

393. Topics in Chicano Hispano Mexicano Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Special topics in Chicano Hispano Mexicano Studies are interdisciplinary in nature and draw from the Humanities, Social Sciences, and the Arts. May be repeated as subject matter varies.

440 / 540. Literary Analysis of the Mexican Revolution (3)

This course examines the origins and discursive discussions of the Mexican Revolution (1910-1920) and explores how the interpretations and memories of the Mexican Revolution shaped modern Mexico socially and culturally.

450 / 650. Cracking Chicana and Chicano Communication Codes (3)

Seminar explores how the interrelationship of Chicana/o cultures and communication inform, shape, and modify communal practices, identities, and social relations across contexts. Course includes fieldwork, interviewing, and other research approaches and processes.

455 / 555. Chicanas and Chicanos in Education (3)

This course provides an overview of Chicana/o educational experiences with the United States school system. Students will analyze historical and institutional developments that shape educational experiences of Chicanas/os through texts, theories, and methodologies.

460. Chicanos and Latinos in a Global Society (3)

The course examines current theories and debates about globalization from a critical perspective. An emphasis will be placed on the study of Chicano and Latino communities in the U.S. as influenced by globalization.

464 / 664. Presencia Africana en Mexico (3)

This course explores the African presence in Mexico in four periods: the Colonial Period, the Independence movement, the Modern Period, and representations of people of African descent in contemporary Mexico. Prerequisite: Spanish placement exam demonstrating a 400 level equivalence competency.

480. New Approaches in Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

The course focuses on examining the various theories and methods utilized by Chicana/o scholars during the evolution of Chicana/o Studies. The class also presents theories and methods that inform writings in Chicana/o studies.

486. Writers in the Community (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course places students into diverse community settings to work alongside students of all ages, needs, interests and abilities. Workshops will be offered in schools, community centers, homeless shelters, healthcare facilities, and other venues.

490. Advanced Seminar in Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

Advanced seminar emphasizing synthesis of previous courses, research skills, theories and service learning in Chicana and Chicano Studies. Designed as a capstone seminar for the undergraduate program. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

493. Special Topics (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

The content of this course varies by semester but will provide an in-depth analysis of special topics related to Chicana and Chicano Studies. For course content, consult the Schedule of Classes.

495. Undergraduate Problems (3, may be repeated once Δ)

506. Curanderismo: Mexican Traditional Medicine (3)

This course will explore how our ancestors used traditional healing methods to cure and help diminish various ailments, shaped our cultural diversity of yesterday and today, and what the future of this medicine might be.

507. Southwest and Mexican Curanderismo (3)

Examines the history of Curanderismo (the art of Mexican traditional Healing) in the Southwest and Mexico. Students will explore an integrative approach to medicine that incorporate Curanderismo with various traditional and holistic health techniques.

508. Global Curanderismo (3)

This course explores global perspectives of traditional healing in order to illustrate the powerful cultural influences that Curanderismo has ingrained in the Americas connected to diasporic populations from across the globe.

520. Cine Chicano y Mundial (3)

This course explores film depictions of Chicana/o society in relation to diverse cultures of the world and their cosmovision as expressed in films. Course themes include gender, race, politics and immigration.

530 / 330. Transnational Latina Feminisms (3)

536 / 336. Chicana Feminisms (3)

540 / 440. Literary Analysis of the Mexican Revolution (3)

548 / 348. Literatura y Cultura Afromexicana (3)

551. Cultural Expressions in Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

This course engages students in exploring how discourse, rhetoric, and imagery are used in addressing key humanities thematics and topics in the field.

552. Research Methods and Data Analysis (3)

This course prepares students to survey a range of qualitative and quantitative approaches, the utility of different approaches depending on theoretical perspective, and the debates in and outside the field.

555 / 455. Chicanas and Chicanos in Education (3)

560 / 360. Chicano Latino Civil Rights (3)

562 / 362. Chicana and Chicano Movement: El Movimiento Chicano (3)

564 / 364. Raza Genders and Sexualities (3)

572 / 372. New Mexico Villages and Cultural Landscapes (3)

574 [574 / 374]. New Mexico's Literary Landscapes and Beyond (3)

The course explores Chicano/a letters and the spoken word tradition in New Mexico and beyond. The course examines poetic traditions through a variety of forms including poetry, storytelling, singing/songwriting, and spoken word artistry.

580. New Approaches in Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

586. Chicanos and Latinos in a Global Society (3)

590. Advanced Seminar in Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

Advanced seminar emphasizing synthesis of previous courses, research skills, theories and service learning in Chicana and Chicano Studies. Designed as a capstone seminar for the graduate program.

593. Special Topics (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

The content of this course varies by semester but will provide an in-depth analysis of special topics related to Chicana and Chicano Studies. For course content, consult the Schedule of Classes.

597. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Provides graduate students with the opportunity to work one-on-one with an instructor to facilitate an intensive study of a subject or the completion of a project.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

620. Practicum (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Intended to support community-engaged learning and/or project-based learning in the departmental graduate program, and to enhance academic knowledge and provide students with opportunities to gain practical experience in a chosen community based or professional field.

650 / 450. Cracking Chicana and Chicano Communication Codes (3)

664 / 464. Presencia Africana en Mexico (3)

670. Culture and Communication (3)

Graduate seminar examines the interrelations of culture-rich language use and social interactions across communal, ethnic, and national boundaries. Course includes fieldwork, interviewing, and other research approaches and processes.

697. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Provides graduate students with the opportunity to work one-on-one with an instructor to facilitate an intensive study of a subject or the completion of a project.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Chicana and Chicano Studies (See also: CCS) (CCST)

1110. Introduction to Comparative Global and Ethnic Societies (3)

The course explores historical and contemporary social forces that impact ethnic communities across the Americas. Students will examine social and economic dynamics of Indigenous, Latino, Asian-Pacific, Africana communities and women’s experiences in these societies. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

1125. Chicana-o Latina-o Musical Cultures and Expressions (3)

The course explores diverse musical expressions of Chicana/o and Latina/o peoples in the present geographical boundaries of the United States. The course emphasizes the intercultural dynamics in the formation of Chicano and Latino music, which incorporates American, Latin American, African, Native American, and European roots. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. Introduction to Chicana and Chicano Studies (3)

Introductory survey of the Mexican American experience in the United States, with special reference to New Mexico. Exploration of historical, political, social, and cultural dimensions. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Civil Engineering (CE)

130. Construction Detailing (3)

Basics of construction detailing and comprehension of working drawing sets.

160L. Civil Engineering Design (3)

Introduction to engineering graphics (AutoCAD®), computer-aided design; introduction to civil engineering and construction.

171. Construction Materials and Techniques (3)

Plan reading, elementary construction techniques, materials and construction documents; primary emphasis is on the Uniform Building Code plan checking. Prerequisite: 130.

202. Engineering Statics (3)

Statics of particles and rigid bodies, in two and three dimensions using vector algebra as an analytical tool; centroids; distributed loads; trusses, frames, internal forces, friction. Prerequisite: MATH 1522 and PHYS 1310.

279. Mechanical Electrical Systems Construction (3)

Materials and equipment used in the electrical and mechanical systems of commercial building, and associated codes and costs, are surveyed and explored.

283. Surveying and Geomatics (3)

Principles of physical measurements and error theory applied to transportation systems, including layout and design. Design elements and standards, sight distance considerations and earthwork calculations applied to horizontal and vertical alignment design. Prerequisite: MATH 1430 or MATH 1512.

291. Lower Division Special Topics in Civil Engineering (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Lower division studies in various areas of civil engineering. Restriction: freshman or sophomore standing.

302. Mechanics of Materials (3)

Stresses and strains in members subjected to tension, compression, torsion, shear and flexure. Combined and principal stresses; Mohr’s circle construction; buckling. Introduction to statically indeterminate members. Prerequisite: 202. Pre- or corequisite: MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

305. Infrastructure Materials Science (4)

Lecture and laboratory studies of the physical, structural, mechanical and chemical properties of infrastructure materials. Micro and nano-scale structure of matter. Experimental determination of material properties. Prerequisite: ENGL 2210. Pre- or corequisite: 302 or 371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

308. Structural Analysis (3)

Analysis of determinate and indeterminate structural systems. Determination of forces and displacements. Classical analysis methods, influence lines and introduction to matrix stiffness formulation. Prerequisite: 302 and 305. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

331. Fluid Mechanics (4)

Fluid properties; fluids at rest; fluid flow principles, including continuity, energy and momentum; incompressible fluid flow; laboratory study of basic principles of fluid mechanics. Three lectures. Prerequisite: 202 and ENG 301. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

**335. Environmental and Water Resources Engineering (3)

Basic principles of environmental and water resources engineering: material and energy balances, hydrology, water treatment and distribution, wastewater collection and treatment. Prerequisite: 331 and CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1215L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

350. Engineering Economy (3)

(Also offered as ME 350) A study of methods and techniques used in determining comparative financial desirability of engineering alternatives. Includes time value of money (interest), depreciation methods and modern techniques for analysis of management decisions. Prerequisite: MATH 1430 or MATH 1512. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

360. Soil Mechanics (4)

Fundamental properties of soils, classification systems, site investigation, permeability, consolidation, compaction and shear. Laboratory tests conducted to determine the properties of soils-related geotechnical engineering problems. Three lectures. Prerequisite: 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

370. Construction Methods and Equipment (3)

Comprehensive study of the ownership and operating costs, production rates and operating characteristics of the major construction equipment types. Prerequisite: 350. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

371. Structures for Construction (3)

Principles of mechanics, equilibrium conditions, properties of structural materials, structural properties of areas, load-shear-bending moment diagrams, flexural stresses, shearing stresses, deflection, and analysis of simple trusses, beams, columns, and funicular structures. Prerequisite: 171 and MATH 1430 and PHYS 1230. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

**372. Principles of Construction (3)

Management principles as applied to the conduct and control of a construction contracting business; estimating methods, bidding, construction contracts, bonds, insurance, project planning and scheduling, cost accounting, labor law, labor relations and safety. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

376. Cost Estimating (3)

Using modern, professional estimating techniques and resources, students complete cost estimates on buildings based on the Construction Specifications Institute formatted budgets and quantity take-offs for materials, labor, and equipment. Prerequisite: 171. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

377. Construction Scheduling (3)

Planning and scheduling of construction activities including network diagramming and calculations with the Critical Path Method (CPM), resource allocation, schedule updating, and computer applications. Prerequisite: 171. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

382. Transportation Engineering (3)

Multimodal examination of the planning, design and operation of transportation facilities; social aspects and economic evaluation of transportation system improvements; transportation design project. Prerequisite: 283. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

411 / 511. Reinforced Concrete Design (3)

Structural mechanics of concrete beams, slabs, columns, walls and footings; checking and proportioning of members and connections in accordance with specifications for limit state concrete design. Prerequisite: 308. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

413 / 513. Timber and Masonry Design (3)

Design of reinforced masonry and timber structures conforming to the latest building codes and specifications; masonry assemblage methods, shear strength, masonry beams, columns and walls; wood connections, load and resistance factors for timber design. Prerequisite: 308. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

415. Civil Engineering Design Competition (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Students will plan, design, construct, and test projects for competitions such as the American Society of Civil Engineering/American Institute of Steel Construction steel bridge competition and the American Concrete Institute’s concrete canoe competition. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

424 / 524. Structural Design in Metals (3)

Design of steel systems in accordance with LRFD design specifications. Prerequisite: 308. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

431 / 531. Physical-Chemical Water and Wastewater Treatment (3)

Principles and design of water treatment systems relying on physical-chemical processes: coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation, granular and membrane filtration, reverse osmosis, adsorption, disinfection, and advanced oxidation. Addresses principles of mass balances, chemical reactors, and mass transfer. Prerequisite: **335. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

433 / 533. Environmental Microbiology (3)

Examination of the fundamental principles of microbiology and biochemistry as they apply to environmental and biochemical engineering. Topics will include microbial cell structure, metabolism, bioenergetics, ecology, molecular methods of analysis, and pollutant degradation. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

436 / 536. Biological Wastewater Treatment (3)

Principles and design of wastewater treatment systems which are dependent on biological organisms. Processes covered include suspended culture and fixed culture systems, nutrient removal, hybrid systems, land application and on-site treatment systems. Emphasis will be placed on fundamental interaction between the organisms, wastes and receiving body of water. Prerequisite: **335. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

438 / 538. Sustainable Engineering (3)

Evaluation of strategies to improve the environmental performance of industrial processes. Topics include impacts associated with resource consumption and pollution generation, life cycle assessment, environmental management systems, sustainability, techniques for pollution prevention and energy minimization. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

440 / 540. Design of Hydraulic Systems (3)

Applications of the principles of fluid mechanics to the design and analysis of pipe systems. Topics include pipe network analysis, design and selection of hydraulic machinery and analysis of transient and compressible flow. Prerequisite: 331. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

441 / 541. Hydrogeology (3)

(Also offered as EPS 462 / 562) Hydrologic and geologic factors controlling groundwater flow, including flow to wells. The hydrologic cycle; interactions between surface and subsurface hydrologic systems; regional flow systems. Groundwater geochemistry and contaminant transport. Prerequisite: CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1215L and MATH 1522 and PHYS 1310. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

*442. Hydraulic Engineering and Hydrology (3)

Design of water distribution systems and open channels; selection of pumps and turbines; hydraulics of wells; basic engineering hydrology including precipitation, infiltration, runoff, flood routing, statistical measures and water resources planning. Prerequisite: 331 and MATH 1512. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

452 / 552. Building Information Modelling (3)

Principles, theory, and techniques of computer building, information modeling applications in the construction industry using AutoDesk Revit Architecture® and Revit Structure® modeling software. Students develop and apply current database technologies based on their respective degrees. Prerequisite: 160L and 305 and (308 or 371) and (**372 or (376 and 377)). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

*455. Engineering Project Management (3)

Estimating, proposing, planning, scheduling, quality and cost control and reporting of an engineering project. Case studies of typical engineering projects. Small projects carried out by student teams. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

462 / 562. Foundation Engineering I (3)

Application of principles of soil mechanics to analysis and design of footings, piles, caissons, cofferdams and other substructures. Prerequisite: 360. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

466. Pavement Design (3)

Provides an understanding of the analysis and design of flexible and rigid highway pavements. Includes mechanistic-empirical analysis and evaluation of design practices, stresses and strains in pavements, traffic consideration, pavement performance models, and reliability. Prerequisite: 360. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

473 / 573. Construction Law (3)

Basic law concepts pertaining to the construction industry in New Mexico, including the Construction Industries Licensing Act, construction contracts, change orders, delay damages, contractor liability, dispute resolution, lien laws and the Miller Acts. Prerequisite: (**372 or (376 and 377)) and ENGL 2210. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

474 / 574. Principles of Written Construction Documents (3)

This course reviews written documents used throughout construction projects, describing how the documents relate to each other and to drawings. It provides detail on the theory, techniques and format for every aspect of construction documentation. Prerequisite: (**372 or (376 and 377)) and ENGL 2210. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

475 / 575. Construction Safety (3)

Basic safety and loss control concepts, practices, and skills to improve construction job site safety; OSHA regulations, accidents, documentation, safety policies and procedures, safe work environments, crisis management, and other safety related topics. Prerequisite: (**372 or (376 and 377)) and ENGL 2210. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

477 / 577. Project Controls (3)

Time and cost budgeting is used for project control through management information and systems engineering. Topics to include cost integrated scheduling, earned value, probabilistic estimating and scheduling, crashing, trade-off analysis and forecasting. Prerequisite: **372 or (376 and 377). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

478 / 578. Temporary Structures in Construction [Design of Temporary Support Structures] (3)

Evaluation of the applicability, advantages, and disadvantages of temporary-construction structures and activities, including scaffolding, formwork systems, earth-retaining structures, and traffic control. Prerequisite: 308 or 371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.C.E. Civil Engineering, B.S.Cn.E. Construction Engineering, or B.S.C.M. Construction Management.

481 / 581. Urban Transportation Planning (3)

Planning aspects of highway transportation including transportation goals, transportation forecasting techniques and models, selection between alternate solutions, financing improvements. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

482 / 582. Highway and Traffic Engineering (3)

Principles of the geometric design and operation of streets and highways, including planning aspects, traffic design and control and highway safety. Application of these principles to actual situations. Prerequisite: 382. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

*491-*492. Special Topics in Civil Engineering (1-3, 1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced studies in various areas of civil engineering. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

493. Special Topics in Civil Engineering - Honors (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

494. Honors Seminar (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

495. Construction Internship (1)

Practical construction industry experience (both home office and field). Students spend designated period of time with owner or contractor. Evaluation by both instructor and industry sponsor, emphasizing student’s understanding of observed project management operations. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

497L. Design Construction Integration (3)

Comprehensive, creative construction management of a typical construction project, including estimating, scheduling, document preparation, constructibility site analysis and quality, safety, equipment and material plans. Both written and oral presentations are required. Pre- or corequisite: 477. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

499. Design of Civil Engineering Systems (3)

Comprehensive, creative design of a typical civil engineering project, including cost analysis. Detailed study based on written proposals by student teams, both written and oral reports required. To be taken in the student’s last semester. Prerequisite: 308 and 331 and 350 and 360. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

501. Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3)

(Also offered as ME 501/401) State of stress and strain at a point, stress-strain relationships; topics in beam theory such as unsymmetrical bending, curved beams, and elastic foundations; torsion of noncircular cross-sections, energy principles.

502. Finite Element Methods in Solid Mechanics (3)

Topics in finite element analysis with applications to problems in a two and three dimensional, solid continuum.

504. Fracture Mechanics (3)

This course explains principles of crack initiation propagation and the fracture process in construction materials including glass, metals, concrete and polymers.

506. Prestressed Concrete (3)

Theoretical and practical aspects of behavior and design of prestressed concrete structures.

511 / 411. Reinforced Concrete Design (3)

Structural mechanics of concrete beams, slabs, columns, walls and footings; checking and proportioning of members and connections in accordance with specifications for limit state concrete design.

513 / 413. Timber and Masonry Design (3)

515. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures with Fiber Reinforced Polymers (3)

Design of new reinforced concrete structures using fiber reinforced polymer (FRP) reinforcement and strengthening of existing reinforced and prestressed concrete structures using FRP materials.

518. Theory of Structural Stability (3)

General concept of stability of elastic and inelastic systems: columns, beam-columns, frames, plates and torsional stability. Equilibrium, energy and dynamic methods, nonlinear systems, nonconservative problems, discretized mathematical models.

521. Structural Dynamics and Earthquake Engineering (3)

Theory of structural vibrations; response spectra for design; viscous and tuned mass damping; multi-degree-of-freedom analysis using normal mode method; designs under earthquake excitations; seismic design provisions in building codes; final design project.

524 / 424. Structural Design in Metals (3)

Design of steel systems in accordance with LRFD design specifications.

531 / 431. Physical-Chemical Water and Wastewater Treatment (3)

533 / 433. Environmental Microbiology (3)

534. Environmental Engineering Chemistry (3)

A comprehensive survey including acid-base and precipitation equilibria, complexation of metals, transformation occurring in the environment adsorption, ion exchange. The approach will be quantitative and aimed at developing the student's ability to predict consequences of environmental manipulation, treatment processes and phenomena observed in the field.

536 / 436. Biological Wastewater Treatment (3)

538 / 438. Sustainable Engineering (3)

540 / 440. Design of Hydraulic Systems (3)

541 / 441. Hydrogeology (3)

(Also offered as EPS 562 / 462) Hydrologic and geologic factors controlling groundwater flow, including flow to wells. The hydrologic cycle; interactions between surface and subsurface hydrologic systems; regional flow systems. Groundwater geochemistry and contaminant transport.

542. Intermediate Hydrology (3)

Hydrometeorology, interception, depression storage, infiltration, hydrograph analysis, flood routing, urban hydrology, groundwater analysis and utilization.

545. Open Channel Hydraulics (3)

Open channel hydraulics; specific energy and specific force; steady and unsteady flow; gradually varied flow; rapidly varied flow; computation of water surface profiles.

547. GIS in Water Resources Engineering (3)

Principles and operation of geographic information systems using Arc GIS, work with surface and subsurface digital representations of the environment considering hydrologic and transportation processes. Course project is required.

548. Fuzzy Logic and Applications (3)

Theory of fuzzy sets; foundations of fuzzy logic. Fuzzy logic is shown to contain evidence, possibility and probability logics; course emphasizes engineering applications; control, pattern recognition, damage assessment, decisions; hardware/software demonstrations.

549. Vadose Zone Hydrology (3)

Principles and applications of water, energy and solute transport in the near-surface environment. Topics covered include moisture characteristic curves, unsaturated hydraulic conductivity, Richards equation and numerical solutions. Processes studied include infiltration, redistribution, evapotranspiration and recharge.

551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced reading, analysis, design or research.

552 / 452. Building Information Modelling (3)

556. Soils in Construction (3)

Introduction to the nature of soils and how soil materials influence construction activities. Includes soil characteristics, properties, classification, contract documents, soils reports, embankments, excavation, foundation construction, haul roads, erosion mitigation, and dewatering.

557. Decision Making for Civil Infrastructure Systems (3)

Modeling of decision problems through analytical and simulation methods through examples from planning, design, construction and management of civil infrastructure.

558. Construction Materials (3)

An in-depth introduction on all major construction materials including steel, wood, concrete, masonry, polymers and asphalt. Introduces principles of sustainable construction materials as well as new construction materials and technologies.

562 / 462. Foundation Engineering I (3)

Application of principles of soil mechanics to analysis and design of footings, piles, caissons, cofferdams and other substructures.

566. Pavement Design (3)

Pavement design principles, including a review of methods for soil testing and characterization, base selection, subgrade stabilization and surfacing material design. Procedures for new pavement design and existing pavement testing and evaluation will be covered.

570. Construction Operations [Simulation and Design of Construction Operations] (3)

Comprehensive study of the design and simulation of construction operations.

571. Sustainable Design and Construction (3)

Principles of sustainable design and construction, including life-cycle cost analysis, evaluation of economic and environmental impacts, state-of-the-art technology, and LEED certification.

573 / 473. Construction Law (3)

574 / 474. Principles of Written Construction Documents (3)

575 / 475. Construction Safety (3)

576. Project Delivery Systems (3)

Defining characteristics of various project delivery systems, processes to solicit and procure those services. Responsibilities, risks and rewards for owners, designers, and contractors under various PDS.

577 / 477. Project Controls (3)

578 / 478. Temporary Structures in Construction [Design of Temporary Support Structures] (3)

581 / 481. Urban Transportation Planning (3)

Planning aspects of highway transportation including transportation goals, transportation forecasting techniques and models, selection between alternate solutions, financing improvements.

582 / 482. Highway and Traffic Engineering (3)

588. Master's Project (1-6)

Development of project concept, investigation of needs, initial data collection and assembly of written and field materials necessary to conduct a professional project. Exploration of alternative means to conduct the project. Prerequisite: completion of 12 credit hours of 500-level coursework. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Civil Engineering or M.Eng. Civil Engineering or M.C.M. Construction Management.

598. Selected Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A course offered by Civil Engineering faculty which presents a detailed examination of developing sciences and technologies in a classroom setting. {Offered upon demand}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

650. Research (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: CE majors only.

691. Graduate Seminar (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Community Engaged Learning and Research (CELR)

175. Introduction to Civic and Community Engagement (3)

This introductory course covers concepts for understanding civic engagement, including models of civic life through America's history, critiques of philanthropy, volunteerism, community service, public service, political activism, and public service leadership.

176. Practicum in Civic and Community Engagement (1-3)

This practicum course introduces students to types of civic engagement in a democracy and practices of engagement and inquiry. Students are required to complete between 8-10 hours of service with one community organization. Prerequisite: 175.

350. Community Based Research I: Design (3)

Introduction to community-based research, qualitative and quantitative data collection methods, theoretical foundations, and appropriateness for community questions. Collaborating with community partners, students define a research question and develop an approach that addresses the question.

351. Community Based Research II: Implementation (3)

Students implement a research project on a community identified issue. Emphasis on implementation, analysis, and application of research approach designed in CELR 350. Restriction: Instructor permission. Prerequisite: 350

391. Topics in Service-Learning Leadership (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Prepares students to work in service leadership positions and engage in a project that meets an identified community need with organized service to the community, emphasizing civic engagement, reflection, and application of learning.

392. Topics in Global Service-Learning Leadership (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This pre-fieldwork course provides students a forum for critical reflection on community-driven service and is intended for any student undertaking study abroad, fieldwork, and community engagement in CELR 430. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*410. Topics in Lobo Gardens Community-Based Research (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This experiential learning course explores the intersections of gardening, sustainability and social change while engaging with local farmers and gardeners, planting and growing food, and cultivating the community gardens on campus.

*430. Advanced Research Service-Learning Field School (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Students will study specific issues, problems, or topics related to community-identified needs in any intensive field-based setting. Topics will address theoretical and practical aspects of community-based issues and may involve approved community partner organizations. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

*498. Independent Study in Research Service-Learning (1-6, may be repeated once Δ)

This course engages undergraduate students in a community-based project under faculty guidance in an approved community setting and working toward goals established in collaboration with community partners. Restriction: junior or senior standing, and permission of instructor.

499. Community Engaged Learning and Research Capstone Seminar (3)

Students will culminate their Community Engaged Learning and Research experience working with a community partner to design, implement and present and project that demonstrates academic merit in addressing a community need. Prerequisite: 350 and 351. Restriction: permission of department.

Chemistry (CHEM)

1105. Preparation for College Chemistry (2)

A preparatory course for students who feel they are not prepared, or who do not have the prerequisite requirements for CHEM 1215/1215L. A grade of "CR" can be used as placement into CHEM 1215/1215L. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

1106. Foundations of Chemistry (3)

A unique preparatory course for CHEM 1215 and your subsequent chemistry courses. It has a dual purpose; firstly, to help you obtain a solid foundation in the chemical concepts that are essential to your future chemistry and science classes, and secondly to optimize your set of learning skills to help you learn more efficiently, demonstrate your knowledge and succeed in your future fast-paced high-level science courses. {Fall, Spring}

1110C. Chemistry in Our Community Lecture and Laboratory (4)

This course will introduce non-science majors to the basic chemistry required to understand topics of current interest affecting their communities, such as air and water quality, global climate change, use of fossil fuels, nuclear power, and alternative energy sources. Experiments will illustrate chemical principles and acquaint students with scientific methods, data processing, critical thinking and scientific writing. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. {Fall, Spring}

1120C. Introduction to Chemistry for Non-Majors Lecture and Laboratory (4)

This course covers qualitative and quantitative areas of non-organic general chemistry for non-science majors and some health professions. Students will learn and apply principles pertaining, but not limited to, atomic and molecular structure, the periodic table, acids and bases, mass relationships, and solutions. The laboratory component introduces students to techniques for obtaining and analyzing experimental observations pertaining to chemistry using diverse methods and equipment. Three lectures, 3 hours demo lab/recitation. Credit for both this course and CHEM 1215 may not be applied toward a degree program.Credit for both this course and CHEM 1217 may not be applied toward a degree program. Prerequisite: MATH 1215Z or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1440 or MATH 1512 or MATH 1522 or MATH 2531 or ACT Math =>22 or SAT Math Section =>540. {Fall, Spring}

1215. General Chemistry I for STEM Majors (3)

This course is intended to serve as an introduction to general chemistry for students enrolled in science, engineering, and certain pre-professional programs. Students will be introduced to several fundamental concepts, including mole, concentration, heat, atomic and molecular structure, periodicity, bonding, physical states, stoichiometry, and reactions. Credit for both this course and CHEM 1120C may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: ((1105 or ACT Math =>22 or SAT Math Section =>540) and ALEKS1 =>50%) or MATH 1220 or MATH 1230 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1440 or MATH 1512 or MATH 1522 or MATH 2531 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590. Pre- or corequisite: 1215L. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1215L. General Chemistry I for STEM Majors Laboratory (1)

The first-semester laboratory course designed to complement the theory and concepts presented in lecture. The laboratory component will introduce students to techniques for obtaining and analyzing experimental observations pertaining to chemistry using diverse methods and equipment. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: ((1105 or ACT Math =>22 or SAT Math Section =>540) and ALEKS1 =>50%) or MATH 1220 or MATH 1230 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1440 or MATH 1512 or MATH 1522 or MATH 2531 or ACT Math=>25 or SAT Math Section =>590. Pre- or corequisite: 1215 or 1217. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1217. Principles of Chemistry I (3)

As the first of a two-semester sequence, this course teaches fundamental concepts in chemistry, including the electronic structure of atoms, chemical periodicity, nature of chemical bonds, molecular structure, the three phases of matter, etc. In addition, the application of these concepts to various chemical sub-disciplines, such as organic chemistry, biochemistry, and materials chemistry. Designed for majors in chemical sciences and engineering, it is assumed that the students are familiar with college algebra, chemical nomenclature, stoichiometry, and scientific measurements. Three lectures per week. Credit for both this course and CHEM 1120C may not be applied toward a degree program. Prerequisite: ALEKS 1 >30% Pre- or corequisite: 1215L. {Fall}

1225. General Chemistry II for STEM Majors (3)

This course is intended to serve as a continuation of general chemistry principles for students enrolled in science, engineering, and certain pre-professional programs. The course includes, but is not limited to a theoretical and quantitative coverage of solutions and their properties, kinetics, chemical equilibrium, acids and bases, entropy and free energy, electrochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Additional topics may include (as time permits) organic, polymer, atmospheric, and biochemistry. Credit for both this course and CHEM 1227 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: ((1215 or 1217) and 1215L) or ALEKS2 =>50%. Pre- or corequisite: 1225L. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1225L. General Chemistry II for STEM Majors Laboratory (1)

Experiments illustrating the fundamental principles and techniques of chemistry. Three hours lab. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: ((1215 or 1217) and 1215L) or ALEKS2 =>50%. Pre- or corequisite: 1225 or 1227. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1227. Principles of Chemistry II (3)

As the second of a two-semester sequence, this course teaches fundamental concepts in chemistry, including solutions, equilibria, electrochemistry, thermodynamics and kinetics. Designed for majors in chemical sciences and engineering, it is assumed that the students are familiar with college algebra, chemical nomenclature, stoichiometry, and scientific measurements. Three lectures per week. Credit for both this course and CHEM 1225 may not be applied toward a degree program. Prerequisite: (1215L is C or better and 1217 is C or better) or (ALEKS2 >65%). Pre- or corequisite: 1225L. {Spring}

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2120. Integrated Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry (4)

The second of a two-semester sequence of laboratory courses designed to complement the theory and concepts presented in lecture. The laboratory component will introduce students to techniques for obtaining and analyzing experimental observations pertaining to chemistry using diverse methods and equipment. Credit for both this course and CHEM **301 may not be applied toward a degree program. Prerequisite: 1120C or 1225. {Fall, Spring}

2310C. Quantitative Analysis Lecture and Laboratory (4)

Quantitative analysis is a subdiscipline within analytical chemistry which deals with the identification and assay of a material or its components. Students will learn how chemical characterization involves chemical reactivity, physical measurement, and data interpretation with an emphasis on solution equilibria and electrochemistry. The study of precise and reliable chemical characterization is fundamental to further study and practice in chemistry, biology, medicine, geology, chemical engineering, and many other related fields. The understanding of the methods and limitations of chemical characterization can aid in making informed judgments on a large variety of social and political issues. This course is designed to introduce you to techniques of quantitative analysis and complement the theory and concepts presented in lecture. Students will obtain reproducible quantitative laboratory data using classical (volumetric, gravimetric) and simple instrumental (potentiometric, spectrophotometric, chromatographic) methods, as well as analyze and interpret laboratory data using standard statistical and validation approaches. Three lectures, 4 hours lab. Prerequisite: (1225 or 1227) and 1225L. {Fall, Spring}

**301. Organic Chemistry (3)

Chemistry of the compounds of carbon. Credit for both this course and CHEM 2120 may not be applied toward a degree program. Prerequisite: 1225 or 1227. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

**302. Organic Chemistry (3)

Continuation of **301. Prerequisite: **301. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

303L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)

Teaches basic organic chemistry laboratory techniques, including separations, thin-layer chromatography, gas chromatography, and set up of apparatus for organic synthesis. Three hours lab. Prerequisite: (1225 or 1227) and 1225L. Pre- or corequisite: **301. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

304L. Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)

Teaches synthesis of organic compounds using reactions learned in CHEM **302 and spectroscopic characterization of the products. Three hours lab. Prerequisite: 303L. Pre- or corequisite: **302. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

**311. Physical Chemistry (3)

An introduction to quantum chemistry that starts from the postulates of quantum mechanics and simple models and covers structure of polyatomic molecules. Credit not allowed for **311 and **315. Prerequisite: (1225 or 1227) and 1225L and MATH 1522 and (PHYS 1240 or PHYS 1320). Pre- or corequisite: MATH 2531. {Fall}

**312. Physical Chemistry (3)

An introduction to chemical thermodynamics. Topics will include basic thermodynamic principles, phase diagrams, and solution phase thermodynamics. Credit not allowed for **312 and **315. Prerequisite: (1225 or 1227) and 1225L and MATH 1522 and (PHYS 1240 or PHYS 1320). Pre- or corequisite: MATH 2531. {Spring}

**315. Introductory Physical Chemistry (4)

Fundamentals of physical chemistry with primary emphasis upon biological and biochemical applications. Cannot be used for credit toward B.S. Chemistry. Credit not allowed for (**311 or **312) and **315. Prerequisite: (1225 or 1227) and 1225L and (MATH 1440 or MATH 1522) and (PHYS 1240 or PHYS 1320). {Fall, Spring}

**325. Special Topics for Undergraduates (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

Possible topics are: chemical literature, environmental chemistry, photochemistry, stereochemistry, macromolecules, C-13-NMR, natural products. {Offered upon demand}

**326. Special Topics for Undergraduates (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Possible topics are: chemical literature, environmental chemistry, photochemistry, stereochemistry, macromolecules, C-13-NMR, natural products. {Offered upon demand}

**391. Readings in Selected Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced topics not covered in general offerings. {Offered upon demand}

**392. Readings in Selected Topics (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced topics not covered in general offerings. {Offered upon demand}

411L. Laboratory Methods In Physical Chemistry (3)

Introduction to modern physical chemistry laboratory techniques including computational chemistry, quantum mechanical description of molecular rotations, molecular vibrations and electronic absorption, and thermodynamics. One lecture, 6 hrs. lab. Prerequisite: **311 and **312 and 453L. {Fall}

421. Biological Chemistry (3)

Brings the fundamentals of general and organic chemistry to bear on the complex array of structures and chemical processes that occur in living organisms. Prerequisite: **302 and (**312 or **315).

425. Organic Chemistry of Biological Pathways (3)

Covers basic principles of mechanisms, acidity, stereochemistry; structures; properties of biomolecules; reactions in lipid, carbohydrate, amino acid, nucleotide metabolic pathways. (3 hrs lecture) Prerequisite: **302. {Fall, Spring}

*431. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3)

Atomic theory and molecular structure, the fundamentals of symmetry, point groups, bonding concepts, acid-base chemistry, periodic trends, and reaction chemistry of both transition metals and non-metals. Prerequisite: **311 or **315. {Fall}

432L. Advanced Synthetic Chemistry Laboratory (3)

Provides students with basic laboratory techniques in synthetic, structural, mechanistic, spectroscopic, and computational chemistry. 1 hr lecture, 6 hrs lab. Prerequisite: 304L and *431. {Spring}

452. Polymer Chemistry (3)

An introduction to polymer chemistry terminology, synthesis, characterization and application. Prerequisite: **302. {Fall, Spring}

453L. Analytical Instrumentation: Theory and Application (4)

This course introduces students to a variety of instrumentation used in chemical analysis. Content includes theory, design, statistical data analysis and application of primary instrumentation used in analytical labs. Labs and research project will be performed. Prerequisite: 2310C and (MATH 1430 or MATH 1512). {Spring}

457. Environmental Chemistry (3)

Introduction to the chemistry of natural and polluted environments, including both atmospheric and aquatic systems. Prerequisite: 2310C and **302. {Offered upon demand}

469 / 569. Characterization Methods for Nanostructures (3)

(Also offered as CBE, NSMS 512) Nanostructure characterization methods. Examine principles underlying techniques and limitations, and how to interpret data from each method: electron beam, scanning probe, x-ray, neutron scattering, optical and near field optical. Lab demonstrations and projects provide experience. {Fall}

471. Advanced Topics in Chemistry (2-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Current topics requiring a background in physical chemistry such as spectroscopy, reaction mechanisms, advanced synthesis, polymer chemistry and materials chemistry. {Offered upon demand}

495. Undergraduate Problems (1-3)

{Offered upon demand}

496. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

497. Senior Honors Research (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Senior paper based on independent research. {Offered upon demand}

498. Senior Honors Research (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Senior paper based on independent research. {Offered upon demand}

*499. Chemistry Seminar-Research (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

500. Scientific Teaching in Chemistry (1-3, no limit Δ)

A course which includes lecture, seminar, workshop and field experience to provide a scientific framework for teaching chemistry and practice in strategies of scientific teaching.

501. Molecular Structure Theory (3)

General introduction to quantum mechanics with emphasis on chemical applications. Topics covered include basic postulates of quantum mechanics, standard analytically solvable quantum systems (free electrons, particle in a box, harmonic oscillator, rigid rotor, hydrogen atom), approximation methods (perturbation theory and the variational method). An introduction to molecular quantum mechanics, molecular spectroscopy and time-dependent perturbation theory.

504. Chemical Dynamics (3)

A rapid review of chemical thermodynamics and kinetics. Usually for graduate students in areas outside of physical chemistry.

511. Mechanisms in Organic Chemistry (3)

An introduction to the methods used for determining reaction mechanisms in organic chemistry and the application of those methods for determining the mechanisms of reactions based on ionic processes.

514. Synthesis in Organic Chemistry (3)

Development of strategies for synthesizing organic compounds including stereochemical control; introduction to advanced reactions for carbon-carbon bond formation and functional group manipulation.

515. Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

516. Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

521. Biological Chemistry (3)

Brings the fundamentals of general and organic chemistry to bear on the complex array of structures and chemical processes that occur in living organisms. Prerequisite: **301 and 302 and (**311 or *315). Restriction: permission of instructor.

536. Synthesis and Mechanism in Inorganic Chemistry (3)

A general outline of synthesis methodologies and approaches for main group element and transition metal compounds is provided. In addition, the reactivity of these compounds is explored with particular emphasis on systematics in reaction mechanisms.

537. Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

538. Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

545. Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

546. Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

567. Topics in Physical Chemistry (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

569 / 469. Characterization Methods for Nanostructures (3)

587. Advanced Topics in Biological Chemistry (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

623. Research Colloquium (1, may be repeated nine times Δ)

Presentation and discussion of current research by faculty from other institutions. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

625. Chemistry Divisional Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

Student presentations and discussion of current research by students and faculty in the same traditional division of chemistry. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

627. Chemistry Instrumentation Seminar (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Training and practice in use of research instrumentation required by a student’s graduate research. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

650. Research/Readings (2-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Chinese (CHIN)

1110. Mandarin Chinese I (3)

This is the first semester of a two-semester sequence in first year modern standard Chinese (“Mandarin”). This course is recommended for students who have had little or no experience in the Chinese language. A beginning Mandarin Chinese course is designed to introduce the Mandarin sound system (“pinyin”), basic vocabulary, Chinese characters (either in Simplified or Traditional characters), and basic grammatical concepts and structures. In order to help beginners develop their communicative competence in the four basic skills, the 5Cs (Communication, Cultures, Comparisons, Connections, and Communities) will be integrated consistently into the content and exercises in the course. Credit for both this course and CHIN 1130 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

1120. Mandarin Chinese II (3)

This is the second semester of a two-semester sequence in first year modern standard Chinese (“Mandarin”). This course is designed for students who have taken first semester Mandarin Chinese, and focuses on enhancing pronunciation and expanding the vocabulary and grammar dealing with daily activities. In order to help beginners develop their communicative competence in the four basic skills, the 5Cs (Communication, Cultures, Comparisons, Connections, and Communities) will be integrated consistently into the content and exercises in the course. Credit for both this course and CHIN 1140 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

1130. Mandarin Chinese I Intensive (6)

This is the first semester of a two-semester sequence in first year modern standard Chinese (“Mandarin”). This course is recommended for students who have had little or no experience in the Chinese language. The first year intensive Mandarin Chinese course is designed to introduce the Mandarin sound system (“pinyin”), basic vocabulary, and Mandarin Chinese characters (Simplified), and basic grammatical concepts and structures. In order to help beginners develop their communicative competence in the four basic skills, the 5Cs (Communication, Cultures, Comparisons, Connections, and Communities) will be integrated consistently into the content and exercises in the course. Credit for both this course and CHIN 1110 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

1140. Mandarin Chinese II Intensive (6)

This is the second semester of a two-semester sequence in first year modern standard Chinese (“Mandarin”). This course is designed for students who have taken first semester intensive Mandarin Chinese, and focuses on enhancing pronunciation and expanding the vocabulary and grammar dealing with daily activities. In order to help beginners develop their communicative competence in the four basic skills, the 5Cs (Communication, Cultures, Comparisons, Connections, and Communities) will be integrated consistently into the content and exercises in the course. Credit for both this course and CHIN 1120 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. Prerequisite: 1130.

2110. Mandarin Chinese III (3)

This is the first semester of a two-semester sequence in second year modern standard Chinese (“Mandarin”). This course is designed for students who have taken first and second semester Mandarin Chinese (or equivalence), and have a basic foundation on Chinese phonetics, characters, and grammars. In order to help students develop their communicative competence in the four basic skills, the 5Cs (Communication, Cultures, Comparisons, Connections, and Communities) will be integrated consistently into the content and exercises in the course. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. Prerequisite: 1140.

2120. Mandarin Chinese IV (3)

Follows prerequisite to further develop oral and written proficiency up to Intermediate-mid level and initial cultural competency. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. Prerequisite: 2110.

2150. Chinese Calligraphy (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course will include lectures about the history of Chinese calligraphy, the tools used in calligraphy, the five major writing scripts/styles, and strategies to effectively memorize and write Chinese characters. A major part of class time will be dedicated to actual calligraphy writing practice. Student will be practicing and mastering the basic writing techniques of the Standard script/style. Prerequisite: 1140.

301. Third Year Chinese I (3)

An integrated language course to develop oral and written proficiency up to Intermediate-high level and cultural competency. Prerequisite: 2120.

302. Third Year Chinese II (3)

Follows 301 to further develop oral and written proficiency up to advanced low-level and cultural competency. Prerequisite: 301.

305. Intermediate Chinese Conversation (3, no limit Δ)

Designed for students who have completed three semesters of college-level study of Chinese or the equivalent. Students further develop their spoken language competency, enrich their vocabulary, and improve their cross-cultural skills.

320. Study Abroad (3-6)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

343. Topics in Chinese Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 343) This course surveys Chinese literature and culture from the origins of Chinese civilization to the present, with a focus on the continuities and discontinuities between traditional and modern China.

370. Topics in Chinese Film (3 to a maximum of 6)

Study of Chinese history, life, and culture through an examination of films produced in Hong Kong, Taiwan, and mainland China.

401. China Today: Advanced Readings in Chinese (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This is an advanced Chinese language course. It introduces various aspects of contemporary Chinese society and culture to students through authentic Chinese reading materials. Prerequisite: 302 or 305.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6, may be repeated once Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Communication and Journalism (CJ)

300. Theories of Communication (3)

Study of the nature of communication theories and theory development, theories of meaning, information processing and influence with applications to selected communication contexts. Prerequisite: COMM 1115.

301. Communication Research Methods (3)

Quantitative and qualitative methods useful in investigation of communication processes and effects; concepts and techniques used in research design, data analysis, reporting and critically evaluating research. Prerequisite: COMM 1115.

313. EcoCultural Communication: Humans and "The Environment" (3)

Explores how culture and communication inform, shape, and shift our relations with "the environment." We consider local, regional, and global cultures and discourses, focusing on sustainability issues in human-nature relations.

314. Intercultural Communication (3)

Examines cultural influences in communication across ethnic and national boundaries. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 1130 or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1350 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or MATH 2118.

317. International Cultural Conflict and Community Building (3)

Cultural focus on communicative systems related to national, ethnic, gendered, class, religious, regions, corporations, and institutions. Research on mediation, intergroup dialogue, and community development focuses on three international sites.

318. Language, Thought and Behavior (3)

Examination of the influence of language on perception, evaluations, mass media, creativity and interpersonal relations. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 1130 or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1350 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or MATH 2118.

319. Language and Culture (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 310; LING 359) Examination of the interrelations of language and speech with other selected aspects of culture and cognition. Prerequisite: ANTH 1155 or LING 2110 or LING 301.

320. Conflict Management and Mediation (3)

Overview of communication theories of conflict and conflict-management processes, including an introduction to mediation. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 1130 or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1350 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or MATH 2118.

323. Nonverbal Communication (3)

Theory, analysis and practice of a variety of nonverbal messages, including body movement and appearance, vocal cues and environmental cues.

326. Gender and Communication (3)

(Also offered as WMST 326) Study of the relationship between gender and communication with specific attention to how gender affects language, verbal and nonverbal communication practices and how women’s movements have attempted to transform gendered communication practices.

327. Persuasive Communication (3)

Analysis, practice and evaluation of principles of attitude change for a variety of interpersonal and public communication situations. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 1130 or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1350 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or MATH 2118.

332. Business and Professional Speaking (3)

Analysis, preparation and presentation of speeches common in business and professional settings.

333. Professional Communication (3)

Focuses on the written and presentation skills needed to succeed in a professional environment. Lessons emphasize writing reports and proposals, acquiring social information, social interaction skills, the influence of audience on message design and business etiquette.

334. Political Communication (3)

Focuses on the theory and practice of political communication in speech making, campaigns, debates and town meetings, as reported through the mass media and via new technologies.

337. Rhetorical Theory (3)

Historical survey of major contributors and contributions to the development of contemporary rhetorical theory.

339. Rhetoric and the Environment (3)

The course examines the ways we communicate about the environment and how this, in turn, impacts the way we view and treat the natural world.

340. Communication in Organizations (3)

Examines current theories of organizational behavior with emphasis on communication patterns and practices. Attention to superior-subordinate communication, formal and informal communication networks, authority and power.

344. Interviewing (3)

Theory and practice of interviewing for informational, journalistic, employment and decision-making purposes. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 1130 or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1350 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or MATH 2118.

350. Data Tools for Media Professionals (3)

Builds basic and intermediate skills in statistics, math, and data analysis as commonly used in media, journalism, and strategic communication. Skills include spreadsheet creation and analysis, database management, poll and business report analysis. Prerequisite: COMM 2135.

360. Video Journalism (3)

Covers the fundamentals of journalistic film and video shooting, editing, and sequencing. Introduces basics of news packages. Prerequisite: COMM 2185.

361. Photojournalism (3)

Camera reporting, color photography, weekly news assignments, scaling photos for reproduction and advanced black and white darkroom techniques. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Communication or B.A. Journalism and Mass Communication.

363. Journalism and New Technologies (3)

Explores trends in emerging media technologies, from recent past to near future, to prepare students for our shifting media landscape. Investigates media as technological phenomena with social and economic imperatives and impacts. Prerequisite: COMM 2135.

365. History of Media (3)

The course will explore the development of communication media in the United States and the social and cultural contexts within which media emerged and evolved over time. Pre- or corequisite: COMM 1140 and (MATH 1130 or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1350 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or MATH 2118).

367. Social Media for Journalists (3)

Explores journalistic uses of social media, across various platforms, including developing story ideas, publishing news, creating multimedia content, measuring audience engagement, tracking online trends, and developing online personal or news organization branding. Prerequisite: COMM 2135. Pre- or corequisite: COMM 2190.

370. Audio Journalism (3)

Students will learn how to use journalism practices and ethics to record and edit audio, voice scripts, and produce various audio story formats including newscast spots, Q&As, vox pops, podcasts, postcards, and features. Prerequisite: COMM 2135.

373. Magazine Writing (3)

The process of writing and marketing fiction and non-fiction for magazines.

374. Design and Visual Presentation I (3)

Introduction to print design through the study of visual communication, principles of design, elements of design and practical application of those principles and elements in various forms of print collateral. Use of Adobe InDesign.

375. Intermediate Reporting (3)

Emphasis on reporting public affairs, the news feature story, developing and covering beats, and computer-assisted reporting. Prerequisite: COMM 2190.

376. Media Management (3)

This course is designed to provide insights into the management and ownership aspects of running a media company. Attention will be given to leadership skills and the complex operations of media companies.

387. Introduction to Strategic Communication (3)

A writing-intensive course with emphasis on history, practice, ethics, professional opportunities, and challenges of the field. Strong emphasis on understanding contemporary global strategic communication perspectives and diversity issues. Prerequisite: 327 and 374 and COMM 1140.

389. Creative Concepts (3)

Focuses on theories, strategies and practices in developing visuals/copy across the media. Provides the formats/structure to write, design and produce collateral pieces and promotional events utilizing conceptual and creative thinking. Prerequisite: 387.

390. Strategic Writing (3)

A specialized course in strategic writing, including creating material in strategic communication subfields of public relations, advertising, and integrated marketing communication, with emphasis on writing for outlets including print and broadcast media and the Internet. Prerequisite: 387.

391. Strategic Social Media (3)

Focuses on social media strategy, selection, and content development for use in targeted communication efforts by businesses and non-profit organizations. Emphasis placed on critical analysis and strategic use of a variety of social media platforms. Prerequisite: 387.

393. Topics in Communication and Journalism (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

400. Senior Seminar: Perspectives on Communication (3)

In this capstone course, seniors assess the theories, concepts and skills learned throughout their communication major and apply them to real-world situations as well as to the fulfillment of professional, personal and social goals. Prerequisite: 300 and 301 and (332 or 333).

413. Studies in Intercultural Communication (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study of theory and research in intercultural communication concerning interactions between members of specific cultures chosen by the instructor. Content varies from semester to semester, may be repeated with different content. Prerequisite: 314.

421. Communication and Relationships (3)

Advanced analysis of theories and research in interpersonal communication with emphasis on communication processes, relational development and conflict resolution. Prerequisite: COMM 2120.

443. Topics in Organizational Communication (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study of one area of theory and research in organizational communication chosen by the instructor, e.g., conflict and negotiation, information technology, organizational cultures. Content varies from semester to semester; may be repeated with different content. Prerequisite: 340.

450. Health Communication (3)

Concepts and strategies for preventive health communication in such contexts as provider-patient interaction, health campaigns, social marketing, health images in the mass media and communication in health care organizations.

460. Broadcast News II (3)

Continuation of 360. Students create longer, more elaborate programs with their own documentary segments, essays and in-studio interviews. Prerequisite: 360.

461. Media Criticism (3)

Evaluation of radio/television programming content from the perspective of the journalistic and academic critic. Examination of theoretical issues and production elements as they affect programming genres.

463. Topics in Mass Communication (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study of one area of theory and research in mass communication chosen by the instructor, e.g., rating systems, programming, economics, regulation, social effects. Content varies from semester to semester; may be repeated with different content.

464. Multimedia Production (3)

Longer form multimedia journalism emphasizing advanced production and journalism techniques. Prerequisite: 360.

469. Multiculturalism, Gender and Media (3)

(Also offered as WMST 469) Exploration of how gender, race, class, sexual orientation, ethnicity and other social positions affect media coverage, portrayals, production and reception. The course focuses on theories, methods of analysis and topics of current interest.

475. Advanced Multimedia Journalism (3)

Emphasis on multimedia reporting. The creation and maintenance of a news Web site. The understanding of software, in-depth reporting, and multimedia platforms to produce news information in all forms. Prerequisite: 360 and 375.

478. Media Theory and Research (3)

Introduces media theories in the context of professional research settings. Covers media content research conducted for political purposes and advertising, PR and media firms. Prerequisite: COMM 2135 and (MATH 1130 or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1350 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or MATH 2118).

488. Strategic Planning and Campaign Development (3)

Capstone. Focuses on applying theories/principles/practices in a team environment. Emphasis placed on strategic planning, research, and creative development. Students work with actual clients to pitch their strategic and campaign plans. Prerequisite: 389 and 390 and 391.

490. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of department chairperson.

*491. Internship in Communication Education (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Review of recent developments in course content, teaching materials and instructional strategies; simulated classroom experience with analysis of teaching behavior using media. Restriction: permission of department chairperson.

492. Internship in Communication (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Internships in communication arranged with individual faculty members. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 2.5 overall GPA and completion of 9 hours in CJ, to include at least one 300-level course. Six hours maximum of any CJ internship credit is allowed. Restriction: permission of instructor.

494. Senior Thesis (3)

500. Foundations of Communication Theory (3)

Survey and analysis of concepts, models and perspectives in the development of theories of communication; attention to philosophical, critical, historical and scientific bases for the study of communicative processes. Required of all M.A. students.

501. Foundations of Communication Research (3)

Introduces contemporary critical and cultural studies from a historical perspective. Analysis and criticism of cultural practices, including discourse, allocation of resources, political interests, and the structural organization of society.

502. Special Topics in Communication (1-6, no limit Δ)

Intensive study of selected relevant subjects in communication focusing on one area of theory, research, methods, or combinations thereof. Content varies depending on instructor.

506. Critical and Cultural Studies (3)

Explores critical and cultural studies theories and methods to understand and apply analysis of texts (from media and everyday spoken texts to the body and environment) in order to reveal cultural productions and transformative possibilities.

507. Introduction to Quantitative Methods (3)

This course is designed to help students build basic understanding about quantitative research methods, develop skills to design and implement empirical quantitative research, and conduct univariate, bivariate, and multivariate data analyses (t-test, Chi-square test, ANOVA).

509. Ph.D. Professional Seminar (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Develops a range of professional competencies by focusing on a particular topic, such as presenting and publishing research, landing the academic job, ethics, research funding, and attaining and maintaining academic-life balance. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Communication or Ph.D. Communication.

514. Seminar: Intercultural Communication (3)

An overview of the trajectory of theory and research in intercultural communication, which includes questions and critiques of diversity in and across local, national, and global contexts.

517. Culture, Identities and Subjectivities (3)

An overview of theory and research in culture, identities, and subjectivities with special emphasis on the faculty member's expertise, which may include: nationality, race, gender, ethnicity, sexuality, class, multivocality, intersectionality, positionality, agency, etc.

518. Culture, Places and Spaces (3)

An overview of theory and research in culture, places, and spaces with special emphasis on the faculty member's expertise, which may include: transnationalism and globalism, migration, borderlands, social activism and change, sustainability, etc.

519. Topics in Intercultural Communication (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Intensive study of theory and research in one area of intercultural communication chosen by the instructor. Content varies from semester to semester, may be repeated with different content.

535. Seminar: Argumentation (3)

550. Health Communication (3)

552. Topics in Health Communication (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study of theory and research in one area of health communication chosen by the instructor. Content varies from semester to semester, may be repeated with different content.

553. Health Communication Campaigns (3)

Focuses on the design, implementation and evaluation of communication programs for addressing health issues. Provides an overview of relevant theory and research and opportunities to study, design, implement, and evaluate actual health communication campaigns.

555. Culture, Disparities, and Health Communication (3)

Covers the influence of culture on health beliefs, values, and health care practices. How beliefs and values impact communication in health care settings.

566. Media Theories (3)

Surveys theories dealing with the production, content, and reception of mediated communication. Analyzes the theories and their metatheoretical assumptions in light of their structural/functional, cultural/critical, behaviorist/effects, and postmodern paradigmatic characteristics.

567. Digital and Social Media (3)

This course critically examines the central role digital/social media technologies play in culture and society, providing the structures in which individual identity forms, social relations manifest, political discourse occurs, and economic power flows.

568. Political Economy of Media (3)

The course explores the power relations, structures, and social/cultural practices that mutually constitute the production, distribution, and consumption of mediated content.

569. Media, Culture, and Society (3)

Focuses on key theoretical debates that have shaped the field of media studies, with emphasis on application to the critique of mediated communication and technological trends and their impact on society, culture, and identity construction.

584. Teaching Communication for Communication and Journalism Teaching Assistants (1)

This course is designed to train and support Communication and Journalism graduate teaching assistants. Through a variety of workshops we engage techniques that facilitate innovative instruction and practice, mentoring skills, and ongoing pedagogical development. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Communication or Ph.D. Communication.

592. Intercultural Engagement Project (3 to 6, may be repeated once Δ)

A student-instructor arranged intercultural immersion experience featuring grounded learning, collaborative research and service, or similar meaningful interactions with people from a culture or subculture different from one's own, with "intercultural" defined broadly. Restriction: permission of instructor.

593. Graduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Independent study on questions and issues beyond those covered by regularly approved seminars. Plan must be prepared and approved by a faculty member who agrees to direct the study. Approval by department chairperson required.

595. Special Topics (3)

598. Master's Project (1-6)

Plan II students only. Having registered for the project plan, the student must continue to register for a minimum of 1 hour of 598 during each regular semester (exclusive of summer) until the project is completed and approved. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of advisor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Plan I students only. Having registered for the thesis plan, the student must continue to register for a minimum of 1 hour of 599 during each regular semester (exclusive of summer) until the thesis is approved. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

600. History and Philosophy of Communication (3)

Advanced study of the modern history and philosophical foundations of the study of human communication with attention to contributions of both humanistic and social science traditions and consideration of contemporary controversies concerning theory and research.

602. Theorizing Culture and Communication (3)

Reviews historical and contemporary theorizing and research programs addressing cultural and intercultural communication.

604. Survey of Qualitative Research Methods (3)

Introduction to history, assumptions, logic, and methods of qualitative inquiry, with emphasis on field methods of data collection.

605. Qualitative Research Design and Analysis (3)

Approaches and techniques for the analysis of qualitative data. Explores the relationships among paradigm, theory, method, and interpretation. Focuses on research design and human-subject protection as well as data analysis.

607. Advanced Quantitative Research Methods (3)

This course is designed to help students understand the principles of statistical analysis, develop statistical techniques to conduct complex multivariate analyses (multiple regression, mediation, moderation, path analysis), and conduct communication research with advanced data analyses.

609. Mixed Methods Research Designs (3)

Introduces the students to mixed methods research, including designs for data collection, analysis and integration. Prerequisite: 501.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Having registered for the dissertation, the student must continue to register for a minimum of 1 hour of 699 during each regular semester (exclusive of summer) until the dissertation is completed and approved. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of advisor.

Clinical Science (CLNS)

501. Foundations of Medical Science (6)

Foundations of Medical Science focuses on the genetic, molecular and cellular principles required for the study of the rest of the MD Phase I curriculum. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

502. Musculoskeletal, Skin and Connective Tissue (6)

The Musculoskeletal, Skin and Connective Tissue Block that focuses on basic anatomical concepts, the normal anatomy and development of back and extremities, structure and function of skin and the pathophysiology of disorders effecting these systems. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

503. Hemotology (6)

The Hematology Block focuses on basic principles of hematology and hemostasis. This course builds on earlier FMS concepts in the consideration of the impact of diseases of the circulating elements of blood. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

509. Cardiovascular-Pulmonary-Renal (6)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

510. Human Sexuality and Reproduction (1-10)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

513. Neurosciences (1-10)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

516. GI-Endocrine (6)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

517. Doctoring V: Transitions (8)

522. Doctoring III: Practical Immersion Experience (4)

537. Health of New Mexico (3)

This course provides transformational learning experiences for entering health professional students that create a conceptual framework for understanding health and illness from a socio-ecological perspective. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

549. Infectious Disease (1-10)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

551. Doctoring I: Laying the Foundation for Clinical Practice (4)

Student introduction to being a clinical practitioner. Learn the basic techniques that clinicians use to forge the clinician-patient relationship, and learn the communication and examination techniques used to obtain essential information about the patient. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

552. Doctoring II: Stepping into Roles and Exploring Perspectives (4)

Introduction to healthcare in two different settings: a primary care clinic and a community healthcare center. Observation and practice patient evaluations under mentorship of primary care physician. Development of written documentation encounter skills. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

553. Doctoring IV (4)

This course supports students in their clinical role in Continuity Clinic while simultaneously preparing them for clerkships and nurturing their professional identity formation. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

561. Clinical Reasoning I (4)

A block-integrated curriculum designed to explicitly model the clinical reasoning process; and to provide structure, guidance and assessment for self-directed learning, critical judgment skills, and medical problem-solving during block relevant case associations. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

562. Clinical Reasoning II (4)

A block-integrated curriculum designed to 1) explicitly model the clinical reasoning process 2) provide structure, guidance and assessment for self-directed learning, for critical judgment skills, and medical problem solving during block relevant case associations. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

563. Clinical Reasoning III (4)

Students will actively engage in the clinical reasoning process. Students will be provided structure in in self-directed learning and skills in critical judgment and medical problem solving. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

571. Quantitative Medicine I (2)

Quantitative Medicine is designed to prepare students to understand and critically evaluate medical information based on epidemiology, biostatistics, Evidence-Based Practice, and other subjects. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.D. program.

572. Quantitative Medicine II (2)

573. Quantitative Medicine III (2)

600. Medicine Clerkship (8)

650. Obstetrics and Gynecology Clerkship (8)

675. Pediatrics Clerkship (8)

This supervised pediatric clerkship focuses on the development of skills in the health care of pediatric and adolescent patients.

700. Neurology Clerkship (4)

725. Psychiatry Clerkship (4)

750. Surgery Clerkship (8)

775. Family Practice (8)

Classics (CLST)

1110. Greek Mythology (3)

Introduction to mythology; primary readings in stories about the gods and heroes, usually including Homer, Hesiod, Homeric Hymns and Tragedies. All texts will be in English. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

2110. Greek Civilization (3)

An interdisciplinary introduction to ancient Greece. Lectures on Greek art, history, literature and philosophy. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

2120. Roman Civilization (3)

An interdisciplinary introduction to ancient Rome. Lectures on Roman literature, history, art and philosophy. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

314. The Classical Tradition I (3)

A survey of the classical tradition and its influence on western civilization from the perspective of ancient Greek culture and literature.

315. The Classical Tradition II (3)

A survey of the classical tradition and its influence on western civilization from the perspective of ancient Roman culture and literature.

319. Sex and Gender in Ancient Religion (3)

(Also offered as RELG 319) This course examines issues pertaining to gender and sexuality in ancient Mediterranean religions and cultures, with special attention paid to Greco-Roman religion, Judaism, and Christianity.

320. Magic in Ancient Religion (3)

(Also offered as RELG 320) This course examines the perception and reality of magic in the ancient Mediterranean world by examining relevant texts, spells, and relics to situate it within the practice of ancient religion.

321. Apocalypse in the Ancient World (3)

(Also offered as RELG 321) This course examines the development of the genre of apocalypse by reading several early Jewish apocalypses before examining the lasting influence of apocalypticism in one particular Jewish sect, Christianity.

*333. Topics in Latin Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP *333) Study of individual authors, genres or periods of Latin literature and culture in translation.

*334. Topics in Greek Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP *334) Study of individual authors, genres and periods of Greek literature and culture in translation.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Open only to juniors and seniors approved for departmental honors. Senior thesis based on independent research.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled in departmental honors. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Theory and Methodology of Classical Studies (3)

This course is designed teach standard research skills, research methods, and tools of the discipline, as well as introduce the various subdisciplines and related fields that constitute the study of the ancient world.

Communication (COMM)

1115. Introduction to Communication (3)

This survey course introduces the principles of communication in the areas of interpersonal, intercultural, small group, organizational, public speaking, and mass and social media. Two hours lecture, 1 hour lab.

1130. Public Speaking (3)

This course introduces the theory and fundamental principles of public speaking, emphasizing audience analysis, reasoning, the use of evidence, and effective delivery. Students will study principles of communication theory and rhetoric and apply them in the analysis, preparation and presentation of speeches, including informative, persuasive, and impromptu speeches. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 1: Communication.

1140. Introduction to Media Writing (3)

This course combines a theoretical foundation with practical applications. It provides an introduction to journalism, as well as an overview of the most common types of writing required in public relations, advertising and strategic communication. Prerequisite: ENGL 1120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 1130 or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1350 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or MATH 2118.

1145. Sex, Lies, and Fake News: How to Use Media Wisely (3)

Helps students recognize crucial distinctions in media content between truth and rumor, news and advertising, fact and opinion, bias and fairness. Emphasizes responsible and ethical decision making in consuming and producing media.

1150. Introduction to Mass Communication (3)

This course introduces students to the history, models, theories, concepts, and terminology of mass communication, focusing on various media and professions. The course will enable students to develop media literacy skills to interpret mass communication and understand the effects of media on society and their lives.

1155. Communication Across Cultures (3)

An introduction to communication among people from different cultural backgrounds, emphasizing intercultural relations. The class seeks to identify, honor and enhance the strengths of different cultural perspectives.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2120. Interpersonal Communication (3)

This course provides an introduction to the study of interpersonal communication. Students will examine the application of interpersonal communication in personal and professional relationships.

2121. Introduction to Interpersonal Health Communication (3)

Enhances students' understanding of the major theories and processes of health communication in interpersonal settings. Supports students in becoming effective communicators who can apply different communication strategies in diverse health situations. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 1: Communication.

2130. Media Theories (3)

Introduces students to a variety of media theories and models. Focuses on the key issues in media theory, including the nature of mass media, influences on human behavior, and the media as reflector and creator of society.

2135. Media Ethics and Law (3)

The material will introduce you to the history of ethics and sources of our American legal system. We will examine how the law and ethical action are chosen and evolve through resolution of a dilemma - a choice between countervailing interests. Foundational principles, expressed in our charter documents, carry through those areas of law which are most critical to media: We'll examine fundamentals of law, of First Amendment, libel, privacy, open government, copyright and commercial speech. Consequently, this course's content will be relevant in every other Communication course you take between now and your completion of your degree program. Pre- or corequisite: 1140, and MATH 1130 or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1350 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or MATH 2118.

2140. Small Group Communication (3)

Explores the principles and practices of effective participation in small groups, with emphasis on critical thinking, problem solving, organizational skills, role theory, conflict resolution, and creative decision-making methods. It combines a theoretical foundation with practical application to help students better understand the dynamics of group communication in both professional and social contexts.

2150. Communication for Teachers (3)

This course will investigate and critically evaluation the influence of identity, communication, and culture on instruction, learning, engagement, classroom community, and the teacher-student relationship.

2185. Multimedia and Visual Communication (3)

This course is an exploration of visual images in mass media. It emphasizes the visual world and promotes visual literacy by helping students to decipher the language of pictures through studying history, technique and imagery. Students will work in the field and in the lab to create visual projects that communicate ideas and concepts clearly. This class will prepare students to work across technology platforms to produce publication quality multimedia stories and projects. Prerequisite: MATH 1130 or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1350 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or MATH 2118. Pre- or corequisite: 2135.

2190. Writing and Editing for Multimedia Journalism (3)

Continuation of COMM 1140. This course builds on the skills you have learned, focusing more deeply on the theory and practice of journalism in the digital age. Classes are in a lecture/discussion format, with emphasis on participation by students. We will practice strict adherence to deadlines, writing under pressure sometimes, rewriting, peer editing of stories, constructive criticism, coaching and teamwork. Students will hone skills in grammar, accuracy, attribution, interviews and story structure. We will also study what constitutes a compelling and well-reported, well-written news story — and the multimedia possibilities that go hand-in-hand with such stories. Prerequisite: MATH 1130 or MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1350 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or MATH 2118. Pre- or corequisite: 2135.

2245. Web Design (3)

This course introduces web page and web design concepts, basic HTML coding skills progressing to the use of Dreamweaver to design a website. Students will gain practical experience in the production of an electronic information delivery product. This course assumes that you already have basic skills as a journalist, and will focus on helping you transfer your skills to the online format. Competency with personal computers required.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Comparative Literature (COMP)

2222. Fairy and Folk Tales (3)

An exploration of fairy and folk tales from a variety of cultures. The course introduces methods of analysis while exploring historical and contemporary roles and interrelationships of the tales. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

2225. Health, Illness and Culture (3)

The course explores how bodies, health, and pathology have been conceptualized in different cultures and at different times as well as how these concepts shape understandings of healthcare and health regimens. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 1: Communication.

2240 [224]. Cultures, Texts, Worlds (3)

Multi-disciplinary course explores how literature, film and media shape identity and belonging, emphasizing cross-cultural perspectives. Explores how cultural texts confer meaning and value on human experience, shape different communities, and forge links among individuals and groups. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

330. Topics in Comparative and World Literature (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL 330) Study of special topics in Comparative and World Literatures, including studies of genre, period, literary movements and themes.

331. Topics in Asian Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL 331) Study of the culture and literatures of India, China, Japan and other Asian traditions. Topics vary.

332. Topics in African Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL 332) Study of the culture and literatures of Africa. Topics vary.

*333. Topics in Latin Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as CLST, ENGL *333) Study of individual authors, genres or periods of Latin literature and culture in translation.

*334. Topics in Greek Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as CLST, ENGL *334) Study of individual authors, genres and periods of Greek literature and culture in translation.

335. Topics in French Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, FREN 335) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of French and Francophone literature and culture.

336. Topics in German Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, GRMN 336) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of German literature and culture in translation. May only be taken twice for the German major and once for the German minor.

337. Topics in Italian Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, ITAL 337) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Italian literature and culture in translation.

338. Topics in Russian Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, RUSS 338) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Russian literature and culture in translation.

339. Topics in Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, JAPN 339) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of Japanese literature and culture in translation.

340. Topics in Continuity and Change in Russian Culture (3-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as RUSS 340) Topics will deal with individual authors, genres, periods or themes. All repeated courses require approval from graduate advisor.

341. Introduction to Premodern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as ENGL, JAPN 341) An introduction to Japanese literature and culture from the 8th to 19th century, this course focuses on major literary works and performance genres in their historical context.

342. Introduction to Modern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as ENGL, JAPN 342) This course is an introductory exploration of the literature and culture of modern Japan, from the mid-19th century to the present day. Students will critically read a selection of modern prose narratives and poetry.

343. Topics in Chinese Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

(Also offered as CHIN, ENGL 343) This course surveys Chinese literature and culture from the origins of Chinese civilization to the present, with a focus on the continuities and discontinuities between traditional and modern China.

345. The Supernatural in Japanese Fiction, Folklore and Drama (3)

(Also offered as ENGL, JAPN 345) Survey of Japanese mythology, folklore, drama and fiction from 1000 CE to the present with a focus on the cultural significance of ghosts, monsters, spirit possession and otherworldly encounters.

432. Topics in Literature and Culture (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, FREN 432) Varying topics in the practice and theory of literatures and cultures.

453. Asian Studies Thesis (3)

(Also offered as HIST, PHIL, POLS, RELG 453) Supervised research in one or more disciplines leading to an undergraduate thesis for the major in Asian Studies.

*480. Seminar in Comparative Literature (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Seminar will deal with individual authors, genres or periods in two or more literatures. Reference to other subjects. {Spring}

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Research for Honors (3)

Open to juniors and seniors approved by the Honors Committee. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled for departmental honors. Prerequisite: 498. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Introduction to Graduate Study in Comparative Literature (3)

505. Introduction to Critical Theory (3)

(Also offered as ENGL 505) Introduction to contemporary critical theory in the context of classical through 20th-century criticism. Learning to define a research question, select resources and approaches to texts, and cite bibliographic data according to current MLA guidelines.

551. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

For M.A. candidates. One problems course may be applied to degree. Requires advisor or chairperson approval.

580. Seminar in Modern Languages and Literatures (1-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MLNG 580) One problems course may be applied to degree. Requires advisor or chairperson approval.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Counselor Education (COUN)

1110. Introduction to Human Services (3)

This course provides a broad overview of the human services field. Students will be exposed to the broader mission of the human services professions, as well as trace its development across history.

1120. Introduction to Helping Skills (3)

This course is designed to teach basic interviewing techniques used in a variety of settings. Theoretical foundations of various interviewing styles and techniques will be examined. The student will develop an awareness of ways in which the interviewer’s background, attitudes, and behaviors influence the interview.

2110. Introduction to Group Dynamics (3)

An introduction to basic issues and stages of development in the group counseling process; overview of types of counseling groups, group theory, leadership ethical guidelines, group formation and termination.

2120. Life Designing and Career Development in Human Services (3)

Provides a practical and theoretical foundation for understanding the life design paradigm. Career development theories, occupational and educational information, life balance and decision-making processes, and career and life design techniques for working in the field.

310. Harm Reduction and Crisis Intervention (3)

This course will introduce the harm reduction paradigm as a crisis-oriented public health model. Students will gain an understanding of the role of harm reduction strategies, and crisis interventions in public health.

320. Introduction to Veterans' Issues in Counseling (3)

Students will examine multiple issues facing military veterans, including the implications of these issues as they pertain to the types of support offered across the various helping professions.

330. LGBTQ Issues in Education and Human Services (3)

For students preparing for careers in educational or human services fields, the goal of this course is to increase competency in working with lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and questioning persons in accordance with ethical guidelines.

492 / 592. Workshop in Counseling (1-4 to a maximum of 13 Δ)

493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

510. Professional Orientation and Ethics (3)

Contemporary issues, trends, and ethical considerations in counseling are reviewed and critiqued. Provides an overview of the helping profession, history, professional roles, organizations, ethical and professional preparation standards, credentialing, and public policy issues. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

513. Career Counseling (3)

A practical and theoretical foundation for understanding the relationship of personal and career development theories to counseling practice. Includes vocational choice theory, lifestyle choices, occupational and educational information, decision making processes and career exploration techniques. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

515. Testing and Assessment in Counseling (3)

Aimed at helping counselors evaluate, administer and interpret psychological tests. Includes history, ethics, sources of information, study of test manuals and the development of skill in test interpretation. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584 and ((EDPY 500 and EDPY 502) or (EDPY 505 and EDPY 511)). Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

516. Crisis, Disaster and Trauma Counseling (3)

Introduction to the crisis, disaster, and trauma counseling. Topics include theories, presenting issues, assessments, interventions, and referrals. Prerequisite: Two from 510, 517, 518, 584. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

517. Theories of Counseling and Human Behavior (3)

Examination and analysis of major counseling and human behavior theories and their application. Consideration of philosophical bases and ethical implications. Treatment strategies and goals of each theory. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

518. Group Counseling (3)

An introductory course in group counseling. Topics include group organization, types of groups, stages of group development, communication, group roles, feedback, diagnosing and problems in the group process. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

519. Group Counseling Internship (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An experience in working directly with clients in a group setting with supervision provided by program faculty. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: (521 or 545) and 590. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

521. Clinical Mental Health Counseling (3)

An introduction and orientation to the community model. Roles, responsibilities and functions of the community mental health counselor are examined. Knowledge and strategies designed to create systemic changes in clients’ social environment are presented. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

522. Communication Skills in Counseling (3)

Designed to introduce the student to basic communication skills fundamental to the interviewing process. Skills will be approached with a practical application to the counseling setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

541. Counseling Children and Adolescents (3)

This course addresses the developmental issues and psychological concerns of infants, elementary school-aged children and adolescents and provides knowledge about appropriate therapeutic interventions for this population. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584 and (EDPY 503 or FCS 503). Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

545. School Counseling (3)

School counseling as a profession is addressed. Roles and responsibilities of school counselors at various educational levels are described. Professional, ethical, legal, multicultural and family issues as they impact school counselor role are included. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

560. Family Counseling (3)

An introduction to history and practice of counseling with families. A number of leading experts in the field will be studied with respect to their theoretical approach to the subject as well as their techniques. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

576. Diagnosis of Mental Disorders (3)

A comprehensive overview of physiological aspects of behavior which may impact the counseling process. Emphasis will be placed on psychopathology and diagnosis in accordance with the DSM and ICD. Prerequisite: Two from 510, 517, 518, 584. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

577. Substance Use and Abuse (3)

This course is designed to provide an overview of the biological, psychological, and social factors contributing to substance use, abuse, and dependency. Assessment, diagnosis, treatment planning, and the role of the counselor will be discussed. Prerequisite: 576.

581. Sexuality in Counseling and Psychotherapy (3)

Broadly based examination of psychological, biological and social aspects of sexuality with emphasis on the professional’s own values, attitudes and knowledge in working with clients with sexual concerns and problems. Prerequisite: 510 and 517 and 518 and 584. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

584. Multicultural Issues in the Helping Professions (3)

Provides fundamentals in multicultural competence useful in human service and educational settings. Working effectively with multicultural families requires self awareness, knowledge of information specific to various cultures and the development of skills for successful interaction. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

590. Practicum in Counseling (3)

An experience providing counseling services to diverse clients in an on-campus setting where supervision is provided by program faculty and doctoral students under faculty supervision. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 522 and 576. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

592 / 492. Workshop in Counseling (1-4 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Various current topics in counseling and counseling psychology are offered. Contact the department office for information about topics courses planned for the near future.

595. Internship (2-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Students provide counseling services to diverse clients in either a school or community agency setting. Supervision is provided by experienced counselors in the field setting with coordination by program faculty. Attendance at a weekly seminar on campus is required. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: (521 and 545) and 590. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Counseling or Ph.D. Counselor Education.

615. Leadership, Advocacy and Professional Issues (3)

Advanced course in the study of leadership, advocacy for clients/profession/communities, current professional issues, and ethics in the profession of counseling and counselor education. Prerequisite: 510. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Counselor Education.

620. Seminar in Counseling (3)

Doctoral seminars in topics such as professional issues, teaching and consultation are offered for advanced graduate students.

621. Advanced Theories of Counseling and Psychotherapy (3)

An in-depth comparison and contrast of major theories of counseling and psychotherapy. Theories representative of existential, psychoanalytic and behavioral viewpoints are considered.

625. Teaching in Counselor Education (3)

This course focuses on various models, perspectives, research, and techniques pertaining to learning to teach in counselor education. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Counselor Education.

626. Supervision of Counseling Services (3)

Includes principles and techniques involved in developing and supervising counseling and guidance services in a variety of settings, including colleges and universities, public schools and various community agencies. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Counselor Education.

630. Advanced Practicum in Counseling (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

636. Advanced Multicultural Counseling (3)

This course will provide counselor education doctoral students with knowledge and skills to teach and conduct advanced research in multicultural counseling. Prerequisite: 584. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Counselor Education.

646. Consultation, Program Evaluation, and Research in Counselor Education (3)

Provides counselor education doctoral students the knowledge and skill to conduct professional consultation, program evaluations, and counseling research. Curriculum builds on research and writing skills, applying them to professional evaluation and writing in counselor education. Prerequisite: EDPY 500 or (EDPY 502 and EDPY 505) or EDPY 511. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Counselor Education.

650. Advanced Group Counseling and Psychotherapy (3)

An advanced course in group counseling and group psychotherapy. Topics include therapeutic factors, group process observations, here-and-now work, and supervision of group work. Prerequisite: 518. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Counselor Education.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Community and Regional Planning (CRP)

165. Social Issues in Urban and Regional Development (3)

Introduction to the social, economic, political and physical factors involved in the development of cities and towns. Emphasis on the nature of urban form as a reflection of the prevailing past and present political economy of society.

181. Environmental Issues in a Changing World (3)

Development of the major issues, concepts and methods emerging from the relationship of social systems and the natural environment. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

265. Sustainable Community Planning Methods (3)

Teaches the basic concepts, processes and techniques of planning. Students learn to identify planning issues, problems and research questions; collect information to answer these questions; organize and analyze information; and develop policy recommendations.

275. Community Change in a Global Era (3)

This course examines the intersections among globalization, communities, and social action. It focuses on myriad ways global forces impact communities and how they work for local change in a global era.

330. Introduction to Urban Design (3)

This course introduces students to issues associated with the design of cities and aims to establish an understanding of the theories and methodologies of urban design.

335. Community Economics for Planners (3)

Introduces the intersections of economic theory and contemporary economic development issues and policies. Surveys how economic decisions and policies impact the shaping of space and development of communities. Introduces strategies to strengthen local economies.

345. Stakeholders and Environmental Policy (3)

This course examines the complexity of environmental policymaking, and how stakeholders can impact and are impacted by environmental planning and policy at different scales.

355. Policing the City, From Albuquerque to Rio (3)

This course explores the dynamics of security, policing and inequality in diverse processes of urban development. Using global comparative perspectives, it explores the uneven distribution of safety, vulnerability and violence within and across communities. The course fulfills UNM's U.S. & Global Diversity & Inclusion Requirement.

376. Human Settlements (3)

Development of the form and structure of human settlements based on historical, cultural, economic and physical factors. Course includes various theoretical explanations of why settlements are organized, the way they are and how various elements of settlement system interact.

403 / 503. Community-Based Practice (3)

Exploration of practical skills for creating and implementing community based programs and plans with community partners. Skill development in mobilization, facilitation, and organizational development to implement community based plans and strategies.

413 / 513. Qualitative Research Methods (3)

Introduces students to the methods and techniques of qualitative inquiry. It focuses primarily on preparing students to conduct rigorous qualitative research, community based planning and analysis.

416 / 516. Watershed Restoration Field Techniques (3)

Taught in the field and lab, this course focuses on various techniques used in natural resources and restoration planning. It also explores what Dr. Robin Kimmerer describes as restoration reciprocity, restoring people's relationship to land.

420. Community Placemaking Studio (5)

This course addresses physical planning analytical methods and presentation skills, and prepares students for professional roles as active and effective participants in the ongoing process of managing the urban spatial environment. Prerequisite: 165 and 181 and 265.

425 / 525. Water and Energy in New Mexico: Conversations on Our Common Future (3)

This course presents research, issues and perspectives about water and energy in New Mexico. It includes a speaker series with key experts from New Mexico's academic, government, research, nonprofit, and business communities. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

427 / 527. Watershed Management (3)

An introduction to the watershed as a rational planning unit, with case studies to illustrate principles of resource inventory, identification of land use problems and the formulation of plans for protection and rehabilitation.

429 / 551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Problems are individualized topics conducted on a one to one student-faculty arrangement. Allows for exploration of various subjects of interest to students and faculty members.

436 / 536. Visualization Tools for Plan Making (3)

This course introduces students to fundamental techniques and tools used to create graphics in plan making. It is designed for planners to learn to communicate ideas graphically using both hand drawing and design software. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

442 / 542. Indigenous Environmental Planning (3)

This course focuses on the theory and practice of environmental planning involving indigenous peoples and their lands.

462 / 562. The Housing Process (3)

A broad introduction to the housing system, housing policies, finance and funding mechanisms and development dynamics.

467 / 567. Regional Planning Process and Theory (3)

Basic theories and practices of regional planning and development. The physical, demographic and functional structure of regions. Problems of uneven development in the southwest; implications on the economic and cultural welfare of the region.

470. Seminar (1-3, no limit Δ)

Various topics related to planning in the southwest.

473 / 573. Planning on Native American Lands (3)

The social, political and economic interrelations between tribal lands and their activities with the outside dominant society. Case studies are used to present views in support of tribal autonomy and tribal integration.

474 / 574. Culture, Place and Power in Community Development [Cultural Aspects of Community Development Planning] (3)

Theories of community development and democratic practice in places marked by racial, ethnic, cultural and other forms of difference, through a global comparative frame and with attention to relationships of power. Relevant to B.A.E.P.D.

480. Community Growth and Land Use Planning (3)

Study of land use planning and growth management dynamics at the local level, in its physical, legal administrative and economic contexts. Restriction: admitted to B.A.E.P.D. Environmental Planning and Design.

483 / 583. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (GIS) (3)

Overview of GIS capabilities in the context of community issues and local government. Includes direct manipulation of ArcView software, lectures, demonstrations and analysis of urban GIS applications. Prerequisite: 265.

485 / 585. Practice of Negotiation and Public Dispute Resolution (3)

Introduces students to new ways to negotiate and resolve disputes in the context of professional practice through collaborative decision making and problem solving.

486 / 586. Planning Issues in Chicano Communities (3)

Applies planning concepts and techniques to development issues facing Chicanos in New Mexico generally and Albuquerque specifically. Other Chicano communities are studied for the insights gained from a comparative approach.

500. Planning Theory and Process (4)

A broad overview of planning theory and history, with a focus on current planning paradigms as they apply in practice. Introduces students to the roles professional planners play in practice and the strategies they employ and dilemmas they encounter. Restriction: admitted to M.C.R.P. Community and Regional Planning.

503 / 403. Community-Based Practice (3)

511. Analytical Methods for Planning (3)

Introduction to comparative analysis of social, economic and spatial data as integrated into a typical comprehensive plan. Building data sets, organization of information, use of survey research, preliminary forecasting methods. Descriptive statistics a prerequisite. Prerequisite: 500. Restriction: admitted to M.C.R.P. Community and Regional Planning and permission of graduate advisor.

513 / 413. Qualitative Research Methods (3)

Introduces students to the methods and techniques of qualitative inquiry. It focuses primarily on preparing students to conduct rigorous qualitative research, community based planning and analysis.

516 / 416. Watershed Restoration Field Techniques (3)

520. Planning Studio (4)

Research and application of planning theory and methods appropriate to real urban settings from very large to neighborhood scale. Emphasis on sustainable development, equity and regional appropriateness. May be co-taught/combined with Architecture and Landscape.

525 / 425. Water and Energy in New Mexico: Conversations on Our Common Future (3)

527 / 427. Watershed Management (3)

530. Internship (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Professionally based experience in professional planning practice in public, private or non-profit settings. Supervision is given in the field setting as well as at an academic setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

531. Foundations of Community Development (3)

Explores what it takes to practice community development. What are processes of community development and how can planners enhance and build community in ways that promote fair and just distribution of resources and impacts.

532. Foundations of Natural Resources (3)

A foundation for applying planning concepts and analytical techniques to natural systems in regions. Ecology and environmental policy, land suitability analysis, natural resources accounting and impact assessment.

533. Foundations of Physical Planning (3)

An introductory course of physical planning practice for Planning, Architecture and Landscape students. Graphic methods of analysis, field trips, cross-disciplinary projects range from regional plans to design details of the built environment.

534. Foundations of Indigenous Planning (3)

Examines the relationship of indigenous planning to other planning approaches such as advocacy, equity, and radical planning; considers aspects of “indegeneity” such as sovereignty, land tenure, and culture, and their application to community planning.

535. Community Economics for Planners (3)

Explores the intersections of economics and contemporary economic development issues and policies. How do economic decisions and policies impact the shaping of space and development of communities? Covers strategies to strengthen local economies.

536 / 436. Visualization Tools for Plan Making (3)

537. Urban Systems (3)

The study of city systems, form, and development with emphasis on social, economic, political, and physical aspects of cities as partial and total systems.

538. Community Participatory Methods (3)

Introduces students to community participatory methods, including democratizing information, building community capacity, and redistributing power in communities. This course is an anti-oppression, decolonization, and liberation centric course.

539. Indigenous Space, Place and Mapping (3)

Theories and methods related to Indigenous people, spaces, and the places they inhabit, urban to the rural, local to global, past to present. Examines epistemologies about space divergent from norms.

540. Pueblo Design and Planning (3)

Examines design and community development concepts in the context of the Pueblos of New Mexico. Provides an overview of history, culture, and projects based on Pueblo core values and processes.

541. Navajo Design and Planning (3)

Examines design and community development concepts in the context of the Navajo Nation; gives an overview of Navajo history, culture, and projects based on Navajo core values and worldview.

542 / 442. Indigenous Environmental Planning (3)

This course focuses on the theory and practice of environmental planning involving indigenous peoples and their lands.

543. Transportation Planning (3)

Introduction to urban transportation subject area in a seminar format. Characteristics of urban transportation systems in U.S. and foreign cities are explored as are effects of urban transportation on local economies, urban form, the environment and the neighborhood.

551 / 429. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

Individual study of problems in planning undertaken with faculty advisement and supervision. Restriction: permission of instructor.

562 / 462. The Housing Process (3)

A broad introduction to the housing system, housing policies, finance, funding mechanisms and development dynamics.

567 / 467. Regional Planning Process and Theory (3)

569. Rural Community Development (3)

Principles and practice of rural area development. Emphasis on rural issues of the Southwest. Includes field studies and analysis of theory.

570. Seminar (1-3, no limit Δ)

Various topics related to planning in the southwest.

573 / 473. Planning on Native American Lands (3)

574 / 474. Culture, Place and Power in Community Development [Cultural Aspects of Community Development Planning] (3)

577. Practice of Policy Development (3)

(Also offered as PADM 577) Introduction to practice of public policy development in technical and professional applications. Emphasis on writing, interpretation and implementation of policy documents. Environmental, physical and social policy are highlighted.

578. Development and Latin America (3)

This course covers key theories and histories about development in Latin American contexts. The dynamics of development include the political, economic, social, spatial and epistemological dimensions of social change, operating at multiple scales.

580. The Politics of Land (3)

This course engages with the politics of land and land use. It explores the legal, administrative and economic processes through which land is conceptualized, exchanged and used. Restriction: admitted to M.C.R.P. Community and Regional Planning.

583 / 483. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (GIS) (3)

585 / 485. Practice of Negotiation and Public Dispute Resolution (3)

(Also offered as PADM 588) Introduces students to new ways to negotiate and resolve disputes in the context of professional practice through collaborative decision making and problem solving.

586 / 486. Planning Issues in Chicano Communities (3)

This course applies planning concepts and techniques to development issues facing Chicanos in New Mexico generally and Albuquerque specifically. We study other Chicano communities for the insights gained from a comparative approach.

587. Political Economy of Urban Development in a Global World (3)

Analyzes the political and economic factors shaping urban development with particular emphasis on the impacts of economic restructuring. As planners, we study how these changes affect the process of planning and policy formation.

588. Project Development (2, may be repeated twice Δ)

Development of project or thesis concept, investigation of data needs, initial data collection and assembly of written and field materials necessary to conduct a professional project or thesis. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.C.R.P. Community and Regional Planning.

589. Professional Project II (1-6, no limit Δ)

Development of a professional project reflective of advanced work in the field. Project should have an identified client, a time frame and a final product which demonstrates competence to engage in professional level planning. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

590. Historic Research Methods (3)

An introduction to the methods for the documentation, research and analysis of historic built environments as preparation for historic preservation and contemporary regional design.

591. Introduction to Preservation and Regionalism (3)

(Also offered as ARCH, LA 591) An introduction to the history, theory and professional practices of historic preservation and regional contemporary design and planning.

597. Capstone Planning Studio (1-6, no limit Δ)

Advanced studio projects responsive to client needs and useful to community organizations and public agencies. Results in final planning products which demonstrate competence to engage in professional level planning. Content varies each year. Restriction: admitted to M.C.R.P. program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

598. iTown Studio (1-6, no limit Δ)

This is an exit studio in the M.C.R.P. program and builds on the skills acquired in the first year of CRP classes. Students are expected to produce planning document deliverables to the indigenous community. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Development of a research project reflective of advanced inquiry into a planning topic. Thesis should make concrete contributions to guide planning practice. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

691. Sustainable Settlements (3)

(Also offered as ARCH 691) Urban design history, goals and theory with emphasis on cultural and ecological vibrancy. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning.

Computer Science (CS)

105L. Introduction to Computer Programming (3)

Introduction to Computer Programming is a gentle and fun introduction. Students will use a modern Integrated Development Environment to author small programs in a high level language that do interesting things.

108L. Computer Science for All: An Introduction to Computational Science and Modeling (3)

This course offers an introduction to computer science through modeling and simulation. Students will learn agent-based modeling of complex systems and see the applicability of computer science across fields. Course cannot apply to major in Computer Science or any other major in the School of Engineering. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

152L. Computer Programming Fundamentals (3)

Introduction to the art of computing. The course objectives are understanding relationships between computation, problem solving, and programming using high-level languages. Prerequisite: 105L or 108L or ECE 131L.

241L. Data Organization (3)

Data representation, storage and manipulation. Covers the memory organization of data storage and its relation to computation and efficiency. Topics include: linked vs. contiguous implementations, memory management, the use of indices and pointers, and an introduction to issues raised by the memory hierarchy. Programming assignments in C provide practice with programming styles that yield efficient code and computational experiments investigate the effect of storage design choices on the running time of programs. Prerequisite: 152L with a grade of "B-" or better or 259L with a grade of "C" or better.

251L. Intermediate Programming (3)

An introduction to the methods underlying modern program development. Specific topics will include object-oriented design and the development of graphical user interfaces. Programming assignments will emphasize the use of objects implemented in standard libraries. Three lectures, 1 hr. recitation. Prerequisite: 152L with a grade of "B-" or better.

259L. Data Structures with JAVA (5)

An accelerated course covering the material of 151L and 251L in one semester. Topics include elementary data structures and their implementation, recursive procedures, data abstraction and encapsulation, and program organization and verification. Programs will be written in JAVA. Credit not allowed for both 259L and 151L/251L.

261. Mathematical Foundations of Computer Science (3)

Introduction to the formal mathematical concepts of computer science for the beginning student. Topics include elementary logic, induction, algorithmic processes, graph theory and models of computation. Prerequisite: (MATH 1240 with a grade of "A" or better) or (MATH 1512 with a grade of "B-" or better).

293. Social and Ethical Issues in Computing (1)

Overview of philosophical ethics, privacy and databases, intellectual property, computer security, computer crime, safety and reliability, professional responsibility and codes, electronic communities and the Internet, and social impact of computers. Students make oral presentations and produce written reports.

341L. Introduction to Computer Architecture and Organization (3)

Survey of various levels of computer architecture and design: microprogramming and processor architecture, advanced assembly language programming, operating system concepts and input/output via the operating system. Prerequisite: 241L with a grade of "C" or better and ECE 238L with a grade of "C" or better. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

351L. Design of Large Programs (4)

A projects course with emphasis on object-oriented analysis, design and programming. Also discussed are programming language issues, programming tools and other computer science concepts as needed to do the projects (e.g., discrete-event simulation, parsing). Prerequisite: 241L with a grade of "C" or better and (251L with a grade of "C" or better or 259L with a grade of "C" or better) and 261 with a grade of "C" or better. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

357L. Declarative Programming (3)

Course focuses on one of the declarative programming paradigms: functional, logic, or constraint programming. Specialized techniques are introduced with a view towards general principles. Selected advanced topics in programming language design and implementation are covered. Prerequisite: 241L with a grade of "C" or better and (251L with a grade of "C" or better or 259L with a grade of "C" or better) and 261 with a grade of "C" or better. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

361L. Data Structures and Algorithms (3)

An introduction to data structures and algorithms and the mathematics needed to analyze their time and space complexity. Topics include asymptotic notation, recurrence relations and their solution, sorting, hash tables, basic priority queues, search trees (including at least one balanced structure) and basic graph representation and search. Students complete a term project that includes an experimental assessment of competing data structures. Prerequisite: 241L with a grade of "C" or better and 261 with a grade of "C" or better. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

362. Data Structures and Algorithms II (3)

A continuation of 361L with an emphasis on design of algorithms. Topics include: amortized analysis and self-adjusting data structures for trees and priority queues; union-find; minimum spanning tree, shortest path and other graph algorithms; elementary computational geometry; greedy and divide-and-conquer paradigms. Prerequisite: 361L with a grade of "C" or better. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

365. Introduction to Scientific Modeling (3)

Symbolic computation applied to scientific problem solving, modeling, simulation and analysis. Prerequisite: 152L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

*375. Introduction to Numerical Computing (3)

(Also offered as MATH **375) An introductory course covering such topics as solution of linear and nonlinear equations; interpolation and approximation of functions, including splines; techniques for approximate differentiation and integration; solution of differential equations; familiarization with existing software. Prerequisite: (152L or ECE 131L or PHYS 2415) and (MATH **314 or MATH **316 or MATH **321). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

390. Topics in Computer Science for Non-Majors-Undergraduate (1-3, no limit Δ)

This course is intended to provide students in other disciplines with an opportunity to study aspects of modern computer science, tailored to their own field of study.

412. Introduction to Computer Graphics: Scanline Algorithms (3)

(Also offered as ECE 412) This course is an introduction to the technical aspects of raster algorithms in computer graphics. Students will learn the foundational concepts of 2-D and 3-D graphics as they relate to real-time and offline techniques. Students will develop a video game as a final project to demonstrate the algorithms learned in class. Prerequisite: 361L or ECE **331. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

422 / 522. Digital Image Processing (3)

Introduction to fundamentals of digital image processing. Specific topics include grey level histograms, geometric/grey level transformations, linear systems theory, Fourier transforms, frequency domain filtering, wavelet transforms, image compression, edge detection, color vision, and binary image morphology. Prerequisite: MATH **314 or MATH **321. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**423. Introduction to Complex Adaptive Systems (3)

Introduces topics in complex adaptive systems, including: definitions of complexity, fractals, dynamical systems and chaos, cellular automata, artificial life, game theory, neural networks, genetic algorithms and network models. Regular programming projects are required. Prerequisite: 251L and MATH 1512. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

427 / 527. Principles of Artificially Intelligent Machines (3)

Survey of artificial intelligence exclusive of pattern recognition. Heuristic search techniques, game playing, mechanical theorem proving, additional topics selected by the instructor. Prerequisite: 351L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

429 / 529. Introduction to Machine Learning (3)

Introduction to principles and practice of systems that improve performance through experience. Topics include statistical learning framework, supervised and unsupervised learning, Bayesian analysis, time series analysis, reinforcement learning, performance evaluation and empirical methodology; design tradeoffs. Prerequisite: 362 and STAT **345 and (MATH **314 or MATH **321). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

442 / 542. Introduction to Parallel Processing (3)

Introduction to parallel scientific and data intensive programming architectures and systems. Performance issues, speed-up and efficiency. Parallel programming issues and models: control parallel, data parallel and data flow. Programming assignments on massively parallel machines. Prerequisite: 341L or *471 or 467 or MATH *471.

444 / 544. Introduction to Cybersecurity (3)

This class will focus on proactive security, i.e. designing networks, algorithms and data structures which are provably robust to attack. Grades will be based on class participation, presentations, and class projects. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

454 / 554. Compiler Construction (3)

Syntax analysis and semantic processing for a block-structured language. Lexical analysis, symbol tables, run-time management. Students will write a compiler.

456 / 556. Advanced Declarative Programming (3)

Continued study in one of the declarative programming paradigms: functional, logic, or constraint programming. Specialized techniques are introduced with a view towards general principles. Prerequisite: 357L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**460. Software Engineering (3)

Software engineering principles will be discussed and applied to a large team developed project. Other topics relevant to the production of software will also be covered, including ethics, legalities, risks, copyrights and management issues. Prerequisite: 351L with a grade of "C" or better. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

464 / 564. Introduction to Database Management (3)

Introduction to database management systems. Emphasis is on the relational data model. Topics covered include query languages, relational design theory, file structures and query optimization. Students will implement a database application using a nonprocedural query language interfaced with a host programming language. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

467 / 567. Principles and Applications of Big Data (3)

This course explores data analysis and management techniques, which applied to massive datasets are the cornerstone that enable real-time decision making in distributed environments, business intelligence, and scientific discovery at large scale. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

468 / 568. Computational Modeling for Bioengineering (3)

(Also offered as BME 568) An interdisciplinary study of Python programming, kinetic modeling of chemical reactions, illustrated by computational applications in bioengineering, in particular, the modeling and design of genetic regulatory networks.

*471. Introduction to Scientific Computing (3)

(Also offered as MATH *471) Introduction to scientific computing fundamentals, exposure to high performance programming language and scientific computing tools, case studies of scientific problem solving techniques. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**481. Computer Operating Systems (3)

(Also offered as ECE *437) Fundamental principles of modern operating systems design, with emphasis on concurrency and resource management. Topics include processes, interprocess communication, semaphores, monitors, message passing, input/output device, deadlocks memory management, files system design. Prerequisite: 341L or ECE **331. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**485. Introduction to Computer Networks (3)

(Also offered as ECE *440) Theoretical and practical study of computer networks, including network structures and architectures. Principles of digital communications systems. Network topologies, protocols and services. TCP/IP protocol suite. Point-to-point networks; broadcast networks; local area networks; routing, error and flow control techniques. Prerequisite: ECE 330. Pre- or corequisite: ECE **340. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

491. Special Topics-Undergraduates (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Undergraduate seminars in special topics in computer science. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

495 / 595. Advanced Topics in Computer Science (3, no limit Δ)

This course will cover advanced topics in Computer Science. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

499. Individual Study-Undergraduate (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Guided study, under the supervision of a faculty member, of selected topics not covered in regular courses. At most 3 hours may be applied toward the CS hour requirement. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

500. Introduction to the Theory of Computation (3)

Covers basic topics in automata, computability and complexity theory, including: models of computation (finite automata, Turing machines and RAMs); regular sets and expressions; recursive, r.e., and non-r.e. sets and their basic closure properties; complexity classes; determinism vs. non-determinism with and without resource bounds; reductions and completeness; practice with NP- and P-completeness proofs; and the complexity of optimization and approximation problems.

506. Computational Geometry (3)

Development of algorithms and data structures for the manipulation of discrete geometric objects in two- and three-dimensional space. Typical problems include intersection and union of polyhedra, convex hulls, triangulation, point location, neighborhood structures and path computations. Prerequisite: 561.

510. Mobile Computing (3)

Internet and wireless communication are two technologies having a significant impact on the social fabric. This course is concerned with methods and principles for the development of systems that exhibit some form of mobility.

512. Introduction to Computer Graphics (3)

(Also offered as ECE 512) Covers image synthesis techniques from perspective of high-end scanline rendering, including physically-based rendering algorithms. Topics: radiometry, stochastic ray tracing, variance reduction, photon mapping, reflection models, participating media, advanced algorithms for light transport.

518. Introduction to Bioinformatics (3)

(Also offered as BME 518) This course is designed as an introductory course to bioinformatics. The students will be introduced to the concept of bioinformatics and the basic analysis methods used in bioinformatics.

520. Topics in Interdisciplinary Biological and Biomedical Sciences (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 620, BIOL 520, ECE 620, STAT 520) Varying interdisciplinary topics taught by collaborative scientists from UNM, SFI, and LANL.

521. Data Mining Techniques (3)

Introductory topics in data mining including: clustering, classification, outlier detection and association-rule discovery. Advanced topics: technologies for data mining, algorithms for mining rich data types and applications of mining algorithms.

522 / 422. Digital Image Processing (3)

523. Complex Adaptive Systems (3)

A graduate introduction to computational tools to measure, simulate and analyze complexity in biological and social systems. Topics include cellular automata, dynamical systems, genetic algorithms and other biologically inspired computational methods. Programming maturity is required.

527 / 427. Principles of Artificially Intelligent Machines (3)

529 / 429. Introduction to Machine Learning (3)

530. Geometric and Probabilistic Methods in Computer Science (3)

Introduction to applied mathematics for computer scientists. Specific topics include discrete and continuous random variables (including transformation and sampling), information theory, Huffman coding, Markov processes, linear systems theory, Fourier transforms, principal component analysis, and wavelet transforms. Prerequisite: STAT 345.

533. Experimental Methods in Computer Science (3)

An introduction to experimental methods in Computer Science.

542 / 442. Introduction to Parallel Processing (3)

544 / 444. Introduction to Cybersecurity (3)

550. Programming Languages and Systems (3)

Current trends in design and philosophy of languages and systems. Data abstraction, data flow languages, alternative control structures, environments, correctness, software tools. Prerequisite: 558.

551. Individual Study-Graduate (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Guided study, under the supervision of a faculty member, of selected topics not covered in regular courses. Restriction: permission of instructor.

554 / 454. Compiler Construction (3)

Syntax analysis and semantic processing for a block-structured language. Lexical analysis, symbol tables, run-time management. Students will write a compiler. Prerequisite: 341L and 351L.

555. Advanced Topics in Compiler Construction (3)

Aspects needed to write production quality compilers. Optimization, error recovery, parse table compression, semantic processing of complex data structures, type checking, run-time support, code generation, compiler-writing systems. Prerequisite: 454 or 554.

556 / 456. Advanced Declarative Programming (3)

558. Software Foundations (3)

Introduction to modern programming techniques and programming language features and the theory used to describe and define programming languages, using types as the organizational principle.

561. Algorithms/Data Structure (3)

Study of data structures and algorithms and mathematics needed to analyze their time and space complexity. Topics include: amortized analysis and self-adjusting data structures for trees and priority queues, graphing algorithms, greedy and divide-and-conquer paradigms.

564 / 464. Introduction to Database Management (3)

565. Topics in Database Management (3)

A continuation of 464/564 with emphasis on query optimization, leading-edge data models, transaction management and distributed databases. Additional topics determined by student interests. Prerequisite: 564.

567 / 467. Principles and Applications of Big Data (3)

568 / 468. Computational Modeling for Bioengineering (3)

575. Introductory Numerical Analysis: Numerical Linear Algebra (3)

(Also offered as MATH 504) Direct and iterative methods of the solution of linear systems of equations and least squares problems. Error analysis and numerical stability. The eigenvalue problem. Descent methods for function minimization, time permitting. Prerequisite: MATH 464 or MATH 514. {Spring}

580. The Specification of Software Systems (3)

A comparative study of the techniques used to specify software systems. The course will emphasize formal techniques and will cover the specification of sequential and concurrent systems. Although no programming will be required, students will be required to write specifications for several small software systems. Prerequisite: 460.

585. Computer Networks (3)

A theoretical and practical study of computer networks, including network structures and architectures; protocols and protocol hierarchies; error handling; routing; reliability; point-to-point networks; broadcast networks; local area networks; efficiency and throughput; communications technologies; case studies.

587. Advanced Operating Systems (3)

Theory of design of operating systems. Modeling, simulation, synchronization, concurrency, process hierarchies, networks and distributed systems.

590. Topics in Computer Science for Non-Majors-Graduate (1-3, no limit Δ)

This course is intended to provide students in other disciplines with an opportunity to study aspects of modern computer science, tailored to their own field of study. Restriction: permission of instructor.

591. Special Topics-Graduate (1-6, no limit Δ)

Graduate seminars in special topics in computer science. Restriction: permission of instructor.

592. Colloquium (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

Required of all graduate students. May be repeated, with at most 2 credits towards the M.S. requirements and at most 2 further credits towards the Ph.D. requirements. Students will write a short essay on the topic of one or more of the colloquia offered that semester. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

595 / 495. Advanced Topics in Computer Science (3, no limit Δ)

This course will cover advanced topics in Computer Science.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

600. Computer Science Research Practicum (3)

Develop and practice the skills required to conduct an independent research project. Intended for graduate students pursuing a Ph.D. in Computer Science. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Computer Science.

650. Reading and Research (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

691. Seminar in Computer Science (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Dance (DANC)

1110. Dance Appreciation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course introduces the student to the diverse elements that make up the world of dance, including a broad historic overview, roles of the dancer, choreographer and audience, and the evolution of the major genres. Students will learn the fundamentals of dance technique, dance history, and a variety of dance aesthetics. Course fee required. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design. {Fall, Spring}

1120. African Dance I (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Introduces the student to the aesthetics of African dance technique and develops knowledge and appreciation of its fundamental movements, music, and culture. Students will gain perspectives of African culture through discussion of how music, rhythm, and dance are used in African societies. Course fee required.

1130. Ballet I (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course is the beginning level of ballet technique. Students learn the basic fundamentals and performance skills of ballet technique, which may include flexibility, strength, body alignment, coordination, range of motion, vocabulary, and musicality. Course fee required. {Fall, Spring}

1140. Flamenco I (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course introduces the student to the art of flamenco and its cultural features and significance. Students will learn the fundamentals of this art form and introductory techniques and skills, which may include handwork, footwork, postures, and specific dances. Course fee required. {Fall, Spring}

1150. Modern Dance I (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Modern dance techniques and styles. Students are introduced to proper warm-up techniques, body alignment, control and flexibility. Students work with various rhythms and combinations of movements. The course emphasizes dance technique and creative experience. The history, terminology and philosophy of modern dance are also discussed. Course fee required. {Fall, Spring}

1160. Jazz I (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course is for students with a basic knowledge of dance technique. They work to attain muscle control and strength as well as increased flexibility. Further awareness of proper body alignment for injury prevention is emphasized. Jazz choreography, style and terminology are taught at a secondary level. Course fee required. {Fall}

1170 [170]. Hip Hop I (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

An introduction to Hip Hop, its movement, style and culture. Course fee required. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design. {Fall, Spring}

201. Crew Practicum (0)

Participation in University theatre and dance season through assignment on a production crew. To be completed in one semester. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

2040 [204]. Stretching, Strengthening and Conditioning for the Performing Arts (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Specialized floor work training using principles of the Pilates Methodology and the basic movement concepts of Core Dynamics™. For preparing and maintaining a uniformly developed body for dance and movement. Course fee required. {Fall, Spring, Summer}

2120 [212]. Improvisation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Introduction to improvisational skills in movement and the principles of choreography as applied to dance/theater composition. Investigation of structured improvisation within the fundamental elements of dance: energy, space, and time. {Fall}

2130. Ballet II (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Intermediate level of ballet technique; Introduction of more advanced Ballet vocabulary at barre/center work; increase flexibility, strength, body alignment, and coordination for practice of steps/combinations with variations in timing and changes of facing. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

2150 [210]. Contemporary Dance II [Modern Dance II] (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Modern dance techniques and styles at the intermediate level. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

2160. Jazz II (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course is geared for intermediate/advanced dancers familiar with the basics of Jazz dance technique. Students are expected to enter the class with a skill set and understanding of beginning level technique (i.e. spotting while turning, pirouettes, chainé turns, pas de bourre, chassé, battement, and grand jeté). From this point, students will work to further their ability in Jazz technique, gain performance skills within the classroom setting, and explore different styles of Jazz choreography. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

2400 [240]. Music Essentials for Contemporary Dance (3)

Overview of fundamental elements of music and historically significant collaborations between choreographers and composers in contemporary dance. {Fall, even-numbered years}

2420. Music Essentials for Flamenco (3)

Overview of Flamenco music and history fundamentals, introduction to basic music notation. Primary focus on developing listening skills through a variety of Flamenco song forms. Basic rhythmic notation specifically applied to palmas and footwork patterns. {Fall, odd-numbered years}

2690 [269]. Flamenco II (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Flamenco techniques and styles at the intermediate level. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

295. Special Topics (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Lecture courses and workshops on various topics in dance. Course fee required. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

310. Contemporary Dance III [Modern Dance III] (3, may be repeated seven times Δ)

Modern dance techniques and styles at the advanced level. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

311. Choreography I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Creating and exploring movement vocabulary and forms generating choreography; development of ideas and inspirations into short works; space and its importance; giving and receiving critical feedback; exposure to choreography supported by video and reading. Prerequisite: 212. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

313. Kinesiology for Dancers (3, no limit Δ)

Structural analysis of movement. This lecture class provides a basic understanding of the skeletal and neuromuscular systems of the human body in movement. Course fee required. {Fall}

314. Introduction to Dance Studies (3)

This course will introduce students to the multifaceted field of dance studies. By engaging media, workshops, and readings students will familiarize themselves with major dance styles, movements, and ongoing conversations across the field. {Spring}

349. Ballet III (3, may be repeated seven times Δ)

Advanced level Ballet. Improvement of physical and mental skills necessary for professional level Ballet technique, growth in physical stamina, coordination and phrasing, movement efficiency, faster and more accurate assimilation of new movement and spatial awareness. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

369. Flamenco III (3, may be repeated eight times Δ)

Intermediate technique in flamenco with resident and visiting professors, offering a wide variety of exercises to hone abilities to learn choreography effectively while examining student strengths and weaknesses in exploration of the art form. Course fee required. Prerequisite: 269. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

370. Hip Hop II (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Intermediate to advanced study of Hip Hop, its movement, style and culture. Course fee required. Prerequisite: 170.

379. Flamenco Structure/Improvisation (3)

Study of various elements necessary in an improvisational setting in Flamenco. Using “tangos” and “Bulerias” as a format, students study the compass of each palo, then move to several traditional letras appropriate to these forms. {Spring}

411 / 511. Choreography II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Further exploration in generating and organizing movement material for performance. Course fee required. Prerequisite: 311. {Fall}

416 / 516. Dance Pedagogy (3)

Theories of teaching. Principles and techniques of curriculum development in elementary schools, secondary schools, higher education and in private schools. Course fee required. {Spring, odd-numbered years}

431. Writing About Dance (3)

Observation and written analysis of dance events with an emphasis on contemporary theories and performances. Course fee required. {Spring, even numbered years}

466 / 566. Flamenco History (3)

Introduction to Flamenco history, investigation of the controversial history of the art form through study of Gypsy history, Spanish history, and major figures and events that shaped the evolution of Flamenco. {Fall, even-numbered years}

468. Contemporary Dance History (3)

This course traces the lineage of contemporary dance, moving from the early 20th century into the present. Students will critically examine the soci-political environment through which influential artists, and artistic movements formed and transformed. Prerequisite: 314. {Fall, odd-numbered years}

469. Flamenco IV (3, may be repeated eight times Δ)

Advanced technique in Flamenco with resident and visiting professors, offering a wide variety of exercises to hone abilities to learn choreography effectively while examining student strengths and weaknesses in personal exploration of the art form. Prerequisite: 369.

479 / 579. Flamenco Choreography (3)

Designed for advanced students with knowledge of Flamenco structure and improvisation, cante, palmas, and three levels of Flamenco technique, investigation of choreography in Flamenco movement and rhythms. Prerequisite: 379. {Fall}

487 / 587. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MUS, THEA 487 / 587; FDMA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

492. Contemporary Dance Performance Ensemble (3, may be repeated eight times Δ)

Provides an educational training opportunity for dancers within a professional company model. Admitted by audition, students have the opportunity to learn, rehearse, and perform choreography by resident faculty and guest artists. Restriction: permission of instructor.

494. Flamenco Performance Ensemble (3, may be repeated eight times Δ)

Flamenco and Spanish dance repertory provides an educational training opportunity for dancers within a professional company/ensemble model. Admitted by audition, students have the opportunity to learn, rehearse, and perform choreography by resident faculty and guest artists. Restriction: permission of instructor.

495. Special Studies in Dance (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

496 / 596. Student Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent project culminating in a formal, informal or video performance. Students must submit a proposal to instructor and program head. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

497 / 597. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent project culminating in a formal paper. Students must submit a proposal to instructor and program head. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

499. Departmental Honors (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Students achieving an overall grade point of 3.50 will qualify for departmental honors, which requires a research or creative project with supporting written document. Restriction: permission of department.

500. Introduction to Graduate Study (3)

Research methods for performing arts including development of working bibliography, types of documentation, investigation of research materials in theatre and dance. Course fee required. Required of all entering graduate students. {Fall}

506. Critical Issues in the Performing Arts (3)

(Also offered as THEA 506) Examination of major problems and questions arising from interaction between the performing arts and the political, economic and social conditions in which they live. Survey of major figures in contemporary performing arts.

509. Graduate Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Individualized work with Department faculty or professional artists in Dance or Theatre. Internship to be conceived in advance and structured throughout by directed study. Culminates in critical paper. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

510. Creative Investigations I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An in depth study of the nature of creative investigation and art-making in dance with the prospect of finding alternative ways of constructing dance movement and composing new works. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

511 / 411. Choreography II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Further exploration in generating and organizing movement material for performance. A major piece of 20–30 minutes in duration or several smaller works of equivalent total length will be required. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

512. Graduate Seminar (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Topical seminars in the areas of choreography, history and criticism and dance education. Course fee required.

515. Creative Investigations II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Further in-depth study of the nature of creative investigation and art-making specifically as it pertains to dance composition. Works-in-progress begun during the previous semester will be brought to completion. Course fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

516 / 416. Dance Pedagogy (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Theories and teaching. Principles and techniques of curriculum development in the elementary and secondary schools, higher education and in private studios. Course fee required. {Spring, odd-numbered years}

531. Dance Criticism (3)

Observation and written analysis of dance events with an emphasis on contemporary theories and performances. Course fee required. {Spring, even-numbered years}

549. Dance Technique for Graduate Students (1-4, no limit Δ)

Regularly-scheduled technique course. Students must enroll in the appropriate section by dance genre and level. Course fee required. {Fall, Spring}

551-552. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

562 [562 / 462]. Dance History I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

A study of the history of dance from tribal culture to 19th-century Romantic ballet. Extensive readings culminating in a research paper will be required. Course fee required.

566 / 466. Flamenco History (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Introduction to Flamenco history, investigation of the controversial history of the art form through study of Gypsy history, Spanish history and major figures and events that shaped the evolution of Flamenco. Course fee required. {Fall, even-numbered years}

579 / 479. Flamenco Choreography (3, may be repeated once Δ)

587 / 487. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MUS, THEA 587 / 487; FDMA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. Course fee required.

596 / 496. Student Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent project culminating in a formal, informal or video performance. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

597 / 497. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent project culminating in a final paper. Students must submit a proposal to instructor and Dance Program Head. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

598. Master's Essay in Theatre and Dance (3)

Offered for students who have been advanced to candidacy and who have elected Plan II. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Dental Hygiene (DEHY)

205. Introduction to Dental Hygiene (2)

Introduction to Dental Hygiene is a comprehensive overview of major topics and issues germane to the practice of dental hygiene. Topics selected in this course are intended to provide entering dental hygiene students with an understanding of the role of the dental hygienist in disease prevention, therapeutic services provided by dental hygienists and professional growth. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene. {Spring}

210. Head and Neck Anatomy (2)

Anatomy of head and neck with emphasis on oral structures and their function. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene. {Spring}

211. Dental Anatomy (2)

A didactic and laboratory course in basic dental anatomy. Included is the study of the permanent and primary dentitions: form and function, and tooth identification. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

250. Gen Oral Hist and Embrey (2)

Study of cells, tissues, organ systems and embrology with emphasis on the oral structure. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

301. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture I (3)

Provides student with the theoretical basis to perform clinical dental hygiene. Topics covered include: intra- and extraoral examination procedures, periodontal tissue characteristics, occlusion and basic dental hygiene instrumentation. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

302. Clinical Dental Hygiene I (2)

Provides the student with hands-on experiences in a clinical setting. Students practice dental hygiene evaluative and instrumentation skills learned in 301. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

303. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture II (3)

Theories and clinical performance of specific dental hygiene treatment concerns as well as biomedical/dental concerns are emphasized. Content includes nutritional counseling, intraoral photography, periodontal debridement and microscopic evaluation of plaque samples. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

304. Clinical Dental Hygiene II (3)

This course refines assessment and instrumentation skills. Emphasis is focused upon developing case management skills relative to periodontal debridement, dietary counseling, desensitization, phase contrast microscopy, subgingival irrigation and other related preventive skills. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

312. Dental Radiology- Lab (3)

Didactic, laboratory and clinical course which includes basic concepts for radiation physics, radiation biology and protection, exposure techniques, film processing and mounting, quality assurance and radiographic appearance of normal and some abnormal anatomic landmarks. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

320. Dental Bio-Materials (2)

A survey of materials used in dentistry and dental hygiene and dental laboratory procedures. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

330. Dental Health Education I (2)

This course includes the Etiology of prevalent oral diseases with a focus upon developing the education skills necessary to counsel dental hygiene patients. Dental and periodontal charting techniques are introduced. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

335. Dental Office Emergencies (2)

An introduction to emergency situations in the dental office with emphasis on taking and recording health/dental history and procedures required to prevent occurrence of an emergency situation. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene. {Fall}

340. General and Oral Pathology (3)

Pathology of the head and neck and the major diseases that affect the oral cavity. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene. {Spring}

360. Pharmacology for the Dental Hygienist (3)

Basic principles of pharmacology and their application to dental hygiene. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

370. Special Care in Dental Hygiene (2)

A didactic course with topics covered to include medically and physically compromised patients, management of the geriatric population and hospital dentistry. Assigned rotations with affiliated health care facilities are a part of 440. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

400. Current Issues in Dental Hygiene (3)

In depth discussions focusing on current issues facing the dental hygiene discipline. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

401. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture III (2)

Advanced clinical concepts and procedures. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

402. Clinical Dental Hygiene III (3)

Students refine dental hygiene skills while learning new techniques. Emphasis is placed upon the quality of care the student renders. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

403. Clinical Dental Hygiene Lecture IV (2)

This course is designed to emphasize treatment of medically compromised patients. Guest speakers representing various dental specialties are also included. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

404. Clinical Dental Hygiene IV (4)

Clinical course which helps the student develop time management skills necessary for private practice and provides an environment necessary to further develop the student's periodontal skills through routine periodontal treatment and periodontal surgery. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

405. Dental Hygiene Clinical Instruction (3)

This course focuses on the study of dental hygiene clinical teaching, including how students learn psychomotor, decision-making and problem solving skills for clinical care and the various methods of teaching in clinic. Restriction: admitted to online B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

407. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topical research and new procedures that cannot be accommodated in the regular dental hygiene curriculum. Hours arranged. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

410. Dental Hygiene Research Methodology (3)

Developing of research in regard to special areas in dental hygiene with emphasis on writing reports. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

415. Advocacy and Leadership (3)

Advocacy skills, how to develop policy, make legislative changes and practice leadership that advance dental hygiene and ultimately improve patient care are studied in this course. High-level performing employee skills are reviewed. Restriction: admitted to online B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

420. Dental Hygiene Program Planning (3)

Course focuses on the creation of dental programs customized for specific target populations. Restriction: admitted to online B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

422. Dental Public Health I (3)

Study of the dental care delivery system in the world today and a global perspective of the science of oral disease prevention. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

423. Dental Public Health II (1)

Application of principles and objectives studied in 422. Students will plan and develop specific educational programs for schools, hospitals, nursing homes, mental retardation centers and other groups in the community. Prerequisite: 422. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

440. Extramural Experience (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Provides the student with the opportunity to achieve educational and clinical skills and in depth knowledge in various dental care delivery systems. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

441. Dental Hygiene Business Principles (3)

This experience focuses on skills needed to begin a business, manage a project and coordinate a dental program. Restriction: admitted to online B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

442. Principles of Practice (2)

Introduction to dental hygiene professional ethics, professional association, principles, laws, regulations and office management. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

443. Dental Hygiene Teaching Strategies (3)

This experience course focuses on how people learn and strategies for teaching effectively, including experience developing dental hygiene courses as well as presentation strategies used when proposing a dental initiative. Organizational skills will be applied. Restriction: admitted to online B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

470. Periodontology I (3)

Didactically covers basic biological principles and the prevention and treatment of periodontal disease. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene. {Fall}

480. Local Anesthesia and Pain Control (3)

Instruction and clinical practice in the administration of local anesthetic agents and other pain control treatment modalities. Restriction: admitted to B.S.D.H. Dental Hygiene.

500. Current Issues in Dental Hygiene (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

501. Dental Hygiene Administration (3)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

502. Dental Hygiene Instructional Strategies (3)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

503. Oral Medicine (3)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

504. Dental Hygiene Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

505. Clinical Teaching and Administration (3)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

507. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Topical research and new procedures that cannot be accommodated in the regular dental hygiene curriculum. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

510. Dental Hygiene Research Methodology (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Developing of research in regard to special areas in dental hygiene with emphasis on writing reports. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

538. Statistics in Dental Hygiene Research (3)

This course is designed to provide a conceptual foundation of statistics related to basic, clinical and behavioral dental hygiene science. Prerequisite: 510. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

560. Nonthesis Project (3)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

561. Advanced Dental Hygiene Clinic (6)

Clinical and didactic course which focuses on advanced dental hygiene therapy theory and practice working with interdisciplinary health care workers in a variety of settings. Plan II students only.Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

562. Primary Dental Care (3)

Clinical and didactic course which focuses on theory and practice of primary dental care.Prerequisite: 561.

599. Dental Hygiene Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Continuation of research, culminating in Master’s Degree Thesis. The student is responsible for following procedures of the Office of Graduate Studies. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Dental Hygiene.

Electrical and Computer Engineering (ECE)

101. Introduction to Electrical and Computer Engineering (1)

Insight into electrical and computer engineering is gained through videos and the use of computer software to learn basic problem-solving skills.

131L. Programming Fundamentals (4)

Fundamental programming concepts, including consideration of abstract machine models with emphasis on the memory hierarchy, basic programming constructs, functions, parameter passing, pointers and arrays, file I/O, bit-level operations, programming in the Linux environment, and lab. Prerequisite: (MATH 1220 or higher) or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =>69. {Fall, Spring}

203. Circuit Analysis I (3)

Basic elements and sources. Energy and power. Ohm's law and Kirchhoff's laws. Resistive networks, node and loop analysis. Network theorems. First-order and second-order circuits. Sinusoidal sources and complex representations: impedance, phasors, complex power. Three-phase circuits. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or MATH 1522. Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 1320. {Fall, Spring}

206L. Instrumentation (2)

Introduction to laboratory practices and the use of test equipment. Measurements on basic electrical components, dc and ac circuits using ohmmeters, voltmeters, ammeters and oscilloscopes. Circuit simulation. Prerequisite: ENGL 1120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700. Pre- or corequisite: 203. {Fall, Spring}

213. Circuit Analysis II (3)

Analysis of balanced three-phase circuits. Laplace transform with applications to circuit analysis. Passive and active filters. Fourier series and Fourier transform analysis. The two-port circuits. Prerequisite: 203. Pre- or corequisite: 300 or (MATH **314 and MATH **316). {Fall, Spring}

231L. Intermediate Programming and Engineering Problem Solving (4)

Introduction to elementary data structures, program design and computer-based solution of engineering problems. Topics include use of pointers, stacks, queues, linked lists, trees, graphs, software design methodology, programming in the Linux environment, and lab. Prerequisite: 131L or CS 152L. {Fall, Spring}

238L. Computer Logic Design (4)

Binary number systems. Boolean algebra. Combinational, sequential and register transfer logic. VHDL. Arithmetic/logic unit. Memories, computer organization. Input-output. Microprocessors. Prerequisite: 131L or CS 152L or CS 259L. {Fall, Spring}

300. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (4)

First and second order Ordinary Differential Equations are solved with various methods including Laplace Transforms, matrices, eigenvalues and other techniques involving linear algebra. Applications will be emphasized using MATLAB. Prerequisite: MATH 1522. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

**314L. Signals and Systems (4)

Continuous and discrete time signals and systems; time and frequency domain analysis of LTI systems, Fourier series and transforms, discrete time Fourier series/transform, Z-transform, sampling theorem, block diagrams, modulation/demodulation and filters, Computer implementations. Prerequisite: 213 and 300. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

**321L. Electronics I (4)

Introduction to diodes, bipolar and field-effect transistors. Analysis and design of digital circuits, gates, flip-flops and memory circuits. Circuits employing operational amplifiers. Analog to digital and digital to analog converters. Prerequisite: 206L and 213. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

**322L. Electronics II (4)

Analysis, design, and characterization of linear circuits including operational amplifiers. Design of biasing and reference circuits, multistage amplifiers, and feedback circuits. Prerequisite: **321L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

330. Software Design (3)

Design of software systems using modern modeling techniques. Relationship between software design and process, with emphasis on UML and its interface application code. Exposure to design patterns, software frameworks, and software architectural paradigms. Prerequisite: 231L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

**331. Data Structures and Algorithms (3)

An introduction to data structures and algorithms. Topics include asymptotic notation recurrence relations, sorting, hash tables, basic priority queues, balanced search trees and basic graph representation and search. Prerequisite: 231L and MATH **327. Pre- or corequisite: **340. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

**335. Integrated Software Systems (3)

Course considers design principles, implementation issues, and performance evaluation of various software paradigms in an integrated computing environment. Topics include performance measurement and evaluation, program optimization for the underlying architecture, integration and security for large-scale software systems. Prerequisite: 330. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

**338. Intermediate Logic Design (3)

Advanced combinational circuits; XOR and transmission gates; computer-based optimization methods; RTL and HDL; introduction to computer aided design; advanced sequential machines; asynchronous sequential machines; timing issues; memory and memory interfacing; programmable logic devices; and VLSI concepts. Prerequisite: 238L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

**340. Probabilistic Methods in Engineering (3)

Introduction to probability, random variables, random processes, probability distribution/density functions, expectation, correlation, power spectrum, WSS processes, confidence internals, transmission through LTI, applications of probability. Prerequisite: 300. Pre- or corequisite: **314L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall, Spring}

341. Introduction to Communication Systems (3)

Amplitude/frequency modulation, pulse position/amplitude modulation, probabilistic noise model, AWGN, Rice representation, figure of merit, phase locked loops, digital modulation, introduction to multiple access systems. Prerequisite: **314L and **340. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

**344L. Microprocessors (4)

Computers and Microprocessors: architecture, assembly language programming, input/output and applications. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: 206L and 238L and **321L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall, Spring}

345. Introduction to Control Systems (3)

Introduction to the feedback control problem. Modeling of dynamic systems in frequency and time domains. Transient and steady-state response analyses. Stability concepts. Root-locus techniques. Design via gain adjustment. Frequency response techniques. Nyquist criterion, stability margins. Prerequisite: **314L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

360. Electromagnetic Fields and Waves (4)

Maxwell’s equations, plane wave propagation, waveguides and transmission lines, transient pulse propagation and elementary dipole antenna. Prerequisite: 213 and MATH 2531 and PHYS 1320. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

**371. Materials and Devices (3)

Introduction to quantum mechanics, crystal structures, insulators, metals, and semiconductor material properties, PN junction, field effect devices. Prerequisite: 300 and PHYS 2310. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

381. Introduction to Electric Power Systems (3)

Provides in-depth look at various elements of power systems including power generation, transformer action, transmission line modeling, symmetrical components, pf correction, real/quadrature power calculations, load flow analysis and economic considerations in operating systems. Prerequisite: 213. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

412. Introduction to Computer Graphics: Scanline Algorithms (3)

(Also offered as CS 412) This course is an introduction to the technical aspects of raster algorithms in computer graphics. Students will learn the foundational concepts of 2-D and 3-D graphics as they relate to real-time and offline techniques. Students will develop a video game as a final project to demonstrate the algorithms learned in class. Prerequisite: **331 or CS 361L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

419. Senior Design I (3)

Design methodology and development of professional project oriented skills including communication, team management, economics and engineering ethics. Working in teams, a proposal for a large design is prepared in response to an industrial or in-house sponsor. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering, and senior standing. {Fall, Spring}

420. Senior Design II (3)

Continuation of 419. Students work in teams to implement 419 proposal. Prototypes are built and tested to sponsor specifications, and reports made to sponsor in addition to a Final Report and Poster Session presentation. Prerequisite: 419 Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering, and senior standing. {Fall, Spring}

421 / 523. Analog Electronics (3)

Design of advanced analog electronic circuits. BJT and MOSFET operational amplifiers, current mirrors and output stages. Frequency response and compensation. Noise. A/D and D/A converters. Prerequisite: **322L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

424 / 520. VLSI Design (3)

Advanced topics include: lC technologies, CAD tools, gate arrays, standard cells and full custom designs. Design of memories, PLA, I/0 and random logic circuit. Design for testability. Prerequisite: **321L and **338. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

*435. Software Engineering (3)

Management and technical issues including business conduct and ethics related to the design of large engineering projects. Student teams will address the design, specification, implementation, testing and documentation of a large hardware/software project. Prerequisite: **335. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

*437. Computer Operating Systems (3)

(Also offered as CS **481) Fundamental principles of modern operating systems design, with emphasis on concurrency and resource management. Topics include processes, interprocess communication, semaphores, monitors, message passing, input/output device, deadlocks memory management, files system design. Prerequisite: **331 or CS 341L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall, Spring}

*438. Design of Computers (3)

Computer architecture; design and implementation at HDL level; ALU, exception handling and interrupts; addressing; memory; speed issues; pipelining; microprogramming; introduction to distributed and parallel processing; buses; bus protocols and bus masters. CAD project to include written and oral presentations. Prerequisite: **338 and **344L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

*439. Introduction to Digital Signal Processing (3)

Bilateral Z transforms, region of convergence, review of sampling theorem, aliasing, the discrete Fourier transform and properties, analysis/design of FIR/IIR filters, FFT algorithms spectral analysis using FFT. Prerequisite: MATH 1522.

*440. Introduction to Computer Networks (3)

(Also offered as CS **485) Theoretical and practical study of computer networks, including network structures and architectures. Principles of digital communications systems. Network topologies, protocols and services. TCP/IP protocol suite. Point-to-point networks; broadcast networks; local area networks; routing, error and flow control techniques. Prerequisite: 330. Pre- or corequisite: **340. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

*442. Introduction to Wireless Communications (3)

The course is an introduction to cellular telephone systems and wireless networks, drawing upon a diversity of electrical engineering areas. Topics include cellular concepts, radio propagation, modulation methods and multiple access techniques. Prerequisite: 341. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

445 / 545. Introduction to Quantum Information Science (3, may be repeated one time Δ)

(Also offered as PHYS 445/545)An introduction to the mathematical formalism of quantum information science, with an exploration of the key results from its application to quantum computing, quantum communication, and quantum metrology.

*446. Design of Feedback Control Systems (3)

Introduction to design of feedback control systems. Design of compensators in the frequency and time domains. PID control and tuning. Digital implementation of analog controllers. Sensitivity and robust performance. Laboratory exercises using Matlab/Simulink and LabVIEW. Prerequisite: 345. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

460 / 560. Introduction to Microwave Engineering (3)

This lecture/laboratory course provides essential fundamentals for rf, wireless and microwave engineering. Topics include: wave propagation in cables, waveguides and free space; impedance matching, standing wave ratios, Z- and S- parameters. Prerequisite: 360. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

*463. Advanced Optics I (3)

(Also offered as PHYS *463) Electromagnetic theory of geometrical optics, Gaussian ray tracing and matrix methods, finite ray tracing, aberrations, interference and diffraction. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

*464. Laser Physics (3)

(Also offered as PHYS *464) Resonator optics. Rate equations; spontaneous and stimulated emission; gas, semiconductor and solid state lasers, pulsed and mode-locked laser techniques. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

469 / 569. Antennas for Wireless Communication Systems (3)

Aspects of antenna theory and design; radiation from dipoles, loops, apertures, microstrip antennas and antenna arrays. Prerequisite: 360. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

*471. Materials and Devices II (3)

An intermediate study of semiconductor materials, energy band structure, p-n junctions, ideal and non-ideal effects in field effect and bipolar transistors. Prerequisite: **371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

474L / 574L. Microelectronics Processing (3)

(Also offered as NSMS 574L) Materials science of semiconductors, microelectronics technologies, device/circuit fabrication, parasitics and packaging. Lab project features small group design/fabrication/testing of MOS circuits. Pre- or corequisite: **371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

*475. Introduction to Electro-Optics and Opto-Electronics (3)

Basic electro-optics and opto-electronics, with engineering applications. Interaction of light with matter. Introduction to optics of dielectrics, metals and crystals. Introductory descriptions of electro-optic, acousto-optic and magneto-optic effects and related devices. Light sources, displays and detectors. Elementary theory and applications of lasers, optical waveguides and fibers. Prerequisite: **371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

482 / 582. Electric Drives and Transformers (3)

Electromagnetic theory and mechanical considerations are employed to develop models for and understanding of Transformers, Induction Machines and Synchronous Machines. Additionally, DC Machines are discussed. Prerequisite: 381. Pre- or corequisite: 360. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

483 / 583. Power Electronics I (3)

Introduces modern power conversion techniques at a lower level, dealing with basic structures of power converters and techniques of analyzing converter circuits. Students learn to analyze and design suitable circuits and subsystems for practical applications. Prerequisite: **322L and 381. Pre- or corequisite: **371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

484 / 584. Photovoltaics (3)

Technical concepts of photovoltaics. Solar cell device level operation, packaging, manufacturing, designing phovoltaic system for stand-alone or grid-tied operation, some business-case analysis and some real-life scenarios of applicability of these solutions. Prerequisite: 381. Pre- or corequisite: **371. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

488 / 588. Smart Grid Technologies (3)

A detailed study of current and emerging power and energy systems and technologies. Including renewable energies, storage, Smart Grid concepts, security for power infrastructure. Software modeling of power systems and grids. Prerequisite: 381. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Fall}

489 / 589. Power Electronics II (3)

Analysis and design of practical power electronic circuits and grid or off-grid inverters. Operation and specification of power devices such as diodes, MOSFETS, IGBTs, SCRs, inductors, and transformers. Simulation of converters using SPICE. Prerequisite: 381 and (482 or 582). Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering. {Spring}

490. Internship (3)

Professional practice under the guidance of a practicing engineer. Assignments include design or analysis of systems or hardware, or computer programming. A preliminary proposal and periodic reports are required. The engineer evaluates student’s work; a faculty monitor assigns grade (12 hours/week) (24 hours/week in summer session). Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering, and junior standing.

491. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Registration for more than 3 hours requires permission of department chairperson. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

493. Honors Seminar (1-3)

A special seminar open only to honors students. Registration requires permission of department chairperson. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

494. Honors Individual Study (1-6)

Open only to honors students. Registration requires permission of the department chairperson and of the supervising professor. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering.

495 / 595. Special Topics (1-4 to a maximum of 9, 1-4 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to B.S.Cp.E. Computer Engineering or B.S.E.E. Electrical Engineering, and senior standing.

500. Theory of Linear Systems (3)

State space representation of dynamical systems. Analysis and design of linear models in control systems and signal processing. Continuous, discrete and sampled representations. This course is fundamental for students in the system areas.

506. Optimization Theory (3)

Introduction to the topic of optimization by the computer. Linear and nonlinear programming. The simplex method, Karmakar method, gradient, conjugate gradient and quasi-Newton methods, Fibonacci/Golden search, Quadratic and Cubic fitting methods, Penalty and Barrier methods.

510. Medical Imaging (3)

This course will introduce the student to medical imaging modalities (e.g. MRI, Nuclear Imaging, Ultrasound) with an emphasis on a signals and systems approach. Topics will include hardware, signal formation, image reconstruction and application.

512. Introduction to Computer Graphics (3)

(Also offered as CS 512) Covers image synthesis techniques from perspective of high-end scanline rendering, including physically-based rendering algorithms. Topics: radiometry, stochastic ray tracing, variance reduction, photon mapping, reflection models, participating media, advanced algorithms for light transport.

514. Nonlinear and Adaptive Control (3)

Linearization of nonlinear systems. Phase-plane analysis. Lyapunov stability analysis. Hyperstability and Popov stability criterion. Adaptive control systems. Adaptive estimation. Stability of adaptive control systems, backstepping and nonlinear designs. Prerequisite: 500.

516. Computer Vision (3)

Theory and practice of feature extraction, including edge, texture and shape measures. Picture segmentation; relaxation. Data structures for picture description. Matching and searching as models of association and knowledge learning. Formal models of picture languages.

517. Machine Learning (3)

Decision functions and dichotomization; prototype classification and clustering; statistical classification and Bayes theory; trainable deterministic and statistical classifiers. Feature transformations and selection.

520 / 424. VLSI Design (3)

522. Hardware Software Codesign with FPGAs (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course provides an introduction to the design of electronic systems that incorporate both hardware and software components. Prerequisite: *443.

523 / 421. Analog Electronics (3)

Design of advanced analog electronics circuits. BJT and MOSFET operational amplifiers, current mirrors and output stages. Frequency response and compensation. Noise. A/D and D/A converters.

524. Network Economics (3)

This course provides an introduction to fundamental concepts in modern networking and networking pricing including the prospect theory, team theory, game theory, contract theory, network externalities and applications in the network economics field. Prerequisite: 540.

525. Hardware-Oriented Security and Trust (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course provides an introduction to hardware security and trust primitives and their application to secure and trustworthy hardware systems.

529. Introduction to Technical Cybersecurity (3)

This course will cover introductory material around technical cybersecurity in the internet of things. We will cover host-based attacks, network attacks, fuzzing, web attacks, and defenses thereof. Students in this course should have an undergraduate-level (or equivalent) education in Computer Engineering or Computer Science.

530. Cloud Computing (3)

This course provides an introduction to the techniques and technologies used in cloud computing. It consists of independent and intensive hands-on labs. The course emphasizes on architecture and the development of Web services. Prerequisite: *440 or 540.

531. Introduction to the Internet of Things (3)

This course is an introduction to the Internet of Things (IoT), focusing on integration with cloud technologies, common IoT communication protocols, and embedded Linux.

533. Digital Image Processing (3)

Fundamentals of 2D signals and systems. Introduction to multidimensional signal processing. Applications in digital image processing. Image formation, representation and display. Linear and nonlinear operators in multiple dimensions. Orthogonal transforms representation and display. Image analysis, enhancement, restoration and coding. Students will carry out image processing projects.

534. Plasma Physics I (3)

(Also offered as PHYS 534) Plasma parameters, adiabatic invariants, orbit theory, plasma oscillations, hydromagnetic waves, plasma transport, stability, kinetic theory, nonlinear effects, applications.

535. Satellite Communications (3)

Satellite communication systems provide vital and economical fixed and mobile communication services over large coverage areas. In this course, students learn the fundamentals and techniques for the design and analysis of satellite communication systems. Prerequisite: 341 and (560/460 or 569/469).

537. Foundations of Computing (3)

Computational aspects of engineering problems. Topics include machine models and computability, classification and performance analysis of algorithms, advanced data structures, approximation algorithms, introduction to complexity theory and complexity classes.

538. Advanced Computer Architecture (3)

Course provides an in-depth analysis of computer architecture techniques. Topics include high speed computing techniques, memory systems, pipelining, vector machines, parallel processing, multiprocessor systems, high-level language machines and data flow computers.

539. Digital Signal Processing (3)

Hilbert spaces, orthogonal basis, generalized sampling theorem, multirate systems, filterbanks, quantization, structures for LTI systems, finite word-length effects, linear prediction, min/max phase systems, multiresolution signal analysis.

540. Advanced Networking Topics (3)

Research, design and implementation of high-performance computer networks and distributed systems. High speed networking technologies, multimedia networks, enterprise network security and management, client/server database applications, mobile communications and state-of-the-art internetworking solutions.

541. Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes (3)

Axiomatic probability theory, projection theorem for Hilbert spaces, conditioned expectations, modes of stochastic convergence, Markov chains, mean-square calculus, Wiener filtering, optimal signal estimation, prediction stationarity, ergodicity, transmission through linear and nonlinear systems, sampling.

542. Digital Communication Theory (3)

Elements of information theory and source coding, digital modulation techniques, signal space representation, optimal receivers for coherent/non-coherent detection in AWGN channels, error probability bounds, channel capacity, elements of block and convolutional coding, fading, equalization signal design. Prerequisite: 541.

545/445. Introduction to Quantum Information Science (3, may be repeated one time Δ)

(Also offered as PHYS 545/445) An introduction to the mathematical formalism of quantum information science, with an exploration of the key results from its application to quantum computing, quantum communication, and quantum metrology.

546. Multivariable Control Theory (3)

Hermite, Smith and Smith-McMillan canonic forms for polynomial and rational matrices. Coprime matrix-fraction representations for rational matrices. Bezout identity. Poles and zeros for multivariable systems. Matrix-fraction approach to feedback system design. Optimal linear-quadratic-Gaussian (LQG) control. Multivariable Nyquist stability criteria. Prerequisite: 500.

549. Information Theory and Coding (3)

An introduction to information theory. Fundamental concepts such as entropy, mutual information, and the asymptotic equipartition property are introduced. Additional topics include data compression, communication over noisy channels, algorithmic information theory, and applications. Prerequisite: 340 or equivalent.

551. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

554. Advanced Optics II (3)

(Also offered as PHYS 554) Diffractions theory, coherence theory, coherent objects, and incoherent imaging, and polarization.

555. Foundations of Engineering Electromagnetics (3)

Mathematical foundations for engineering electromagnetics: linear analysis and method of moments, complex analysis and Kramers-Kronig relations, Green’s functions, spectral representation method and electromagnetic sources.

557. Pulsed Power and Charged Particle Acceleration (3)

Principles of pulsed power circuits, components, systems and their relationship to charged particle acceleration and transport. Energy storage, voltage multiplication, pulse shaping, insulation and breakdown and switching. Single particle dynamics and accelerator configurations.

558. Charged Particle Beams and High Power Microwaves (3)

Overview of physics of particle beams and applications at high-current and high-energy. Topics include review of collective physics, beam emittance, space-charge forces, transport at high power levels, and application to high power microwave generation. Prerequisite: 557.

559. Internship in Optical Science and Engineering (3)

(Also offered as PHYS 559) Students do research and/or development work at a participating industry or government laboratory in any area of optical science and engineering.

560 / 460. Introduction to Microwave Engineering (3)

561. Engineering Electromagnetics (3)

Maxwell’s equations, electromagnetic interaction with materials, the wave equation, plane wave propagation, wave reflection and transmission, vector potentials and radiation equations, electromagnetic field theorems, wave propagation in anisotropic media and metamaterials, period structures, dielectric slab waveguides. Prerequisite: 555.

562. Electronics RF Design (3)

Course will cover rf design techniques using transmission lines, strip lines and solid state devices. It will include the design of filters and matching elements required for realizable high frequency design. Amplifiers, oscillators and phase lock loops are covered from a rf perspective.

563. Computational Methods for Electromagnetics (3)

Computational techniques for partial differential and integral equations: finite-difference, finite-element, method of moments. Applications include transmission lines, resonators, waveguides, integrated circuits, solid-state device modeling, electromagnetic scattering and antennas. Prerequisite: 561.

564. Guided Wave Optics (3)

Optical propagation in free space, colored dielectrics, metals, semiconductors, crystals, graded index media. Radiation and guided modes in complex structures. Input and output coupling, cross-coupling mode conversion. Directional couplers, modulators, sources and detectors.

565. Optical Communication Components and Subsystems (3)

Optical waveguides, optical fiber attenuation and dispersion, power launching and coupling of light, mechanical and fiber lifetime issues, photoreceivers, digital on-off keying, modulation methods, SNR and BER, QAM and M-QAM, modulation methods, SNR, and BER, intersymbol interference (impact on SNR), clock and data recovery issues, point-to-point digital links, optical amplifiers theory and design (SOA, EDFA, and SRA), simple WDM system concepts, WDM components.

567. IR Detectors (3)

Detector architectures for mid-infrared wavelengths. Review of different technologies and figures of merit. Design problem to demonstrate an infrared imaging subsystem using commercial off-the-shelf components. Prerequisite: *463 or PHYS *463.

569 / 469. Antennas for Wireless Communications Systems (3)

Aspects of antenna theory and design; radiation from dipoles, loops, apertures, microstrip antennas and antenna arrays.

570. Optoelectronic Semiconductor Materials and Devices (3)

Theory and operation of optoelectronic semiconductor devices; semiconductor alloys, epitaxial growth, relevant semiconductor physics (recombination processes, heterojunctions, noise, impact ionization), analysis of the theory and practice of important OE semiconductor devices (LEDs, Lasers, Photodetectors, Solar Cells). Prerequisite: 471 or 572.

572. Semiconductor Physics (3)

Sigmon Crystal properties, symmetry and imperfections. Energy bands, electron dynamics, effective mass tensor, concept and properties of holes. Equilibrium distributions, density of states, Fermi energy and transport properties including Boltzmann’s equation. Continuity equation, diffusion and drift of carriers. Prerequisite: *471.

574L / 474L. Microelectronics Processing (3)

576. Modern VLSI Devices (3)

Review of the evolution of VLSI technology and basic device physics. Detailed analysis of MOSFET devices, CMOS device design including device scaling concepts. Prerequisite: 471 or 572.

577. Fundamentals of Semiconductor LEDs and Lasers (3)

Carrier generation and recombination, photon generation and loss in laser cavities, density of optical modes and blackbody radiation, radiative and non-radiative processes, optical gain, spontaneous and stimulated emission, Fermi’s golden rule, gain and current relations, characterizing real diode lasers, dynamic effects, rate equation; small signal and large signal analysis, radiative intensity noise and linewidth. Prerequisite: 572.

581. Colloidal Nanocrystals for Biomedical Applications (3)

(Also offered as BIOM, BME, NSMS 581) Intended for students planning careers combining engineering, materials science, and biomedical sciences. Covers synthesis, nanocrystals characterization, biofunctionalization, biomedical nanosensors, FRET-based nanosensing, molecular-level sensing/imaging, and applications in cell biology, cancer diagnostics and therapy, neuroscience, and drug delivery.

582 / 482. Electric Drives and Transformers (3)

583 / 483. Power Electronics I (3)

584 / 484. Photovoltaics (3)

588 / 488. Smart Grid Technologies (3)

589 / 489. Power Electronics II (3)

590. Graduate Seminar (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

594. Complex Systems Theory (3)

Advanced topics in complex systems including but not limited to biological systems social and technological networks, and complex dynamics.

595 / 495. Special Topics (1-4 to a maximum of 15, 1-4 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

620. Topics in Interdisciplinary Biological and Biomedical Sciences (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 620, BIOL 520, CS 520, STAT 520) Varying interdisciplinary topics taught by collaborative scientists from UNM, SFI, and LANL.

637. Topics in Algorithms (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Advanced topics including advanced computer architecture, networks, distributed computing, large-scale resource management, high-performance computing and grid-based computing. Prerequisite: 537.

638. Topics in Architecture and Systems (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Advanced topics including advanced computer architecture, networks, distributed computing, large-scale resource management, high-performance computing and grid-based computing. Prerequisite: 538.

642. Detection and Estimation Theory (3)

Hypothesis testing; Karhunen-Loeve representation; optimal detection of discrete- and continuous-time signals; ML, MMSE, and MAP estimation; sufficient statistics, estimation error bounds; Wiener and Kalman-Bucy filtering; detection/receivers for multiuser and multipath fading channels. Prerequisite: 541.

649. Topics in Control Systems (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Prerequisite: 546.

651. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

661. Topics in Electromagnetics (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Topics include advanced antenna theory, electromagnetic scattering and propagation, electromagnetic compatibility, low temperature plasma science, advanced plasma physics, and other subjects in applied electromagnetics. Prerequisite: 561.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Early Childhood Education (ECED)

1110. Child Growth, Development, and Learning (3)

This basic course in the growth, development, and learning of young children, prenatal through age eight, provides students with the theoretical foundation for becoming competent early childhood professionals. The course includes knowledge of how young children grow, develop and learn. Major theories of child development are integrated with all domains of development, including biological-physical, social, cultural, emotional, cognitive and language. The adult’s role in supporting each child’s growth, development and learning is emphasized.

1115. Health, Safety, and Nutrition (2)

This course provides information related to standards and practices that promote children’s physical and mental well-being sound nutritional practices, and maintenance of safe learning environments. It includes information for developing sound health and safety management procedures for indoor and outdoor learning environments for young children. The course examines the many scheduling factors that are important for children’s total development, healthy nutrition, physical activity, and rest. {Fall}

1120. Guiding Young Children (3)

This course explores various theories of child guidance and the practical applications of each. It provides developmentally appropriate methods for guiding children and effective strategies and suggestions for facilitating positive social interactions. Strategies for preventing challenging behaviors through the use of environment, routines and schedule will be presented Emphasis is placed on helping children become self- responsible, competent, independent, and cooperative learners and including families as part of the guidance approach.

1125. Assessment of Children and Evaluation of Programs (3)

This basic course familiarizes students with a variety of culturally appropriate assessment methods and instruments, including systematic observation of typically and non-typically developing children. The course addresses the development and use of formative and summative assessment and evaluation instruments to ensure comprehensive quality of the total environment for children, families, and the community. Students will develop skills for evaluating the assessment process and involving other teachers, professionals and families in the process.

1130. Family and Community Collaboration (3)

This beginning course examines the involvement of families and communities from diverse cultural and linguistic backgrounds in early childhood programs. Ways to establish collaborative relationships with families in early childhood settings is discussed. Families’ goals and desires for their children will be supported through culturally responsive strategies.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. Professionalism (2)

This course provides a broad-based orientation to the field of early care and education. Early childhood history, philosophy, ethics and advocacy are introduced. Basic principles of early childhood systems are explored. Multiple perspectives on early care and education are introduced. Professional responsibilities such as cultural responsiveness and reflective practice are examined.

2115. Introduction to Language, Literacy, and Reading (3)

This course is designed to prepare early childhood professionals for promoting children’s emergent literacy and reading development. Through a developmental approach, the course addresses ways in which early childhood professionals can foster young children’s oral language development, phonemic awareness, and literacy problem solving skills, fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension. This course provides the foundation for early childhood professionals to become knowledgeable about literacy development in young children. Instructional approaches and theory-based and research based strategies to support the emergent literacy and reading skills of native speakers and English language learners will be presented.

2120. Curriculum Development through Play: Birth through Age 4 (PreK) (3)

The beginning curriculum course places play at the center of curriculum in developmentally appropriate early childhood programs. It addresses content that is relevant for children birth through age four in developmentally and culturally sensitive ways of integrating content into teaching and learning experiences. Information on adapting content areas to meet the needs of children with special needs and the development of IFSPs is included. Curriculum development in all areas, including literacy, numeracy, the arts, health, science, social skills, and adaptive learning for children, birth through age four, is emphasized. Corequisite: 2121.

2121. Curriculum Development through Play: Birth through Age 4 (PreK) Practicum (2)

The field based component of this course will provide experiences that address curriculum content that is relevant for children birth through age four in developmentally and culturally sensitive ways of integrating content into teaching and learning experiences. Information on adapting content areas to meet the needs of children with special needs and the development of IFSPs is included. Curriculum development in all areas, including literacy, numeracy, the arts, health, science, social skills, and adaptive learning for children, birth through age four, is emphasized. Prerequisite: 1110. Corequisite: 2120.

2130. Curriculum Development and Implementation: Age 3 (PreK) through Grade 3 (3)

The curriculum course focuses on developmentally appropriate curriculum content in early childhood programs, age 3 through third grade. Development and implementation of curriculum in all content areas, including literacy, numeracy, the arts, health and emotional wellness, science, motor and social skills is emphasized. Information on adapting content areas to meet the needs of children with special needs and the development of IEPs is included. Corequisite: 2131.

2131. Curriculum Development and Implementation: Age 3 (PreK) through Grade 3 Practicum (2)

The field-based component of this course will provide experiences that address developmentally appropriate curriculum content in early childhood programs, age 3 through third grade. Development and implementation of curriculum in all content areas, including literacy, numeracy, the arts, health and emotional wellness, science, motor and social skills is emphasized. Information on adapting content areas to meet the needs of children with special needs and the development of IEPs is included. Prerequisite: 1110. Corequisite: 2130.

2240. Infant Toddler Growth and Development: Prenatal to Age 3 (3)

Provides both basic knowledge of typically and atypically developing young children from the prenatal period to 36 months and a foundational understanding for the promotion of the health, well- being and development of all infants and toddlers within the context of family, community and cultural environments. The course examines infancy and toddlerhood with an emphasis on the interrelationship of cognitive, physical, social and emotional development, mental health and early parent-child relationships.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Economics (ECON)

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. Macroeconomic Principles (3)

Macroeconomics is the study of national and global economies. Topics include output, unemployment and inflation; and how they are affected by financial systems, fiscal and monetary policies. Prerequisite for most upper-division courses. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

2120. Microeconomic Principles (3)

This course will provide a broad overview of microeconomics. Microeconomics is the study of issues specific to households, firms, or industries with an emphasis on the role of markets. Topics discussed will include household and firm behavior, demand and supply, government intervention, market structures, and the efficient allocation of resources. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

2125. Society and Environment (3)

Introduces students to environmental and natural resource issues of both global and local scale. No prior economics coursework is required; basic economic tools will be introduced and then applied to a variety of environmental problems. This course will cover a variety of topics, including water and energy conservation, pollution taxes, tradable pollution permits and global warming.

2130. Personal Investing (3)

This is an economics course with no prerequisites. Consequently it should be considered introductory, however it offers a wide-ranging overview of personal finance and the role financial assets can play in achieving personal financial goals. This course won’t make you a millionaire, nor will it prepare you for a career as a hedge-fund manager. The goal is to increase your understanding of how financial markets work, and how to use financial assets as part of a life-long financial strategy. Your understanding of financial markets will be enhanced by learning the tools of economics, incorporating knowledge of human behavior, and becoming familiar with particular aspects of financial markets and assets.

2220. Economics of Race and Gender (3)

The aim of this course is to introduce you to how economics studies some of the main issues affecting men and women of different ethnic or racial backgrounds. Using economic theory as our framework for analysis, our discussions will include analysis of evidence and policies that address the issues at hand. Among the questions we will be addressing in this class are: why do women earn less than men, and blacks less than whites? Why has the labor force participation of women increased over the past half century, while black men’s has decreased? How does marriage affect women’s decision to work? How has the American family changed over the past century, among others.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

300. Intermediate Microeconomics I (3)

Intermediate analysis of microeconomic theory and concepts. Topics include consumer behavior and demand, production and costs, price and output under both perfect competition and pure monopoly. Prerequisite: 2110 and 2120 and (307 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512).

303. Intermediate Macroeconomics I (3)

Theories of national income determination in explaining business cycles; aggregate supply; and the role of expectations. Role of monetary and fiscal policies in stabilizing the economy. Prerequisite: 2110 and 2120 and (307 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512).

307. Economics Tools (3)

Introduces math, data and writing skills that are essential for understanding, interpreting and communicating economics concepts. Prerequisite: MATH 1220 or MATH 1240 or ACT Math =>26 or SAT Math Section =>620 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =>100. Pre- or corequisite: 2110 or 2120.

309. Introductory Statistics and Econometrics (3)

Introductory statistics, probability, probability distributions and hypothesis testing. Basic econometric techniques emphasizing estimation of economic relationships and the use of econometric models in forecasting. Prerequisite: 2110 and 2120 and MATH 1350.

315. Money and Banking (3)

Principles of money, credit and banking; organization and operation of the banking system; and the relationship between money, banking and the level of economic activity. Prerequisite: 303.

*320. Labor Economics (3)

Determinants of labor force, wage levels and structures, and employment; human capital theory and discrimination, economic consequences of trade union and government intervention. Prerequisite: 300.

*321. Development Economics (3)

Theories of development and growth. Problems facing developing countries and possible solutions. Historical case studies of some developing countries. Prerequisite: 300 or 303.

*330. Consumer Economics (3)

Introduces the theory of consumer behavior and demand analysis. Empirical applications of consumer theory will be explored. Possible topics include: consumer safety, family budgeting, marketing research and the household production function approach. Prerequisite: 300.

*331. Economics of Poverty and Discrimination (3)

Explores trends in income distribution especially across and within groups and examines theories explaining behavior and outcomes. Public policy concerning poverty and discrimination is studied and discussed. Prerequisite: 300.

*332. Economics of Regulation (3)

Nature of modern firms and markets: relationship of market structure, conduct and performance, including analysis of antitrust policy, public utility regulation and “deregulation” of some industries. Prerequisite: 300.

*333. Industrial Organization (3)

Firms and markets; interactions of firms in markets that are noncompetitive (oligopolistic and monopolistic); various government policies to control the behavior of firms with market power. Prerequisite: 300.

*335. Health Economics (3)

Market concepts and health care issues. Economic assessment of the U.S. health care system. Explores physician supply and demand, hospitals, malpractice, pharmaceuticals, insurance and related topics. Prerequisite: 2110 and 2120.

*341. Urban and Regional Economics (3)

Spatial nature of economics: housing markets, natural hazard and technological risks, local and regional public finance, transportation issues, environmental problems and the relationship of regional and urban economies to national and international economies. Prerequisite: 300.

342. Environmental Economics (3)

Introduction to economics of environmental management problems, conceptual tools and policy applications: resource scarcity and sustainability, efficiency and equity, property rights and externalities, benefit-cost analysis and discounting, provision of public goods and nonmarket valuation. Prerequisite: 2110 and 2120.

*343. Natural Resource Economics (3)

Use and management of natural resources and systems useful to humans. Issues include: why natural resources are important, economic growth impact, optimal exploitation and identification and management of environmental concerns. Prerequisite: 300.

*350. Public Finance (3)

Taxation, governmental borrowing, financial administration and public expenditures. Prerequisite: 300.

*360. History of Economic Thought (3)

Development of the principle economic doctrines and schools of economic thought from the Physiocrats to Keynes. Prerequisite: 2110 and 2120.

*369. Problem-Based Learning Using Data Analytics (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Interdisciplinary STEM course examining real world problems like those faced by underserved communities (poverty, environment, education, and health) using empirical tools, public policy perspectives. Students use data analytical tools to explore implementable solutions. Topics vary. Prerequisite: MATH 1350.

395. Seminar in Current Economic Issues (1-3, no limit Δ)

Topics will vary. Offered on an occasional basis. For course content, consult the Economics department. Prerequisite: 300 and 303.

*403. Intermediate Macroeconomics II (3)

Theories of consumption, investment and money demand. Models of economic growth. Introduction to open economy macroeconomics. Macro modeling and analysis of economic policies, using actual data and computer models. Prerequisite: 303.

*407. Mathematical Methods in Economics (3)

A survey course designed to develop those mathematical results and methods which find frequent use in economic analysis. Prerequisite: 300 and 303.

*408. Economic Forecasting Methods: A Time Series Approach (3)

Computer modeling of economic time series using univariate Box-Jenkins models and multivariate vector autoregressive models. Intervention models to assess policy impacts such as gun control, environmental law, tax changes and social programs. Prerequisite: 309.

*409. Intermediate Econometrics (3)

Intermediate econometric techniques with strong emphasis on computer modeling of applied economic problems. Covers autocorrelation, heteroscedasticity, multicollinearity, dummy variable and distributed lag model and the use of econometric models in forecasting. Prerequisite: 309.

*410. Topics in Health Economics (3, no limit Δ)

Specialized topics in health care economics including medical education, national health insurance, comparative systems, drug industry and other contemporary issues. Emphasis on empirical applications in the study of health care issues. For course content, consult the Economics department. Prerequisite: 300 and 309 and **335.

*424. International Trade (3)

Determinants of patterns of international trade and comparative advantage. Trade restrictions and gains from trade. International factor movements. Prerequisite: 300 and 309.

*427. Topics in Labor Economics (3)

Wage theory, industrial relations, migration, discrimination, comparative labor problems, special groups in the work force and other contemporary topics. Emphasis on economic implications and the role of public policy in these labor topics. Prerequisite: 309 and *320.

*442. Topics in Environmental and Natural Resource Economics (3)

Focus on public policy and regulation. Specialized issues such as development and management of water, mineral, energy, air quality, forest and fishery resources, resource scarcity, sustainability, non-stationary pollution, water quality and global resource distribution. Prerequisite: 300 and 309.

451. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

For senior students wishing to study topics not covered in an existing course or in more detail. Requirements will be agreed upon between student and instructor. Prerequisite: 300 and 303 and 309.

*466. Public Sector Project Analysis (3)

Product evaluation, cost-benefit analysis, capital budgeting, financing, federal-state relationships, environmental and public welfare impacts of projects and other related issues. Prerequisite: 300 and *350.

*478. Seminar in International Studies (3)

(Also offered as SOCI *478) Designed to provide students from several disciplines an opportunity to apply an international perspective to their undergraduate training. Each student will present a term project drawing upon his or her particular background and relating it to international matters. Restriction: senior standing.

498. Reading for Honors (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Open to juniors or seniors with an overall grade point average of at least 3.2 and approval of the department. Prerequisite: 309. Restriction: junior or senior standing and permission of department.

499. Senior Honors Thesis (4)

Prerequisite: 498.

501. Microeconomics I (3)

Topics include producer and consumer theory, duality and welfare measures, competitive markets and monopoly and decision making under uncertainty. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Economics or Ph.D. Economics.

504. Mathematical Tools and Economic Models (3)

Calculus and matrix theory as applied to macro and micro models. Unconstrained and constrained optimization; static and comparative static analysis; introduction to dynamic analysis. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Economics or Ph.D. Economics.

506. Macroeconomics [Macroeconomics I] (3)

Micro foundations of macroeconomics. Introduction to dynamic macroeconomics; optimal economic policy; and theories of economic growth. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Economics or Ph.D. Economics.

508. Statistics and Introduction to Econometrics (3)

Discrete and continuous probability distributions; expectations; joint, conditional marginal distributions; hypothesis testing; least squares estimators; violation of the least squares principle. Econometric software with applications. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Economics or Ph.D. Economics.

509. Econometrics I (3)

Theory and applications: ordinary and generalized least squares, hypothesis testing, dummy variable and distributed lag models; simultaneous equation and two stage least square models; forecasting. Emphasis on computer modeling. Prerequisite: 508.

510. Econometrics II (3)

Simultaneous equation methods, nonlinear least squares, maximum likelihood method, qualitative dependent variable models, asymptotic properties and test statistics. Emphasis on computer modeling. Prerequisite: 509.

513. Microeconomics II (3)

Competitive equilibrium and welfare economics. Topics from imperfect competition, decision making under uncertainty, introduction to game theory and distribution theory. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

514. Macroeconomics II (3)

Dynamic macroeconomics. Optimal economic policy. Theories of economic growth. Prerequisite: 504 and 506.

533. Seminars in Industrial Organization (3)

Industrial organization is the study of firms and markets. Course covers firms internal organization and the interactions of firms in markets that are competitive, oligopolistic or monopolistic. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

534. Experimental Economics (3)

Working markets in laboratory setting. Designing market experiments. Experimental investigations of simple market organization. Examination of more complex settings. Applications: theory, environmental, public finance and labor. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

538. Topics in Applied Economics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Special topics in applied economics as they pertain to the major fields and support courses. Available for use by visiting faculty. Prerequisite: 501 and 504. Restriction: permission of instructor.

540. Natural Resource, Environmental, and Ecological Modeling I (3)

Dynamic optimization and optimal control theory applications (deterministic and stochastic) and computation methods with an emphasis on renewable resources. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

542. Topics in Environmental, Resource, and Ecological Economics (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Special topics in environmental and natural resource economics. Credit can be earned more than once, as the topic and content will vary by instructor. Prerequisite: 501.

543. Natural Resource, Environmental, and Ecological Modeling II (3)

Dynamic optimization and optimal control theory applications with an emphasis on empirical. Models of natural resource utilization. Energy, minerals, fisheries, forest resources, ground- and surface water, and environmental and ecological stocks. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

544. Environmental Economics (3)

Causes and consequences of environmental externalities. Design and implementation of alternative policy instruments. Theory and methods to measure economic value of market and non-market environmental services. Prerequisite: 501 and 504.

545. Water Resources II: Models (4)

(Also offered as WR 572) Practical aspects of the different technical models used by water resources professionals; hydrological, economic, ecological, etc. Students use models to solve problems. Emphasis on oral, written and graphic communication. Prerequisite: (2120 or 300) and (CE 541 or CE 542 or EPS 562 or WR 576) and WR 571. {Spring}

546. Water Resources I: Contemporary Issues (4)

(Also offered as WR 571) Students examine contemporary issues in water resource systems, including water quality; ecosystem health; stakeholder concerns; economics; and water supply, policy, management and allocation. Emphasis on teamwork, cooperation, and oral, written and graphic communication. {Fall}

551. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An independent study course on economic problems or issues. The study is carried out under the supervision of an economics faculty member. Restriction: permission of instructor.

560. Public Economics (3)

Introduction to advanced study of public economics, including theoretical and empirical analysis of market failures and government interventions. Topics include externalities and public goods, social insurance programs, education policies, optimal taxation, income distribution, and government expenditures. Prerequisite: 501 and 508.

564. Topics in Health Economics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Applications of economic theory and empirical analysis including information and agency problems, organization of markets for health care, and influence of government policies on medical innovation and population health. Prerequisite: 509 and 513.

565. Topics in Public and Labor Economics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced topics in public economics. Topics will vary; course can be repeated for credit if topics differ. Restriction: permission of instructor.

581. International Development and Finance (3)

Role of foreign direct investment, foreign aid, remittances, and other financial flows for economic development and growth. Causes and consequences of currency and financial crises in developing countries. Balance of payments problems, international debt, and structural adjustment programs. Prerequisite: 501 and 506.

582. Topics in International and Sustainable Development (3)

Topics in international/sustainable development. Emphasis on empirical modeling and analysis, using data for developing countries, including large-scale surveys. Exposure to econometric methods, simulations, GIS applications, and macro/micro-development modeling tools. Prerequisite: 501 and 506 and 510.

583. Development Economics (3)

Economic growth and development, poverty and inequality, population growth. Credit markets and microfinance, risk and insurance. Role of government in development. Urbanization and rural-urban migration. Prerequisite: 501 and 506.

585. Sustainable Development (3)

Overview of sustainable development concepts, models, and policy issues, with an emphasis on sustainable uses of all types of capital - physical, human, social, and environmental - in an international context. Prerequisite: 501 and 506.

595. Workshop in Applied Economics (1-3)

Research problems. Student presentations of methodology and results. Research projects may be student-directed or undertaken in conjunction with regular and/or visiting faculty. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Engineering Cooperative Education Program (ECOP)

105. Cooperative Education Work Phase (0)

$10.00 annual fee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Open to undergraduate students in the School of Engineering only.

109. Evaluation of Cooperative Education Work Phase 1 (1)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

110. Evaluation of Cooperative Education Work Phase 2 (1)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

209. Evaluation of Cooperative Education Work Phase 3 (1)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

210. Evaluation of Cooperative Education Work Phase 4 (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

505. Cooperative Education Work Phase (0, no limit Δ)

$10.00 annual fee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Open to graduate students in the School of Engineering only.

Educational Psychology (EDPY)

303. Human Growth and Development (3)

Principles of human growth and development across the life span and implications for education.

310. Learning and the Classroom (3)

The basic principles of learning, particularly cognition, motivation and assessment, and their application to classroom situations.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

393. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

472 / 572. Classroom Assessment (3)

Provides educators with skills in assessment and knowledge of issues in measurement and assessment. Skills necessary to understand and communicate large-scale test information are also developed.

500. Survey of Research Methods in Education (3)

Overview of quantitative and qualitative research methods for research consumers. Emphasis is on locating published research and reading research reports with critical understanding of researchers’ methods of data collection and analysis.

502. Survey of Statistics in Education (3)

Non-technical overview of statistical methods in educational research; computation is not covered. Emphasis on developing critical understanding of statistical methods and results when reading and interpreting research, not on producing research or calculating statistics. Pre- or corequisite: 500.

503. Principles of Human Development (3)

Principles of human growth and development, which include cognitive, psychosocial and physical development across the life span, with a particular focus on educational implications.

504. Statistical Software Applications for Educational Research (1-3, may be repeated for a maximum of six hours Δ)

Lab-based instruction of R including R functions, packages, and resources available for data management and analysis, basic operations (e.g. data importation, management, and examination), and analyses. Corequisite: One credit hour with EDPY 603. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

505. Conducting Quantitative Educational Research (3)

Provides students with skills for designing quantitative educational research, including identifying a problem, reviewing literature, formulating hypotheses, considering ethical issues, selecting participants, selecting or constructing measures, making valid inferences, writing reports.

510. Principles of Classroom Learning (3)

Research and theory in learning, particularly cognition, motivation and assessment, with emphasis on educational implications.

511. Introductory Educational Statistics (3)

Foundations of statistical methods for research producers. Covers sampling methods, descriptive statistics, standard scores, distributions, estimation, statistical significance testing, t-tests, correlation, chi-square and effect size using statistical software and computation. Pre- or corequisite: 505.

515. Survey and Questionnaire Design and Analysis (3)

Covers survey research from item writing and survey development to sampling, administration, analysis and reporting. Emphasizes applications and interpretations in educational and social science research and use and interpretation of statistical software for survey research. Prerequisite: 511.

520. Motivation Theory and Practice (3)

The course promotes understanding of current theories and research in motivation with an emphasis on applications in educational settings. Strategies for establishing motivation-rich environments will be developed.

565. Seminar in Thought and Language (3)

(Also offered as LING, PSY 565) The role of language in human cognition is approached from a sociocultural framework. Topics: semiotic systems, languages of the mind, categorization, problem solving, and cognitive pluralism.

572 / 472. Classroom Assessment (3)

Provides educators with skills in assessment and knowledge of issues in measurement and assessment. Skills necessary to understand and communicate large-scale test information are also developed.

574. Introduction to Educational and Psychological Measurement (3, may be repeated once Δ)

A survey of classical and modern approaches to measurement and assessment as applied to education and/or psychology. Includes measurement and scaling, reliability and validity, traditional and alternative assessment methods. Prerequisite: 511.

586. Psychological Development of Women (3)

Prerequisite: an introductory course in the psychology of personality. An introductory course in women studies is recommended but not essential. Prerequisite: PSY 331.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

593. Topics (1, no limit Δ)

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Prerequisite: acceptance into a graduate program and permission of instructor.

598. Directed Readings (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

603. Applied Statistical Design and Analysis (3)

Includes factorial analysis of variance (ANOVA), planned comparisons, post hoc tests, repeated measures designs, and regression analysis. Emphasis on solving applied problems using statistical analysis with computer software. Prerequisite: 511. Corequisite: 504.

604. Multiple Regression Techniques as Applied to Education (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Includes bivariate regression, multiple regression with continuous and categorical independent variables and interactions, orthogonal and nonorthogonal designs and selected post hoc analyses. Computer analysis, conceptual understanding and applications to educational research are stressed. Prerequisite: 603.

607. Structural Equation Modeling (3)

Theory, application, interpretation of Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) techniques. Includes covariance structures, path diagrams, path analysis, model identification, estimation and testing; confirmatory factor analysis, structural equation modeling and linear structural relations using latent variables. Prerequisite: 604 or 606.

608. Multilevel Modeling (3)

The fundamentals of multilevel regression models, applications of such models to both cross-sectional and longitudinal data, and a survey of several advanced multilevel regression models. Prerequisite: 604.

610. Seminar in Classroom Learning (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An examination of selected research and theory on learning and cognition in specific domains with emphasis on application to classrooms or other learning situations.

613. Seminar in Human Growth and Development (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Examination of selected topics in research and theory relevant to human growth and development, including implications for instruction and child rearing. May be repeated once for credit when topics differ.

630. College Teaching Seminar (3)

This course provides an empirically-based theoretical and practical foundation for college-level teaching. Topics include: instructional strategies; teaching technologies; assessment; professional development; ethics; teaching as part of overall professional identity.

645. Advanced Seminar in Educational Psychology (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Seminar introduces students to current research topics and professional issues in Educational Psychology.

650. Dissertation Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

651. Advanced Seminar in Quantitative Educational Research (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Seminar introduces advanced students to current research designs and controversies, statistical analysis techniques and computer applications. Prerequisite: 603.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

698. Directed Readings (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Education (EDUC)

1120. Introduction to Education (3)

Introduction to the historical, philosophical, sociological foundations of education, current trends, and issues in education; especially as it relates to a multicultural environment. Students will use those foundations to develop effective strategies related to problems, issues and responsibilities in the field of education. A field component at an educational site is required.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

291. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

296. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

321L. Teaching Social Studies K-8 (3)

Development of conceptual framework for study of community-based curriculum with emphasis on the diverse cultures of the southwest and value clarification. Supervised work with children allows for in-depth analysis of both content and process. Three lectures, 1 hr. lab.

330L. Teaching of Reading to Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Students I (3)

Study of reading process for emergent and intermediate readers focusing on: cueing systems, assessment, family and community contexts, language, culture and instruction in individual and small group settings. Lab includes supervised tutoring and discussion group.

331L. Teaching of Reading to Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Students II (3)

Establishing a theoretical framework for exploring various approaches to reading/language development, instruction and evaluation in multicultural classroom settings. Three lectures, 1 hr. lab.

333L. Teaching Language Arts K-8 (3)

Study of oral and written forms of language. Background theory in language development and use in teacher-child interactions is presented and followed by carefully designed experiences with children. Three lectures, 1 hr. lab.

353L. Teaching Science K-8 (3)

Methods, processes, content and management of children’s science observation, exploration, discovery and invention; attitudes of inquiry and wonderment. Science integrated with math and other areas of life. Three lectures, 1 hr. lab.

361L. Teaching Mathematics K-8 (3)

Strategies and materials appropriate for traditional and innovative instructional programs in elementary school mathematics. Supervised work with children allows for in-depth analysis of both content and process. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 1118 and MATH 112 and (MATH 1220 or MATH 2118).

362. Teaching Experience I (3)

An early experience working in the schools to develop familiarity with students and the school culture. Seminar with six hours of field work weekly.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 391)

400. Student Teaching in the Elementary School (1-2-3-6-9-12-15 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Additional requirements are listed in previous section entitled “Student Teaching.” Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Pre- or corequisite: 321L or 331L or 333L or 353L or 361L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

401L. Creating Effective K-8 Learning Environments I (1)

This course is the discussion and analysis seminar for Elementary Education majors during their first semester of Field Experience. Corequisite: 411L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

402L. Creating Effective K-8 Learning Environments II (1)

This course is the discussion and analysis seminar for Elementary Education majors during their second semester of Field Experience. Prerequisite: 401L and 411L. Corequisite: 412L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

403L. Using Assessment: Creating Effective K-8 Learning Environments III (1)

This course is the discussion and analysis seminar for Elementary Education majors during their third and final semester of Field Experience. Prerequisite: 402L and 412L. Corequisite: 413L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

411L. K-8 Field Experience I (1)

This course is designed for planning and teaching in K-8 Schools for Elementary Education majors in their first semester of Field Experience. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 1120 and EDPY 310 and EDPY 472 and LLSS 443 and MSET 365. Corequisite: 401L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

412L. K-8 Field Experience II (2)

This course is designed for planning and teaching in K-8 Schools for Elementary Education majors in their second semester of Field Experience. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 401 and 411L. Corequisite: 402L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

413L. K-8 Field Experience III-Student Teaching (6)

This course is designed for planning and teaching in K-8 Schools for Elementary Education majors in their third and final semester of Field Experience. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 402L and 412L. Corequisite: 403L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.Ed. in Elementary Education.

*421. Teaching Social Studies K-8 (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Overview and development of the social studies curriculum within the contexts of the elementary school program and multicultural community settings.

*433. Oral and Written Language Program in the Elementary School (2-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

The development extension/elaboration and analysis of the language arts in both home language and English language. Creative methods and materials.

*438. Teaching Reading and Writing in the Content Field (3)

Course explores issues of literacy development (i.e. reading, writing, listening and speaking) across core content areas of school curriculum. Required in secondary teacher education for all content specialization areas. Restriction: permission of department.

450 / 550. Issues in Secondary Education (3)

An exploration of issues that face secondary school teachers, including classroom management, school and community, learning needs of adolescent learners, and planning for diverse groups. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*453. Teaching Science K-8 (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

*461. Teaching Mathematics K-8 (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

462. Student Teaching (3-6-9-12 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Observation and teaching in secondary schools for one or more semesters. Weekly seminar meetings required with University supervisors. Prerequisite: 362.

464. Student Teaching Seminar (3)

A seminar linked to student teaching to address issues of teaching as a profession. Corequisite: 462.

492. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 492)

493 / 593. Topics in Education (1-6, no limit Δ)

Undergraduate and or graduate credit for students in Teacher Education working with faculty in specific topics identified by the course title.

497. Reading and Research in Honors (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of major advisor.

500. Research Applications to Education (3)

An exploration of the forms of research in teaching and learning. Students have opportunities to identify types of research and determine the significance of the conclusions of research.

501. High School Curriculum (3)

Inquiry into high school curriculum with a focus on organization, models, goals setting, planning and evaluation.

502. Advanced Instructional Strategies (3)

Exploration of accomplished teaching through study, practice and inquiry. Subject matter pedagogy and the diversity of pathways for learning, assessment and special needs in instruction are addressed.

505. Experiential, Project-Based and Service Learning (3)

Explores experiential, project-based, and service learning for effective inquiry teaching. Students design lessons that engage learners in real-world activities. Students learn about research that supports the use of these methods.

511. Curriculum in the Elementary School (3)

A study in the design, structure, and implementation of curriculum in elementary classrooms. Other topics include historical perspectives of curriculum, influential factors on defining curriculum, and theoretical connections.

513. The Process of Reflection and Inquiry (3)

Engages experienced teachers in the study and analysis of their own teaching and learning events through reflection and inquiry. Case studies, journals and narratives of teachers are used as tools for developing understandings.

516. Integrating Curriculum and Inquiry in the Classroom (1-4 to a maximum of 8 Δ)

Inquiry and practice in integrating curriculum across disciplines of knowledge, children’s diverse understandings, habits of mind and community needs and projects. Explores organization, models, goals setting, planning and evaluation.

520. Effective Teaching and Student Learning (3)

Concepts of effective teaching and student learning are defined and compared to current trends in measuring teacher effectiveness and student achievement. Throughout the course, individuals examine their own teaching practices and their students' learning.

531. Teaching of Reading to Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Students II (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Prerequisite: 330L.

542. Principles of Curriculum Development (3)

Focuses on issues of curriculum (K–12) from formal aspects of goals setting and planning to implicit issues of politics, culture and ideology.

550 / 450. Issues in Secondary Education (3)

552. Social Justice in Education (3)

Exploration of complex social justice issues and pedagogical responses. Focuses on knowledge and skills teachers need to integrate principles of social justice fully into classroom curriculum and instruction.

553. Engaging Youth Literacy through Latin American Testimonio (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Presupposing interconnectedness between literacy and social justice, this course engages high school youth to design curriculum around diverse literacies through Testimonios unfolding within Latin American and Chicana/o literature, music, poetry, and visual and performative art.

563. Mentoring Educators for Professional Growth (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

This course is designed for active mentor teachers. Participants are reflective practitioners sharing experiences, issues, and suggestions with other mentor teachers.

568. The Art of Masterful Teaching (3)

Exploration of multiple perspectives on characteristics of master teachers and the qualities of highly effective teaching. Restriction: permission of department.

581. Initial Field Experience K-8 Seminar (1)

This course is the discussion and analysis seminar for M.A. with Alternative Route to K-8 Licensure students during their first semester of Field Experience. Corequisite: 594. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Elementary Education.

582. K-8 Field Experience Seminar II (1)

This course is the discussion and analysis seminar for M.A. with Alternative Route to K-8 Licensure students during their second and final semester of Field Experience. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Elementary Education.

590. Seminar (3)

For students in the Department of Teacher Education, this course synthesizes course work which has made up a master's degree program. Enhance and develop competence in professional communication, written and oral.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A problems course, EDUC 591, is an acceptable substitute for EDUC 502 for all students in a teaching field endorsement program.

592. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 5 Δ)

593 / 493. Topics in Education (1-3, no limit Δ)

594. Initial Field Experience (1)

This course is designed for planning and teaching in elementary schools for M.A. with Alternative Route to K-8 Licensure students during their first semester of Field Experience. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 581. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Elementary Education

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 595) Planned and supervised advanced professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional settings.

596. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 596)

597. Directed Readings in Secondary and Adult Teacher Education (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

598. Directed Reading in Elementary Education (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 599) Offered on a CR/NC basis only

602. Teacher Education Pedagogy (3)

This doctoral course examines theory, research, policy frameworks and best practices for instruction appropriate for each stage of teacher development within the field of teacher education.

604. Contexts of Teaching and Learning in Teacher Education (3)

This course is designed to examine teaching, learning, teacher education and teacher education reform using lenses from history, sociology, and philosophy; raising and addressing questions regarding teacher education.

610. Equity, Access and Learning Community (3)

Doctoral students use a critical lens to examine and build their theoretical framework and teaching practice in public education working with social justice community wealth, issues, advocates, leaders and organizations.

643. Curriculum Theory Seminar (3)

Doctoral level seminar examining curriculum theory. Restriction: permission of instructor.

652. Teacher Education and Social Justice (3)

Doctoral investigation of social justice specifically related to three aspects of teacher education: teaching for social justice; higher education, hegemony, models of education; and teacher education for social justice.

661. Teacher Leadership in Teacher Education (3)

Focuses on instructional leadership as related to professional growth, staff development, and creation of learning organizations. Development of teacher leaders is the main focus. Does not satisfy requirements for Educational Leadership licensure.

663. Instruction and Supervision in Teacher Education (3)

The study and design of instruction in teacher education programs and of clinical preparation and supervision of instruction. Addresses national and state standards in teacher education and clinically based programs.

690. Dissertation Seminar (3)

691. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to Ed.D or Ph.D. Teaching, Learning, and Teacher Education.

692. Workshop (1-6, may be repeated twice Δ)

Co-constructed by students and faculty, workshops are responsive to the most current and pressing issues in teaching, learning, and teacher education. Restriction: permission of department.

693. Topics in Teacher Education (1-3 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 696)

698. Directed Readings in Elementary/Secondary Teacher Education (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MSET 699) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Educational Media/Library Science (EMLS)

391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 20 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Emergency Medicine (EMS)

106. Emergency Medical Responder (4)

This 72-hour course is designed specifically for personnel who are first at the scene of an accident or emergency. This course offers a foundation for entry-level and advanced EMS courses.

113. EMT-Basic (8)

Meets the 1998 EMT-Basic National Standard Curriculum requirements and incorporates New Mexico EMT-B scope of practice. Provides lecture instruction to prepare the student to sit for New Mexico and National Registry testing. Corequisite: 142.

120. Introduction to EMS System (3)

Covers the history of emergency medical services and the development of EMS systems and current trends and issues in EMS. Ideal for students considering a career in EMS.

142. EMT-Basic Lab (2)

Meets the 1998 EMT-Basic National Standard Curriculum requirements and incorporates New Mexico EMT-B scope of practice. Provides lab instruction to prepare the student to sit for New Mexico and National Registry testing. Corequisite: 113.

143. EMT-Intermediate Lab (1)

Meets New Mexico requirements for EMT-Intermediate skills training, including intravenous fluid administration and pharmacology. Prerequisite: 113 and 142. Corequisite: 180. Restriction: program permission.

151. EMT-I Clinical and Field Experience (2)

Meets New Mexico requirements for EMT-Intermediate field and clinical training, including emergency department and prehospital experience. Prerequisite: 113 and 142. Corequisite: 143 and 180. Restriction: program permission.

180. EMT-Intermediate (5)

Meets New Mexico requirements for EMT-Intermediate lecture content, including intravenous fluid administration and pharmacology. Prerequisite: 113 and 142. Corequisite: 143. Restriction: program permission.

193. Emergency Medicine Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Titles will vary.

223. Principles of EMT Lab Instruction (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course is designed to teach students how to instruct EMT-Basic students in the lab setting through application of professional knowledge of skills and theory pertaining to the EMT-Basic curriculum. Prerequisite: 113 and 142. Restriction: pre-admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and permission of department.

309. Prehospital Emergency Medicine and Operations (3)

This course will introduce the paramedic student to EMS systems, requirements and methods of communications with patients, various rules and regulations unique to the paramedic, and investigate the components of maintaining wellness as a paramedic. Corequisite: 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

310. Prehospital Pharmacology (3)

Provides the paramedic student with an overview of drug classes, actions, and metabolism, as well as an understanding of considerations in medication administration. Corequisite: 309 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

311. Medical Assessment and Management (3)

This course is designed to introduce the paramedic student to advanced medical management and patient assessment in the prehospital environment. The student will assess and manage the Cardiovascular and Pulmonary human systems. Corequisite: 309 and 310 and 312 and 341 and 351. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

312. Cardiovascular and Pulmonary Emergencies (3)

Cardiovascular and Pulmonary Emergencies course provides students with an overview of anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology, as well as cardiac rhythm interpretation and introduction to 12-lead ECGs. Corequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 341 and 351. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

320. Medical Emergencies (3)

Medical Emergencies course provides students with an overview of anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology, of the medical patient. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 321 and 331 and 342 and 352 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

321. Special Patient Populations (2)

Provides an introduction to the prehospital assessment and management of patients with special considerations, as well as, operations in the prehospital environment. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 320 and 331 and 342 and 352 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

331. Trauma Emergencies (2)

Introduces the paramedic student to prehospital advanced life support assessment and management of patients with traumatic injury. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 320 and 321 and 342 and 352 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

341. Paramedic Lab I (2)

Provides instruction in and practice application of advanced life support skills in patient assessment, airway management, medication administration, and advanced cardiac life support. Corequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 351. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

342. Paramedic Lab II (2)

Provides instruction in and practice application of advanced life support skills in the assessment and management of patients with medical emergencies. Practice in vehicle extrication skills. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 320 and 321 and 331 and 352 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

351. Paramedic Clinical Rotation I (3)

Facilitates paramedic students’ progress toward entry-level clinical competence by providing the opportunity to integrate classroom knowledge and skills with professional practice under the supervision of clinical instructors. Corequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

352. Paramedic Clinical Rotation II (4)

Observation and supervised care of emergency patients in the emergency department, inpatient units, and prehospital setting. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 320 and 321 and 331 and 342 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

398. EMS Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

399. EMS Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

400. Advanced Assessment (3)

Provides paramedics with an in-depth understanding of patient history and physical examination techniques. Prerequisite: 309 and 310 and 311 and 312 and 341 and 351. Corequisite: 320 and 321 and 331 and 342 and 352. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

403. Mountain Medicine (3)

The Mountain Medicine course is intended for medical professionals who participate in mountain recreation or are mountain professionals such as guides or Mountain Rescue personnel with a current EMT-Intermediate, Paramedic or Nurse license. Prerequisite: 454. Corequisite: 405 and 406. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

404. Technical Rescue Course (3)

To understand theory and application of rope rescue. Gain a working knowledge of rope rescue and access problems in mountainous terrain and how to safely navigate it. Prerequisite: 403 and 405 and 406. Corequisite: 408. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

405. Austere Medicine (3)

Students will learn management of medical and trauma cases under austere conditions: Low resources, little or no back-up, prolonged contact/responsibility for the patient. We will consider present recommendations and student will evaluate those recommendations. Prerequisite: 454. Corequisite: 403 and 406. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

406. Mountain Medicine Lab I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course will be arranged curriculum to satisfy the field practice Summer requirement for DiMM/CiMM. Including skill/scenario stations in a mountain setting, practical evaluation in medicine and technical rescue. Prerequisite: 454. Corequisite: 403 and 405. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

408. Mountain Medicine Lab II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course will be arranged curriculum to satisfy the field practice Winter requirement for DiMM/CiMM. Including skill/scenario stations in a mountain setting, practical evaluation in medicine and technical rescue. Prerequisite: 403 and 405 and 406. Corequisite: 404. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

411. EMS Systems Management and Public Policy (3)

An introduction to all of the components of EMS systems from the local, regional, state, and national system levels; system design; and the interface with health care in the U.S. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and permission of program.

412. EMS Service Operations (3)

An overview of EMS management functions when operating an EMS service, including staffing, deployment, logistics, quality improvement, and planning. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and permission of program.

413. EMS Management Internship (3)

The internship provides a real-life EMS management project or function operating within an EMS system or Emergency Services environment. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and permission of program.

421. EMS Education Internship (3)

The student is assigned to an instructor mentor and will participate, under supervision, in the planning, implementation, and evaluation of EMS training programs. Prerequisite: 454. Corequisite: 441. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

423. Principles of Paramedic Lab Instruction (3)

Prepares EMS students to instruct paramedic level students with medical education simulation, assessment and debriefing techniques. Additionally, it provides initial training at the paramedic education level emphasizing practical application of EMS skills and instruction. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and permission of department.

424. Advanced Principles of Paramedic Lab Instruction (3)

Prepares advanced EMS students to develop and run complex simulation cases and instruct paramedic level students with high fidelity medical simulation. Also provides comprehensive training relatable to all EMS education levels. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and permission of department.

441. Principles of EMS Education (3)

This course covers the development, design, implementation, and evaluation of EMS training programs. Prerequisite: 454. Corequisite: 421. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

443. Educational Technology and Medical Simulation (3)

This course will introduce the EMS educator student to technologies utilized for educational purposes both in the classroom and online. It will also introduce approaches to utilizing medical simulation to enhance learning. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and permission of program.

454. Paramedic Field Internship (4)

Paramedic students develop EMS team-leadership skills and learn to operate independently, under supervision, at entry-level competence. Prerequisite: 320 and 321 and 331 and 342 and 352 and 400. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

455. Disaster and Emergency Management (3)

Introduces students to the dynamic world of disaster, and emergency management. Through the review of the history, social, political, and economic implications of disasters, students explore the world of emergency management. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

456. Social Dimension of Disaster (3)

Introduces students to the dynamic world of disasters and the effects disasters have on human behavior. An overview of how individuals, groups, families, communities, and organizations handle disasters before, during, and after they occur. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

458. International Disasters (3)

Explores the complex world of disasters in the international arena, including as they relate to EMS providers. Students learn theoretical underpinnings of international relations and disaster theory while exploring historical case studies and analyzing impacts. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

461. Advanced Pathophysiology (3)

System-focused content addresses the normal physiologic and pathologic mechanisms of disease that serve as the foundation for advanced clinical assessment, decision-making, and management. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

465. Advanced Paramedic Clerkship (1-6, may be repeated once Δ)

Students will assess undifferentiated patients, coming up with your own diagnostic and therapeutic management plan, integrating and applying risk stratification, triage and differential diagnosis. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 400 and 461.

469. Epidemiology and Statistics (3)

To introduce and review basic tools of biostatistics, epidemiology, and research design; to teach students to critically evaluate relationships that seem to be cause-effect. Prerequisite: 454 and MATH 1350. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

470. EMS Research Analysis (3)

This course provides the student with an overview of the research process and teaches skills in critical analysis of medical literature. Prerequisite: 454 and MATH 1350. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Emergency Medical Services and program permission.

475. Research in Acute Care (3)

An introduction to clinical research in the UNM Emergency Department. This course will provide students with tools and training to work independently on screening and enrolling subjects in research studies currently conducted in the ED. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. EMS Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

499. EMS Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

General Courses for Engineering Majors (ENG)

120. Mathematics for Engineering Applications (6)

Provides an overview of basic engineering math topics necessary for success in second-year engineering courses. Topics are presented in the context of engineering applications, and reinforced through labs and examples from core engineering courses. Prerequisite: MATH 1220 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Advanced Algebra and Functions =249-283.

130L [CS151L]. Introduction to Engineering Computing (3)

Introduction to the use of computing to solve engineering problems. Students learn computer programming fundamentals and learn to use a numerical computing environment (e.g. MATLAB). Applications to engineering problems are explored.

180. Engineering Honors Seminar (1)

The first course in the Engineering Honors sequence. The course provides an introduction to the engineering profession and to the curricula offered in the School of Engineering. Restriction: First year students in an SoE major who are also admitted to the UNM Honors College.

195. Special Topics (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Selected topics in interdisciplinary engineering or computer science at an introductory level.

200. Technology in Society (3)

This is an introduction to the ways in which technology shapes the world–and is itself shaped by society, culture, politics, economics and history. Topics include industrialization, technological changes, cultural impact, environmental policies and social and ethical responsibilities. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

220. Engineering, Business, and Society (3)

Using a team-teaching format to foster students' understanding of the interaction of engineering practice with business and society. Students will learn about innovation, entrepreneurship, global engineering standards, professional ethics, business and technical writing.

301. Fundamentals of Engineering: Dynamics (1)

Builds on the basics of kinematics and kinetics of particles learned in physics to study the fundamentals of planar dynamics of rigid bodies. Students learn to analyze planar kinematics and kinetics of a rigid body. Prerequisite: MATH 2531. Restriction: sophomore standing and above. Not allowed for students majoring in Mechanical Engineering.

302. Fundamentals of Engineering: Electronic Circuits (1)

Builds on the basics of electrical circuit analysis learned in physics to study the fundamentals of electronic circuits. Students learn to design simple circuits using op-amps and transistors. Prerequisite: PHYS 1320. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and sophomore standing or above. Not allowed for Computer Engineering or Electrical Engineering majors.

303. Fundamentals of Engineering: Thermodynamics (1)

Covers the fundamentals of thermodynamics with engineering applications, suitable for students who intend to take the Fundamentals of Engineering (FE) exam. Prerequisite: MATH 2531. Restriction: sophomore standing and above in School of Engineering. Not allowed for Chemical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, or Nuclear Engineering majors.

320. Design Thinking, Project Management, Metrics, Data Models and Analytics (3)

A continuation of ENG 220 with an emphasis on the engineering design process and how it can be harnessed to solve world problems in including world peace and social justice.Prerequisite: 220.

495. Special Topics (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Selected topics in interdisciplinary engineering or computer science at a senior level.

511. Technology Commercialization and the Global Environment (3)

(Also offered as MGMT 511) Fundamentals of technology commercialization and international management are covered along with the interconnectivity of the two topics. The course will cover the nature of international competitive markets and how technology commercialization impacts these markets.

512. Strategic Management of Technology (3)

(Also offered as MGMT 512) Concepts of technology-based strategy, industrial policy, competitiveness, technological strategy tools and the effect of technology on organizational structure and processes. Lessons learned from successful technology-based companies and their application of strategic principles.

513. Technological Forecasting and Assessment (3)

(Also offered as MGMT 513) Methods used in forecasting broad scientific and technological advances and assessing their applicability in the commercial world, with stress upon the broad macro-level economic issues such as competition, positioning of technology in the market and further research to apply the innovation to commercially viable products.

514. Technological Entrepreneurship (3)

(Also offered as MGMT 514) A clinical experience in the development of a new firm to exploit a significant technological innovation. Student teams work with inventors/entrepreneurs, faculty, and external resources to establish new companies.

515. Innovative Product Development (3)

(Also offered as MGMT 515) Students examine the management of new products from concept to commercialization. Includes new product process; market information/customer input; leadership skills; portfolio management; product pursuit/capture planning; strategic planning; and competitive intelligence, with a field project.

516. Entrepreneurial Finance in High Technology (3)

(Also offered as MGMT 516) Theory as contributed to the study of strategic alliances by numerous disciplines including economics, finance, business policy, strategic management and law. Includes the development of an original case study of one technology-based strategic alliance.

517. Technology Program Management (3)

(Also offered as MGMT 517) Students will explore how firms face the challenge of managing a series of projects that are the core of their profitability effort, with emphasis on tools which demonstrate the difference between project and program management.

519. Project in Technology Commercialization (3)

(Also offered as MGMT 519) An environment for application of tools and techniques of technology management that offers real problems of managing a technology-based product. Considers effects of practical constraints upon the analysis, design and process, and focuses student’s capabilities on the solution of a practical problem and presentation of the solution.

557. Launching an Entrepreneurial Business (3)

(Also offered as MGMT 557) This course builds upon both Greenfield and Internal firm project based entrepreneurial companies that have gone through the idea, business plan, and funding phases and need to get started with implementing entrepreneurial action.

570. Analysis of the Financial System (3)

(Also offered as MGMT 570) This course examines the role of the capital markets, financial instruments, institutions, and regulatory agencies in financial projects. We examine factors affecting capital acquisition, financial performance, monetary policy, and quantitative efficiency from multiple stakeholder perspectives. Prerequisite: MGMT 526. Pre- or corequisite: MGMT 571 and MGMT 577.

English (ENGL)

1110. Composition I (3)

Covers Composition I: Stretch I and II in one semester. In this course, students will read, write, and think about a variety of issues and texts. They will develop reading and writing skills that will help with the writing required in their fields of study and other personal and professional contexts. Students will learn to analyze rhetorical situations in terms of audience, contexts, purpose, mediums, and technologies and apply this knowledge to their reading and writing. They will also gain an understanding of how writing and other modes of communication work together for rhetorical purposes. Students will learn to analyze the rhetorical context of any writing task and compose with purpose, audience, and genre in mind. Students will reflect on their own writing processes, learn to workshop drafts with other writers, and practice techniques for writing, revising, and editing. (EPW) Credit for both this course and ENGL 1110X may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 1: Communication. Prerequisite: ACT English =16-25 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =450-659 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Writing =>279.

1110X–1110Y. Composition I: Stretch I and II (3; 3)

First and second semester of Composition I stretch sequence. Focuses on analyzing rhetorical situations and responding with appropriate genres and technologies. (EPW) These are the first and second courses in a two-part sequence. In order to receive transfer credit for ENGL 1110, all courses in this sequence (ENGL 1110X, ENGL 1110Y) must be taken and passed. Credit for both ENGL 1110X and ENGL 1110 may not be applied toward a degree program. Students with ACT English <16 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing <450 or Next Generation ACCUPLACER Writing <279 will begin their English Composition Sequence with ENGL 1110X. Prerequisite for 1110Y: 1110X. Restriction for 1110X: permission of department.

1110Z. Enhanced Composition (4)

Covers Composition I Stretch I and II in one semester with a 1 credit hour lab. Focuses on analyzing rhetorical situations and responding with appropriate genres and technologies. (EPW) Credit not allowed for both (1110Z and 1110) or (1110Z and 1110Y). Prerequisite: ACT English =15-18 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =430-490 or ACCUPLACER Sentence Skills =93-108. Restriction: permission of department. {Not offered on Main Campus}

1120. Composition II (3)

In this course, students will explore argument in multiple genres. Research and writing practices emphasize summary, analysis, evaluation, and integration of secondary sources. Students will analyze rhetorical situations in terms of audience, contexts, purpose, mediums, and technologies and apply this knowledge to their reading, writing, and research. Students will sharpen their understanding of how writing and other modes of communication work together for rhetorical purposes. The emphasis of this course will be on research methods. (EPW) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 1: Communication. Prerequisite: 1110 or 1110Y or 1110Z or ACT English =26-28 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =660-690.

1410. Introduction to Literature (3)

In this course, students will examine a variety of literary genres, including fiction, poetry, and drama. Students will identify common literary elements in each genre, understanding how specific elements influence meaning. (LL) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1710. Greek Mythology (3)

Introduction to mythology; primary readings in stories about the gods and heroes, usually including Homer, Hesiod, Homeric Hymns and Tragedies. All texts will be in English. (LL)

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. Traditional Grammar (3)

This course surveys traditional grammar, introducing linguistic terminology and methods for identifying and understanding parts of speech, parts of sentences and basic sentence patterns. The course presents terminology and methods designed to increase the student’s understanding of the structure of the language. (LL)

2120. Intermediate Composition (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course builds upon and refines the writing skills acquired in previous writing courses, with a focus on non-fiction prose. Research, composition, exposition and presentation abilities will be practiced and developed. Through analysis and revision, students will develop strategies to improve the versatility and impact of their writing. Course topics and emphases may vary by section. (EPW) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 1: Communication. Prerequisite: 1120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700.

2210. Professional and Technical Communication (3)

This course will introduce students to the different types of documents and correspondence that they will create in their professional careers. This course emphasizes the importance of audience, document design, and the use of technology in designing, developing, and delivering documents. This course will provide students with experience in professional correspondence and communicating technical information to a non-technical audience. (EPW) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 1: Communication. Prerequisite: 1120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700.

2220. Introduction to Professional Writing (3)

Introductory course in the professional writing concentration. Study of technical writing, public information and public relations writing and freelance nonfiction writing. (EPW) Prerequisite: 1120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700.

2240. Introduction to Studies in English (1)

This course brings together students majoring in English. It is a required course and must be taken before embarking on the major coursework. Students are introduced to the subfields of rhetoric and professional writing; creative writing; literary studies; and critical theory and cultural studies. Students will be introduced to the life of the department through class visits with faculty members, attendance at departmental events, and a variety of readings and discussions. Some class sessions will include conversations about employment or opportunities for graduate school. The final task will be to craft a letter of intent documenting an intended course of study and future goals. Prerequisite: 1110 or 1110Y or 1110Z.

2310. Introduction to Creative Writing (3)

This course will introduce students to the basic elements of creative writing, including short fiction, poetry, and creative nonfiction. Students will read and study published works as models, but the focus of this "workshop" course is on students revising and reflecting on their own writing. Throughout this course, students will be expected to read poetry, fiction, and non-fiction closely, and analyze the craft features employed. They will be expected to write frequently in each of these genres. (CW) Prerequisite: 1110 or 1110Y or 1110Z or ACT English =26-28 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =660-690.

2510. Analysis of Literature (3)

This course is an introduction to literary analysis and writing applied to literary techniques, conventions, and themes. Students will learn how to write focused literary analyses, demonstrating their understanding of biographical, critical, cultural, and historical contexts of various writers and genres. Students will also learn proper documentation, as well as other skills, such as quoting, paraphrasing, and integrating sources, both primary and secondary. (LL) Prerequisite: 1120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700.

2540. Introduction to Chicanx Literature [Introduction to Chicana/o Literature] (3)

This course examines a variety of literary genres to explore the historical development of Chicanx social and literary identities. This survey offers an overview of the history of Chicanx literature, introducing the major trends and placing them into an historical framework.

2560. Introduction to Native American Literature (3)

This course will introduce students to the literature produced by Native American authors as well as explore issues relevant to the study of Native American literature. The course will also introduce the basic elements of literary analysis. (LL)

2610. American Literature I (3)

This course surveys American literature from the colonial period to the mid-nineteenth century. This course provides students with the contexts and documents necessary to understand the origins of American Literature and the aesthetic, cultural, and ideological debates central to early American culture. (LL)

2620. American Literature II (3)

This course surveys American literature from the mid-nineteenth-century to the contemporary period. This course provides students with the contexts and documents necessary to understand American Literature and the aesthetic, cultural, and ideological debates central to American culture. (LL)

2630. British Literature I (3)

This course offers a study of British literature from its origins in Old English to the 18th century. This survey covers specific literary works—essays, short stories, novels, poems, and plays—as well as the social, cultural, and intellectual currents that influenced the literature. (LL)

2640. British Literature II (3)

This course offers a study of British literature from the 18th century to the present. This survey covers specific literary works—short stories, novels, poems, and plays—as well as the social, cultural, and intellectual currents that influenced the literature. (LL)

2650. World Literature I (3)

In this course, students will read representative world masterpieces from ancient, medieval, and Renaissance literature. Students will broaden their understanding of literature and their knowledge of other cultures through exploration of how literature represents individuals, ideas and customs of world cultures. The course focuses strongly on examining the ways literature and culture intersect and define each other. (LL) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

2660. World Literature II (3)

In this course, students will read representative world masterpieces from the 1600s to the present. Students will broaden their understanding of literature and their knowledge of other cultures through exploration of how literature represents individuals, ideas and customs of world cultures. The course focuses strongly on examining the ways literature and culture intersect and define each other. (LL) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

2670. African American Literature (3)

The course introduces students to the African American classics of the slavery era. Daily experiences of the characters in these books become the basis for discussing race, class, gender, revolt, freedom, peace and humanity. (LL)

2993. Workshop (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Various topics in literature, language and writing. (EPW)

2996. Topics (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

304. The Bible as Literature (3)

Literary aspects of the Old and New Testaments. Examines the literary forms within the Bible: epic, parable, pastoral, allegory, proverb and so on. Stresses the importance of the Bible as a source for English and American literature. (LL)

305. Mythology (3)

An introduction to the major traditions of European and American mythology. Basic themes and motifs: the quest, creation, birth, marriage, heroes, heroines and death. Provides background for the study of later literature. (LL)

306. Arthurian Legend and Romance (3)

Comprehensive study of the Arthurian Legend from its Celtic origins, to its medieval French romance continuators, and its English apex in Malory. May also trace post-medieval versions in art, print, and film. (LL)

315. Interdisciplinary Literary Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Combines the study of literature with the study of outside materials from history, sociology or other disciplines. Examples include Religion and Literature, Law and Literature, Literature of the Depression and Medieval Literature and Culture. (LL)

319. User-Centered Design and Usability (3)

Study and practice of high- and low-tech methods for creating, analyzing and testing usability of documents and products with a concentration on safely and ethically serving audience needs. Prerequisite: 2210.

320. Advanced Expository Writing (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced study of specific academic, technical and professional genres. Topic varies. (EPW) Prerequisite: 2120 or 2210 or 2220.

321. Intermediate Creative Writing-Fiction (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An intermediate course in fiction, building on basic concepts introduced in 2310. Emphasizes writing as a reader and incorporates the workshop critique of student drafts. (CW) Prerequisite: 2310.

322. Intermediate Creative Writing-Poetry (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An intermediate course in poetry, building on basic concepts introduced in 2310. Emphasizes writing as a reader and incorporates the workshop critiques of student drafts. (CW) Prerequisite: 2310.

323. Intermediate Creative Writing-Creative Nonfiction (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An intermediate course in creative nonfiction, building on basic concepts introduced in 2310. Emphasizes writing as a reader and incorporates the workshop critique of student drafts. (CW) Prerequisite: 2310.

324. Introduction to Screenwriting (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as FDMA 324) Writing workshop on basics of character structure, scenes, visualization and good old story telling as it applies to the screenplay. Students read scripts, watch film clips and begin writing an original screenplay. (CW) Restriction: permission of instructor.

330. Topics in Comparative and World Literature (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as COMP 330) Study of special topics in Comparative and World Literatures, including studies of genre, period, literary movements and themes. (LL)

331. Topics in Asian Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as COMP 331) Study of the culture and literatures of India, China, Japan and other Asian traditions. Topics vary. (LL)

332. Topics in African Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as COMP 332) Study of the culture and literatures of Africa. Topics vary. (LL)

*333. Topics in Latin Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP *333) Study of individual authors, genres or periods of Latin literature and culture in translation. (LL)

*334. Topics in Greek Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP *334) Study of individual authors, genres and periods of Greek literature and culture in translation. (LL)

335. Topics in French Literature and Culture in Translation (3, maybe repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, FREN 335) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of French and Francophone literature and culture. (LL)

336. Topics in German Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, GRMN 336) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of German literature and culture in translation. May only be taken twice for the German major and once for the German minor. (LL)

337. Topics in Italian Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ITAL 337) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Italian literature and culture in translation. (LL)

338. Topics in Russian Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, RUSS 338) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Russian literature and culture in translation. (LL)

339. Topics in Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, JAPN 339) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of Japanese literature and culture in translation. (LL)

341. Introduction to Premodern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as COMP, JAPN 341) An introduction to Japanese literature and culture from the 8th to the 19th century, this course focuses on major literary works and performance genres in their historical context.

342. Introduction to Modern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as COMP, JAPN 342) This course is an introductory exploration of the literature and culture of modern Japan, from the mid-19th century to the present day. Students will critically read a selection of modern prose narratives and poetry.

343. Topics in Chinese Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

(Also offered as CHIN, COMP 343) This course surveys Chinese literature and culture from the origins of Chinese civilization to the present, with a focus on the continuities and discontinuities between traditional and modern China.

345. The Supernatural in Japanese Fiction, Folklore and Drama (3)

(Also offered as COMP, JAPN 345) Survey of Japanese mythology, folklore, drama and fiction from 1000 CE to the present with a focus on the cultural significance of ghosts, monsters, spirit possession and otherworldly encounters.

347. Viking Mythology (3)

(Also offered as MDVL 347) Comprehensive study of the mythology and literature of medieval Scandinavia, including the poetry of Snorri Sturluson, the prose and poetic Edda, and the Icelandic sagas.

348. Topics in Medieval Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Approaches to reading and analysis of selected major works in medieval literature, history, art and architecture, and philosophy. (LL)

349. From Beowulf to Arthur (3)

Survey of the principal literary genres and approaches to Old and Middle English literature in translation. (LL)

350. Medieval Tales of Wonder (3)

Study of medieval literature, language, and culture in the context of insular and continental texts. (LL)

351. Chaucer (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Comprehensive study of Chaucer’s poetry, focusing upon language, versification and literary sources in their historical and cultural contexts. Alternates between focus upon Canterbury Tales and upon Troilus and Criseyde with selected other works. (LL)

352. Early Shakespeare (3)

Survey of Shakespeare’s Elizabethan-era drama and poetry, including such works as A Midsummer Night’s Dream, Henry IV, Hamlet and Venus and Adonis. Examines dramatic structure, characterization, poetics and a variety of themes in their historical context. (LL)

353. Later Shakespeare (3)

Survey of Shakespeare’s Jacobean-era drama and poetry, including such works as Measure for Measure, Macbeth, The Tempest and the sonnets. Examines dramatic structure, characterization, poetics and a variety of themes in their historical context. (LL)

354. Milton (3)

Comprehensive study of Milton’s poetry and prose with the context of 17th-century history and of Milton criticism. Alternates between focus upon Paradise Lost and shorter poems, and upon Paradise Regained, Samson Agonistes and prose. (LL)

355. Enlightenment Literature (3)

Literature and culture of the English Enlightenment (1650-1800), the construction of the modern world: the new science, exploration, empire. Experiments in theatre, satire, fiction: Dryden, Behn, Pope, Defoe, Swift, Fielding, Lennox, Austen. (LL)

356. Nineteenth Century British and Irish Literature (3)

A survey of 19th Century literature and culture, primarily focused on British and Irish literature, covering a wide range of authors and a variety of genres from the Romantic through the Victorian periods. (LL)

363. Nineteenth Century America (3)

Studies of the literature, culture, and social movements of the long nineteenth century. Focus may be early or late. Examples include Nineteenth Century American Literature and the West and Sexuality in the Nineteenth Century.

364. Topics in Native American Literature and Culture (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An examination of specialized topics in Native American literature and culture, organized by genre, period, theme, movement, or tribal nation. Examples include Native American Women Writers and Native American Genre Fiction. (LL)

365. Chicana/o Cultural Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An examination of contemporary Chicana/o literature, criticism, murals, film, and other forms of popular culture, with an emphasis on the construction and representation of Chicana/o cultural identity. (LL)

366. African-American Literature II (3)

(Also offered as AFST 381) This is the second phase of a three-part journey through the African-American experience in search of humanity and peace. The vehicle is post-slavery books written by and about African-American people. Issues raised and the characters in the books provide the occasion for in-depth discussion of inhumanity, protests, self definition, race relationships, liberalism, etc. (LL)

368. Studies in American Literature (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Studies in American literature and culture, organized around genre, period, theme, or movement. Examples include American Science Fictions and The Culture of the Cold War.

374. Southwest Literature and Culture (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

An examination of major texts in Native, Hispanic, and Anglo literatures and cultures of the southwestern US, emphasizing the twentieth century and a variety of genres.

378. Individual Authors (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Study of one or more authors. Titles of individual sections vary as content varies. (LL)

387. Studies in Genre Criticism (3 may be repeated twice Δ)

Study of the formal criticism associated with any genre of literature, including narrative, poetry, fiction, drama, and others. (LL)

388. Topics in Film and Literature (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Examination of formal, thematic, and/or historical relationships between literary and cinematic forms including study of adaptations and/or interrelations between film and literature as a means of cultural expressions. (LL)

397. Regional Literature (3)

The study of a limited body of writers whose work is identified with a particular geographical region. Authors covered will differ but representative examples are Frank Waters, Willa Cather, Rudolfo Anaya and Walter Van Tilburg Clark. (LL)

410 / 510. Criticism and Theory (3, may be repeated once Δ)

A historical survey of literary criticism and theory; alternates between criticism from the classical period through the early 19th century, and criticism and theory from the late 19th century through the present. (LL)

411 / 511. Special Topics: Criticism and Theory, Literary and Cultural Movements (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Advanced study of various topics in literary and cultural studies, literary criticism and theory. Recent topics have included Linguistics and Literary Criticism, Cultural Theory, Literature and National Identity. (LL)

412. Capstone and Honors Seminar (3)

Seminar bringing together literary, rhetorical, and/or theoretical works from different times or cultural moments. Students do in-depth research with a clear theoretical base and give oral presentations of their work. (LL)

413 / 513. Scientific, Environmental and Medical Writing (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Theoretical and practical studies of writing in the sciences. Addresses writing for both popular and professional audiences. (EPW)

414. Documentation (3)

Theory and practice in developing, editing and producing technical documentation for paper-based and online media. (EPW)

415 / 515. Publishing (3)

Theory and process of publishing, offering successful strategies for working with and within the publishing industry. Course includes the discussion of the cultural function of publishing. (EPW)

416 / 516. Biography and Autobiography (3)

Writing and reading biography and autobiography; researching a life to be rendered in writing. (EPW)

417 / 517. Editing (3)

Theory and practice of copyediting print and on-line documents. Rhetorical, linguistic and historical analyses of style, grammar and usage. (EPW)

418 / 518. Proposal and Grant Writing (3)

Invention and delivery of proposals and grants in the business, scientific, technical and artistic arenas. (EPW)

419 / 519. Visual Rhetoric (3)

Analysis and design of paper-based and on-line documents. (EPW)

420 / 520. Topics in Professional Writing (3, no limit Δ)

Advanced study of professional writing theory and practice. Recent topics have included creative non-fiction, hypertext and advanced technical writing. (EPW)

421 / 521. Advanced Creative Writing-Fiction (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An advanced course in fiction with a strong emphasis on revision. Combines the workshop experience with classroom study of published authors as well as some theorists on writing. (CW) Prerequisite: 321.

422 / 522. Advanced Creative Writing-Poetry (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An advanced course in poetry with a strong emphasis on revision. Combines the workshop experience with classroom study of published poets as well as some theorists on writing. (CW) Prerequisite: 322.

423 / 523. Advanced Creative Writing: Creative Nonfiction (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An advanced course in creative nonfiction with a strong emphasis on revision. Combines the workshop experience with classroom study of published authors as well as some theorists on writing. (CW) Prerequisite: 323.

424. Creative Writing Workshop Script (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced workshop devoted to student preparation of working scripts for film or television. (CW) Restriction: permission of instructor.

432. Topics in Literature and Culture (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, FREN 432) Varying topics in the practice and theory of literatures and cultures. (LL)

440 / 540. Topics in Language or Rhetoric (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

An overview of a defined theme or issue in language or rhetorical theory. Recent topics have included Discourse Analysis/Text Linguistics, Survey of American English, Narrative Theory and Literature, Epistemic Rhetoric and Language Studies, such as Old Norse. (LL)

441 / 541. English Grammars (3)

A survey of various grammar models and their applications to analysis of the English language. (LL) Prerequisite: 2110.

442 / 542. Major Texts in Rhetoric (3)

A survey of rhetorical and language theories from the classical period through the 18th century. (LL)

444. Practicum: Tutoring Writing (3)

Concentrates on the theory and practice of tutoring student writing. Prerequisite: 1120. Restriction: permission of instructor.

445 / 545. History of the English Language (3)

A historical survey of the etymology, morphology, phonetics and semantics of English, as well as the relation between the English language and cultural change. (LL)

447 / 547. Introductory Old English (3)

An introduction to the grammar, syntax, and phonology of Old English. Prepares students for more advanced studies in this and later periods. (LL)

448 / 548. Topics in Advanced Old English (3, may be repeate twice Δ)

Intensive advanced study of Old English literature alternating between Beowulf and other major works of Old English poetry and prose. (LL) Prerequisite: 447.

449 / 549. Middle English Language (3)

(Also offered as LING 449) Comprehensive study of Middle English dialects and the development of Middle English from Old English. Prepares students for Middle English literature. (LL)

450 / 550. Middle English Literature (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Middle English literature in the original, excluding Chaucer; alternates with Medieval Lyrics, Medieval Romance, Saints Lives. (LL)

451 / 551. Topics in Medieval Studies (3, no limit Δ [3, may be repeated three times Δ])

Advanced study of specialized aspects in medieval studies, such as manuscripts; paleography; research methods; Old Norse studies; medieval Latin sources; cultural, feminist, and historical theoretical approaches to literature; medievalism in Britain and America; history of scholarship. (LL)

452 / 552. The Renaissance (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Survey of prose, poetry and/or drama of the 16th century. Emphasis varies. (LL)

453 / 553. The Seventeenth Century (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Survey of prose, poetry and/or drama of the 17th century. Emphasis varies. (LL)

454 / 554. Restoration and Early Eighteenth Century (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Studies in literature and culture on topics such as Restoration comedy and heroic tragedy, early eighteenth-century satire and major authors such as John Dryden, Aphra Behn, Alexander Pope, Daniel Defoe and Jonathan Swift.

455 / 555. Middle and Late Eighteenth Century (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Studies in literature and culture 1735–1800 on topics such as eighteenth-century theater, the development of fiction, the construction of difference and the representations of the relationship between England and the rest of the world. (LL)

456 / 556. British Romanticism (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Studies in the literature and culture of early 19th-century Britain; the Wordsworth circle, the Keats-Shelley circle, Romantic women writers and special topics such as British Culture in the 1790s and Romantic Theory. (LL)

457 / 557. Victorian Studies (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Studies in the literature and culture of the Victorian era; recent offerings have included Dickens, the Bronte’s; and special topics such as Sensation’ Detection and the Detective Novel; Victorian Sexualities; and Race, Class and Gender. (LL)

458 / 558. Modern British Literature (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Survey of the poetry, fiction, drama and nonfiction prose of early 20th-century Britain and Ireland, including the works of Conrad, Yeats, Eliot, Forster, Joyce, Shaw and Woolf. (LL)

459 / 559. Irish Literature (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Survey of the prose, poetry and drama of Ireland. Alternates between surveys of modern and postmodern Irish literature and special topics or single author courses such as on Yeats or Joyce. (LL)

460. Early American Literature (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course focuses on pre-1830 American literature. Literary and other texts explore the encounter between Europeans and indigenous peoples of the Americas; colonial and early Republic periods are also examined.

461 / 561. American Romanticism (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Survey of the prose and poetry of mid-19th-century America, including writings by the Transcendentalists, Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Stowe, Whitman and Dickinson. (LL)

462 / 562. American Realism and Naturalism (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Survey of the prose and poetry of turn-of-the-century America, including writings by Mark Twain, Henry James, Crane, Wharton, Norris and Gilman. (LL)

463. Modern American Literature (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Survey of the poetry, fiction, drama and non-fiction prose of American literature from 1900–1945, including works by writers such as Cather, Faulkner, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, O’Neill, Frost, H.D., Hughes and Stevens. (LL)

464 / 564. Advanced Studies in Native American and Indigenous Literature (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Advanced study of Native American and Indigenous literature, with attention to literary history, theory, and critical methodologies. Includes materials beyond American Indian or U.S. contexts, such as First Nations or global Indigenous. (LL)

465 / 565. Chicana/o Literature (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced study of Chicana/o literature, literary history, criticism, theory, novels, short stories, poetry, and film, with emphasis on ethnic, regional, gender, and linguistic identity from nineteenth century to the present. (LL)

466. African-American Literature (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An introduction to traditional and/or contemporary African-American texts. Topics have included Survey of the African-American Novel and Toni Morrison. (LL)

468 / 568. Topics in American Literature (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Intensive study of special topics in American Literature. Offerings have included Literature of the Civil War, 19th-Century American Literature and the Visual Arts, Southern American Literature and American Women Writers. (LL)

470 / 570. Modernist Literature (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Survey of the poetry, fiction, drama and non-fiction prose of the early 20th century in the United States, Britain and Ireland, with some consideration of the international influence of and upon these literatures. Course content varies from semester to semester. (LL)

472 / 572. Contemporary Literature (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Survey of the poetry, fiction, drama and non-fiction prose of the post-1945 era in the United States and Britain, with some consideration of the international influence of and upon these literatures. Course content varies from semester to semester. (LL)

473. Postmodernism (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studies in experimental literary works and theories from World War II to the present. (LL)

474 / 574. Contemporary Southwestern Literature (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course presents and analyzes major texts in post-war literature of the southwestern U.S., emphasizing the cultural exchanges among Native, Hispanic and Anglo literature and culture. (LL)

478. Topics in Individual Authors (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Advanced study of one or more authors. Titles of individual sections vary as content varies. (LL)

479 / 579. Postcolonial Literatures (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Survey of Postcolonial literatures and theories emanating from the Indian subcontinent, Africa and other countries recently independent from the British Empire.

480 / 580. Topics in British Literature (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Intensive study of special issues and themes, literary movements and single authors in British Literature. (LL)

486 / 586. British Fiction (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Studies in the literary and cultural emergence and formation of fiction as a genre in English. Course content varies; recent topics include The Early English Novel; The 18th-Century Comic Novel; and Race, Class and Gender in the 19th-Century Novel. (LL)

487. Advanced Studies in Genre (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Study any one genre, including narrative, comedy, satire, tragedy, poetics or stylistic analysis of nonfiction. (LL)

488. American Literature, Film, and Culture (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Focus varies but includes study of American literature, cinema, and other forms of visual culture.

490. Senior Honors Thesis (3)

Open only to students admitted to honors in English. To be taken in the semester when the senior thesis is completed. (LL)

497. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Permission of the instructor is required before registering. The student should present a plan of study to the instructor. (LL)

499. Internship (1-3)

Permission of the Professional Writing Director is required before registering. (LL) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

500. Introduction to the Professional Study of English (3)

This course prepares students for advanced graduate work in English. Topics include research methods and bibliography; literary criticism and theory; and the history of English as a profession.

501. Introduction to the Profession for Writers (3)

Introduction to graduate studies for professional and creative writers. A survey of writing for different occasions, the world of publishing, the means of getting published and the technology writers need to know.

505. Introduction to Critical Theory (3)

(Also offered as COMP 505) Introduction to contemporary critical theory in the context of classical through 20th-century criticism. Learning to define a research question, select resources and approaches to texts, and cite bibliographic data according to current MLA guidelines.

510 / 410. Criticism and Theory (3)

A one-semester course that focuses on contemporary criticism and theory in the context of classical through 19th-century criticism and theory.

511 / 411. Special Topics: Criticism and Theory, Literary and Cultural Movements (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

513 / 413. Scientific, Environmental and Medical Writing (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Theoretical and practical studies of writing in the sciences. Addresses writing for both popular and professional audiences.

515 / 415. Publishing (3)

Theory and process of publishing, offering successful strategies for working with and within the publishing industry. Course includes the discussion of the cultural function of publishing.

516 / 416. Biography and Autobiography (3)

Writing and reading biography and autobiography; researching a life to be rendered in writing.

517 / 417. Editing (3)

Theory and practice of copyediting print and on-line documents. Rhetorical, linguistic and historical analyses of style, grammar and usage.

518 / 418. Proposal and Grant Writing (3)

Invention and delivery of proposals and grants in the business, scientific, technical and artistic arenas.

519 / 419. Visual Rhetoric (3)

Analysis and design of paper-based and on-line documents.

520 / 420. Topics in Professional Writing (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Advanced study of professional writing theory and practice. Recent topics have included creative non-fiction, hypertext and advanced technical writing.

521 / 421. Creative Writing Workshop: Prose Fiction (3, no limit Δ)

522 / 422. Creative Writing Workshop: Poetry (3, no limit Δ)

An advanced course in poetry with a strong emphasis on revision. Combines the workshop experience with classroom study of published poets as well as some theorists on writing. (CW) Prerequisite: 422.

523 / 423. Creative Writing Workshop: Creative Nonfiction (3, no limit Δ)

530. Teaching Composition (3)

Provides extensive practical assistance and basic theoretical background for teachers of first-year composition. Required of all new Teaching Assistants in their first semester of teaching first-year composition at UNM.

531. Teaching Stretch and Studio Composition (3)

This course provides theoretical and practical support for teaching in the Stretch and Studio Composition program. Required of all instructors before teaching Stretch or Studio Composition. Prerequisite: 530. Restriction: permission of instructor.

532. Teaching Multimodal and Online Composition (3)

Provides theory and practical application for teachers of composition who wish to teach online or who wish to incorporate multimodal pedagogies. Required of all teaching assistants who teach online versions of first-year composition. Pre- or corequisite: 530. Restriction: permission of instructor.

533. Teaching Professional and Technical Writing (3)

Provides theory and practice in teaching professional and technical writing at the university level and in training situations.

534. Composition Theory (3)

Provides an overview of various theories from the 1960s to the present shaping the way writing is taught. Topics include theories of audience, genre, process, collaboration, second language writing, and multimodal composition.

540 / 440. Topics in Language or Rhetoric (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

541 / 441. English Grammars (3)

A survey of various grammar models and their applications to analysis of the English language.

542 / 442. Major Texts in Rhetoric (3)

A survey of rhetorical and language theories from the classical period through the 18th century.

543. Contemporary Texts in Rhetoric (3)

A survey of rhetorical and language theories from the 19th and 20th centuries that shape contemporary approaches to discourse, text and persuasion.

545 / 445. History of the English Language (3)

An historical survey of the etymology, morphology, phonetics and semantics of English, as well as the relation between the English language and cultural change.

547 / 447. Introductory Old English (3)

An introduction to the grammar, syntax, and phonology of Old English. Prepares students for more advanced studies in this and later periods.

548 / 448. Topics in Advanced Old English (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Intensive advanced study of Old English literature alternating between Beowulf and other major works of Old English poetry and prose. Prerequisite: 547.

549 / 449. Middle English Language (3)

(Also offered as LING 449) Comprehensive study of Middle English dialects and the development of Middle English from Old English. Prepares students for Middle English literature.

550 / 450. Middle English Literature (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Middle English literature in the original, excluding Chaucer; alternates with Medieval Lyrics, Medieval Romance, Saints Lives.

551 / 451. Topics in Medieval Studies (3, no limit Δ [3, may be repeated three times Δ])

552 / 452. The Renaissance (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Survey of prose, poetry and/or drama of the 16th century. Emphasis varies.

553 / 453. The Seventeenth Century (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Survey of prose, poetry and/or drama of the 17th century. Emphasis varies.

554 / 454. Restoration and Early Eighteenth Century (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

555 / 455. Middle and Late Eighteenth Century (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

556 / 456. British Romanticism (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

557 / 457. Victorian Studies (3. may be repeated three times Δ)

558 / 458. Modern British Literature (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Survey of the poetry, fiction, drama and nonfiction prose of early 20th-century Britain and Ireland, including the works of Conrad, Yeats, Eliot, Forster, Joyce, Shaw and Woolf.

559 / 459. Irish Literature (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Survey of the prose, poetry and drama of Ireland. Alternates between surveys of modern and postmodern Irish literature and special topics or single author courses such as on Yeats or Joyce.

561 / 461. American Romanticism (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Survey of the prose and poetry of mid-19th-century America, including writings by the Transcendentalists, Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Stowe, Whitman and Dickinson.

562 / 462. American Realism and Naturalism (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Survey of the prose and poetry of turn-of-the-century America, including writings by Mark Twain, Henry James, Crane, Wharton, Norris and Gilman.

564 / 464. Advanced Studies in Native American and Indigenous Literature (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

565 / 465. Chicana/o Literature (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

568 / 468. Topics in American Literature (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

570 / 470. Modernist Literature (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

572 / 472. Contemporary Literature (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

574 / 474. Contemporary Southwestern Literature (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course presents and analyzes major texts in post-war literature of the southwestern U.S., emphasizing the cultural exchanges among Native, Hispanic and Anglo literature and culture.

578. Topics in Individual Authors (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Study of one or more authors. Titles of individual sections vary as content varies.

579 / 479. Postcolonial Literatures (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Survey of Postcolonial literatures and theories emanating from the Indian subcontinent, Africa and other countries recently independent from the British Empire.

580 / 480. Topics in British Literature (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Intensive study of special issues and themes, literary movements and single authors in British Literature.

581. Chaucer (3)

Studies in the Canterbury Tales, Parliament of Fowls, House of Fame and other Chaucerian poems, together with a study of the history, philosophy and theology of the time. There will also be discussions of relevant contemporary critical theory. Emphasis varies.

582. Shakespeare (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Intensive study of the major dramatic and non-dramatic works of William Shakespeare. Emphasis varies.

586 / 486. British Fiction (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

587. Genre Studies (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Studies in one or more of the major genres of literature, including narrative fiction, poetics, comedy, epic, satire and tragedy.

592. Teaching Literature and Literary Studies (3)

Practicum on teaching literature and literary studies. Study of theoretical discourses about teaching also included. Topics vary.

596. Portfolio (1 or 3)

Directed preparation of the Master’s Portfolio. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

597. Problems for the Master's Degree (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Intensive, directed study at the Master’s level of particular topics and issues pertaining to the various fields in English. Permission of the Departmental Graduate Director required prior to registration.

598. Graduate Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Internships in professional, technical, and creative writing supervised by individual faculty members. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

610. Seminar: Studies in Criticism and Theory (3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth investigation of a defined theme or issue in Literary Criticism and Theory; topics vary.

640. Seminar: Studies in Language or Rhetoric (3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth investigation of a defined theme or issue in language theory or rhetoric. Recent topics have included Metaphor and Stylistics, ESL Grammar for Adults and Epistemic Rhetoric.

650. Seminar: Studies in British Literature (3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth investigation of a defined theme or issue in British Literature; topics vary.

660. Seminar: Studies in American Literature (3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth investigation of a defined theme or issue in American Literature; topics vary.

680. Seminar: Studies in Genre, Backgrounds, Forces (3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth investigation of special topics pertaining to the study of British and American Literature and related fields of study.

697. Problems for the Doctor's Degree (1-3, no limit Δ)

Intensive, directed study at the Doctoral level of particular topics and issues pertaining to the various fields in English. Permission of the Departmental Graduate Director required prior to registration.

698. Independent Study (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

Permission of the Departmental Graduate Director required prior to registration.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Environmental Science (ENVS)

1130. The Blue Planet (3)

To understand global change and environmental concerns, this course weaves together an understanding of Earth’s lithosphere, atmosphere and oceans and how ecosystems are linked to the physical environment. Students are encouraged, but not required, to enroll concurrently in 1130L. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

1130L. The Blue Planet Laboratory (1)

In this course, students will often work together to collect data and students are encouraged to discuss their observations and ideas, but students are expected to write their own answers in their own words on their worksheets. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1130.

315. Statistics and Data Analysis (3)

Exploration of basic statistical representations of earth science data, matrix algebra, and multivariate data analysis and Fourier analysis. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 1512.

320L. Environmental Systems (4)

Analysis of environmental science data focusing on local water, soil, atmospheric, and bedrock systems and comparisons to analogous systems around the world. Prerequisite: ((1130 and 1130L) or (GEOL 1110 and GEOL 1110L)) and (MATH 1220 or MATH 1230 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1512).

321L. Earth Materials and Critical Zone Geology (4)

Rocks and minerals form a critical foundation for all Earth's systems, and understanding the chemical composition and physical characteristics of these Earth's materials is important for work in Environmental Sciences. Prerequisite: ((1130 and 1130L) or (GEOL 1110 and GEOL 1110L)) and CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1215L and (MATH 1240 or MATH 1250).

322L. Life and the Earth System (4)

Investigation of the co-evolution of the Earth and life, including origins and evolution of life, ecology and biogeography, biogeochemical cycles, and the impact of a dynamic Earth environment on major radiations and extinctions. Prerequisite: ((1130 and 1130L) or (GEOL 1110 and GEOL 1110L)) and (BIOL 1140 and BIOL 1140L) and (MATH 1240 or MATH 1250. Pre- or Corequisite: 320L.

323L. Water in the Earth System (4)

Quantitative treatment of the global hydrologic cycle and links to the broader Earth System, including precipitation, evaportranspiration, infiltration, runoff and subsurface flow; global change and catchment and hillslope hydrology; hydrologic ecosystem interactions; water chemistry evolution. Prerequisite: (320L or EPS **304L) and CHEM 1225 and CHEM 1225L and ENG 130L and MATH 1512 and PHYS 1310. Pre- or corequisite: 315 and MATH 1522.

324. Earth's Climatic Environment (3)

Basic process-based understanding of Earth's climate system using physics-based problem-solving skills and applying scientific concepts related to understanding the Earth's climatic system. Prerequisite: 323L and PHYS 1320.

430L / 530L. Advanced Environmental Science (4)

Application of basic science to the interdisciplinary study of environmental systems. Causes of and solutions to land, air, water and ecosystem degradation. Prerequisite: MATH 1522 and PHYS 1310. Pre- or corequisite: 324 and 323L. {Spring}

530L / 430L. Advanced Environmental Science (4)

Earth and Planetary Sciences (EPS)

**300. Topics in Geology (1-4, may be repeated once Δ)

Summary of specific areas of geology, designed especially for earth science teachers and other nontraditional students. Subjects may vary from year to year; lectures normally supplemented by laboratory exercises.

**301. Mineralogy/Earth and Planetary Materials (3)

Introduction to crystallography, crystal chemistry and their relation to physical and chemical properties of materials. Overview of major structure types and crystal chemistry/occurrence of common rock-forming minerals. EPS majors must enroll in **301 and **302L in the same semester. Prerequisite: CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1215L. {Fall}

**302L. Mineralogy Laboratory (2)

Laboratory exercises in crystallography and crystal chemistry. Hand specimen identification of the common rock-forming minerals. {Fall}

**303L. Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (4)

Introduction to processes leading to formation of igneous and metamorphic rocks. Emphasis on plate tectonic settings and interactions between physical and chemical processes. Prerequisite: **301 and **302L. {Spring}

**304L. Sedimentology and Stratigraphy (4)

Elrick. Introduction to origin, petrology and stratigraphic occurrence of sedimentary rocks. Prerequisite: **301 and **302L and GEOL 2110C.

**307L. Structural Geology (4)

Karlstrom. Nature and origin of rock structures and deformation; map and stereographic projection problems; stress and strain. Prerequisite: **304L and (PHYS 1230 or PHYS 1310). Pre- or corequisite: **303L. {Spring}

310L. New Mexico Field Geology (4)

Scientific method based on field observation, analysis of geologic phenomena and geologic history of New Mexico. Written report for each 4-hour field trip to outcrops in the Albuquerque area. Prerequisite: (ENVS 1130 or GEOL 1110) and (ENVS 1130L or GEOL 1110L).

**319L. Introductory Field Geology (4)

Principles and techniques of basic field mapping, layout, preparation, and presentation of maps and cross-sections; construction of geologic reports. Offered as a 3-week summer course (20 consecutive days). Prerequisite: **304L and **307L.

352. Global Climate Change (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 352) Gutzler. Comparison of natural and anthropogenic causes of large-scale climate change. Factors influencing development of mitigation of adaptation policies. Prerequisite: MATH 1220 or MATH 1230 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1512.

**365. Exploring the Solar System (3)

Agee. Survey of space exploration past, present, and future. Detailed overview of solar system formation, the Sun, the planets and their moons, asteroids, comets, meteorites and astrobiology.

*400. Topics in Earth and Planetary Sciences (1-4, may be repeated once Δ)

401 / 501. Colloquium (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

Current topics in geology. For graduate students, may be repeated once for credit towards degree. See description for *490. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

405L / 505L. Stable Isotope Geochemistry (3)

Sharp. Examinations of principles governing the distribution of stable isotopes in geological materials and their applications in understanding geochemical processes. Prerequisite: CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1215L and MATH 1522.

410 / 510. Fundamentals of Geochemistry (3)

Asmeron. Geochemistry of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. Geochemical methodology. Prerequisite: CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1225 and MATH 1240.

415 / 515. Geochemistry of Natural Waters (3)

Crossey. Principles of aqueous chemistry and processes controlling the composition of natural waters: streams, lakes, groundwater and the oceans. Prerequisite: **304L or (CHEM 1225 and CHEM 1225L).

420L [420L / 520L]. Topics in Advanced Field Geology (2-4 to a maximum of 8 Δ)

Karlstrom. Advanced geological field techniques; special field problems concentrating on the tectonic evolution of the Rocky Mountain region. Offered as a 3-week course (20 consecutive days). Prerequisite: **319L. {Summer}

*425. X-ray Diffraction (3)

Introduction to x-ray powder diffraction as an analytical method. Course will emphasize use of X-ray diffraction as an analytical tool for the identification, analysis of crystalline materials in minerals, rocks, soils and engineered materials.

427 / 527. Geophysics (3)

(Also offered as PHYS **327) Applications of gravity, magnetics, seismology, heat flow to the structure, constitution and deformation of earth. Related aspects of plate tectonics and resource exploration. Prerequisite: MATH 1522 and PHYS 1320.

428 / 528. Applied Mathematics for Earth and Environmental Sciences (3)

Introduction to linear algebra, differential equations, and vector calculus with applications to hydrology, geophysics, and atmospheric sciences. Prerequisite: MATH 1522.

*439. Paleoclimatology (3)

Fawcett. History of the Earth’s climate. Examination of methods in climactic reconstruction and mechanisms of climactic change. Emphasis on Pleistocene and Holocene climactic records. Prerequisite: ENVS 1130 or GEOL 1110.

445 / 545. Topics in Sedimentology and Stratigraphy (1-4, may be repeated five times Δ)

Variable course content depending on student interest. Topics may include physical sedimentology, sequence stratigraphy, basin analysis, cycle stratigraphy and chemostratigraphy.

450L / 550L. Volcanology (4)

Fischer. Characteristics and mechanism of volcanic systems, volcanism in various continental and marine tectonic settings. Laboratory to include field and laboratory examination of volcanic rocks and structures and models of volcanic processes. Prerequisite: **303L.

455L / 555L. Computational and GIS Applications in Geomorphology (3)

Scuderi. Techniques in acquisition, processing, analysis and display of digital, aerial photo and remote-sensing data; regional quantitative morphometry; use of topography and geology with GIS in landscape evolution and analysis. Prerequisite: 433 and 481L.

462 / 562. Hydrogeology (3)

(Also offered as CE 441 / 541) Weissmann. Hydrologic and geologic factors controlling groundwater flow, including flow to wells. The hydrologic cycle; interactions between surface and subsurface hydrologic systems; regional flow systems. Groundwater geochemistry and contaminant transport. Prerequisite: CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1215L and MATH 1522 and PHYS 1310. Restriction: senior standing.

476 / 576. Physical Hydrology (3)

(Also offered as WR 576) Quantitative treatment of the hydrologic cycle–precipitation, evapotranspiration, runoff and subsurface flow; global change and hydrology; catchment and hillslope hydrology; hydrologic system–ecosystem interactions; hydrology and water resources management. Prerequisite: MATH 1522 and PHYS 1310. Restriction: junior or senior standing. {Fall}

481L / 581L. Geomorphology and Surficial Geology (4)

Meyer. Origin and development of landforms with emphasis on weathering, soils, hillslope processes, fluvial systems and surficial geology; occasional field trips. Prerequisite: (ENVS 1130 and ENVS 1130L) or (GEOL 1110 and GEOL 1110L).

482L. Geoarchaeology (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 482L / 582L) Smith. Application of geological concepts to archaeological site formation with emphasis on pre-ceramic prehistory of the southwestern United States. Quaternary dating methods, paleoenvironment, landscape evolution, depositional environments. Quaternary stratigraphy, soil genesis, sourcing of lithic materials, site formation processes. Required field trip. Prerequisite: ANTH 1211 and ANTH 1211L and ANTH 2175 and GEOL 1110 and GEOL 1110L. Restriction: junior or senior standing. {Alternate Years}

485L / 585L. Soil Stratigraphy and Morphology (3)

McFadden. Application of soils studies to stratigraphic analysis and mapping of Quaternary deposits and geomorphic surfaces; survey of soil classifications; field description of soil profiles; development of soil chronosequences and catenas. Prerequisite: ENVS 1130 or GEOL 1110.

*490. Geologic Presentation (1)

Student review of geologic literature; preparation and critique of oral presentations. Prerequisite: **301 or ENVS 320L. Corequisite: EPS 401.

491–492. Problems (1-3; 1-3)

493. Independent Study (3)

Independent study for departmental honors. Prerequisite: **303L or ENVS 330.

495. Senior Thesis (3)

Candidacy for honors in Earth and Planetary Sciences. Prerequisite: 493.

501 / 401. Colloquium (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

Current topics in geology. For graduate students, may be repeated once for credit towards degree. See description for *490. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

502. Center for Stable Isotopes Seminar (1, may be repeated eight times Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 502) Students will be exposed to cutting edge isotope-focused interdisciplinary research in a lecturer, discussion and constructive feedback setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

505L / 405L. Stable Isotope Geochemistry (3)

507L. Thermodynamics and Physical Foundations of Geochemistry (4)

Sharp. Thermodynamics and application to geologic systems, phase equilibria, phase rule, ideal and nonideal solutions. Prerequisite: **303L and MATH 1522.

510 / 410. Fundamentals of Geochemistry (3)

Asmeron. Geochemistry of igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. Geochemical methodology. Prerequisite: CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1225 and MATH 1240.

513. Planetary Materials and the Evolution of the Solar System (3)

Discussion of the origin and evolution of the planets, including planet Earth, based on study of lunar samples, terrestrial samples and meteorites; theory; earth based observations; and space missions.

515 / 415. Geochemistry of Natural Waters (3)

Crossey. Principles of aqueous chemistry and processes controlling the composition of natural waters: streams, lakes, groundwater and the oceans.

516. Selected Topics in Geomorphology (3, may be repeated five times Δ)

McFadden, Meyer.

518L. Electron Microprobe Analysis (3)

Theory and practice of electron microprobe analysis emphasizing geological materials. Restriction: permission of instructor and a demonstrated need for the use of instrument.

522. Selected Topics in Geophysics (3, may be repeated five times Δ)

Geissman, Roy. Restriction: permission of instructor.

523. Topics in Tectonics (3, may be repeated five times Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

527 / 427. Geophysics (3)

528 / 428. Applied Mathematics for Earth and Environmental Sciences (3)

Introduction to linear algebra, differential equations, and vector calculus with applications to hydrology, geophysics, and atmospheric sciences. Prerequisite: MATH 1522.

534. Radiogenic Isotope Geochemistry (3)

Asmerom. Examination of principles governing the abundance of naturally occurring radiogenic isotopes and their use in the study of global geochemical processes.

536 / 436 [536] . Climate Dynamics (3)

Gutzler. A quantitative introduction to the Earth’s climate system, emphasizing processes responsible for maintaining the current climate and governing climate change on global and regional scales, including interactions between the atmosphere, ocean and biosphere. PHYS 1310 is recommended.

538L. Analytical Electron Microscopy (3)

Principles and practical techniques of transmission and analytical electron microscopy for materials characterization. Topics covered include: diffraction and phase contrast image formation, selected area and convergent beam electron diffraction; energy-dispersive x-ray spectroscopy. Prerequisite: 587 and 518L.

545 / 445. Topics in Sedimentology and Stratigraphy (1-4, may be repeated five times Δ)

Elrick, Smith. Variable course content depending on student interest. Topics may include physical sedimentology, sequence stratigraphy, basin analysis, cycle stratigraphy and chemostratigraphy.

547–548. Seminar (2-3, may be repeated five times Δ; 2-3, may be repeated five times Δ)

550L / 450L. Volcanology (4)

551–552. Problems (1-3; 1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Maximum of three units of problems can count toward M.S. or Ph.D. course requirements.

555L / 455L. Computational and GIS Applications in Geomorphology (3)

562 / 462. Hydrogeology (3)

(Also offered as CE 541 / 441) Weissmann. Hydrologic and geologic factors controlling groundwater flow, including flow to wells. The hydrologic cycle; interactions between surface and subsurface hydrologic systems; regional flow systems. Groundwater geochemistry and contaminant transport.

576 / 476. Physical Hydrology (3)

581L / 481L. Geomorphology and Surficial Geology (4)

Meyer. Origin and development of landforms with emphasis on weathering, soils, hillslope processes, fluvial systems and surficial geology; occasional field trips. Intro to Geology or Environmental Science recommended.

585L / 485L. Soil Stratigraphy and Morphology (3)

587. Advanced Mineralogy (3)

Brearley. Crystallographic principles; structure, chemistry, physical properties of rock forming minerals. Prerequisite: **301 and **302L and CHEM 1225 and CHEM 1225L.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Fine Art (FA)

105. Fine Arts Co-op Work Phase (0)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

229. Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Interdisciplinary topics in fine arts.

329. Historical Interdisciplinary Topics (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the history of the arts.

384. Interdisciplinary Topics (3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Course may be repeated for credit up to four times, as long as the content varies with approval from Associate Dean.

394. Problems in Interdisciplinary Studies (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An independent study in either critical studies or studio, beyond the scope of the Fine Arts interdisciplinary courses, which may occur within or outside the College of Fine Arts.

*395. Topics in Arts and Community (3)

Examines topics in arts and community as a basis for exploring contemporary arts practices. Subjects will be explored through guest lectures, site visits, and student research. Prerequisite: ALBS 2110.

*401. Healing Arts I: Whole Person Care (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Exploring the transformative power of the creative process and the healing arts in relationship to physical, mental, and spiritual health, this course emphasizes personal discovery of health and wholeness. Restriction: junior standing or above.

*402. Healing Arts II: Intersecting Creativity, Communication, and Collaborations (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Exploring the nature of creative collaboration, the essential role communication plays in the collaborative process, and the transformative/healing potentialities that lie therein, participants will engage in multiple collaborations and improve their communication skills. Restriction: junior standing or above.

*403. Healing Arts III: Body As Living Story (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course explores the multidimensional and complex nature of the body while investigating how "dis-ease" within the body may reflect a person's "living story". Focuses: Allopathic medicine, major bodily systems and alternative approaches to healing. Restriction: junior standing or above.

*475. The Professional Print Workshop (2)

Devon Topics related to the operation of a professional printmaking workshop including history, business structures, ethics and marketing. {Fall}

*476. The Professional Printer (4)

Hamon Advanced techniques in lithography with emphasis on development of skills necessary for the master printer. Lecture and practicum topics include theory and chemistry of lithography, collaboration, edition printing, workshop management and paper. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

*486. Healing Arts IV: Arts-Based Community Engaged Projects (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Students will study contemporary models of arts-based community projects from around the world and work on a single arts-based community project in collaboration with a local organization. Restriction: junior standing or above.

*487. Healing Arts V: Independent Study (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course provides an opportunity for advanced, concentrated, and individually directed study in the area of the healing arts requiring research, writing, and/or practice. Prerequisite: *401 and *402 and *403. Restriction: junior standing or above, and permission of instructor.

496. Interdisciplinary Arts Capstone Project (3)

This course is the final project for B.A. in Interdisciplinary Arts. The course topics and focus center on professional practices and critical discourse for interdisciplinary and collaborative artists. Prerequisite: 284 and *395.

*497. Healing Arts VI: Practicum (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This internship will be collaboratively designed by student and faculty advisor with the goal of providing a more comprehensive and in-depth experience of facilitating healing arts in either a medical or community setting. Prerequisite: *401 and *402 and *403 and (*486 or *487). Restriction: junior standing or above, and permission of instructor.

Family and Child Studies (See also: FCST) (FCS)

102. Carpe Noctem: Sleep, Health, and the Family (3)

Students will learn about issues in sleep research with a focus on the examination of sleep in the family context. The course will emphasize how family processes influence sleep across development and vice versa.

302. Emergent Literacy: Birth through Pre-K (3)

This advanced course prepares early childhood professionals to teach reading and writing in Birth to Pre-K classrooms. This course covers a broad spectrum of topics relevant to the teaching of reading. Prerequisite: 311 and 321 and 401.

303. Infant Growth and Development (3)

Provides an overview of infant growth & development from prenatal through the second year of life. Focuses on theoretical foundations and practical applications. Examines contextual and biological during first two years of life.

304. Growth and Development in Middle Childhood (3)

Principles of growth and development for 6 to 11-year-olds in language, cognitive, physical, motor, social and emotional areas. Influences on development included.

305. Research and Evaluation in Family and Child Studies (3)

A course focusing on research and evaluation. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies. {Spring}

310. Friends and Intimate Relationships (3)

Survey of the research concerning friends and intimate relationships. Focus on the dynamic characteristics of friendship and other intimate relationships.

311. Family, Language and Culture (3)

This advanced course prepares prospective teachers for working effectively as partners with diverse family and community members to facilitate the development and learning of children birth through age 8, including children with special needs. Prerequisite: ECED 1130. {Fall}

312. Parent-Child Interactions (3)

Dynamic interactions of parents and children throughout the life cycle in diverse family configurations.

313. Family Theories (3)

Family theories, conceptual frameworks and research relevant to current family lifestyles including single parents, remarried, same sex, cohabitants.

315. Adolescent Development in the Family (3)

Developmental interaction and communication patterns of adolescents within a family setting.

316. Early Childhood Pedagogy and Curriculum (3)

Course focuses on developmentally appropriate practices and content, learning environments, and curriculum implementation for children in Pre-K through 3rd grade. It emphasizes integration of content areas including reading/writing, math, science, and technology. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies, and junior or senior standing.

321. Young Children and Diverse Abilities (3)

Advanced course building upon student understanding of connections among learning, teaching, assessment and program evaluation strategies. Specific focus on educational policies, programs, practices, services appropriate for infants, toddlers, preschoolers, early primary children exhibiting delays and disabilities. Prerequisite: 220.

343. Family Management Theories (3)

Comparison of current theories of family management.

391 / 591. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ; 1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

395. Field Experience (3)

Combines 120 hours of practical experience in agency or institutional setting with class seminar. Students apply and integrate knowledge and skills for working with or on behalf of individuals and/or families.

401. Research in Child Growth, Development and Learning (3)

This advanced course in child growth, development, and learning builds upon the foundational material covered in the basic course in child growth, development, and learning. An integration of major theories of child development is provided. Prerequisite: ECED 1110. {Fall}

402. Teaching and Learning Reading and Writing (3)

This advanced course is designed to prepare early childhood professionals to understand and to teach. This course focuses on reading as a complex, interactive, constructive process. Prerequisite: 202. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies. {Fall, Spring}

403. Growth and Development of the Preschool Child (3)

Developmental principles and recent research on language, cognitive, physical-motor and social-emotional development of the preschool child.

405. Advanced Caregiving for Infants and Toddlers (3)

This advanced course prepares early childhood professionals to teach reading and writing in K-3 classrooms. A broad spectrum of topics relevant to the teaching of reading are covered. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies, and junior or senior standing.

406. Teaching and Learning Math and Science (4)

This course focuses on the standards, principles, and practices in teaching mathematics and science to young children in preschool through grade 3. An emphasis is placed on developing a content-rich integrated math and science curriculum. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies, and junior or senior standing.

408. Teaching and Learning in Social Studies, Fine Arts and Movement (3)

This course emphasizes an integrated approach to teaching the “what and why” of social studies, fine arts and movement; assessing student learning; planning units, lessons, and activities; developing effective instructional strategies. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies, and junior or senior standing.

*411. Marriage and Family Life Education (3)

Philosophies and processes of family life education programs (FLE).

412. Fathering (3)

This course will examine fathers’ role in child development across cultural groups. Conceptualization of fathering and the relationship between cultural beliefs and fathering behaviors will be explored.

416. Adult Development in the Family (3)

Examination of the biological, psychological and sociocultural aspects of adult development and aging and their dynamic interactions within the context of diverse family structures and lifestyles. Implications for prevention and intervention strategies discussed.

417L. Teaching and Learning Practicum (2)

This advanced practicum provides opportunities for students to develop, implement, and evaluate developmentally appropriate and integrated learning experiences for children in K-3rd grade. This 2 credit-hour practicum requires 60 supervised contact hours. Pre- or corequisite: 402. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies. {Fall, Spring}

440. Student Teaching Seminar (3)

Weekly seminar where students engage in critical reflection and discussion of their own practice, and make connections between theory and practice. Students focus on developing competencies, self-assessment, and develop a professional portfolio. Prerequisite: 311 and 321 and 401 and 406 and 408 and 417L and ECED 1115 and ECED 1120 and ECED 2110 and ECED 2115 and ECED 2120 and ECED 2121 and ECED 2130 and ECED 2131. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies, and senior standing.

440L. Student Teaching Laboratory (9)

Student teaching experience in early childhood including placement and assigned tasks in an early childhood classroom with a mentor teacher, and a weekly seminar where students review and reflect on their own teaching practices. Prerequisite: 305 and 401 and 402 and 417L. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Family and Child Studies. {Fall, Spring}

481. Public Policy and Advocacy in Family and Child Studies (3)

Synthesis of issues in Family Studies with emphasis on the formulation and impact of public policies. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

*484. The Sociocultural Context of Families (3)

Survey of family dynamics of ethnic minority families in the U.S. Topics include gender roles, mate selection, conjugal power, intermarriage, child development, parenting, the elderly, kinship patterns and reciprocal impact of social environments and family systems.

493 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ; 1-3, no limit Δ)

497. Reading and Research in Honors I (2)

Advanced studies and research under the supervision of a faculty mentor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research in Honors II (2)

Advanced studies and research under the supervision of a faculty mentor. Prerequisite: 497. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (2)

Prerequisite: 498. Restriction: permission of instructor.

501. Parent Education (3)

Focus on philosophy of parent education, including content, processes, procedures, techniques and resources. Implications of child development principles from infancy through adolescence for parenting will be examined.

502. Developmental Issues in Families: Early Childhood (3)

Addresses developmental issues in families with children from birth through age 8, including all aspects of development in children, with developmental implications for family members, based on contemporary research. Prerequisite: a course in human development, early childhood or developmental psychology.

503. Seminar in Human Growth and Development (3)

Theories and research relevant to human growth and development across the life span, including implications for education, child rearing and counseling.

504. Developmental Issues in Families: Middle Childhood and Adolescence (3)

Physical, affective, social and language/cognitive development in middle childhood and adolescence. Ecological and relational influences will be emphasized, including school, gender, social class, family and peer relationships. {Offered in rotation with two other developmental courses}

508. Developmental Issues in Families: Adulthood and Aging (3)

Current issues concerning the biological, psychological and sociocultural aspects of adult development and aging within the contexts of diverse family structures and lifestyles will be examined through the study of the relevant research literature. {Offered in rotation with 502 and 504}

514. Fatherhood (3)

A critical examination of issues related to fatherhood including the multiple dimensions of paternal involvement, influences on involvement and consequences of involvement. The course examines multiple perspectives and frameworks for understanding fatherhood.

516. Advanced Study of Early Childhood Curriculum (3)

This course focuses on investigating early childhood curricula for children birth to 3rd grade. Students conduct studies to gain deeper understandings of current curricula, theoretical foundations, related trends and issues, and impact on children's learning.

517. Family Interaction Theories (3)

Review of salient theories and dynamics involved in understanding interaction patterns within contemporary families. The ability to analyze relationships is emphasized. Restriction: permission of instructor.

543. Managing Family Resources (3)

A survey of the research in the field of family management to include family resources, decision making and work allocation. Prerequisite: a course in family management theories or permission of instructor.

570. Research Methods in Family and Child Studies (3)

Research design and methods used in research with families. Includes individual projects.

576. Teaching and Learning Through Play (3)

This course explores the philosophical and theoretical foundations of play and its impact on children's development and learning. Students explore current research, issues, and trends related to play in early childhood programs. {Fall}

581. Seminar in Legal, Ethical and Policy Issues in Family and Child Studies (3)

Examination and analysis of contemporary issues relating to families from legal, ethical and policy perspectives. Development of a code of ethics for family professionals. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Family and Child Studies.

584. Multicultural Issues: Working with Families (3)

Provides information specific to various subcultures in the U.S.A., including cultural self-awareness, and the development of multicultural competence for successful interaction. Emphasis is on research findings on multicultural issues working with children, adults and families.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ; 1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credit hours for Master’s Plan I and a maximum of 12 credit hours for Master’s Plan II.

593 / 493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ; 1-3, no limit Δ)

Various current topics in family studies are offered on a trial basis before they are established as permanent courses. Additional information may be obtained from the program.

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3)

Course completed in a setting where student will work with families and/or individuals. Students must participate in 160 hours. Restriction: permission of instructor.

596. Graduate Research Seminar (3, may be repeated once Δ [3])

Designed for non-thesis M.A. Family and Child Studies students to complete a scholarly research project. In this project, students are expected to demonstrate skills and knowledge in research methods, statistics, and academic writing. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Family and Child Studies.

598. Directed Readings in Family and Child Studies (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Independent readings to be arranged with individual faculty.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

610. Applied Developmental Science in Families (3)

This advanced doctoral seminar explores the application of Developmental Science to the understanding of human development in families.

614. Globalization and International Families (3)

This course discusses empirical findings and conceptual, descriptive, and cultural frameworks for understanding diverse forms and functions of the family in a global context.

615. Human Development in Cultural Contexts (3)

This course explores theories and methodological commitments of developmental cultural psychology. It analyzes issues, trends, and controversies in relation to current and future empirical work.

620. Sleep and Family Processes (3)

622. Seminar in Advanced Study of Early Childhood Education (3)

This advanced studies course focuses on multiple dimensions associated with educating children birth to 3rd grade. Discussions topics include current literature, investigations of practice, tensions between policy and practice, advocacy, initiatives, and exemplary programs.

625. Seminar in Self Regulation (3)

Advanced doctoral seminar explores the field of self-regulation from an ecological, developmental, and applied approach. Related constructs will be explored as well as diverse theories and applications.

670. Advanced Seminar in Theory and Research in Family and Child Studies I (3)

The first half of a two-semester course examining the nature of theories, theoretical approaches to the study of families and the application of various theories of human development. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Family and Child Studies.

671. Advanced Seminar in Theory and Research in Family and Child Studies II (3)

The second half of a two-semester course examining the application of certain theories to research on families and the implications of family theories for education, prevention and social policies. Prerequisite: 670. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Family and Child Studies.

699. Doctoral Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Students may not receive credit in dissertation until the semester in which the doctoral comps are passed. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Family and Child Studies (See also: FCS) (FCST)

1120. Introduction to Family and Child Studies (3)

An introduction to the profession of Family Studies including content areas, community agencies and career opportunities.

2130. Marriage and Family Relationships (3)

This course provides insights into contemporary marriage and family situations. Focus is on decision-making for better understanding of families and the broader society. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

Film and Digital Media Arts (FDMA)

1210. Digital Video Production I (3)

An introduction to digital video production. Students learn camera operation, lights and audio equipment. Hands-on production is completed in the studio and on location. Special fee required.

1520. Introduction to Digital Media (3)

This course is designed to provide students with a survey of the histories, innovative concepts, and creative possibilities of digital media. Within both the lecture hall and the studio lab, students will consider a wide variety of digital media processes and applications. Additionally, students will learn fundamental skills in teamwork, storytelling, and design. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

1996. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

2110. Introduction to Film Studies (3)

This course introduces students to the fundamentals in film history, criticism, and theory. Though viewing and analysis of a variety of narrative, documentary, and experimental films, students will advance their understanding of key issues in filmic representation and aesthetics. A range of approaches will be employed in understanding the aesthetic and cultural significance of the medium, including feminism, post-colonialism, critical race theory, and modernism. Special fee required. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design.

2195. Beyond Hollywood (3)

This course concentrates on the representation of children and adolescents in world cinema. The portrayal of children throughout world cinema has a long and rich complex history, which has been primarily shaped by family and national structures. Through film screenings, readings, and discussions class will center on the exploration of what it means to look at children and what cultural baggage are their bodies asked to carry. Also, what impact do national and global politics have on the lives of children? Through the establishment and use of basic vocabulary and analytic methodologies of film studies, larger theoretical and practical questions about how cinema functions as a cultural and ideological force, especially how it helps to construct ideas about the family, the nation, and national identities will be addressed. Class screenings will cover a breadth of children and adolescents in world cinema but readings, discussions, and outside film viewings will provide a more comprehensive overall picture. Special fee required.

2280. Topics in Videomaking (3, may be repeated once Δ)

These courses strengthen students’ skills in video technology while helping them write, direct, and edit video projects that begin to reflect a personal, artistic vision. Special fee required. Prerequisite: 1210.

2286. Activating Digital Space (3)

This class introduces students to the techniques of dramatic narrative and how those techniques can inform a visual grammar where form follows function. Prerequisite: 1210.

2520. Introduction to Cinematography (3)

The Director of Photography (or Cinematographer), in close collaboration with the Director and Production Designer, helps determine the look of a film. This course is designed to introduce students to the technical and aesthetic fundamentals of creating, developing, and collaborating on the visual elements of storytelling, using camera framing, lensing, and lighting fundamentals such as shadows, light and color. Prerequisite: 2525.

2525. Video Production II (3)

An in-depth exploration of digital video production, including camera, lighting and sound production techniques for studio and field production. This class will help the filmmaker visualize and execute a digital film in a real-world team environment. Prerequisite: 1210.

2530. Introduction to 3D Modeling (3)

This course will introduce 3D modeling methods and current practices. Students will learn preliminary and detailed modeling techniques using industry standard software. Methods will emphasize formal and functional aspects of modeling as they apply to mechanical, organic, and sculpted topology for application in animation, games, and information media.

2610. Directing I (3)

Introduction to the creative process of a film director. Students will participate in hands-on workshops and develop stories for motion media, create screenplays and work with actors in short scenes using current technologies in film, television and web-based media production. Prerequisite: 1210 and (310 or 324).

2714. Introduction to Animation (3)

This course will be entirely focused on laying the foundation of animation around the twelve principles of animation as defined by Disney master animators Frank Thomas and Ollie Johnston.

2768. Introduction to Game Development (3)

In tandem with innovations of modern computing machines, people have been devising ways to "play" with these systems through programming games on these devices. Video games have matured into an expressive medium rooted in using algorithms as the means for constructing interactive experiences. Building these games requires an understanding on principles of interactive design, computer science, and storytelling. Prerequisite: CS 105L or CS 152L.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

302. Digital Game Design (3)

The philosophy of games, game design process, and player psychology. Includes the steps to designing a digital game, from concept and storyboarding to understanding the underlying technical mechanics.

303. Moving Image Art (3)

Creative laboratory exploring aesthetic and theoretical issues relating to moving image art, new media technology, and the creative process. Critiques, technical instruction, and lectures on moving image art history and theory. Prerequisite: 1210.

304. Experiments in Cinema (3)

Work to produce an international, experimental film and video festival. Learn grant writing, the curatorial process, hospitality, promotion, public relations, and the history of film festivals.

310. Writing Digital Narrative (3)

The goal of this course is to offer students an overview of issues on writing for digital media; its objective is to create successful, media-savvy writers, who work across digital platforms.

311. Fundamentals of Music Technology (2-3)

(Also offered as MUS 311 / 511) A hands-on introduction to various computer applications useful to musicians in all areas of specialization. Various computer programs aiding in music notation, arranging and MIDI composition will be presented and explored.

313 / *413. Avant-Garde Film History (3)

Looks at major trends in avant-garde, experimental, and underground filmmaking movements and the artists working outside the boundaries of institutionalized cinema to explore new perceptual frontiers.

314 / *414. History of Animation (3)

Traces the development of animation from its earliest filmic examples to the present day, including technological advancements and aesthetic shifts. Covers celluloid, stop-motion, and computer animation history.

324. Introduction to Screenwriting (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL 324) Writing workshop on basics of character structure, scenes, visualization, and good old story telling as it applies to the screenplay. Students read scripts, watch film clips, and begin writing an original screenplay.

326 / *426. History of Film I (3)

History of the motion picture from its beginnings to the era of sound. Screening and analysis of major films. Special fee required. May not receive credit for both 326 and *426. Prerequisite: 2110.

327 / *427. History of Film II (3)

History of the motion picture from the advent of sound to the present day. Screening and analysis of major films. Special fee required. May not receive credit for both 327 and *427. Prerequisite: 2110.

330. Studies in Film (3, no limit Δ)

Studies in film and video genres, regional and national cinemas, and the work of individual artists. Special fee required. May be repeated if subject matter varies.

331 / *431. Film Theory (3)

A lecture survey of major currents in film theory from film’s beginnings to the present. Screening and analysis of major films. May not receive credit for both 331 and *431. Special fee required. Prerequisite: 2110.

332 / *432. Documentary Film History and Theory (3)

History and theory of documentary, with emphasis on how this knowledge is applied in the making of a documentary. Screenings of work by Robert Flaherty, Trinh T. Minh-ha, and others. Special fee required.

334 / *434. Teen Rebels (3)

An examination of Hollywood films of the 1950s, ’60s and ’70s, whose youthful main characters challenge convention and authority. Special fee required.

335 / *435. International Horror Film (3)

A study of major horror films from various countries, with related readings in fiction, philosophy, psychology, and film studies. Classics such as Nosferatu and Frankenstein are screened. Special fee required.

336 / *436. Images of Womxn [Images of (Wo)men] (3)

Our study will regard films about women, men, and everybody else. With feminism, queer theory, critical race studies, and transgender film theory, we’ll consider cinema from “women’s pictures” to films about the permutations of gender. Special fee required.

337 / *437. Alfred Hitchcock (3)

An exploration of cinematic suspense, surprise, and shock in relation to Hitchcock’s cinema. Special fee required.

339. Russian Culture and History through Film (3)

(Also offered as HIST 335; RUSS 339) In this course we study films and read secondary sources from the Soviet and post-Soviet eras (with English subtitles) and examine how they comment on current Russian social and cultural issues. Taught in English. Special fee required.

350. Advanced Screenwriting (3)

A continuation of Introduction to Screenwriting, this course is a workshop designed to assist the writer in completing scripts for a feature film, two episodes of a television series, or a series of short films. Prerequisite: 324 or ENGL 324.

375. Producing for Film and Digital Media (3)

(Also offered as ALBS 375) Students will learn roles of the motion picture producer, acquiring the skills to produce a film or digital media project. Includes choosing a viable project and optioning, developing and preparing for pre-production, production, and post-production.

390. Topics in the Elements of Filmmaking (3, no limit Δ)

Practicum in basic conceptual aspects of independent filmmaking. Each student creates cinematic work in this course. Special fee required.

391. 16mm Filmmaking (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course provides an introduction to basic 16mm filmmaking techniques, with an emphasis on film as a creative art form. Students take up all aspects of filmmaking, from pre-production planning through the final edit. Special fee required.

*401. Digital Post Production (3)

Designed to expand awareness of the elements of film and video post-production, with emphasis on expanding skills as an editor. Develops competence with tools to practice the art of the editor effectively. Prerequisite: 1210.

*402. Documentary Film Production (3)

Hands-on workshop introduces tools and methods of video making in the genre of "creative nonfiction". Emphasizes development of personal approaches to the creative process, technical skills, and familiarity with the documentary form. Prerequisite: 1210.

*403. Advanced Game Development (3)

Expands on ideas developed in the introductory course, including new techniques and tools for game development. Students work in collaborative, interdisciplinary game development teams. Prerequisite: 2768.

*404. Advanced Animation (3)

Analyze and implement correct physical movement of the human body using animation software. Create solid, finished looking animation for bipedal characters with believable and meaningful performances, including facial animation and speech. Prerequisite: 2714.

*405. Advanced Maya Production (3)

Production ready techniques in 3D Computer Graphics and Visual Effects creation, including advanced modeling, rigging, animation, camera mapping and projection, and rendering and compositing using Maya. Prerequisite: 2530.

*406. Virtual Reality Cinema (3)

The basics of virtual reality cinema, game building, user experience design, how to make spherical videos for use in virtual reality head mounted displays, and how augmented reality apps work. Prerequisite: 1210.

*407. Compositing for Visual Effects (3)

The basics of digital compositing, the art of combining and manipulating images for CGI, special effects, and animation.

*409. Advanced Video Art (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This class helps students to develop more complex artistic statements on video. Critiques of student work, plus readings and discussions about various arts and media. Special fee required. Prerequisite: 303.

*410. The Business and Law of Film and New Media (3)

This course will introduce students to the business and legal aspects of creating a new digital media venture including: concept formation; marketing; budget development; finding financing; forming a company; hiring and managing employees; and sales. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

*411. Advanced Cinematography (3)

Work with modern digital professional camera systems, building an understanding of cinematographic techniques, practices, and aesthetics. Use light, color, camera movement, composition, and lens selection to develop cinematic emotions. Prerequisite: 2520.

412. Fundamentals of Audio Technology (2-3)

(Also offered as MUS 412 / 512) Audio editing and equipment and basics of recordings through lab experiences and creative projects. Includes fundamentals of the physics of sound and analysis.

*413 / 313. Avant-Garde Film History (3)

*414 / 314. History of Animation (3)

*426 / 326. History of Film I (3)

History of the motion picture from its beginnings to the era of sound. Screenings and analysis of major films. Special fee required. May not receive credit for both 326 and *426. Prerequisite: 2110.

*427 / 327. History of Film II (3)

History of the motion picture from the advent of sound to the present day. Screenings and analysis of major films. Special fee required. May not receive credit for both 327 and *427. Prerequisite: 2110.

*429. Topics in Production (1-3, no limit Δ)

Workshops in specific production topics conducted by guest artists in film and video as their schedules permit. May be repeated if subject matter varies. Special fee required. Prerequisite: 1210.

*430. Topics in Film History (3, no limit Δ)

Studies in film and video genres, regional and national cinemas, and the work of individual artists. Special fee required. May be repeated if subject matter varies.

*431 / 331. Film Theory (3)

*432 / 332. Documentary Film History and Theory (3)

*434 / 334. Teen Rebels (3)

An examination of Hollywood films of the 1950s, ’60s and ’70s, whose youthful main characters challenge convention and authority. Special fee required.

*435 / 335. International Horror Film (3)

*436 / 336. Images of Womxn [Images of (Wo)men] (3)

*437 / 337. Alfred Hitchcock (3)

An exploration of cinematic suspense, surprise, and shock in relation to Hitchcock’s cinema. Special fee required.

450. Capstone I: Senior Film Projects (4)

Students are required to form interdisciplinary collaborative teams that will develop and plan project ideas. Prerequisite: (2520 or 2610 or 303 with a minimum grade of "B") and 2525 with a minimum grade of "B" and (310 or 324 with a minimum grade of "B") and *401 with a minimum grade of "B". Restriction: admitted to B.F.A. Film and Digital Arts; and senior standing; and permission of department.

451. Capstone II: Senior Film Projects (4)

Collaborative teams execute projects and give open demonstration of the results. Prerequisite: 450. Restriction: admitted to B.F.A. Film and Digital Arts; and senior standing; and permission of department.

452. Capstone I: Senior Gaming Projects (4)

Students are required to form interdisciplinary collaborative teams that will develop and plan gaming project ideas. For students in the B.A. Film and Digital Arts concentration in Gaming. Prerequisite: 302 with a minimum grade of "B" and (310 or 324 with a minimum grade of "B") and *403 with a minimum grade of "B". Restriction: admitted to B.A. Film and Digital Arts; and senior standing; and permission of department.

453. Capstone II: Senior Gaming Projects (4)

Collaborative teams execute gaming projects and give open demonstration of the results. For students in the B.A. Film and Digital Arts concentration in Gaming. Prerequisite: 452. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Film and Digital Arts; and senior standing; and permission of department.

454. Capstone I: Senior Animation Projects (4)

Students are required to form interdisciplinary collaborative teams that will develop and plan animation project ideas. For students in the B.A. Film and Digital Arts concentration in Animation. Prerequisite: (310 or 324 with a minimum grade of "B") and *404 with a minimum grade of "B" and *405 with a minimum grade of "B". Restriction: admitted to B.A. Film and Digital Arts; and senior standing; and permission of department.

455. Capstone II: Senior Animation Projects (4)

Collaborative teams execute animation projects and give open demonstration of the results. For students in the B.A. Film and Digital Arts concentration in Animation. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Film and Digital Arts; and senior standing; and permission of department.

*485. Problems in Interdisciplinary Studies (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, MUS 584) An independent study in either critical studies or studio, beyond the scope of the Fine Arts interdisciplinary courses, which may occur within or outside the College of Fine Arts. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*487. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, DANC, MUS, THEA 487 / 587) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*491. Topics in Film and Digital Media (1-3, no limit Δ)

This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to develop a course based on a topic related to digital media, and may include courses in career development for media industries.

492. Film and Digital Arts Internship (1-12 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Real-world experience for students to build film and digital media arts skills in the context of the organization's products or services. Students must possess minimum overall grade-point-average of 2.5 to enroll. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: at least 9 credit hours in FDMA courses, with at least one FDMA 300-level course. Restriction: admitted or preadmitted to B.F.A. Film and Digital Arts; and permission of department.

496 / 596. Undergraduate Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Film and Digital Arts majors undertake individual projects and internships that arise outside the boundaries of other FDMA production courses. The student will enlist the support of a department faculty member to enroll. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

497 / 597. Undergraduate Independent Study (2-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Individual investigation or reading, plus the writing of an essay, under faculty direction. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Directed independent study in a field of special interest, culminating in a written thesis and, if appropriate, a film or video project. Open only by invitation to department honors candidates. Special fee required.

596 / 496. Graduate Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

597 / 497. Graduate Independent Study (2-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Individual investigation or reading, plus the writing of an essay, under faculty direction. Special fee required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

French (FREN)

1110. French I (3)

Intended for students with no previous exposure to French, this course develops basic listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills aiming toward the ACTFL novice-high level. This is an introductory course designed to teach the student to communicate in French in everyday situations and to develop an understanding of French and Francophone cultures through the identification of cultural products and practices, of cultural perspectives, and the ability to function at a survival level in an authentic cultural content. This course will also develop the student’s sense of personal and social responsibility through the identification of social issues. Conducted in French. Credit for both this course and FREN 1150 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. {Fall, Spring}

1120. French II (3)

A continuation of 1110, students will develop a broader foundation in skills gained during the first semester, including understanding, speaking, reading and writing French aiming toward the ACTFL intermediate-low level. This course is designed to increase student fluency in French as applied to everyday situations. Students will also learn to recognize and understand various French and Francophone products, practices, and perspectives, identifying common cultural patterns, describing basic cultural viewpoints, and further developing their sense of personal and social responsibility through the investigation of cultural issues. Conducted in French. Credit for both this course and FREN 1150 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. {Fall, Spring}

1150. Accelerated Elementary French (6)

An intensive accelerated combination of 1110-1120. Credit for both this course and FREN 1110 may not be applied toward a degree program.Credit for both this course and FREN 1120 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2110. French III (3)

In this third semester course, students will continue to develop a broader foundation in skills gained during the first year, including understanding, speaking, reading and writing French aiming toward the ACTFL intermediate-mid level. This course is designed to teach the student to communicate in a more sustained way in areas of personal interest and in everyday situations. Students will engage in and analyze various French and Francophone products, practices, and perspectives, as well as continue to develop their sense of personal and social responsibility through comparison and contrast of cultural perspectives. Conducted mostly in French. Credit for both this course and FREN 2140 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2120. French IV (3)

In this fourth semester course, students will continue to broaden and refine skills gained during previous semesters, including understanding, speaking, reading and writing French aiming at the ACTFL intermediate-high level. This course is designed to teach the student to communicate in a more sustained way in situations that go beyond the everyday. Students will evaluate various French and Francophone products, practices, and create ways to demonstrate their sense of personal and social responsibility through participation in cultural interaction. Conducted entirely in French. Credit for both this course and FREN 2140 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2140. Intensive Intermediate French (6)

An intensive accelerated combination of 2110-2120. Credit for both this course and FREN 2110 may not be applied toward a degree program.Credit for both this course and FREN 2120 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2145. Intermediate French Conversation (3)

Designed primarily to give qualified students of 2110-2120 extra practice in the oral use of the language; therefore, it is recommended that it be taken concurrently with 2110 or 2120. Enrollment limited to 20 students.

301. Advanced Essay and Exploration I (3)

Contextual grammar review and study of stylistics to improve composition skills. Introduction to literature and/or cinema. Taught entirely in French. Prerequisite: 2120 or 2140.

302. Advanced Essay and Exploration II (3)

Advanced grammar and continued stylistic study and discussion of literature and/or film. A stepping stone to the literature and culture classes. Taught entirely in French. Prerequisite: 2120 or 2140.

305. French Pronunciation (3)

Phonetic and phonemic system of French. Required for the undergraduate major. Prerequisite: 2120 or 2140. {Yearly}

307. French Translation (3)

Study of principles and techniques of translating through comparative stylistics. Prerequisite: 301 and 302.

310. French Worlds (3)

A look at French culture, history, and civilization through the ages and through a variety of media. Taught in French. Prerequisite: 301 and 302.

315. French Creativity (3)

Develops students' French skills to an advanced level, introduces them to methods of reading and interpretation necessary for success in advanced courses, and exposes them to literary movements central to French literary traditions. Prerequisite: 301 and 302.

320. French Study Abroad (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

An introduction to French cultures and language through study abroad. Course locations vary according to course content.

335. Topics in French Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 335) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of French and Francophone literature and culture.

365. Topics in French Cinema (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Topics in French film.

385. Seminars in French Studies (1-4, no limit Δ)

Titles of individual sections will vary as content varies. Topics will deal with specific aspects of French literature, culture and language. Prerequisite: 301 and 302.

415. French Culture (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course examines various aspects of French culture. Prerequisite: 301 and 302 and (310 or 315).

432. Topics in Literature and Culture (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 432) Varying topics in the practice and theory of literatures and cultures.

465. Topics in French Film (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Topics in French film.

485. Advanced Seminar in French Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Topics will deal with specific aspects of French literature, culture, and/or language. Course taught in French. Prerequisite: 301 and 302 and (310 or 315).

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Open to juniors and seniors approved by the Honors Committee.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled for departmental honors.

500. Teaching Practicum (1-3)

Required of all new teaching assistants in French; others by permission of instructor.

502. Topics in Medieval French Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Study of topics in medieval French literature and culture.

508. Reading French for Graduate Students I (3)

This is the first of a two-course series for graduate students who need to acquire a reading knowledge of French.

512. Topics in Sixteenth Century French Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

522. Topics in Seventeenth Century French Studies (3. may be repeated twice Δ)

524. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century French Literature (3)

532. Topics in Eighteenth Century French Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

542. Topics in Nineteenth Century French (3-9 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in 19th-century French studies.

552. Topics in Twentieth Century French Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

570. Seminar in French Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

575. Graduate Problems (1-6, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

580. Topics in Cultural Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

582. Topics in Colonial and Postcolonial Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

584. Special Topics in Women Writers (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

585. Graduate Seminars in French Studies (1-4, no limit Δ)

Each section in this course will focus on a different topic. Titles of individual sections will vary as content varies.

588. Topics in Genre Studies (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Interdisciplinary study of a specific literary genre.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

600. Topics in One Author's Oeuvre (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

An in-depth study of one author’s oeuvre.

611. Topics in Theory (3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics in literary and cultural studies.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

First Year Experience (FYEX)

1010. Foundational Math (3)

This course is designed to prepare students for college-level mathematics courses by strengthening key mathematical concepts. It addresses the transition from high school to college and incorporates strategies needed for problem solving.

1020. Math Learning Strategies (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course is designed to help increase awareness of math-based structures in day-to-day life, interpret and evaluate information presented in graphical and visual formats, and use problem-solving tools and concepts to analyze information and arguments.

1030. Critical Text Analysis (1-3)

This course presents the reading process including study reading, critical thinking and analysis. It addresses the transition from high school to college and incorporates strategies needed for problem solving.

1110. First-Year Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course is designed to help students achieve greater success in college and in life. Students will learn many proven strategies for creating greater academic, professional, and personal success. Topics may include career exploration, time management, study and test-taking strategies to adapt to different learning environments, interpersonal relationships, wellness management, financial literacy, and campus and community resources.

Geography (GEOG)

1115. Maps and GIScience (3)

Maps are tools for communication. Will explore scale; projections; symbolization; generalization; alternative or non-tradition map representations provided by GIS, remote sensing, multimedia and animated maps.

1115L. Maps and GIScience Laboratory (1)

Students gain field and laboratory experience in geographic data collection, analysis, interpretation, and presentation. Topics include map reading, spatial sampling and statistics, the global position system (GPS), geographic information systems (GIS), remote sensing, and cartography.

1150. Introduction to Environmental Studies (3)

Survey of environmental issues related to the degradation of land, air and water resources.

1160. Home Planet: Land, Water and Life (3)

This course introduces the physical elements of world geography through the study of climate and weather, vegetation, soils, plate tectonics, and the various types of landforms as well as the environmental cycles and the distributions of these components and their significance to humans. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

1160L. Home Planet Laboratory (1)

Exercises designed to complement 1160. Applied problems in the spatial processes of the physical environment. Map construction and reading, weather and climatic analysis, classification of vegetative and soil associations, landform distribution analysis. Two hours lab. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1160.

1165. People and Place (3)

By focusing on issues of globalization, this course provides an overview of core concepts from human geography, including systematic analyses of economic, political, and cultural geography. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

1175. World Regional Geography (3)

The regional geography of the world. Both physical and human aspects are studied along with current economic and political problems. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1970. World of Beer (3)

This course examines and the complex and fascinating world of beer. It examines social and ecological influences on its development and explores the functions of beer from historical, economic, cultural, environmental and physical viewpoints.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2115. Information Design in Science and Society (3)

Students learn to communicate complex, scientific data by designing infographics, and to analyze infographics as storytelling devices. This course builds information literacy and communication skills in an increasingly data-driven society. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 1: Communication.

217. Energy, Environment and Society (3)

(Also offered as ME 217) A look at the social, ethical, and environmental impacts of energy use both now and through history. A survey of renewable energy and conservation and their impact on environmental and social systems. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

254. Introduction to Latin American Society I: Social Sciences (3)

(Also offered as POLS 254, SOCI 354) Introduction to Latin American Studies through the social sciences examines major themes including colonialism, agrarian transformation, urbanization, demographics, family, human rights, inequalities, violence, and social movements. Emphasis given to insights gained from making interdisciplinary connections.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

340. Latin American Culture and Society (3)

(Also offered as LTAM 360; HIST 379; POLS 360) This course serves as an introduction to the cultures and societies of Latin America from an interdisciplinary perspective. The course surveys the region using materials drawn from both the humanities and social sciences.

350. Field Methods in Geography (3)

Field-based learning experiences focused on the collection and analysis of natural phenomena. Methods for recording and analyzing climate, vegetation, biodiversity, and disturbance patterns are explored through field and laboratory experiences in the Albuquerque region. Prerequisite: 1160 and 1160L.

352. Global Climate Change (3)

(Also offered as EPS 352) Comparison of natural and anthropogenic causes of large-scale climate change. Factors influencing development of mitigation of adaptation policies. Prerequisite: MATH 1220 or MATH 1230 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1512.

**360. Land Use Management (3)

Exercise of legal and political power over land and other resources. Resolution of conflicts between competing land users.

361. The Global Countryside (3)

Course examines rural spaces in global context, rural development and agrarian transitions, rural-urban connections, and changing patterns of rural land use. Integrates critical development theory, decolonial theory, feminist theory, and other perspectives.

364. Law, Place and Space (3)

This class examines the relationships between law and geography, interrogating how law shapes the human experience of place, and the ways that a variety of spatial categories inform the law.

365. Nature and Society (3)

This course explores the human dimensions of geographical challenges through the traditions, actions and social organization of contemporary western and global/international human systems.

380L. Basic Statistics for Geographers (3)

Introduces fundamental statistical and quantitative modeling techniques widely used in geography. Emphasizes geographic examples and spatial problems. Includes a lab component that covers the use of statistical software in geographic analysis. Fee required.

**381L. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (4)

The study of spatial data, spatial processes and an introduction to the computer tools necessary to analyze spatial representations of the real world. Exercises in data acquisition, preprocessing, map analysis and map output. Fees required. Three hours lecture, 2 hours lab.

390. Qualitative Methods for Geographers (3)

This course introduces fundamental qualitative methods and research design widely used in geography. Emphasizes geographic examples and spatial problems through the completion of an independent research project on a geography topic.

413 / 513. Critical Cartography (3)

Explores the critical nature of maps and mapping, focusing on maps as tools of communication, action, and power. Evaluates histories of cartography and experiments with modern applications of mapping technology in community context.

427 / 527. Introductory Programming for GIS (3)

This course is intended to provide GIS software users with an introduction to Python, the de facto programming language of the GIS community. Prerequisite: **381L.

428 / 528. Advanced Programming for GIS (3)

This course is intended to provide advanced GIS software programing experience, with an emphasis on the creation of standalone, distributable programs in Python, the de facto programming language of the GIS community. Prerequisite: 427.

440 / 540. Geographies of the Body (3)

Course examines how relations of power--including race, gender, and sexuality--are mapped onto the body, how bodies can become sites for geographical inquiry, and how the body can become a place for resisting systems of oppression.

*445. Geography of New Mexico and the Southwest (3)

This course introduces the geography of the Southwest, focusing on New Mexico. Students will conduct independent research in conjunction with a multi-day field trip.

*446. Exploring Oaxaca Through Food and Craft (3)

Field course focusing on food and craft production as related to geography, sustainability, and development in indigenous communities in Oaxaca, Mexico. Topics include indigenous culture, food systems, globalization, heritage and tourism, economics and material culture.

*450. Hazards and Disasters (3)

This seminar explores how power and space together shape contemporary sociocultural, political, and ecological worlds. Focal topics and theoretical approaches will vary each semester.

453/553. Environmental Systems Modeling (3)

Course assesses social-environmental challenges from the perspective of system dynamics. Students learn the basics of system structure and behavior, and apply these concepts in a hands-on, computer-based modeling project. Prerequisites: 380L and (MATH 1430 or MATH 1512)

461 / 561. Environmental Management (3)

Examination of critical issues of environmental degradation in global and local system related to: air and water pollution, soil erosion, deforestation, strip mining, over dependence on fossil fuels and improper management of toxic and other wastes. Appraisal of the conservation methods and policies applied to these issues and the outlook for the future.

462 / 562. Water Governance (3)

In this class, we view political considerations as inherent in water management and unavoidable. This focus on politics before technical water resource manipulation is what we call water governance, compared to traditional "water resource management".

463 / 563. Public Land Management (3)

Defining public and private rights associated with managing natural resources is the key to many of the current controversies concerning the environment. This course looks at public land policy and policy related to other common property resources such as water, the oceans, and the coastal zone.

464 / 564. Food, Environment, and Society [Food and Natural Resources] (3)

Students gain an advanced introduction to the interrelated social and environmental factors shaping food systems locally and globally by considering forms of production, distribution, and consumption.

466 / 566. The City (3)

This class examines the vectors of difference - cultural, economic, political, legal and environmental - that animate urban form and life. Class involves fieldwork.

467 / 567. Governing the Global Environment (3)

The role of global and regional governmental and non-governmental organizations in environmental politics, and the process of their formation and change in response to environmental problems.

469 / 569. Environments and Peoples in Latin America (3)

Course uses human geography to explore development and historical economic and environmental change in Latin America, with a special focus on the second half of the 20th century.

470 / 570. Environmental Security: Energy (3)

Course explores the systems that supply energy to modern societies, and identifies threats to energy availability, reliability, and affordability. Students develop skills in the strategic, policy and planning, and sustainability dimensions of energy security.

471. Senior Geography Capstone (1)

Students examine how geographic knowledge may be applied beyond academia, through discussion of key ideas in geography, personal values, and career goals. Students gain practical experience preparing for professional careers. Restriction: senior standing.

472 / 572. Environmental Security: Food and Water (3)

Course explores the systems that supply food and water in modern societies, analyzes threats to these systems, and assesses strategies and policies to improve food and water security at scales ranging from households to global.

*481L. Map Design and Geovisualization (4)

Thematic mapping of qualitative and quantitative data, including graphic design theory and appropriate statistical and representational treatment of geospatial data. Fees required. Two hours lecture, four hours lab. Prerequisite: 1115 or **381L.

483L / 583L. Remote Sensing Fundamentals (4)

Introduces the concepts of remote sensing of the Earth, sensors and photographic systems used, and the basic processing and analysis required to bring the imagery into GIS. Includes a lab component. Fee required. Prerequisite: **381L.

484L / 584L. Applications of Remote Sensing (4)

Explores the utilization of remote sensing imagery through advanced processing and analysis. Covers the integration of imagery into specific research areas, including biological, geological, urban and hydrological analysis. Includes a lab component. Fee required. Prerequisite: 483L.

485L / 585L. Internet Mapping (3)

Current and emerging approaches to internet mapping, including geospatial interoperability standards, technologies, and capabilities. Includes a lab component that covers the use of various types of software and applications. Fee required. Prerequisite: **381L.

486L / 586L. Applications of GIS (3)

Selected applications of Geographic Information Systems, including anthropology, business, crime, ecology, engineering, health, planning, water resources and others. Covers analytical techniques specific to selected applications. Fee required. Prerequisite: **381L.

487L / 587L. Spatial Analysis and Modeling (3)

Spatial analysis and modeling techniques using Geographic Information Systems. Includes a lab component that covers the use of GIS and other software to carry out analysis projects. Fee required. Prerequisite: **381L.

488L / 588L. GIS Concepts and Techniques (3)

Selected advanced concepts and techniques in Geographic Information Systems. Includes a lab component that provides students with the opportunity to apply concepts and techniques in a hands-on manner. Fee required. Prerequisite: **381L.

491. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ])

Supervised individual study and field work. Must be taken for 6 credit hours in the departmental honors program.

493. Internship in Applied Geography (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Written field analysis of a project coordinated between student, faculty and public or private manager. Credits to be determined by supervising faculty.

*499. Topics in Geography (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Specific topics in geography which relate contemporary issues to the discipline. Topics will be noted in the appropriate schedule of classes. Credit can be applied by majors to the appropriate department group requirements for the degree.

501. Geographic History and Methods (3)

Examines, evaluates, and criticizes the methods geographers have used to analyze the reciprocal relationship between humankind and the environment.

502. Approaches to Geographical Research (3)

Introduces the basic elements of research design and proposal writing, focusing on examples from current geographic research. Prerequisite: 501.

513 / 413. Critical Cartography (3)

514. Natural Resources Management Seminar (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course explores the interdisciplinary nature of natural resource challenges. Topics will vary each semester. Field trips will be included to investigate issues relevant to the class.

515. Seminar in Geographies of Power (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This seminar explores how power and space together shape contemporary sociocultural, political, and ecological worlds. Focal topics and theoretical approaches will vary each semester.

516. Seminar: Globalization and Development (3)

This course investigates development and globalization as inter-related processes that have transformed many societies and created a global economy and society. It grapples with ideas of development from different perspectives, including geography, anthropology, and economics.

522. Introduction to Spatial Data Management (3)

(Also offered as OILS 515) This course builds upon the foundations of information practice with an emphasis on spatial data. Students will survey essential methods for evaluating, accessing, organizing, storing and securing spatial data and information.

524. Advanced Topics in Remote Sensing (3)

This course provides graduate students with the opportunity to explore theoretical, technical and applied advancements in remote sensing as a tool for monitoring and managing earth resources Prerequisite: (583L or 483L) and (584L or 484L).

525. Advanced GIScience Seminar (3)

Examination of current trends in Geographic Information Science, including technical, social, institutional and legal issues. Restriction: permission of instructor.

527 / 427. Introductory Programming for GIS (3)

This course is intended to provide GIS software users with an introduction to Python, the de facto programming language of the GIS community. Prerequisite: **381L or 581L.

528 / 428. Advanced Programming for GIS (3)

540/440. Geographies of the Body (3)

551. Drylands (3)

This course provides an intensive overview of the unique physical geographies of arid regions with concentrated precipitation, commonly known as drylands. The course introduces drylands bio-geographies, geomorphology, and fluvial processes.

561 / 461. Environmental Management (3)

562 / 462. Water Governance (3)

563 / 463. Public Land Management (3)

564 / 464. Food, Environment, and Society [Food and Natural Resources] (3)

566 / 466. The City (3)

This class examines the vectors of difference - cultural, economic, political, legal and environmental - that animate urban form and life. Class involves fieldwork.

567 / 467. Governing the Global Environment (3)

The role of global and regional governmental and non-governmental organizations in environmental politics, and the process of their formation and change in response to environmental problems.

569 / 469. Environments and Peoples in Latin America (3)

Course uses human geography to explore development and historical economic and environmental change in Latin America, with a special focus on the second half of the 20th century.

570/470. Environmental Security: Energy (3)

572 / 472. Environmental Security: Food and Water (3)

580L. Spatial Statistics (3)

581L. Introduction to GIS for Graduate Students (3)

Introduces the concepts underlying Geographic Information Systems and its utilization for the input, storage, manipulation, query, display, and analysis of geographical data. Includes a lab component that covers the range of analytical techniques available in current software. Fee required.

583L / 483L. Remote Sensing Fundamentals (4)

584L / 484L. Applications of Remote Sensing (4)

585L / 485L. Internet Mapping (3)

586L / 486L. Applications of GIS (3)

587L / 487L. Spatial Analysis and Modeling (3)

588L / 488L. GIS Concepts and Techniques (3)

590. Qualitative Methods (3)

This course is designed to expose students to the underlying theories, purpose, scope, and procedures of qualitative research, especially as applied to human geography.

591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Supervised individual study and field work.

593. Internship in Applied Geography (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Written field analysis of a project coordinated between student, faculty and public or private manager. Credits to be determined by supervising faculty.

597. Master's Project (3)

Development of an advanced project in geographical research under the supervision of a graduate committee. A grade of CR is earned if the project is approved by faculty committee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 501 and 502. Restriction: permission of instructor.

598. Topics in Geography (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Specific topics in geography which relate contemporary issues to the discipline. Topics will be noted in the appropriate schedule of classes. Credit can be applied to the appropriate department group requirements for the degree.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

601. Introduction to Geographic Theory and Application (3)

Overview of geographic history and philosophy, with emphasis on relationship between theory and practice. Includes virtual and in-person meetings with students from both UNM and NMSU.

602. Integrative Research Design (3)

Introduction to research design in geography, with emphasis on the integration of qualitative and quantitative methods. Includes virtual and in-person meetings with students from both UNM and NMSU. Prerequisite: 601.

603. Professional Geographic Practice (3)

This professional development course focuses on communication, ethics, grantwriting, and applied geographical work in the student's area of interest. Prerequisite: 602.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 601. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Geology (GEOL)

1110. Physical Geology (3)

This course is an introduction to our dynamic Earth, introducing students to the materials that make up Earth (rocks and minerals) and the processes that create and modify the features of our planet. The course will help students learn how mountains are formed, how volcanoes erupt, where earthquakes occur, and how water, wind, and ice can shape the landscape. Students will also develop a basic understanding of the ways humans have altered the planet including our impact on natural resources and global climate change. Students are encouraged but not required to enroll concurrently in 1110L. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

1110L. Physical Geology Laboratory (1)

Students will learn to identify rocks and minerals in hand samples, work with topographic maps, geologic maps, and geologic cross-sections, and apply stratigraphic principles to explore geologic time. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1110. {Fall, Spring}

1140. Geological Disasters (3)

This course will incorporate an overview of the geological processes that result in natural disasters and the input humans have on the amplification or mitigation of these natural disasters. We will examine past catastrophes and discuss the probability of such disasters occurring again. Hazards investigated will include, but not be limited to earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunami, hurricanes, floods, landslides, and astronomical events such as meteor and comet collisions with Earth. We will investigate the data obtained from recent disasters and explore the costs in human and economic terms.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110C. Historical Geology Lecture and Laboratory (4)

Elrick, Smith. Origin and history of the Earth including age of the planet and dating of rocks, changing configurations of oceans and continents as a result of plate tectonics, records of climate change, history of formation and erosion of mountain chains, origin and evolution of life and causes of extinction. Required field trip and lab exercises permit understanding of how Earth history is interpreted from the geologic rock record. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: 1110 or ENVS 1130. Pre- or corequisite: 1110L or ENVS 1130L. {Fall, Spring}

2130. Introduction to Meteorology (3)

Gutzler. Introduction to Earth's atmosphere and the dynamic world of weather as it happens. Working with current meteorological data delivered via the Internet and coordinated with learning investigations keyed to the current weather; and via study of select archives.

2140. Geology of New Mexico (3)

Kues. This course is a tour of the geologic history and natural places of New Mexico. Students will explore the materials (rocks and minerals) that make up New Mexico and the processes that created and continue to shape our state. Students will learn about mountains, rivers and seas that have come and gone, and New Mexico’s rich fossil heritage. Students will discover where and why volcanoes erupted, and where natural resources are found and extracted.

2430. Volcanoes! (3)

Fischer. Types of volcanoes and eruption products, role of volcanism in planetary evolution, volcanoes as sources of geothermal energy and mineral deposits, volcanic hazards and disasters, environmental effects of volcanic eruptions. Prerequisite: 1110 or ENVS 1130.

2996. Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

{Fall, Spring}

Women Studies (See also: WMST) (GNDR)

2110. Introduction to Women, Gender, and Sexuality Studies (3)

This course introduces students to key concepts, debates, and analytical tools informing women, gender, and sexuality studies. As an interdisciplinary field of study, women, gender, and sexuality studies employs academic perspectives from a range of disciplines and theoretical approaches. It also incorporates lived experience and social location into its object of analysis. Though content will vary according to the expertise and focus of the instructor, this course will develop tools through readings and assignments that critically analyze how gender and sexuality are shaped by different networks of power and social relations and demonstrate how the intersections of race, class, disability, national status, and other categories identity and difference are central to their understanding and deployment. In addition to feminist though, areas of focus might include gender and sexuality in relation to social, cultural, political, creative, economic, or scientific discourses. This class is recommended for those with a general interest in the topic area as well as for those seeking a foundational course for further study.

Greek (GREK)

1110. Greek I (3)

This course serves as an introduction to the fundamentals of the historic Greek language and culture. The aims of this course are to acquire basic skills in reading, writing, and comprehension in order to read authentic Greek texts with the help of a dictionary. Students will also study the history of the Greek language, texts, and culture. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. {Fall}

1120. Greek II (3)

This course continues the study of the historic Greek language and culture. The aims of this course are to continue to build basic skills in reading, writing, and comprehension in order to read authentic Greek texts with the help of a dictionary. Students will also continue to study the historical factors behind the developments of the Hellenic world and its texts. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2110. Greek III (3)

Continuation of 1120. The aims of this course are to develop skills in reading, writing, and comprehension in Greek. These include the grammar and vocabulary needed in order to read and understand authentic Greek texts with the help of a dictionary. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2120. Greek IV (3)

Continuation of 2110. The aims of this course are to develop skills in reading, writing, and comprehension in Greek. These include the grammar, vocabulary, and exegetical tools needed in order to read and understand Greek texts of moderate difficulty and complexity. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

*301. Advanced Greek I (3, no limit Δ)

Readings in Homer, Sophocles, Euripides, Plato and the New Testament, depending on the level and interests of the class.

*302. Advanced Greek II (3, no limit Δ)

Readings in Homer, Sophocles, Euripides, Plato and the New Testament, depending on the level and interests of the class.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

501. Topics in Greek Language and Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Graduate readings in ancient Greek authors. Prerequisite: *301 or *302.

511. Survey of Ancient Greek Literature (3)

This course provides students experience reading a wide range of texts in ancient Greek literature from Homer to the Hellenistic period, across all genres, periods, and styles. Prerequisite: 501 with a grade of "B+" or better.

551. Graduate Problems (1-9 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

German (GRMN)

1110. German I (3)

Intended for students with no previous exposure to German, this course develops basic listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills aiming toward the ACTFL novice-mid level. This is an introductory course designed to teach the student to communicate in German in everyday situations and to develop an understanding of German cultures through the identification of cultural products and practices, of cultural perspectives, and the ability to function at a survival level in an authentic cultural content. This course will also develop the student’s sense of personal and social responsibility through the identification of social issues. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. {Fall}

1120. German II (3)

Continuation of 1110. Students will develop a broader foundation in skills gained during the first semester, including understanding, speaking, reading and writing German aiming toward the ACTFL novice-high level. This course is designed to increase student fluency in German as applied to everyday situations. Students will also learn to recognize and understand various German products, practices, and perspectives, identifying common cultural patterns, describing basic cultural viewpoints, and further developing their sense of personal and social responsibility through the investigation of cultural issues. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. {Spring}

2110. German III (3)

In this third semester course, students will continue to develop a broader foundation in skills gained during the first two semesters, including understanding, speaking, reading and writing German aiming toward the ACTFL intermediate-low level. This course is designed to teach the student to communicate in a more sustained way in areas of personal interest and in everyday situations. Students will engage in and analyze various German products, practices, and perspectives, as well as continue to develop their sense of personal and social responsibility through comparison and contrast of cultural perspectives. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2120. German IV (3)

In this fourth semester course, students will continue to broaden and refine skills gained during previous semesters, including understanding, speaking, reading and writing German aiming at the ACTFL intermediate-mid level. This course is designed to teach the student to communicate in a more sustained way in situations that go beyond the everyday. Students will evaluate various German products, practices, and create ways to demonstrate their sense of personal and social responsibility through participation in cultural interaction. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2140. Intermediate German Conversation (1-3)

An intermediate German conversation course designed to achieve two primary goals: 1) to provide students of German additional experience speaking and listening, and 2) to offer an overview of current social, cultural and political topics relevant in Germany today. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

2227. Sickness, Insanity and Transgression in German Literature and Film (3)

In this course students will explore the concepts of physical and psychological health and happiness by analyzing the ways in which sickness, insanity and social transgression appear in a range of cultural records from the late 19th and early 20th centuries in Germany. We will review these concepts by looking at a range of cultural records, including literary texts, medical, psychological and contemporary scientific writings and films. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

301–302. Advanced German I–Advanced German II (3; 3)

Contextual grammar review based on cultural materials from a variety of media and short literary texts.

303. Advanced German Conversation (1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Practice in speaking and listening within the context of selected topics.

305. Topics: Germany Today (3)

Study of present-day life and culture in Germany as represented in popular media, including TV and film. Aimed at students who wish to improve their language skills.

306. German Drama and Theater (3)

Introduction and overview of the history and trends of drama and theater in German-speaking cultures.

307. Introduction to German Literature (3)

Study of literary texts of varying length from a variety of genres and periods.

308. Introduction to German Culture (3)

Introduction to cultural and intercultural aspects of life in German-speaking countries. Readings include historical as well as contemporary material.

336. Topics in German Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 336) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of German literature and culture in translation. May only be taken twice for the German major and once for the German minor.

370. Intermediate Language Instruction (1-4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Review of grammar topics, conversation, and composition. Prepares students for the Zertifikat Deutsch exam administered by the Goethe-Institut. (GSS)

380 / 481 / 581. Lecture Series in German Studies (1-4, may be repeated three times Δ)

Team-taught interdisciplinary lecture series with an overarching theme followed by discussion sections. May be repeated three times for undergraduate credit. May not be repeated for graduate credit. (GSS)

385. Seminar in German Studies (1-2, no limit Δ)

Introductory undergraduate seminar on specific topics in German Literature, culture and language. Multiple sections may be offered in a given year. Titles of individual sections may vary as content varies. (GSS)

390. Workshop in German Studies (1 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Introductory workshops on various topics relating to contemporary German Culture. Emphasis on applied language skills. Multiple sections may be offered in a given year. Titles of individual sections will vary as content varies. (GSS)

401. Contemporary German Cultures (3)

Study of contemporary social, political, and cultural trends in German-speaking countries based on a variety of current sources.

405. Advanced German Composition (3)

Intensive practice of writing skills in a variety of genres.

*410. Advanced Language Instruction (1-4, may be repeated twice Δ)

Review of more complex grammar topics, advanced conversation and composition. Prepares students for the Zentrale Mittelstufenprufung administered by the Goethe-Institut. (GSS)

447. German-English Translation (3)

Study of theories and methods of translating, and practical work in translation from German into English and English into German.

450. Special Topics in German Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will deal with specific aspects of German literature and culture and language.

*470. Advanced German Composition (1-4, may be repeated twice Δ)

Intensive practice of writing skills in a variety of genres. Prepares students for the Zentrale Oberstufenprufung administered by the Goethe-Institut. May be repeated twice for undergraduate credit, and once for graduate credit. (GSS)

480. Topics: Advanced Seminar in German Studies (1-3, no limit Δ)

Advanced study of periods and genres in German literature and thought from 1700 to present.

481 / 380 / 581. Lecture Series in German Studies (1-4, may be repeated three times Δ)

485. Advanced Seminar in German Studies (1-4, no limit Δ)

Advanced undergraduate seminar on specific topics in German literature, culture and language. Multiple sections may be offered in a given year. Titles of individual sections will vary as content varies. (GSS)

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Open to juniors and seniors approved by the department.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled for departmental honors. Restriction: permission of supervising instructor.

508. German Reading for Graduate Students (3)

Accelerated course for graduate reading requirements in other departments. Emphasizes readings in sciences and humanities. Will not satisfy the Arts and Sciences language requirement. Undergraduates must have permission of instructor.

509. German Reading for Graduate Students II (3)

This is the second of a two-course series, designed for graduate students in Arts and Sciences who need to acquire a reading knowledge of German.

549. Topics in 18th-Century German Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Topics in German literature and culture from the Enlightenment to Early Romanticism and Weimar Classicism.

550. Special Topics in German Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will deal with specific aspects of German literature, culture and language.

551. Graduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

May be repeated per Office of Graduate Studies policy three times. Restriction: permission of instructor.

552. Topics in 19th-Century German Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Topics in German literature and culture from Romanticism to the Fin-de-Siècle.

553. Topics in 20th-Century German Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Topics in German literature and culture from the Fin-de-Siècle to contemporary developments.

555. German Critical Thought (3, no limit Δ)

Aspects of German philosophical, critical, aesthetic, and social thought from the 18th to the 21st century.

556. Topics in Gender, Media, and Literatures in German Contexts (3, no limit Δ)

Emphasis on the study of gender, or film, or other media from 1800 to the present.

581 / 380 / 481. Lecture Series in German Studies (1-4, may be repeated three times Δ)

585. Graduate Seminar in German Studies (1-4, no limit Δ)

Graduate seminar on specific topics in German Literature, culture, and language. Multiple sections may be offered in a given year. Titles of individual sections will vary as content varies. (GSS)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Health Education (See also: HLED) (HED)

306. Conflict Mediation (1)

The course will cover methods of resolving conflict situations and methods of preventing conflict. Students will learn to design educational strategies that can be implemented as part of a classroom curriculum.

310. Injury Prevention (1)

The course content will include specific strategies for preventing unintentional injuries in young children. Students will examine specific principles for the development of new strategies that will address unintentional injuries.

321. Violence Prevention (1)

The course will examine strategies that have been successful in preventing violence. Students will examine the literature to understand the principles to use in the development of strategies for the prevention of violence.

333. Emotional Health and Interpersonal Relationships (3)

Course will examine a psychological framework that is the cause of a dysfunctional lifestyle and create a psychological framework that can result in the improvement in the quality of living.

362. Introduction to Health Behavior Theory (3)

This course will provide an understanding of theoretical principles of various health behavior theories that explain the adoption of health-compromising and health-promoting behaviors.

371. Introduction to Public and Community Health (3)

Introduction to the field of public and community health, origins and design of the U.S. public health system and its role in population based health.

383. Principles of Epidemiology (3)

Prepares students to design and implement evidence-based interventions for disease prevention and health promotion in public health settings.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

Restriction: permission of health education faculty member.

445. Strategies for Prevention of Substance Use (1)

Examines basic principles for the development of effective strategies for substance use prevention programs for youth. Evidence of principles used in successful programs from research literature will be provided.

446. Health Promotion Program Planning (3)

This course develops professional competencies in program planning, implementation and evaluation related to community and school health education/promotion. Prerequisite: 362 and HLED 2150.

451 [451 / 551]. Prevention Strategies in Community Health (3)

Prepares students to design and implement evidence-based interventions for disease prevention and health promotion in public health settings.

473. Health Issues in Death and Dying (3)

An introduction to content in the area of death and dying: the dying process, grief, types and alternatives to funerals, out-of-body experiences, types of death and community resources available for support.

477 / 577. Stress Management (3)

Deals with multiple causes of stress and its resolutions. Emphasizes chief stressors of adults, self-responsibility for change, holistic approach, emotional/mental methods of stress reduction.

482. Social Determinants and Multicultural Health (3)

Course provides an overview of the health beliefs of people in NM with an emphasis towards Latino/Hispanics, Native Americans, African Americans, Asians and Anglos. Examines health behavior as influenced by health beliefs and practices.

487 / 587. Physical Activity and Aging (3)

Concerned with the process of aging as it affects physical activity and the potential of physical activity in adjustment to the process of aging.

492 / 592. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 13 Δ)

493 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

495. Field Experience (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional setting. Restriction: permission of instructor.

506. Health Behavior Theory (3)

This course explores multiple theories and models and their application in the development of health promotion programs to support change within individuals, families and communities.

507. Research Design in HPER (3)

(Also offered as PEP 507) Emphasizes an understanding of different research designs, their level of sophistication and their application from both a theoretical and practical point of view.

511. Management of Health Promotion Programs (3)

Provides student with program management and administrative skills such as leadership style, communication techniques, problem solving, motivational strategies, budgeting, goal setting, grant writing essentials, and evaluation pertaining to the field of school and community health.

560. Perspectives in Community Health Education (3)

Course examines the multifaceted components of community health in NM urban/rural communities. Provides an opportunity for critical dialogue with NM Communities and health professionals working with them to address health issues impacting them.

571. Advanced Community Health Education Research (3)

An overview of community health, its role in public health and current trends in community-based research. Examines different methodologies for conducting academic and community-based research.

572. Community Health Education Program Planning, Development and Evaluation (3)

Designed to provide the graduate student with competencies in program planning and evaluation. Principles of the PRECEDE model and grantsmanship skills will be utilized to develop a mock proposal on a health-related topic. Students must be in graduate status in Health Education to enroll.

574. Epidemiological Principles for Health Educators (3)

Designed to introduce students to statistics of diseases. Course surveys various research designs used in discovering and tracking diseases as they affect a human population.

576. Measurement and Evaluation in Health Promotion (3)

Designed to provide graduate students in Health Promotion and related fields: competencies in major measurement/evaluation systems in HP and HE.

577 / 477. Stress Management (3)

Explores multiple causes of stress and its resolutions. Emphasizes chief stressors of adults, self-responsibility for change, holistic approach, emotional/mental methods of stress reduction.

582. Advanced Multicultural Health Education Research and Applications (3)

Course focuses on conducting a critical analysis of health literature using various databases and social cultural frameworks for analyzing health issues as influenced by cultural health beliefs in conducting research with diverse and multicultural communities.

587 / 487. Physical Activity and Aging (3)

Concerned with the process of aging as it affects physical activity and the potential of physical activity in adjustment to the process of aging.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of Health Education faculty member.

592 / 492. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 13 Δ)

593 / 493. Topics (1-3)

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Health Education and permission of fieldwork supervisor.

598. Directed Readings in Health Education (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

History (HIST)

1105. Making History (3, may be repeated once Δ)

General introduction to history: how historians carry out research and develop interpretations about the past. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1110. United States History I (3)

The primary objective of this course is to serve as an introduction to the history of the United States from the pre-colonial period to the immediate aftermath of the Civil War. The elements of this course are designed to inform students on the major events and trends that are essential in the understanding of the development of the United States within the context of world societies. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1120. United States History II (3)

Connell-Szasz, Hutton, Prior, Sandoval-Strausz, Smith. The primary objective of this course is to serve as an introduction to the history of the United States from reconstruction to the present. The elements of this course are designed to inform students on the major events and trends that are essential in the understanding of the development of the United States within the context of world societies. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1150. Western Civilization I (3)

This course is a chronological treatment of the history of the western world from ancient times to the early modern era. The elements of this course are designed to inform students on the major events and trends that are essential in the understanding of the development of western civilization within the context of world societies. Selective attention will be given to "non-western" civilizations which impact and influence the development of "western" civilization. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1160. Western Civilization II (3)

This course is a chronological treatment of the history of the western world from the early modern era to the present. The elements of this course are designed to inform students on the major events and trends that are essential in the understanding of the development of western civilization within the context of world societies. Selective attention will be given to "non-western" civilizations which impact and influence the development of "western" civilization. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1170. Survey of Early Latin America (3)

The primary objective of this course is to serve as a survey of the history of Latin America from pre-Columbian times through independence. This course will explore the contributions of Indigenous peoples, Africans, and Europeans to the creation of Latin America’s diverse societies. The elements of this course are designed to inform students on the major events and trends that are essential to the understanding of the history of Latin America within the context of world societies. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1180. Survey of Modern Latin America (3)

The primary objective of this course is to serve as a survey of the history of Latin America from independence to the present. This course will explore the contributions of Indigenous peoples, Africans, and Europeans to the creation of Latin America’s diverse societies. The elements of this course are designed to inform students on the major events and trends that are essential to the understanding of the history of Latin America within the context of world societies. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1190. Medieval Europe (3)

Graham. This course will introduce students to the history and culture of Medieval Europe. It is designed to provide students with an understanding of specific topics such as the growth of Christianity, feudalism, social conformity, and the responses of the people to the challenges of famine, disease, and warfare. For this purpose, the course is organized chronologically and topically.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. Survey of New Mexico History (3)

Ball, Garcia y Griego, Truett. The primary objective of this course is to serve as an introduction to the history of New Mexico from the pre-Columbian times to the present day. The elements of this course are designed to inform students on the major events and trends that are essential in the understanding of the development of New Mexico within the context of the Americas.

2256. Modern Eastern Civilization (3)

This course surveys Asia from approximately 1600 CE to the present. Topics include the emergence of modern Asia from the impact of western colonialism and imperialism to nationalism, modernization, and revolution.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

300 / 500. Studies in History (1-3, no limit Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific historical problems. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

302 / 502. Ancient and Late Antique Rome (3)

History of Rome from foundation to late fifth century. Early kings to Republic; formation of the Empire and conquests; decline in the third century and the transition to the new worlds of late antiquity.

303 / 503. Early Middle Ages, 300 to 1050 (3)

Davis-Secord, Ray, Ryan. The emergence of medieval European civilization from the reign of Constantine to the beginnings of the papal monarchy.

304 / 504. High and Late Middle Ages, 1050-1550 (3)

Davis-Secord, Ray, Ryan. This course will survey developments in European civilization from the middle of the eleventh through the sixteenth century. Students will study the growth and changes in high and late medieval society, culture, and life.

306 / 506. Reformation Era, 1500-1600 (3)

Steen. Religious revolution and concurrent developments in European politics, society and culture.

307. Europe in the Seventeenth Century (3)

Steen. Survey of political, cultural, social and economic trends in Europe during Thirty Years War and reign of Louis XIV. Special emphasis on developments in England, France and Hapsburg dominions.

308. Europe in the Eighteenth Century, 1700-1788 (3)

Steen. Survey of the political, cultural, social and economic situation in Europe at height of Old Regime. Emphasis will be on intellectual and social developments that culminated in French Revolution.

309 / 509. The French Revolution and Napoleon, 1789-1815 (3)

Steen. Survey of the course of the revolution and its impact on France and on European social, political, economic and military life.

311. World War I, 1914-1918 (3)

Bokovoy. A social, cultural, political, diplomatic and military history of World War I.

312 / 512. History of Fascism (3)

This course offers a semester-long exploration of the theory, origins, tangible manifestations, and possible legacy of fascism primarily in the Europe between the World Wars.

313 / 513. World War II and Reconstruction in Europe (3)

Bokovoy, Florvil. This course will study the origins of the war, its progression, and the consequences of conquest, occupation, collaboration, resistance, and genocide. This course also examines how Europeans met the challenges of reconstructing and rebuilding their societies.

314 / 514. Old Russia, 9th-17th century (3)

Monahan. This course examines the origins and history of territory that would become Russia and the Russian Empire from the ninth to the seventeenth century.

*316. History of Russia in the 20th Century (3)

Monahan. This course surveys the history of Russia and the Soviet Union in the twentieth century. It covers the Russian Revolution, the entire Soviet period and post-Soviet developments.

318 / 518. Spain and Portugal to 1700 (3)

Ryan, Sanabria. The consolidation and expansion of the Christian empires of Aragón, Castile and Portugal across Iberia and the Atlantic, from Muslim times to the War of Spanish Succession.

319 / 519. Spain and Portugal since 1700 (3)

Sanabria. Survey of Spanish and Portuguese history since the war of Spanish Succession through Spain and Portugal’s successful democratic transitions, with special emphasis on the second Spanish Republic and Civil War.

326. History of Christianity to 1517 (3)

(Also offered as RELG 326) Ray. The history of Christianity from its beginnings in Palestine to the eve of the Protestant Reformation. Primary focus will be on the rich variety of forms–doctrinal, liturgical and institutional–that Christianity assumed through the Medieval centuries. Also of concern will be its contributions and significance as a civilizing force.

327 / 527. History of Christianity, 1517 to Present (3)

(Also offered as RELG 327) Ray. The development of Christianity from the Protestant Reformation to the modern day, with focus on the variety of forms Christianity assumed throughout this period as it moved outward from Europe and became a world religion.

328 [328 / 528]. Early History of Science (3)

Campos. A survey of the history of science from the ancient world to the Enlightenment.

329 / 529. History of Science Since the Enlightenment (3)

Campos. A survey of the history of science from the Enlightenment to the present day.

330. The History of Colonial North America, 1527-1763 (3)

Spence. Spanish, French, and English colonial settlement of North America, emphasizing exchange, conflict, and collaboration with multiple Indigenous Nations, leading to the development of American cultural and political institutions.

331. The American Revolution, 1763-1789 (3)

The political, cultural, and economic factors leading to civil war in British North America, emphasizing the diversity of participation leading to establishment of the U.S., and inaugurating a period of revolution in the Atlantic World.

332. Antebellum America: From Revolution to Civil War, 1800-1861 (3)

Explores the history of the United States from 1800 to the American Civil War, emphasizing the War of 1812, Indian Removal, slavery and the development of race Ideology, women's rights, and the sectional controversy.

333 / 533. Women, Race, and Nation in the Age of Revolutions, 1763-1850 (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course explores the diverse roles that women, and men and women of color, played in the Age of Revolutions towards understanding the complex negotiations individuals undertook around their identities as nation-states emerged.

334 [334 / 554]. The Civil War Era (3)

Ball, Hutton, Prior. The United States from 1848 to 1868. Topics covered include slavery, anti-slavery and the coming of the Civil War; social, political and economic aspects of the war; emancipation and Reconstruction.

335. Russian Culture and History through Film (3)

(Also offered as FDMA 339; RUSS 339) Monahan. In this course we study films and read secondary sources from the Soviet and post-Soviet eras (with English subtitles) and examine how they comment on current Russian social and cultural issues. Taught in English.

337. Twentieth Century America, since 1945 (3)

Smith. From postwar JFK/LBJ liberalism to Reagan's conservatism; the civil rights revolution and its backlash; from Vietnam to post-Cold War internationalism; democracy and the War on Terror. Prerequisite: 1120.

338. Slavery and Freedom in the U.S. (3)

Prior. This course examines the history of slavery and freedom in the United States and colonial North America.

341. U.S. Foreign Relations from 1900 (3)

Pugach. Survey and analysis of U.S. foreign relations in the 20th century.

346 / 546. Native America to 1850 (3)

Connell-Szasz. This course will cover American Indian/Alaska Native history to 1850.

347. Native America, 1850-1940 (3)

Connell-Szasz. The course will cover American Indian/Alaska Native history from 1850 to 1940.

348. Native America Since 1940 (3)

Connell-Szasz. This course will offer a brief overview of Native America from World War II to the present. It will address issues of termination/relocation, and finish with Indian self-determination from the 1960s forward.

349 / 549. Military History of the United States to 1900 (3)

Hutton. Survey of U.S. military and naval history from colonial times to 1900, with emphasis upon technological, managerial and political developments that have affected the armed services.

350 / 550. Modern U.S. Military History, 1900 to Present (3)

Hutton. A survey of the origins and development of American military institutions, traditions and practices of the 20th century. Attention to WWI, WWII and the Vietnam war, technological advances and institutional history will be given.

359. History of Popular Music in the United States, Part II, 1940-1990 (3)

Ball. Course surveys historical trends and developments in the composition, publication, recording, distribution, performance, and consumption of popular music, broadly defined, in the United States from 1940-1990. No musical background necessary.

360 / 560. History of the University of New Mexico (3)

This course provides an in-depth history of the University of New Mexico through research in the University archives, tours of campus, and guest lectures with notable members of the UNM community.

361 / 561. The Trans-Mississippi West (3)

Connell-Szasz, Hutton, Truett.

374. Southern South America (3)

Hutchison. Argentina, Chile, Uruguay and Paraguay from colonization to the present. Most emphasis on late 19th and 20th centuries, when these nations led the region’s development. Deals with the rise of the export economies, populist movements, militarism and socio-economic stagnation.

376 / 576. Brazil in the Colonial Period, 1500-1822 (3)

Bieber. Colonial Brazil from 1500 to 1822. Focus on structures of colonialism and their impact on indigenous, African and European peoples. Plantation society, slavery, mercantile policy, the role of the church, women and family will be discussed.

377. Modern Brazil, 1822-Present (3)

Bieber. History of Brazil since independence. Topics include oligarchical politics, the end of slavery, race relations, urbanization, industrialization, authoritarian regimes, labor and peasant movements.

379. Latin American Culture and Society (3)

(Also offered as AMST 360; GEOG 340; POLS 360) This course serves as an introduction to the cultures and societies of Latin America from an interdisciplinary perspective. The course surveys the region using materials drawn from both the humanities and social sciences.

387 / 587. The Modern Middle East from 1800 (3)

Topics include 19th-century reform attempts, the transition from empire to nation-states, the gap between ideology and practice, the Arab-Israeli conflict and revolutionary Iran.

395 / 595. Studies in European History (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific topics within the overall field of European history. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

396 / 596. Studies in American History (3, may be repeated five times Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific topics within the overall field of American history.

397 / 597. Studies in Latin American History (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Studies in Latin American History will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific historical problems related to the Latin American region. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

398 [398 / 598]. Studies in the History of Science, Medicine, and the Environment (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific topics within the history of science, medicine, and the environment. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

401 / 601. Anglo-Saxon England, 450-1066 (3)

Graham. This course will offer an overview of the history and culture of England from the arrival of the Angles and Saxons in the middle of the fifth century until the Battle of Hastings of 1066.

402 / 602. Medieval Crusade and Jihad (3)

Davis-Secord. History of the crusading movement of Western Europe (ca. 1095-1291 A.D.) and its impact on the civilizations of the medieval West and Middle East. Covers both the events and legacies of the Crusades and counter-crusades (jihad).

403 / 603. The Russian Empire: History at the Peripheries (3)

Monahan. Course navigates the history of the Russian empire with an emphasis on history at the peripheries of empire. Course investigates strategies of empire-building, methods of integration, and multiple perspectives in this multi-ethnic, multi-confessional empire.

404 / 604. Ancient and Medieval Mediterranean (3)

Davis-Secord. This course studies the Mediterranean Sea region from the ancient through late medieval periods. Topics include: creation and crossing of boundaries; violence and cooperation; relationships between religious minorities and rulers; commercial and cultural exchanges.

406 / 606. The Medieval and Modern Apocalypse (3)

Ryan. This class investigates the centrality of the apocalypse in society, culture, and politics in the medieval and modern eras. Students read primary and secondary sources on the apocalypse and research and write a final research paper.

409 [409 / 609]. United States of Germs (3)

Withycombe. The course will examine the impact of infectious epidemic diseases on Americans and their history, investigating how such diseases have helped to shape national identity through public health, war, and immigration.

410 [410 / 610]. History of Diet and Health (3)

Gibbs. This course explores the cultural and medical influences on attitudes towards food, diet, and health in the Western medical tradition. How has the notion of diet changed? How do we define a healthy body?

412. Food, Technology, and Society (3)

Examines the impact of technology on food production, processing, and distribution (like canning, refrigeration, GMOs, techno-foods) in historical and cultural contexts, including urbanization, corporatization of food, shifting producer/consumer relationships and governmental regulation.

413. History of American Food Cultures (3)

Investigates the changing meanings of food, foodways throughout US history, including what people ate, how they attached cultural values to food, and how regionalism, nationalism, immigration, and industrialization have continually shaped notions of American cuisine.

414. Women and Health in American History (3)

(Also offered as WMST 416) Withycombe. We examine the health issues women have faced and their responses to them from the 18th to the 20th centuries in the U.S., investigating women as patients, women as practitioners and the gendering of disease.

415 [415 / 615]. The History of Reproduction (3)

Withycombe. By examining the history of reproduction, this course explores the ways in which medicine has intersected with cultural constructs of gender, sexuality, race, and class to produce ways of controlling the male and female reproducing body.

416 / 616. Health and Disease in the Southwest (3)

Withycombe. This course explores the diseases, practitioners, institutions, and patients of the history of medicine in the southwestern United States, from first contact in the 16th century to current health challenges of the area.

417. History of Modern Medicine (3)

Withycombe. History of western medicine from 1700 to the present. Examines ideas of health and disease and how those concepts have been shaped by shifting social and cultural values.

419 / 619. The Irish Diaspora (3)

Richardson. This course surveys the history of Irish emigration from the sixteenth century to the present, with particular focus on the Irish in North America, Australia, and Britain and throughout the former British Empire.

421 / 621. Modern Britain, 1660-Present (3)

Richardson. This course surveys British history from the Restoration to the present, with particular emphasis on Britain's interaction with its Empire and with the world.

424 / 624. Everyday Life under Socialism (3)

Bokovoy. This course examines life under socialism and explores topics as diverse as the party-state, terror, lifestyles, women's double burden, socialist fashion and consumption, youth culture and music, the appeal of the West, dissidence, revolution and systemic transition.

426. History of the Holocaust (3)

An examination of the motives, methods and execution of the destruction of the Jews by Nazi Germany and the responses of Jews, Western Powers, the Churches and Righteous Gentiles in the context of Jewish and world history.

427 / 627. History of Britain, 1066-1660 (3)

Richardson. This course surveys British history from the Norman Conquest to the Restoration, with particular emphasis on the interactions of England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales with each other and with Europe more broadly.

429 [429 / 629]. History of Beauty, Body, and Power (3)

A historical exploration of female and male beauty and body in relation to questions of power in comparative historical context, drawing from U.S., European, and Latin American examples, using both theoretical works and case studies.

431. Political History of the United States (3)

Garcia y Griego, Smith. Study of American politics from 1787 to the present. Emphasis on national politics with special attention to the presidency and changes in the political systems.

432 / 632. Explorations in Russian and Eurasian Environmental History (3)

Monahan. This course considers environmental history and historiography of Russia and Eurasia from pre-modern times to the present. Previous Russian history encouraged, not required.

433. U.S. Environmental History (3)

Campos, Gibbs, Spence, Truett. Examines the environmental transformation of the United States from the colonial era to the present day. Focus on the ecological consequences of colonial encounters; shifting links between cultures, markets and the land; changing ideas and politics of nature; and the environmental impacts and inequalities of urban-industrial life.

434. History of American Capitalism (3)

Smith. This course traces developments in the structure of profit-making enterprises and the organization of labor in United States history, examining how the imperatives of capitalism and the struggles of working people shaped the American economy.

440 / 640. Atomic America (3)

Campos. Surveys the scientific, political, cultural, environmental, and moral dimensions of the American atomic age, from the discovery of radioactivity, the development of the atomic bomb, and the Cold War arms race up to today.

441. Religion in American History (3)

(Also offered as RELG 441) Ray. This class will cover the rise and development of the nation’s religious groups, from first contact to the present day. The focus will be on the social impact of the groups and how they influenced the development of American life.

442 / 642. Queer History (3)

Campos. Examines the history of queer sexualities from the pre-modern era to the present, analyzing ancient/medieval same-sex practices, 19th century sexology and the creation of the "homosexual", and modern gay and lesbian liberation movements.

444 [444 / 612]. Native American and Celtic History Since 1700 (3)

Connell-Szasz. Course will have a cross-cultural focus and look at how major trends of the modern era have played out among various American Indian/Alaska Native Nations and the Celtic people of Eire (Ireland), Alba (Scotland) and Cymru (Wales).

453. Asian Studies Thesis (3)

(Also offered as COMP, PHIL, POLS, RELG 453) Supervised research in one or more disciplines leading to an undergraduate thesis for the major in Asian Studies.

461 / 607. The Western Hero (3)

Hutton. This course examines the evolution of the western hero. In fiction, history and film the western hero has mirrored the development of the nation, always responding to a rapidly changing society–and more often than not defining it.

463 / 643. Hispanic Frontiers in North America (3)

Truett. History of colonial encounters, Indian-European exchanges and conflicts, environmental transformations and changing identities at the northern frontiers of New Spain and Mexico. From the time of Columbus to 1848.

464 / 644. U.S.-Mexico Borderlands (3)

Truett. History of the U.S.–Mexico borderlands and its various native and immigrant communities from 1848 to the present. Focus on cultural and economic linkages, ethnic and military struggles, and formation of new identities on the border.

469. Inter-American Relations (3)

Relations among the American nations since 1810 and with other world powers. Stresses U.S. role in the region after 1900, as well as tendencies to curb that influence. Guerrilla warfare, revolutionary networks and Third World ideology covered.

472 / 652. Women in Modern Latin America (3)

Hutchison. Course will focus on women in Latin America, 1821–present, through various historical developments. Will explore political themes, such as suffrage, revolution and military regimes and social dimensions of class, race, ethnicity, work and family.

473 / 653. Indigenous Peoples of Latin America (3)

Bieber, Gauderman. Historical overview of indigenous peoples of Spanish and Portuguese America from pre-colonial times to the present. Emphasis on cultural history, contact and change and policies impacting native American groups.

474 / 654. Slavery and Race Relations in the Americas (3)

Bieber. This course examines the history of slavery and race relations in North and South America. The historical origins of slavery and the slave trade in Africa will also be addressed.

478. History of Latin America through Film (3)

Explores key topics in Latin American history through film, including documentary and feature-length films produced in Latin America. Examines the historical context as well as the political and social context of each film's production.

490. Topics in History on Film (1 or 3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific historical problems and how they are depicted through and on film. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

491. Historiography (3)

Bieber, Bokovoy, Florvil, Gibbs, Prior, Richardson, Sanabria, Smith. Development of historical thought and writing. Prerequisite: a minimum of two upper-division courses in history. Restriction: permission from department.

492. Senior Seminar (3, no limit Δ)

493. Reading and Research in Honors (3)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

494. Senior Thesis (3)

Prerequisite: 493

496. Undergraduate Readings in History (1-3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

*499. Internship (3-9, no limit Δ)

Provides a supervised work experience in the practical application of historical skills. Training for interns is provided in various fields such as museum work, archival management and historical editing. It does not give credit toward minimum requirements for the Ph.D. Course may be repeated without limit provided the topics vary.

500 / 300. Studies in History (1-3, no limit Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific historical problems. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

502 / 302. Ancient and Late Antique Rome (3)

503 / 303. Early Middle Ages, 300 to 1050 (3)

Davis-Secord, Ray, Ryan. The emergence of medieval European civilization from the reign of Constantine to the beginnings of the papal monarchy. Prerequisite: 1150.

504 / 304. High and Late Middle Ages, 1050-1550 (3)

506 / 306. Reformation Era, 1500-1600 (3)

Steen. Religious revolution and concurrent developments in European politics, society and culture.

509 / 309. The French Revolution and Napoleon, 1789-1815 (3)

Steen. Survey of the course of the revolution and its impact on France and on European social, political, economic and military life.

512 / 312. History of Fascism (3)

This course offers a semester-long exploration of the theory, origins, tangible manifestations, and possible legacy of fascism primarily in the Europe between the World Wars.

513 / 313. World War II and Reconstruction in Europe (3)

514 / 314. Old Russia, 9th-17th century (3)

Monahan. This course examines the origins and history of territory that would become Russia and the Russian Empire from the ninth to the seventeenth century.

518 / 318. Spain and Portugal to 1700 (3)

Ryan, Sanabria. The consolidation and expansion of the Christian empires of Aragón, Castile and Portugal across Iberia and the Atlantic, from Muslim times to the War of Spanish Succession.

519 / 319. Spain and Portugal since 1700 (3)

527 / 327. History of Christianity, 1517 to Present (3)

529 / 329. History of Science Since the Enlightenment (3)

Campos. A survey of the history of science from the Enlightenment to the present day.

533 / 333. Women, Race, and Nation in the Age of Revolutions, 1763-1850 (3, may be repeated once Δ)

546 / 346. Native America to 1850 (3)

Connell-Szasz. This course will cover American Indian/Alaska Native history to 1850.

549 / 349. Military History of the United States to 1900 (3)

Hutton. Survey of U.S. military and naval history from colonial times to 1900, with emphasis upon technological, managerial and political developments that have affected the armed services.

550 / 350. Modern U.S. Military History, 1900 to Present (3)

560 / 360. History of the University of New Mexico (3)

This course provides an in-depth history of the University of New Mexico through research in the University archives, tours of campus, and guest lectures with notable members of the UNM community.

561 / 361. The Trans-Mississippi West (3)

Connell-Szasz, Hutton, Truett.

576 / 376. Brazil in the Colonial Period, 1500-1822 (3)

587 / 387. The Modern Middle East from 1800 (3)

Topics include 19th-century reform attempts, the transition from empire to nation-states, the gap between ideology and practice, the Arab-Israeli conflict and revolutionary Iran.

595 / 395. Studies in European History (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific topics within the overall field of European history. For course content, consult Schedule of Classes.

596 / 396. Studies in American History (3, may be repeated five times Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of specific topics within the overall field of American history.

597 / 397. Studies in Latin American History (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

601 / 401. Anglo-Saxon England, 450-1066 (3)

Graham. This course will offer an overview of the history and culture of England from the arrival of the Angles and Saxons in the middle of the fifth century until the Battle of Hastings of 1066.

602 / 402. Medieval Crusade and Jihad (3)

Davis-Secord. History of the crusading movement of Western Europe (ca.1095-1291 A.D.) and its impact on the civilizations of the medieval West and Middle East. Covers both the events and legacies of the Crusades and counter-crusades (jihad).

603 / 403. The Russian Empire: History at the Peripheries (3)

604 / 404. Ancient and Medieval Mediterranean (3)

This course studies the Mediterranean Sea region from the ancient through late medieval periods. Topics include: creation and crossing of boundaries; violence and cooperation; relationships between religious minorities and rulers; commercial and cultural exchanges.

606 / 406. The Medieval and Modern Apocalypse (3)

607 / 461. The Western Hero (3)

616 / 416. Health and Disease in the Southwest (3)

This course explores the diseases, practitioners, institutions, and patients of the history of medicine in the southwestern United States, from first contact in the 16th century to current health challenges of the area.

618 [618 / 418]. Modern Ireland (3)

Richardson. This course surveys Irish history from the late 18th century to the present, with particular emphasis on the relationship between Irish nationalism and Irish culture.

619 / 419. The Irish Diaspora (3)

621 / 421. Modern Britain, 1660-Present (3)

Richardson. This course surveys British history from the Restoration to the present, with particular emphasis on Britain's interaction with its Empire and with the world.

624 / 424. Everyday Life under Socialism (3)

627 / 427. History of Britain, 1066-1660 (3)

632 / 432. Explorations in Russian and Eurasian Environmental History (3)

Monahan. This course considers environmental history and historiography of Russia and Eurasia from pre-modern times to the present. Previous Russian history encouraged, not required.

640 / 440. Atomic America (3)

Surveys the scientific, political, cultural, environmental, and moral dimensions of the American atomic age, from the discovery of radioactivity, the development of the atomic bomb, and the Cold War arms race up to today.

642 / 442. Queer History (3)

Examines the history of queer sexualities from the pre-modern era to the present, analyzing ancient/medieval same-sex practices, 19th century sexology and the creation of the "homosexual", and modern gay and lesbian liberation movements.

643 / 463. Hispanic Frontiers in North America (3)

644 / 464. U.S.-Mexico Borderlands (3)

652 / 472. Women in Modern Latin America (3)

653 / 473. Indigenous Peoples of Latin America (3)

654 / 474. Slavery and Race Relations in the Americas (3)

Bieber. This course examines the history of slavery and race relations in North and South America. The historical origins of slavery and the slave trade in Africa will also be addressed.

664. Advanced Historiography (3)

Bieber, Gibbs, Hutchison, Smith. This seminar familiarizes beginning graduate students with many of the fundamental paradigms, analytical models, and theories of causation that have been used within the field of history. Restriction: permission of instructor.

665. Seminar in Historical Research Methods (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

666. Seminar and Studies in History (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

668. Seminar and Studies in Medieval History (3, no limit Δ)

Davis-Secord, Graham, Ryan. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

669. Seminar and Studies in Early Modern European History (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

670. Seminar and Studies in European Cultural and Intellectual History (3, no limit Δ)

Florvil, Richardson. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

671. Seminar and Studies in Modern European History (3, no limit Δ)

Florvil, Richardson. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

672. Seminar and Studies in British History (3, no limit Δ)

Richardson. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

673. Seminar and Studies in Iberian History (3, no limit Δ)

Ryan, Sanabria. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

674. Seminar and Studies in Modern Russian History (3, no limit Δ)

Monahan. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

675. Seminar and Studies in Early American History (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

676. Seminar and Studies in American Intellectual and Social History (3, no limit Δ)

Garcia y Griego, Smith, Truett. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

677. Seminar and Studies in Civil War Period (3, no limit Δ)

Prior. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

678. Seminar and Studies in Recent American History (3, no limit Δ)

Garcia y Griego, Jefferson, Smith. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

679. Seminar and Studies in United States Military History (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Ball, Hutton, Jefferson, Prior. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

680. Seminar and Studies in U.S. Social History and Theory (3, no limit Δ)

Jefferson. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

681. Seminar and Studies in United States Diplomatic History (3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

682. Seminar in American Western History (3, no limit Δ)

Ball, Hutton, Truett. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

683. Seminar in American Indian History (3, no limit Δ)

Connell-Szasz. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

684. Seminar and Studies in Chicana/o History (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Garcia y Griego. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

685. Seminar in Borderlands History (3, no limit Δ)

Truett. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

686. Seminar in Early Latin America (3, no limit Δ)

Gauderman. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

687. Seminar in Recent Latin American History (3, no limit Δ)

Bieber, Herran Avila, Hutchison. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

688. Seminar and Studies in Brazilian History (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as LTAM 504) Bieber. Format varies from research seminar to reading colloquium and covers the whole history of Brazil. Reading knowledge of Portuguese recommended. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

690. Seminar in Latin American Studies (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as LTAM 504) Bieber, Gauderman, Herran Avila, Hutchison. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

692. Seminar in the History of Women and Gender (3, no limit Δ)

Florvil, Hutchison, Withycombe. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

697-698. Problems (1-9, 1-9, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of department graduate advisor.

Health Education (See also: HED) (HLED)

1113. First Aid and CPR (3)

Preparation in practice to meet needs and situations when basic first aid care is needed. Students eligible for standard first aid certification and CPR Certificate.

1220. Personal Health Management (3)

An introduction to the major areas of information that help humans achieve, maintain, and promote positive health. Topics covered include nutrition, mental and physical health, drugs, human sexuality, prevention and control of diseases and injury, nutrition, and societal and environmental impacts on health.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2130. Consumer Health (1)

Preparation in knowledge and skills related to consumers of health products and services.

2150. Foundations of Health Promotion (3)

For those considering becoming health majors or minors in school health or community health. Exploration of the basic philosophy and fundamental practices currently utilized in health education.

2210. Education for AIDS Prevention (1)

Familiarize yourself concerning the HIV/AIDS epidemic with awareness including basic information, prevention, history, compassion, legal issues, testing, and societal implications.

2530. Fundamentals of Human Sexuality (3)

This course provides an introduction and basic knowledge about human sexuality including anatomical, physiological, psycho-social, and ethical components. Reproduction, contraception, sexually transmitted disease, sexual health and sexual dysfunctions are among areas examined.

2996. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Health, Medicine and Human Values (HMHV)

1110. Social Contours of Health (3)

Seminar exploring ethnic, economic, demographic, and geographic variables impacting public health in New Mexico and the Southwest. Topics include access to health care; local alternatives to medical treatment; cultural definitions of health, illness, and death. Restriction: permission of instructor.

1150. Foundations of Science (3)

This course is designed for students transitioning from high school to college who plan on going into the life sciences with a special emphasis on medicine. The course takes an active learning approach that challenges you to apply your knowledge and work in small groups to solve real-world problems. The goal is to not only teach science, but to also train future scientists and medical doctors who will become life-long learners and leaders in their discipline and community. You will gain a background in fundamental science content, the tools of science and the tools for learning science. This will be accomplished using issues of debate related to science and medicine. Embedded in the discussion will be the fundamental science concepts necessary for explaining the issues. Students will also spend a significant amount of time developing study skills and life skills that will help them to achieve their goals in college and beyond. Restriction: permission of instructor.

2110. Literature, Fine Arts, and Medicine (3)

Seminar exploring links among health, illness, literature and the arts, encompassing a diverse range of forms and genres. Topics include representations of health, illness, and medicine; arts as therapy; medical history in literature and art. Restriction: permission of instructor.

2993. Transition Workshop (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course will give students in the B.A./M.D. program an opportunity to discuss coursework, study skills, and interests required to successfully prepare for a health/medical career in rural or underserved area in New Mexico. It will offer the tools necessary to navigate the university system, the B.A./M.D. program, as well as other enrichment activities. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Health, Medicine, and Human Values.

301. Health Economics, Politics, and Policy (3)

Seminar exploring political and economic forces that impact health care policies and practices. Topics include political and economic forces impacting health care; health care reform; the institutional and political organization of medicine. Restriction: permission of instructor.

310. Health and Cultural Diversity (3)

Seminar exploring cultural variables that affect the experience and practice of health and health care: how culture, ethnicity, race, and gender inform ideas of health and illness, death and dying, and the patient-physician relationship. Restriction: permission of instructor.

350. Community Health Practicum I (3)

Experiential learning project conducted in a variety of rural or underserved healthcare settings. Emphasis upon the roles of health professionals and teams, community health issues, and health care practices, processes and systems. Prerequisite: 398. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Health, Medicine, and Human Values.

398. Community Service/Public Health Workshop (1-3, may be repeated twice Δ)

A preparatory seminar which builds on students existing knowledge of social determinants of health in rural communities and introduces the students to approaches in community outreach. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Health, Medicine, and Human Values.

401. Ethics, Medicine, and Health (3)

Seminar exploring ethical and legal considerations that influence medical practices and decision-making. Topics include contemporary ethical and moral issues in medicine; and a comparative and critical analysis of relationship between professional ethics and personal beliefs. Restriction: permission of instructor.

450. Community Health Practicum II (3)

Experiential and research project conducted in a variety of rural or underserved healthcare settings. Emphasis upon the roles of health professionals and teams, community health issues, and health care practices, processes and systems. Prerequisite: 398. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Health, Medicine, and Human Values.

498. Special Topics in Health, Medicine and Human Values (1-3, may be repeated nine times Δ)

Topics will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth seminar in a particular practice, issue or discipline within health and medicine. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Honors (See also: UHON) (HNRS)

1120. Honors Legacy Seminar (3, may be repeated five times Δ)

Surveys of major ideas basic to the intellectual, historical and artistic traditions of Western culture. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities. Restriction: permission of Honors College.

2112. Seminar in Rhetoric and Discourse (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This seminar is an interdisciplinary study of writing. People read to engage ideas. They read to inform decisions. Effective writers make ideas and information accessible. Students in this seminar learn the elements of effective writing. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 1: Communication. Prerequisite: HNRS 1120. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

2113. Seminar in Fine Arts as Global Perspective (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course introduces interdisciplinary perspectives on fine art fields such as visual arts, theater, architecture, dance and music. Its goal is to encourage understanding of the role of art in society and culture. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design. Prerequisite: HNRS 1120. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

2167. Seminar in Humanities in Society and Culture (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course introduces interdisciplinary perspectives on humanities fields such as literature, history, and philosophy as well as associated disciplines. Its goal is to encourage understanding of the role of the humanities in society and culture. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities. Prerequisite: HNRS 1120. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

2221 [UHON 202]. Seminar in Mathematics in the World (3)

This is an interdisciplinary and rigorous introduction to mathematical reasoning. Themed sections connect foundational ideas of mathematics, such as logic, systems of numbers, sequences and series, geometry, and probability to other aspects of human thought. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: HNRS 1120. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

2331 [UHON 203]. Seminar in Science in the 21st Century (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course introduces principles from scientific fields such as biology, chemistry, physics, geology, and astronomy. It will familiarize students with scientific inquiry and an understanding of the role of the sciences in society and culture. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: HNRS 1120. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

2331L [UHON 203L]. Science in the 21st Century Laboratory (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

This optional lab corresponding to UHON 203 uses direct experimental work, field study, and other practical applications to introduce scientific method and inquiry in one or more of the basic sciences. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: HNRS 1120. Corequisite: 203. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

2364 [UHON 204]. Seminar in the Individual and the Collective (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This is an interdisciplinary introduction to the social and behavioral sciences. Insight from multiple disciplines including psychology, anthropology, political science, sociology and economics will be used to critically analyze local, national, or global problems. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences. Prerequisite: HNRS 1120. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

2997 [UHON 299]. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

May be repeated for credit with permission of Program Director. Prerequisite: HNRS 1120. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

Information and Digital Literacy (IADL)

1110. Introduction to Information Studies (3)

What is information? Introduction to systems of information in society and culture. Topics include: history of information, libraries, information disruptions, social media and movements, classification of knowledge, and information ethics. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 1: Communication.

International Studies (INTS)

1101. Introduction to International Studies (3)

Unlike many traditional academic concentrations, International Studies is interdisciplinary, allowing students to approach their course of study from multiple and combined academic perspectives such as historical, anthropological, political, economic, and geographic. This gateway course is designed to reflect that approach while introducing students who are interested in International Studies to the degree requirements and expectations. To do so, this course will explore major issues and trends in contemporary global affairs. Students will acquire an understanding of how the past has and continues to shape the issues of our lives. Note: This is a survey course that is designed to introduce students to broad concepts that are crucial to International Studies; it is also geared toward helping students acquire some basic academic skills including critical reading, thinking, research and writing. To acquire a deeper understanding of any one particular topic introduced in this course, you will need to take more advanced courses that are geared to the intricacies of that specific topic. The following components will be emphasized simultaneously throughout the course: Cross-disciplinary concepts of knowledge and learning; Region-based issues and area studies; Economic, cultural, and political globalization; the intersection of content topics such as peace and conflict, international institutions, gender, religion, indigenous populations. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

320. Study Abroad Research Methods (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

Students will learn ethnographic skills like interviewing, observation, reflection, and analysis in preparation for studying abroad. They will acquire intercultural skills that will support a more successful study abroad experience.

400. Capstone Seminar in International Studies (3)

Senior seminar emphasizing synthesis of the student's study abroad or intercultural experience, previous course work in thematic and area studies concentrations, and research skills. Restriction: permission of program.

402. Honors in International Studies (3)

The Honors Thesis provides international studies majors the opportunity to focus on a specific research question or artistic project in a rigorous, engaged fashion with the guidance of an expert faculty member. Restriction: permission of program.

499. Topics in International Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Topics address areas in International Studies, focusing on global engagement with an interdisciplinary lens. Examples could include: lecture class; independent study; seminar; participation in conference, workshop, or lecture series.

Interprofessional Education Program (IPEP)

305. Interprofessional Education Topics (1-4 to a maximum of 8 Δ)

This course covers Interprofessionalism fundamentals and current Interprofessional Education trends. The topics courses can be didactic and hands on mirroring health science training.

505. Interprofessional Education Topics (1-4 to a maximum of 8 Δ)

This course covers Interprofessionalism fundamentals and current Interprofessional Education trends. The topics courses can be didactic and hands on mirroring health science training.

Italian (ITAL)

1130. Accelerated Elementary Italian (6)

Intensive course for serious beginning students. Credit for both this course and ITAL 1110 may not be applied toward a degree program. {Fall, Spring}

2130. Accelerated Intermediate Italian (6)

Intensive course for serious beginning students. {Fall, Spring}

307. Survey of Italian Literature I (3)

A survey of Italian culture as reflected in literary texts from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance.

308. Survey of Italian Literature II (3)

A survey of Italian culture as reflected in literary texts from the Renaissance to the present.

337. Topics in Italian Literature and Culture in Translation (3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as ENGL, COMP 337) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Italian literature and culture in translation.

*475. Dante in Translation (3)

(Also offered as RELG *475) Principally the Vita Nuova and the Divine Comedy.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open to Seniors enrolled for departmental honors. Restriction: permission of supervising instructor.

551. Graduate Problems (3)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Japanese (JAPN)

1130. Japanese Intensive I (6)

First semester of a two-semester sequence in first year Japanese. This course focuses on the basics of the Japanese language with a balanced approach to the development of four skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing. It is designed to teach students to communicate with Japanese socially and culturally appropriate manners to survive daily life. Basic reading and writing will be also covered in the cultural context. The course follows ACTFL guidelines, integrating the 5 Cs: communication, cultures, connections, comparisons and communities, to offer the student a well-rounded classroom experience. Students will attain ACTFL novice-high level in four skills. Credit for both this course and JAPN 1110 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

1135. Japanese Intensive II (6)

Second semester of a two-semester sequence in first year Japanese. This course continues with the basics of the Japanese language with a balanced approach to the development of the four skills; speaking, listening, writing and reading, and cultural enhancement. The course is designed to expand vocabulary, grammar and 145 Kanji to deal with daily activities. This class will be taught by having students interact and perform with each other in addition to the lectures to be given by the instructor in culturally as well as grammatically appropriate manners. Students will attain ACTFL novice-high level in four skills. Credit for both this course and JAPN 1120 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. Prerequisite: 1130.

2110. Japanese III (3)

This course is designed for students who have completed 12 credit hours or the equivalent of Japanese study. This course continues to expand vocabulary, grammar and 209 Kanji to deal with daily activities. Its objective is to teach students to communicate in a meaningful way using all four language skills: speaking, listening comprehension, reading and writing. Students will be able to manage not-complicated daily situation. Students will attain ACTFL intermediate-low level in four skills. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. Prerequisite: 1135. {Fall}

2120. Japanese IV (3)

This course is designed for students who have completed 15 credit hours or the equivalent of Japanese study. This course continues to expand vocabulary, grammar and 271 Kanji to deal with not-complicated daily situation with ease. Also students acquire a competence for Japanese pragmatic usage. This course follows ACTFL language guidelines, integrating the five C’s: communication, cultures, connections, comparisons and communities, to offer the student a well-rounded classroom experience. Students will attain ACTFL intermediate-mid level in four skills. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. Prerequisite: 2110. {Spring}

301. Advanced Japanese I (3)

Continues development of four language skills (speaking, listening, reading and writing) at fifth semester level, introducing more complex grammar and spoken and written communicative tasks. {Fall}

302. Advanced Japanese II (3)

Continuation of 301. {Spring}

320. Japanese Society (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This class provides a multidisciplinary introduction to various topics related to contemporary Japan, with an emphasis on the anthropology and sociology of Japanese society.

339. Topics in Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 339) Study of individual authors, genres and/or periods of Japanese literature and culture in translation.

341. Introduction to Premodern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 341) An introduction to Japanese literature and culture from the 8th to the 19th century, this course focuses on major literary works and performance genres in their historical context.

342. Introduction to Modern Japanese Literature and Culture in Translation (3)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 342) This course is an introductory exploration of the literature and culture of modern Japan, from the mid-19th century to the present day. Students will critically read a selection of modern prose narratives and poetry.

345. The Supernatural in Japanese Fiction, Folklore and Drama (3)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 345) Survey of Japanese mythology, folklore, drama and fiction from 1000 CE to the present with a focus on the cultural significance of ghosts, monsters, spirit possession and otherworldly encounters.

370. Topics in Japanese Culture through Film (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course explores topics in Japanese culture and society through screenings and discussions of films, alongside a history of the medium of Japanese cinema and its place in modern Japan.

401. Advanced Reading and Discussion in Japanese I (3)

An advanced Japanese reading course for students who have completed six semesters or the equivalent of Japanese study. Prerequisite: 302.

402. Advanced Reading and Discussion in Japanese II (3)

This is an advanced Japanese course for students who have completed six semesters of Japanese study. The focus is on developing the skills necessary to read and discuss authentic texts from contemporary Japan. Prerequisite: 302.

*411. Topics in Japanese Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Explorations of a variety of topics in Japanese language, literature, arts and social sciences.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Landscape Architecture (LA)

250. Imagining Landscape: Making Places by Design (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course explores the built environment as a designed landscape, the methods and processes of design thinking and development, and the techniques and skills for representing design ideas.

335. Site-Environment (3)

Introduction to site analysis and site factors that inform design. Site scales from urban to regional are examined.

401 / 501. Landscape Architecture Design Studio I (6)

An introductory design studio for students entering the three-year graduate program and for students in the B.A.E.P.D. program. Emphasis is on basic design principles, three dimensional space and the development of graphic communication skills.

402 / 502. Landscape Architecture Design Studio II (6)

An introduction to landscape architectural design in the studio setting, focusing on a series of typological investigations. Students are encouraged to experiment with methods to develop their own design process.

411 / 511. Topics in Landscape Architecture (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Individual, independent study of topics and research issues in landscape architecture undertaken by a student with faculty approval, advisement and supervision.

421 / 521. AutoCAD for Landscape Architects (3)

LandCadd® operates on AutoCAD® and is the most widely used of computer programs in landscape architecture. An essential basic course in LandCadd® applications in the profession.

458 / 558. Plant Materials (3)

An introduction to plants and plant ecology, with an emphasis on the use of plants in landscape architectural design.

460 / 560. Landscape Architecture in the 20th Century (3)

This course will examine currents of thought and social and economic determinants over the last 100 years, and the way these systems have influenced how we build our environments, our cities, our landscapes and buildings.

461 / 561. History and Theory of Landscape Architecture (3)

A course covering the general history of landscape architecture from its origins in early agriculture at the end of the last Ice Age through its development in ancient civilizations to the 20th century.

463 / 563. Theory in Landscape Architecture and Environmental Design (3)

An investigation and discussion of the major theoretical discourses in the environmental design disciplines and how these positions have informed the design of 20th and 21st Century environments.

481 / 581. Landscape Construction Materials and Techniques (3)

An intensive study of the technical aspects of landscape design and construction. Emphasis on landscape construction materials and methods, with quality, longevity and ease of maintenance as consistent objectives.

482 / 582. Graphic Communications (3)

An introduction to hand drawing and graphic techniques. Students will become comfortable in expressing and communicating design thinking and ideas in graphic form.

501 / 401. Landscape Architecture Design Studio I (6)

502 / 402. Landscape Architecture Design Studio II (6)

503. Landscape Architecture Design Studio III (6)

This studio course investigates landscapes at city/regional and neighborhood/urban precinct scales. Students will integrate social/cultural imperatives with environmental and infrastructure systems in land use planning and urban/neighborhood design. Prerequisite: 502. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

504. Landscape Architecture Design Studio IV: DPAC Interdisciplinary Community Studio (6)

This is an interdisciplinary studio with architecture and planning students coordinated by the Design and Planning Assistance Center. Real projects focus on landscape and urban development within a strong neighborhood and community context. Prerequisite: 502. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

505. Landscape Architecture Design Studio V (6)

Studio 5 is the ‘capstone’ design studio in the Master of Landscape Architecture studio sequence. Students will integrate a broad range of landscape architectural knowledge in a process that will reflect a professional office/studio approach to a design project. Prerequisite: 503, 508. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

511 / 411. Topics in Landscape Architecture (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Individual, independent study of topics and research issues in landscape architecture undertaken by a student with faculty approval, advisement and supervision. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

512. Seminar: Landscape Architecture (2-3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

A number of seminars on various aspects of landscape architecture.

521 / 421. AutoCAD for Landscape Architects (3)

LandCadd® operates on AutoCAD® and is the most widely used of computer programs in landscape architecture. An essential basic course in LandCadd® applications in the profession.

531. Professional Practice in Landscape Architecture (3)

This course emphasizes the common role of the landscape architect as a member of a design team that also includes architects, engineers, planners and others. It focuses on the private and public practice of landscape architecture.

556. Site/Environment (3)

Introduction to site analysis and site factors that inform design. Site scales from urban to regional are examined.

558 / 458. Plant Materials (3)

An introduction to plants and plant ecology, with an emphasis on the use of plants in landscape architectural design.

559. Plant Materials in Landscape Design II (3)

An advanced course in the use of plants in landscape design, focusing on principles of xeriscape and their application. Prerequisite: 558.

560 / 460. Landscape Architecture in the 20th Century (3)

561 / 461. History and Theory of Landscape Architecture (3)

563 / 463. Theory in Landscape Architecture and Environmental Design (3)

An investigation and discussion of the major theoretical discourses in the environmental design disciplines and how these positions have informed the design of 20th and 21st Century environments.

580. Landscape Architecture Technology I: Grading and Drainage (3)

This course will provide knowledge and understanding of topography, grading and drainage design, and will help students develop site design skills related to topographic definition, circulation surfaces, retaining walls and grade changes.

581 / 481. Landscape Construction Materials and Techniques (3)

582 / 482. Graphic Communications (3)

An introduction to hand drawing and graphic techniques. Students will become comfortable in expressing and communicating design thinking and ideas in graphic form.

586. Professional Skills in Landscape Architecture (3)

This is a two-part course. One section investigates the professional standards and conventions in the preparation of LA construction documents. The other section focuses on the technical aspects of irrigation design.

591. Introduction to Preservation and Regionalism (3)

(Also offered as ARCH, CRP 591) An introduction to the history, theory and professional practices of historic preservation and regional contemporary design and planning.

596. Master's Project/Thesis Preparation Seminar (3)

A seminar which studies different forms of research in the discipline of landscape architecture and a variety of research methods and techniques. Each student identifies a topic for, and methodological approach to, their thesis or project research and develops their research proposal.

597. Master's Project (1 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An applied research project developed and carried out by students as the final exit requirement for the M.L.A.. Project proposals are reviewed based on their degree of complexity and the fit with the student’s declared area of specialization. The project is a research based document which explores larger theoretical issues and their conceptual and practical application in an environmental design context. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

A research study which is developed on a topic and an investigation of a set of hypotheses or questions. Students will design and carry out a study which articulates a clear method and process for addressing their questions. The outcome is expected to contribute to the body of knowledge in the discipline of landscape architecture. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of LA program director.

691. Sustainable Settlements (3)

(Also offered as CRP, ARCH 691) Urban design history, goals and theory with emphasis on cultural and ecological vibrancy. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning.

694. Urban Design Methods (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

(Also offered as ARCH, CRP 694) Topics will vary but may include design of public space, streets, transit districts, tactical urbanism. This course will be organized as three modules. Restriction: admitted to a graduate program in the School of Architecture and Planning.

Liberal Arts and Integrative Studies (LAIS)

150. Foundations of Integrative Thought (3)

This course examines the purpose of integrative studies, introduced to different models of integration, and taught how to use those models to approach complex problems, intellectual questions, and challenging issues in society.

199. Customized Curriculum: The Future of Degrees (3)

Students will learn to create career plans that require them to research career options and potential employers, and prepare a developmental roadmap that will lead them to success within the chosen profession.

309. Topics in Integrative Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

The content of this course varies by semester. It highlights topics of specialized interest in areas of multidisciplinary, interdisciplinary, and transdisciplinary research.

311. Experiential Learning and Research (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course enables students to learn their concentration areas in an applied setting, while gaining practical experience. The site becomes an experiential learning lab that makes connections between course work and the 21st century workplace.

340. Introduction to Global and National Security (3)

Analyzes issues such as: economics, demography, ecology, energy, health, and geopolitics, with a view towards understanding their implications for global and national security.

341. innovationAcademy (3)

Students complete one of the following experiences: create or develop their business plan, explore funding opportunities for their nascent business, complete an internship (must meet certain requirements), develop, design and create a non-profit entity.

342. Disney College Program Internship (3)

This course is designed to help students reflect upon, evaluate, and apply the knowledge, skills and experiences gained as a Disney College Program participant.

343. Create Sell Bank I (3)

Experience variety of innovation processes (brainstorming, rapid prototyping, sketching, list building, 3D printing, etc.) to help discover products or services at the intersection of your need explorations, self/team capability assessment, and personal interests.

344. Student Athlete Identity (3)

This course explores the notion and manifestation of athletic representations as seen through the lens of student-athlete experiences against the backdrop of American society and the intersections of its socio-cultural and socio-political institutions.

345. Introduction to Community Safety and Human Security (3)

Introduces the student to and analyzes current movements to reform and improve safety in our communities and provide for basic human rights and human needs at state, tribal and local community levels.

409. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Directed study of topics not covered in regular courses. Specific arrangements must be made with a member of the LAIS faculty responsible for supervising the work. A proposed plan of study is normally made at least one semester in advance.

Latin (LATN)

1110. Latin I (3)

Introduction to the Latin language; grammar, syntax and readings in Roman authors. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. {Fall, Spring}

1120. Latin II (3)

Continuation of 1110. Introduction to the Latin language; grammar, syntax and readings in Roman authors. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. Prerequisite: 1110. {Spring}

2110. Latin III (3)

Systematic review of Latin grammar and syntax; readings in simple prose authors such as Cicero and Caesar; introduction to Latin poetry and scansion. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. Prerequisite: 1120.

2120. Latin IV (3)

*303. Advanced Latin I (3, no limit Δ)

Readings in Classical authors such as Plautus, Catullus, Vergil, Horace and Ovid. Occasional composition in Latin. Prerequisite: 2110 or 2120.

*304. Advanced Latin II (3, no limit Δ)

Readings in Classical authors such as Plautus, Catullus, Vergil, Horace and Ovid. Occasional composition in Latin. Prerequisite: 2110 or 2120.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

503. Topics in Latin Language and Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Graduate readings in Latin authors. Prerequisite: *303, *304 or the equivalent.

513. Survey of Ancient Latin Literature (3)

This course will give students experience reading a wide range of texts and authors in Latin literature, from the Republican period to the Late Empire, touching on key authors and works of literature in Latin. Prerequisite: 503 with a grade of "B+" or better.

551. Graduate Problems (1-9 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Law (LAW)

500. Comparative and Historical Legal Perspectives (1-3)

First Year Course. Required.

501. Introduction to Constitutional Law (3-4)

First Year Course. Required.

502. Contracts I (2-4)

First Year Course. Required

504. Criminal Law (3-4)

First Year Course. Required.

505. International Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

506. Elements of Legal Argumentation I (1-4)

First Year Course. Required.

507. Practicum (1-2)

First Year Course. Required. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

508. Property I (2-4)

First Year Course. Required.

510. Torts (3-4)

First Year Course. Required.

512. Civil Procedure I (2-4)

First Year Course. Required.

513. Elements of Legal Argumentation II (3-4)

First Year Course. Required.

516. Entertainment Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

517. Trial Practice (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

520. Business Associations I (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

523. Secured Transactions (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

524. Community Property (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

526. Constitutional Rights (1-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

529. Criminal Procedure I-4th, 5th, 6th Amendments (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

530. Federal Estate and Gift Tax (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

531. Health Law (1-5)

Second and Third Year Course.

532. Evidence (2-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

533. Family Law I (3-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

534. Federal Income Tax (3-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

544. Oil and Gas (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

546. Antitrust Law I (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

547. Water Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

550. Mediation (2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

551. Family Mediation Training (2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

552. Federal Jurisdiction (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

553. Financial Literacy (1-2)

Second and Third Year Course.

555. Jurisprudence (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

556. National Hispanic Moot Court (1-2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

557. Wills and Trusts (1-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

558. Frederick Douglas Moot Court Competition (1)

Second and Third Year Course.

559. National Native American Moot Court (1-2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

560. Introduction to U.S. Law, Procedure, and Legal Education (4)

This course introduces students to the U.S. legal system and study of law. Topics: the legal method, the common law system, judicial case and statutory analyses, the legal profession, and core areas of the law. Restriction: permission of instructor.

564. Indian Gaming (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

565. Natural Resources (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

567. National Mock Trial Competition (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

569. Natural Resources Journal IV (2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

573. Computer Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

577. Spanish for Lawyers I (2)

Second and Third Year Course.

580. Environmental Law (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

581. Insurance (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

584. Indian Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

586. Tribal Law Journal IV-Editors (2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

588. Legal History of New Mexico (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

589. Information, Technology and Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

593. Topics in Law (1-9, no limit Δ)

Second and Third Year Course.

594. Independent Research (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

595. Tribal Law Journal I-Staff (1)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

596. Tribal Law Journal I-Editors (1-2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

598. Tribal Law Journal II-Staff (1)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

605. Advanced Constitutional Rights (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

606. Civil Procedure II (3-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

607. Employment Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

608. Property II (3-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

614. Administrative Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

623. Sales of Goods (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

625. Supreme Court Decision-Making (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

627. Criminal Procedure II-Bail to Jail (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

628. Law of Indigenous People (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

629. Bankruptcy (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

631. Remedies (2-4)

Second and Third Year Course.

632. Evidence/Trial Practice (3-6)

Second and Third Year Course.

635. Land Use Regulation (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

639. New Mexico Law Review II (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

642. Sports Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

643. Spanish for Lawyers II (2)

Second and Third Year Course.

646. Environmental Law Moot Court Competition (1)

Second and Third Year Course.

663. Topics in Comparative Law (1-3 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Topics course for occasional offerings that will be available for both law and graduate (regular and non-matriculated) students. Most of the use will be for special topics courses taught in summer institute(s).

665. First Amendment Rights: Church and State (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

667. Immigration Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

669. New Mexico Law Review IV (2)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

691. Intellectual Property Law (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

710. Pre-Trial Practice (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

718. Interviewing, Counseling and Negotiations (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course.

721. Law Extern Program (2-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [2-3])

Clinical Program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

726. Community Lawyering Clinic (1-6)

(or LAW 727) Clinical Program. Required.

727. Southwest Indian Law Clinic (1-6)

(or LAW 726) Clinical Program. Required.

729. Advanced Clinic (1-3)

Second and Third Year Course. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

730. Criminal Law in Practice (4-6)

Second and Third Year Course.

744. Judicial Extern (2-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ [2-3])

Clinical Program. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

750. Ethics (2-3)

Second and Third Year Course. Required.

Educational Leadership (LEAD)

501. Educational Leadership in a Democratic Society (3)

Designed to help organizational leaders understand how schools have both limited and expanded educational opportunity and what leaders can do to organize educational institutions for democratic life.

503. Data-Informed Instructional Leadership (3)

Development of instructional programs, human resources, and organizational improvements should be grounded in data, both qualitative and quantitative. Explores conceptual and practical approaches to analyzing data to improve schooling.

505. Visionary Leadership for Learning (3)

This course explores in depth the idea that leadership is vision-based and that effective visions are developed jointly, communicated widely, support shared learning, and ultimately drive what gets done in the organization of community.

509. Leadership and Organizational Change (3)

This course, designed as an introduction to the concepts, theories and processes of organizational theory and organizational behavior, will provide prospective education leaders with a better understanding of the way organizations operate.

510. School-Community Relations (3)

Students will learn and practice communication skills; become familiar with mechanisms for school-community interactions; identify various groups within and outside the school that play a part in educational decision making and program implementation.

512. Public Education in New Mexico (3)

This course provides an overview of the economic, social, historical, political, legal and financial aspects of public education in New Mexico.

517. Communication for Education Leaders (3)

This course explores both internal and external communication issues experienced in educational organizations. Emphasis will be placed upon what makes successful and productive communication from both theoretical and practical perspectives.

520. The School Principalship (3)

This course focuses upon the school as a complex organization and the role of the principal within that organization. It examines the various roles played by the principal, with particular emphasis placed on school leadership.

521. School Finance and Resource Allocation (3)

This course is designed to provide future school leaders with basic understanding of the workings of the educational funding system and to provide a framework for effective fiscal and staffing decisions at the school level.

529. The Adult Learner (3)

(Also offered as OILS 541) Examines the teaching and learning transaction with adults. Specific attention is on adult life stage development, relevant learning theories and approaches, and learning style issues of cross-cultural populations.

530. Leadership for Conflict Resolution in Schools and Organizations (3)

This course addresses current theories, strategies and practices in conflict resolution for educational and organizational leaders. Topics such as bullying, peer mediation programs, and restorative justice are covered.

534. Policy Issues in Education (3)

This course focuses on current research and debates on critical policy areas relating to PK-12 education. The class examines the role of key decision-makers, ideologies, and implementation constraints in policy conflict resolution.

550. Culturally Responsive Leadership for Equity and Social Justice (3)

This course will focus on the struggle for educational equity and social justice, how this struggle has been interpreted and understood, and how leaders can help educational institutions and communities promote equity and justice.

560. Instructional Leadership, Supervision, and Evaluation (3)

Focuses on supervision in terms of professional growth, staff development, and creating organizations in which learning, rather than power and control, is the center of attention. Supervision as evaluation is a relatively minor part of the course.

561. Legal Issues for School Leaders (3)

This course explores how laws, including constitutional and statutory requirements, affect educational leadership. Focusing on concepts behind legal cases, the course examines how leaders can improve educational provision to address underlying legal concerns.

581. Seminar in Educational Leadership (3, no limit Δ)

Topics vary from term to term, but are all critically important for educational administrators. They include but are not limited to: organizational development, leader behavior, teaching and learning, ethics, technology and educational policy. Restriction: permission of instructor.

591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Problems study is offered on demand only and with the permission of the instructor. Check with the chairperson of the Department for details. Restriction: permission of instructor.

592. Workshop in Educational Leadership (1 to a maximum of 5 Δ)

593. Topics (1-4, no limit Δ)

594. Practicum (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A required field experience for students in Educational Leadership programs who are not seeking state administrative licensure. Arranged with advisor and program faculty.

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

596. Administrative Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

The administrative internship provides field-based experiences to develop the skills, knowledge, and practices identified in the New Mexico Administrator Competencies. Students must meet program requirements for entry into the internship.

598. Directed Readings in Educational Leadership (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

601. Perspectives on Leadership (3)

A doctoral seminar focusing on leading theories of educational, organizational, and community leadership, emphasizing transformational leadership and other forms of leadership that stress collaboration and shared decision making.

602. Indigenous Leadership in Education and Community Contexts (3)

This course will provide an in depth understanding of the lived and diverse perspectives within Indigenous leadership in education and community contexts including tribal, community, and diverse educational types inclusive of P-20. Restriction: permission of instructor.

603. Introduction to Data Analysis for Organizational Leaders (3)

A doctoral seminar introducing quantitative inquiry with emphasis on methods that leaders can apply immediately to organizational issues. Content taught cooperatively to enhance opportunities for community building. Restriction: admitted to Ed.D. cohort.

605. Qualitative Research in Education (3)

(Also offered as LLSS 605) A doctoral seminar focusing on qualitative research methods, including problem definition, data collection and analysis and increasing the trustworthiness of one’s findings. A research study is required. Prerequisite: LLSS 523 or EDPY 511. Restriction: admitted to Ed.D. cohort.

607. Analyzing Qualitative Data (3)

This doctoral seminar helps students increase their understanding and skills in analyzing qualitative data. It is assumed that prior to entering this seminar, the students have collected data on which to focus their analyses. Prerequisite: 605 or LLSS 605.

609. Quantitative Methods for Analyzing and Transforming Organizations (3)

A doctoral seminar focusing on how quantitative data can be used to understand organizational needs and to drive organizational decision making. Restriction: admitted Ed.D. in Educational Leadership.

610. Organizational Change: Theory and Processes (3)

Designed to help students better understand the change processes by studying various change models. Focuses on the “what” and “how” surrounding change as well as the decision making processes that impact change in institutions.

611. Community Learning as Leadership (3)

A doctoral seminar focusing on what leaders can do to model learning, to jointly create the conditions to support individual and community learning, and to use what is learned to drive transformation.

615. Leadership and Group Dynamics (3)

Explores the workings of groups in various learning environments and what makes a well-functioning educational group, committee, or team. Focus on importance of group dynamics as an imperative part of adult learning and training.

620. Democracy, Ethics, and Social Justice in Transformational Leadership (3)

Using the work of leading theorists and activists on democracy, diversity, and dialogue, this seminar examines pressing educational issues. Focus on educational goals and purposes, including analysis and articulation of our own visions for education.

629. Seminar for Practicing School Administrators (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Exploration of important issues facing practicing school leaders. Includes organizational analysis, facilities management, budgeting, educational assessment, evaluation of staff and strengthening ties to families and the local community.

634. Education, Politics, and Policy (3)

A doctoral seminar focusing on shaping educational policy, how leaders can influence the policy making process and how policies are applied to meet educational and community needs.

635. Legal and Fiscal Underpinnings of Educational Equity (3)

A doctoral seminar examining the intersections of law, finance, and social equity. Explores landmark cases, historical shifts in fiscal provision of education, and trends in the pursuit of educational equity.

650. Leader as Researcher (3)

A doctoral seminar synthesizing how leaders use inquiry to influence decisions. Papers framing a research problem and justifying the methods to be used in researching a problem are required. Restriction: permission of instructor.

692. Workshop in Educational Leadership (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Co-constructed by students and faculty, workshops are responsive to the most current and pressing educational issues facing educational leaders. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits for students enrolled in a doctoral program. Restriction: permission of instructor.

693. Topics in Educational Leadership (1-4 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

Topics vary. Restriction: doctoral students only.

696. Doctoral Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Doctoral students only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

698. Directed Readings in Educational Leadership (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Doctoral students only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Linguistics (LING)

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. Introduction to the Study of Language and Linguistics (3)

This course presents an introduction to the study of language through the basic aspects of linguistic analysis: the sound system (phonetics and phonology), the structure of words and sentences (morphology and syntax), and the ways in which language is used to convey meaning (semantics and pragmatics). In addition, the course will investigate how language is acquired and stored in the brain, and how differences in speech styles and dialects reflect different social and cultural backgrounds of individual speakers. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

2151. Language of Advertising (3)

Students study language and other symbolic systems used in advertising, branding, and marketing to analyze the social meaning that is conveyed through marketing language choices, becoming more critical consumers as a result. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

301. Introduction to Linguistic Analysis (3)

Nordquist Basic concepts and technical vocabulary of language as a structured system: phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics. Emphasis on descriptive linguistics; some attention to language change and variation. Presumes no prior knowledge of linguistics.

302. Phonetic Analysis (3)

Koops A survey of the nature and variety of the sounds of the world's languages, with an emphasis on the integrated understanding of speech articulation and speech acoustics. Students learn to perform basic acoustic phonetic analysis. Prerequisite: 301.

303. Introduction to Phonetics (3)

(Also offered as SHS *303) Neel, Smith An introduction to the physiological mechanisms underlying speech production, linguistic classification and transcription of speech sounds, acoustic properties of speech sounds, relationship between phonetics and phonology, and applications to speech pathology.

304 / 504. Phonological Analysis (3)

Smith Introduction to patterns in sound structure, with an emphasis on problem-solving. Topics include distinctive features, common phonological processes, autosegmental theory and syllable structure. Prerequisite: 301 and (302 or 303 or SHS *303).

322 / 522. Grammatical Analysis (3)

(Also offered as ANTH *318) Nordquist Principles of morphological and syntactic analysis and introduction to functional and formal theories of grammar. Descriptive analysis of grammatical structures and problems from a variety of languages. Prerequisite: 301 or SIGN *305 or SPAN 351.

331 / 531. Language in Society (3)

Koops, Shin Introduction to sociolinguistics. Topics: social dialects, societal multilingualism, language contact, language attitudes, language policy and planning, the role of language in binding and defining communities. Prerequisite: 2110 or 301 or ANTH 1155.

334 / 534. Language and Gender (3)

Jacobson This course provides an introduction to linguistic analyses of language used by and about women and men, exploring how language is used in constructing ourselves and others as men and women, gay, straight, or transgendered.

359. Language and Culture (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 310; CJ 319) Dinwoodie, Rhodes Examination of the interrelations of language and speech with other selected aspects of culture and cognition. Prerequisite: 2110 or 301 or ANTH 1155.

367 / 567. Psychology of Language (3)

(Also offered as PSY **367) Morford Theoretical and methodological issues in psycholinguistics, including comprehension, speech perception and production, language acquisition, bilingualism, brain and language, reading. Prerequisite: 2110 or 301 or ANTH 1155 or PSYC 2110 or PSYC 2120 or PSYC 2220 or PSYC 2250 or PSYC 2270.

*401–*402. Topics: American Indian Languages (3, may be repeated three times Δ; 3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Introductory study of a Native American language, selected according to availability of instructor and student interest. May be repeated for credit as the topic varies.

412 / 512. Morphosyntax (3)

Vallejos Yopán Analysis of the morphology and syntax of a broad range of constructions, examining crosslinguistic variation and universals, semantic and discourse functions, and historical origins. Prerequisite: 322.

413 / 513. Linguistic Field Methods (3)

Vallejos YopánPractice in transcribing from oral dictation, phonemic analysis, introduction to problems of morphology. Prerequisite: 304 and (322 or ANTH *318).

415 / 515. Native American Languages (3)

Vallejos Yopán Survey of indigenous languages of the Americas, with special emphasis on languages of New Mexico. Topics: linguistic structure in particular languages and language families; relationship of languages and cultures; and language loss, maintenance and preservation. Prerequisite: 322.

417 / 517. Typology and Universals (3)

An overview of language universals based on the comparison of a broad range of languages, and explanations for language universals. Topics covered include implicational universals, typological markedness, functional motivations, and diachronic typology. Prerequisite: 322.

425 / 525. Semantic Analysis (3)

An introduction to the study of sentence and word level meaning in the languages of the world, emphasizing the role of speaker and hearer, linguistic and extralinguistic context, lexical semantics, and grammatical meaning. Prerequisite: 301 or SIGN *305 or SPAN 351.

429 / 529. Discourse Analysis (3)

Jacobson Introduction to the relationship of morphosyntax to the structure of discourse in the languages of the world. Topics: method and theory in the analysis of spoken and written discourse; basic notions such as topic, focus and cohesion. Prerequisite: 322.

433 / 533. Sociolinguistic Variation (3)

(Also offered as LING 533) KoopsLinguistic variability in relation to social status and situational context, attitudinal correlates of language stratification and sociolinguistic change in progress. Prerequisite: (301 or SPAN 351) and (302 or 303 or SHS *303 or SPAN **350) and 331.

435 / 535. Language Contact (3)

Vallejos YopánExamination of various outcomes of language contact from both structural and sociocultural perspectives. It surveys linguistic areas around the world. Topics include: lexical borrowing, grammatical diffusion, the genesis of pidgins, creoles, koines and mixed languages. Prerequisite: 322 or SPAN 351.

446 / 546. Introduction to Language Change (3)

(Also offered as LING 546) Shin Theories and methods of comparative and historical linguistics, emphasizing change in English, Indo-European and Native American languages. Prerequisite: 304.

449. Middle English Language (3)

(Also offered as ENGL 449 / 549)Comprehensive study of Middle English dialects and the development of Middle English from Old English. Prepares students for Middle English literature.

460 / 560. Child Language (3)

(Also offered as PSY 422) Morford, Shin Theories, methodologies and findings in child language from birth to late childhood. Emphasizes implications of child language data for linguistic and psycholinguistic theories. Topics: biological foundations; pre-linguistic communication; phonological, syntactic, semantic and pragmatic development; bilingualism. Prerequisite: 367 or PSY 324 or PSY 360 or PSY **367.

469L / 569L. Experimental Psycholinguistics (3)

Morford Laboratory course in psycholinguistics; review of classic issues and research. Provides an opportunity to learn basic research methods in experimental psycholinguistics and gain skills necessary to conduct independent research. Prerequisite: 367 or 567 or PSY **367.

490 / 590. Topics in Linguistics (3, no limit Δ)

Special topics motivated by expertise of instructor and interest of students.

495. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

For original individual study project approved by instructor. Maximum of 6 hours creditable to linguistics major or minor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (3)

Prerequisite: 498.

502. Current Approaches to Phonology (3)

Smith The basic organizational units of phonology: features, segments, syllables, words, suprasegmentals, tone, stress and intonation. Topics: natural phonological processes, diachronic changes, and typological variation involving these units. Prerequisite: 304 or 504 or SPAN 545.

503. Usage-based Phonology (3)

Smith The nature of phonological representations in the lexicon and the interaction of morphology, syntax, and language use with phonology. Topics: underspecification, lexical phonology, cognitive phonology, rules, schemas, and productivity. Prerequisite: 304 or 504 or SPAN 545.

504 / 304. Phonological Analysis (3)

510. Statistical Methods in Linguistics (3)

KoopsOverview of elementary and selected advanced statistical methods for the quantitative, usage-based analysis of language. Particular emphasis is placed on issues in linear and logistic regression modeling.

512 / 412. Morphosyntax (3)

513 / 413. Linguistic Field Methods (3)

Vallejos YopánPractice in transcribing from oral dictation, phonemic analysis, introduction to problems of morphology. Prerequisite: (504 or SPAN **350) and 522. {Offered upon demand}

515 / 415. Native American Languages (3)

517 / 417. Typology and Universals (3)

519. Cognitive Linguistics (3)

Introduction to cognitive linguistic approaches (e.g., Cognitive Grammar, Construction Grammar) to syntax, morphology, and semantics. Grammatical phenomena at various scales from morpheme to discourse and in a variety of languages. Prerequisite: 322 or 522 or SPAN 351.

522 / 322. Grammatical Analysis (3)

(Also offered as ANTH *318)NordquistPrinciples of morphological and syntactic analysis and introduction to functional and formal theories of grammar. Descriptive analysis of grammatical structures and problems from a variety of languages. Prerequisite: 301 or SIGN *305 or SPAN 351.

523. Functional Syntactic Theories (3)

Vallejos Yopán Description and explanation of morphological, syntactic, and discourse phenomena, both in language-specific and typological perspective, in terms of their cognitive representations and the cognitive and interactional processes in which they function. Prerequisite: 322 or 522 or SPAN 351.

525 / 425. Semantic Analysis (3)

529 / 429. Discourse Analysis (3)

531 / 331. Language in Society (3)

533 / 433. Sociolinguistic Variation (3)

(Also offered as LING 433) KoopsLinguistic variability in relation to social status and situational context, attitudinal correlates of language stratification and sociolinguistic change in progress.

534 / 334. Language and Gender (3)

535 / 435. Language Contact (3)

546 / 446. Introduction to Language Change (3)

(Also offered as LING 446) Shin Theories and methods of comparative and historical linguistics, emphasizing change in English, Indo-European and Native American languages. Prerequisite: 304.

548. Grammaticization (3)

Vallejos YopánGrammaticization is the historical process by which words in constructions become grammatical units. The course examines this process across languages, focusing on mechanisms of change and implications for typology, universals and synchronic analysis. Prerequisite: 412 or 512.

554. Seminar in Linguistic Theory (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 514) Current topics and issues in phonology, syntax or semantics.

560 / 460. Child Language (3)

565. Seminar in Thought and Language (3)

(Also offered as EDPY, PSY 565) The role of language in human cognition is approached from a sociocultural framework. Topics: semiotic systems, languages of the mind, categorization, problem solving, and cognitive pluralism.

567 / 367. Psychology of Language (3)

568. Seminar in Psycholinguistics (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

(Also offered as PSY 569) Morford Restriction: permission of instructor.

569L / 469L. Experimental Psycholinguistics (3)

590 / 490. Topics in Linguistics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Special topics motivated by expertise of instructor and interest of students.

595. Graduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Original independent study project approved by instructor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

697. Qualifying Paper (3-9, may be repeated once Δ)

Original research leading to the qualifying paper. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Linguistics and permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Original research for doctoral dissertation in Linguistics. Available only to doctoral students who have been advanced to candidacy. Taken under supervision of dissertation director. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Language, Literacy and Sociocultural Studies (LLSS)

1110. Foundations of American Indian Education (3)

This course is an exploration of American Indian education from the past to the present. Topics include: boarding schools, Indigenous language issues, policies, practices, experiences, educational models, language and cultural maintenance, urban/rural schools. In particular, this course will look at curriculum, pedagogy, and the processes of education that empower students to draw on their personal strengths and lived experiences and to develop their confidence in their abilities to learn. We will explore ways to understand and appreciate students’ background, and to foster learning that values the rich cultural and linguistic resources that children bring to the classroom, so that we can help learners successfully integrate the learning community of the school with their broader communities.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

300. Bilingual Teaching Methods, Materials and Techniques (3)

Required for bilingual endorsement. Course addresses theory and practice of content area instruction through languages other than English in bilingual programs, with integration of Spanish L1/L2 development and integrated cultural awarenesses. Prerequisite: *453. Restriction: permission of instructor to determine academic proficiency in the target language.

315. Educating Linguistically and Culturally Diverse Students (3)

Course familiarizes prospective teacher candidates with history, theory, practice, culture and politics of second language pedagogy and culturally relevant teaching. Students will be introduced to effective teaching methods for linguistically and culturally diverse learners.

321. School and Society (3)

This course focuses on the sociocultural and political foundation of education in the United States. Designed to provide students with a means of reflecting on the nature of contemporary schooling.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

393 / 493 / 593. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

430. Teaching Writing to Children and Adolescents (3)

Theory and practice of teaching writing in elementary and secondary schools.

432. Teaching of Social Studies (3)

Corequisite: EDUC 362. Restriction: permission of instructor.

436. Teaching of English (3)

443. Children's Literature (Literatura Infantil) (3)

A survey course of the field of children’s literature. Focuses on knowledge and practice of literature, literary response and classroom programs. K–8.

*449. Teaching the Native Language to the Native Speaker (3)

A comprehensive examination of characteristics, behavior and language of the native-speaking student, with specific implications for teaching the native language in schools. Restriction: permission of instructor.

450 / 550. Books and Related Materials for Young Adults (3)

A survey of books and related materials for middle and high school age students. Emphasis on adolescent reading and the use of literature in the school curriculum.

*453. Theoretical and Cultural Foundations of Bilingual Education (3)

Required for ESL and Bilingual endorsements. History and theory of bilingual education in the U.S. and survey of multilingual education internationally, focusing on the sociocultural foundations of effective programs and instructional practices. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*455. Teaching Spanish for Bilingual Classroom (3)

This course assists bilingual teachers in developing strategies and techniques for using Spanish as a language of instruction in the classroom. Participants are also assisted in reviewing for la Prueba for bilingual endorsement. Restriction: permission of instructor to ensure academic proficiency in Spanish.

456 / 556. First and Second Language Development within Cultural Contexts (3)

First and second language development addressed as life-long processes within cultural contexts, with greater emphasis on second language development in children than adults. Language development in the classroom is given special attention. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

457 / 557. Language, Culture, and Mathematics (3)

This course focuses on linguistic and cultural influences on the teaching and learning of mathematics. Additionally provides information on how students construct mathematical skills and knowledge by examining best models of research and practice. {Fall}

458 / 558. Literacy Across Cultures (3)

Theory and practice of literacy instruction in countries whose languages are represented in students in the Southwest. Compare/contrast with current methods of teaching reading and writing to native speakers of English.

459 / 559. Second Language Literacy (3)

Current theory and practice in teaching reading and writing in English to second language learners, elementary through adult levels.

460 / 560. Language and Education in Southwest Native American Communities (3)

This course explores the historical context of education and its impact on Native American communities of the Southwest. Topics include native language acquisition, bilingualism, language shift, and language revitalization efforts in native communities and schools.

469 / 569. ESL Across the Content Areas (3)

The course addresses ESL/content-area instruction, which integrates language and content instruction and focuses on the issues of processing content in a second language and the implied redesigning of instruction in grades K-12.

479 / 579. The Teaching of Reading in the Bilingual Classroom (La Ensenanza de la Lectura) (3)

Analysis of various reading methods and assessment of children’s reading skills, with a focus on balanced approach to reading. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: 456. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*480. Second Language Pedagogy (3)

Second Language Pedagogy prepares students to teach Modern, Classical, and Native languages in accordance with state and national foreign language teaching standards. Through assignments and readings, students will develop an understanding of second language acquisition.

482 / 581. Teaching English as a Second Language (3)

Required for ESL and Bilingual endorsements. Implementation of second language teaching principles through effective program models and instructional practices. Field component required.

493 / 393 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

495. Field Experience (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional setting. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Issues in Language/Literacy/Sociocultural Studies (3)

Required core course for new LLSS Master’s students. Addresses how social, political, economic, and cultural forces shape beliefs about race, class, language, gender, and literacy. Implications for teaching, learning and educational change will be examined.

501. Practitioner Research (3)

This course focuses on the theory and practice of school-based research. Will read research by other teachers/practitioners and design and implement a research project.

502. Introduction to Qualitative Research (3)

Designed to give students an introduction to qualitative research methodologies and methods relevant to education. Students engage in the practice of qualitative methods from various activities and exercises.

503. Research in Bilingual and Second Language Classrooms and Communities (3)

An examination of current research conducted in bilingual schools and communities. This course is designed for advanced M.A. and Ph.D. students with an interest in research. Prerequisite: 556 and 580.

510. Paulo Freire (3)

Explores the writings of one of the most important educators and thinkers of the 20th century: Paulo Freire. Also considers scholars who influenced his ideas as well as those who were influenced by his ideas.

511. History of U.S. Education (3)

This course explores the significance and function of educational endeavors and institutions in U.S. society from the sixteenth century to the present. Emphasizes the relationship between schooling and race, class, and gender.

513. Globalization and Education (3)

Examines the arguments of various globalization discourses, focusing on how each represents the relationship between globalization processes and educational phenomena. Problematizes the impact of globalization(s) on the worldwide struggle for equitable education for all.

514. Decolonial Thinking (3)

This course attends to the myriad of ways in which scholars are decolonizing social thought, education, and pedagogical practices in an array of spaces.

515. Philosophy of Education (3)

Introduces students to the foundations of educational philosophy. It focuses on thought from the 20th century while recognizing the historical influences from Western and non-Western nations. Special attention on race, class, and gender.

521. Proseminar: Sociology of Education (3)

Introduces students to the structures and functions of schools in the U.S. and other societies through an examination of empirical research that looks at race, class, and gender oppression.

523. Education and Anthropology (3)

An examination of the cultural context of learning and thinking. Topics include learning in the classroom, formal and informal education, sociocultural perspectives on cultural transmission, cultural theories of education and the acquisition of culture.

524. Critical Race Theory (3)

Engages the premises of Critical Race Theory (CRT). Focuses on theorists and philosophers of color who write about racial struggle in White hegemonic societies. Explores the implications of CRT for educational research, policy, and practice.

527. Studies in Rhetoric for Teachers (3, no limit Δ)

An advanced course in the teaching of writing focusing on recent research and theory in composition studies.

528. Studies in Reading and Literature for Teachers (3)

An advanced course in the teaching of reading and literature with an emphasis on recent research and theory in literature education.

529. Race, Ethnicity, and Education (3)

Concentrates on empirical studies that reveal how schools work to create racial and ethnic inequality. Explores current debates about the concepts “race” and “ethnicity” and evaluates the consequences of these debates for educational studies.

530. Whiteness Studies (3)

Looks at how white power and privilege shapes schools and society. Studies the impact for both people of color and whites. Possibilities and limitations of white antiracism, multiracial alliances, and antiracist education are explored.

532. The Reading Process (3)

Explores the reading process through current theories, research and implications for acquisition and instruction. Theories and research are examined from a variety of perspectives.

533. Studies in Comics: Considering and Supporting Literacy Practices (3)

This course reviews the history of comics, structure, and literary components. It will also consider how comics take up issues of identity, race, culture, gender, sexuality, and history and their literacy education potential.

534. Seminar in Teaching Reading (3)

Advanced study focused on the research, debates, practices and themes in the teaching of reading with attention to implications for multicultural/multilinguistic settings. {Offered upon demand}

535. Critical Literacy (3)

This course is an exploration of the ways in which texts are used to celebrate, control, transform, conceal, move to action, manipulate, disclose, convince, and in other ways act upon individuals and groups.

536. Reading and Writing Digital Texts (3)

An exploration of how new technologies (e.g. video games, blogs, podcasts, social networking, text messaging, simulations, etc.) create new ways of interpreting, composing, knowing, and learning.

537. International Literature for Young People (3)

Seminar surveys international literature for children and young adults, and explores its use in classrooms to build intercultural understanding and global awareness. Texts are critically examined in light of sociopolitical, cultural, and translation issues. Prerequisite: 443 or 450 or 544 or 550.

537L. Assessment of Reading and Language Arts (3)

Provides students theoretical and applied working knowledge of assessment issues and procedures. Students develop lesson plans and teach lessons grounded in evidence-based results of assessments of children.

538. Teaching Reading Through the Content Field (3)

Course explores issues of literacy development (i.e., reading, writing, listening and speaking) across core content areas of the school curriculum. Required in secondary teacher education for all content specialization areas.

539. Cross Cultural Literature for Young People (3)

Seminar focuses on children's and young adult literature to foster positive identity development and understanding of divergent cultural views. Literature from varied ethnic and non-normative gender groups is critiqued and analyzed for instructional opportunity. Prerequisite: 443 or 450 or 544 or 550.

541. Seminar in Children's Literature (3-12 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Theoretical stances and issues in the study of children’s literature are explored in relationship to implications for classroom practice.

543. Classroom Drama: Teaching and Learning to Support Literacy Practices (3)

This course focuses on literacy teaching and learning through active and dramatic pedagogies. We will be grounding our active and dramatic work in current research and scholarship in the literacy field.

548. Literacy Leadership (3)

Addresses the needs of New Mexico literacy leaders in K-12 schools so that they understand: literacy processes, teaching, and learning; adult learners; politics and policies in literacy; and complexities of literacy in the 21st century.

550 / 450. Books and Related Materials for Young Adults (3)

A survey of books and related materials for middle and high school age students. Emphasis on adolescent reading and the use of literature in the school curriculum.

551. History of American Indian Education (3)

The course examines the history of Indian Education from 1890 to the present for Indians of the Southwest. The course examines national studies, recorded government documents, scholarly writings, and oral history.

553. Education and African American Children (3)

Explores historical and contemporary issues in African American education and k-12 schooling, probing various aspects of education in the context of African American culture, language, community, and institutions.

554. Teaching the Native American Child (3)

The course explores methodologies for creating culturally appropriate curricula for Native students. Emphasis is placed on applying principles of integrated thematic instruction and research of Native learning styles and effective teaching methods.

555. Language Study for Educators (3)

This course provides an in-depth understanding of language issues in education in a diverse society: language variation, language policies, registers and genres, teacher talk, the role of literacies in language development, and student identities.

556 / 456. First and Second Language Development within Cultural Contexts (3)

First and second language development addressed as life-long processes within cultural contexts, with greater emphasis on second language development in children than adults. Language development in the classroom is given special attention. Prerequisite: an introductory linguistics course. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

557 / 457. Language, Culture, and Mathematics (3)

558 / 458. Literacy Across Cultures (3)

559 / 459. Second Language Literacy (3)

Current theory and practice in teaching reading and writing in English to second language learners, elementary through adult levels.

560 / 460. Language and Education in Southwest Native American Communities (3)

561. Reading, Writing, and Diversities (3)

A consideration of the sociopsycholinguistic model of reading and writing with particular attention paid to long-accepted as well as lesser addressed diversities (socioeconomics, culture, sexual orientation, physicality, etc.).

564. Issues in American Indian Education (3)

The course examines contemporary issues of American Indian children in southwestern classrooms faced by teachers, counselors, and administrators at the elementary and secondary levels, but may include post-secondary concerns.

567. Home Literacy and Schooling Research (3)

Through ethnographic studies and field research, course participants learn to critically analyze, value, and build upon the diverse and rich literacy experiences that children from different ethnic groups bring to school.

568. Alternative Assessment Practices for English Language Learners (3)

The purpose of this course is to consider the dilemmas of using traditional assessment instruments, such as standardized tests, with English language learners and to expose course participants to a variety of alternative assessment methods. Prerequisite: 556.

569 / 469. ESL Across the Content Areas (3)

570. Science and Native American Education (3)

The course explores best practices and methods for presenting science to Native American learners. Students apply recent brain research and teaching methods to develop culturally responsive curricula applicable to Native learning styles and ontology.

575. Exploring Third Spaces in Education (3)

This course introduces graduate students to spatial theory, specifically thirdspace, and its applications in education. Critical perspectives on culture, language, identity-development, and teaching and learning guide the seminar discussions and applications.

578. Adult ESL Pedagogy (3)

This course is designed to prepare students to become familiar with resources relating to teaching adult learners of English. We will take a look at different approaches to critically teaching English.

579 / 479. The Teaching of Reading in the Bilingual Classroom (La Ensenanza de la Lectura) (3)

Analysis of various reading methods and assessment of children’s reading skills, with a focus on balanced approach to reading. Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: 556. Restriction: permission of instructor.

580. Seminar in the Education of the Bilingual Student (3)

An advanced course which provides an overview of issues including the research, theory, and practice in bilingual education in New Mexico and other settings.

581 / 482. Teaching English as a Second Language (3)

Required for ESL and Bilingual endorsements. Implementation of second language teaching principles through effective program models and instructional practices. Field component required.

582. Curriculum Development in Multicultural Education (3)

Graduate course focusing on the foundations of curriculum development for diverse populations, including the theory and practice of curriculum development in multicultural settings in the U.S. and abroad. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

583. Education Across Cultures in the Southwest (3)

Focuses on issues, policies and school practices related to diversity and the education of native cultures of the Southwest as well as more recently arrived linguistic and cultural groups.

587. Education and Gender Equity (3)

Explores gender-related issues in the field of education by examining explanations of gender in socio-cultural contexts and its intersection with race, class, ethnicity and sexuality. Students address these issues in teacher practice, policy and curriculum.

588. Feminist Epistemologies and Pedagogies (3)

By engaging various understandings of epistemology, this course examines the basis of knowledge from a feminist standpoint. Feminist approaches to epistemology are then employed to understand their relation to research and pedagogy.

590. Seminar (3)

Synthesize course work which has made up master’s degree program. Enhance student’s ability to defend professional ideas. Develop competence in professional communication oral and written.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

593 / 393 / 493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: acceptance into a graduate program and permission of instructor.

596. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

598. Directed Readings (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

605. Advanced Qualitative Research Methods (3)

(Also offered as LEAD 605) A doctoral seminar focusing on helping students understand qualitative research methods, including: problem definition, data collection and analysis and how to increase the trustworthiness of one’s findings. A research study is required. Prerequisite: 502.

606. Case Study Research Methods (3)

Students conceptualize, develop, conduct, and report a pilot case study research project. Course includes an emphasis on qualitative data analysis techniques and the writing of case narratives. Prerequisite: 502.

610. Seminar in Academic Writing in Education and Related Fields (3)

In this seminar students examine academic genres, structures, styles, techniques and resources through readings, discussion and their own writing processes.

614. Vygotsky Seminar (3)

A doctoral-level seminar in which the seminal writings of the Russian psychologist, Lev Vygotsky, will be examined in depth. This seminar will be of interest to Linguistics, Early Childhood, Psychology, Special Education, and LLSS students.

623. Ethnographic Research (3)

Seminar designed to engage students in the philosophy and methods of ethnographic research. Includes finding an appropriate cultural scene, conducting the actual fieldwork, analyzing the data and writing up the study. Prerequisite: 605.

640. Seminar in Language/Literacy (3)

A required core doctoral seminar designed to explore theoretical issues in language and literacy from an educational perspective. Will read the important research literature in these areas.

645. Seminar in Educational Studies (3)

Required core course of first-year LLSS doctoral students. Introduces key concepts and debates in critical educational studies. The social context of schooling is examined through historical, sociological, anthropological, psychological, and interdisciplinary modes of inquiry. Restriction: LLSS doctoral students only.

650. Dissertation Seminar (1-3)

Designed to assist doctoral students in planning their dissertation proposal. Students conceptualize and write a proposal using qualitative methods. Participants bring drafts of various components of their proposal to class where their work is critiqued. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

698. Directed Readings (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Latin American Studies (LTAM)

360. Latin American Culture and Society (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 340; HIST 379; POLS 360) This course serves as an introduction to the cultures and societies of Latin America from an interdisciplinary perspective. The course surveys the region using materials drawn from both the humanities and social sciences.

400. Topics in Latin American Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Will vary from instructor to instructor, but will be an in-depth analysis of special topics related to Latin America. For course content, consult the Schedule of Classes. The course may be repeated without limit provided the topics vary.

497. Independent Studies (1-3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Restriction: permission of program chairperson or instructor.

499. Senior Honors Thesis (3)

Prerequisite: 497. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Topics in Latin American Studies (3, no limit Δ)

504. Seminar in Latin American Studies (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as HIST 688, HIST 690, SPAN 504)

510. Pro-Seminar in Latin American Studies (3)

Introduction to the field of Latin American Studies. Students acquire knowledge of history, society, culture; learn about diverse disciplinary and interdisciplinary approaches to the field, acquire fundamentals of research and ethical work with bibliographical sources.

551. Master's Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Guided individual research and reading. Students may include up to 12 credit hours in their Master’s program and 6 additional credit hours at the Ph.D. level.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

651. Latin American Doctoral Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

699. Latin American Studies Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Mathematics (MATH)

107. Problems in College Algebra (1)

Study session for 1220 with an emphasis on problem solving. (I) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

110. Problems in Elements of Calculus (1)

Study session for 1430 with an emphasis on problem-solving. (I) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

1118. Mathematics for Elementary and Middle School Teachers I (3)

Course offers an in-depth look at rational numbers, arithmetic operations, and basic geometric concepts. Problem solving is emphasized throughout. (T) Prerequisite: 1130 or 1215 or 1220 or 1230 or 1240 or 1350 or 1430 or 1512 or FYEX 1010 or ACT Math =>19 or SAT Math Section =>480 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Arithmetic =>276.

1130. Survey of Mathematics (3)

This course will develop students’ ability to work with and interpret numerical data, to apply logical and symbolic analysis to a variety of problems, and/or to model phenomena with mathematical or logical reasoning. Topics include financial mathematics used in everyday life situations, statistics, and optional topics from a wide array of authentic contexts. (I) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: 1215 or (1215X and 1215Y) or 1220 or 1230 or 1240 or 1350 or 1430 or 1440 or 1512 or 1522 or 2531 or ACT Math =>22 or SAT Math Section =>540 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Advanced Algebra and Functions =>218 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Quantitative Reasoning, Algebra, and Statistics =>253.

116. Topics in Pre-Calculus Mathematics (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Selected topics from algebra, geometry and trigonometry. (I) Restriction: permission of department.

1215X. Intermediate Algebra IA (1)

A study of linear and quadratic functions, and an introduction to polynomial, absolute value, rational, radical, exponential, and logarithmic functions. A development of strategies for solving single-variable equations and contextual problems. This is the first course in a three-part sequence. In order to receive transfer credit for MATH 1215, all courses in this sequence (MATH 1215X, MATH 1215Y, MATH 1215Z) must be taken and passed. Prerequisite: (MATH 021 and MATH 022) or MATH 100 or FYEX 1010 or ISM 100 or ACT Math =>17 or SAT Math Section =>460 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Advanced Algebra and Functions =218-238. Corequisite: 1215Y.

1215Y. Intermediate Algebra IB (1)

A study of linear and quadratic functions, and an introduction to polynomial, absolute value, rational, radical, exponential, and logarithmic functions. A development of strategies for solving single-variable equations and contextual problems. This is the second course in a three-part sequence. In order to receive transfer credit for MATH 1215, all courses in this sequence (MATH 1215X, MATH 1215Y, MATH 1215Z) must be taken and passed. Prerequisite: 1215X.

1215Z. Intermediate Algebra IC (1)

A study of linear and quadratic functions, and an introduction to polynomial, absolute value, rational, radical, exponential, and logarithmic functions. A development of strategies for solving single-variable equations and contextual problems. This is the third course in a three-part sequence. In order to receive transfer credit for MATH 1215, all courses in this sequence (MATH 1215X, MATH 1215Y, MATH 1215Z) must be taken and passed. Pre- or corequisite: 1215Y.

1220. College Algebra (3)

Note: See Restrictions earlier in Mathematics and Statistics. Preparation for 1240 and 1430. The study of equations, functions and graphs, reviewing linear and quadratic functions, and concentrating on polynomial, rational, exponential and logarithmic functions. Emphasizes algebraic problem solving skills and graphical representation of functions. (I) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: 1215 or (1215X and 1215Y and 1215Z) or ACT Math =>22 or SAT Math Section =>540 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Advanced Algebra and Functions =239-248.

1230. Trigonometry (3)

A study of plane trigonometry including the definitions of the fundamental trig functions using right angle triangle and unit circle approaches. Trig functions of any real number will be evaluated and the functions graphed along with their transformations. Trigonometric identities will be developed and demonstrated including multiple angle identities and identities developed from them. Inverse trigonometric functions will be developed and used to solve trigonometric equations. Trigonometric applications will be solved using right angle trigonometry and the laws of sines and cosines. Trigonometric methods will be applied to complex numbers and the use of 2D vectors and vector dot products.May be taken concurrently with 1240. (I) Prerequisite: 1220 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Advanced Algebra and Functions =249-283.

1240. Pre-Calculus (3)

This course extends students’ knowledge of polynomial, rational, exponential and logarithmic functions to new contexts, including rates of change, limits, systems of equations, conic sections, and sequences and series. May be taken concurrently with 1230. (I) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: 1220 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Advanced Algebra and Functions =249-283.

1250. Trigonometry and Pre-Calculus (5)

Includes the study of functions in general with emphasis on the elementary functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions. Topics include rates of change, limits, systems of equations, conic sections, sequences and series, trigonometric equations and identities, complex number, vectors, and applications. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: 1220 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Advanced Algebra and Functions =249-283.

1300. Statistical Literacy (3)

Participants will study the social statistics encountered by consumers. Investigate the story behind the statistics. Study the influences on social statistics. Study the techniques used to control these influences. Strong focus on confounding. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: 1215 or (1215X and 1215Y) or 1220 or 1230 or 1240 or 1430 or 1440 or 1512 or 1522 or 2530 or ACT Math =>22 or SAT Math Section =>540 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Quantitative Reasoning, Algebra, and Statistics =>253 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Advanced Algebra & Functions =>218.

1350. Introduction to Statistics (3)

This course discusses the fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics. Students will gain introductions to topics such as descriptive statistics, probability and basic probability models used in statistics, sampling and statistical inference, and techniques for the visual presentation of numerical data. These concepts will be illustrated by examples from a variety of fields. (I) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: 1215 or (1215X and 1215Y) or 1220 or 1230 or 1240 or 1430 or 1440 or 1512 or 1522 or 2531 or ACT Math =>22 or SAT Math Section =>540 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Quantitative Reasoning, Algebra, and Statistics =>253. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1430. Applications of Calculus I (3)

An algebraic and graphical study of derivatives and integrals, with an emphasis on applications to business, social science, economics and the sciences. (I) Credit for both this course and MATH 1512 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: 1220 or 1240 or 1250 or ACT Math =>26 or SAT Math Section =>620 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Advanced Algebra and Functions =249-283.

1440. Applications of Calculus II (3)

Topics in this course include functions of several variables, techniques of integration, an introduction to basic differential equations, and other applications. (I) Credit for both this course and MATH 1522 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: 1430.

1512. Calculus I (4)

Limits. Continuity. Derivative: definition, rules, geometric interpretation and as rate-of-change, applications to graphing, linearization and optimization. Integral: definition, fundamental theorem of calculus, substitution, applications such as areas, volumes, work, averages. (I) Credit for both this course and MATH 1430 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: (1230 and 1240) or 1250 or ACT Math =>28 or SAT Math Section =>640 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Advanced Algebra and Functions =>284.

1522. Calculus II (4)

Transcendental functions, techniques of integration, numerical integration, improper integrals, sequences and series, Taylor series with applications, complex variables, differential equations. (I) Credit for both this course and MATH 1440 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: 1512.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2115. Math for Middle School Teachers (3)

Development of mathematical concepts from the viewpoint of the middle school curriculum. Topics include: in-depth development of algebraic thinking, connections between algebra and geometry, and applications. Problem solving is emphasized throughout. Prerequisite: 2118.

2118. Mathematics for Elementary and Middle School Teachers III (3)

Algebra from the viewpoint of the elementary curriculum with emphasis on proportional and linear relationships. Also included: data analysis and other topics with connections to the elementary curriculum. Problem solving is emphasized throughout. (T) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 2: Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: 1118 and (1215X or 1220 or 1230 or 1240 or 1350 or 1430 or 1512 or ACT Math =>19 or SAT Math Section =>480 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Quantitative Reasoning, Algebra, and Statistics =>262).

2531 [2530]. Calculus III (4)

Vector operations, vector representation of planes and curves, functions of several variables, partial derivatives, gradient, tangent planes, optimization, multiple integrals in Cartesian cylindrical and spherical coordinates, vector fields, line integrals and Green’s theorem. (I) Prerequisite: 1522.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

305 / 507. Mathematics from a Historical Perspective (3)

A study of the historical development of topics in mathematics taken from geometry, algebra, trigonometry, number systems, probability, and/or statistics. Emphasis on connections to the high school curriculum. (T) Prerequisite: 1522. {Fall}

306. College Geometry (3)

An axiomatic approach to fundamentals of geometry, both Euclidean and non-Euclidean. Emphasis on historical development of geometry. (T) Prerequisite: 1512 or 2118. {Spring}

311. Vector Analysis (3)

Vector algebra, lines, planes; vector valued functions, curves, tangent lines, arc length, line integrals; directional derivative and gradient; divergence, curl, Gauss’ and Stokes’ theorems, geometric interpretations. Prerequisite: 2531. {Occasional Summer, Fall, Spring}

**312. Partial Differential Equations for Engineering (3)

Solution methods for partial differential equations; science and engineering applications; heat and wave equations, Laplace’s equation; separation of variables; Fourier series and transforms; special functions. Prerequisite: 2531 and **316. {Occasional Summer, Fall, Spring}

**313. Complex Variables (3)

Theory of functions of a complex variable with application to physical and engineering problems. Although not required, skill in vector analysis will be helpful in taking this course. Prerequisite: 2531 and one MATH course 300-level or above. {Fall, Spring}

**314. Linear Algebra with Applications (3)

Systems of linear equations, Gaussian elimination, matrix algebra, determinants. Vector spaces. Inner product spaces, orthogonality, least squares approximations. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors, diagonalization. Emphasis on concepts, computational methods, and applications. Credit for both this course and MATH **321 may not be applied toward a degree program. Prerequisite: 1440 or 1522. Pre- or corequisite: ENG 130L or CS 152L or ECE 131L or PHYS 2415. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

**316. Applied Ordinary Differential Equations (3)

Introduction to algorithmic theory of ordinary differential equations. Topics covered: elementary theory of ordinary differential equations, numerical methods, phase-plane analysis, and introduction to Laplace transformations. Third-level calculus is helpful for this class. Prerequisite: 2530 or 2531

**317. Elementary Combinatorics (3)

Basic enumeration including combinations, permutations, set and integer partitions, distributions, and rearrangements, binomial and multinomial theorems together with pigeon-hole and inclusion-exclusion principles and mathematical induction principles. Discrete probability, elementary ordinary generating functions, recurrence relations, and sorting algorithms. Prerequisite: 1522 or STAT **345. {Spring}

**319. Theory of Numbers (3)

Divisibility, congruences, primitive roots, quadratic residues, diophantine equations, continued fractions, partitions, number theoretic functions. {Spring}

**321. Linear Algebra (3)

Linear transformations, matrices, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, inner product spaces. Credit for both this course and MATH **314 may not be applied toward a degree program. Prerequisite: 2531. {Fall, Spring}

322. Modern Algebra I (3)

Groups, rings, homomorphisms, permutation groups, quotient structure, ideal theory, fields. Prerequisite: 2531 and (**321 or **327). {Fall}

**327. Introduction to Mathematical Thinking and Discrete Structures (3)

Course will introduce students to the fundamentals of mathematical proof in the context of discrete structures. Topics include logic, sets and relations, functions, integers, induction and recursion, counting, permutations and combinations and algorithms. Prerequisite: 1522. {Fall, Spring}

338 / 542. Mathematics for Secondary Teachers (3)

Topics from secondary mathematics presented from an advanced standpoint and designed to meet the needs of pre- and in-service teachers. Open only to prospective and in-service teachers of mathematics. (T) Prerequisite: 306 and **327. {Spring}

**356. Symbolic Logic (4)

(Also offered as PHIL 356) This is a first course in logical theory. Its primary goal is to study the notion of logical entailment and related concepts, such as consistency and contingency. Formal systems are developed to analyze these notions rigorously.

**375. Introduction to Numerical Computing (3)

(Also offered as CS *375) An introductory course covering such topics as solution of linear and nonlinear equations; interpolation and approximation of functions, including splines; techniques for approximate differentiation and integration; solution of differential equations; familiarization with existing software. Prerequisite: (**314 or **316 or **321) and (ENG 130L or CS 152L or ECE 131L or PHYS 2415).

391. Advanced Undergraduate Honors Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 8 Δ)

Advanced problem solving. Especially recommended for students wishing to participate in the Putnam Intercollegiate Mathematical Competition. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

393. Topics in Mathematics (3, no limit Δ)

Selected topics from analysis, algebra, geometry, statistics, model building, interdisciplinary studies and problem solving. {Offered upon demand}

401 / 501. Advanced Calculus I (4)

Rigorous treatment of calculus in one variable. Definition and topology of real numbers, sequences, limits, functions, continuity, differentiation and integration. Students will learn how to read, understand and construct mathematical proofs. Prerequisite: 2531 and two MATH courses 300-level or above. {Fall, Spring}

402 / 502. Advanced Calculus II (3)

Generalization of 401/501 to several variables and metric spaces: sequences, limits, compactness and continuity on metric spaces; interchange of limit operations; series, power series; partial derivatives; fixed point, implicit and inverse function theorems; multiple integrals. Prerequisite: 401. {Spring}

**412. Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos (3)

Qualitative study of linear and nonlinear ordinary differential equations and discrete time maps including stability analysis, bifucations, fractal structures and chaos; applications to biology, chemistry, physics and engineering. Prerequisite: 2531 and (**314 or **316 or **321). {Spring}

**415. History and Philosophy of Mathematics (3)

(Also offered as PHIL *415) A historical survey of principal issues and controversies on the nature of mathematics. Emphasis varies from year to year. Prerequisite: 1440 or 1522 or **356 or PHIL 356.

*421. Modern Algebra II (3)

Theory of fields, algebraic field extensions and Galois theory for fields of characteristic zero. Prerequisite: 322. {Spring}

*431. Introduction to Topology (3)

Metric spaces, topological spaces, continuity, algebraic topology. Prerequisite: **321. Pre- or corequisite: 322. {Fall}

**439. Topics in Mathematics (1-3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

441. Probability (3)

(Also offered as STAT 461 / 561) Mathematical models for random experiments, random variables, expectation. The common discrete and continuous distributions with application. Joint distributions, conditional probability and expectation, independence. Laws of large numbers and the central limit theorem. Moment generating functions. Prerequisite: 2531. {Fall}

462 / 512. Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations (3)

Linear systems. Existence and uniqueness theorems, flows, linearized stability for critical points, stable manifold theorem. Gradient and Hamiltonian systems. Limit sets, attractors, periodic orbits, Floquet theory and the Poincare Map. Introduction to perturbation theory. Prerequisite: (**314 or **321) and **316 and 401. {Fall}

463 / 513. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations (3)

Classification of partial differential equations; properly posed problems; separation of variables, eigenfunctions and Green’s functions; brief survey of numerical methods and variational principles. Prerequisite: (311 or 402) and **312 and **313 and (**314 or **321). {Spring}

464 / 514. Applied Matrix Theory (3)

Determinants; theory of linear equations; matrix analysis of differential equations; eigenvalues, eigenvectors and canonical forms; variational principles; generalized inverses. Prerequisite: **314 or **321. {Fall}

*471. Introduction to Scientific Computing (3)

(Also offered as CS *471) Parallel programming, performance evaluation. Error analysis, convergence, stability of numerical methods. Applications such as N-body problem, heat transfer, wave propagation, signal processing, Monte-Carlo simulations. C, C++, or FORTRAN skills required. Prerequisite: **314 or **316 or **321. {Fall}

472 / 572. Fourier Analysis and Wavelets (3)

Discrete Fourier and Wavelet Transform. Fourier series and integrals. Expansions in series of orthogond wavelets and other functions. Multiresolution and time/frequency analysis. Applications to signal processing and statistics. Prerequisite: (**314 or **321) and 401. {Alternate Springs}

499. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Guided study, under the supervision of a faculty member, of selected topics not covered in regular courses.

501 / 401. Advanced Calculus I (4)

502 / 402. Advanced Calculus II (3)

504. Introductory Numerical Analysis: Numerical Linear Algebra (3)

(Also offered as CS 575) Direct and iterative methods of the solution of linear systems of equations and least squares problems. Error analysis and numerical stability. The eigenvalue problem. Descent methods for function minimization, time permitting. Prerequisite: 464 or 514. {Spring}

505. Introductory Numerical Analysis: Approximation and Differential Equations (3)

Numerical approximation of functions. Interpolation by polynomials, splines and trigonometric functions. Numerical integration and solution of ordinary differential equations. An introduction to finite difference and finite element methods, time permitting. Prerequisite: **316 or 401. {Fall}

507 / 305. Mathematics from a Historical Perspective (3)

510. Introduction to Analysis I (3)

Real number fields, sets and mappings. Basic point set topology, sequences, series, convergence issues. Continuous functions, differentiation, Riemann integral. General topology and applications: Weierstrass and Stone-Weierstrass approximation theorems, elements of Founier Analysis (time permitting). Prerequisite: **321, 401. {Fall}

511. Introduction to Analysis II (3)

Continuation of 510. Differentiation in Rn. Inverse and implicit function theorems, integration in Rn, differential forms and Stokes theorem. Prerequisite: 510. {Spring}

512 / 462. Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations (3)

513 / 463. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations (3)

514 / 464. Applied Matrix Theory (3)

519. Selected Topics in Algebra and Number Theory (3, no limit Δ)

520. Abstract Algebra I (3)

Theory of groups, permutation groups, Sylow theorems. Introduction to ring theory, polynomial rings. Principal ideal domains. Prerequisite: 322. {Fall}

521. Abstract Algebra II (3)

Continuation of 520. Module theory, field theory, Galois theory. Prerequisite: **321, 520. {Spring}

530. Commutative Algebra (3)

Basic theory of Commutative Algebra including ideals, modules, localization, valuation rings, Integral extensions, dimension theory, Cohen-Macaulay, Gorenstein and regular rings. Prerequisite: 521.

531. Algebraic Geometry (3)

Basic theory of affine and projective varieties over an arbitrary algebraically closed field, with main emphasis on algebraic curves.

532. Algebraic Topology I (3)

Introduction to homology and cohomology theories. Homotopy theory, CW complexes. Prerequisite: *431, 521. {Alternate Falls}

533. Algebraic Topology II (3)

Continuation of 532. Duality theorems, universal coefficients, spectral sequence. Prerequisite: 532. {Alternate Springs}

535. Foundations of Topology (3)

Basic point set topology. Separation axioms, metric spaces, topological manifolds, fundamental group and covering spaces. Prerequisite: 501. {Fall}

536. Introduction to Differentiable Manifolds (3)

Concept of a manifold, differential structures, vector bundles, tangent and cotangent bundles, embedding, immersions and submersions, transversality, Stokes’ theorem. Prerequisite: 511. {Spring}

537. Riemannian Geometry I (3)

Theory of connections, curvature, Riemannian metrics, Hopf-Rinow theorem, geodesics. Riemannian submanifolds. Prerequisite: 536. {Alternate Falls}

538. Riemannian Geometry II (3)

Continuation of 537 with emphasis on adding more structures. Riemannian submersions, Bochner theorems with relation to topology of manifolds, Riemannian Foliations, Complex and Kaehler geometry, Sasakian and contact geometry. Prerequisite: 537. {Alternate Springs}

539. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3, no limit Δ)

540. Stochastic Processes with Applications (3)

(Also offered as STAT 565) Markov chains and processes with applications. Classification of states. Decompositions. Stationary distributions. Probability of absorption, the gambler’s ruin and mean time problems. Queuing and branching processes. Introduction to continuous time Markov processes. Jump processes and Brownian motion. Prerequisite: STAT 527. {Offered upon demand}

542 / 338. Mathematics for Secondary Teachers (3)

549. Selected Topics in Probability Theory (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as STAT 569)

551. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

557. Selected Topics in Numerical Analysis (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as CS 557) Possible topics include approximation theory, two point boundary value problems, quadrature, integral equations and roots of nonlinear equations.

561. Functions of a Complex Variable I (3)

Analyticity, Cauchy theorem and formulas, Taylor and Laurent series, singularities and residues, conformal mapping, selected topics. Prerequisite: 311 or 402. {Fall}

562. Functions of a Complex Variable II (3)

The Mittag-Leffler theorem, series and product expansions, introduction to asymptotics and the properties of the gamma and zeta functions. The Riemann mapping theorem, harmonic functions and Dirichlet’s problem. Introduction to elliptic functions. Selected topics. Prerequisite: 561. {Fall}

563. Analysis III (3)

Lebesgue measure and integration, abstract measure spaces, differentiation. Fundamentals of functional analysis: Hilbert and Banach spaces, linear operators, L^p spaces, compact operators. Prerequisite: 511. {Alternate Falls}

565. Analysis IV (3)

Further topics in functional analysis: spectral theory, unbounded operators. Fundamentals of Fourier analysis: Fourier series and transforms and their pointwise convergence. Introduction to distributions. Prerequisite: 563. {Alternate Springs}

569. Selected Topics in Analysis (3, no limit Δ)

570. Singular Perturbations (3)

Singularly perturbed boundary value problems, layer type expansions and matching. Initial value problems and multiscaling methods for ordinary and partial differential equations. Phase plane and qualitative ideas. Applications. Perturbations of Hamiltonian systems. Prerequisite: 462, 463. {Alternate Springs}

572 / 472. Fourier Analysis and Wavelets (3)

576. Numerical Linear Algebra (3)

Selected advanced topics in numerical linear algebra. Prerequisite: 504. {Alternate Springs}

577. Numerical Ordinary Differential Equations (3)

Numerical methods for initial value and/or boundary value problems. Prerequisite: 504 and 505 and 512.

578. Numerical Partial Differential Equations (3)

Introduction to the numerical analysis of partial differential equations. Prerequisite: 463, 504, 505. {Alternate Falls}

579. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3, no limit Δ)

581. Functional Analysis I (3)

Normed vector spaces, including Hilbert and Banach spaces. Linear operators on these spaces, with an emphasis on applications. Prerequisite: 510. {Offered upon demand}

583. Methods of Applied Mathematics I (3)

Approximation in Hilbert spaces, basic operator theory, integral equations, distribution theory, Green’s functions, differential operators, boundary value problems and nonlinear problems. Prerequisite: **312, **314, **316, 401. {Alternate Falls}

584. Methods of Applied Mathematics II (3)

Eigenfunction expansions for ordinary and partial differential operators, Euler-Lagrange equations, Hamilton’s principle, calculus of variations, brief complex variable theory, special functions, transform and spectral theory, asymptotic expansions. Prerequisite: **312 and **314 and **316 and 401. {Alternate Springs}

598. Practicum (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Practicum involves a project of an applied nature which may be done in conjunction with an industrial laboratory, a research institution or another department of the University. It is expected the student will become acquainted with a field of application in science or engineering and complete a project of use and interest to workers in that field. A final written report is required.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

605. Graduate Colloquium (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

Students present their current research.

639. Seminar in Algebra and Geometry (1-3, no limit Δ)

649. Seminar in Probability and Statistics (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as STAT 649)

650. Reading and Research (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

669. Seminar in Analysis (1-3, no limit Δ)

679. Seminar in Applied Mathematics (1-3, no limit Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Medieval Studies (MDVL)

347. Viking Mythology (3)

(Also offered as ENGL 347) Comprehensive study of the mythology and literature of medieval Scandinavia, including the poetry of Snorri Sturluson, the prose and poetic Edda, and the Icelandic sagas.

Mechanical Engineering (ME)

150. Introduction to Modern Mechanical Engineering (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Hands-on activities and projects on modern applications of mechanical engineering, while describing the science and math behind them.

160L. Mechanical Engineering Design I (3)

Introduction to engineering graphics, the design process, computer aided design, engineering ethics, design economics and project management. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: MATH 1220 or ACT Math =>25 or SAT Math Section =>590 or ACCUPLACER College-Level Math =>69. Pre- or corequisite: ENG 120 or MATH 1230 or MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1440 or MATH 1512 or MATH 1522 or MATH 2531.

217. Energy, Environment and Society (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 217) A look at the social, ethical, and environmental impacts of energy use both now and through history. A survey of renewable energy and conservation and their impact on environmental and social systems. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

260L. Mechanical Engineering Design II (3)

The design process, project management, shop practice CNC and rapid prototyping, design economics and engineering ethics. Two hours lecture, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: 160L. Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1215L.

301. Thermodynamics (3)

Thermodynamic equilibrium, thermodynamic properties and equations of state. First and second laws of thermodynamics and their applications to engineering systems. Availability and irreversibility and their application to second law analysis. Prerequisite: CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1215L and MATH 2531 and PHYS 1320. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering.

**302. Applied Thermodynamics (3)

Thermodynamic relations, thermodynamic properties of mixtures, psychrometrics, thermodynamics of chemical reactions, phase and chemical equilibrium, thermodynamics cycles and design of energy systems. Prerequisite: 301. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

306. Dynamics (3)

Principles of dynamics. Kinematics and kinetics of particles, systems of particles and rigid bodies. Prerequisite: CE 202 and MATH 2531. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**317L. Fluid Mechanics (4)

Fluid statics. Control volume forms of continuity, momentum and energy. Pipe flow and turbomachinery. Introduction to boundary layers and turbulent flow. Laboratory experiments and demonstrations of basic concepts. Prerequisite: 306 and 318L and MATH 2531 and MATH **316. Pre- or corequisite: 301. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering.

318L. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory (4)

Measurement techniques and instrumentation for experiments in mechanical engineering, report writing, basic concepts of probability and statistics, discrete and continuous probability distributions, test statistics, classical and robust test of significance, measurement and uncertainty, design of experiments, regression analysis, applications in analysis of engineering experiments. Prerequisite: MATH 2531 and PHYS 1320. Pre- or corequisite: ECE 203 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering.

**320L. Heat Transfer (4)

Principles and engineering applications of heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation. Laboratory experiments and demonstrations of fundamental heat transfer concepts. Prerequisite: 301 and **317L and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

350. Engineering Economy (3)

(Also offered as CE 350) A study of methods and techniques used in determining comparative financial desirability of engineering alternatives. Includes time value of money (interest), depreciation methods and modern techniques for analysis of management decisions. Prerequisite: MATH 1430 or MATH 1512. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

352L. Materials Laboratory (1)

The effects of microstructure, processing, composition and thermal treatment on physical and mechanical properties of engineering materials will be investigated. A variety of materials will be processed, tested and microscopically studied in the laboratory. Pre- or corequisite: 260L and CE 302. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

353L. Fluid Mechanics Lab (1)

Laboratory experiments and demonstrations of basic concepts of fluid mechanics. Prerequisite: 306 and 318L and MATH 2531 and MATH **316. Corequisite: 301. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

354L. Heat Transfer Laboratory (1)

Laboratory experiments and demonstrations of fundamental heat transfer concepts. Prerequisite: 301 and **317L and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

357. Introduction to Mechanical Vibrations (3)

Free and forced vibrations of one and two degrees of freedom systems for both steady state and transient forcing. Also vibrations of selected continuous systems and balancing. Prerequisite: 306 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

360L. Mechanical Engineering Design III (3)

Finite element analysis and its use in the design process, validation of FEA results, CAD, engineering ethics, design economics and project management. Two hours of lecture, 3 hours of lab. Prerequisite: 260L and CE 302 and MATH 2531 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**365. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Systems (3)

Methods of analysis and design of systems for conditioning of spaces for people and equipment. Prerequisite: **320L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

370L. Engineering Materials Science (4)

The structure of matter and its relation to mechanical properties. Mechanical behavior of structural materials: metals, ceramics and polymers. Prerequisite: 260L and CE 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering.

**380. Analysis and Design of Mechanical Control Systems (3)

System dynamics and modeling; transfer functions; concept of feedback and system stability; transient and steady-state response; control system analysis and design using root locus and frequency response methods. Prerequisite: 357 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering and senior standing.

400 / 500. Numerical Methods in Mechanical Engineering (3)

Computer algebra, nonlinear equations, systems of linear equations, the eigen value problem, numerical integration and differentiation, initial value problems, boundary value problems; applications to model problems in solid mechanics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Prerequisite: **317L and **320L and CE 302 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

401 / 501. Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3)

(Also offered as CE 501) State of stress and strain at a point, stress-strain relationships; topics in beam theory such as unsymmetrical bending, curved beams, and elastic foundations; torsion of noncircular cross-sections, energy principles. Prerequisite: CE 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering and senior standing.

404 / 504. Computational Mechanics (3)

Weak formulations of governing equations in solid mechanics, fluid mechanics, and heat conduction. Finite element equations in two and three-dimensions. Numerical algorithms for static and time-dependent cases. Prerequisite: MATH **312 and ENG 130L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

405 / 505. High Performance Engines (3)

Students will capitalize on 1) applications of engineering fundamentals to engine operation and design; 2) implementation of computing and information technology for modeling, simulation, visualization, and design; and 3) case studies of “famous” racing engines. Prerequisite: 301 or CBE 302. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

406L. Formula SAE Racecar Design (4)

Design a racecar capable of participation in Formula SAE international competition including acceleration, autocross and endurance events. Vehicles are judged on performance, cost and design. Project management, vehicle dynamics, tires, brakes, suspension and steering are covered. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and junior or senior standing.

407. Formula SAE Racecar Fabrication Lab (3)

Manufacture vehicle designed in 406. Make project management decisions on build or buy balancing cost, performance and schedule. Use CAD/CAM extensively to design, machine and fabricate complex parts. Plan integrated drivers’ training and test programs. Prerequisite: 357 and (406L with grade of "B" or better). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

408. Formula SAE Racecar Test Lab (3)

Implement testing program to validate vehicle design fabricated in ME 407 using state of the art data acquisition equipment. Modify and redesign as required. Continue drivers' training program. Prepare car for Formula SAE international competition. Prerequisite: 407 with a grade of "B" or better. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

416 / 516. Applied Dynamics (3)

Kinematics and kinetics of a particle and systems of particles; Lagrange’s equations; three-dimensional dynamics of rigid bodies. Prerequisite: 306 and 357 and MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

417 / 517. Fundamentals of Microsystems Fabrication (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Through hands-on labs, teamwork, and interactive lectures, the student can expect to be provided with an overview of fundamental microsystems fabrication methods, process optimization, and characterization found in micromachining technologies in a cleanroom environment. Restriction: senior standing.

418 / 518. Foundations of Microsystems Design (3)

Learn about MEMS design through prior art research, specifications of MEMS design, transduction mechanisms used in MEMS, mask design, materials, project-based learning, and commercial case studies. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

419 / 519. Advanced Micro- and Nanosystems Engineering (4)

(Also offered as NSMS 519) Lectures and laboratory projects on physical theory, design, analysis, fabrication, and characterization of micro and nanosystems. Special attention given to scaling effects involved with operation of devices at nano and microscale. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

429 / 529. Gas Dynamics (3)

One and two-dimensional compressible flow of ideal gases including shock compressible flow along with applications, including numerical and experimental methods. Prerequisite: 301 and **317L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

435 / 535. Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics (4, may be repeated once Δ)

The course introduces basic steps and best practices of simulating engineering flows using methods and tools of computational fluid dynamics as well as the basics of programming in FORTRAN and data post-processing. Prerequisite: **317L and (MATH **311 or MATH **314) and MATH **312.

436 / 536. Rotor Aerodynamics (3)

Rotary-wing aircraft such as, for example, helicopters, have unique abilities to take off vertically and to hover. The course will cover basic methods of rotor aerodynamic analysis and related issues associated with the helicopter performance. Prerequisite: **317L and MATH 311.

451–452. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ; 1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A project of an original nature carried out under faculty supervision. A student may earn 451 or 452 credit for an industrial project by prearranging approval of the project by a faculty advisor and the department chairperson. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering and senior standing.

459. Mechanical Engineering Design IV (3)

Review of stresses. Statistical considerations. Methods of design for static and fatigue strength. Design of machine elements such as bolts, welded joints, springs, bearings, belts, chains, clutches, brakes and shafts. Prerequisite: CE 302. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

460. Mechanical Engineering Design V (4)

Capstone design course for Mechanical Engineering students. Students work in teams to design complete engineering systems. Considerations include technical solution, function, manufacturability, cost, safety and standards, and materials. Written and oral presentation skills are emphasized. Co-requisites: **320L and **380 and 459. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

461–462 / 561–562. Special Topics (1-4, no limit Δ; 1-4, no limit Δ)

Formal course work on special topics of current interest. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering and senior standing.

463. Undergraduate Honors Thesis (3)

Independent project of an original nature carried out under faculty supervision, in partial fulfillment of Departmental Honors designation. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and permission of instructor.

471 / 571. Advanced Materials Science (3)

This course covers advanced treatments of the science of engineering materials and mechanical behavior of materials. Examples are crystal structures, defects, micro mechanisms of deformation, thermodynamic and kinetic processes, and structure-processing-property relations of engineering materials. Prerequisite: 370L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

472 / 572. Aerospace Structures and Materials (3 [3, may be repeated twice Δ])

This online course is devoted to structural analysis and material behavior pertaining to modern aircraft and spacecraft.Prerequisite: 370L.

480 / 580. Dynamic System Analysis (3)

Mathematical modeling of continuous and discrete systems (mechanical, hydraulic, electric, electro-mechanical, thermal, etc.). Analysis of state equations. Controllability, observability and stability. Prerequisite: **380 and (MATH **314 or MATH **321). Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

481 / 581. Digital Control of Mechanical Systems (3)

Analysis and design of feedback systems in which a digital computer is used as the real-time controller. Design methods will include transform-based techniques using the Z-transform and time-domain techniques using the state-space approach. Prerequisite: **380. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

482 / 582. Robot Engineering (3)

Robot geometry, resolution, accuracy and repeatability, kinematic design of robots, Denavit-Hartenberg homogeneous transformations, direct and inverse kinematics and solutions, motion trajectories, differential tracking, force and compliant analysis, robotic control and programming. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering and senior standing.

486 / 586. Design for Manufacturability (3)

Introduction to methods of design for manufacturability. Emphasis is on teamwork and designing your customer’s needs. This is achieved through statistical methods and computer based systems. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.E. Mechanical Engineering and senior standing.

500 / 400. Numerical Methods in Mechanical Engineering (3)

501 / 401. Advanced Mechanics of Materials (3)

(Also offered as CE 501) State of stress and strain at a point, stress-strain relationships; topics in beam theory such as unsymmetrical bending, curved beams and elastic foundations; torsion of noncircular cross-sections, energy principles.

504 / 404. Computational Mechanics (3)

Weak formulations of governing equations in solid mechanics, fluid mechanics, and heat conduction, Finite element equations in two and three-dimensions. Numerical algorithms for static and time-dependent cases.

505 / 405. High Performance Engines (3)

Students will capitalize on 1) applications of engineering fundamentals to engine operation and design; 2) implementation of computing and information technology for modeling, simulation, visualization, and design; and 3) cases studies of “famous” racing engines. Prerequisite: Engineering Thermodynamics equivalent to ME 301.

512. Introduction to Continuum Mechanics (3)

Vector and tensor analysis, kinematics of continua, equations of motion, first and second laws of thermodynamics, constitutive equations for elastic solids and compressible viscous fluids.

516 / 416. Applied Dynamics (3)

Kinematics and kinetics of a particle and systems of particles; Lagrange’s equations; three-dimensional dynamics of rigid bodies.

517 / 417. Fundamentals of Microsystems Fabrication (3, may be repeated once Δ)

518 / 418. Foundations of Microsystems Design (3)

Learn about MEMS design through prior art research, specifications of MEMS design, transduction mechanisms used in MEMS, mask design, materials, project-based learning, and commercial case studies.

519 / 419. Advanced Micro- and Nanosystems Engineering (4)

520. Advanced Thermodynamics I (3)

Precise development of thermodynamic definitions, fundamental relations, equilibrium conditions, Legendre transformation and thermodynamic potentials. Maxwell relations, stability of thermodynamic systems, properties of materials, introduction to irreversible thermodynamics.

521. Thermal System Design and Optimization (3)

Review of thermal sciences, optimization methods, introduction to thermal design and optimization, design of different thermal systems such as heat exchanger, energy conversion, heat transfer enhancement, Cryogenics, micro-electronic cooling. Environmental issues and thermoeconomics. Prerequisite: 301 and **317L and **320L.

529 / 429. Gas Dynamics (3)

One and two-dimensional compressible flow of ideal gases including shock compressible flow along with applications, including numerical and experimental methods. Prerequisite: 301 and **317L.

530. Theoretical Fluid Mechanics I (3)

Derivation of the Navier-Stokes equations. Introduction to two- and three-dimensional potential flow theory; viscous flow theory, including the development of Prandtl boundary-layer equations and the momentum integral approach, and compressible flow theory, including thermodynamics of shock waves, friction and heat addition.

534. Boundary Layers (3)

Derivation of boundary layer equations, similarity solutions, integral methods and experimental results for laminar boundary layers. Stability of laminar boundary layers. Boundary layer transition. Turbulent fluctuations and transport. Prerequisite: 530.

535 / 435. Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics (4, may be repeated once Δ)

536 / 436. Rotor Aerodynamics (3)

540. Elasticity (3)

Field theory of elasticity; Saint Venants problems; introduction to plane theory of elasticity. Prerequisite: 512.

542. Deformation Analysis and Modeling (3)

Fundamental skills for applying finite element modeling to analyze deformation of materials, with emphasis on thin film systems, device components, and composite materials under mechanical and thermal loading.

551–552. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ; 1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

559. Design Project (3)

Independent work under the guidance of the student’s Committee-on-Studies in support of the Project course requirement of the Plan II (non-Thesis) M.S. degree.

561–562 / 461–462. Special Topics (1-4, no limit Δ; 1-4, no limit Δ)

571 / 471. Advanced Materials Science (3)

572 / 472. Aerospace Structures and Materials (3 [3, may be repeated twice Δ])

This online course is devoted to structural analysis and material behavior pertaining to modern aircraft and spacecraft.

580 / 480. Dynamic System Analysis (3)

581 / 481. Digital Control of Mechanical Systems (3)

582 / 482. Robot Engineering [Robot Engineering II] (3)

Robot geometry, resolution and repeatability, kinematic design of robots, Denavit-Hartenberg homogeneous transformations, direct and inverse; kinematics and solutions, motion trajectories, differential tracking, force and compliant analyses, dynamics, control and programming.

586 / 486. Design for Manufacturability (3)

Introduction to methods of design for manufacturability (DEM). Emphasis is on team work and designing to your customers needs. This is achieved through statistical methods and computer based systems.

591–592. Seminar (0-1, no limit Δ; 0-1, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

594. Introduction to Space Situational Awareness (3)

This course introduces engineering students to the space environment, the space object population, and methods used for system description and prediction.

595. Orbital Mechanics (3)

Fundamentals of the orbital mechanics of artificial and natural satellites, emphasizing analysis, prediction, and control of the orbital mechanics of spacecraft. Prerequisite: 306 or MATH **316.

596. Spacecraft Attitude Dynamics and Control (3)

Space missions and how pointing requirements affect attitude control systems. Rotational kinematics and attitude determination algorithms. Modeling and analysis of the attitude dynamics of space vehicles. Prerequisite: **380.

597. Small Spacecraft Design I (3)

The course covers the fundamentals of each of the subsystems in a spacecraft, from propulsion to the spacecraft structure and from attitude determination and control to thermal control of spacecraft.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

634. Turbulent Flows (3)

Turbulent flow with emphasis on thin-shear layer flow and mixing processes. Phenomenological descriptions of turbulent closure schemes and modeling techniques. Instability and transition. Numerical schemes for solving incompressible and compressible turbulent boundary layer and free turbulence equations. Prerequisite: 534.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Medical Laboratory Sciences (MEDL)

121. A Career in Laboratory Science (1)

Introduction to scope and practice of the Medical Technology profession. Basic terminology and a tour of a hospital laboratory are included. Weekly lectures will alternate with hour-long lab sessions covering blood bank, hematology, microbiology and urinalysis laboratory procedures. {Fall, First eight-week term}

234. Introduction to Clinical Immunology (3)

An introduction to the principles of human immune system function with emphasis on developing a general, basic background for those who have no previous experience in immunology or clinical medicine. Prerequisite: (BIOL 1140 and BIOL 1140L) or BIOL 2110C. {Summer}

300L. Introduction to Medical Laboratory Sciences (2)

An orientation to the profession, blood collection, quality control, lab safety and lab techniques with an emphasis on review of math, statistics, cell biology and biochemistry pertinent to the medical laboratory profession. Library, computer and Internet use as well as educational issues are also included. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

310. Introduction to Clinical Chemistry (3)

A study of metabolic reactions which involve the most common chemical analytes of blood and other body fluids. The principles and methods used in measuring the analytes including spectrophotometric, potentiometric and immunologic assays will be emphasized. Theory of basic instrumentation is also included. Corequisite: 311L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

311L. Introduction to Clinical Chemistry Lab (2)

Laboratory experiences for performing and/or evaluating the basic testing procedures used in a clinical chemistry laboratory. Corequisite: 310.

315L. Clinical Serology (2)

A study of principles and lab methods used in evaluation and diagnosis of the immune system and related diseases, augmented by the use of case studies. Development of critical thinking and problem solving techniques is emphasized. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

320. Introduction to Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis (4)

A thorough study of the development, identification and abnormalities associated with blood cells and hemostasis. Corequisite: 321L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

321L. Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis Lab (2)

Laboratory experiences in the performance and/or study of routine procedures and basic instrumentation of the clinical hematology and coagulation laboratory. Corequisite: 320.

330. Introduction to Clinical Microbiology (3)

A basic study of some of the most common medically important bacteria and fungi with an emphasis on techniques, methods and differential media used to isolate and identify pathogens. Corequisite: 331L. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

331L. Introduction to Clinical Microbiology Lab (2)

Laboratory experiences in the performance of and/or study of procedures used in a clinical microbiology laboratory. Corequisite: 330.

340L. Introduction to Clinical Immunohematology (2)

Study of the basic theory of blood group systems, antibody detection and identification, compatibility testing and blood collection and component preparation. Includes laboratory practice of basic procedures performed in a clinical immunohematology lab. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

350L. Clinical Urinalysis (2)

A study of urinalysis and the analysis of select body fluids. Case studies, demonstrations, and laboratory practice will enhance the development of critical thinking and troubleshooting skills required in clinical urinalysis laboratory. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

351. Basic Clinical Chemistry Rotation (3)

Supervised instruction in the performance of analytical procedures for the various chemical analytes of blood and other body fluids in an affiliated laboratory. Testing will include automated chemistry panels, common spectrophotometric, potentrometric and immunologic procedures of routine chemical analytes. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 310 and 311L.

352. Basic Hematology/Hemostasis Rotation (3)

Supervised instruction in the performance of hematological and coagulation procedures in an affiliated laboratory. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 320 and 321L.

355. Clinical Urinalysis Rotation (1)

Supervised instruction in the performance of urinalysis and special procedures in a urinalysis laboratory in an affiliated clinical laboratory. Prerequisite: 350L.

410L. Advanced Clinical Chemistry (3)

Lecture and laboratory experiences on specialized and complex chemical analytes in blood and body fluids; disease patterns, interpretation and correlation of laboratory test results. Development of problem solving, critical thinking and evaluation techniques is emphasized. Prerequisite: 310 and 311L.

420L. Advanced Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis (3)

A study of the principles and practice of non-routine Hematology/Hemostasis procedures, with the development of problem solving and interpretive skills through the use of case studies and troubleshooting per-analytical, analytical, and post-analytical errors. Prerequisite: 320 and 321L.

430. Advanced Clinical Microbiology (3)

A continuation of the study of medically important bacteria and fungi with an emphasis on a thorough study of body systems and their related infections. A comprehensive study of normal flora of the body versus pathogenic flora and interpretation of representative cultures. Critical thinking and problem solving will be emphasized. Prerequisite: 330 and 331L. Corequisite: 431L.

431L. Advanced Clinical Microbiology Lab (2)

Laboratory experiences in the interpretation of cultures of the different areas of the body. Emphasizes interpretation of direct exams and cultures, differentiating normal flora from pathogens, as well as critical thinking and problem solving. Corequisite: 430.

432L. Clinical Parasitology (2)

A study of medically important parasites including staining and wet prep procedures, life cycles, morphologic identification and diseases. The major emphasis is on the appropriate methods of collection and handling of specimens, laboratory techniques and the microscopic appearance of the diagnostic stages of human parasites. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

440L. Advanced Clinical Immunohematology (2)

Advanced study and development of problem solving abilities applied to blood group antigens and antibodies, compatibility testing and hemolytic anemias. Includes use of discussion groups and practice of advanced laboratory procedures. Prerequisite: 340L.

445. Clinical Management and Education (2)

The theory and principles for supervising a clinical laboratory with emphasis on problem solving techniques and current lab managerial methods. Also covers education methods for instruction in the lab or for presentations. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

451. Advanced Clinical Chemistry Rotation (1)

Supervised instruction in the performance of analytical procedures for various chemical analytes and panels, including special chemistries, blood gas collection and immunochemistry, either in an affiliate chemistry lab or in the student lab on campus. Advanced rotation will include a quality assurance/control project. Prerequisite: 351 and 410L.

452. Advanced Hematology and Hemostasis Rotation (2)

Supervised instruction in the performance of routine and non-routine, complex hematological and coagulation studies, including evaluations of quality assurance and in introduction to management of a hematology lab, either in an affiliated laboratory or in the student lab on campus. Prerequisite: 352 and 420L.

453. Clinical Microbiology Rotation (5)

Supervised instruction in the performance of microbiological procedures in an affiliated laboratory. Prerequisite: 430 and 431L.

454. Clinical Immunohematology Rotation (4)

Supervised instruction in the performance of blood banking procedures in an affiliated laboratory. Prerequisite: 440L.

463. Laboratory Operations and Laboratory Mathematics (2)

Introduction of all mathematics and quality control/assurance necessary for a competent laboratory scientist to succeed in the profession of medical laboratory scientist. Restriction: admitted to CERT Clinical Chemistry.

498. Research Honors (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

499. Special Topics in Medical Laboratory Sciences (2 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Supervised experience in a variety of laboratory settings with increased responsibility or an independent study with tutorials as outlined by the program director. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to B.S.M.L. Medical Laboratory Sciences.

500. Selected Topics in Pathology (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

An advanced graduate-level course in which current information important in research techniques and administration of a research laboratory will be discussed. The course is a problem-based learning model given by multiple instructors.

600. Clinical Lab Sciences Master's Degree Apprenticeship Program (1-4 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

This course will serve as the non-thesis culmination of the CLS master’s degree. It will involve clinical or research apprenticeships in established laboratories either on the UNM campus or in the Albuquerque area.

Management (MGMT)

105. Business Co-op Work Phase (0)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

158. Ethics in Organizations (3)

Introduction to ethical issues in business, government, and nonprofit organizations and how to deal with those issues. Emphasis on ethical reasoning and cases of ethical and unethical behavior in management and the professions.

300. Operations Management (3)

Survey of methods and models for the design, control, and improvement of service and manufacturing systems including project management, product/service design, process analysis, quality improvement, inventory control, capacity scheduling, and Just-In-Time (lean systems). Prerequisite: BCIS 1110 and (ENGL 2120 or ENGL 2210) and MATH 1350.

302. Accounting Cycle (1)

An examination of accounting cycle topics in a corporation utilizing a web-based artificially intelligent assessment system. Topics include journal entries, transactions effects on accounts, adjusting entries, statement preparation, closing entries, and coverage of merchandising firms. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

306. Organizational Behavior and Diversity (3)

Emphasis on application of behavioral science theory and concepts. Focus on individual, interpersonal and group processes in a diverse work force. Prerequisite: (ENGL 2120 or ENGL 2210) and (PSYC 1110 or SOCI 1110).

307. Organization Change and Innovation (3)

Intensive examination of behavioral science research and theory as a basis for understanding, managing and changing organizations. Emphasis is on a comparative organizational approach, public or private, as a socio-technical system. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

308. Ethical, Political and Social Environment (3)

The influence of environmental change on the structure and operation of the organization. Social, political, economic, ethical and technological systems are examined as they relate to each other and to the management of small- and large-scale organizations. Prerequisite: (ENGL 2120 or ENGL 2210) and (PSYC 1110 or SOCI 1110).

310. Legal Issues for Managers (3)

A general overview of the legal system and common legal principles. Emphasis on legal topics relevant to business such as contracts and torts. Explores sources of liability and presents strategies to minimize legal risk. Prerequisite: (ENGL 2120 or 2210) and (PSYC 1110 or SOCI 1110).

314. Entrepreneurial Selling (3)

Professional aspects of the selling function in consumer and industrial markets and the role of selling in the economy. Emphasis on selling methods and applications for entrepreneurs.

322. Marketing Management (3)

A complete overview of the system for assessing customer needs, allocating scarce resources to fulfill those needs, transmittal of market related information, completion of exchange processes and profit maximization in free markets. Emphasis on interdisciplinary tools for management decision-making and developing marketing strategies in domestic and international market applications. Prerequisite: ECON 2120 and (ENGL 2120 or ENGL 2210).

324. New Venture Strategies (3)

Examines strategies, both personal and commercial, for effectively embarking on new ventures. Focuses on phases of entrepreneurship occurring between generation of the initial new venture idea, up to and including the first commercial sale. Prerequisite: ECON 2120 and (ENGL 1120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700). Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

326. Financial Management (3)

Principles and practices of funds management in private and public organizations. Sources and uses of short- and long-term funds, determination of capital requirements, obtaining capital, financial forecasting, lease or buy decisions, application of capital and cash budgeting techniques, choices involving risk. Prerequisite: ACCT 2110 and BCIS 1110 and ECON 2120 and MATH 1350 and MATH 1430.

328. International Management (3)

Provides an understanding of international operations and of international institutions in the private, not-for-profit and public sectors and of their managerial and environmental problems. Analyzes the structure, functions and decision-making of international organizations. Prerequisite: ECON 2120 and (ENGL 2120 or ENGL 2210).

329. Data Management (3)

The management of data resources to support information systems in organizations. Logical database structures, applications and physical implementation of information systems using database management systems. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

330. Business Programming Fundamentals (3)

Introduction to Web app development and object-oriented programming language syntax and semantics with application to functional business areas and computing problems. Intended for students concentrating in Management Information Systems. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

331. Business Application Programming (3)

Complex app development using concepts, techniques, and tools from object-oriented design, Web services and cloud computing. Prerequisite: 329 and 330 and 450. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

336. Information Systems Security (3)

An overview of the field of cybersecurity principles. Coverage will include policy goals and mechanisms, security devices, countermeasures, cyberattacks and detection, vulnerabilities, threats and risk, cyptography, malware fundamentals, mitigation and recovery, and reporting requirements. Prerequisite: 329 and 330 and 450. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

340. Financial Accounting I (3)

Financial reporting theory, applied financial accounting problems, contemporary financial accounting issues. The accounting cycle, asset valuation; revenue recognition; issues resulting from the corporate form of organization. Prerequisite: ACCT 2110. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

341. Financial Accounting II (3)

Continuation of 340. Problems relating to liabilities and equities; the analysis and interpretation of financial statements including the impact of income taxes and benefit plans. Prerequisite: 340. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

342. Individual Taxation (3)

Technical tax course primarily for accounting majors. Covers the Federal Income taxation of individuals, including capital gains and losses, accounting methods, income, deductions, Social Security, installment sales and alternative tax methods. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

343. Entity Taxation (3)

Covers corporation, partnerships, estate and gift taxes, fiduciaries, tax planning and tax shelters. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

346. Cost Accounting (3)

Procedures involved in the development, presentation and interpretation of accounting information as an aid to management. Usefulness and limitations of accounting data in evaluating and controlling operations, collecting cost information; cost estimation and allocation; standard costs; budgeting; cost-value relationships. Prerequisite: ACCT 2120. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

362. Leadership Development (3)

Focuses on developing leadership skills and behaviors at multiple organizational levels. Includes self-assessment and peer assessment of leadership potential. Discusses how to develop peer potential and working in a dynamic, changing environment. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

384. Professional Selling (3)

Professional aspects of the selling function in consumer and business markets. Prerequisite: 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

398. Career Management Skills (1)

Develop career management skills to prepare for entrance into the professional job market. Emphasis on cover letters, resumes, interviewing skills, networking, organizing job searches and salary negotiations. Graduate students may audit course with instructor permission. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: ENGL 2120 or ENGL 2210.

*401. Introduction to Project Management (3)

This course covers key components used in project management including: controls, requirements, earned value management, project scope, estimation, scheduling, cost, Primavera and many others.

410. Advertising Campaigns (3)

Students form a student-run agency to develop, implement and validate an advertising campaign for a company or non-profit organization. Emphasis on market analysis, campaign strategy, media selection, and creative execution. Prerequisite: 487. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

411. Social Media and Content Marketing (3)

Examines how to use social media to build relationships between a company and its customers. Emphasis on developing social media strategies, content creation, and tools to schedule and manage content across the major social platforms. Pre- or corequisite: 480. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

420. Management in Latin America (3)

Analysis and diagnosis of Latin American environments as they offer opportunities and pose constraints in the performance of managerial responsibilities. Special emphasis is given to the Mexican environment and its relationship to the world. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

421. International Entrepreneurship (3)

Teaches the practical science and craft of international business operations, such as exports. The international business strategies of firms are analyzed through fundamental analysis and technical analysis using real cases. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

422. Seminar on Mexican Economy Markets (3)

A historical overview of developments in the Mexican economy with an emphasis on the causes and effects of repeated financial crises. An examination of recent economic and political events that present opportunities or risks for business in Mexico. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

426. Advanced Corporate Finance (3)

Corporate financial topics beyond those in 326. Coverage includes cost of capital, raising external funds, capital structure, dividend policy, financial planning, working capital and an introduction to financial options. Spreadsheet skills stressed where appropriate. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

427. International Management Experiential Learning (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course is for students involved in faculty-led study abroad, consulting and/or service learning projects that incorporate direct international experience. Students are expected to complete a series of academic exercises associated with the international program. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

428. Green Economy, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship (3)

This course will address various dimensions, challenges, and opportunities permeating the global green economy, paying heed to the key drivers of the global green economy. In addition, the course also showcases New Mexico's expanding green economy. Prerequisite: 328. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

433. Management of Service Operations (3)

This course focuses on understanding the distinctive features of service delivery systems and presenting management techniques to address the unique challenges in the design and delivery of services. Prerequisite: 300. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

435. Marketing Strategy (3)

Analytical approach developing marketing strategy. Strategic framework for decision making for domestic and global organizations. Real world projects and case discussions will assist in understanding marketing strategies. Prerequisite: 480. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

436. Business Analysis Tools (3)

This course introduces students to basic business modeling tools. The overarching goal is to teach students how to analyze models and data for integrated decision making across multiple domains. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

437. System and Network Administration (3)

System administration in both centralized and distributed information systems. Installation, operation and maintenance of hardware and software resources. Configuration and management of computer networks and domains with Active Directory. Prerequisite: 329 and 330 and 450. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

438. Social Media Exploratory Data Analytics (3)

Social media exploratory data analytics is the use of statistical, computational, and machine-learning methods on big datasets from social media for exploratory research. Prerequisite: 329 and 330 and 450.

442. Fundamentals of Fraud Examination (3)

Course provides the fundamentals of fraud examination including fraud detection, investigation and prevention, identifying causes of fraud and white-collar crime in society, and the internal controls which industries use to detect fraud.

443. Auditing (3)

Auditing principles and procedures; preliminary considerations, planning the audit program, classes of audits, audit reports, professional ethics and legal responsibility; case problems. Pre- or corequisite: 341. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

449. Accounting Information Systems (3)

An examination of the relationship between computer-based management information systems and accounting. Applications of MIS techniques in the design and operation of accounting systems. Prerequisite: 340. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

450. Computer-Based Information Systems (3)

Understanding information systems issues in business environments. Emphasis will be placed on essential principles of management information systems and project management, information security and management, and foundations of business data analytics. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

451. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Special permission of the advisor and of the Dean of the Anderson School of Management required. Arrangements must be made with individual instructor before enrolling for Problems. A maximum of 6 hours of Problems courses is acceptable for credit toward the B.B.A. degree. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

452. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

456. Network Infrastructure (3)

Network administration and infrastructure design that apply to both centralized and distributed information systems and computer environments. Topics include network configuration, IP address routing and subnetting, and concepts of cloud virtualization. Prerequisite: 437 and 450. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

457. Diversity in Organizations (3)

Addresses the changing nature of modern organizations in their employee composition. Focuses on all dimensions of diversity and how to harness the potential of a diverse workforce to reach organizational goals. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

458. Managerial Ethics (3)

An issues- and problems-oriented course in applied management ethics. How to reason ethically about management problems and choices. Focus is on the crises of conscience and the everyday conflicts of role and obligation that characterize our professional lives. Prerequisite: 308. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

459. System Analysis (3)

Information system analysis and system design in organizations. Topics include application development strategies, information system life cycle, requirements determination, analysis and specification. Prerequisite: 329 and 330 and 450. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

460. Information Systems Development (3)

Integrative case or field study in analysis, design, implementation and evaluation of all components of an information system: network, security, database and web-application. Prerequisite: two from 331, 336, 437, 438, 456, 459. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

462. Management of Quality (3)

Traditional variation control and reduction approaches are introduced, as well as techniques to control and reduce human error. Emphasis is placed on understanding management approaches that drive process improvement. Prerequisite: 300. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

463. Employment Law (3)

A survey of statutes and case studies of common, statutory and administrative law. Emphasis on modern employment legislation and related court and administrative decisions representing all aspects of employment law. Prerequisite: 306 and 310. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

464. Human Resources Theory and Practice (3)

Behavioral theories and applications in HR. HR planning, job analysis and design, recruitment, selection, performance management, training and development, employee involvement, compensation, labor relations, occupational health and safety. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

*465. Labor Relations (3)

Background and practice of Labor Relations from unionization through collective bargaining to grievance administration and arbitration. Theory and case analysis emphasizing employment problems, management prerogatives and collective bargaining issues. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

*466. Training and Development (3)

Examines 1) theories of human development and their relationships to workforce and managerial development, and 2) reviews theories and provides practice in design, delivery and evaluation of training programs for private and public sector organizations and management. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

*468. Compensation and Benefits (3)

Focus on theory and practice of compensation and benefit systems in modern organizations. Reviews alternative approaches and emphasizes experience-based learning. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

*469. American Indian Business and Management (3)

Examines the theory and practice of managing American Indian organizations as well as legal and indigenous planning aspects. Prerequisite: 306. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

470. Financial Markets and Institutions (3)

Analysis of markets for mortgage, state and local, corporate and Federal debt; flow of funds and their influence on credit conditions, lending, investment and liquidity policies. Behavior of term structure and risk structure of interest rates. Study of alternative regulatory and structural frameworks of the financial markets. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

471. Investment Analysis and Management (3)

Theory and techniques basic to control of investment risks and optimization of investment returns. Security market operations, portfolio theory, profitability analysis, planning and management of investment programs, timing of securities transactions. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

472. Securities Analysis (3)

Covers the analysis of financial assets, particularly fundamental and technical analysis of corporate common stock. Students will have hands-on experience analyzing securities for equity portfolios that comprise the investment management program. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

473. Commercial Banking (3)

Emphasizes coordinated asset and liability management of the individual bank. Frequent use will be made of cases to develop major aspects of bank management under changing monetary conditions and competitive forces. Primary emphasis is placed on the analysis of bank financial performance, obtaining funds, investment and loan policies and capital requirements. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

*474. International Financial Management (3)

Application of concepts of managerial finance in the international setting. Reviews and develops as background the financing of international trade and balance of payments problems, including currency hedging in the money and foreign exchange markets. Cases are used to study financial decision problems of working capital management, capital budgeting and providing of funds for international corporate operations with emphasis on Latin America. Prerequisite: 326 or 526. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

476. Derivatives (Futures and Options) (3)

Teaches the practical science and art of analysis of derivative (financial) assets, such as forwards, options and futures, and securities with embedded options, for purposes of investment, hedging and speculation. Emphasizes valuation methods, including various binomial and trinomial models and on hedging strategies. Derivative securities are analyzed using various data sources and software. Prerequisite: 326. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

479. Applied Investment Management (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Active management of funds allocated by numerous institutional investors. Encompasses investment policy statement (portfolio objectives, constraints, benchmarks, reports), performance evaluation/attribution, analysis (economic, industry, company), valuation, recommendations, portfolio rebalancing, trade execution, ethics of money management. Prerequisite: 471. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration and permission of instructor.

480. Consumer Behavior (3)

Interdisciplinary analysis of consumer behavior through review of theories, explanatory and predictive models, empirical studies and consumer research methodologies. Emphasis on theoretical foundations and marketing strategy formulation. Prerequisite: 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

481. Marketing Research I (3)

Research methodologies and techniques as an aid to management decision-making and marketing strategy formulation. Emphasis on design of measurement instruments, sampling, collection and analysis of data. Prerequisite: 480. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

482. Digital Marketing (3)

Analysis of current marketing and advertising practices within the digital environment. Emphasis on testing and applying these concepts using experiential learning in a simulated environment. Pre- or corequisite: 480. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

483. International Marketing (3)

Analysis of foreign marketing opportunities. Develops familiarity with concepts, terminology, decision-making criteria, use of marketing intelligence, constraints on marketing planning and marketing strategy formulation. Prerequisite: 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

484. Sales Practicum (3)

Focuses on the acquisition and application of sales skills through sales competitions and other experiential programs. Prerequisite: 384. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

485. Retailing Management (3)

Management of the retail level of the distribution system. Emphasis on management decision making. Project orientation. Pre- or corequisite: 480. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

486. Logistics Systems Management (3)

Management of the logistics channel including the manufacturing, wholesale and retail levels and related logistics activities. Focus on structural and functional analysis, design and evaluation of logistics systems. Prerequisite: 300 and 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

487. Promotion Management (3)

Analysis of personal and non-personal forms of marketing communications in both industrial and consumer markets. Emphasis of promotion as a marketing mix strategy, budgeting and media analysis, and incorporating research in the development of promotional strategies. Prerequisite: 322. Pre- or corequisite: 480. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

488. Supply Chain Models and Analytics (3)

The course will cover analytic models used to manage supply chain issues in forecasting, planning for manufacturing and marketing demand, inventory management, and network design. Prerequisite: 300 and 322. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

*489. Marketing of Services (3)

Integration of traditional marketing management thought into strategic and analytical processes for adoption and implementation by service organizations and individuals in both the private and public sectors of the economy. Project orientation. Prerequisite: 322. Pre- or corequisite: 480. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

490. Special Topics in Management (1-3, no limit Δ)

Selected offerings of management topics not represented in the regular curriculum. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration. {Offered upon demand}

492. Negotiation Strategies (3)

This course addresses negotiation problems that are faced by entrepreneurs and managers of small and large businesses. Through a combination of case studies, lectures and actual practice in negotiating, students learn to negotiate effectively. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

493. Special Topics in Management (3)

Selected offerings of management topics not represented in the regular curriculum. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration. {Offered upon demand}

494. Family Business Management (3)

Students will learn importance of family businesses and their unique complexities. Using practical applications and theory students will identify various stakeholders in family businesses and learn tools to manage and work effectively in such organizations. Prerequisite: ECON 2120 and (ENGL 1120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700). Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

*495. Managing and Operating Small, Growing Businesses (3)

Examines principles and knowledge required for efficiently and effectively operating and managing small, growing businesses faced with resource constraints. Semester-long field cases of real businesses are the focus of study. Prerequisite: ECON 2120 and (ENGL 1120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700). Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

*496. Seminar in Entrepreneurial Financing (3)

Focuses on the processes and knowledge utilized during the acquisition of debt and equity for growing businesses. Specific entrepreneurial financing processes, techniques and methodologies are covered. Prerequisite: ACCT 2110 and ECON 2120 and (ENGL 1120 or ACT English =>29 or SAT Evidence-Based Reading and Writing =>700). Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

497 / 697. Internship (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

An internship provides managerial experience supervised by faculty, most often in conjunction with a host organization. The purpose is to provide a significant business-related experience. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration and permission of department.

498. Strategic Management (3)

Emphasizes the functions of top management. Case studies offer the student an opportunity to develop a habit of administrative thinking as company-wide objectives and policies are formulated and consistent plans and programs are carried into action. Enrollment normally limited to students in final semester of B.B.A. program. Prerequisite: 300 and 306 and 308 and 310 and 322 and 326 and 328 and ACCT 2120. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

499. Accounting Senior Seminar (1)

Capstone course builds on the base of senior substantial knowledge, enabling students to relate accounting theory to practice and examine current issues and their ethical implications. Prerequisite: 343 and 346. Corequisite: 443 and 449. Restriction: admitted to B.B.A. Business Administration.

500. Quantitative Analysis I (3)

Mathematical foundations for the quantitative analysis of problems of organizations. Linear systems, matrix algebra and introduction to differential and integral calculus. Applications to management and administrative situations. Students scoring less than 25 on the quantitative portion of the GMAT are strongly urged to pursue additional background work in mathematics before enrolling for credit in 500. MATH 1220 is recommended. This course may not be applied toward M.B.A. degree requirements.

501. Data Driven Decision Making (3)

Apply inferential statistics, using numerical and graphical summaries of data, to make informed business decisions. Tools include spreadsheet applications to analyze real world decision making situations.

502. Financial Accounting and Analysis (3)

Accounting concepts and procedures used in preparation of corporate financial statements: balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows. Measurement of reporting choices within Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Foundations of corporate financial statement analysis.

503. Managerial/Cost Accounting (3)

Study use of accounting data in managing businesses by applying techniques for product costing, planning, control, and performance evaluation. Topics include: CVP analysis; variable, absorption, job, activity-based and standard costing; budgeting; responsibility accounting; capital budgeting. Pre- or corequisite: 502.

504. Managerial Economics (3)

The principles of microeconomics applied to firm management. Topics include: cost/benefit analysis, decision-making under resource constraints or incomplete information or uncertainty, Monte Carlo simulation, forecasting and elements of game-theoretic interaction among agents.

506. Managing People in Organizations (3)

Intensive examination of behavioral science research and theory as a basis for understanding, managing and changing organizations. The course emphasizes effective management with diverse individuals.

507. Organizational Behavior and Theory Seminar (3)

Further examination of organizations drawing upon behavioral science research and theory. Alternative theories of organizations are discussed. Prerequisite: 506.

508. Business and Society (3)

Influence of the external environment on management decisions and organizational welfare and how organizations affect the external environment and society. Examination of impacts of ethical, social, political, legal and technological systems and trends on management and how managers can deal with external issues.

510. Risk Analysis for Projects and Programs (3)

The analysis and management of uncertain events or conditions in projects and programs.

511. Technology Commercialization and the Global Environment (3)

(Also offered as ENG 511) Fundamentals of technology commercialization and international management are covered along with the interconnectivity of the two topics. The course will cover the nature of international competitive markets and how technology commercialization impacts these markets.

512. Strategic Management of Technology (3)

(Also offered as ENG 512) Concepts of technology-based strategy, industrial policy, competitiveness, technological strategy tools and the effect of technology on organizational structure and processes. Lessons learned from successful technology-based companies and their application of strategic principles.

513. Technological Forecasting and Assessment (3)

(Also offered as ENG 513) Methods used in forecasting broad scientific and technological advances and assessing their applicability in the commercial world, with stress upon the broad macro-level economic issues such as competition, positioning of technology in the market and further research to apply the innovation to commercially viable products.

514. Technological Entrepreneurship (3)

(Also offered as ENG 514) A clinical experience in the development of a new firm to exploit a significant technological innovation. Student teams work with inventors/entrepreneurs, faculty, and external resources to establish new companies. {Offered upon demand}

515. Innovative Product Development (3)

(Also offered as ENG 515) Students examine the management of new products from concept to commercialization. Includes new product process; market information/customer input; leadership skills; portfolio management; product pursuit/capture planning; strategic planning; and competitive intelligence, with a field project.

516. Entrepreneurial Finance in High Technology (3)

(Also offered as ENG 516) Theory as contributed to the study of strategic alliances by numerous disciplines including economics, finance, business policy, strategic management and law. Includes the development of an original case study of one technology-based strategic alliance.

517. Technology Program Management (3)

(Also offered as ENG 517) Students will explore how firms face the challenge of managing a series of projects that are the core of their profitability effort, with emphasis on tools which demonstrate the difference between project and program management.

518. Technology Management and Economic Development (3)

The development of new technology-based companies as well as the creation of cluster supports the increase in job and wealth creation in the region. Other factors such as education, taxation, infrastructure, technology development and entrepreneurial support are studied for their effect on technology entrepreneurship and contribution to economic development.

519. Project in Technology Commercialization (3)

(Also offered as ENG 519) An environment for application of tools and techniques of technology management that offers real problems of managing a technology-based product. Considers effects of practical constraints upon the analysis, design and process, and focuses student’s capabilities on the solution of a practical problem and presentation of the solution.

520. Operations Design and Decision Making (3)

A managerial level examination of operations strategy with emphasis on application of quantitative models as guides to managerial decision making. Includes project management, product and service design, Just-In-Time (lean systems), mass customization, and quality management.

521. Manufacturing Systems Management (3)

An introduction to the principles and techniques necessary for the efficient design and operation of production and inventory planning, scheduling and control systems. Topics include master planning, capacity management, inventory control, production activity control, JIT, MRP and synchronous manufacturing. Prerequisite: 520.

522. Managerial Marketing (3)

Analysis of the marketing effort and decision-making process in private, not-for-profit and public institutions. Normative models for decision-making in different marketing situations. Analytical tools available for appraising, diagnosing, organizing, planning and implementing market plans. Analysis of economic, social and political forces leading to change in the market place. Development of concepts useful in evaluating marketing situations, including those in the international setting.

523. Service Operations Management (3)

This course focuses on developing strategic insight into the distinctive features of service delivery systems and developing and critiquing management techniques to address the unique challenges in the design and delivery of services. Prerequisite: 520.

524. Seminar on Mexican Economy Markets (3)

525. Management of Quality (3)

The strategic issues and management approaches surrounding quality improvement are discussed and critiqued. Tools for traditional variation control and reduction, as well as techniques to control and reduce human error, are also covered. Prerequisite: 520.

526. Financial Decision Making (3)

The finance function and its relation to other functions of a firm. Topics include: analysis and budgeting of funds, management of current assets, financing short-term and intermediate-term needs, planning long-term debt policy and capital structure, capital costs and budgeting, dividend policy, valuation, mergers and acquisition.

527. International Management Experiential Program (1-6)

528. Green Economy, Innovation and Entrepreneurship (3)

530. Advanced Project Management Techniques (3)

Concepts and the application of advanced project management tools including Agile project management principles and a variety of Agile techniques.

533. Analysis Tools for Managers (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course introduces students to basic business analytic tools. The goal is to teach students how to analyze models and data for integrated decision making across business disciplines.

540. Financial Accounting I (3)

541. Financial Accounting II (3)

The application of advanced accounting principles to practical cases and accounting problems. Prerequisite: 340 or 540.

542. Seminar in Personal Tax Planning (3)

543. Seminar: Individual and Corporate Taxation (3)

Covers federal income taxation of individuals; capital gains/losses, accounting methods, income, deductions and alternative methods and taxation of C corporations, partnerships, S corporations, tax principles and planning.Prerequisite: 502 or ACCT 2110. Pre- or corequisite: 540.

544. Assurance Services (3)

An examination of assurance processes involved in developing knowledge bases to support decision makers. The course will include auditing techniques and emerging issues such as ElderCare, Performance View, SysTrust and WebTrust will be explored. Prerequisite: 540. Pre- or corequisite: 541.

546. Financial Accounting III (3)

The advanced study of problems and theory related to advanced accounting topics including partnership operation and liquidation, consolidated financial statements, bankruptcy and corporate reorganization, government entities, not-for-profit entities, and estates and trusts. Prerequisite: 340 or 540. Pre- or corequisite: 341 or 541.

547. Tax Research, Procedure, Compliance and Practice (3)

Practical problems encountered in a tax practice emphasizing tax research and preparation necessary for resolving disputes with the IRS. Procedures and compliance requirements for initial filing of return to Appellate Conference with IRS will be covered. Prerequisite: (342 or 343) or (542 or 543).

548. Seminar in International Accounting (3)

International diversity in accounting theory and practice. Institutional, economic and cultural contexts of these differences. Locating differences within framework highlighting their importance for financial and managerial decision making. Developments harmonizing international accounting practice. Prerequisite: 502 or ACCT 2110.

549. Accounting Information and Control Systems (3)

An examination of the relationship between computer-based management information systems and accounting applications for management control and financial reporting for complex organizations. Pre- or corequisite: 340 or 540.

550. Professional Accounting (3)

Professional Responsibility and concerns of auditors, tax practitioners, management consultants, and internal professionals. Structure of the profession, issues of ethics and responsibility, legal environment and future of the profession. Prerequisite: 340 or 540.

551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

552. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

553. Internal Auditing (3)

Internal auditing standards, risk assessment, governance, ethics, audit techniques, and emerging issues. The course will focus on the knowledge base and skill set required for the professional internal audit becoming increasingly visible across all industries. Prerequisite: 443 or 544.

554. Professional Writing for Accountants (3)

Communication is central to the accounting profession. Course prepares accounting students to write effectively for both internal and external constituents, demonstrating the ability to engage information critically through preparing and presenting analysis of data and cases. Prerequisite: (341 or 541) and (443 or 544).

555. Advanced Auditing (3)

In-depth examination of auditor legal liability, ethics, audit procedures, statistical sampling, and audit research, while learning to incorporate computer-based audit techniques into specific audit programs and tests of controls. Prerequisite: 443 or 544.

556. Starting New Business (3)

This covers general topics and skills for embarking upon successful new enterprises either within large corporations or new independent companies. Students interested in starting new technological ventures should consider MGMT 514 Technological Entrepreneurship.

557. Launching an Entrepreneurial Business (3)

(Also offered as ENG 557) This course builds upon both Greenfield and Internal firm project based entrepreneurial companies that have gone through the idea, business plan, and funding phases and need to get started with implementing entrepreneurial action.

559. Law for Accountants (3)

An intensive examination of legal concepts underlying accounting theory and practice, selected topic in contracts, uniform commercial code, debtor-creditor relationships, business associations, government regulation of business property and professional and legal responsibility of accountants. Prerequisite: 340 or 540.

560. Seminar in Cross-Cultural Organizational Behavior (3)

Comparative study of public and private organizations in the U.S.A., Asia and in selected European and Latin American countries. Emphasis on the influence of cultural and political factors on the management of human resources. Prerequisite: 506.

561. Interpersonal and Team Dynamics (3)

Exploration of the boundaries, strategic variables and substance of interpersonal relations. Particular emphasis upon effective communication strategies, and team building and maintenance. Prerequisite: 506.

562. Organizational Change and Development (3)

The course focuses on planned change to improve an organization’s problem-solving and renewal processes, particularly through a more effective and collaborative management of organization culture. Prerequisite: 506.

564. Human Resources Management: Theory and Applications (3)

Human Resources Management is designed to relate theory and concepts of the management of human resources to the personnel practices that occur in the organizational environment. Prerequisite: 506.

565. Internship in Organizational Behavior and Human Resources (3)

Students will be assigned to an organization where they will work on a project under the direction of a supervisor. Faculty provides oversight of individual field experience with classroom debriefings and follow-up.

566. Diversity in Human Relations (3)

A series of intensive experiences to develop self-awareness and diagnostic ability in interpersonal, group, organizational and community behavior. Special emphasis on the management of diverse groups in organizations. Prerequisite: 506.

567. Women in Management (3)

This course examines the changing role of women in the work force, especially in management. Focus is on the economic, political and sociocultural environment affecting managerial women.

568. Creative Leadership and Innovating Organizations (3)

This is a developmental seminar, constantly changing. Together we will seek to actively explore the dimensions of creative, transformational leaders and innovative learning organizations. Prerequisite: 506.

569. Negotiation Strategies (3)

This course addresses the theory and practice of negotiations. Through a combination of case studies, lectures and actual practice in negotiating, students learn to negotiate effectively.

570. Analysis of the Financial System (3)

(Also offered as ENG 570) This course examines the role of the capital markets, financial instruments, institutions, and regulatory agencies in financial projects. We examine factors affecting capital acquisition, financial performance, monetary policy, and quantitative efficiency from multiple stakeholder perspectives. Prerequisite: 526.

571. Investment Management (3)

Theory and techniques of investment management. Topics include theory and practice of portfolio construction, how investors view risk and return, importance of diversification, equity pricing theory, introduction to fixed-income securities and derivatives. Prerequisite: 526.

572. Securities Analysis (3)

Analysis of primary financial assets. Hands-on analyzing securities for portfolios that comprise the Investment Management Program. Focus on common stock, analyzed through fundamental analysis and technical analysis using data sources/software. Prerequisite: 526. Pre- or corequisite: 571 and 577.

573. Seminar in Management of Financial Institutions (3)

Principles of the financial management of financial institutions emphasizing commercial banks. Analytical tools are developed for managing capital, liquidity, asset and liability structure and the extension of credit. Features computerized bank management simulation game, cases and selected readings. Prerequisite: 526. Pre- or corequisite: 571 and 577.

577. Applications in Business Finance (3)

Analytical and planning techniques in managerial finance. Computer-based case applications of financial forecasting, credit analysis, capital budgeting, lease analysis, capital structure planning, firm valuation, firm failure resolution, mergers and acquisitions, derivatives and hedging. Prerequisite: 526.

579. Applied Investment Management (3, may be repeated once Δ)

580. Buyer Behavior (3)

Study in behavior of consumer/buyers as decision makers through review of theories, models and research findings. Applications to marketing management strategy formulation. Prerequisite: 522.

581. Research for Marketing Management (3)

Study of research and information requirements for decision making and strategic planning in marketing. Emphasis on concepts, skills and knowledge needed by executives for evaluation research proposals and using research findings in developing marketing plans. Prerequisite: 501 and 522.

582. Marketing Strategy (3)

Analytical approach to strategy formulation for marketing management activities of global and domestic organizations. Uses analytical and logical methods for case analysis and behavioral simulations. Should be taken during last semester. Prerequisite: 522.

586. Strategic Logistics Management (3)

Management of logistics processes from both theoretical and applied viewpoints. Includes coverage of order processing, inventory management, transportation, warehousing and location. Special emphasis placed on measuring logistics value and financial control of logistics. Prerequisite: 520 and 522.

588. Supply Chain Models and Strategy (3)

Develop an understanding of the strategic importance of the supply chain design, planning and operation. Coverage of analytical tools necessary to solve supply chain problems and key drivers of supply chain performance. Prerequisite: 520 and 522.

590. Advanced Corporate Taxation (3)

Tax planning for the creation, operation, liquidation and restructuring of regular and subchapter S corporations, including equity and other compensation planning and planning for distributions and redemptions. Prerequisite: 343 or 543.

591. Estate and Gift Taxation (3)

Tax planning to minimize transfers taxes, including the gift and the estate tax, using marital and other family transfers, valuation issues for transfer tax purposes and methods of transferring ownership within the family. Prerequisite: (342 or 343) or (542 or 543).

592. Partnership and LLC Taxation (3)

Tax planning for partnerships and limited liability companies, including entity classification and formation, sales and exchanges of partnership interests, liquidating and non-liquidating distributions and compensation paid to owners. Prerequisite: 343 or 543.

593. Real Estate Taxation (3)

Tax planning for the acquisition, development, operation and disposition of real estate, including entity choice, financing, taxable and tax-free sales and exchanges, limitations on losses and installment sales. Prerequisite: (342 or 343) or (542 or 543).

594. Special Topics in Management (3)

Selected offerings in management covering topics not represented in the regular curriculum.

595. Management in Latin America (3)

596. International Entrepreneurship (3)

597. International Strategy (3)

Identification and analysis of the sources of sustainable competitive advantage in global firms. Includes formulation and implementation of strategies in multinational and foreign firms, cross-border alliances, mergers and acquisitions, innovation, and diversification strategies. Prerequisite: 511.

598. The Strategic Management Process (3)

This course presents the principles for strategic management through case analysis. Cases are analyzed by drawing upon principles learned in other functional areas and then applying strategic principles to the case. Prerequisite: 504 and 506 and 520 and 522 and 526 and 600. Pre- or corequisite: 508 and 511.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Faculty-directed study, research, and writing to complete a Master's thesis. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of M.S. Information Assurance program advisor.

600. Perspectives on Management and Careers (1)

Skill-building and assessment for students to achieve high levels of success in a graduate business education. Must be completed within one semester of matriculation. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.B.A. Business Administration.

601. M.B.A. Knowledge Exam (0)

This course is used to assess student retention of knowledge from all required M.B.A. core courses. Prerequisite or corequisite: 598 Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

626. Accounting Data Analytics (3)

Students will learn basic analytic techniques, how to apply them and how to think critically about data and financial decisions made from that data. Prerequisite: 449 or 549.

630. Management of Information Systems (3)

This course covers issues in managing information systems as corporate resources. Topics include strategic planning for information resources, organization of the information function, management of MIS enhancement, and/or development projects and trends in information technology. It stresses integration of information management with other functions within the firm.

631. Information System Project Management (3)

Managing information system development and procurement projects. Topics include planning, organizational and political environment, personnel, scheduling, budget, tracking, and automated project management tools.

632. Web Application Development (3)

Developing Web- and Internet-based information system applications. Topics include analysis, design, programming, tools and techniques. Not intended for students who have completed MGMT 461. Prerequisite: 330 or CS 152L or ECE 131L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

634. Information Systems Analysis and Design (3)

Fundamentals of object-oriented systems analysis and design. Emphasis is on performing object-oriented modeling, using Unified Modeling language (UML), to define the requirements and design of information systems. Prerequisite: 330 or CS 152L or ECE 131L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

635. Data Analytics (3)

An understanding of key analytic techniques for manipulating, describing, and visualizing data. Students will learn how to apply these techniques to analyze data and create business intelligence reports to support business decision making.

636. Information Systems Security (3)

Overview of telecommunications and cryptography/security issues in information systems. Hands-on lab projects managing online systems and securing them against hacking techniques or known vulnerabilities.

637. Database Management Systems (3)

Introduction to the concepts and methods of database development and management in an MIS, Logical data organization, physical implementation and operational requirements. Review and discussion of commercial database management systems. Prerequisite: 330 or CS 152L or ECE 131L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

638. Advanced Database Management (3)

This course focuses on database administration, configuration, security, fault tolerance, and performance. Prerequisite: 329 or 637.

639. Advanced Topics in Management Information Systems (3, no limit Δ)

Selected offerings in management information systems not represented in the regular curriculum.

641. Forensic Accounting (3)

Techniques and perspectives in the field of financial investigation: concepts of law; process of evidence, sources of information and differences between criminal and civil fraud investigations focus on accounting, banking and financial record keeping. Prerequisite: 642.

642. Fraud Examination (3)

This course provides an overview of the methodology of fraud examination which involves obtaining documentary evidence, interviewing witnesses and potential suspects, writing reports and testifying to findings. Also covers procedures to detect and deter fraud. Restriction: permission of M.Acct. Accounting faculty advisor.

643. Governmental and Not-for-Profit Accounting (3)

Covering financial accounting principles for governmental and not-for-profit organizations. Theory and techniques of accounting and financial reporting for public entities; cities, counties, and states and not-for-profit charities, universities, and hospitals.Prerequisite or corequisite: 340 or 540.

644. Data Warehousing (3)

Data warehousing as applied to business intelligence. Subtopics include requirements gathering, data warehouse architecture, dimensional model design, physical database design, extracting, transforming, and loading strategies, introduction to business intelligence, data warehouse expansion and support. Prerequisite: 329 or 637.

645. Data Mining for Business Decisions (3)

Introduction of data mining techniques such as neutral networks, decision trees, classification and logistic regressions, etc. and how to use data mining techniques to transform large and complex data into actionable information for businesses. Prerequisite: 626 or 635.

646. Digital Forensics (3)

Introduce students to principles, techniques and tools used in digital forensics and investigations. Students will receive hands on experience using the most popular and current forensic tools and processing evidence. Pre- or corequisite: 336 or 636.

647. System and Network Administration (3)

System administration in both centralized and distributed information systems. Installation, operation, and maintenance of hardware and software resources. Technology, configuration, and management of computer networks.

648. Advanced Information System Security (3)

Technical aspects of information system security including system assessment, secure authentication, secure communication, cryptography, and wireless network security. Prerequisite: 336 or 636.

649. Information Assurance Project (3)

Students will leverage and apply the education received in information assurance courses and complete a multi-domain assessment of a departmental unit or small organization. Corequisite: 648.

650. Competitive Analysis (3)

Examination of the major theoretical approaches to the analysis of macro-organizational issues, specifically the interplay between the organizations and its market, political, and social environments.

651. Regulation and Social Control of Business (3)

Government legislation and regulation of business activities in the U.S., including government controls of prices, regulation of public utilities, public ownership, economic planning and social regulation of environmental quality health and safety, etc.

653. Environmental Sustainability and Business (3)

Intensive study of environmental responsibilities and effective strategies for environmental protection by corporations and other organizations. Topics range from current challenges to address environmental issues to innovative works of advanced thinkers about the natural environment.

654. Advanced Legal Topics for Managers (3)

Topics include corporate governance relationships, product liability, administrative law, white collar crime, and other contemporary legal issues relevant to an ever-changing business environment.

655. Washington Campus Program (3)

One week intensive “Washington Back-Stage: A Primer on the Public Policy Process for M.B.A. Students.” Three sessions offered (spring break, late May and late June). Limited enrollment; special application required. Additional fees for travel and cost of the program.

657. Nonprofit Management (3)

Introduction to the challenges of managing a nonprofit organization with a special emphasis on creativity and social entrepreneurship.

658. Managerial Ethics (3)

This seminar will help managers and other professionals identify the ethical dimensions of issues and dilemmas they face, and provide processes and tools to create more ethical organizations. Pre- or corequisite: 508.

659. Multivariate Analysis Methods (3)

Various analytical techniques and their theoretical foundations are examined to allow students to effectively do these analyses and, as managers, to judge the results of ones presented to them. Software used: Excel, SAS, SPSS. Prerequisite: 501.

660. Text Mining and Sentiment Analysis (3)

Introduction to Information security risk management frameworks: widely-used quantitative and qualitative assessment methodologies, risk maturity models, and strategic risk management process. Focus on risk management program implementation and assessment. Prerequisite: 635.

661. Information Assurance Policy (3)

Introduction to information assurance policies: enterprise governance, executive orders, cyber security policy creation, and policy implementations. Focus on the policy life-cycle: creation, implementation, enforcement, and monitoring.

662. Security Risk Management (3)

663. Employment Law (3)

697 / 497. Internship (1-3, to a maximum of 6 Δ)

700. Management Perspectives (1)

Establishes the conceptual foundation of the EMBA program. Prepares students to function effectively in a collaborative learning environment and as members of productive work teams. Includes individual assessment of management/personality profile to gain insights into leadership and communication styles. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

701. Statistical Analysis for Management Decisions (3)

The practical applications of statistics and the analysis of data to make meaningful organizational decisions. Topics include probability, sampling, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, regression analysis, and quality improvement.

702. Financial Reporting Systems (3)

Accounting concepts and procedures used to prepare corporate financial statements: Balance Sheet, Income Statement and Statement of Cash Flows. Reporting choices within Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in deriving performance measures and the analysis and interpretation of financial data.

703. Accounting for Management Planning and Control (3)

The derivation and use of accounting information to manage strategic and operational choices, determine pricing and profitability, control costs and evaluate performance. Spreadsheets are used to solve managerial accounting problems and to make sound business decisions. Prerequisite: 702.

704. Economics for Managers (3)

A survey of both microeconomics, the study of individual and organizational decision-making, and macroeconomics, which investigates national and international concerns. Economic theory will be complemented by practical applications and discussions of current policy issues affecting business.

706. Organizational Behavior and Diversity (3)

Draws on behavioral science research and theory as a basis for understanding, managing and changing organizations. Through experiential learning, examines individual and group behavior; communication, power and politics; conflict resolution and negotiation; and motivating and managing a diverse workforce.

707. Executive Leadership (2)

Further grounding in organizational behavior issues, with a special emphasis on assessing leadership competencies and changing corporate cultures. Includes self-assessments, analyses of leading companies, skill building strategies and direct application of material to individual work settings.

708. Contemporary Ethical and Legal Issues for Organizations (3)

Examines the roles and responsibilities of business, relationships with stakeholders, key legal concepts and ethical decision-making processes by individual managers. Blends theory and application for more effective responses to the external environment, including political and social interests.

711. Management of Technology and Innovation (3)

Employs a multi-disciplinary approach to understanding how to maximize competitive advantage through technological innovation. Provides the concepts and tools needed to manage effectively in changing technological environments.

712. Business Communications (3)

The elements of written and oral business communication. Addresses grammar, rhetoric, style, audience analysis, format, presentation and delivery. Effective communication strategies for professional settings are defined through various assignments including memos, proposals and individual/group presentations.

720. Operations Management (3)

Survey of use of decision-making methods and models in the management and control of manufacturing, distribution, and service operating systems. Utilizes readings, problem solving, and projects to understand and apply concepts. Prerequisite: 701.

722. Marketing Management (3)

Overview of concepts and theories related to consumer behavior/segmentation, marketing research, competitive positioning, marketing information systems, distribution, pricing, promotional considerations and relationship marketing. Focuses on products and services, and the creation of an actual marketing plan.

726. Financial Management (3)

Examines the role of finance in management including working capital management, the pricing of capital, the valuation of real assets and financial securities, and the sources of capital and their costs. Prerequisite: 701 and 702.

728. Global Business Environment (2)

Strategies for entering new international markets and managing international operations. Discussion of cultural differences, regional economic integration, and emerging markets, with special emphasis on implications for New Mexico’s economy and the border with Mexico.

751. Practicum (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Second-year students choose one of the following options: 1) participation in international seminar including study trip abroad; 2) attendance at “Washington Campus” and follow-on research paper; 3) enrollment in approved M.B.A. elective; or 4) completion of independent research project.

755. Washington Campus for Executive M.B.A. Students (3)

Enrollment in Executive M.B.A. session on site at Washington Campus. Significant research project on topic related to business-government relations or current public policy issue. Additional fees for travel and cost of the program. Restriction: admitted to Executive M.B.A. Business Administration.

794. Special Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Offered during the second year, based on current business issues and student interest.

798. Strategic Management (3)

The application of strategic management concepts, principles and techniques through case analyses. Draws upon professional experience and concepts learned in other functional areas to develop a general management perspective and the ability to impact organizational direction and performance.

Marketing (MKTG)

2110. Principles of Marketing (3)

Survey of modern marketing concepts and practices focusing on the marketing mix: product, pricing, promotion, and distribution strategies. Topics include the marketing environment, consumer behavior, marketing research, target marketing, and the ethical and social responsibilities of marketers. Credit not applicable toward B.B.A. Business Administration.

Modern Language (MLNG)

1110. Approaches to Languages and Cultures (3)

An interdisciplinary approach to the interplay of languages and cultures in Europe and Asia. Focus on the role of language in comparative cultural practices and cross-cultural encounters. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

457. Topics in Languages Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Repeated courses require advisor’s approval.

459. Languages Capstone (3)

This course uses critical, reflective inquiry to develop students’ understanding of identity formation through language and intercultural learning. Students will analyze language learning experiences using current theories of identity and intercultural development. Prerequisite: 1110 or LING 2110.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Teaching Practicum (1-3)

Introduction to Second Language Acquisition Theory and Practice with an emphasis on the communicative methodology.

501. Professional Development Colloquium (1)

A series of workshops designed to help graduate students of the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures with aspects of their professional development.

551. Graduate Problems (1-6, no limit Δ)

580. Seminar in Modern Languages and Literatures (1-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP 580) Repeated courses require advisor’s approval.

Military Science and Leadership (MLSL)

101. Introduction to Leadership I (1)

An introduction to the personal challenges and competencies that are critical for effective leadership. Students learn how critical thinking, goal setting, time management, physical fitness, and stress-management relate to leadership, officership, and the Army profession.

101L. Introduction to Leadership Lab I (1)

Training on basic soldier tasks and skills, such as land navigation, basic rifle marksmanship and movement as a member of a fire team and rifle squad. Practical application of field craft and soldier skills in a tactical environment. Corequisite: 101.

102. Introduction to Leadership II (1)

Further leadership fundamentals such as problem-solving, oral and written communication skills, and tactical composition are explored. Students explore dimensions of leadership values, attributes, skills, and actions in the context of practical, hands-on, and interactive exercises.

102L. Introduction to Leadership Lab II (1)

Continuation of 101L. Foundations of Officership Lab. Corequisite: 102.

201. Foundations of Tactical Leadership I (2)

A basic study of leadership principles through an exploration of the dimensions of creative and innovative tactical leadership strategies and styles by examining leadership values and attributes, fundamentals of leadership, and basic tactical theory.

201L. Foundations of Tactical Leadership Lab I (1)

Builds on the topics covered in 101L and 102L. Further in-depth training on basic soldier tasks and skills, such as land navigation, basic rifle marksmanship and movement as a member of a fire team and rifle squad. Practical application of field craft and soldier skills in a tactical environment. Corequisite: 201.

202. Foundations of Tactical Leadership II (2)

Further analysis of tactical leadership focusing on terrain analysis, patrolling, and operation orders are studied. Additionally, a study of the leadership theories, communication, and the smooth transition into 301 are given.

202L. Foundations of Tactical Leadership Lab II (1)

Continuation of 201L. Individual Leadership Studies Lab. Corequisite: 202.

225. Directed Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Individual directed studies under supervision of designated faculty. Restriction: permission of instructor.

229. Military Fitness I (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

Course is designed to teach cadets the principles of fitness, proper nutrition and a healthy lifestyle while exposing them to various methodologies of personal fitness. Can substitute for non-professional physical education courses, subject to college’s limits.

230. Military Fitness II (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continuation of 229. Can substitute for non-professional physical education courses, subject to college’s limits.

*301. Adaptive Tactical Leadership (3)

Cadets are challenged to study, practice, and evaluate adaptive leadership skills as they are presented with challenging scenarios related to squad tactical operations. Cadets receive systematic and specific feedback on their leadership attributes and actions. Corequisite: *301L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*301L. Adaptive Tactical Leadership Lab (1)

Planning, coordination, execution and evaluation of training and activities with basic course students and ROTC program. Students develop and refine leadership skills in position of responsibility. Corequisite: *301. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*302. Leadership in Changing Environments (3)

Cadets receive increasingly intense situational leadership challenges to build awareness and skills in leading tactical operations. Cadets review aspects of combat, stability, and support operations in preparation for the Leadership Development and Assessment Course. Prerequisite: *301. Corequisite: *302L.

*302L. Leadership in Changing Environments Lab (1)

Practice and refinement of leadership skills. Different roles assigned for students at different levels in the program. Planning, coordination, execution and evaluation of training and activities with basic course students and ROTC program. Corequisite: *302.

303. Military History of the United States (3)

The course covers military history from early colonial warfare in the eighteenth century to the global war on terrorism in the twenty-first century. This is a distance learning course. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*325. Advanced Directed Studies (1-4, may be repeated twice Δ)

Individual directed studies of advanced subjects under supervision of designated faculty. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*350. Advanced Leadership Seminar (6)

Required six week summer internship conducted at Fort Lewis, Washington. Course environment is highly structured and demanding stressing leadership at small-unit level. Course performance weighs heavily in types of commission and branch assignment offered. Prerequisite: *301 and *301L and *302 and *302L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*401. Developing Adaptive Leaders (3)

A course to develop proficiency in planning, executing, and assessing complex operations, functioning as a member of a staff, and providing performance feedback to subordinates. Cadets assess risk, make ethical decisions, and lead fellow cadets. Prerequisite: *301 and *301L and *302 and *302L. Corequisite: *401L.

*401L. Developing Adaptive Leaders Lab (1)

Different roles assigned for students at different levels in the program. Practice and refinement of leadership skills. Planning coordination, execution and evaluation of training and activities with basic course students and ROTC program. Corequisite: *401.

*402. Leadership in a Complex World (3)

A course in exploring the dynamics of leading in the complex situations of current military operations, examining customs and courtesies, military law, principles of war, and rules of engagement in the face of international terrorism. Prerequisite: *401 and *401L. Corequisite: *402L.

*402L. Leadership in a Complex World Lab (1)

Different roles assigned for students at different levels in the program. Practice and refinement of leadership skills. Planning, coordination, execution and evaluation of training and activities with basic course students and ROTC program. Corequisite: *402.

*425. Practicum (1-4, may be repeated twice Δ)

Independent projects conducted under the direction of designated faculty and concerned with analysis of selected leadership or management problems. Restriction: permission of instructor.

429. Military Fitness III (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

Course prepares cadets for their roles as military leaders by teaching various ways to conduct military fitness training. Goal is to expose cadets to many different training methods while instilling the Army physical fitness ethos. Restriction: permission of instructor.

430. Military Fitness IV (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

Continuation of 429. Can substitute for non-professional physical education courses, subject to college's limits. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Medical Physics (MPHY)

505. Selected Topics in Medical Physics (1-5 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

The course provides a format to teach current information in medical physics which are not now provided by existing courses. Subject area varies depending upon for education in a particular area and the faculty member involved. Restriction: permission of instructor.

516. Fundamentals of Medical Imaging (3)

Course provides review of x-ray interactions, x-ray production, film-screen and film processing, mammography, fluoroscopy, image quality, digital radiography, physics of computed tomography, PACS and digital systems, and diagnostic radiation shielding. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

517L. Medical Imaging Laboratory I X-ray Physics (1)

Perform QC on a diagnostic x-ray system, a fluoroscopy system, CR system, DR system, CT scanner, mammography system. Evaluate radiation shielding in a diagnostic x-ray room. Perform a digital monitor evaluation and evaluate a film processor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

518. Advanced Medical Imaging (3)

MR basic physics, MR imaging equipment, and ultrasound imaging physics. Nuclear medicine imaging physics including: radioactive decay, isotope production, detector systems, Na I gamma camera imaging systems, PET/SPECT cameras systems, regulations and patient dose calculations. Restriction: permission of instructor.

519L. Medical Imaging Laboratory II MR Ultrasound and Nuclear Imaging Physics (1)

Perform MRI ACR QC tests and Ultrasound ACR QA tests. Perform QC tests on dose calibrator, gamma camera, PET camera, SPECT camera. Perform a leak test on a sealed radioactive material source. Visit a PET cyclotron. Restriction: permission of instructor.

527. Radiation Biology for Engineers and Scientists (3)

(Also offered as NE 527) Covering fundamentals of the biological effects of ionizing radiation on living systems, especially man; basic biological mechanisms which bring about somatic and genetic effects; and the effect of ionizing radiation on cell cultures. Restriction: permission of instructor.

540. Radiation Oncology Physics (3)

Operation of linear accelerators, measurement of x-ray beams, dose distribution and scatter analysis, and clinical dose calculations. Discussion of IMRT, total body irradiation, and SRS. Brachytherapy planning including HDR, LDR and intravascular. Corequisite: 541L.

541L. Radiation Oncology Physics Lab (3)

Complete clinical treatment plans, participate in annual calibration of linear accelerator, acquire photon and electron dose data for treatment, perform brachytherapy treatment plans including HDR and LDR plans, and perform an IMRT QA validation. Corequisite: 540.

591. Practicum (3 or 6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as NE 591) Professional practice experience in radiation protection and environmental measurements in non-traditional settings under the guidance of health physicists and radiation protection engineers. Internship arrangement with a local facility employing health physicists or related personnel such as a national laboratory, analytical facility, or hospital. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

Mathematics, Science and Educational Technology (MSET)

365. Technology Integration for Effective Instruction (3)

Students explore constructivist learning theory as it applies to educational technology as a tool in the learning environment and examine the impact of technology in relation to the changing role of the teacher.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3)

(Also offered as EDUC 391)

*429. Teaching of Secondary Mathematics (3)

Corequisite: EDUC 362. Restriction: permission of instructor.

431. Teaching of Secondary Sciences (3)

The methods, processes, content, assessment and management of inquiry-based learning for the secondary science classroom. (Grades 7–12).

492. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 492)

493 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Undergraduate and or graduate credit for students in Teacher Education working with faculty in specific topics identified by the course title.

530. Seminar in Science Teaching (3)

This course addresses current and historical issues in science teaching and learning. Course topics may vary and are grounded in relevant research, current practice, learning theories, supervision, standards in teaching and cognition.

570. Digital Game-Based Learning (3)

Develop professional knowledge, skills, and dispositions for using technology, digital games, and interactive learning environments to promote learning and independent inquiry utilizing standardized K-12 curricula. Make curriculum accessible to students while strengthening digital citizenship through instructional approaches.

571. Multimedia Literacy for Educators (3)

Prepares teachers and teacher educators to use the digital tools needed to create, deconstruct, share, and leverage multimodal forms of communication for teaching and learning. The class is an introduction to Media Literacy Education.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

593 / 493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Undergraduate and or graduate credit for students in Teacher Education working with faculty in specific topics identified by the course title.

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 595) Planned and supervised advanced professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional settings.

596. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 596)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 599) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

690. Dissertation Seminar (3)

(Also offered as EDUC 690)

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 696)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as EDUC 699) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Museum Studies (MSST)

407 / 507. Museum Practices (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 407 / 507) History, philosophy and purposes of museums. Techniques and problems of museum administration, education, collection, exhibition, conservation and public relations. {Offered every academic year}

429 / 529. Topics in Museum Studies (1-3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth analysis of a specific topic in Museum Studies. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 407 or ARTH 407.

475 / 575. Museum Interpretation (3)

Public education within museum contexts, including exhibit research, planning, development, production; traveling trunks, booklets, outreach, public programming, evaluation, and digital and virtual applications. Prerequisite: 407 or ARTH 407. {Every academic year}

476 / 576. Museum Collection Management (3)

Method, theory, and practice of collection management, including acquisitions, law, ethics, organization, storage and retrieval, environmental controls, security, stabilization, risk management, and data management. Prerequisite: 407 or ARTH 407. {Every academic year}

485 / 585. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, ARTH 485 / 585) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 407 or ARTH 407. {Offered upon demand}

486 / 586. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, ARTH 486 / 586) Practicum in museum methods and management. Prerequisite: 407 or ARTH 407. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

497 / 597. Independent Study (1-6, no limit Δ)

An independent study course on museum related problems or issues. The study allows for a student to complete a self-directed learning experience with faculty oversight and guidance. Restriction: permission of instructor.

507 / 407. Museum Practices (3)

(Also offered as ARTH 507 / 407) History, philosophy and purposes of museums. Techniques and problems of museum administration, education, collection, exhibition, conservation and public relations. {Offered every academic year}

529 / 429. Topics in Museum Studies (1-3, no limit Δ)

An in-depth analysis of a specific topic in Museum Studies. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 507 or ARTH 507.

575 / 475. Museum Interpretation (3)

576 / 476. Museum Collection Management (3)

585 / 485. Seminar in Museum Methods (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, ARTH 585 / 485) Theoretical and practical work in specific museum problems. May be repeated as subject matter changes. Prerequisite: 507 or ARTH 507. {Offered upon demand}

586 / 486. Practicum: Museum Methods (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH, ARTH 586 / 486) Practicum in museum methods and management. Prerequisite: 507 or ARTH 507. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

597 / 497. Independent Study (1-6, no limit Δ)

598. Graduate Project (1-6 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Projects must be museum-based: exhibits, films, educational programs, collection curation, field collection and analysis, or other museum endeavors. Must be original contributions to museums or the profession, and demonstrate contemporary knowledge of museum methods, theory and practice. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Museum Studies or M.S. Museum Studies, and advisor approval.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.A. Museum Studies or M.S. Museum Studies.

Music (See also: MUSC) (MUS)

110. Group Voice II (1, no limit Δ)

Staff May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean). (V) Prerequisite: 109.

111. Group Piano I (1, no limit Δ)

Dalager. Beginning repertoire, sight-reading, basic major-key scale and chord patterns. Open only to music majors and to music and music education minors; priority given to students with a piano proficiency requirement. Not open to keyboard majors. Instructor permission required. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean) and instructor. (PI) {Fall, Spring}

112. Group Piano II (1, no limit Δ)

Dalager. Late elementary repertoire, sight-reading moving out of the five-finger position, minor scale and chord patterns. Not open to keyboard majors. Priority given to music majors and minors but open to all students. (PI) Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean) and instructor. Prerequisite: 111. {Fall, Spring}

130L. Music Fundamentals Aural Lab (2)

Staff Aural skill training in material covered in 130, with emphasis on rhythmic and melodic dictation, aural identification of intervals, scales and triad qualities, and sightsinging of rhythms, intervals and simple melodies. (TC) For music majors or minors possessing insufficient background for enrollment in MUS 150L. Credit not applicable to a music degree. Corequisite: 130. {Fall}

211. Group Piano III (1, no limit Δ)

Dalager. Intermediate repertoire, reading skill, chord and scale patterns. Not open to keyboard majors. Priority given to music majors and minors but open to all students. (PI) Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean) and instructor. Prerequisite: 112. {Fall, Spring}

212. Group Piano IV (1, no limit Δ)

Dalager. Late intermediate to early advanced repertoire and sight-reading. Review of scales and chords. Not open to keyboard majors. Priority given to music majors and minors but open to all students. (PI) Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean) and instructor. Prerequisite: 211. {Fall, Spring}

231. Chamber Music (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

Practice, performance and study of chamber music. Includes various combinations of strings, brasses, woodwinds, percussion, guitars, piano and voices. Specific ensemble offerings are announced each semester in the Schedule of Classes. (E) Preference given to music majors. {Fall, Spring}

232. Early Music Ensemble (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

C. Sheinberg A vocal and instrumental ensemble specializing in the performance of music of the Middle Ages, Renaissance and early Baroque. (E) Open to all students, but enrollment requires instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

238. Jazz Theory/Keyboard (2)

Kostur Music theory as applied to jazz music. Introduction to chord/scale theory, chord nomenclature, common harmonic progressions and substitutions. Keyboard includes basic jazz chord voicings and progressions. (JS) Prerequisite: 152. {Fall, alternate years}

305. Composition I (2)

Obermueller. Beginning compositional techniques, introducing 20th-century harmony. (TC) Prerequisite: MUSC 2140. {Fall}

306. Composition II (2)

Obermueller Beginning compositional techniques, introducing 20th-century harmony. Continuation of 305. (TC) Prerequisite: 305. {Spring}

309. Form and Analysis (2)

Hermann Introduction to structure and long-range harmonic analysis. Emphasis on common-practice music: binary and ternary, sonata-allegro, rondo, concerto, variation and contrapuntal forms. (TC) Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. Prerequisite: MUSC 2325 [MUS 252] and MUSC 2325L [MUS 252L]. {Fall, alternate years}

311 / 511. Fundamentals of Music Technology (2-3)

314. Theory and Composition Keyboard Proficiency (0)

Hermann Examination of student's ability to demonstrate basic proficiency in the piano skills needed to teach lower-division undergraduate theory courses. For B.M. Theory and Composition concentration students only. (PI) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: MUSC 2325 [MUS 252] and MUSC 2325L [MUS 252L]. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

325 / 525. Post-Tonal Theory (3)

Hermann Twentieth-century theoretical techniques applied analytically to all music of the century. Scales, modes, set-theory, twelve-tone theory, minimalist techniques, timbral design and specific compositional methods (Messiaen, Cage, Carter, Stockhausen) will be discussed with some rudimentary ear-training. (TC) Prerequisite: MUSC 2320 [MUS 250]. {Fall, alternate years}

330. Opera Studio (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

Ditlow, Shepperson, Umphrey Study of opera through performance, including improvisational technique, movement and character development. Participation in opera scenes and/or larger productions as assigned. Music-reading proficiency required. Admission by audition; preference given to junior and senior vocal majors. (E) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

332. Sinfonia (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUSE 332) Conducted string chamber orchestra of violins (1st and 2nd), violas, cellos and string basses. Repertory from pre-baroque through present. Open to all university students and community members by audition. Contact instructor for audition requirements. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

333. Symphony Orchestra (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUSE 333) Pérez-Gómez. Study and public performance of symphonic literature. Auditions required. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

334. Jazz Band (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

Buckholz, Kostur. Modern jazz ensemble of 20 or more that performs music representing various styles of big band jazz, rock and pop. Auditions required. (E) {Fall, Spring}

336. Jazz Improvisation II (1)

Kostur Continuation of 237, focusing on chromaticism, chord alterations (with associated chord/scale implications), execution of ii-V7-I patterns in all minor keys and analysis of transcribed solos of jazz masters. (JS) Prerequisite: MUSC 2322 [MUS 237]. {Fall, alternate years}

337. Jazz Improvisation III (1)

Kostur Continuation of 336, introducing modern jazz compositions containing nonfunctional and polytonal harmony, with appropriate chord-scale implications and jazz vocabulary. Analysis of transcribed solos of modern jazz masters is also required. (JS) Prerequisite: 336. {Spring, alternate years}

338. Jazz Arranging (2)

Kostur Introduction to jazz arranging and scoring techniques for jazz small groups and big bands. Includes voicing for horns, writing for rhythm sections, reharmonization, standards for score and part preparation. (JS) Prerequisite: 238. {Spring, alternate years}

340. Symphonic Band (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUSE 340) Simons. The UNM Symphonic Band provides a place for the serious player to explore classic and contemporary repertoire for the wind band. This group is open by audition to talented musicians regardless of academic major. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

341. Wind Symphony (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUSE 341) Rombach, Simons. Study, rehearsal and performance of original works and transcriptions for wind ensemble, symphonic band and chamber winds. Audition required, but open to all students. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

342. Dolce Suono (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUSE 342) Carlow. An intermediate choral ensemble that sings a broad range of repertoire in different languages. Voice placement required, but open to all students. Music Education majors register for MUSE 342. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

343. Selected Topics in Jazz Studies (3, no limit Δ)

Kostur This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to develop a course based on a topic related to the field of jazz studies. (JS) May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as topic varies. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. {Offered upon demand}

344. Las Cantantes (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUSE 344) A select women's chorus that performs masterpieces of the treble voice repertoire both a cappella and with various instrumental ensembles. Audition required, but open to all students. Music Education majors register for MUSE 344. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

345. Chamber Singers (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUSE 345) Elite sixteen-voice ensemble (SATB) made up of primarily vocal performance and vocal music education majors who perform challenging repertoire spanning six centuries. Audition required in the fall for placement into the ensemble for the year. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

348. Concert Choir (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUSE 348) Staff. A highly select SATB ensemble of approximately 40 singers, specializing in choral literature from all periods. Voice placement required, but open to all students. Music Education majors register for MUSE 348. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

351. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: junior or senior standing. {Fall, Spring, Summer}

361. History of Music I (3)

Hinterbichler Forms, styles, schools, principal composers and representative masterworks from antiquity through Baroque. (HL) Prerequisite: MUSC 1265 [MUS 152]. {Fall}

362. History of Music II (3)

Hinterbichler Continuation of 361, from Pre-Classic to the present. (HL) Open to music majors only. MUS 361 is recommended, but not required, before enrolling in MUS 362. Prerequisite: 152. {Spring}

363. Conducting (2)

Staff. Basic theory and techniques of conducting. Open only to students pursuing the Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of Arts in Music; exceptions may be made with permission of department chair. (C) Prerequisite: MUSC 2325 [MUS 252]. Restriction: junior or senior status. {Fall}

365. Instrumental Conducting (2)

Pérez-Gómez Instrumental conducting techniques, score reading, interpretation. (C) Prerequisite: 363. {Spring}

370. String Pedagogy Seminar III (2, may be repeated once Δ)

Kempter, Collins Exploration of intermediate student skills and techniques, including three-octave scales, arpeggios, shifting, playing in the upper positions and double stops. Pedagogical approaches of Paul Rolland will be explored. Suzuki Books 5 and 6 will be covered. Course fee required. Student must have completed 4 hours of 270 and 2 hours of 270L to enroll. (P) Corequisite: 370L. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

370L. String Pedagogy Lab III (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Kempter, Collins Opportunity for the University of New Mexico student to teach more advanced students in the University of New Mexico Music Preparatory School and beginning orchestra classes. May also teach parent preparation classes. Student must have completed 4 hours of 270 and 2 hours of 270L to enroll. (P) Corequisite: 370. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

375. The Beatles' Musical Revolution (3)

Piper. Examines the development of the historical and musical artistry of the Beatles presented within the framework of aesthetic and social/cultural movement 1957-1970 and their individual contributions. (NM) Restriction: junior or senior standing. {Spring}

376. Film Music History (3)

Swalin A survey of film music history, technology and technique from the silent film era to the present. No musical experience necessary. (NM) {Summer, Spring}

380 / 580. Recording Techniques I (2)

Geist Introduction to modern studio recording techniques. (T) {Fall}

388 / 588. Music Pedagogy (2, no limit Δ)

For the music student who plans to teach privately, especially beginners of various ages. Specific area is announced in class schedule when course is offered. (P) May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as subject matter varies, with permission of department chairperson (or dean). Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of Music Education; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. Restriction: junior or senior standing. {Fall}

389 / 589. Music Pedagogy (2, no limit Δ)

Continuation of 388, treating problems in teaching intermediate and moderately advanced students. Specific area is announced in class schedule when course is offered. (P) May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as subject matter varies, with permission of department chairperson (or dean). Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. Restriction: junior or senior standing. {Spring}

395 / 595. Accompanying (1, no limit Δ)

Pyle Study and performance of accompaniment practice. Enrollment requires junior standing in music or instructor's approval. Non-majors may enroll with instructor's approval. {Fall, Spring}

405 / 505. Sixteenth-Century Counterpoint (2)

Hermann Analysis and writing in the style of the 16th century. Open only to undergraduates pursuing the Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Arts in Music or Bachelor of Music Education; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. (TC) Prerequisite: MUSC 1265 [MUS 152}. {Spring, alternate years}

406 / 506. Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (2)

Hermann Analysis and writing in the style of the 18th century. Open only to undergraduates pursuing the Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Arts in Music or Bachelor of Music Education; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. (TC) Prerequisite: MUSC 2320 [MUS 250]. {Spring, alternate years}

407 / 507. Selected Topics in Music Composition (2, no limit Δ)

Advanced topics pertaining to contemporary musical composition and creation. May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as topic varies. (TC) Prerequisite: 306. {Offered on demand}

412. Fundamentals of Audio Technology (2-3)

(Also offered as FDMA 412) Barlow. Audio editing and equipment and basics of recordings through lab experiences and creative projects. Includes fundamentals of the physics of sound and analysis. (T) {Spring}

414 / 514. Studies in Baroque Music (3)

Vigneau Music of Western Europe, 1600–1750, with emphasis on forms, styles, principal composers and performance practices. (HL) Open to music majors only; non-majors must have instructor’s approval to enroll. Prerequisite: 361 and 362. {Spring, alternate years}

415 / 515. Studies in Classic and Romantic Music (3)

Jacobsen-Bia Music of Western Europe from 1750–1900. (HL) Open to music majors only; non-majors must have instructor’s approval to enroll. Prerequisite: 361 and 362. {Fall, alternate years}

416 / 516. Studies in Twentieth-Century Music (3)

Alonso-Minutti A survey of the chief musical developments in Western Europe and the Americas from 1900 with the emphasis on music composed since 1940. Open to music majors only; non-majors must have instructor’s approval to enroll. (HL) Prerequisite: 361 and 362. {Spring, alternate years}

421 / 521. Introduction to Max Programming for Musicians (3)

Barlow An introduction to computer-based music production using the Max programming environment. If student has not taken the prerequisite course, instructor permission will be required. (T) Prerequisite: 311. {Fall}

435 / 535. Special Topics in Music (1-3, no limit Δ)

May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as subject matter varies. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. {Offered upon demand}

437 / 537. Selected Topics in Music Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Hinterbichler, Vigneau May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as topic varies. (HL) If student has not completed MUS 361 and MUS 362, enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 361 and 362. {Offered upon demand}

438 / 538. Selected Topics in Ethnomusicology (3, no limit Δ)

This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to develop a course based on a topic related to the field of ethnomusicology. May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as topic varies. (EM) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

439 / 539. Selected Topics in Music Theory (3, no limit Δ)

Bashwiner, Block, Hermann, Hurtado This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to develop a course based on a topic related to advanced research interests or expertise. May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as topic varies. (TC) Enrollment requires instructor's approval. Prerequisite: MUSC 2325 [MUS 252] and MUSC 2325L [MUS 252L]. {Offered upon demand}

442 / 542. Experimental Music Across the Americas (3)

Alonso-Minutti. A contextual exploration of a wide variety of music traditions conceived and/or perceived as experimental from across the American continent. For music majors; open to non-music majors with instructor's approval. (EM, HL) Prerequisite: 361 and 362. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Music or B.M. Music or B.M.E. Music Education. {Spring}

445 / 545. Country Music and Cultural Politics (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 445 / 545) Jacobsen. Investigation of country music from an anthropological and ethnomusicological perspective, utilizing recordings and live performances to put scholarship on country music into conversation with social theory and literature on social class, gender, space/place, racial identities. (EM) {Spring}

447 / 547. Mexican Music Beyond Borders (3)

Alonso-Minutti. A contextual exploration of music traditions from Mexico and Mexican communities across the United States. Concentration is placed on indigenous, folk, popular, and art music traditions from historical, socio-cultural, and aesthetic perspectives. (EM, HL). {Fall}

448 / 548. The Anthropology of Music and Sound (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 448/548) Jacobsen. The cultural study of music and sound. Course materials are drawn from written and audio music ethnographies of contemporary indigenous, diasporic, refugee, exile, and industrial communities. (EM)

449 / 549. Music Repertory (2, no limit Δ)

Comprehensive study of solo repertory for voice or individual instruments. Specific area is announced in the class schedule when the course is offered. (HL) Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. {Fall}

453. Orchestration (2)

Gilbert Scoring for orchestra, including properties and limitations of string, wind and percussion instruments, notation, principles of combination and balance and characteristics of the various “schools” of orchestration. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean). (TC) Open only to undergraduates enrolled in the music performance program leading to the Bachelor of Music; exceptions may be made with permission of the chairperson of the Department of Music. Prerequisite: MUSC 1265 [MUS 152]. {Fall}

468 / 568. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 468/568, THEA 468/568) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation. (EM) {Fall}

470. String Pedagogy Seminar IV (2, may be repeated once Δ)

Kempter, Collins Continued exploration of pedagogical approaches; overview of literature and études; Suzuki Books 7 and 8. Student must have completed 4 hours of MUS 370 and 2 hours of MUS 370L to enroll. (P) Corequisite: 470L. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

470L. String Pedagogy Lab IV (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Kempter, Collins Students will continue to teach individual lessons as well as homogeneous and heterogeneous groups. Advanced pedagogy students will lead the University of New Mexico Music Preparatory School students in their concerts and recitals and will help coordinate those events. Students must have completed 4 hours of 370 and 2 hours of 370L to enroll. (P) Corequisite: 470. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

472. String Pedagogy Recital (2)

Kempter Students will perform a half-recital in the community and at UNM. In addition, an intermediate/advanced musical score will be analyzed and discussed for pedagogical points. (P) Corequisite: 470.

481 / 581. Recording Techniques II (2)

Geist An introductory examination of the process of gathering, processing and editing sound on a digital audio work station. (T) {Spring}

487 / 587. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, DANC, THEA 487 / 587; FDMA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. (I) Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Senior Thesis (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Open to seniors approved by the departmental honors committee. (TH) {Summer, Fall, Spring}

500. Musicology Colloquium (0, no limit Δ)

Alonso-Minutti The purpose of this course is to increase the understanding of musicology through the presentation and exchange of related topics and ideas. Attendance at a specified number of approved Musicology events is required. (HL) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

505 / 405. Sixteenth-Century Counterpoint (2)

Hermann Analysis and writing in the style of the 16th century. (TC) {Spring, alternate years}

506 / 406. Eighteenth-Century Counterpoint (2)

Hermann Analysis and writing in the style of the 18th century. (TC) {Spring, alternate years}

507 / 407. Selected Topics in Music Composition (2, no limit Δ)

Advanced topics pertaining to contemporary musical composition and creation. May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as topic varies. (TC) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered on demand}

511 / 311. Fundamentals of Music Technology (2-3)

(Also offered as FDMA 311) Barlow. A hands-on introduction to various computer applications useful to musicians in all areas of specialization. Various computer programs aiding in music notation, arranging and MIDI composition will be presented and explored. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. (T) {Fall, Spring}

514 / 414. Studies in Baroque Music (3)

Vigneau Music of Western Europe, 1600–1750, with emphasis on forms, styles, principal composers and performance practices. (HL) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Spring, alternate years}

515 / 415. Studies in Classic and Romantic Music (3)

Jacobsen-Bia Music of Western Europe from 1750–1900. (HL) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall, alternate years}

516 / 416. Studies in Twentieth-Century Music (3)

Alonso-Minutti A survey of the chief musical developments in Western Europe and the Americas from 1900, with the emphasis on music composed since 1940. (HL) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Spring, alternate years}

520. Music Through the Masters (3)

Explores in detail the fundamentals of both the tonal and the dodecaphonic systems, and at the same time, sets the basics for the understanding of the different compositional strategies that composers used after 1950. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music or GCERT Music Performance.

521 / 421. Introduction to Max Programming for Musicians (3)

523. Graduate Aural Skills Boot Camp (3)

This course develops students' ability to bring aural understanding to the music they listen to, perform, read, and write. Students will identify and address gaps in their aural training, and extend and refine their skills. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music.

525 / 325. Post-Tonal Theory (3)

Hermann Twentieth-century theoretical techniques applied analytically to all music of the century. Scales, modes, set-theory, twelve-tone theory, minimalist techniques, timbral design and specific compositional methods will be discussed. Numerous readings and projects will be included. (TC) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall, alternate years}

527. Theory Pedagogy (3)

Hermann A survey of the materials, the methodology and the content that could be encompassed in courses that teach theory. Representative textbooks, including those that deal with 20th-century techniques, will be studied. (P) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring, alternate years}

530. Music Literature and Analysis (3)

An exploration of western music history from the middle ages to the present, concentrating on a few essential composers, repertoire, and concepts. Students will be asked to apply material for their graduate study. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music or GCERT Music Performance.

531. Bibliography and Research (3)

Davies-Wilson Course includes basic procedures used in research, library orientation, investigative methods and typical materials. The course aims to teach students that research is a logical process. (HL) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

535 / 435. Special Topics in Music (1-3, no limit Δ)

May be repeated for credit, no limit as long as subject matter varies. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Offered upon demand}

537 / 437. Selected Topics in Music Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Hinterbichler, Vigneau May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as topic varies. (HL) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Offered upon demand}

538 / 438. Selected Topics in Ethnomusicology (3, no limit Δ)

539 / 439. Selected Topics in Music Theory (3, no limit Δ)

540. Proseminar in Critical Musicology (3)

Alonso Minutti Introduction to the field of musicology, including issues and concepts of music history, historiography, criticism, and assessment of current debates of musicological research. (HL) {Fall, alternate years}

541. Proseminar in Anthropology of Music (3)

Examination of the history and present practices of the discipline of ethnomusicology or the anthropology of music. Origins of the discipline, its split from comparative musicology, and recent innovations and intellectual shifts will be examined. (EM) {Spring}

542 / 442. Experimental Music Across the Americas (3)

545 / 445. Country Music and Cultural Politics (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 545 / 445) Jacobsen. Investigation of country music from an anthropological and ethnomusicological perspective, utilizing recordings and live performances to put scholarship on country music into conversation with social theory and literature on social class, gender, space/place, racial identities. (EM) {Spring}

547 / 447. Mexican Music Beyond Borders (3)

548 / 448. The Anthropology of Music and Sound (3)

549 / 449. Music Repertory (2, no limit Δ)

Comprehensive study of solo repertory for voice or individual instruments. Specific area is announced in the class schedule when the course is offered. (HL) May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as subject matter varies. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall}

551. Graduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent study in the field of music. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. Restriction: approval of Department of Music Graduate Committee. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

555. Graduate Diction for Singers (2)

C. Sheinberg. This course is designed to cover diction as applied to singing in English, Latin, Italian, German and French, using the International Phonetic Alphabet. (V) {Spring}

560. Ensemble Performance (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

Training in ensemble performance in either chamber groups or larger ensembles (band, orchestra, chorus). Specific ensemble offerings are announced each semester in the Schedule of Classes. (E) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

561. String Pedagogy I: (2)

Staff Includes an introduction to elementary skills and concepts appropriate for beginners, and exploration of ties between elementary skills and intermediate skills. Also includes study of the pedagogy of Paul Rolland and Motivation Theory. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor's approval. (P) {Fall, Spring}

562. String Pedagogy II: (2)

Staff Development of technique and musical concepts in children during their first two/three years of instruction. Other topics include development of musicianship, philosophy of Shinichi Suzuki, and human cognition as applicable to music teaching and learning. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor's approval. (P) {Fall, Spring}

563. String Pedagogy III: (2)

Staff Course will cover the pedagogy of Ivan Galamian and applications to school orchestra teaching, bow arm development, an overview of student repertoire, and educating parents about managing home practice. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor's approval. (P) {Fall, Spring}

564. String Pedagogy IV: (2)

Staff The pedagogy of John Kendall, the business of private studio management, Mozart's Concerti Nos. 3, 4 and 5, charting of technical growth from these back to the beginning student, and an overview of child development. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor's approval. (P) {Fall, Spring}

566. String Pedagogy Project (2)

Kempter An independent project, designed in consultation with string pedagogy faculty. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor's approval. (P) {Summer, Fall, Spring}

567. Readings in Pedagogy [Readings in String Pedagogy] (2)

Reading, assessment and discussion of articles and books that enrich the study of Pedagogy, enhancing understanding of and expanding options for teaching in private and group lesson situations. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require the instructor's approval.

568 / 468. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 568/468, THEA 568/468) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation. (EM) {Fall}

571. Conducting Seminar (2, may be repeated five times Δ)

Pérez-Gómez, Rombach, Staff. The development of skills and knowledge required to lead large ensembles. Score study, aural skills, rehearsal and pedagogical strategies, conducting technique, study of repertoire, and discussion of educational and artistic philosophies. For students enrolled in the Master of Music Conducting concentration only. (C) {Fall, Spring}

572. Advanced Conducting Seminar (2, may be repeated three times Δ)

Pérez-Gómez, Rombach, Staff. Continuation of MUS 571. Advanced study in technique of conducting large ensembles. (C) Open only to students enrolled in the Master of Music concentration in Conducting. Prerequisite: four credit hours of 571. {Fall, Spring}

580 / 380. Recording Techniques I (2)

Geist Introduction to modern studio recording techniques. (T) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall}

581 / 481. Recording Techniques II (2)

Geist Continuation of 580. This course is task-based, with emphasis on individual projects and hands-on training. (T) Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Spring}

584. Problems in Interdisciplinary Studies (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH 584; FDMA *485) An independent study in either critical studies or studio, beyond the scope of the Fine Arts interdisciplinary courses, which may occur within or outside the College of Fine Arts. (I)

587 / 487. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, DANC, THEA 587 / 487; FDMA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. (I) {Spring}

588 / 388. Music Pedagogy (2, no limit Δ)

For the music student who plans to teach privately, especially beginners of various ages. Specific area is announced in class schedule when course is offered. (P) May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as subject matter varies, with permission of department chairperson (or dean). If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall}

589 / 389. Music Pedagogy (2, no limit Δ)

Continuation of 588, treating problems in teaching intermediate and moderately advanced students. Specific area is announced in class schedule when course is offered. (P) May be repeated for credit, no limit, as long as subject matter varies, with permission of department chairperson (or dean). Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 588. {Spring}

595 / 395. Accompanying (1, no limit Δ)

Pyle Study and performance of accompaniment practice. (E) If the student is not pursuing a graduate degree program in music, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. (TH) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.Mu. Music. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

Music (See also: MUS) (MUSC)

1110. Music Appreciation: Jazz (3)

E. Lau, Tatum. This course explores the ideas of music in society and its cultural relevance and is designed to increase the students’ appreciation of music as well as to enhance their listening skills. Students are introduced to various periods, styles, and composers of music and become acquainted with knowledge and appreciation of jazz from various cultures and times. (NM) {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1120. Music Appreciation: Rock and Roll (3)

Kostur. This course explores the ideas of music in society and its cultural relevance and is designed to increase the students’ appreciation of music as well as to enhance their listening skills. Students are introduced to various periods, styles, and composers of music and become acquainted with knowledge and appreciation of rock and roll music from various cultures and times. (NM) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1130. Music Appreciation: Western Music (3)

J. Lau, Swalin, Staff. This course explores the ideas of music in society and its cultural relevance and is designed to increase the students’ appreciation of music as well as to enhance their listening skills. Students are introduced to various periods, styles, and composers of music and become acquainted with knowledge and appreciation of Western music from various cultures and times. (NM) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1140. Music Appreciation: World Music (3)

Ney. This course explores the ideas of music in society and its cultural relevance and is designed to increase the students’ appreciation of music as well as to enhance their listening skills. Students are introduced to various periods, styles, and composers of music and become acquainted with knowledge and appreciation of World music from various cultures and times. (NM) {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1153 [MUS 130]. Music Fundamentals (2)

Staff Introduction to basic notation, including staves, clefs, scales, key signatures, meter, rhythm, intervals, triad qualities. (TC) For music majors or minors possessing insufficient background for enrollment in MUSC 1260. Credit not applicable to a music degree. Corequisite: 130L. {Fall}

1210. Fundamentals of Music for Non-Majors (3)

Staff. A beginning course in the fundamentals of music, this course includes notation, scales, key signatures and intervals. Aural comprehension is introduced through singing intervals, scales and triads and dictating simple rhythmic and melodic patterns and students explore the basic components of music. (NM) {Fall, Spring}

1215 [MUS 124]. Group Violin I (1, no limit Δ)

Fredenburgh. For non-music majors, or as secondary instrumental study for music majors. Cannot satisfy degree requirements for music majors. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson or college dean. (NM) Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

1218 [MUS 125]. Group Violin II (1, no limit Δ)

Fredenburgh. Continuation of 1215. For non-majors, or as secondary instrumental study for music majors. Cannot satisfy degree requirements for majors. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson or college dean. (NM) Prerequisite: 1215. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

1220. Fundamentals of Piano for Non-Majors (1)

Dalager. This course will include instruction for non-music majors in beginning keyboarding skills. Students will develop their keyboard skills through practice and study of fundamentals. (NM) {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1250 [MUS 109]. Group Voice I (1, no limit Δ)

Staff Open to beginners in voice except voice performance majors. May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean). (V)

1260 [MUS 150]. Theory and Analysis I: Basic Harmony and Voice-Leading (2)

Bashwiner, Hurtado, Staff Fundamentals, part-writing and harmonic analysis: introduction to diatonic theory. (TC) Corequisite: 1260L. {Fall}

1260L [MUS 150L]. Theory and Analysis I Aural Lab: Basic Harmony and Voice-Leading (2)

Perception through sound of diatonic materials, with special emphasis on melodic, rhythmic and harmonic dictation and the singing of simple melodies, rhythms and intervals. (TC) Corequisite: 1260. {Fall}

1262 [MUS 116]. Group Guitar I (2)

Silva Students will learn to read music and play melodies, chords and simple songs. Emphasis on classical curriculum, supplemented with instruction in other styles, including rock, blues and jazz. (NM) Student must supply instrument (classical, nylon-string guitar). {Fall, Spring}

1265 [MUS 152]. Theory and Analysis II: Diatonicism (2)

Bashwiner, Hurtado, Staff Continuation of 1260. Further part-writing using diatonic materials; modulation and tonicization. (TC) Prerequisite: 1260 and 1260L. Corequisite: 1265L. {Spring}

1265L [MUS 152L]. Theory and Analysis II Aural Lab: Diatonicism (2)

Continuation of 1260L. Development of accurate perception of diatonic materials through more dictation, sight-singing and rhythmic studies. Greater emphasis on musicianship. (TC) Prerequisite: 1260 and 1260L. Corequisite: 1265. {Spring}

1267 [MUS 117]. Group Guitar II (2)

Silva For students who have completed 1262 or have some basic guitar skills. Emphasis on classical curriculum, supplemented with instruction in other styles, including folk, rock, blues and jazz. (NM) Student must supply instrument (classical, nylon-string guitar). {Fall, Spring}

1310. Recital Attendance (0, no limit Δ)

This course is for music students to attend and participate in a good number of convocation, concert, and recital performances, creating a wider appreciation for the performing arts. Attendance at a specified number of approved music performances is required. (HL) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall, Spring}

1370. String Pedagogy (2, may be repeated once Δ)

Collins, Kempter. Essentials for studio teachers, including studio accounts, establishing studio policies and parent education. Kinesthetic and physiologic considerations related to introducing students to the instrument. Suzuki Books 1 and 2 will be covered. (P) Corequisite: 1370L. {Fall, Spring}

1370L. String Pedagogy Laboratory (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Collins, Kempter. Group Lessons: New Interns are required to observe one class, and teach in another. Their first lessons are “mini” lessons, lasting 5 minutes or longer, on a single topic. By the end of the second semester, they are expected to teach the full lesson. All incoming Interns have a Mentor Intern, who is a more experienced student. A “beginning” rubric, designed exclusively for new interns outline criteria upon which they will be assessed and graded. The rubric also shows weekly progress during the semester. Each Intern receives a semester summary from his/her class Coordinator (an experienced teacher who oversees each class). All interns participate in planning and executing weekly recitals, special events, practice game, sharing concerts and the annual Gala Concert. Private Lessons: Interns record three consecutive lessons with one student, and meet with Pedagogy Faculty, during the semester for a Video Assessment, where the lessons are observed and critiqued. Course fee required. (P) Corequisite: 1370. {Fall, Spring}

1410. Introduction to Music Education (1)

Carlow, Giebelhausen, Staff. This course is an overview of teaching in the music classroom through readings and observations. Students will be introduced to the skills needed to become a reflective educator, develop observation techniques, and demonstrate knowledge of the current state of the profession. {Fall}

1510. Applied Courses (2, may be repeated seven times Δ)

Applied courses for performance concentration. Enrollment requires audition and instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

1511. Applied Courses for Non-Performance Concentration (1-2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

Applied courses for non-performance concentration. Enrollment requires audition and instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

1512. Applied Courses for Non-Majors (1, no limit Δ)

Applied courses for non-majors. Enrollment requires audition and instructor’s approval.{Fall, Spring}

1513. Applied Courses for Basic Applied Skills (2, may be repeated twice Δ)

Applied courses for basic applied skills. Enrollment requires audition and instructor’s approval. {Fall, Spring}

1540. Orchestral Instruments (1-2 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Group instruction in orchestral instruments and guitar. Specific areas are announced in the class schedule each semester. Open only to students pursuing the Bachelor of Music Education or the Bachelor of Music concentration in String Pedagogy or Theory and Composition. {Fall, Spring}

1890. Introductory Teaching Practicum (1)

Giebelhausen, Staff. Provides first-year music education majors with practical teaching experience in music classrooms. Assists in evaluating the music education candidate's suitability for a music teaching career in terms of musicianship, leadership, communication ability, and personal dispositions. Prerequisite: 1410. {Spring}

2100 [MUS 214]. Piano Proficiency (0)

Dalager. For music majors only. Examination of ability to perform major and minor scales and cadence patterns, sightreading and repertory at a basic level of proficiency. Harmonization and scorereading also required for Music Education majors. (PI) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

2120. Major Ensemble (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ)

Staff. This course is an exploration of major ensembles, allowing students to develop their abilities with their instruments in a group setting. Students will gain a broader understanding of major ensemble through study of musical history, as well as various practice exercises and performances. {Fall, Spring}

2140. Introduction to Composition (2)

Gilbert. This course helps students develop techniques for composing notated music through creative projects and compositions. Readings and discussions about developing a personal style are augmented by a broad array of listenings. (TC) Prerequisite: MUS 1260 and MUS 1260L. {Spring}

2210. Diction I (2)

C. Sheinberg. This course is designed to prepare students for singing in multiple languages using concepts of the International Phonetic Alphabet. Students will work to master the basics of phonetic singing to improve their overall musical abilities. (V) Restriction: pre-admitted or admitted to B.A. Music or B.M. Music or B.M.E. Music Education. {Fall}

2220. Diction II (2)

C. Sheinberg. This course serves as a continuing study in the concepts of the International Phonetic Alphabet. Students will continue to improve and practice their diction to develop their singing and musical abilities in order to begin the mastery of lyric diction. (V) Prerequisite: 2210. Restriction: pre-admitted or admitted to B.A. Music or B.M. Music or B.M.E. Music Education. {Spring}

2315 [MUS 236]. Introduction to Improvisation (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

Kostur. An introductory course in musical improvisation. Activities include singing, playing familiar tunes by ear and learning of tonal functions. Basic aspects of jazz harmony, vocabulary and style are introduced during the latter part of the semester. (JS) May be repeated for credit with permission of department chairperson (or dean). {Fall}

2320 [MUS 250]. Theory and Analysis III: Chromaticism (2)

Bashwiner, Hurtado Continuation of 1265. Introduction to chromaticism and modulation to remote key areas. (TC) Prerequisite: 1265 and 1265L. Corequisite: 2320L. {Fall}

2320L [MUS 250L]. Theory and Analysis III Aural Lab: Chromaticism (2)

Continuation of 1265L. Advanced singing and dictation correlated with the materials in 2320. (TC) Prerequisite: 1265 and 1265L. Corequisite: 2320. {Fall}

2322 [MUS 237]. Jazz Improvisation I (1)

J. Marchiando. Continuation of 2315. Course addresses forms of jazz tunes, idiomatic jazz vocabulary (patterns) associated with ii-V7-I chord progressions and jazz theory including chord/scale relationships. (JS) Prerequisite: 2315. {Spring}

2325 [MUS 252]. Theory and Analysis IV: Enharmonicism and Post-Tonality (2)

Bashwiner, Hurtado Continuation of 2320. Continuation of chromatic harmony and analysis. (TC) Prerequisite: 2320 and 2320L. Corequisite: 2325L. {Spring}

2325L [MUS 252L]. Theory and Analysis IV Aural Lab: Enharmonicism and Post-Tonality (2)

Continuation of 2320L. Advanced ear-training, mastering chromatic melodies and clefs. (TC) Prerequisite: 2320 and 2320L. Corequisite: 2325. {Spring}

2370. String Pedagogy (2, may be repeated once Δ)

Collins, Kempter. Private lessons for majors. Required of all music majors. One half hour lesson per week for one credit. One-hour lesson per week for two credits. One-hour lesson plus a seminar per week or equivalent for three credits. Music majors must attend a one-hour weekly studio class. (P) Student must have completed 4 credit hours of 1370 and 2 credit hours of 1370L to enroll. Restriction: permission of instructor. Corequisite: 2370L. {Fall, Spring}

2370L. String Pedagogy Laboratory (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Collins, Kempter. Teaching in the second year will include applying strategies to engage older students and peer groups in making classroom and musical decisions. Rules for creating lesson plans will be more flexible. Video assessments will focus more on teaching outcomes than on the Intern’s demeanor, pacing, etc. Strategies in teaching music literacy will be part of their experience. (P) Student must have completed 4 credit hours of 1370 and 2 credit hours of 1370L to enroll. Corequisite: 2370. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

2410. Music for the Elementary Classroom (3)

Otero. An introductory or refresher course for current or future elementary classroom teachers. Musical experiences which relate to all age groups at the elementary level will be covered, including students with special needs. {Fall, Spring}

2510. Applied Courses (2, may be repeated three times Δ)

Applied courses for performance concentration. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 1510. {Fall, Spring}

2511. Applied Courses for Non-Performance Concentration (1-2 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

Applied courses for non-performance concentration. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval. Prerequisite: 1511. {Fall, Spring}

2512. Applied Courses for Non-Majors (1, no limit Δ)

Applied courses for non-majors. Enrollment requires instructor’s approval.Prerequisite: 1512. {Fall, Spring}

2735 [MUS 239]. Spirit Marching Band (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

Rombach, Simons. The Spirit Marching Band performs at all UNM home football games. The marching band is open to all students at UNM and CNM. Each member receives a monetary stipend upon completion of the season. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

Music Education (MUSE)

216. Music Education Lab (0, no limit Δ)

Designed to provide future music teachers the opportunity to attempt teaching practices with peers and faculty in choral, instrumental and general music settings. Students will also hone their performing skills on the various instruments. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Spring}

313. Choral Music Methods (3)

Carlow. Administration, organization, literature, teaching and conducting techniques appropriate for public school choral programs. Prerequisite: 346 and 363. Corequisite: 216. {Spring, alternate years}

315. Instrumental Music Methods (3)

Administration, organization, teaching and conducting techniques appropriate for public school instrumental programs. Includes a required off-campus school teaching lab component. Prerequisite: 346 and 363. Corequisite: 216. {Fall}

317. Jazz Methods (1)

Kostur. Teaching the jazz ensemble, including style and harmony, methods, literature, organization and administration appropriate for school jazz programs. Prerequisite: MUSC 1410. {Fall, alternate years}

332. Sinfonia (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUS 332) Conducted string chamber orchestra of violins (1st and 2nd), violas, cellos and string basses. Repertory from pre-baroque through present. Open to all university students and community members by audition. Contact instructor for audition requirements. Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

333. Symphony Orchestra (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUS 333) Pérez-Gómez. Study and public performance of symphonic literature. Auditions required. Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

340. Symphonic Band (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUS 340) Simons. The UNM Symphonic Band provides a place for the serious player to explore classic and contemporary repertoire for the wind band. This group is open by audition to talented musicians regardless of academic major. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

341. Wind Symphony (1, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MUS 341) Rombach, Simons. Study, rehearsal and performance of original works and transcriptions for wind ensemble, symphonic band and chamber winds. Audition required, but open to all students. Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

342. Dolce Suono (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUS 342) Carlow. An intermediate choral ensemble that sings a broad range of repertoire in different languages. Voice placement required, but open to all students. Non-Music Education majors register for MUS 342. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

344. Las Cantantes (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUS 344) A select women's chorus that performs masterpieces of the treble voice repertoire both a cappella and with various instrumental ensembles. Audition required, but open to all students. Non-Music Education majors register for MUS 344. Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

345. Chamber Singers (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUS 345) Elite sixteen-voice ensemble (SATB) made up of primarily vocal performance and vocal music education majors who perform challenging repertoire spanning six centuries. Audition required in the fall for placement into the ensemble for the year. Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

346. Teaching Music in the Elementary Schools (3)

Giebelhausen. Designed for pre-service music education majors. Focus: methods, strategies, musicianship and curriculum development in elementary school music. Includes a required off-campus school teaching lab component. Successful completion of Music Education Screening is required for enrollment. Prerequisite: 357. {Fall}

347. Introduction to Early Childhood Music Education (1)

Hoffman An introductory methods course focused on music education of infants, toddlers and pre-schoolers. Includes field experiences with the UNM Music Prep School early childhood classes. Prerequisite: 346. {Spring, alternate years}

348. Concert Choir (0-1, may be repeated eleven times Δ [1, no limit Δ])

(Also offered as MUS 348) Staff. A highly select SATB ensemble of approximately 40 singers, specializing in choral literature from all periods. Voice placement required, but open to all students. Non-Music Education majors register for MUS 348. (E) Maximum of 8 credit hours allowed toward degrees in the College of Fine Arts, in the College of Education and Human Sciences, and in the B.A. Liberal Arts and B.I.S.I. degrees; maximum of 4 credit hours allowed towards degrees in other colleges. {Fall, Spring}

357. Foundations of Music Education [Foundations of Musical Behavior] (3)

Giebelhausen. Topics covered will include the value of a professional philosophy of music education, significant trends in the psychology of music, social contexts of music education, the role of curriculum and procedures for preventing discipline problems. Prerequisite: MUSC 1890. {Spring}

363. Conducting (2)

Rombach-Kendall Basic conducting skills directed toward music education majors. Development of beat patterns, expressive gestures, score reading and score study. Lab experience with conducting class ensemble. Prerequisite: MUS 252 and MUS 252L. Restriction: junior or senior standing; Bachelor of Music Education major. {Fall}

390. Pre-Student Teaching Internship in Music Education (1)

Students will be placed in a pre-student teaching internship that will involve working with a cooperating teacher in a K-12 music setting. Student must have passed the MEAR exam. Prerequisite: 357 and MUS 252 and MUS 252L. Restriction: junior standing and permission of instructor.

400. Student Teaching in the Elementary School (3-6, no limit Δ)

Giebelhausen, Hoffman Student must have completed preliminary requirements as stated in the Department of Music Undergraduate Student Handbook in order to enroll. Prerequisite: (313 or 315) and *455 and APMS 491 and MUS 214 and MUS 236 and MUS 252 and MUS 252L and MUS 361 and MUS 362. Corequisite: 461. {Fall, Spring}

415. Instrumental Repertory (1)

Rombach. Selecting repertoire for middle school and high school bands and orchestras, with emphasis on criteria, resources, teaching of comprehensive musicianship through repertoire and programming. Prerequisite: MUSC 1890. {Fall, alternate years}

429 / 529. Workshop (1-4, no limit Δ)

Intensive study of a particular topic related to the field of Music Education. {Summer}

438 / 538. Selected Topics in Music Education (3, no limit Δ)

Carlow, Giebelhausen, Staff. This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to focus a course structured around their expertise or research activities. {Offered upon demand}

441. Marching Band Methods (2)

Methods of teaching, organizing and administering the marching band, including charting, arranging, movement, drill and dealing with percussion and support units (e.g., flags, twirlers). Current computer technology used in creating marching drill will be taught. Prerequisite: MUSC 1890. {Spring, alternate years}

*446. Secondary School Music (3)

Giebelhausen, Staff. An examination of the role of music in secondary schools. Topics include curricula, teaching methodology, classroom management, measurement and evaluation, and music technology. Includes a required off-campus school teaching lab component. Prerequisite: 346. {Spring}

*455. Teaching Reading in the Music Classroom (3)

Hoffman Developing competencies in teaching strategies for music teachers; establishing a theoretical framework for exploring approaches to reading/language development in the music classroom. Emphasis on teaching activities, specialized skills, learning content through reading of primary/secondary sources. Prerequisite: 346 and *446. {Fall, Spring; even-numbered years}

461. Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools (3-6, no limit Δ)

Carlow, A. Sheinberg, Staff. Student must have completed preliminary requirements as stated in the Department of Music Undergraduate Handbook in order to enroll. Prerequisite: (313 or 315) and *455 and APMS 491 and MUS 214 and MUS 236 and MUS 252 and MUS 252L and MUS 361 and MUS 362. Corequisite: 400. {Fall, Spring}

477 / 577. Music Education and Diversity (3)

Carlow. Prepares music education students to work in schools with linguistically, culturally, physically and developmentally diverse student populations. Teaching materials selected will primarily represent non-traditional (western) musical cultures. Student must have passed the MEAR exam. Prerequisite: 346. {Fall}

529 / 429. Workshop (1-4, no limit Δ)

Intensive study of a particular topic related to the field of Music Education. See degree restrictions for the Master of Music concentration in Music Education. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in Music Education is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Summer}

532. Introduction to Research in Music Education (3)

Staff. Interpretation and critical analysis of recent research. Techniques and procedures for writing research proposals, reports and theses, along with instruction that will enable students to understand and evaluate research in music education. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in Music Education is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Every third Summer and every third Spring}

534. Seminar in Music Education (3)

Giebelhausen, Staff. An in-depth study of important issues facing contemporary music education. A variety of significant trends, methodologies and movements will be investigated. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in Music Education is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Every third Summer and every third Spring}

538 / 438. Selected Topics in Music Education (3, no limit Δ)

Carlow, Giebelhausen, Staff. This course allows permanent or visiting faculty to focus a course structured around their expertise or research activities. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in Music Education is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Offered upon demand}

550. Philosophy of Music Education (3)

Carlow, Staff. An examination of relevant topics and issues in music education philosophy, aesthetics and history. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in Music Education is strongly recommended. If the student is not pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education, enrollment will require instructor’s approval. {Every third Summer and every third Spring}

551. Graduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Independent study in the field of music education. Enrollment in a graduate degree program in music is strongly recommended. Restriction: permission of Department of Music Graduate Committee. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

577 / 477. Music Education and Diversity (3)

585. Technology for Music Education (3)

Giebelhausen This course explores the broad dimensions of technology as they affect the lives of teachers and students in music education. The course is a mix of theoretical ideas and practical projects. {Fall, alternate years}

598. Music Education Project (1-4)

Carlow, Giebelhausen, Staff. A substantial investigation typically involving curriculum or program development and applying theory to practice in the music classroom. A formal research proposal is required, and formal academic writing adhering to current APA standards. Open only to students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Carlow, Giebelhausen, Staff. Collection and analysis of data to answer a research question. Formal research proposal required, and formal academic writing adhering to APA standards. If human subjects are involved, IRB approval required prior to data collection. Open only to students pursuing the Master of Music concentration in Music Education. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

Native American Studies (NATV)

1150. Introduction to Native American Studies (3)

This course surveys the significance of Native American Studies through an inter-disciplinary approach to two areas of academic concentration: Indigenous Learning Communities, and Leadership and Building Native Nations. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

2110. Sociopolitical Concepts in Native America (3)

This course examines a body of politics identified with Native America specific to historical and contemporary relevance for understanding Native American/Indigenous/American Indian nations and communities. Students are challenged to identify issues and debates based on selected readings, films; case examples; and guest presentations to engage in informed discussions about the socio-political experience of Native Americans within the U.S. and indigenous peoples internationally, including ‘global’ activist movements. The course will use a seminar discussion format to present key (theoretical-methodological) approaches to developing a critical understanding of social and political issues impacting Native Americans today. To make the ‘intangible’ i.e., thinking, values, and belief systems but not limited to policies and political behavior, cultural expression that result in tangible actions affecting Native American peoples. Students are expected to develop and refine their skills in articulating verbal and written critiques of sociopolitical concepts identified.

2140. Research Issues in Native America (3)

In this course, you will critically examine research theories, methodologies, and practices of various academic disciplines used to study Native Americans. You will review research databases and collections pertaining to Native Americans. The course focuses on developing your research skills and places an emphasis on the impact and value of research for Native communities. Pre- or corequisite: 1150 or 2110.

2315 [315]. Indigenous Language Revitalization and Community Renewal [Language Recovery, Revitalization and Community Renewal] (3)

Examines Indigenous language change from the boarding school era to current trends in language planning and revitalization. Special emphasis is placed on the importance of language to culture and on current community renewal efforts by Indigenous people.

255. Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Topics courses taught by Native and non-Native faculty from The University of New Mexico and the community, varying according to instructor’s expertise. May be repeated as topic varies.

300. Research Methods in Native American Contexts (3)

Examination of the research processes and techniques involving various methodological designs. Emphasizes attention to culturally appropriate research and protocols for conducting research in Native communities. Includes practical experience conducting a research project involving Native American issues. Prerequisite: 2140.

305. Indigenous Self-Determination in Education (3)

Examines the role of Indigenous people and communities in self-determining their education by redefining educational approaches and curriculum for Indigenous students. Special emphasis on resistance to assimilation practices and policies.

325. Tribal Government (3)

While emphasizing the study of traditional American Indian society in comparison with government models of the United States, the course examines the governing structure of Indian tribes from both a historical and contemporary perspective.

326. Tribal Gaming (3)

This course covers the law and the politics of gaming as an exercise of tribal sovereignty, and examines tribal, state, and federal interests involved in the uniquely tribal enterprise of Native Nation building.

348. Native American Activism (3)

Inter-disciplinary examination of the histories, strategies, successes, and shortcomings of Native American activist movements. Course focuses on pan-Indian organizations, localized grassroots movements, treaty rights, anti-treaty rights organizations, and inter-nationalist alliances.

351. Individual Study (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Directed study of Native American Studies topics of personal interest by the student. Student must approach the instructor the semester before enrollment to develop a plan of study. A formal presentation and paper are required. Prerequisite: 300. Restriction: admitted to B.A. Native American Studies or minor in Native American Studies; and permission of instructor.

352. Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Internships in off-campus learning experiences related to the study of Native American cultures. Students, in collaboration with their Senior Academic Advisor, may select a sponsoring institution or program to oversee internship.

385. Indigenous Worldviews (3)

This course offers an inter-disciplinary academic exploration of perspectives on Indigenous arts and literature, cultures, education, language, and language re-vitalization. The environment and the emerging international legal norm of self-determination for Indigenous peoples are also examined.

402 / 502. Education, Power and Indigenous Communities (3)

How economic, political and social power influences the education of indigenous youth is the emphasis of the course. Topics include who defines the concept of an “educated person” and in what contexts.

423/523 [*423]. Self-Determination and Indigenous Human Rights (3)

Analyzes the emerging norm of self-determination and its impact on indigenous peoples in the international legal system. Colonization, liberation, and the political futures of culturally distinct peoples are examined from inter-disciplinary perspectives.

424 / 524. Principles of Leadership in Indigenous Contexts (3)

Will gain a critical understanding of theoretical concepts and frameworks of leadership from a Western and Indigenous perspective. Examine both historical and contemporary tribal leadership (including global) and address issues impacting their communities.

*436. Environmental Ethics and Justice in Native America (3)

Complex ways in which Native peoples form relationships with their environment are examined. Differences and similarities between Native and dominant cultural conceptions of the environment and environmental justices are considered within an inter-disciplinary context.

445/545. Politics of Identity (3)

Examines Native identities in law, biology, culture, and via self-identification within an inter-disciplinary context. Discussion will focus on federal intrusions, misappropriations, and adaptations that strengthen the sovereignty of Native Nations.

*450. Topics in Native American Studies (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Topics courses taught by faculty from The University of New Mexico and the surrounding community which vary according to the instructor’s expertise. {Fall, Spring}

*461. Community-Based Learning in Indigenous Contexts (3)

Explores the meanings of “Indigenous education” through current scholarship and through active participation in a community-based setting. Examines Indigenous educational traditions and their applications for contemporary practices while engaging in community-based learning and service.

*462. Native American Oral Tradition and Language Reclamation (3)

Native American stories function much like food for the soul. Students will learn an inter-disciplinary context how ancestral and contemporary stories, oral and written, continue to represent the thoughts, values and life ways of Native people.

*474. Seminar: Applying Traditions of Native American Philosophy (3)

An examination of philosophical thought by Native peoples in both historic and modern context in science, government, law, education, psychology, and cosmology. Native social systems and Native philosophical contributions to the world’s societies are examined.

*480. Building Native Nations: Community Revitalization, Culture, Decolonization, and Indigenous Thought (3)

This course critically engages Indigenous community revitalization dynamics and its relationship to culture, Indigenous thought, and decolonization. Principals relating to political sovereignty, cultural self-determination, economic viability, social and economic justice, and strategic planning underlie the notion of Nation Building for Native people.

502 / 402. Education, Power and Indigenous Communities (3)

510. Individual Study (1 to 6, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course provides graduate students with the opportunity to work one-on-one with an instructor to facilitate a rigorous study of a subject or the completion of a project.

522. Indigenous Community Approaches in Restorative Justice (3)

Explores the existence of Indigenous frameworks of restorative justice. The impact of Western structures and EuroAmerican colonization is critiqued. The course centers upon the importance of Indigenous restorative justice in community building for self-determination.

523/423 [*423]. Self-Determination and Indigenous Human Rights (3)

524 / 424. Principles of Leadership in Indigenous Contexts (3)

530. Gender and Indigenous Leadership (3)

The course critically explores the roles gender has played traditionally in tribal and Indigenous communities, how/or if colonization has impacted those norms and roles, and understanding contemporary leadership roles on tribal, national, and international levels.

535. Issues in Contemporary Native Leadership (3)

Critically examines contemporary issues and perspectives on Native leadership. Topics covered include contemporary Native community issues, traditional leadership elements and methodologies, leadership challenges, and nation-building leadership approaches.

540. Indigenous Economies, Sustainability, and Environmental Protection (3)

Critically examines the complex systems Native peoples are a part of and form with their environment and way of life. Economic development, sustainable practices, environmental protection, and community revitalization dynamics are analyzed.

545/445. Politics of Identity (3)

550. Indigenous Nations and Sustainable Communities Seminar (3)

Will examine how Indigenous peoples have come to their current reality and how they may move forward in adapting, revitalizing, and sustaining Indigenous community and the present and into the future.

551. Problems (1 to 3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Intensive, directed study at the graduate level of particular topics and issues pertaining to the field of Native American Studies. Permission of the Department Graduate Director required prior to registration.

555. Native American Policy and Community Building (3)

Critically engages Native policy and community building dynamics. Principles relating to political sovereignty, cultural self-determination, economic sustainability, social and economic justice, and strategic planning underlie the notion of Native policy development and community building.

560. Research Method and Practice in Indigenous Scholarship (3)

Critically examines research theories, methodologies, and practices in Native American Studies. Diverse research methods are explored, with emphasis on decolonizing approaches and the impact and value of research for Native communities.

570. Indigenous Thought and Ethics (3)

Introduces students to diverse and complex theoretical and contextual perspectives in Native American Studies through and examination of the most significant contemporary scholarship. Transcends disciplinary boundaries and grounds scholarly inquiry in frameworks reflecting Native-centered ethics.

590. Project of Excellence (3 or 6, may be repeated once Δ)

Graduate students are required to complete. Demonstrate accumulation of a theoretical foundation that can be successfully applied to address a target topic or issue relevant to a particular Native community, inter/national audience or indigenous group/organization. Prerequisite: 560 and 570.

595. Topics in Native American Studies (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Specialized topics taught by the Native American Studies department faculty from UNM and the surrounding community which vary according to the instructor's expertise. Subject areas can include but not limited to education, identity, environment, and decolonization.

Navajo (See also: NVJO) (NAVA)

1110. Navajo I (3)

The purpose of this beginning class is to develop listening, speaking, reading and writing skills to communicate at an elementary level. The course will use a communicative approach for students to learn about the fundamentals of vocabulary, grammar, conversation, and Navajo cultures. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

1120. Navajo II (3)

The purpose of this course is to enhance speaking, reading and writing of Navajo. The course will use a communicative approach for students to learn and utilize more complex vocabulary and grammar for reading, writing, and conversing in the language. Prerequisite: 1110. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

1150. Navajo Medical (3)

Using a chart of the human body, students will locate and name the body part in question. In a primary care context, student will say phrases such as ‘breath in’, ‘breath out’, ‘show me where it hurts’, ‘open your mouth’, ‘say aaah’, and so forth. Historical narratives highlight the difference in beliefs of wellness. One such belief is that being fat is not seen as a health concern among some Navajos. Therefore, it’s essential to understand some of the beliefs to help a patient. Does not satisfy language requirement of College of Arts and Sciences. {Offered upon demand}

2110. Intermediate Navajo I (3)

Intermediate Navajo for students who have completed 1120 or equivalent. Introduction to Navajo phonology, morphology, syntax as well as the use of Young and Morgan's 'The Navajo Language'. Emphasis on comprehension and conversation. Prerequisite: 1120. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2120. Intermediate Navajo II (3)

Intermediate Navajo for students who have completed 2110 or equivalent. Continued exploration of Navajo sentence and word structure. Course work will involve extensive reading, writing as well as situational speaking and listening skills. Prerequisite: 2110. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

Nuclear Engineering (NE)

101. Introduction to Nuclear Engineering (1)

An introduction to the profession of nuclear engineering; current research in this field; career choices; guidance and advice on curricular matters and effective study techniques for nuclear engineering students.

213. Laboratory Electronics for Nuclear, Chemical and Biological Engineers (3)

(Also offered as CBE 213) Basic DC and AC circuits including capacitors and inductors and their applications in radiation measurement equipment and chemical process parameter measurements. Oscilloscopes, Op Amps, and Sensors and their use in the NE laboratories. {Spring}

230. Principles of Radiation Protection (3)

Nuclear reactions, decay, interactions of physical radiation with matter, methods of radiation detection and biological effects of radiation, external and internal dosimetry. Open-ended exercises and design project. Prerequisite: (CHEM 1215 or CHEM 1217) and CHEM 1215L. {Fall}

231. Principles of Nuclear Engineering (3)

Introduction to nuclear engineering and nuclear processes; neutron interactions with matter, cross sections, fission, neutron diffusion, criticality, kinetics, chain reactions, reactor principles, fusion and the nuclear fuel cycle. Includes open-ended exercises. Prerequisite: CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1215L and MATH 1522. Corequisite: 314. {Spring}

311. Introduction to Transport Phenomena (3)

The mechanisms and the related mathematical analysis of momentum and heat transport in both the molecular and turbulent regimes. Similarities and differences between transport types and the prediction of transport properties. Prerequisite: 314 and MATH **316. Corequisite: 315. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

312. Unit Operations (3)

A study of the unit operations involved with momentum and heat transfer. Focus will be on the basics of equipment design and how to synthesize a process from the basic units. Includes extensive use of computer techniques and design exercises. Prerequisite: 311. Corequisite: 313L. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

313L. Introduction to Laboratory Techniques for Nuclear Engineering (4)

Techniques for error analysis, experiments in fluid flow, heat transfer, neutron detectors and neutron activation plus neutron diffusion theory and Fermi age. Design and development of experiments, emphasis on written presentations. Prerequisite: ENGL 2210. Corequisite: 312. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

314. Thermodynamics and Nuclear Systems (3)

First and second law of thermodynamics and application to electrical generation, particularly nuclear energy conversion systems. Types of nuclear power plants, primary, secondary systems, feedwater, regeneration, and superheating. Corequisite: 231. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

315. Nuclear Engineering Analysis and Calculations (3)

Application of analytical and numerical techniques to neutron diffusion problems and point reactor kinetics. Includes data analysis; solution of ODEs and PDEs for nuclear criticality problems, and point kinetics with and without delayed neutrons. Prerequisite: 231 and CS 151L and MATH **316. Corequisite: 311. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

**323L. Radiation Detection and Measurement (4)

Radiation interaction with matter and detection techniques for nuclear radiations. Experiments will be performed using gas, scintillation and semiconductor counters and include the design of experiments and identification of unknown radionuclides. Prerequisite: ENGL 2210. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

*330. Nuclear Engineering Science (3)

Nuclear reactions, cross-sections and reaction rates, special relativity, quantum effects, atomic structure, nuclear properties, nuclear stability, decay modes, and neutron scattering. Prerequisite: 230 and MATH **316 and PHYS 1320. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

371. Nuclear Materials Engineering (3)

Understanding of material behavior from a molecular viewpoint. The effects of structure, properties, and processing of materials used in nuclear systems on their behavior in radiation environments. Corequisite: 231. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

410 / 510. Nuclear Reactor Theory (3)

Neutron transport equation, differential scattering cross section, diffusion approximation, one group diffusion theory including green’s function and eigenfunction expansion, Breit-Wigner formula, slowing down theory, reactor kinetics, multigroup methods, topics selected from numerical methods for reactor analysis. Prerequisite: 315. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

*413L. Nuclear Engineering Laboratory I (3)

Laboratory investigations of the theory and practice of nuclear chain-reacting systems including open-ended experiments and experimental design, covering reactor kinetics, importance functions and criticality. One lecture, 6 hours lab. Prerequisite: 313L and 410. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

439 / 539. Radioactive Waste Management (3)

(Also offered as CE 539) Introduction to the nuclear fuel cycle emphasizing sources, characteristics and management of radioactive wastes. Types of radiation, radioactive decay calculations, shielding requirements. Radwaste management technologies and disposal options. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

449. Seminar in Hazardous Waste Management (1, no limit Δ)

Invited lectures on a variety of topics in hazardous waste, environmental engineering and science and related topics. Students prepare short written assignments. May be counted twice toward a degree. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering.

452. Senior Seminar (1)

Senior year. Reports on selected topics and surveys; presentation and discussion of papers from current technical journals, and topics of interest to nuclear engineers. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

462 / 562. Monte Carlo Techniques for Nuclear Systems (3)

Monte Carlo methods for nuclear criticality and reactor analysis and radiation shielding calculation using production Monte Carlo codes, understand basics of probability and statistics and of particle transport in the context of Monte Carlo methods. Prerequisite: 410. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

464 / 564. Thermal-Hydraulics of Nuclear Systems (3)

Nuclear system heat transfer and fluid flow; convection in single and two phase flow; liquid metal heat transfer, pressure loss calculations; fuel element design and heat transfer; thermal-hydraulics design of nuclear systems. Prerequisite: 312 and 313L and 410. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

468 / 568. Introduction to Space Nuclear Power (3)

Introduction to design and mass optimization of Space Power Systems, passive and active energy conversion systems and design of RTG’s, radiation shield, heat pipe theory, design and applications, advanced radiators, TE-EM pumps and orbital lifetime calculations and safety. Prerequisite: MATH **312 or MATH **316. Pre- or corequisite: 464. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

470. Nuclear Fuel Cycle and Materials (3)

Materials for use in nuclear reactors, metallurgy and irradiation behavior, fundamentals of the nuclear fuel cycle including the uranium, thorium, and advanced fuel cycles. Prerequisite: 371 and 410 and 464. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

*485. Fusion Technology (3)

The technology of fusion reactor systems including basic magnetic and inertial confinement physics, system designs, material considerations, shielding, blanket designs, fuel cycle, plant operations, magnets, and ICF drivers. Prerequisite: MATH **316. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

491–492. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ, 1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced studies in various areas of nuclear engineering. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

495–496. Nuclear Engineering Honors Problems I and II (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ, 1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Senior thesis for students seeking departmental honors. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

*497L. Nuclear Engineering Computational Methods (3)

Problem solving techniques, nuclear systems, design, interactions of parameters and the importance of trade-offs and optimization in design. Neutronics, computer models and impact of cross sections and materials on fissile systems. Two lectures, 2 hours lab. Prerequisite: 410. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Fall}

498L. Nuclear Engineering Design (3)

Students will work in teams on a capstone design project requiring the application of nuclear engineering principles and the integration of material from other disciplines, with emphasis on creativity, decision-making and interactive design. Three lectures, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: 410 and 462 and 464 and *497L. Corequisite: 470. Restriction: admitted to School of Engineering. {Spring}

499. Selected Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

501. Nuclear Engineering Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

Colloquia, special lectures and individual study in areas of current research. A maximum of 3 credit hours can be applied toward degree. {Fall, Spring}

502. Nuclear Engineering Research Methods Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

Students will work on developing research proposals for their masters or doctoral degree. The course will involve oral presentations of proposals and journal article critiques. {Fall}

508. Nuclear Engineering Research Seminar (2, may be repeated nine times Δ)

Discussion of topics such as space nuclear power and propulsion, reactor design thermal-hydraulics, nuclear fuel cycles and materials, energy conversion, computation and simulation, space radiation effects and shielding, criticality safety, and instrumentation and control. {Fall, Spring, offered upon demand}

510 / 410. Nuclear Reactor Theory (3)

511. Advanced Nuclear Reactor Theory (3)

The theory of nuclear chain-reacting systems with emphasis on computer methods used in current applications. Multigroup diffusion theory, transport theory and Monte Carlo methods and applications to nuclear system design. Prerequisite: 510 and 525. {Spring}

513L. Graduate Nuclear Engineering Laboratory (1-4 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Laboratory investigations of the theory and practice of nuclear chain-reacting systems. Experiments on the UNM AGN-201M reactor and the ACRR at SNL. Course credit based on the extent of related course work in student’s undergraduate program. One lecture, 6 hours lab. {Spring, offered upon demand}

515. Special Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

520. Radiation Interactions and Transport (3)

Theoretical and numerical methods for neutral and charged particle interactions and transport in matter. Linear transport theory, spherical harmonics expansions, PN methods, Gauss quadra, discrete ordinates SN methods, discretization techniques, Fokker-Planck theory. Development of calculational methods including computer codes. Applications to nuclear systems. Prerequisite: 317 and 510 and 525. {Spring, offered upon demand}

523L. Environmental Measurements Laboratory (1-4 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

In-depth consideration of radiation detection systems and nuclear measurement techniques. Experiments using semiconductor devices, MCA/MCSs, sampling techniques, dosimeters, tracer techniques and radiochemistry. Emphasis on selection of sampling techniques and instrumentation for measuring low-levels of radiation in air, soil and water. Course credit determined for each student based on the extent of related laboratory work in his or her undergraduate program. Two lectures, 3 hours lab. {Fall}

524. Interaction of Radiation with Matter (3)

Nuclear models and energy levels, cross sections, decay processes, range/energy relationships for alphas, betas, gammas, neutrons and fission products. Ionization, scattering and radiative energy exchange processes. Effect of radiation on typical materials used in the nuclear industry. Both theory and application will be presented. Prerequisite: 330 and MATH **316. {Fall}

525. Methods of Analysis in Nuclear, Chemical and Biological Engineering (3)

(Also offered as CBE 525) Mathematical methods used in chemical and nuclear engineering; partial differential equations of series solutions transport processes, integral transforms. Applications in heat transfer, fluid mechanics and neutron diffusion. Separation of variables eigen function expansion. {Fall}

527. Radiation Biology for Engineers and Scientists (3)

(Also offered as MPHY 527) Covering fundamentals of the biological effects of ionizing radiation on living systems, especially man; basic biological mechanisms which bring about somatic and genetic effects; and the effect of ionizing radiation on cell cultures. Restriction: permission of instructor.

528. External Radiation Dosimetry (3)

Ionizing radiation, Kerma, Fluence, Dose, and Exposure, Attenuation and Buildup, Charged Particle Equilibrium, Bragg-Gray Cavity Theory and other Cavities, Fundamentals of Dosimetry, Ionizations Chambers, Integrating Dosimetry, and Pulse Mode Detectors, and Neutron Interactions and Dosimetry. Both theory and applications will be presented. Pre- or corequisite: 524. {Spring}

529. Internal Radiation Dosimetry (3)

Internal contamination, radiation quantities, ICRP dose methodologies, lung models, bioassay, whole body counting, uranium and plutonium toxicology and metabolism, alpha dosimetry and ventilation control/air sampling. Prerequisite: 524. {Fall}

539 / 439. Radioactive Waste Management (3)

551–552. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ; 1-3)

562 / 462. Monte Carlo Techniques for Nuclear Systems (3)

564 / 464. Thermal-Hydraulics of Nuclear Systems (3)

568 / 468. Introduction to Space Nuclear Power (3)

Introduction to design and mass optimization of Space Power Systems, passive and active energy conversion systems, and design of RTG’s, radiation shield, heat pipe theory, design and applications, advanced radiators, TE-EM pumps and orbital lifetime calculations and safety. Prerequisite: 231 and MATH **316. {Spring}

571. Radiation Damage in Materials (3)

Fundamentals of radiation damage and long term evolution of damage structure in structural materials for nuclear applications.

591. Practicum (3 or 6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

(Also offered as MPHY 591) Professional practice experience in radiation protection and environmental measurements in non-traditional settings under the guidance of health physicists and radiation protection engineers. Internship arrangement with a local facility employing health physicists or related personnel such as a national laboratory, analytical facility, or hospital. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

610. Advanced Methods in Radiation Transport (3)

Advanced numerical methods in neutral and charged particle transport, including discontinuous finite element methods, structured and unstructured grids, adjoint techniques and Monte Carlo methods. Prerequisite: 511.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

See Graduate Programs section for total credit requirements. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

NMNEC Nursing (NMNC)

3110. Introduction to Nursing Concepts (3)

This course introduces the nursing student to the concepts of nursing practice and conceptual learning. Corequisite: 3120 and 3135. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

3120. Evidence-Based Practice (3)

This course focuses on the principles of evidence-based nursing practice. Includes identification of clinical practice problems, evaluation of available evidence, and integration of evidence with clinical expertise and patient preferences in application to practice. Corequisite: 3110 and 3135. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

3135. Principles of Nursing Practice (4)

Introduces the nursing student to the application of concepts through clinical skills in seminar, laboratory, and/or clinical settings. Principles of communication, assessments, safety, and interventions including accurate calculation, measurement, and administration of medications are included. Corequisite: 3110 and 3120. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

3210. Health and Illness Concepts I (3)

This course will focus on health and illness concepts across the lifespan, with the focus on wellness and common variations. Concepts covered are related to homeostasis/regulation, sexuality/reproductive, protection/movement and emotional processes. Prerequisite: 3110 and 3120 and 3135. Corequisite: 3220 and 3235. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

3220. Health Care Participant (3)

This course introduces the nursing student to the attributes of the health care participant as an individual, a family, or a community. Prerequisite: 3110 and 3120 and 3135. Corequisite: 3210 and 3230 and 3235.

3230. Nursing Pharmacology (3)

This course introduces the nursing student to pharmacologic nursing practice from a conceptual approach. Prerequisite: 3110 and 3135 and NURS 240. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

3235. Assessment and Health Promotion (4)

This course introduces the nursing student to the assessment of and the health promotion for the health care participant as an individual, a family, or a community. This course uses seminar, laboratory and/or clinical settings. Prerequisite: 3110 and 3120 and 3135. Corequisite: 3210 and 3220 and 3230. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

4310. Health and Illness Concepts II (3)

This course will cover health and illness concepts across the lifespan. Concepts covered are related to oxygenation and hemostasis, homeostasis and regulation, protection and movement, and cognitive and behavioral processes. Prerequisite: 3210 and 3220 and 3230 and 3235. Corequisite: 4320 and 4335. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

4320. Professional Nursing Concepts I (3)

This course covers foundational concepts for professional development, including selected professional attributes and care competencies. Prerequisite: 3210 and 3220 and 3230 and 3235. Corequisite: 4310 and 4335. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

4335. Care of Patients with Chronic Conditions (4)

The focus of this course is to provide safe, evidence-based nursing care for patients with chronic conditions, across the lifespan in a variety of settings. This course builds upon curricular concepts; combines lab and clinical. Prerequisite: 3210 and 3220 and 3230 and 3235. Corequisite: 4310 and 4320. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

4410. Health and Illness Concepts III (4)

This course will cover health and illness concepts across the lifespan. Concepts covered are related to homeostasis/regulation, oxygenation/hemostasis, protection/movement and emotional processes. Prerequisite: 4310 and 4320 and 4335. Corequisite: 4435 and 4445. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

4435. Clinical Intensive I (4)

The first of two Level Four clinical courses in which the student will apply curricular concepts in the management of care participants with acute conditions across the lifespan. This course combines seminar, lab, and clinical. Prerequisite: 4310 and 4320 and 4335. Corequisite: 4410 and 4445. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

4445. Clinical Intensive II (4)

The second of two Level Four clinical courses in which the student will apply curricular concepts in the management of care participants with acute conditions across the lifespan. This course combines seminar, lab, and clinical. Prerequisite: 4310 and 4320 and 4335. Corequisite: 4410 and 4435. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

4510. Concept Synthesis (3)

This course will focus on the synthesis of curricular concepts in the care of complex patients. Prerequisite: 4410 and 4435 and 4445. Corequisite: 4520 and 4535 and 4545. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

4520. Professional Nursing Concepts II (3)

This course covers policy concepts for professional nursing. Prerequisite: 4410 and 4435 and 4445. Corequisite: 4510 and 4535 and 4545. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

4535. Clinical Intensive III (4)

The focus of this clinical course is application of the curricular concepts in the management of care participants with complex conditions across the lifespan. This course is a combination of seminar, lab, and clinical. Prerequisite: 4410 and 4435 and 4445. Corequisite: 4510 and 4520 and 4545. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

4545. BSN Capstone (4)

The synthesis, integration, and application of concepts to professional nursing practice will be applied in the final clinical course to ensure readiness to enter practice. Prerequisite: 4410 and 4435 and 4445. Corequisite: 4510 and 4520 and 4535. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

Nanoscience and Microsystems (NSMS)

510. Chemistry and Physics at the Nanoscale (3)

Students will study chemical and physical concepts necessary to understand nanoscale materials: Quantum properties, charge confinement, and nanoscale thermodynamics, surface and interfacial forces, nanomachines and nanostructures, self-organization, and scaling. Emphasis on problem-solving skills development. {Spring}

512. Characterization Methods for Nanostructures (3)

(Also offered as CBE 512 / 412, CHEM 569 / 469) Nanostructure characterization methods. Examine principles underlying techniques and limitations, and how to interpret data from each method: electron beam, scanning probe, x-ray, neutron scattering, optical and near field optical. Lab demonstrations and projects provide experience. {Fall}

518. Synthesis of Nanostructures (3)

Underlying physical and chemical principles (optics, organic and inorganic chemistry, colloid chemistry, surface and materials science) for nanostructure formation using ‘top-down’ lithography (patterned optical exposure of photosensitive materials) and ‘bottom-up’ self-assembly. Labs will synthesize samples. Prerequisite: 510. {Fall}

519. Advanced Micro- and Nanosystems Engineering (4)

(Also offered as ME 419/519) Lectures and laboratory projects on physical theory, design, analysis, fabrication, and characterization of micro and nanosystems. Special attention given to scaling effects involved with operation of devices at nano and microscale. {Fall}

550. Social and Ethical Issues in Nanotechnology (1-3)

In this course, students will examine issues arising from this emerging technology, including those of privacy, health and safety, the environment, public perception and human enhancement.

574L. Microelectronics Processing (3)

(Also offered as ECE 474L / 574L) Materials science of semiconductors, microelectronics technologies, device/circuit fabrication, parasitics and packaging. Lab project features small group design/fabrication/testing of MOS circuits. Pre- or corequisite: ECE **371.

581. Colloidal Nanocrystals for Biomedical Applications (3)

(Also offered as BIOM, BME, ECE 581) Intended for students planning careers combining engineering, materials science, and biomedical sciences. Covers synthesis, nanocrystals characterization, biofunctionalization, biomedical nanosensors, FRET-based nanosensing, molecular-level sensing/imaging, and applications in cell biology, cancer diagnostics and therapy, neuroscience, and drug delivery.

595. Special Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

650. Research (1-12 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

May be repeated with any single faculty member.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Natural Science (NTSC)

1110. Physical Science for Teachers (4)

Introduces the science of geology, chemistry, physics and astronomy, with emphasis on the sciences processes, inquiry and the integration of technology. This course is activity based utilizing problems and issues based approach. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

1120. Life Science for Teachers (4)

Uses activities for the study of science topics including botany, cell biology, genetics, microbiology and zoology with emphasis on science processes, inquiry and the integration of technology. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

2110. Environmental Science for Teachers (4)

Introduces major issues in environmental science with emphasis on science processes, scientific investigations and field-based activities, and the integration of technology. Course topics include current issues on population, healthy ecosystems, and natural resources. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

*400. Science Topics for Educators (1-4, may be repeated twice Δ)

Topics in specific science content areas with a focus on scientific process and inquiry. Topics vary; lectures are normally supplemented with laboratory exercises. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Nuclear Medicine Imaging (NUCM)

315. Radiation Safety (2)

Faculty. An introduction to radiation protection topics which are common to Radiography and Nuclear Medicine. Topics to be covered include, radiation units, radioactivity, radiation sources, background radiation, biological effects of radiation, dose limits, radiation shielding, methods of dose reduction and regulations. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

320. Clinical Nuclear Technology I (4)

Faculty. Practical experience in the performance of clinical nuclear medicine studies under direct supervision of certified technologists and staff physicians. Includes competency examinations, patient care assessment, radiopharmaceutical reconstitution, oral exams and CPR certification. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Fall}

354. Clinical Radiopharmacy (3)

Faculty. Review of basic chemistry; principles of radiopharmacy/radiochemistry including radiopharmaceutical preparation dose calculation, quality control and federal/state regulations. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Fall}

360. Imaging Instrumentation I (3)

Faculty. A study of the physical properties of nuclear medicine and the spectroscopy and instrumentation utilized in tomographic imaging. Emphasis on instrumentation for radiation detection and measurement in a nuclear pharmacy or nuclear medicine environment. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

365. Clinical Nuclear Technology II (4)

Faculty. A continuation of student assigned rotations for clinical practicum at our affiliate facilities. Prerequisite: 320. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

375. Nuclear Physics and Instrumentation (3)

Faculty. Principles of nuclear physics, ionization chambers, G-M tubes, scintillation and solid state detectors, associated electronics and quality control procedures. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Fall}

380. Nuclear Medicine Cross Sectional Anatomy (2)

Course examines three- and four-dimensional relationships of the skull, brain, CNS, thorax, abdomen, pelvis and extremities correlating this information with nuclear medicine imaging modality.

385. Imaging Instrumentation II (3)

Faculty. Foundations of single photon emission computed tomograph (SPECT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), positron emission tomography (PET), and magnetic source imaging (MSI). Prerequisite: 360. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Spring}

392. Pathology Seminar (4)

Faculty. An interactive interdisciplinary case study seminar in film interpretation integrating x-ray, CT, MRI, sonography and nuclear medicine. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

396. Essentials of Nuclear Medicine Imaging I (3)

Faculty. Basic anatomy and pathophysiology, methods of localization, radiopharmaceuticals, nuclear instrumentation and imaging techniques. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Spring}

400. Clinical Nuclear Technology III (3)

Faculty. A continuation of student rotation through the division of nuclear medicine at The University of New Mexico Hospital, Presbyterian Hospital, and Veterans Administration Medical Center. Prerequisite: 365. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Summer}

412. Nuclear Radiation Biology (2)

Faculty Interaction of alpha, beta, electromagnetic and high LET particle radiations from nuclear interactions and disintegrations with biologic material. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Summer}

415. Essentials of Nuclear Medicine Imaging II (3)

Faculty. Continuation of 396. Prerequisite: 396. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences. {Summer}

Nursing (NURS)

129. Topics (1-3)

An opportunity for nurses to update their knowledge and skills in nursing process in maintenance of preventive, therapeutic and restorative health care. Restriction: permission of advisor.

224. Application of Growth and Development to Health Care (3)

Presentation of theories of psychosocial and biological growth and development across the life span. Stresses application of concepts to health care delivery.

229. Topics (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Courses related to preparation for a career in nursing. Variety of topic courses may be offered based upon demand.

239. Pathophysiology I (3)

This course is an introduction to human pathophysiology focusing on forming a basic understanding of pathophysiology for students. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 2210.

240. Pathophysiology II (3)

This course is an introduction to human pathophysiology focusing on forming a basic understanding of pathophysiology for nursing students. Prerequisite: 239 and BIOL 2210. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 2225. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

241. Pathophysiology for Nursing Professionals (4, may be repeated once Δ)

The course focuses on developing a greater understanding of pathophysiology for nursing professionals applicable to healthcare practice. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

293. Topics (1-6)

297. Independent Study (1-3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of advisor. {Fall, Spring}

301. Professional Communication for Nurses (1)

This course focuses on improvement of writing skills and written communication for nursing professionals with an emphasis on application of American Psychological Association (APA) style. Corequisite: 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

302. Advancement of Professional Nursing (2)

Focus on advancement of professional development and nursing values. Self-awareness, professional identity, experiences of diversity and disparities are explored. Intellectual skills and strategies providing professional nursing standards of care and foundational principles are reviewed. Corequisite: 301. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

329. Topics (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Courses related to preparation for a career in nursing. Variety of topic courses may be offered based upon demand.

404. Nursing Research and Evidence-Based Practice (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Emphasis on the development of skills needed to critically read and evaluate research for its application to clinical practice for the currently practicing nurse. Prerequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

405. Genetic Literacy Across the Lifespan (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course provides an introduction to human genetics and application of genetic and genomic concepts to nursing practice, health care, and society. Prerequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

406. Nursing in the Community (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Promoting and protecting the health of the public, exploring theoretical basis for community-oriented population nursing practice focusing on health promotion, risk reduction and disease management and control strategies. Prerequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

407. Nursing Care of Vulnerable Populations (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course focuses on nursing roles that address the health needs of vulnerable populations. Selected population groups who have increased risk for health disparities and models of care delivery and outcomes will be examined. Prerequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

408. Professional Leadership and Management Roles in Nursing (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course focuses on nursing leadership and management roles within various health care systems' organizational structures. The impact of these roles and their relationship to quality improvement and patient safety are examined. Prerequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

409. Health Policy, Economics and Systems (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course focuses on relationships among health policy, organizational systems and economics. The course will address how policies influence organizational responses to local, national and global issues of equity, access and affordability in healthcare. Prerequisite: 301 and 302. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

410. Foundations of Leading Change and Advancing Health (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course focuses on the synthesis of knowledge and skills learned throughout the program, and their application in the clinical setting. Prerequisite: 404 and 405 and 406 and 407 and 408 and 409. Restriction: permission of advisor.

421. Nurse Intern Professional Knowledge Development (1, may be repeated once Δ)

This course will assist currently enrolled students who have secured a position as a nurse intern to increase competence in the professional role of the nurse. This seminar will examine student identified learning issues. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

422. Nurse Intern Professional Role Development (1, may be repeated once Δ)

This course will assist students who have secured a position as a nurse intern to increase competence in professional nursing. This seminar will examine communication problems in the current health care setting. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

*429. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

432. UNMH Nurse Residency Program (3)

Focus on the development of critical thinking skills and application of leadership skills in the provision of high quality, evidence-based nursing care, healthcare team coordination, and facilitation of oversight and accountability for care delivery. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing (RN to B.S.N. degree completion option).

433. Introduction to Holistic Nursing (3)

Examines the conceptual foundations of Holistic Nursing and application of this theory to baccalaureate-level nursing practice. It explores self-care, reflective learning, and the integration of complementary, alternative and indigenous healing modalities into nursing. Restriction: admitted to College of Nursing.

434. Introduction to Oncology Nursing (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This introductory course provides a foundation for understanding cancer etiology, cancer as a chronic disease, and providing care to patients experiencing a cancer diagnosis, treatment complications, or trouble coping. Prerequisite: 240 and NMNC 3230.

469. Special Populations in Obstetrics (3)

Explores issues relevant to the nursing care of special obstetric populations utilizing both evidence-based practice and media resources. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

470. Nursing Wound Care Management (3, may be repeated two times)

This course introduces the principles of wound therapy including dressing materials and treatments. Current evidence based education in the areas of prevention, evaluation and treatment will be applied to the area of skin and wound management. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

471. Breastfeeding (3)

This course focuses upon the breastfeeding family with emphasis upon maternal and newborn assessment, latch assessment, and application of the nursing process through common breastfeeding problems. A lactation clinical experience or the equivalent is required. Prerequisite: NMNC 3235.

472. Healthcare Ethics for Nurses (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course explores ethical concepts offering frameworks for working through ethical conflict not only within one’s self, whether in personal or professional life, intra- and interprofessionally. Codes of ethics, legal obligations, and policies addressed. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

473. End of Life Care (3)

Exploration of end of life care with focus on symptom management, pain management, and social, cultural and emotional issues. Themes include family, nurse as advocate, culture, and interdisciplinary care.

474. Patient Education (3)

Intensive exploration of the role of nurse as educator. Review adult learning principles and application of principles to patients in clinical settings. Restriction: permission of advisor.

478. Care of the Veteran (3)

Preparation for care of the Veteran population; explores health issues and topics such as military and veteran culture, Veterans Health Administration, PTSD, traumatic brain injury, women in the military, military sexual trauma, and chemical exposures. Prerequisite: NMNC 3135.

480. Complementary and Alternative Medicine (3)

Explores complementary and alternative medicine in nursing, examining applications to both established health and illness concepts and herbology. Explores CAM in community settings and relates its cultural context to local communities and other healthcare settings.

497. Independent Study (1-3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of advisor. {Fall, Spring}

498. Honors Study in Nursing I (1 or 2, may be repeated once Δ)

Students will apply process of scientific inquiry to relevant, current issues affecting healthcare to generate and add to evidence-based practice. Demonstrate knowledge synthesis through project development, poster presentation, and/or scholarly paper addressing problem of interest. Restriction: admitted to B.S.N. Nursing.

499. Honors Study in Nursing II (1-3, may be repeated once Δ)

501. Theoretical Foundations of Advanced Nursing (3)

Examines selected theories in nursing and health. Approaches to the analysis, critique and utilization of theories in nursing practice and scholarship are emphasized. Students develop and apply a theory and analysis to an area of interest. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

503. Research in Nursing (3)

Provides an introduction to research methods used in nursing and health sciences to develop and evaluate research evidence relevant to clinical practice, public health, and delivery of nursing and health services. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

505. Health Care Policy, Systems and Financing for Advanced Practice Roles (3)

Provides opportunity for in-depth discussion of concepts related to advanced practice. Focus in on issues affecting scope of practice, health policy, economics of health care, ethical decision making and advanced nursing roles and collaborative practice. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

508. Human Resource Management in the Changing Healthcare Environment (4)

Human resource management complexities as applied to nurse leaders working in healthcare settings are examined. Employment laws, compensation models, and performance management and the effects of organizational strengths, weakness and cultural influence are studied. Restriction: permission of instructor.

512. Finance for Nurse Leaders in Contemporary Healthcare (4)

Focuses on issues involved in managing financial resources founded in healthcare reform. Fundamental concepts of economics and accounting are reviewed. The nurse administrator's role in fiscal stewardship and ethical and legal dilemmas are addressed.

513. Quality Management in a Transformative Healthcare Environment (4)

Provides a systems approach to quality management in healthcare from theoretical, philosophical, and practice-based perspectives. The focus is on quality metrics, values, management philosophies, national recognition programs, organizational monitoring, and ethical issues in quality management.

514. Transforming Organizations through Healthcare Reform (4)

This course focuses on understanding the forces and trends that impact health care organizational behavior. Concepts from organizational, management and nursing administrative frameworks that serve as the basis for practice are investigated.

516. Teaching, Assessment, and Evaluation in Nursing Education (4)

Exploring, analyzing and synthesizing educational assessment, evidence-based teaching practices, and evaluation strategies in nursing education. Reviewing nursing curricula for accreditation. Applying concepts and teaching strategies for nurses and others in various settings.

517. Professional Roles, Curriculum Design, and Program Evaluation (4)

Introduction to current issues affecting educators in various educational and practice settings. Students will analyze faculty roles and components of the curricular process, and examine characteristics of effective program development.

518. Population Health Leadership Across the Continuum (4)

This course uses a population-based approach to the exploration of disease management, chronic care management, public health, patient safety, diversity, health equity, and socio-economic health disparities. Roles and influences of the nurse leader are emphasized.

525. Primary Care Concepts (3)

This course focuses on the role of the APRN / Nurse Midwife providing primary care across the lifespan. Content includes best practices for health supervision, health promotion, disease prevention, building therapeutic relationships and interdisciplinary collaboration. Prerequisite: 501 and 503 and 526. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

526. Advanced Pathophysiology (3)

Provides a foundation in advanced pathophysiology as the basis for advanced practice nursing in clinical settings. The focus is on pathophysiologic concepts as applied to clinical presentations and diagnostic reasoning in individuals across the lifespan.

527. Pathophysiology, Physical Assessment, and Pharmacology in Nursing Education (4)

Pathophysiology, pharmacotherapy, and physical assessment skills used to inform and assess patterns of disease. Principles reviewed in management of primary and acute problems, in application to teaching and learning in nursing education.

534. Primary Care Geriatrics (2)

The focus of this course is the care of elderly adults in the primary care setting. Content includes epidemiology, costs of aging, complexities of physical, neurocognitive, social and functional factors, geriatric pharmacology and common concerns. Prerequisite: 535 and 540 and 543. Corequisite: 536.

535. Primary Care of Adults I (3-4, may be repeated for a maximum of 4 Δ [4])

536. Primary Care of Adults II (3-4, may be repeated for a maximum of 4 Δ)

This course focuses on assessment, diagnosis, and management of increasingly complex acute and chronic adult health care issues. Application of the scientific basis for practice, best available evidence and collaborative care are key course components. Prerequisite: 535. Corequisite: 534.

537. Primary Care of Adults III (4)

This course focuses on the assessment and management of individuals with complex medical conditions and special populations of adults and elders. Using a problem-based approach, students interpret complex cases and devise evidence-based treatment plans. Prerequisite: 536.

538. Case Studies in Diagnostic Reasoning (1)

Focuses on refining interview skills and applying data from the focused history and physical exam to the development of differential diagnoses in primary care. Developing management plans and documentation of patient encounters is also emphasized. Prerequisite: 539 or 540. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

539. Advanced Pediatric Health and Developmental Assessment (3)

This course builds on basic health assessment skills and presents a systematic approach to the advanced physical and developmental assessment of children (newborns through adolescents). Corequisite: 525. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

540. Advanced Health Assessment and Diagnostic Reasoning (3)

Presents theoretical principles of health assessment throughout the life cycle; introduces problem-based, student-centered learning. Includes methodologies of data gathering and data analysis essential to comprehensive health assessment. Labs provide testing and integration of theory.

541. Antepartum-Postpartum for FNP (1)

This course will provide students with the skills necessary to conduct antepartum/postpartum visits in primary health care settings. Prerequisite: 526 and 540. Pre- or corequisite: 543. Corequisite: 548. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

542. Primary Care of Pediatrics I (3 or 4)

This course focuses on theories and concepts applied by nurse practitioners in the promotion of health in children with emphasis on health education, prevention, culturally and developmentally appropriate care, within the context of family. Prerequisite: 526 and 540 and 543. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

543. Pharmacological Principles of Clinical Therapeutics (3)

This course presents pharmacologic principles which support safe, evidence-based clinical decision making. Content supports pharmacologic management of primary and acute care problems with consideration of age, genetics, health status, pregnancy, and patient context.

544. Antepartum and Postpartum Care (1-7, may be repeated once Δ)

Primary Care students study, analyze and apply concepts of management process to ante/postpartum periods. Within cultural and rural context, health maintenance preventive care and health policy throughout the life span is covered. Twelve hours lab per week. Prerequisite: 526 and 540. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

546. Primary Care of Pediatrics II (4 or 5)

This course focuses on management of common primary health care problems of children birth through adolescence, and provides a framework for integrating concepts from the clinical sciences and current evidence base into diagnosis and management. Prerequisite: 542. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

547. Pediatric Chronic Illness/Special Needs (4)

This course focuses on assessment, diagnosis, and evidence-based management of children with chronic illness and special needs and their families. Emphasis is on primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention. Prerequisite: 542 and 549. Corequisite: 546.

548. Women's Health (1-4, may be repeated once Δ)

Theories and concepts applied in the promotion of the health of adolescent and adult women. Clinical component is specialty-specific. Prerequisite: 526 and 540. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

549. Adolescent Health (3)

This course builds on basic health and developmental assessment skills and emphasizes health promotion, anticipatory guidance, and prevention of illness for adolescents. Content includes assessment and management of illnesses affecting adolescents and their families. Prerequisite: 539.

550. Intrapartum Care (1-9, may be repeated once Δ)

Management of labor and birth, triage of complications and cultural dimensions foundational to the nurse-midwifery model of intrapartum care are studied. Clinical component is specialty-specific. Prerequisite: 544 and 548.

551. Newborn Care (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Study of the normal neonate within the cultural structure of the family. Common physiological, pathological problems and their management by nurse-midwife emphasized. Clinical component is specialty-specific. For students pursuing an advanced clinical nursing concentration. Prerequisite: 526 and 540.

552. Evidence-Based Care in Nurse Midwifery (1)

This course focuses on skill-building in the assessment of the quality and relevance of clinical research in obstetrics and midwifery. Evaluation of the current science base and identification of biases and weaknesses therein are required to articulate and support options in women’s health care. Current research topics are explored from historical and scientific perspectives. Prerequisite: 544 and 548. Corequisite: 550 and 551.

553. Nurse-Midwifery Professional Practice (1)

This advanced class in nurse-midwifery standards of professional practice analyzes variations based upon populations, geography, practice teams and delivery systems. Historical and ethical frames are used in the analysis of clinical, organization and international issues.

554. The Evidence Base for APRN Primary Care Practice (1)

The focus of this course is on analysis of clinical research in primary care practice, including identification of biases and limitations, allowing students to articulate best practices and support clinical decision-making in primary care. Prerequisite: 535 and 542.

555. Management of the Acutely Ill Adult-Gerontology Patient (4)

This course focuses on the acutely ill adult/gerontology patient. Emphasis is placed on acute and episodic health problems common to the adult/gerontology patient. Prerequisite: 564. Pre- or corequisite: 505 and 566. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

557. Biophysical and Psychosocial Concepts of Health and Illness (4)

Focusing on biophysical and psychosocial concepts of health and illness throughout the lifespan, students apply nursing concepts to many care settings. Students apply conceptual analysis strategies to nursing education using critical thinking.

561. AG-ACNP Practicum I (3)

Introductory skills and concepts of acutely ill adult patients. Evaluation and management of common disease processes of adults in the acute care setting will be included. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

562. Management of the Complex and Chronically Ill Adult-Gerontology Patient (4)

This course focuses on the complex and chronically ill adult/gerontology patient. Emphasis is placed on common complex and chronic health problems. Prerequisite: 501 and 503 and 505 and 526 and 540 and 543 and 555 and 566. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

563. AG-ACNP Practicum II (5)

This clinical course focuses on the diagnosis, management, and continued care of the complex, acute, and critically ill adult/gerontology patient. Prerequisite: 501 and 503 and 505 and 526 and 540 and 543 and 555 and 561 and 562. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

564. Health Promotion, Protection, and Disease Prevention for Acute, Critical or Chronically Ill Adults (3)

This course focuses on health promotion, protection and disease prevention in the acutely ill, critical or chronically ill adult. Health promotion strategies, risk stratification, and disease prevention and protection concepts are included. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

565. Management of the Critically Ill Adult-Gerontology Patient (4)

This course focuses on the critical ill adult/gerontology patient. Emphasis is placed on management of critical illnesses. Pre- or corequisite: 563. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing.

566. Advanced Diagnostic and Therapeutic Skills (3)

This course focuses on skills such as diagnostic and technical interventions used to diagnose, sustain, or stabilize the acutely ill, complex/chronically ill and/or critically ill adult/gerontology patient. Prerequisite: 501 and 503 and 526 and 540 and 543. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

568. ACNP Clinical Topics I (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Covers content related to areas of advanced practice that require specialized training and skills. Student chooses from operating room RN first assistant, flight nursing, disaster management, or specialized acute care topics approved by the instructor. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

569. ACNP Clinical Topics II (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Builds on ACNP Clinical Topics I. The student continues in the chosen topic of operating room RN first assistant, flight nursing, disaster management, or in the specialized acute care topic approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: 568. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

583. Psychotherapy, Behavior Change, and Health Promotion-Disease Prevention Across the Lifespan (3)

Theoretical, foundational knowledge of individual, group, and family therapy, health promotion, disease prevention across the lifespan with focus on motivational interviewing, behavior change, use of cognitive, behavioral, dialectical, solution focused, play, and reminiscence therapy. Prerequisite: 584. Restriction: permission of advisor.

584. Integrated Behavioral Health Care and Common Psychiatric Presentations (3)

Overview of behavioral health assessment in common psychiatric disorders and medical conditions with psychiatric presentations in patients across the lifespan with a focus on integrated care settings, interdisciplinary communication, care coordination within a trauma-informed setting. Prerequisite: 526 and 540. Restriction: permission of advisor.

585. Advanced Assessment, Neurobiology, and Psychopharmacology Across the Lifespan (3)

Integration of current neurobiological and psychopharmacological theory and research to assessment of symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment of psychiatric disorders across the lifespan. Prerequisite: 583 and 584. Corequisite: 588. Restriction: permission of advisor.

586. Diagnosis and Management of Adults for the PMHNP (3)

Evidence-based assessment, diagnosis, health promotion, management, and evaluation of adults with mental illnesses and addictions by the Psychiatric Mental Health Nurse Practitioner. Emphasis on neurobiology, complex psychopharmacological and non-pharmacological treatments, and culturally-sensitive interventions. Prerequisite: 585. Corequisite: 589. Restriction: permission of advisor.

587. Diagnosis and Management of Children and Older Adults for the PMHNP (3)

Psychiatric-mental health assessment, diagnosis, health promotion, management, and evaluation of children, adolescents, and older adults for the PMHNP. Emphasis on complex individual, family, and group therapies, neurobiology, psychopharmacological treatment, and developmentally and culturally-sensitive interventions. Prerequisite: 586. Corequisite: 595. Restriction: permission of advisor.

588. Advanced Practicum I (1 or 4, may be repeated once Δ [3, may be repeated once Δ])

The first in a three course clinical sequence for PMHNP students. Minimum of 150 hours supervised clinical practice working with a preceptor to evaluate patients, develop management plans, and facilitate individual and group therapies. Restriction: permission of advisor.

589. Advanced Practicum II (3)

The second in a three course clinical sequence for PMHNP students. Minimum 150 hours supervised clinical practice working with preceptor to develop higher level competencies in evaluation and management of patients across the lifespan. Prerequisite: 588. Corequisite: 586. Restriction: permission of advisor.

591. Graduate Problems (1-6, no limit Δ)

Independent study and research on a topic agreed upon by instructor and student. Restriction: permission of advisor.

592. Clinical Specialty Practicum (4, may be repeated once Δ)

This course provides application of advanced knowledge of health assessment, pathophysiology, and pharmacology to a clinical specialty site while supervised by a clinician. Principles of quality improvement and caring for vulnerable populations will be explored. Prerequisite: 527.

593. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Specialized courses about a particular topic in nursing. A variety of topic courses are offered according to demand. Different sections indicate different topic content. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

594. Advanced Practice Seminar (1)

The focus of the course is entry into practice for the advanced practice nurse. Prerequisite: students must have completed the majority of their clinical courses specific to their concentration. Coordinators for the advance practice nursing concentrations must approve students’ admission into this course.

595. Advanced Nursing Field Work (1-7, no limit Δ)

A minimum of 4 field work credits is required. Taken after core and specialty required courses in the concentration have been completed. Students enroll with faculty in specialty area. Faculty member oversees experience and monitors students progress. 3 lab hours per week, per credit. Restriction: permission of advisor.

597. Applied Examination (1)

Comprehensive examination taken during the final term of the course of study for completion of Plan II requirements. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

599. Nursing Thesis I (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of advisor.

600. Philosophy of Science [Philosophical Foundations of Nursing Science] (3)

This course prepares PhD students in nursing and health sciences to analyze and evaluate scientific practice through a variety of philosophical perspectives. Epistemological, logical, cultural, and historical foundations of modern sciences and scientific methods are emphasized. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or permission of instructor.

601. Theoretical Foundations of Research (3)

This course focuses on the role of theory in the design and interpretation of research. Emphasis is placed upon mid-range, multidisciplinary theories relevant to research and the application of theory to the student's research. Prerequisite: 600. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or permission of instructor.

602. Theory II: Synthesis of Knowledge for Nursing Inquiry (3)

Student will critically examine existing and evolving substantive knowledge drawn from nursing and other disciplines. Focus on analysis, critique, and synthesis of extant knowledge and theory in application to a problem in nursing knowledge. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing.

605. Symptom Management Science (3)

This course focuses on the study of symptoms and symptom management in nursing research. The emphasis is on building an understanding of the theoretical, methodological, and practical issues surrounding the study of symptoms in healthcare. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

606. Quantitative Methods in Health Research (3)

This course focuses on the critical analysis and application of quantitative research designs and methods used to study clinical problems and health policy issues. Emphasis is on survey methods, non-experimental, quasi-experimental and experimental designs. Prerequisite: 620. Restriction: Admission to Ph.D. Nursing or permission of instructor.

607. Qualitative Methods in Health Research (3)

Exploration of major methodological traditions and techniques of qualitative research and their applications to knowledge development in nursing and health research. Restriction: admitted to M.S.N. Nursing or D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or NURCP Nursing Certificate.

608. Environments of Human Health and Nursing (3)

Analysis of physical and social environments in relation to individuals, families, groups and communities. Examination of human health as an outcome of interactions with varying levels of environments. Restriction: admitted to the College of Nursing.

611. Rural and Cultural Health (3)

Rural and cultural health analyzes unique characteristics, current issues, cultural competence and future trends for professional nursing in rural environments. Learning strategies incorporate critical reflection, dialogue, analysis and synthesis of ideas, problem-solving, rural experiences and the creative expression of thought. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing.

612. Health Outcomes Research (3)

This course focuses on the advanced analysis and application of quantitative research designs and methods to study patient-centered outcomes and the comparative effectiveness of therapies, health interventions, and systems of healthcare delivery. Prerequisite: 606 and 621. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or permission of instructor.

613. Mixed Methods Research (3)

This course provides doctoral students with specific knowledge needed to design and implement a mixed methods research proposal, and assist students to develop critical evaluation skills to critique peer-reviewed mixed methods research reports. Restriction: admitted to a UNM or NEXUS doctoral program and permission of instructor.

620. Health Care Statistics I (3)

Provides the student with knowledge, skills, and practice in performing, analyzing, and interpreting quantitative data. Course content will include descriptive data analysis as well as parametric and nonparametric statistical tests of association and differences. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or permission of instructor.

621. Health Care Statistics II (3)

Provides knowledge, skills and practice analyzing and interpreting quantitative data using multivariate statistical techniques, including: multiple linear and logistic regression, factorial analysis of variance and covariance, and exploratory factor analysis. Prerequisite: 620. Restriction: admission to Ph.D Nursing or DNP Nursing Practice or permission of instructor.

623. Advanced Qualitative Methods (3)

Focuses on advanced techniques for qualitative research design and data analysis. Emphasis is on study of symptoms and symptom management in nursing research and on the conduct of qualitative research and emerging trends and controversies. Prerequisite: 607.

640. Health Policy, Politics, and Research [Health Policy, Politics, and Evidence] (3)

This course focuses on health policy, politics, and research. It examines policy stakeholders' use of different types of evidence to influence policy outcomes. Emphasis on U.S. national policies and the affects on health politics and policies. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing or permission of instructor.

641. Understanding Health Disparities in Policy & Research [Health Disparities and Policy] (3)

The course focuses on the impact of determinants of health and health disparities in the U.S. It examines quantitative and qualitative research approaches to the study of health disparities and explores policy and research approaches to advance health equity. Prerequisite: 640. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or permission of instructor.

642. Health Care Economics (3)

This course examines concepts, theory, and methods of analysis used in health economics. Emphasis on health policy decision making. Examines the impact of health economic policies on access, cost, quality, and delivery of health care. Prerequisite: 621. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or permission of instructor.

648. Introduction to Health Policy Field Placement (1)

In consultation with course faculty, Health Policy students identify field placement goals and finalize field placement arrangements, including sites and preceptors. Prerequisite: 640 and 641. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing or permission of instructor.

649. Health Policy Field Placement (3)

Building upon objectives from NURS 648, Health Policy, students in the health policy concentration apply knowledge from prior courses in health policy, research methods, and other areas through field placements in public or private sector settings. Prerequisite: 640 and 641 and 642 and 648. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing and permission of instructor.

690. Ph.D. Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Specialized courses about a particular topic applicable to advanced graduate students. Different sections indicate different topic content. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

691. Independent Study (1-3, no limit Δ)

Intensive, directed study at the doctoral level on a specific topic or issue pertaining to nursing. The focus for this independent study, objectives, and strategies to achieve the objectives are agreed upon by instructor and student. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing.

693. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Specific topics relevant to Ph.D. studies in Nursing, as identified by the course title. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing.

694. Research Practicum (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Focuses on development of skills and techniques for the conduct of research through active participation in faculty research. Emphasis on practical application of research skills and growth in knowledge related to the conduct of research. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice or Ph.D. Nursing.

699. Dissertation (3-9, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Nursing.

702. Applied Epidemiology in Advanced Nursing Practice (3)

Using group discussion, literature reviews, and primary and secondary data services, students will gain knowledge regarding the historical dimensions leading to health disparities, social injustice, and concepts of marginalization, poverty, race, class, and gender. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

703. Applied Clinical Research in Advanced Nursing Practice (3)

This course will focus on the systematic examination and application of health-related research in relation to advanced nursing practice, including clinical practice, nursing and health care administration, community and public health, or health policy. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

705. The Business and Policy of Practice and Their Influence on the U.S. Health Care System (3)

Examines U.S. healthcare system complexities with focus on major core changes and challenges affecting healthcare economics, public healthcare policy, reform, care provisions and workforce issues affecting population health, cost of care, and access to care. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

706. Organizational Systems and Quality Management for Advanced Nursing Practice (3)

Advanced practice nursing student will focus on the process of quality management, improvement, and outcomes through management and coordination of care in ambulatory and in-patient organizational systems. Individual settings and system-wide performance improvement plans will be developed. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

715. Genetics and Genomics for Advanced Practice Nursing (3)

This course provides an overview of the role of genetics and genomics in health and illness for integration and application in advanced practice nursing. Corequisite: 702.

720. Etiology and Management of Complex Health and Illness in Rural Health (3)

This course examines complex health and illness in individuals in a rural health setting with an emphasis on multi-system processes, environmental, nutritional, economic, cultural, psychosocial stressors, and genetic influences. Prerequisite: 715. Corequisite: 727 and 797.

724. Professional Concepts and Issues for Advanced Nursing Practice (3)

This course presents the student with the opportunity to explore professional concepts and issues in advanced professional nursing practice and health care and incorporate them into their practice. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

725. Principles of Advanced Nursing Management (3)

This course introduces the importance of management skills, identifies essential management skills, and presents a learning model for developing management skills. Essential management skills are organized into three categories: personal, interpersonal, and group. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

726. Leading Organizational Change (3)

Integrated learning experiences explore leadership challenges in changing workplaces through on-site implementation of capstone projects. Executive leadership is discussed in context of the role of the nurse leader in promoting and managing institutional change. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

727. Health Care Innovations and Informatics (3)

This course focuses on nursing informatics. Topics include: (1) introduction to the nursing informatics; (2) health care informatics applications; (3) evidence-based decision support; (4) information systems design; and (5) new opportunities and emerging trends. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

791. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Specific intensive directed study at the doctoral level relevant to D.N.P. studies in Nursing. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

793. Topics (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Specific topics relevant to D.N.P. studies in Nursing, as identified by the section title. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

795. Advanced Nursing Practice Residency (1-10 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

This is a supervised, intensive clinical immersion which addresses the full spectrum of advanced nursing practice. Students are expected to demonstrate national D.N.P. competencies in professional health care delivery. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

796. D.N.P. Scholarly Project Seminar (1)

The D.N.P. project is explored, including project concept, assessment of needed resources, assessment of need for IRB approval, and other components required for conducting the project. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

797. D.N.P. Scholarly Project (1-8 to a maximum of 8 Δ)

In this course the student builds on the foundation of core and specialty content in the D.N.P. program to develop a rigorous project which reflects the achievement of D.N.P. program outcomes. Restriction: admitted to D.N.P. Nursing Practice.

Nutrition (NUTR)

1110. Nutrition for Health (3)

This course provides an overview of general concepts of nutrition, which can be applied to food choices that support a healthy lifestyle. The cultural, psychological, physiological and economic implications of food choices are explored.

2110. Human Nutrition (3)

This course provides an overview of nutrients, including requirements, digestion, absorption, transport, function in the body and food sources. Dietary guidelines intended to promote long-term health are stressed. Prerequisite: BIOL 1140 or BIOL 2110C or CHEM 1120C or (CHEM 1215 and CHEM 1215L).

301. Nutrition Research and Writing (3)

Overview of nutrition research including study design, basic statistical analyses, interpretation of peer-reviewed research, assessment of study quality, scientific writing for health-professionals focusing on nutrition and dietetics. Application of clinical, epidemiological, translational nutrition research, writing. Prerequisite: 2110 and MATH 1350.

320. Methods in Nutrition Education (3)

Principles of education basic to effective learning by individuals or groups. Selection and effective use of teaching materials and resources to promote the learning process. Pre- or corequisite: 344.

321. Management in Dietetics (3)

Overview of management and leadership principles related to business/entrepreneurial, clinical, community and foodservice nutrition and dietetics professionals with application of marketing, budgeting, human resource issues, staffing and research. Prerequisite: 2110.

330L. Principles of Food Science (4)

Chemical and physical properties of foods, scientific principles of food preparation, objective and sensory evaluation of food modifications. Students design and conduct an independent research project based on food science principles. Special fee required. Prerequisite: 2110 and CHEM **301. Pre- or corequisite: BIOL 2305. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Nutrition and Dietetics.

344. Energy Nutrients in Human Nutrition (3)

Carbohydrate, fat and protein in human nutrition. Emphasis includes digestion, absorption, metabolism, food sources and dietary recommendations. Implications for health promotion and disease prevention. Prerequisite: 2110 and (CHEM 2120 or CHEM **301).

345. Vitamins and Minerals in Human Nutrition (3)

Water and fat-soluble vitamins, macrominerals and trace minerals in human nutrition. Emphasis includes absorption, metabolism, food sources, dietary recommendations, deficiencies and nutrient interactions. Implications for health promotion and disease prevention are explored. Prerequisite: 2110 and (CHEM 2120 or CHEM **301).

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

406. Introduction to Public Health Nutrition (3)

Application of community health principles to nutrition programs for individuals and groups. Experiences will include work with community nutrition programs. Prerequisite: 344. Pre- or corequisite: 345.

*424. Nutrition in the Life Cycle (3)

Nutritional assessment, physical growth and development, and the physiological basis for nutrient needs in pregnancy, lactation, infancy, childhood, adolescence and old age. Application to food selection patterns and the influence of social and cultural factors. Prerequisite: 2110 and BIOL 2210. Restriction: junior standing or higher.

427. Medical Nutrition Therapy I (3)

The application of diets in the treatment of impaired digestive and metabolic conditions using the case study approach. Prerequisite: 345. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Nutrition and Dietetics.

428. Medical Nutrition Therapy II (3)

Continuation of Medical Nutrition Therapy I. Prerequisite: 427. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Nutrition and Dietetics.

445. Applied Nutrition and Exercise (3)

Interrelationships between nutrition and exercise with application to energy balance, weight control, physical fitness, competitive and recreational sports and prevention of chronic disease. Prerequisite: 345 and PEP 326L.

493. Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

495. Field Experience (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory or field experiences in an agency or institutional setting. Restriction: permission of instructor.

497. Reading and Research in Honors I (2)

Advanced studies and research under the supervision of a faculty mentor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research in Honors II (2)

Advanced studies and research under the supervision of a faculty mentor. Prerequisite: 497. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Thesis (2)

Prerequisite: 498. Restriction: permission of instructor.

526. Nutrition Assessment (3)

Principles and application of nutrition assessment to determine the nutritional status of individuals or groups. Use and interpretation of data obtained from a variety of dietary methodologies, anthropometric measures, biochemical indices and clinical observation. Prerequisite: 344 and 345.

527. Methods in Nutrition Research (3)

Examination of research methodologies; relevant evidence based research and use of appropriate databases. Selection and construction of appropriate data collection techniques, consideration of ethical issues, preparation of a literature review and research proposal.

528. Advanced Medical Nutrition Therapy (3)

Application of nutritional sciences, energetics, physiology, biochemistry and metabolism to current topics in clinical nutrition. Evaluation of nutritional assessment of critically ill patients and modifications of diets to meet individual needs. Prerequisite: 428.

535. Seminar in Nutrition (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Latest research on specific topics and current issues in nutrition and dietetics is synthesized, presented and discussed. Course work requires independent work, and active participation in class discussions. Restriction: permission of instructor.

550. Applied Dietetics Practice (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Planned and supervised dietetic experiences in agency or institutional setting. Experiences are based on the Performance Requirements of the Standards of Education developed by the American Dietetic Association. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Nutrition.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

593. Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

595. Advanced Field Experience (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Nutrition.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Navajo (See also: NAVA) (NVJO)

311 / 511. Navajo Verb System I (3)

CheeThis course focuses on Navajo phonology verb morphology and multifaceted nature of Navajo verb complex. Will also cover introduction to prefix template of Navajo verb, verb paradigms in imperfective mode, and its four sub-modes. Prerequisite: NAVA 2120.

312 / 512. Navajo Verb System II (3)

CheeThe course continues study of the verb paradigms in Navajo and introduces the perfective, usitative, iterative, progressive and future modes. Extensive discussion on Navajo aspectual variation, stem alternations, conjugation patterns and verb parsing. Prerequisite: 311.

315 / 515. Advanced Navajo (3)

An examination of Navajo syntax, including voice alternations (passive, causative), relative and subordinate clause constructions and discourse structure. Prerequisite: NAVA 2120.

401 / 501. Navajo Linguistics (3)

CheeIntroduction to Navajo linguistics including examination of the nature and structure of the language. Linguistics areas including phonetics and phonology, syntax, semantics, pragmatics and sociolinguistics will be covered. Prerequisite: NAVA 2120.

495. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

501 / 401. Navajo Linguistics (3)

511 / 311. Navajo Verb System I (3)

512/312. Navajo Verb System II (3)

515 / 315. Advanced Navajo (3)

An examination of Navajo syntax, including voice alternations (passive, causative), relative and subordinate clause constructions and discourse structure. Prerequisite: NAVA 2120.

595. Graduate Problems (1-6)

Original independent study project approved by instructor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Naval Science (NVSC)

101. Principles and Concepts of Naval Science (3)

Introduction to the naval service, customs, traditions, courtesies and naval officers communities. {Fall}

102. Navy and Marine Corps Fitness (1, may be repeated eight times Δ)

This course will develop, enhance and solidify physical fitness levels of future Navy and Marine Corps officers. It will incorporate various core, cardio and muscle strengthening events derived from Naval and Marine Corps standards. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

105. Naval Ships Systems I (3)

Introduction to naval engineering systems concepts and practices. Topics include ship design, compartmentation, ship stability, damage control, fire-fighting and ship propulsion systems. {Fall}

110L. Naval Professional Laboratory Basic (1, may be repeated eight times [1])

To provide Naval Reserve Officer Training Corps students with the tools and opportunities to ensure service readiness and mission accomplishment; enhance professional and personal growth and development, and enable life-long learning. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of department. {Fall, Spring}

201. Naval Ships Systems II (3)

Principles of naval weapons systems. Topics include sensors and detection systems, computational systems, tracking systems, weapon delivery systems, the fire control problem and new developments in weapon systems integration. {Spring}

300. Sea Power (3)

This course surveys U.S. naval history from the American Revolution to the present. Included is an in-depth discussion of the geopolitical theory of Mahan and other historical figures. Emphasis is on major developments in naval strategy, tactics, technology and the effects of the relevant political climate. {Spring}

302. Navy and Marine Corps Fitness (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course will develop, enhance and solidify physical fitness levels of future Navy and Marine Corps officers. It will incorporate various core, cardio and muscle strengthening events. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

303. Navigation (3)

Theory, principles and procedure of ship coastal and open-ocean navigation. Included are studies in mathematical analysis, spherical triangulation, publication report logs, and chart preparation. Navigational aids, including inertial systems, radio beacons and satellites are also studied. {Spring}

304. Naval Operations (3)

Naval ship operations, tactical formations and dispositions, relative motion, tactical plots and maneuvering boards are analyzed. Rules of the road, lights and signals are studied. {Fall}

310L. Naval Professional Laboratory (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

331. Evolution of Warfare (3)

Evolution of the basic principles and techniques of warfare throughout history. Relationship of tactics and strategy and the impact of technological developments in selected topics. Emphasis is placed on an understanding of the theoretical principles underlying modern tactics and strategy. {Fall, even years}

401. Leadership and Management (3)

Structure and principles of naval leadership and management. Topics include interrelationship of authority, responsibility, and accountability, prioritization, resource management and group dynamics. {Fall}

402. Navy and Marine Corps Fitness (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course will develop, enhance and solidify physical fitness levels of future Navy and Marine Corps officers. It will incorporate various core, cardio and muscle strengthening events. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

407. Leadership and Ethics (3)

Structure and principles of naval leadership and management in which underlying concepts are examined within the context of American military, social and industrial organization and practice. Emphasis is given to management, leadership, ethics, and human goals functions. {Spring}

410L. Naval Professional Laboratory (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

431. Fundamentals of Maneuver Warfare (3)

This course prepares future leaders by studying tactical principles, current military developments, and other aspects of warfare. There is a specific focus in United States Marine Corps doctrine and historical case studies. {Spring}

Occupational Therapy (OCTH)

514L. Introduction to Occupation and Health (3)

Introduction to understanding occupation and health as it relates to self, clients, and the occupational therapy assessment and intervention process. The emphasis is on richness of occupation including: motivation, meaning, roles, cultural factors and societal influences.

522L. Neuroanatomy (3)

Anatomy of the brain and spinal cord with emphasis on integration of sensory and motor systems. Synthesis of neuroanatomical, neurochemical and neurophysiological basic science principles relevant to clinical practice in adult and pediatric neurorehabilitation.

524L. Kinesiology of Occupation (3)

Apply the principles of kinesiology and biomechanics to the study of occupations. Arthrology, tissue mechanics, goniometrics, muscle strength testing, kinesiological and biomechanics analysis of occupations will be presented in lecture, lab and problem-based learning formats.

534. Introduction to Evidence-Based Practice (4)

Introduction to applied research for physical and occupational therapists. The central focus of this course is how information from physical and social science-based research is gathered, analyzed, reported and used to inform evidence-based practice.

544L. Occupation Across the Lifespan (5)

Review of roles, occupational tasks, models of occupation and developmental theories from infancy to old age. Determinants of occupational performance including cultural influences; physical and social environment; physiological, sensory, neuromotor, cognitive and psychological dimensions are reviewed.

554L. Relationship Centered Care (2)

Introduction to the importance of person-centered care in occupational therapy assessment and intervention services to develop an appreciation of the therapeutic relationship and skills to interact with clients holistically, recognizing cultural and psychosocial influences.

564L. Applied Occupations: Orthopedic Practice (6)

Application of occupational therapy concepts and principles to adult populations with physical and orthopedic conditions is covered along with theoretical foundations underlining person-centered occupations, job analysis and to increase participation in occupations. Prerequisite: 524L.

594. Graduate Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

A four-semester seminar sequence that provides structure and support for graduate occupational therapy students to develop professionalism and research experience. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

604L. Applied Occupations: Neurological Practice (5)

Application of occupational therapy concepts to adult populations with physical and neurological conditions is covered, along with theoretical foundations underlining person-centered occupations, job analysis, and the OT process to increase participation in occupations. Prerequisite: 522L and 564L and 634L.

614L. Applied Occupations: Psychosocial Practice (5)

This course covers psychosocial and behavioral dimensions of occupational therapy practice across the lifespan. This course gives students the opportunity to learn about psychological Occupational Therapy assessments and interventions related to performance.

624L. Advocacy, Communication and Leadership (3)

Advocacy skills (grant writing, marketing and policy formation), communication skills and leadership skills (professional development, professional presentations and leadership roles) as they relate to occupational therapy are emphasized.

634L. Neuroscience of Occupation (2)

This course emphasizes the application of systems-level, behavioral-level and cognitive-level neuroscience to understanding: a) occupational development across the lifespan and b) the practice of occupational therapy for persons with activity limitations caused by neuropathological conditions.

650. Special Topics in Occupational Therapy (2-6, no limit Δ)

Various current topics in occupational therapy are offered. {Spring}

654. Organization and Administration (2)

This course will enable students to practice effectively in an increasingly complex health care delivery system. Emphasis is on understanding of organizational systems, including program planning, management and reimbursement, as well as legislation and ethics.

664L. Applied Occupations: Pediatric Practice (6)

Application of the occupational therapy process to functional problems which interrupt or delay normal growth, development and maturation during infancy, childhood and adolescence. Occupational intervention strategies for children and their families are covered. Prerequisite: 564L and 604L and 614L.

674L. Community Health (4)

The purpose of this course is for the student to gain an increased knowledge of: community-based health considerations and issues; community health resources; partnerships with community services; interdisciplinary processes; and serving people in community settings.

675. Fieldwork II (1-12 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

Experiences with clients, occupational therapists and professionals in the community. Students must participate in two 12-week, full-time clinical internships. Fieldwork is carried out in various settings in New Mexico and surrounding states. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

690. Independent Study (1-4, no limit Δ)

Self-directed learning in occupational therapy with opportunity to explore an area of interest in depth. Develop experience in occupational therapy under the supervision of a faculty mentor and community practitioners. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences (OILS)

102. Online Learning and Strategies for Success (3)

This course will introduce the fundamental knowledge and practice of online learning and learning strategies. Students will apply this knowledge and practice in online learning environments in order to be successful online lifelong learners.

293. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Undergraduate topics in Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences.

320. Managing Information for Professionals (3)

Concerns the use of organizing systems and information in a profession or discipline to learn, manage, and develop knowledge. Students will explore the use of the inquiry and research process in a professional context.

391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

403. Ethics and Diversity Training in the Workplace (3)

The course directs students towards developing deeper views of ethics and diversity rooted in theories. In addition, students will learn how to develop interventions aimed at the improvement of organizational climate regarding ethics and inclusion.

405 / 505. Management of eLearning Systems (3)

This course prepares students to analyze LMS requirements, customizations and integrations for organizations requiring training for compliance, skill-building and knowledge-building. Students will experience LMS implementation and management through typical workflow or calendared events.

420. Creativity and Technical Design (3)

Design theory and principles as applied to the research and development functions of industry. Product development via team organization, brainstorming, data analysis, oral presentations and creative problem solving. Two lectures, 3 hours lab.

421. Production and Utilization of Instructional Materials (3)

This course addresses principles of instructional media use and provides students opportunities to learn instructional material development using various applications such as content creation applications tools, communication tools, and data analysis and visualization tools.

440. Survey of Human Resource Development (3)

This course provides students with learning opportunities on the overview of human resource development, including but not limited to fundamentals, processes and models, and various tools.

457. Leading the Training Organization (3)

In this class we will learn about finding and leading people, managing projects, developing a scope of work, creating a budget, and overseeing project quality.

466. Principles of Adult Learning (3)

Explores the world of the adult learner from historic, social, political and pragmatic perspectives. Issues of life stages, culture, teaching theory and andragogical practice are considered as they relate to the practice of adult learning.

470. Workplace Training (3)

Introduction to the concepts of training in the corporate sector.

471. Designing Training (3)

Introduction to the principles of planning and designing of training packages and programs.

472. Training Techniques (3)

This course provides students with learning opportunities on various training techniques and strategies based on adult learning theories, so that they can effectively use them to enhance workplace training as instructors or instructional designers.

473. Analyzing and Measuring Training and Performance (3)

Principles of analysis and evaluation of instruction and trainee performance applied to organizational training programs.

481. Technological Change and Society (3)

Focus on industry as humanity’s systematic effort to provide the necessities and conveniences of life. In addition to developing a historical perspective, students will study in depth a variety of industrial organizations that provide goods and services to meet the needs and desires of society.

483. eLearning and Instructional Technology (3)

This course is an introduction to eLearning authoring tools and instructional media technology to develop an effective eLearning module for workplace learning and training. This course features current apps for eLearning development.

492 / 592. Workshop (1-4 to a maximum of 13 Δ)

493 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Used to test new courses.

495. Field Experience (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Contemporary Instructional Technologies: Survey (3)

An overview of contemporary instructional technologies and how they can be utilized to improve the effectiveness of instruction. Students will gain expertise in selecting and using appropriate instructional technologies supporting the achievement of performance-based objectives.

501. Presentation Technologies (3)

Designed to increase the effectiveness of presentations for educator/trainers using a variety of presentation technologies. Utilizing ISD principles, students engage in production of media to develop an instructional package. Special fee.

502. Instructional Multimedia (3)

An introduction to computer based learning environments incorporating multiple forms of media. Students study the theories applicable to multimedia learning, gain practical skills for implementing simple systems, and design a large scale multimedia learning environment. Prerequisite: 541 and 547.

503. Digital Video Techniques for Instruction (3)

This course provides resources and guidance as students conceive, design, script, shoot and edit digital video footage. Students will learn to create instructional video sequences based on theories of learning and instructional design principles. Prerequisite: 541 and 543.

504. Instructional Use of Computer Simulations and Games (3)

Students will review shareware, public domain, and complex interactive commercial simulations; explore theory and survey recent literature. Project activity will focus on design issues and solutions, as students design a simulation and develop its prototype. Lab fee.

505 / 405. Management of eLearning Systems (3)

506. Exploring Virtual Worlds and Virtual Reality in Online Learning Environments (3)

This course is an introduction to Virtual Worlds and Virtual Reality, exploring the research and current use. We will explore and practice advanced interactive technologies to build communities of learning for education and training.

510. Designing Knowledge Management Solutions (3)

Participants apply general principles and techniques for designing comprehensive knowledge management solutions that combine web-based technologies and organizational interventions. To put a theory into practice, participants utilize an iterative design process in developing a course project.

513. Digital Information Management (3)

This course is an introduction to the management of digital information resources. Students will survey essential methods for evaluating, organizing, storing and securing data and information in academic and other work environments.

515. Introduction to Spatial Data Management (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 522) This course builds upon the foundations of information practice with an emphasis on spatial data. Students will survey essential methods for evaluating, accessing, organizing, storing and securing spatial data and information.

532. eLearning Course Design (3)

Explores new paradigms based on constructivist and sociocultural learning theories for designing e-learning. Focuses on online learning design and evaluation, and networked learning communities. Analyzes print, audio, and video for designing hybrid learning environments. Prerequisite: 541 and 547.

533. Management of Learning Technology (3)

Focuses on management strategies and key elements of modern systems. Discusses program planning and management, funding and budget management, technology selection and implementation, marketing, quality control and evaluation.

534. Mobile Learning: Introduction to Mobile Learning and Mobile Learning Design (3)

This course provides an overview of mobile learning research, trends in the adoption of m-learning, instructional design principles and strategies for curriculum integration, and applications of mobiles for distance learning.

535. Culture and Global eLearning I (1)

Students explore the sociocultural dimensions of eLearning and how culture influences eLearning practices and methods. Topics include globalization vs. homogenization in learning design; international information flow and access; identity and online interaction, cross-cultural e-mentoring. Corequisite: 536.

536. Culture and Global eLearning II (2)

Continuing the learning in 535, students further explore the sociocultural dimensions of eLearning and how culture influences eLearning practices and methods nationally and globally. Corequisite: 535.

537. E-learning Course Design I (1)

The purpose of this course is to design and develop innovative learning environments for E-learning and analyze instructional design issues as they relate to distance learning. Corequisite: 538.

538. E-learning Course Design II (2)

The purpose of this course is to design and develop an eLearning course for a specific context and a specific discipline. Students will develop the course in an eLearning platform in a learning management system. Corequisite: 537.

540. Foundations of Human Resource Development (3)

This course is an introduction to major theories, concepts, skills, and techniques in human resource development.

541. The Adult Learner (3)

(Also offered as LEAD 529) Examines the teaching and learning transaction with adults. Specific attention is on adult life stage development, relevant learning theories and approaches, and learning style issues of cross-cultural populations.

542. Theory and Practice of Organizational Learning (3)

This course focuses on the theories and applications of organizational learning strategies and process. The relationship between individual and team learning to organizational learning will be addressed throughout the course.

543. Instructional Design (3)

Application of instructional design principles used in the development of instructional materials. Students work individually on course exercises and collaboratively on two course projects. One of the first three courses taken in the Master's program.

544. Program Evaluation (3)

Provides the student with a basic understanding of the evaluation process, the application of evaluations in determining the effectiveness and/or value of a learning experience both in the classroom and in the workplace.

545. Cross-Cultural Issues in Adult Learning (3)

Students will examine learning styles of culturally diverse populations, conduct research on cross-cultural teaching and learning, experiment with methods and techniques of cross-cultural training and design and develop cross-cultural training programs.

546. Framing Designs for Learning (2)

This course is designed to develop students understanding and experience in framing learning design problems. Topics will include design thinking, agile design, needs assessment and problem definition skills including task/content, context, and learner analysis.

547. Prototyping Designs for Learning (1)

This course is designed to develop student's understanding and experience in systematically designing solutions to learning design problems. Topics will include iteration, prototyping, instructional design strategies, formative and summative evaluation methods, and flexibly adaptive approaches. Prerequisite: 546.

549. Building Social Capital in Learning Organizations (3)

Social capital is at the heart of successful learning organizations. We will explore the components of social capital in learning organizations and how we can use organizational network analysis (ONA) to assess informal networks.

551. Training and Development (3)

This course introduces training techniques suitable for instructing adult learners in a variety of settings. Students learn to create a training environment conducive to learning, design an instructional unit, and develop a training program. Prerequisite: 540 or 547.

552. Team Development and Facilitation (3)

Provides learners with information and skill development of various methods and techniques for leading teams in virtual and face-to-face settings. Emphasis is placed on team development and facilitation skills necessary to enhance team performance.

553. The Role of Wisdom in Adult Learning Across Cultures (3)

This course explores the concept of wisdom from various traditions and academic disciplines through weekly lectures, discussions, and experiential activities. It examines the role of wisdom in development and suggests perspectives for fostering wisdom.

554. Consulting and Project Management (3)

This course is an introduction to major approaches, concepts, skills, and techniques used in the consulting industry.

555. Mentoring and Adult Career Development (3)

Students examine adult career patterns and organizational perspectives on employee career development. Specific emphasis is on mentoring and coaching adults in career decision making.

556. The Business of Learning (3)

This course is designed to teach learning and development managers how to connect learning initiatives to organizational strategy, and how to develop the business case to show how learning contributes to the organization.

557. Human Performance Improvement (3)

This course serves as an introduction to human performance improvement that applies a systematic process for analyzing human performance gaps and for closing them.

558. Leading Change (3)

An introduction to planning, implementing, and evaluating change efforts in people, teams, and organizations. Students will gain knowledge of how change models are used to strategically drive individual, team, and organizational outcomes.

559. Positive Psychology in Organizations (3)

This course is designed to orient students to the use of psychology in organizations in order to promote healthier, productive, and positive workplaces.

570. Research Foundation in Social and Learning Sciences (3)

This course is designed to help students learning how to read and make sense of research reports by introducing the research process. Key topics include purpose statements, literature review, and quantitative and qualitative methods.

583. Graduate Teaching I (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Introduces new Teaching and Graduate Assistants to teaching at UNM, reviews various instructional methods, assessment strategies, and pedagogical theories pertinent to teaching in higher education.

591 / 391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Individual Performance Contract required between student and professor.

592 / 492. Workshop (1-4)

Special offerings given on demand for terms less than a semester.

593 / 493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

Used to test new courses.

595. Field Experiences (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This independent study is for students to gain experiences in settings other than those in which they are employed or who are making career transitions and would benefit from shadowing a professional in the field. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

596. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

This final independent study is the capstone experience for Master’s students who opt not to do a thesis. The student submits a proposal for a minimum 200-hour project to his/her internship faculty supervisor. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

597. Capstone (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course is designed to support students in the M.A. program to plan, implement, and evaluate an applied internship and portfolio as the culmination of their degree. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 15 credit hours of OILS graduate courses. Pre- or corequisite: OILS 544.

598. Directed Readings in Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Student will develop an Individual Performance Contract with a faculty member to determine the key readings and will produce a product.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

600. Science, Technology and Society (3)

Defines science, technology, human values and examines the impacts and relationships among them. Discusses emerging scientific and technological developments, projects effects on society and the proposition that technology is a primary determinant of social change.

601. Advanced Instructional Design (3)

A theory-driven and project-based doctoral level seminar on the foundations of learning environments, instructional design theory, and the instructional design process. Students develop design models based on constructivist and socioconstructivist theories for innovative learning environments.

604. Current Research Methods for the Study of Learning (1 or 3 to a maximum of 15 Δ)

Students learn current research methods for understanding learning as process. The focal method varies by semester. Students gain understanding of the research method, begin their own work, and apply the method.

608. Advanced Seminar in Organizational and Program Evaluation (3)

This course is for students who wish to gain an in-depth understanding of evaluation theories and philosophies. In seminar format, students will study evaluation as a transdiscipline and its role in contemporary organizations. Prerequisite: 544.

635. Research in Online Education (3)

Advanced doctoral seminar on research in online education and educational telecommunications. Students will critically examine current research and develop theoretical frameworks, appropriate methodologies, a research proposal and agenda for future online education research. Prerequisite: 541 and 547 and 570. Restriction: permission of instructor.

639. Advanced Instructional Technology Seminar (3)

This seminar emphasized the process of applying research findings to create innovative computer-based solutions for organizational learning problems. Steps in the process include assessing organizational learning needs, designing and implementing solutions and applying formative evaluation techniques. Prerequisite: 541 and 544 and 547.

641. Advanced Seminar on Organization Development and Consulting (3)

This advanced course in OD for doctoral students and advanced master’s is designed to enable students to develop theoretical perspectives, intensive practice and understanding of the use of OD in improving organizations. Prerequisite: at least 9 credit hours of Organizational Behavior, Team Development, Consulting or similar courses. Restriction: permission of instructor.

642. Advanced Seminar in Organizational Leadership (3)

This course provides an overview of leadership including its evolution, approaches and theories, women and leadership, culture and leadership, and leadership ethics. Students will develop an in depth understanding and a personal philosophy of leadership.

661. Seminar: Transformational Learning (3)

A theory-driven, project-based advanced seminar designed to enable students to develop theoretical perspectives, intensive practice, and understanding of the use of Transformational Learning for applications with individuals, groups and organizations.

690. Dissertation Proposal Seminar (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This seminar is the capstone course for the doctoral program. It assists students in planning and developing a dissertation proposal. Course may be repeated once. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: students must complete the Comprehensive Examination before enrolling or take it concurrently.

693. Topics in Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences (1-3, no limit Δ)

Topics in Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences. Restriction: admitted to OILS doctoral program.

696. Research Practicum (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

698. Directed Readings in Organization, Information, and Learning Sciences (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Individual performance contract required between student and professor, following formal approval of dissertation committee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Public Administration (PADM)

500. Public Management and Policy (3)

Principles and methods of public management and policy analysis: policy formulation and implementation, organizational relations, institutional development, administrative process and public sector ethics. Restriction: permission of department.

520. Managing Human Behavior in Public Organizations (3)

This course aims to acquaint students with the study of human behavior in complex public and nonprofit organizations and to improve their skills in effectively managing it. Restriction: permission of department.

521. Institutional Development and Behavior (3)

Survey of theories of public organization, principles for planning in the public sector, methods of developing organizations, implementing changes and adapting to operational demands. Major issues of human behavior related to ethics and productivity. Restriction: permission of department.

523. Administration of State and Local Government (3)

The organization, policies, processes and financing of state governments, cities, counties and special districts, with particular emphasis on human resources, budgets and planning. Restriction: permission of department.

524. Intergovernmental Administrative Problems (3)

Organization of federal system, focusing on relationships and problems among agencies on different levels of government. Considers interstate, interlocal and regional organizations and implementation of intergovernmental programs and policies. Restriction: permission of department.

525. Human Resources Management in the Public Sector (3)

Survey of human resources management principles and practices in public sector organizations. Restriction: permission of department.

526. Diversity in the Public Sector (3)

The course covers the core dimensions, concepts, and approaches to diversity in organizations. Will consider the historical, political, cultural, and economic contexts as well as questions and controversies surrounding diversity management. Restriction: permission of department.

527. Employment Relations in the Public Sector (3)

Survey of employment relations among employers, employees and government in the public sector, with particular attention to unionized organizations. Restriction: permission of department.

528. Employment Dispute Resolution (3)

Overview of the role of conflict/disputes in employment relationships; theories of conflict origins in humans, manifestations of workplace disputes, aggression, coercion, and violence; positive conflict resolution and reconciliation through peacemaking strategies. Restriction: permission of department.

529. Administrative Law (3)

Role and nature of administrative law; procedural requirements and judicial review of administrative actions; safeguards against arbitrary/capricious action; delegation of sovereignty and legislative power; legal principals in the development of public policy and administration. Restriction: permission of department.

530. Ethics in Public Administration (3)

This course aims to familiarize students with the ethical nature and dilemmas of American public administration. It looks at the ethical dilemmas and concerns that arise from the exercise of discretionary authority and administrative power. Restriction: permission of department.

535. Comparative Public Administration (3)

Examination on a comparative basis of national systems of administration in developed and developing countries, focusing on the organization and behavior of public bureaucracies, with special emphasis on Latin America. Restriction: permission of department.

537. Seminar in Public Management (3)

Course is designed to develop understanding of bureaucratic/political environment and processes crucial to effective performance in public sector management and of ethical issues inherent in public management. Restriction: permission of department.

538. Non-Profit Management (3)

This course will introduce the dynamics of non-profit management and provide a deeper understanding of socio, economic, political, and historical forces that have shaped the non profit sector in the U.S. and the world. Restriction: permission of department.

544. Public Budgeting (3)

Basic management of public funds, preparation and processing of budgets, revenue projection and expenditure controls. Issues of public policy and establishment of priorities through budgeting. Restriction: permission of department.

545. Financial Management for Nonprofit Organizations (3)

Course focuses on nonprofit financial decision-making, operating and capital budgeting, managing working capital, issues in implementing budgets and business plans, issues in government contracting with nonprofit organizations, and financial performance management. Restriction: permission of department.

546. Public Financial Administration (3)

Analysis of financial management functions of government including treasurer, comptroller, accounting, capital budgeting, auditing, debt and cash management and other functions. Methods for evaluating the financial conditions of governments are presented. The impact of computers on public financial management also is evaluated. Prerequisite: 544. Restriction: permission of department.

551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

A topic relevant to public administration is developed, resulting in a paper of substantial length. Restriction: permission of department.

552. Designing Applied Research (3)

This course prepares students to design and carry out applied research in public administration and public policy contexts, with particular pertinence to preparation of the Professional Paper integrative assignment required for the M.P.A. degree. Restriction: permission of department.

553. Professional Paper (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Must be taken by all students who are not pursuing the thesis option. In general, papers will be more extensive than term papers, perhaps including case studies, reports of research results, theoretical essays or similar contributions of substantive and professional quality. Students must enroll for 3 hours the first semester, and then for 1 hour consecutively thereafter (including summer sessions), until their professional paper is approved. Only the first 3 credit hours will count toward the M.P.A. degree. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of department.

555. Workshop for Interns (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Available only to students assigned to an agency as an intern. Gives work experience to students with little or no prior government employment. Restriction: permission of department.

561. Health Policy and Management (3)

This course will examine critical issues currently facing health care managers and policy makers. Key areas of discussion are structure, financing and delivery of health services in the U.S. Restriction: permission of department.

562. Health Governance in Global Perspective (3)

Seminar draws upon interdisciplinary perspectives in consideration and discussion of significant global health problems, ways concerned actors attempt to address them, and participants’ own roles in improving health conditions. Restriction: permission of department.

563. Healthcare Finance (3)

Health Finance helps students develop an understanding of the managerial aspects of financial analysis in health care organizations. It explores the concepts, principles and applications of financial management and decision-making in modern hospital and healthcare organization. Restriction: permission of department.

564. Healthcare Policy and Program Evaluation (3)

A conceptual and practical introduction to health policy analysis and program evaluation. Although health policy and programmatic issues in the United States will be featured in the course, it will also examine international and comparative-method program evaluation cases and applications. Restriction: permission of department.

565. Health Care Quality Management (3)

This course is designed for future leaders of health care organizations. The course provides students with the knowledge of how the best health care organizations deliver high quality and cost-effective health care services. Restriction: permission of department.

566. Health Economics (3)

This course focuses on concepts and methods of analysis used in health economics, with a strong emphasis in health care evaluation and health policy decision-making, in particular its impact on patient care and health care delivery. Restriction: permission of department.

567. Health Care Ethics (3)

The course is designed to prepare future health care leaders of health care organizations to deal with ethical issues and dilemmas. The course does not cover medical ethics, but focuses on management ethics. Restriction: permission of department.

568. Disability, Public Health and Public Policy (3)

Introduces key concepts in disability-related public policies in the United States and New Mexico, explore critical topics in disability and public policy, and increase understanding of the interactions between disability, public policy and public health. Restriction: permission of department.

570. Pro-seminar in Public Policy (3)

Review of representative theories of public policy, including policy formation, implementation, and impact analysis. Restriction: permission of department.

574. Seminar on Environmental Policy and Administration (3)

Examination of issues and problems associated with the implementation of U.S. environmental policies and programs. Administration of natural resources on federal, state and local levels, with special reference to the Southwest. Restriction: permission of department.

575. Network Governance for Public and Health Services Administration (3)

Complex policy problems defy traditional boundaries. The governance of inter-organizational and cross-sectoral networks is a crucial skill for effective leaders. Topics include network design, leadership, informal accountability, managing competition, innovation, social capital and network resilience. Restriction: permission of department.

577. Practice of Policy Development (3)

(Also offered as CRP 577) Introduction to practice of public policy development in technical and professional applications. Emphasis on writing, interpretation and implementation of policy documents. Environmental, physical and social policy are highlighted. Restriction: permission of department.

588. Practice of Negotiation and Public Dispute Resolution (3)

(Also offered as CRP 585) Introduces students to new ways of negotiating and resolving disputes in the context of professional practice through collaborative decision making and problem solving. Restriction: permission of department.

590. Topical Seminars (3, no limit Δ)

Seminars scheduled from time to time on issues and topics requiring additional focus in public administration. See course offerings each semester for seminars. Restriction: permission of department.

595. Research Methods I: Data Collection (3)

This course presents basic concepts and methods in public administration research. It surveys data collection and analysis techniques consistent with quantitative, qualitative and mixed-methods research traditions. Prerequisite: MATH 1350. Restriction: permission of department.

596. Research Methods II: Data Analysis (3)

This course builds on PADM 595 and focuses on data analysis prevalent in public administration, including descriptive and inferential statistics, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, correlation, cross-tabulation, mean comparison with significance testing, regression, ANOVA. Prerequisite: 595. Restriction: permission of department.

597. Program Evaluation (3)

This course is intended to provide an advanced introduction to the theory and practice of program evaluation, along with policy analysis and evaluation. Prerequisite: 596. Restriction: permission of department.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of department.

600. Introduction to Healthcare Administration (3)

This course provides an overview of the evolving structure of the U.S. public health and health care delivery systems and is designed for graduate students in health policy and management. Restriction: permission of department.

610. Cultural Competence and Healthcare Administration (3)

This course will discuss the concept of culture, how it changes and how it influences everyday life, as well as health disparity, and what healthcare organizations/systems can do to implement strategies for enhancing cultural competence. Restriction: permission of department.

611. Healthcare Information Technology (3)

This course is designed to help students develop a comprehensive understanding of the design, use, and evaluation issues and methodologies of health informatics applications. Restriction: permission of department.

612. Healthcare Payment Systems (3)

The course focuses on the fundamentals of establishing compliance programs to identify and prevent fraud and abuse, and familiarize students with various payment systems such as Medicare's prospective payment systems for hospitals and other provider reimbursements. Restriction: permission of department.

640. Hospital and Clinic Administration (3)

This course is designed for future leaders of health care organizations. The course provides students with the knowledge about how the best health care organizations deliver high quality cost effective healthcare. Restriction: permission of department.

655. Practicum (3)

M.H.A. practicums are typically offered mid-program, offering opportunities to apply program learning during the practicum experience and to bring practicum experience into the classroom. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of department.

688. Reflection on Practice (3)

The course is designed to connect practical experience gained through the Internship (or extensive professional experience) with learning in the M.H.A. degree program. Students will undertake a formal writing project to be approved by the faculty instructor. Restriction: permission of department.

689. Capstone (3)

This course features analysis of selected healthcare administration cases. Students will develop analytical writing skills via case analyses critically applying knowledge and skills to challenges faced by public and nonprofit health policy and administrative professionals. Restriction: permission of department.

Physician Assistant Studies (PAST)

502. PA Foundations of Research Methodology [Foundations of Medical Science I- Foundations of Research Methodology] (1)

An overview of evidence-based medicine (EBM), medical informatics, and medical research methodologies. It includes accessing and critically evaluating the medical literature as well as the structuring of research studies. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

510. PA Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine I [Foundations of Medical Science I- Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine I] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [2])

An introduction to the major biological principles of pediatric and adolescent health care including embryology, anatomy, normal physiology, pharmacology and pathophysiology. Behavioral perspectives emphasize the effect of health and disease on children and families. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

512. PA Human Anatomy (4)

This course will provide an overview of basic anatomical concepts, and normal human anatomy and embryology as it relates to clinical practice. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

513. PA Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine II [Foundations of Medical Science II- Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine II] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [1])

This course continues with the principles of pediatric and adolescent health care. Emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of the common neurologic, behavioral and psychiatric disorders seen in this age group. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

514. PA Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine III [Foundations of Medical Science III- Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine III] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [1])

This course continues with the principles of pediatric and adolescent health care. Emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of the common cardiovascular, pulmonary and renal disorders seen in this age group. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

515. PA Adult and Geriatric Medicine I [Foundations of Medical Science I- Adult and Geriatric Medicine I] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [2])

This course begins with the major biological principles of adult and geriatric health care, including anatomy, normal physiology, pharmacology and pathophysiology. Behavioral and population perspectives are addressed. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

516. PA Hematology (2)

This course provides an overview of broad mechanistic concepts providing a conceptual structure for approaching disorders of the organ systems related to genetics, neoplasia, and autoimmune diseases. This course provides a study of the fundamental science of the human immunologic system. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

517. PA Microbiology and Immunology (2)

This course will begin with a broad overview of the human immune system and the cellular and humoral immune response to infectious disease, hypersensitivity, and autoimmune diseases. In addition, this course will explore the fundamentals of infectious diseases including the microbiology of medically relevant bacterial, viral, fungal, mycobacterial, and parasitic organisms. The emphasis of this course is on the approach to prevent, identify, and treat immunologic and infectious disorders commonly seen by physician assistants. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

518. PA Adult and Geriatric Medicine II [Foundations of Medical Science II- Adult and Geriatric Medicine II] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [1])

This course continues with the principles of adult and geriatric health care. Emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of common neurologic and psychiatric seen in this age group. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

519. PA Adult and Geriatric Medicine III [Foundations of Medical Science III- Adult and Geriatric Medicine III] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [1])

This course continues with the principles of adult and geriatric health care. Emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of common cardiovascular, pulmonary and renal disorders seen in this age group. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

520. PA Pharmacology I [Foundations of Medical Science I- Pharmacology I] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [2])

This course provides a basic foundation in pharmacology through selected prototype drugs and a more thorough understanding of pharmacotherapeutics. The emphasis will be on clinical application of prototype drugs, their therapeutic effects and toxicities. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

521. PA Emergency Medicine I (1-3, not repeatable)

This course is the first in a series of 4 Emergency Medicine courses focused on care in the emergency department and urgent care centers. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

522. PA Emergency Medicine II (1-3, not repeatable)

This course is the second in a series of 4 Emergency Medicine courses focused on care in the emergency department and urgent care centers. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

523. PA Pharmacology II [Foundations of Medical Science II- Pharmacology II] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [1])

This course continues to provide a foundation in pharmacology through selected prototype drugs and a more thorough understanding of the pharmacotherapeutics of neurology and psychiatry. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

524. PA Pharmacology III [Foundations of Medical Science III- Pharmacology III] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [1])

This course continues to provide a foundation in pharmacology through selected prototype drugs and a more thorough understanding of pharmacotherapeutics of cardiovascular, pulmonary and renal medicine. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

526. PA Emergency Medicine III (1-3, not repeatable)

This course is the third in a series of 4 Emergency Medicine courses focused on care in the emergency department and urgent care centers. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

527. PA Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine IV [Foundations of Medical Science IV- Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine IV] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [1])

This course continues with the principles of pediatric and adolescent health care. Emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of the common nutritional, metabolic, gastrointestinal, endocrine and reproductive system disorders seen in this age group. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

529. PA Adult and Geriatric Medicine IV [Foundations of Medical Science IV- Adult and Geriatric Medicine IV] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [1])

This course continues with the principles of adult and geriatric health care. The emphasis is on the presentation, evaluation and treatment of the common nutritional, metabolic, gastrointestinal, endocrine and reproductive system disorders. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

530. PA Clinical Skills I [Foundations of Medical Science I- Clinical Skills I] (3)

This course begins with an introduction to basic exam skills and a focus on orthopedic skills and continues as a shared course with the M.D. program’s Foundations of Clinical Practice. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

531. PA Clinical Skills II (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ)

This course serves as a platform for the demonstration of skills learned in Clinical Skills I. It includes competency exams in Neurosciences and Cardiovascular/Pulmonary/Renal Medicine and a 1/2 day/week clinical experience. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

532. PA Clinical Skills III [Foundations of Medical Science III- Clinical Skills III] (1)

This course continues with the demonstration of skills learned in Clinical Skills I and II. It includes competency exams in GI/Nutrition/Metabolism and Endocrinology/Human Sexuality and Reproduction, and a 1/2 day/week clinical experience. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

533. PA Pharmacology IV [Foundations of Medical Science IV- Pharmacology IV] (1 to 3, repeatable one time Δ [1])

This course focuses on selected prototype drugs and an emphasis on the drug class, the generic names of drugs, organ system effects, including drug metabolism, elimination and drug-drug interactions. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

534. PA Clinical Skills IV (1-3, not repeatable)

Clinical Skills IV is designed for the second-year graduate PA student to refine their focused history skills, physical exam performances, clinical reasoning skills and oral presentations in preparation for clinical year clerkships and Final Summative Exam. It is part of a four-part course entitled Clinical Skills. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

535. PA Clinical Seminar (3)

Introduces students to the Physician Assistant profession and population health as it relates to epidemiology, health promotion and disease prevention, health policy, intervention, models for change, and rural health in New Mexico. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

540. PA Dermatology [Introduction to Clinical Medicine I- Dermatology] (2)

This course focuses on the major biological principles of dermatology including anatomy, normal physiology, pharmacology and pathophysiology. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

541. PA Orthopedics [Introduction to Clinical Medicine I- Orthopedics] (2)

This course focuses on the major biological principles of the musculoskeletal system including anatomy, normal physiology, pharmacology and pathophysiology. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

542. Musculoskeletal Connective Tissue (MSCT) (4)

This course focuses on human anatomy, histology and embryology. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

545. PA Neurosciences [Introduction to Clinical Medicine II- Neurosciences] (4)

This course provides a foundation in the basic medical and clinical science of the nervous system. Focus is on neurology, psychiatry, and behavioral medicine. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

547. PA CV-Pulmonary-Renal [Introduction to Clinical Medicine II- CV-Pulmonary-Renal] (4)

This course provides a foundation in the basic medical and clinical science of the cardiovascular, pulmonary, and renal systems, including the pathophysiology associated with common disorders of these organ systems. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

548. PA Infectious Disease [Introduction to Clinical Medicine III Mechanisms of Disease - Infectious Disease] (3, may be repeated once Δ [4])

This course provides a basic overview of the medical and clinical science of human infectious diseases, including viral, bacterial, parasitic and protozoic conditions. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

549. Introduction to Clinical Medicine III Human Sexuality and Reproduction (2)

This course provides a basic overview of human sexuality and reproduction. The course includes a focus on the pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment of common male and female reproductive disorders, contraceptive technology and normal/abnormal pregnancy. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

550. PA GI, Nutrition, Metabolism (GINM) [GI-Nutrition-Metabolism-Endocrinology (GINME)] (3, may be repeated one time Δ [4])

This course provides a foundation in the basic medical and clinical science of the gastrointestinal (GI) tract, including the pathophysiology associated with common disorders of this organ system. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

552. PA Sexuality, Reproduction and Endocrine (3)

This course provides a foundation in the basic medical and clinical science of the human human sexuality, the human reproductive system and human endocrine system including the pathophysiology associated with common disorders of these organ systems. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

560. PA Clerkship Family Medicine [Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Family Medicine] (3)

This supervised clerkship is a first-year field experience and covers the health care needs of patients across the lifespan. The course surveys major aspects of primary health care. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

561. PA Clerkship Women's Health & Prenatal Care [Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Women's Health and Prenatal Care] (3)

This supervised clerkship focuses on the management of women’s health care in a family practice setting. Clerkship activities include evaluation and management of common gynecological conditions/disorders and routine prenatal care. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

562. PA Clerkship Pediatrics [Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Pediatrics] (3)

This supervised family practice-pediatric clerkship focuses on the development of skills in the health care of pediatric and adolescent patients. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

563. PA Clerkship Behavioral Medicine - Psychiatry (3)

This supervised clerkship focuses on the healthcare of patients with behavioral health problems commonly seen in the primary care setting. Field experience may be in the office setting as well as clinic/in-patient settings. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

564. PA Clerkship Emergency Medicine (3)

This supervised clerkship focuses on the triage, evaluation and management of patients in the emergency setting. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

565. PA Clerkship General Internal Medicine [Supervised Clinical Practice Experience General Internal Medicine] (3)

This supervised clerkship focuses on the care of the adult patient in both the outpatient and inpatient setting. It is the foundation for subspecialty (elective) courses such as cardiology, endocrinology, etc. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

566. PA Clerkship Elective [Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Elective] (3, may be repeated one time Δ [1])

This supervised clerkship provides an opportunity for the student to choose a clinical field experience in an area of personal interest. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

568. PA Clerkship Surgery [Supervised Clinical Practice Experience General Surgery] (3)

This supervised clerkship focuses on the care of the surgical patient. Activities include experience in the operating room as well as pre- and post-operative care and assessment of the patient in the office setting. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

570. PA Foundations of Medical Science (3, may be repeated one time Δ)

This course provides an overview of broad mechanistic concepts providing a conceptual structure for approaching disorders of the organ systems related to genetics, neoplasia, and autoimmune diseases. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

575. PA Clerkship Primary Care [Supervised Clinical Practice Experience Primary Care] (3, may be repeated one time Δ [5])

This supervised clerkship incorporates elements of patient care gained from the Family Practice and specialty clerkships. The student will learn to function at a higher level in the clinical management of the patient. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

600. PA Program to Practice [Program to Practice] (2)

This course prepares the student for clinical practice. Topics range from medical coding to state medical practice laws. It also includes the final graduate-level capstone projects and oral/written summative evaluations. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

610. Independent Study (1-14, may be repeated once Δ)

This course is designed to develop specialized skills, which may include: research, development of a particular interest and development of an overseas or cultural clerkship. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies and permission of instructor.

611. Topics (1-6, may be repeated fourteen times Δ)

To be used for elective or innovative content in the program. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physician Assistant Studies.

Peace Studies (PCST)

1110. Introduction to Peace Studies (3)

Introduction to peace research. Primary content of Peace Studies Program; focuses on the concepts of peace/war, security/conflict, and violence/non-violence. Special emphasis on non-violent conflict resolution, human rights, and social/environmental justice issues.

306. Peace and Conflict (3)

This course addresses peace and conflict issues arising from the global search for scarce mineral resources and indigenous communities and cultures threatened by extractive industries.

307. Nonviolent Alternatives (3)

(Also offered as SOCI 307) This course studies the dynamics of violence and nonviolence at the interpersonal, institutional, cultural, and global level from a variety of disciplinary perspectives.

340. Topics in Peace Studies (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Current topics in Peace Studies to be explored in experimental courses.

400. Peace Studies Internship (3)

Placement in community-based organization active in conflict resolution, peacemaking, and/or social justice. Arranged by student in consultation with advisor. Must be supervised by a faculty member. Restriction: junior or senior standing, and permission of Peace Studies advisor and internship instructor.

Physical Education Non-Professional Program (See also: PHED) (PENP)

108. Classical Jujutsu I (Beginner-Intermediate) (1-2, no limit Δ)

Jujutsu, the art of the samurai, helps develop defensive and offensive combat skills, inner power, self discipline, harmony and control.

109. Classical Jujutsu II (Intermediate-Advanced) (1-2, no limit Δ)

Jujutsu II helps develop intermediate to advanced level defensive and offensive combat skills and higher levels of control, power, focus and personal harmony.

111. Military Fitness (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice of various techniques used by various branches of the military to enhance fitness.

118. Individual Tumbling (1-2, no limit Δ)

A class for the beginner to help develop coordination, agility, flexibility, a kinesthetic sense and neuromuscular control.

119. Advanced Tumbling (1-2, no limit Δ)

Advanced instruction to continue development of coordination, agility, flexibility, a kinesthetic sense and neuromuscular control.

149. Badminton (1, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic skills, strategies and rules of badminton.

151. Four Wall Handball (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction in the basic rules, skills, and strategies of Four Wall Handball.

167. Yogalates (1-2, no limit Δ)

Instruction and practice in movements that combine elements of Yoga and Pilates.

Professional Physical Education (See also: PRPE) (PEP)

301. Physical Education in Secondary Schools (3)

Organization, methods, skills necessary to teach a wide variety of team sports. Four hours per week. Corequisite: 319 and 444.

305. Teaching Exercise (3)

An overview of the educational concepts, performance techniques, program design and leadership skills needed to teach group exercise. The course will include analysis and application of effective exercise procedures for all fitness levels. Prerequisite: 326L and PRPE 2165. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

319. Physical Education in the Elementary School (3)

Introduction to all methods of teaching elementary physical education. Four hours per week. Prerequisite: PRPE 2150 and PRPE 2170 and PRPE 2175. Corequisite: 301 and 444.

326L. Fundamentals of Exercise Physiology (3)

Study of the immediate and long-term effects of exercise on physiological systems of the human body. Prerequisite: BIOL 2210 and BIOL 2210L.

351. Clinical Exercise in Physical Therapy Online (3)

This online course addresses physiological effects of exercise related to systems of the body with emphasis on the cardiopulmonary and neuromuscular systems. We apply these principles for designing specialized exercise programs for effective patient care. Prerequisite: BIOL 2210 and BIOL 2225.

373. General Medical Conditions in Athletic Training (3)

This course is designed to provide information relative to general medical conditions. Emphasis will be placed on the etiology, development and treatment of pathophysiological processes. Prerequisite: 481 and PRPE 2145.

374. Therapeutic Modalities (3)

This course is designed to provide information relative to the physiological principles and operational procedures of contemporary therapeutic modalities as they relate to the care and treatment of athletic injuries. Prerequisite: PRPE 2145.

375. Pharmacology in Athletic Training (3)

This course is designed to provide the athletic training student with an understanding of pharmacological applications and governing pharmacy regulations relevant to athletic training. Prerequisite: 374.

391 / 591 / 691. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

400. Student Teaching in the Elementary School (6)

Prerequisite: 444 and 466 and EDPY 303 and EDPY 310. Restriction: permission of instructor.

410. Assessment in Physical Education (3)

Provide physical education students the ability to select, design, and implement performance-based assessment. Prerequisite: 301 and 319 and 444. Corequisite: 430 and 466.

430. Classroom/Behavior Management in Physical Education (3)

Provide physical education students with strategies and techniques for effective classroom/behavior management.

444. Teaching and Learning in Physical Education (3)

Theories and concepts related to teaching physical education. Prerequisite: PRPE 2150 and PRPE 2170 and PRPE 2175. Corequisite: 301 and 319.

461. Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools (6)

Prerequisite: 444 and 466 and EDPY 303 and EDPY 310. Restriction: permission of instructor.

466. Adapted Physical Education (3)

The field of adaptive and corrective physical education and its relationship to the regular curriculum in PE. Prerequisite: 301 and 319 and 444.

467. Physical Disabilities and Causes (3)

(Also offered as SPCD 467) Investigation of etiology, characteristics and treatment appropriate for individuals with physical disabilities who are in public sector, schools and exercise programs.

469. Management Concepts in Sport and Fitness Settings (3)

This course is designed to prepare prospective managers, directors and program coordinators for sport and fitness settings. Human relations and management skills will be emphasized. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

470 / 502. Designs for Fitness (4)

Focuses on physical fitness assessment and exercise prescription and includes 1) use of field tests and laboratory tests to appraise physical fitness levels; 2) designs of individualized physical fitness programs; and 3) evaluation of exercise programs. Prerequisite: 326L and PRPE 2155 and PRPE 2165. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

471. Exercise and Disease Prevention (3)

Identification and analysis of current disease prevention issues related to exercise, physical activity and lifestyle. Prerequisite: 326L and PRPE 2165. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

473. Rehabilitation of Athletic Injuries (3)

Designed to provide the athletic training student with the basic components of a comprehensive rehabilitation pro-gram, therapeutic goals, modalities and exercise, progression criteria and methods of evaluating/re-evaluating and recording rehabilitation progress. Prerequisite: 374 and BIOL 2210 and BIOL 2210L and BIOL 2225 and BIOL 2225L and PRPE 2135 and PRPE 2145 and PRPE 2165.

474. Athletic Training Administration (3)

The student will learn to plan, coordinate and supervise administrative components of an athletic training program for a high school, college or professional athletic organization. Prerequisite: 374 and 481.

475 / 503. EKG Interpretation (3)

Anatomical and physiological approach to the interpretation of resting 12-lead electrocardiograms. Course fee. Prerequisite: 326L. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

476 / 508. Exercise Testing and Interpretation (3)

Practical and theoretical skills necessary to safely conduct graded exercise tests on treadmills and ergometers. Prerequisite: 470 and 475. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

478 / 579. Sports Physiology (3)

The student will learn to properly analyze any sport in terms of specific conditioning demands and be able to design a training prescription for any sport. Prerequisite: 326L and PRPE 2165. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Exercise Science.

479. Organization and Administration of Physical Education (3)

Program building, including criteria for the selection of activities and progression, and other factors affecting course of study such as facilities, equipment, budget, laws, policies, professional responsibilities.

480 / 582. Principles of Coaching (3)

This course consists of an in-depth study of the coaching profession, helping students develop an understanding of the nature of the profession and its inherent responsibilities.

481. Athletic Training Clinical II (4)

Provide an introduction to basic clinical skills used in the professional activities of the athletic trainer. Fieldwork in the athletic training room is included. Minimum of 200 clinical hours. Prerequisite: PRPE 2145.

483. Athletic Training Clinical III (4)

Provide the athletic training student with an opportunity to apply clinical skills. The athletic training student gains practical experience through assignment to an approved clinical instructor. Minimum of 200 clinical hours. Prerequisite: 481.

486. Ergogenic Aids for Sport Performance (3, may be repeated one time)

The use of ergogenic aids, whether pharmacological, technological or psychological is widely used in sport. This course will focus on identifying and exploring the effects of researched ergogenic aids. Prerequisites: 326L and CHEM 2120. Restriction: Admitted to the Exercise Science Program.

488. Athletic Training Clinical IV (4)

Provides the opportunity to apply clinical skills and gain field experience through assignment to an off-campus high school and/or clinic setting. Minimum of 200 clinical hours. Prerequisite: 483.

489. Research in Athletic Training (3)

This course is designed to examine evidence-based practice, patient outcomes and research in the field of athletic training. Prerequisite: 375 and 473 and 483 and PRPE 2140. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Athletic Training.

490. Topics in Athletic Training (4)

This course is designed to examine current topics, career development, practice analysis and transition to practice in the field of athletic training. Prerequisite: 375 and 473 and 483 and PRPE 2140. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Athletic Training.

493 / 593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

495. Practicum (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory or field experiences in agency or institutional setting. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Exercise Science Senior Seminar (1, repeatable one time)

A capstone for Exercise Science students in their last semester of the program. The course bridges the gap between undergraduate education and Exercise Science research. Restriction: Exercise Science students in last semester of program.

499L. Emergent Response in Athletic Training (4)

Best practices to manage traumatic injuries, respiratory and circulatory arrest, and acute illness will be presented, discussed, and practices as outlined in the educational competencies set by the National Athletic Trainers' Association Board of Certification. Prerequisite: PRPE 2110 and PRPE 2130 and PRPE 2135 and PRPE 2140 and PRPE 2145.

500. Exercise Science Seminar (1)

Designed to orient students to Exercise Science graduate programs and serves as a forum for exchange of research in the field.

501. Advanced Exercise Physiology (3)

Specific topics of interest to those who need an introduction to the practice of exercise physiology and to become familiar with research possibilities and career opportunities in the field of exercise physiology.

502 / 470. Designs for Fitness (4)

503 / 475. EKG Interpretation (3)

Anatomical and physiological approach to the interpretation of resting 12-lead electrocardiograms. Course fee. Prerequisite: 326L.

507. Research Design in HPER (3)

(Also offered as HED 507) Emphasizes an understanding of different research designs, their level of sophistication and their application from both a theoretical and practical point of view.

508 / 476. Exercise Testing and Interpretation (3)

Practical and theoretical skills necessary to safely conduct graded exercise tests on treadmills and ergometers. Prerequisite: 502 and 503.

509. Media and Public Relations in HPER (3)

Introduction to principles of public relations publicity and crisis management in HPER and sports administration.

510. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education (3)

Designed for those individuals engaged in curriculum development and revision. Theoretical and practical application for construction of physical education courses/programs.

516. Seminar in Physical Education (3)

The course covers current topics, trends and issues in physical education and sport.

527. Metabolic Considerations of Exercise Science (3)

An advanced study of the methodology, techniques and applications of biochemistry research as it applies to metabolic aspects of exercise and nutritional biochemistry. Prerequisite: 501. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physical Education or Ph.D. Physical Education, Sports and Exercise Science.

528. Neuromuscular Basis of Human Performance (3)

Designed to relate concepts of nerve and muscle physiology to physical performance. Selected applied topics, as well as research techniques used in their field, are investigated. Prerequisite: 326L.

530. Laboratory Procedures and Instrumentation in Applied Physiology (3)

Use of all routine testing procedures and instrumentation in the Center for Exercise Laboratory. Requires considerable extra-class independent work in the laboratory. Completion of this course is mandatory for any student planning to use the laboratory facilities. Prerequisite: 326L.

532. Body Composition (3)

Covers theoretical and applied aspects of body composition assessment. Students critically analyze currently used and newly developed laboratory and field techniques for evaluating body composition. Prerequisite: 470.

539. Introduction to Sport Administration (3)

Provides the opportunity for students interested in pursuing a career in the broad field of sport administration to identify the skills, knowledge and experiences needed by managers of sport programs. Analyze potential career opportunities.

540. Sport Sociology (3)

Investigates: a) the reciprocal impact of sport on society; b) individual and group behavior as influenced by social relationships within social settings; and c) the multiple roles of sport in cross-cultural contexts.

541. Ethics in Sport and Fitness (3)

Designed to promote critical self-evaluation, examine one’s philosophy/values, refine moral reasoning skills and study moral/ethical issues in sport and exercise environments.

544. Physiology of Resistance Training (3)

This course is intended to be an advanced study of the tissue and systems research published on acute and chronic physiological adaptations known to occur with resistance training. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physical Education or Ph.D. Physical Education, Sports and Exercise Science.

545. Sport Leadership (3)

Study of leadership theory and its application to the effective administration of sport programs. Course also examines current sport leadership research as well as the governance of amateur and professional sport organizations.

547. Sport Marketing and Promotions (3)

A study of the current approaches sport managers utilize for conducting relationships with consumers in sport environments. The course will focus on evaluation of sport sponsorships, promotional strategies and development of a marketing plan.

548. Financing Sport (3)

A study of the approaches sport managers utilize for acquiring revenue and managing funds in sport environments. The course will focus on economic impact studies, public subsidization of sport facilities and innovative revenue acquisition strategies.

550. Governance of Intercollegiate Athletics (3)

A study of the relationships evident in intercollegiate sport environments. The course will focus on evaluation of policies established, ramifications for violation of rules and the procedures utilized by the NCAA to govern inter-collegiate athletics.

561. Risk Management in Sport (3)

Study of safety, negligence and liability in sport. Designed to help teachers, coaches, facility managers, program directors, etc. develop the knowledge and skills to recognize and eliminate dangerous situations before they become a problem.

562. Exercise in Extreme Environment (3)

Classic and recent published research is used to explore the altered exercise-related human physiology during human exposure to our main environmental stressors–altitude/ hypoxia, heat/dehydration, positive g-forces and micro-gravity. Prerequisite: 530 or permission of instructor.

566. Legal Aspects of Sport (3)

A study of selected areas of the law and how they relate to the world of sports, physical activity, physical education and recreation. An emphasis will be placed on current issues and practical applications. Prerequisite: 561.

570. The Analysis of Teaching Physical Education (3)

Investigates education in contemporary society, examines theories and styles of teaching, reviews research related to teaching, studies methods for determining teacher effectiveness and discusses other topics related to teaching physical education.

571. Assessment and Data Literacy in Physical Education (3)

This course provides graduate students with an enhanced understanding of data driven decision making, data literacy, and assessment as related to standards-based curriculum development in physical education.

572. Issues and Methods in Elementary Physical Education (3)

This course is designed to examine the current issues confronting elementary physical education. Students will consider the role elementary physical education plays in the development of the total child and the physically educated student.

573. Critical Issues in Secondary Physical Education (3)

This course is designed to examine the issues confronting secondary physical education. Students will review historical perspectives as they relate to current trends in the field of secondary physical education.

575. Sport Facilities Planning and Construction (3)

This course provides an overview of the fundamentals of planning, design and construction of athletic, physical education, recreation and sport facilities and the relationship of facilities to programs.

576. Sport Event Management (3)

Provides students with the knowledge, skills and understanding necessary to propose, develop and conduct sport-related contests and special events. Also covers elements of facility and game management.

579 / 478. Sports Physiology (3)

The student will learn to properly analyze any sport in terms of specific conditioning demands and be able to design a training prescription for any sport. Prerequisite: 326L and 502 and PRPE 2165.

582 / 480. Principles of Coaching (3)

This course consists of an in-depth study of the coaching profession, helping students develop an understanding of the nature of the profession and its inherent responsibilities.

583. Sociopolitical Issues in Teaching Physical Education (3)

Presents an introduction to sociopolitical issues in teaching and teacher socialization and varying perspectives surrounding the study of how teachers adopt the values, skills, knowledge, and cultural norms of the profession of teaching.

584. Readings in Physical Education Teacher Education (3)

Provides an introduction to research in physical education teacher education. Readings, discussion, and writings serve to deepen understanding literature and guide students to identifying an area of interest for their capstone project, thesis, or dissertation.

588. Sport Psychology I (3)

Investigates theories and applied techniques for psychological skills enhancement in sport and physical activity settings. Main topics include arousal management, imagery, self talk, concentration control and feedback principles.

589. Sport Psychology II (3)

Investigates theory and applied interventions that enhance psychological skill development in sport and physical activity settings. Main topics include motivation, goal setting, self-esteem, decision-making, group cohesion, injury/pain control and termination issues specific to sport.

590. Supervision of Physical Education Programs (3)

Designed to examine supervisory theory and research to help students acquire an understanding of all the areas supervision in physical education encompasses and to assist the student to develop specific supervisory skills.

591 / 391 / 691. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

593 / 493. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

595. Advanced Field Experiences (3-6, no limit Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

598. Directed Readings in Physical Education (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

604. Dissertation Seminar (3)

This course is designed to assist doctoral students in the preparation and writing of their dissertation proposal. Students focus their research project, and prepare their draft dissertation proposal and PowerPoint presentation. Prerequisite: 507 and EDPY 511. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Physical Education, Sports and Exercise Science.

612. Organizational Theory in Sport (3)

Examines current research related to organizational study in amateur, professional and commercial sport. Requires analysis of topic related to sport organization goals and effectiveness, structure, strategy, change, politics and organizational culture. Prerequisite: 545.

614. Sport Consumer Behavior (3)

This course will compare and contrast the various research methodologies most commonly practiced in sport marketing settings. Through systematic analysis of the sport marketing mix, students will demonstrate proficiency in conducting and presenting sport market research. Prerequisite: 547.

618. Seminar in Sport Research (3)

Provides an understanding of the foundational research and literature in Sport Administration. An in-depth literature review of a selected topic will be conducted and future research questions will be identified.

625. Writing for Professional Publication (3)

Designed to guide the student through the process of writing, organizing, illustrating and submitting scientific papers for publication in scholarly journals.

627. Seminar in Applied Physiology (3)

Latest research on specific topics of present interest is synthesized, presented and discussed. Course requires independent work, active participation in class discussions and advanced standing in exercise physiology.

628. Cellular and Molecular Considerations of Exercise Science (3)

An advanced study of methodology, techniques and applications of biochemistry research applicable to exercise science. Emphasis will be placed on many of the applied and molecular aspects in research. Prerequisite: 501 and 535. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Physical Education or Ph.D. Physical Education, Sports and Exercise Science.

691 / 391 / 591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

698. Directed Readings in Physical Education (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Public Health (PH)

101. Introduction to Population Health (3)

Introduction to Population Health provides a population perspective on the multi-level (ecologic) determinants of health, disease and injury; the programs, policies and services that protect and promote health and prevent disease; and the analytic tools used by population health professionals. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

102. Global Health Challenges and Responses (3)

Global health is concerned with developing theories and methods to understand the roots of social, economic, political and environmental determinants of health, with a focus on the nature of health inequalities across the world. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

201. Population Health Biology (3)

Introduction to biological disease basis, including cellular, physiological, genetic, immunologic, and environmental determinants. Pathologic mechanisms and host susceptibility for infectious and non-infectious diseases of population health importance including disease prevention/control delivered in a team-based format. Prerequisite: BIOL 1110 or BIOL 1140 or BIOL 2110C or BIOL 2210 or BIOL 2305.

221. Population Health: Introduction to Social, Cultural, Behavioral Theory (3)

Examine and apply social, cultural, and behavioral theories and models that inform and strengthen population health practice. Theories are used to diagnose health and social problems and plan interventions to improve the public's health. Prerequisite: 101 and 102.

230. Introduction to Environmental and Occupational Health (3)

Environmental and occupational health and safety; including regulatory processes, compliance, pollution prevention, drinking water, wastewater management, solid/hazardous waste, air quality, food protection, zoonotic and vector-borne disease control, radiation, injury prevention. Prerequisite: 101 and 102.

240. Health Systems, Services and Policies (3)

Increase the analytical capacity and critical thinking in regards to the US health system, services and related policies. Reinforce the students¿ sense of social responsibility and further their understanding of population health approaches. Prerequisite: 101 and 102.

241. Fundamentals of Health Care Finance (3)

Introduction to health care finance for Population Health students. The course will introduce basic concepts of health care finance: access, affordability, quality, and portability. Prerequisite: 101 and 102.

260. Special Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Topics in population health that are not covered in the existing curriculum that are mutually agreed upon by students and faculty. May be repeated for credit provided the subject matter varies.

310. Population Health Research Methods (3)

Foundational understanding of scientific paradigms, approaches, methods and designs on population health research; definitions of health research problems at population, community, social group, system and service levels; and ethical procedures. Prerequisite: 201 and 221 and 230 and 240 and 241 and 311.

311. Essentials of Epidemiology: The Language of Population Health (3)

Introduction to analytic tools and methods used to quantify population health problems. Epidemiologists monitor, quantify and map disease, and critically assess the impact of medical treatments and population health interventions. Prerequisite: MATH 1350.

350. Health Data Systems (3)

Introduces population health data systems in clinical and public health settings including electronic health records, data standards, legal aspects of health information, coding, and reimbursement. Big healthcare data sources will be explored. Prerequisite: 201 and 221 and 230 and 240 and 241 and 311.

360. Population Health Management (3)

Examine policies and interventions regarding population health outcomes. Methods to predict patient risk and engagement. Quality and safety strategies and benchmarks, and information technology for use in population health management decision support. Prerequisite: 221 and 311.

375. Population Health Field Experience (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

This course helps students strengthen professional population health skills in settings other than those in which they are employed and would benefit from working with or shadowing a professional in a community or clinical setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 101 and 102.

420. Population Health Evidenced-Based Practices (3)

Introduces students to core concepts in population-based primary and secondary prevention strategies for population health issues. Students will critically examine evidence-based guidelines used to informed population health interventions. Prerequisite: 221.

421. Assessment and Planning (3)

Describe and apply assessment and planning processes to determine priorities for population health interventions. Provide overview of planning and development of population health interventions from a systems perspective, with attention to evidence-based, theoretical, and ethical approaches. Prerequisite: 420.

422. Program Evaluation (3)

Describe and apply the implementation/management and evaluation processes for population health interventions. Provides an overview of the implementation and evaluation of population health interventions from a systems perspective. Prerequisite: 421.

460. Special Topics in Population Health (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Variable topics in population health provides students to work with faculty on topics that are not part of the curriculum.

475. Population Health Capstone (6)

Provides an opportunity to earn credit hours (1-class, 5-field) through an experiential population health issue in a clinical or public health venue. This facilitates integration of classroom learning and practical experience during the Capstone. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Prerequisite: 421.

493. Population Health Independent Study (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Students work individually with faculty members on projects with individual supervision. Prerequisite: 101 and 102. Restriction: permission of advisor.

501. Determinants and Equity in Public Health (4)

Concepts of public health related to determinants of health; cultural, social and political concepts of disease; disease prevention; health promotion, including individual behavior change and community based intervention; health policy. Restriction: admitted to M.P.H. Public Health.

502. Epidemiology and Biostatistics I (4)

Provides an overview of the methods of epidemiologic research. Designed to provide students with the capability of understanding epidemiologic measures of disease occurrence, interpreting the findings of epidemiologic studies and integrating the results of epidemiologic research into public health practice. Prerequisite: MATH 1350 with a grade of "B" or better. Co-requisite: 538.

503. Epidemiology and Biostatistics II (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Provides a good understanding of the principles and methods involved in the design, conduct, analysis and interpretation of epidemiologic research. Prerequisite: 502 with a grade of "B" or better and 538 with a grade of "B" or better. Restriction: permission of instructor.

506. Environmental-Occupational Health (2)

Applies the public health perspective to environmental and occupational disease. Students will learn to apply the ecologic principles of agent, host and environment to diseases associated with exposures to the physical environment and chemical contaminants. Prerequisite: 501.

507. Health Care Systems (3)

Provides an overview of how health care is delivered in the United States. A wide variety of delivery and payment methods are examined. In addition, the U.S. health care delivery systems will be compared to Native American, U.S. Mexican Border, Canadian and Cuban systems. Core option for students admitted any year; required for students year 2000 and later.

510. Public Health and Health Care Management (3)

This course will examine the history and organization of the U.S. Healthcare System and will focus on the core functions in public health healthcare management. The role and elements of professionalism and ethics will be integrated throughout the course.

513. Public Health Seminar (0-1 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

A graduate seminar and journal club focusing on a wide range of PH topics. Speakers present original research. Journal club guides students to critically assess literature. Two semesters required for credit. Prerequisite: 502.

524. Social Epidemiology (2)

Social Epidemiology provides students with principles and methods of design, conduct analysis, and interpretation of epidemiologic research using a social epidemiology approach. Prerequisite: 502 with a grade of "B" or better. Restriction: permission of instructor.

528. Infectious Disease Epidemiology (2)

Learn basic epidemiological principles of infectious diseases. Learn and understand the multiple factors associated with spread of infectious agents within populations and development, application and evaluation of control measures to stop or prevent transmission. Prerequisite: 502.

531. Perinatal Epidemiology (2)

Review of a wide range of topics central to perinatal epidemiology. Highlighted topics will include conception and early fetal loss, design issues in studies of adverse reproductive outcomes and epidemiologic aspects and public health approaches to prevention of congenital malformation. Prerequisite: 502.

533. Public Health Research Methods (3)

Quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods of applying and understanding the scientific inquiry used in health and social sciences research. Identify health-related problems and formulate questions that can be translated into sound research designs.

534. Epidemiology Data Analysis (3)

Students will learn how to conduct a careful epidemiologic data analysis. The focus of the course is developing the practical and critical thinking skills to conduct an epidemiologic data analysis. This course is required for epidemiology concentration students. Prerequisite: 537 and 539.

537. Advanced Epidemiology Methods (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course is designed to provide students with a greater depth of knowledge of the principles and methods central to the design, conduct, analysis, and interpretation of epidemiologic work. Prerequisite: 502 and 538. Restriction: permission of advisor.

538. Epidemiology and Biostatistics Lab [Epidemiology and Biostatistics Workshop] (2 [1])

Covers basic statistical methods including statistical summaries and inference. Methods of summarizing data include graphical displays and numerical summaries. Statistical inference includes hypothesis testing and confidence intervals. Methods for continuous and categorical data are studied. Prerequisite: MATH 1220 with a grade of "B" or better. Co-requisite: 502

539. Advanced Biostatistics (3)

Covers basic models used in the statistical analysis of studies in the medical sciences and public health field, with an emphasis on epidemiology. Linear regression, analysis of variance, logistic regression, and survival models are studied. Prerequisite: 502 and 538.

552. Interventions for Health Equity (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

An exploration of rational health planning methods. Methods will be applied in the development of a health program plan within a social context where public health planning actually occurs. Involves the development of a realistic program plan addressing a health-related problem and writing a proposal for funding.

554. Health Policy, Politics and Social Equity (3)

Provides students with understanding of factors within and outside of health care system. Reviews social policy in addressing coverage of uninsured, improving population health and reducing social inequities. Examination of frameworks and politics of policy programs.

555. Public Health Evaluation Methods (3)

Introduces students to the language and theory of program evaluation to undertake their own evaluation design: how to pose evaluation research questions; data collection methodologies available to them; how to make decisions about appropriate data collection methods for different types of evaluation objectives.

556. Community Participatory-Based Research (2-3)

Presents historical background, underlying assumptions, principles and steps for conducting CBPR. Introduces indigenous and decolonizing theories and methodologies of CBPR. Develops perspective on roles of culture, race, gender, and power in academic-community research partnerships.

560. Special Topics in Public Health (1-6 to a maximum of 30 Δ)

564. Public Health and Health Care Communication (3)

Communication for health and social change is a process of public/private communication through which people define who they are, what they need, and how to get what they need in order to improve their lives.

579. New Mexico Border Health: U.S. - Mexico Border Migration and Latino Health (2)

Gives students applied understanding of public health disparities, equity challenges, and assets in the U.S.-Mexico border region. Community-based learning via site visit to border region with Web-CT enhanced instruction.

582. Global Indigenous Health (3)

Course integrates physical, cultural, social, political, intellectual and emotional wellbeing of Indigenous populations globally. It examines health as a collective and individual inter-generational continuum that links to health status, practices, data, equity, policy and systems.

583. Advanced Topics in Health Sector and Globalization (3, may be repeated once Δ)

The course will follow a seminar format to analyze the U.S. health sector reform debate and legislation submitted to Congress while using other country experiences to highlight similarities and differences/pros and cons.Restriction: permission of advisor.

593. Independent Studies (1-3, no limit Δ)

Students work individually with faculty members on projects with individual supervision.

595. Introduction to Public Health Integrative Experience (1)

Introduction and preparation for PH 597 Public Health Integrative Experience. Students will evaluate and define the public health status and needs of a community. Preparation for construction and evaluation of interventions in PH 597. Restriction: admitted to M.P.H. Public Health.

596. Professional Paper (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

The professional paper allows the student to engage in analyzing or solving a real public health problem.

597. Public Health Integrative Experience (2)

One of three options for Culminating Experience. Students will conduct a computer-based systematic review of the epidemiologic and health intervention literature, perform epi data analysis and apply other planning and evaluation techniques to develop a prevention plan for a New Mexico population. Restriction: admitted to M.P.H. Public Health.

598. Public Health Practicum (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Individually arranged field experience to develop and refine professional public health skills. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

699. Doctoral Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Faculty-supervised investigative study that results in the development and writing of a doctoral dissertation Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Physical Education (Non-Professional) (See also: PENP) (PHED)

1110. Dance [Topics in Dance] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1140. Zumba (2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1210. Basketball [Basketball: Competition] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1230. Individual Sport [Topics in Individual Sport] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1280. Volleyball [Topics in Volleyball] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1290. Team Sport [Team Sport: Soccer] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1310. Swim I [Swim I: Beginning Swimming] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1320. Aqua Fit [Aqua Fit: Water Polo] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1410. Yoga [Yoga: Beginning Yoga] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1420. Stretching and Relaxation [Topics in Stretching and Relaxation] (1, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1430. Pilates (1, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1440. Tai Chi (1, no limit Δ)

Introduces the practice and philosophy of Tai Chi. Students will use breathing, alignment, precise body mechanics and soft, graceful movements to develop their understanding of the practice.

1460. Conditioning (1)

Individual sections vary based on topic content, "audience," type or level of participation.

1510. Training [Training: Resistance Training] (1, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1620. Fitness [Topics in Fitness] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1670. Aerobics (2)

Individual sections vary based on topic content, “audience,” type or level of participation.

1710. Martial Arts [Topics in Martial Arts] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1830. Running [Topics in Running] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1910. Outdoor Experience [Topics in Outdoor Experience] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. Dance II [Topics in Dance II] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

2230. Individual Sport II [Topics in Individual Sport II] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

2310. Swim II [Swim II: Intermediate Swimming] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

2320. Aqua Fit II [Aqua Fit II: Advanced Swimming and Conditioning] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

2410. Yoga II [Yoga II: Intermediate Yoga] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

2510. Training II [Training II: Intermediate Weight Training] (1, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

2710. Martial Arts II [Topics in Martial Arts II] (1-2, no limit Δ)

Individual sections vary based on topic content; “audience”; type or level of participation.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Philosophy (PHIL)

1115. Introduction to Philosophy (3)

In this course, students will be introduced to some of the key questions of philosophy through the study of classical and contemporary thinkers. Some of the questions students might consider are: Do we have free will? What is knowledge? What is the mind? What are our moral obligations to others? Students will engage with and learn to critically assess various philosophical approaches to such questions. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1120. Logic, Reasoning, and Critical Thinking (3)

The purpose of this course is to teach students how to analyze, critique, and construct arguments. The course includes an introductory survey of important logical concepts and tools needed for argument analysis. These concepts and tools will be use to examine select philosophical and scholarly texts. (I) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 1: Communication.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2140. Professional Ethics (3)

This course focuses on some of the ethical issues that arise in the context of professional life. Beginning with an overview of several major ethical theories, the course will consider how these theories, which traditionally concern personal morality, apply to life in a professional setting. The course will focus on issues that might include lying and truth-telling, whistleblowing, confidentiality, the obligations of businesses toward the public, and the ethical concerns of privacy in journalism. Using a combination of readings, case studies, and discussion, students will explore these issues by critically evaluating ethical principles and also applying them to real-world settings.

2210. Early Modern Philosophy (3)

This course is an introductory survey of early modern Western philosophy. Through an in-depth reading of primary source material, this course will examine the traditions of Rationalism and Empiricism that emerged during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Concepts to be discussed might include theories of knowledge and metaphysics, early modern scientific thought, and theories of the self. (I) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

2220. Greek Philosophy (3)

This course is an introductory survey of early and classical Greek philosophy. The course will include discussion of such philosophers as the Pre-Socratics, the Sophists, Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. Topics to be discussed may include the beginnings of scientific thought, theories of the self, the concept of being, virtue ethics, happiness, and theories of justice. (I)

2225. Greek Thought (3)

An introductory survey of early and classical Greek philosophy, literature, and history. Figures: the Presocratics, Socrates, Plato and Aristotle; Homer and Sophocles; Herodotus and Thucydides. (I)

2240. Introduction to Existentialism (3)

The aim of this course is to introduce students to the tradition of existential philosophy through a careful reading of philosophical texts by authors, such as Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Sartre, de Beauvoir, and Heidegger. (I)

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

333. Buddhist Philosophy (3)

This course traces the evolution of such topics as karma and rebirth and the nature of the liberated mind as discussed in the Buddhist traditions of India, Tibet, East Asia and the modern West. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

334. Indian Philosophy (3)

Upanishads, Bhagavad-gita, Jainism, Buddhism, the six Hindu systems and recent developments. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

336. Chinese Philosophy (3)

The development of Chinese thought from pre-Confucian times through the T’ang dynasty. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

341. Topics in Philosophy (1-3, no limit Δ)

An investigation of some important philosophic debates. (T)

343. Contemporary Continental Philosophy (3)

A survey of main themes in Dilthey, Husserl, Scheler, Heidegger, Merleau-Ponty, Sartre, Hermeneutics, Structuralism, Deconstruction and the Frankfurt School. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

350. Philosophy of Science (3)

This course is a survey of the main epistemological, ontological and conceptual issues that arise from or concern the methodology and content of the empirical sciences. (B)

352. Theory of Knowledge (3)

An examination of the nature and possibility of knowledge. Topics include skepticism, the analysis of knowledge, and the nature and structure of epistemic justification. (B) Prerequisite: 2210.

354. Metaphysics (3)

Problems and theories of metaphysics. Topics may include: investigation into the structure of things and their properties, identity and individuation, causation, necessity and possibility, universals, mind and body, space and time, God, truth and naturalism. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

356. Symbolic Logic (4)

(Also offered as MATH **356) This is a first course in logical theory. Its primary goal is to study the notion of logical entailment and related concepts, such as consistency and contingency. Formal systems are developed to analyze these notions rigorously. (B)

358. Ethical Theory (3)

Inquiry concerning goodness, rightness, obligation, justice and freedom. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

361. Modern Christian Thought (3)

(Also offered as RELG 361) Background of the intellectual issues facing Roman Catholic and Protestant traditions today. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Religious Studies or Philosophy.

363. Environmental Ethics (3)

Close reading of contemporary writings by naturalists, lawyers, theologians and philosophers on the philosophical aspects of environmental problems. (B)

365. Philosophy of Religion (3)

(Also offered as RELG 365) Philosophic analysis of some major concepts and problems in religion. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Religious Studies or Philosophy.

368. Biomedical Ethics (3)

A survey of recent work on bioethics. Topics may include: allocation of scarce resources, autonomy and consent, end of life and beginning of life, killing and letting die, genetic engineering, future therapies. (B)

371. Classical Social and Political Philosophy (3)

From Plato to Hobbes. (B) Prerequisite: 1115 or 2220 or 2225.

372. Modern Social and Political Philosophy (3)

From Hobbes to present. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

381. Philosophy of Law (3)

Examination of philosophical issues pertaining to law, including the nature of law, responsibility, rights, justice, the justification of punishment, and the justification of state interference with individual liberty. (B) Prerequisite: 358.

390. Latin American Thought (3)

Positivism through contemporary thought. (B) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

410 / 510. Kant (3)

(AI) Prerequisite: 2210.

*411. Hegel (3)

A close study of Hegel’s Phenomenology and Elements of the Philosophy of Right, emphasizing his conception of the method and aims of philosophy, and the fundamentals of his metaphysics, ethics, and social theory. (AI) Prerequisite: 2210.

*414. Nietzsche (3)

A study of Nietzsche’s philosophical thought. Topics may include: Nietzsche’s ethical critiques; the will to power thesis; agency and free will; truth; meaning; eternal recurrence and the affirmation of life. (AI) Prerequisite: 6 credit hours Philosophy course work.

*415. History and Philosophy of Mathematics (3)

(Also offered as MATH **415) A historical survey of principal issues and controversies on the nature of mathematics. Emphasis varies from year to year. (AS) Prerequisite: 356 or MATH 1440 or MATH 1522 or MATH **356.

*421. Early Heidegger (3)

(AI) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

*422. Wittgenstein (3)

(AI) Prerequisite: 6 credit hours Philosophy course work.

*423. Later Heidegger/Post-Heideggerian Philosophy (3)

This course will examine the “later” (post-1937) Heidegger and/or some major critical appropriations of Heidegger’s later thinking by Badiou, Baudrillard, Blanchot, Cavell, Derrida, Dreyfus, Foucault, Irigaray, Lacan, Levinas, Marcuse, Rorty, Vattimo, Zizek, or others. (AI) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

426. Seminar in Asian Philosophers (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Figure varies. Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

*441. Topics in Philosophical Figures and Movements (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topic varies. (OA) Prerequisite: one Philosophy course 200-level or above.

442. Seminar in Individual Philosophers (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Figure varies. (OA) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

453. Asian Studies Thesis (3)

(Also offered as COMP, HIST, POLS, RELG 453) Supervised research in one or more disciplines leading to an undergraduate thesis for the major in Asian Studies. (AT)

454 / 554. Seminar in Metaphysics and Epistemology (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

This seminar offers graduate and advanced undergraduate students exposure to contemporary literature and current professional discussion on issues in metaphysics and/or epistemology. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

*455. Philosophy of Mind (3)

A study of certain issues connected with the nature and status of minds. Topics include the mind-body problem, intentionality, consciousness, and mental causation. (AS) Prerequisite: 202.

457 / 557. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

A close and critical examination of issues in the history of philosophy. Emphasis may be placed on a particular philosophical figure or on the development of a particular trend in the history of philosophy. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

458 / 558. Seminar in Moral and Political Philosophy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

A study of advanced topics in ethics. Possible topics include: practical reason; the connection between ethics and agency; metaethics; the nature of normativity. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

464 / 564. Seminar in Philosophy of Religion (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Advanced topics in philosophy of religion. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

466 / 566. Seminar in Philosophy of Art and Aesthetics (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

An in-depth examination of the genesis of modern aesthetics in the 18th and early 19th centuries, with a special focus on the aesthetic theory of Immanuel Kant. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

*467. Philosophy of Art and Aesthetics (3)

Philosophical investigation of concept and theories of art and literature. Possible topics include the nature, definition and criteria of art; its functions; form and content; aesthetic experience; evaluation; artist’s/author’s status; meaning; reception; hermeneutics and representation. (AS) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

468 / 568. Seminar in Psychoanalytic Theory and Continental Philosophy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

This seminar offers students an in-depth introduction to psychoanalysis considered in relation to philosophy. It focuses on Freudian and/or Lacanian versions of analytic thought and their consequences for various philosophical discussions. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

469 / 569. Seminar in Continental Philosophy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

This seminar offers graduate and advanced undergraduate students an in-depth engagement with a specific philosopher or philosophical orientation situated in the context of twentieth-century Europe. It focuses on French and/or German philosophies in particular. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

*480. Philosophy and Literature (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Selected philosophical movements and their relationships to literary masterpieces. (AS) Prerequisite: one course in Philosophy.

486 / 586. Seminar on Major Continental Philosopher (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

A close reading of a leading figure in contemporary continental philosophy, typically focusing on that thinker’s most influential work, such as Sartre’s Being and Nothingness, Levinas’s Totality and Infinity, Gadamer’s Truth and Method, etc. (OA) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy course work.

497. Honors Seminar (3, may be repeated once Δ)

For departmental honors in philosophy. (OA) {Offered upon demand}

498. Reading and Research (1-3, may be repeated three times Δ)

(OA)

499. Senior Thesis (3, may be repeated once Δ)

For departmental honors. (OA) {Offered upon demand}

510 / 410. Kant (3)

(AI)

526. Seminar in Asian Philosophers (3)

(GS)

542. Seminar in Individual Philosophers (3, may be repeated five times Δ)

(GS)

551. M.A. Problems (1-3, may be repeated six times Δ)

(OM)

554 / 454. Seminar in Metaphysics and Epistemology (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

This seminar offers graduate and advanced undergraduate students exposure to contemporary literature and current professional discussion on issues in metaphysics and/or epistemology. (GS) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy coursework.

557 / 457. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

A close and critical examination of issues in the history of philosophy. Emphasis may be placed on a particular philosophical figure or on the development of a particular trend in the history of philosophy. (GS) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy coursework.

558 / 458. Seminar in Moral and Political Philosophy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

A study of advanced topics in ethics. Possible topics include: practical reason; the connection between ethics and agency; metaethics; the nature of normativity. (GS) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy coursework.

564 / 464. Seminar in Philosophy of Religion (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Advanced topics in philosophy of religion. (GS) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy coursework.

566 / 466. Seminar in Philosophy of Art and Aesthetics (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

An in-depth examination of the genesis of modern aesthetics in the 18th and early 19th centuries, with a special focus on the aesthetic theory of Immanuel Kant. (GS) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy coursework.

568 / 468. Seminar in Psychoanalytic Theory and Continental Philosophy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

This seminar offers students an in-depth introduction to psychoanalysis considered in relation to philosophy. It focuses on Freudian and/or Lacanian versions of analytic thought and their consequences for various philosophical discussions. (CP) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy coursework.

569 / 469. Seminar in Continental Philosophy (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

This seminar offers graduate and advanced undergraduate students an in-depth engagement with a specific philosopher or philosophical orientation situated in the context of twentieth-century Europe. It focuses on French and/or German philosophies in particular. (CP) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy coursework.

586 / 486. Seminar on Major Continental Philosopher (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

A close reading of a leading figure in contemporary continental philosophy, typically focusing on that thinker’s most influential work, such as Sartre’s Being and Nothingness, Levinas’s Totality and Infinity, Gadamer’s Truth and Method, etc. (CP) Prerequisite: 12 credit hours Philosophy coursework.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

(OM) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

651. Ph.D. Problems (1-3, may be repeated six times Δ)

(OP) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

670. Seminar in Sanskrit Philosophical Texts (3, may be repeated once Δ)

This course is designed to give students at the intermediate to advanced level practice in reading philosophical literature in Sanskrit. The texts chosen will be those that are most relevant to the students' research interests. (IP)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

(OP) Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Pharmacy (PHRM)

105. Introduction to Pharmacy Practice and Pharmaceutical Sciences (3)

The course provides an introduction to the scientific principles that form the basis for pharmacy practice and an overview of contemporary pharmacy practice, including specialized patient care settings.

301. Applied Biochemistry (3)

The course covers basic principles of protein, carbohydrate and lipid function, metabolism, and an introduction to molecular mechanisms of drug action. Prerequisite: CHEM **302.

302. Physical Pharmacy and Biopharmaceutics (3)

This course provides an introduction to physical pharmacy and biopharmaceutical principles that impact drug development and the performance of pharmaceutical dosage forms. Prerequisite: PHRM 301 and 305.

305. Fundamentals of Pathophysiology and Immunology (3)

The course provides in introduction to the fundamentals of human pathophysiology and diagnostic tests used to evaluate normal and abnormal biomarkers and the underlying principles of human immunology. Prerequisite: BIOL 2225.

310. Fundamentals of Pharmacokinetics and Dosage Forms (3)

An introduction to the influence of absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion on the time course of drug levels in body as well as fundamental principles in the design and manufacture of dosage forms. Prerequisite: 301; Pre- or corequisite 302.

311. Introduction to Pharmacology and Medicinal Chemistry (4)

This course will provide an introduction to pharmacology, drug metabolism, toxicology, and elimination of drugs that act upon the autonomic nervous system. Prerequisite: BIOL 2225.

315. Pharmaceutical Sciences Laboratory Techniques (3)

The course provides an introduction to common laboratory techniques essential in a pharmaceutical sciences laboratory setting. Pre- or corequisite: PHRM 302, 310 and 311.

424. Dosage Forms (3)

To provide students with an introduction to the fundamental principles of dosage forms, their design and the processes used in manufacturing and compounding drug products. Prerequisite: 302 and 310.

435. Quality Control and Regulatory Affairs (3)

To provide students with an introduction to quality control and regulatory affairs associated with drug product development. Prerequisite: 302 and 310 and 311.

476 / 576. Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology (3)

An overview of principles and basis of modern molecular and cellular pharmacology. {Spring}

493 / 593. Pharmaceutical Sciences and Toxicology Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

Research seminars on current topics in pharmaceutical sciences and toxicology will be presented by students and faculty from within UNM and from invited speakers outside of UNM. Restriction: permission of instructor.

496. Topics in Pharmacy (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

497. Problems in Pharmacy (1-5, no limit Δ)

Research and library problems in some phase of pharmacy. Not for professional students in the College of Pharmacy curriculum. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Problems in Pharmacy (1-5, no limit Δ)

Research and library problems in some phase of pharmacy. Not for professional students in the College of Pharmacy curriculum. Restriction: permission of instructor.

535. Supplementary Training in Pharmaceutical Sciences (1)

This course provides supplementary training to PHRM 700-level courses through analysis of the relevant scientific literature. Course will require mastery of topics in PharmD courses with a focus on aspects of drug research and development. Prerequisite: 706 and 710 and 731. Corequisite: 732. Restriction: permission of instructor.

536 / 736. Introduction to Pharmacogenomics (2)

An introduction to how inherited variations in genes dictate drug response. Topics covered include basic principles of medical genetics, chemotherapy improvement through pharmacogenomics, as well as the ethical, legal, and social impact of pharmacogenomics.

545. Pharmacoeconomics (3)

The course will discuss the theories, techniques and methodologies used to design, conduct and critique pharmacoeconomic and health outcomes research studies.

546. Healthcare Systems Review (3)

An overview of the healthcare system, the pharmacy profession, and health services research. Students learn to evaluate research and develop skills in reviewing and summarizing literature regarding current and future problems in healthcare.

547. Research Design and Analysis (3)

The course will provide training in research design and statistical methods used in conjunction with various studies. It will provide students with experience in the application of epidemiological and biostatistical methods available in SAS. Prerequisite: EDPY 511. Corequisite: PH 502.

548. Ethics Clinical Trials-Informed Consent (2)

The study of the history, ethical versus scientific methodological conflicts, and other issues that are generated by the conduct of randomized controlled clinical trials using human beings.

549. Regulatory Issues in Clinical Trials (2)

The study of federal regulations and guidelines that govern the planning and conduct of randomized controlled clinical trials in humans with drugs and devices.

551. Fundamentals of Clinical Trials (3)

Advanced readings on topics relating to the pharmaceutical sciences in the area of the fundamental concepts and methods of designing, conducting, monitoring and closing out multicenter clinical trials. Restriction: permission of instructor.

570. Multicenter Clinical Trials (4, may be repeated twice Δ)

The multicenter clinical trials (MCCT) experiential provides the pharmaceutical sciences graduate student applied training in multicenter clinical trials or cooperative studies.

576 / 476. Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology (3)

An overview of principles and basis of modern molecular and cellular pharmacology. {Spring}

580. General Toxicology (3)

An in-depth introduction to the basic principles and concepts of toxicology. Categories of chemicals causing toxic effects, the manner of exposure to toxic substances, the environmental and biological effects, and the laws and regulations will be considered.

591. Seminar in Administrative Pharmacy (1, no limit Δ)

This course will give the students experience in organizing and presenting their thoughts and interpretations on a selected subject. The seminar will provide the student with an opportunity to develop writing and formal oral presentation skills. Restriction: permission of instructor.

592. Seminar in Radiopharmacy (1, no limit Δ)

Each masters candidate will be required to present a seminar on a topic of choice approved by his/her supervisor or selected by the supervisor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

593 / 493. Pharmaceutical Sciences and Toxicology Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

594. Topics in Environmental Disease (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

597. Research Problems in Pharmaceutical Sciences (1-6, no limit Δ)

Research in pharmaceutical sciences. Restriction: permission of instructor.

598. Topics in Pharmaceutical Sciences (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Advanced readings in topics relating to the pharmaceutical sciences in the areas of hospital pharmacy, pharmacy administration, radiopharmacy or toxicology. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (1-9 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

710. Mechanisms of Drug Action I (5)

First in a series of courses addressing principles of pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and biochemical mechanisms of drug action and toxicity. This section will specifically cover basics of drug metabolism and the pharmacology, structure-activity relationships (SAR), toxicology and elimination of drugs that act upon the autonomic nervous system.

715. Pathophysiology II (4)

A continuation of 705.

717. Introductory Pharmacy Law (1)

An introduction to the Federal and New Mexico laws that relate to the practice of pharmacy.

719. Self-Care Therapeutics (2)

A pharmacotherapeutics course studying the use of non-prescription drugs, supplies, and herbal medicinals with emphasis on the pharmacist’s role as advisor, communicator, and educator to patients.

720. Introduction to Nuclear Pharmacy (2)

This course provides an overview of nuclear pharmacy as a practice specialty: contributions of the nuclear pharmacist and application of radioactive tracer techniques in the diagnosis and treatment of disease will be reviewed.

721. Self-Care Therapeutics II (1)

Self-Care involves the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of one's own illness without professional expertise. This course will introduce the concept of pharmaceutical care by the use of life-style modification, over-the-counter medications, and natural remedies.

732. Mechanisms of Drug Action III (5)

Continuation of 710 and 731 addressing pharmacology, toxicology, SAR and elimination of prototypes in specific drug classes.

735. Substance Abuse Elective (2)

This course emphasizes the most important themes and concepts in the field. Lectures/presentations will cover major categories of drug abuse (Opioids, Marijuana, Stimulants, Hallucinogenics, CNS depressants, Performance-enhancing drugs, OTC drugs, Herbals, Plants, and Tobacco/Caffeine/EtOH).

736 / 536. Introduction to Pharmacogenomics (2)

737. Introductory Spanish in the Pharmacy (1)

This course provides the pharmacy student with the basic tools to communicate with Spanish-speaking patients. Pharmacy-specific vocabulary and helpful structures will be covered in addition to fundamental grammar and conversational skills.

738. Intermediate Spanish in the Pharmacy (1)

A continuation of the introductory course. In addition to advancing the course participant's knowledge of basic medical terminology, the intermediate level introduces other relevant vocabulary topics for effective pharmacy communication in Spanish.

739. Pharmacotherapy I (6)

Introduces students to a systematic approach to patient-centered pharmaceutical care, emphasizing patient assessment, problem-solving, communication, and counseling skills. Begins pharmacotherapy sequence.

740. Self-Selected Supplementary Pharmacy Education (1-2 to a maximum of 2 Δ)

This course is designed to allow students to self-identify areas for supplemental pharmacy education. Student will select and complete ACPE-approved continuing education programs. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

748. Research Project (Initial) (1)

Student formulates hypothesis for research project and establishes methodologies for completion under guidance of faculty. Research project approved by committee. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

751. Pharmacotherapy II (6)

Study of the therapy of common disease states by organ systems integrating the concepts from pathophysiology, pharmacology, biopharmaceutics, pharmacokinetics and pharmacoeconomics in the treatment of patients. Fully develops the concept of pharmaceutical care or how to provide the most cost-effective care of a patient including over-the-counter and natural remedies.

755. Seminar in Pharmacy (1, may be repeated once Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

756. Safe Medication Practices (2)

A study of the existence of medication errors, reasons for these errors and suggested methods to prevent them from occurring.

758. Research Project (1, may be repeated four times Δ)

Student completes research project in final year. Up to four students may work collaboratively on one project. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

759. Advanced Law and Ethics (2)

Emphasis given to statues and regulations regulating the practice of pharmacy and distribution of drugs including the New Mexico Pharmacy Practice Act. Class discussion will include the application of ethics to situations in health care.

762L. Pharmaceutical Care Lab V (2)

Continuation of 733L, activities parallel concurrent pharmacotherapy courses. Emphasis on patient assessment, care planning, and monitoring.

769. Pharmacy Practice Experience (0-4, may be repeated four times Δ)

Rotations that allow students to participate in patient-centered care activities in different settings that are in-depth, structured, and carefully coordinated with other components of the curriculum and require active participation in patient care responsibilities.

771. Introductory Community Pharmacy Practice Experience (4)

A four-week (40 hours/week) directed dispensing pharmacy experience. Students will be exposed to ambulatory patient care in a community pharmacy setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

772. Introductory Institutional Pharmacy Practice Experience (3)

A four-week (40 hours/week) directed dispensing pharmacy experience. Students will be exposed to in-patient care in an institutional pharmacy setting. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

773 [773 / 511]. Nuclear Pharmacy Instrumentation (3)

Structure and properties of atoms, radiation and radioactive decay, production of radionuclides, interactions of radiation with matter, with emphasis on instrumentation for radiation detection and measurement in a nuclear pharmacy or nuclear medicine environment. Restriction: permission of instructor.

774 [774 / 512]. Radiopharmaceutical Chemistry (1)

Introduces undergraduate students to inorganic chemistry as applicable to radiopharmaceuticals. Prerequisite: CHEM **302. Restriction: permission of instructor.

775 [775 / 513]. Radiation Biology and Radiation Safety (3)

Fundamentals of the biological effects of ionizing radiation on living systems, especially man; basic biological mechanisms which bring about somatic and genetic effects. Concepts of radiation protection, radiation dosimetry, radiation monitoring and x-ray health physics. Restriction: permission of instructor.

776. Radiopharmacology (3)

Study of the physicochemical characteristics of radiopharmaceuticals; kinetics of radiopharmaceuticals; structure-distribution relationships of radiopharmaceuticals; considerations in the design of new radiopharmaceuticals. Restriction: permission of instructor.

781. Geriatric Medication Management - An Interprofessional Elective (2)

A course designed to provide hands-on experiences with geriatric patients in senior centers. Students will work with Nurse Practitioners and nursing students to evaluate blood pressures, blood glucoses, disease states and medication therapy.

782. Clinical Toxicology (2)

Study of the acute toxicity in humans of common drugs, chemicals and household products; physical and laboratory assessment of common poisonings; development of clinical management plans and role of pharmacists in prevention of poisonings. P3 standing in College of Pharmacy.

784. Advanced Infectious Diseases Pharmacotherapy (1)

This course will offer an in-depth discussion of the pharmacotherapy on several infectious diseases related topics such as advanced kinetics, MRSA treatment, liver diseases and infections, and HIV. Prerequisite: 751 with a grade of "C" or better. Restriction: permission of instructor.

785. Advanced Cardiovascular Pharmacotherapy (1)

This course is designed to give students an advanced knowledge and skill base in cardiovascular medicine and will include topics designed to allow the student to maximize the learning experience in the Cardiology APPE.

786. Geriatric Interprofessional Elective (2)

This course involves the study of the treatment of common geriatric disease states in multiple care settings and involves case-based discussion with an interprofessional team of students and instructors. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

790. Physical Assessment for the Pharmacist (2)

A physical assessment course to include instruction in performing physical assessment exams for all major organ systems, patient interviewing, and documentation for students who are interested in incorporating clinical pharmacy into their future practice.

796. Topics in Pharmacy Practice I (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This course provides current and/or future pharmacy practice topics that are not otherwise provided within the required Doctor of Pharmacy course curriculum. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

797. Topics in Pharmacy Practice II (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This course provides current and/or future pharmacy practice topics that are not otherwise provided within the required Doctor of Pharmacy course curriculum. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

798. Problems in Pharmacy (1-5 to a maximum of 10 Δ)

Research and library problems in some phases of pharmacy. Restriction: permission of instructor.

801. Applied Biochemistry (3)

The course covers basic principles of protein, carbohydrate and lipid function, metabolism, and an introduction to molecular mechanisms of drug action. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

802. Physical Pharmacy and Biopharmaceutics (3)

An introduction to physical pharmacy and biopharmaceutical principles impacting drug development and the performance of pharmaceutical dosage forms. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

803. Aspects of Patient Care I (3)

The first in a series of six courses, students are introduced to prescription processing and dispensing as well as patient communication. Drug information retrieval, Top 200 drugs, pharmaceutical calculation, and medical terminology are included. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

804. Public Health (2)

Presents New Mexico public health challenges in which pharmacists play a vital role in improving health of community and local population. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

805. Fundamentals of Pathophysiology and Immunology (3)

The fundamental basics of human pathophysiology and diagnostic tests used to evaluate normal and disease-based biomarkers and the underlying principles of immunology are presented as foundation for in-depth organ-specific disease states discussed in subsequent courses. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

807. Introduction to Pharmacy Practice and Communication (2)

This course will allow students to develop an understanding for the profession, insight into themselves as future health care professionals and enable students to learn the fundamentals of professional communication in healthcare settings. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

809. Pharmacy and Health Care Delivery Systems (2)

Explores the current U.S. healthcare delivery system models from perspective of pharmacy with emphasis on the influences of government policy, regulatory oversight and financial implications. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

810. Fundamentals of Pharmacokinetics and Dosage Forms (3)

811. Introduction to Pharmacology and Medicinal Chemistry (4)

This course will specifically cover an introduction to pharmacology, basics of drug metabolism and the structure-activity relationships (SAR), toxicology and elimination of drugs that act upon the autonomic nervous system. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

813. Aspects of Patient Care II (2)

The second in a series of six courses, students continue dispensing and professional communication skills. Introduction to Pharmacists’ Patient Care Process with self-care products. Basic drug information, Top 200 drugs and non-sterile compounding. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

815. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics and Self Care (4)

The introductory course to the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacotherapeutics pertaining to self-care and non-prescription pharmacotherapy. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

817. Introduction to Law, Ethics and Social Issues in Pharmacy (2)

Introduction to pharmacy law with considerations of professional ethics and social determinants of health that impact the professional practice of pharmacy. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

819. Professional Development I (1)

Series of seminars with focus on professionalism, leadership development, career exploration and decision-making, post graduate education opportunities, and contemporary professional practice issues influencing patient care. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

820. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics I (3)

The first course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in general ambulatory care for cardiology, endocrinology, and pulmonary disease states. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

823. Aspects of Patient Care III (2)

The third in a series of six courses, students focus on the Pharmacists’ Patient Care Plan involving prescription medications, patient history and more complex patient cases. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

824. Dosage Forms (3)

To provide students with an introduction to the fundamental principles of dosage forms, their design and the processes used in manufacturing and compounding drug products. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

825. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics II (3)

The second course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapy sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in general ambulatory care for endocrinology, musculoskeletal pain and psychiatry. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

828. Pharmacoepidemiology and Research Design (2)

Introduction to basic concepts of pharmacoepidemiology and research study designs used to evaluate health, disease, and drug utilization. Methods of critical evaluation, analysis of biomedical literature, identification of reliable and valid research outcomes are presented. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

829. Professional Development II (1)

830. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics III (3)

The third course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapy sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to antibiotic treatment of bacterial infections. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

832. Evidence-Based Clinical Decision Making (2)

This course develops skills to determine validity, applicability and significance of published clinical research for potential application in optimizing patient care. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

833. Aspects of Patient Care IV (2)

The fourth in a series of six courses, students focus on the Pharmacists’ Patient Care Plan involving prescription medications. Patient History and more complex patient cases. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

835. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics IV (3)

The fourth course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in complex ambulatory care setting for a variety of disease states. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

836. Pharmacoeconomics (2)

The course covers fundamental concepts in pharmaceutical economic evaluations including decision model analysis. Provide a basic understanding of how to manage resources and optimize healthcare resource allocation with emphasis on drug treatments. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

837. Pharmacy Management and Operations (3)

Introduction to principles, skills, and practices relevant to successful business operation and management in a variety of pharmacy practice settings. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

839. Professional Development III (1)

840. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics V (2)

The fifth course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapy sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to fungal and viral infections. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

842. Safe Medications and Pharmacy Informatics (3)

This course provides a study of the source/existence of medication errors, reasons for these errors and suggested methods (including pharmacy informatics) to prevent them from occurring. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

843. Aspects of Patient Care V (1)

The fifth in a series of six courses, students focus on the Pharmacists’ Patient Care Plan involving prescription medications. Patient History and more complex patient cases. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

845. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics VI (4)

The sixth course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in complex ambulatory care for neurological and psychiatric disease states. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

847. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics VII (2)

The seventh course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in treatment and management of oncological disease states. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

849. Professional Development IV (1)

850. Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics VIII (3)

The eighth course in the Integrated Pharmacotherapeutics sequence presents the pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicinal chemistry and pharmacotherapeutics as they relate to use in complex hospital care for cardiology, nutrition, critical care and clinical toxicology. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

851. Emerging Trends in Pharmacy (1)

A topics course intended to increase student awareness and understanding of contemporary issues related to pharmacy practice, pharmaceutical industry and health care. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

853. Aspects of Patient Care VI (1)

The sixth in a series of six courses, students focus on the Pharmacists' Patient Care Plan involving prescription medications. Patient History and more complex patient cases. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

854. Advanced Law and Ethics (2)

A review of state and federal statutes and regulations governing pharmacy within New Mexico. Compare and contrast current regulation with ethical decision making situations involving health care. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

855. Clinical Capstone (5)

Students will demonstrate professional ability to integrate and apply knowledge of basic sciences, pharmacotherapy, pharmacy practice management, oral/written communication, literature evaluation, drug information retrieval, and pharmacoeconomics in management of patients with multiple medical conditions. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

859. Professional Development V (1)

880. Direct Patient Care Experience I (1)

Students participate in direct-patient care interactions with practitioners and patients advancing patient welfare in authentic practice settings. Participation in Pharmacist Patient Care Process emphasizes patient data collection and assessment for possible medication-related problems. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

881. Direct Patient Care Experience II (1)

Students participate in direct-patient care interactions with practitioners and patients to advance patient welfare in authentic practice settings. Pharmacist Patient Care Process emphasizes medication distribution systems and high quality, interprofessional, and team-based patient care. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

889. Advanced Pharmacy Practice Seminar (1, may be repeated once Δ)

A hybrid seminar course addressing current updates and trends of best practices in pharmacy practice. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

890. Advanced Community Pharmacy Practice Experience (4, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course is a supervised pharmacy experience in an outpatient, community setting. By observing and practicing, students develop skills to be practice- and team-ready. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

891. Advanced Institutional Pharmacy Practice Experience (4, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course is a supervised pharmacy experience in an inpatient or institutional setting. By observing and practicing, students will develop skills to be practice- and team-ready. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

893. Ambulatory Care Pharmacy Practice Experience (4, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course is a supervised pharmacy experience in an outpatient setting. By observing and practicing, students will develop their skills to be practice- and team-ready. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

894. General and Adult Medicine Advanced Pharmacy Practice Experience (4, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course is a supervised pharmacy experience in an adult medicine setting. By observing and practicing, students will develop their skills to be practice- and team-ready. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

895. Direct Patient Care Pharmacy Practice Experience (4, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course is a supervised pharmacy practice experience in an outpatient and/or inpatient setting. By observing and practicing, students will develop skills to be practice- and team-ready. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

896. Indirect Patient Care Pharmacy Practice Experience (4, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course is a supervised pharmacy experience involving no direct patient care. By observing and practicing, students will develop their skills to be practice- and team-ready. Restriction: admitted to Pharm.D. program.

Physics (PHYS)

1110. Physics and Society (3)

If you are curious about how common things work, about physics that is relevant to social and political issues, or just about the natural world in general, this is just the course for you! No previous background in physics or mathematics (beyond high school algebra) is required or expected. Just bring a lively curiosity and a dedication to learning new things. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. {Spring}

1115. Survey of Physics (3)

Overview of the concepts and basic phenomena of physics. This course provides a largely descriptive and qualitative treatment with a minimum use of elementary mathematics to solve problems. No previous knowledge of physics is assumed. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences.

1115L. Survey of Physics Laboratory (1)

A series of laboratory experiments associated with the material presented in 1115. Two hours lab. Pre- or corequisite: 1115.

1120. Introduction to Applied Physics (3)

This course is designed for students who need more experience with force and motion before tackling 1230 or 1310. It also serves as a good refresher for students who let some time lapse between taking Physics I and II. {Second half of Fall and Spring}

1125. Physics of Music (3)

Introduction for non-science majors to basic concepts, laws, and skills in physics, in the context of a study of sound, acoustics, and music. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. {Spring}

1125L. Physics of Music Laboratory (1)

Experiments to accompany 1125. Two hours lab. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1125. {Spring}

1230. Algebra-Based Physics I (3)

An algebra-based treatment of Newtonian mechanics. Topics include kinematics and dynamics in one and two dimensions, conservation of energy and momentum, rotational motion, equilibrium, and fluids. The sequence (PHYS 1230, 1230L, 1240, 1240L) is required of pre-medical, pre-dental, and pre-optometry students. Only 1230 and 1240 are required of pharmacy students. Credit for both this course and PHYS 1310 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: MATH 1240 or MATH 1250 or MATH 1430 or MATH 1512 or ACT Math =>28 or SAT Math Section =>660 or ACCUPLACER Next-Generation Advanced Algebra and Functions =>284. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

1230L. Algebra-Based Physics I Laboratory (1)

A series of laboratory experiments associated with the material presented in 1230. Three hours lab. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1230.

1231. Problems in Algebra-Based Physics I (1)

This is a supplemental course for 1230. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 1230.

1240. Algebra-Based Physics II (3)

The second half of a two semester algebra-based introduction to physics. This course covers electricity, magnetism and optics. Credit for both this course and PHYS 1320 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: 1230.

1240L. Algebra-Based Physics II Laboratory (1)

A series of laboratory experiments associated with the material presented in 1240. Three hours lab. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1240.

1241. Problems in Algebra-Based Physics II (1)

This is a supplemental course for 1240. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 1240.

1310. Calculus-Based Physics I (3)

A calculus-level treatment of classical mechanics and waves, which is concerned with the physical motion concepts, forces, energy concepts, momentum, rotational motion, angular momentum, gravity, and static equilibrium. Credit for both this course and PHYS 1230 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 1512.

1310L. Calculus-Based Physics I Laboratory (1)

A series of laboratory experiments associated with the material presented in 1310. Students will apply the principles and concepts highlighting the main objectives covered in coursework for 1310. Three hours lab. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1310.

1311. Problems in Calculus-Based Physics I (1)

This is a supplemental course for 1310. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 1310.

1320. Calculus-Based Physics II (3)

A calculus-level treatment of classical electricity and magnetism. It is strongly recommended that this course is taken at the same time as 1320L. Credit for both this course and PHYS 1240 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite: 1310. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 1522.

1320L. Calculus-Based Physics II Laboratory (1)

A series of laboratory experiments associated with the material presented in 1320. Students will apply the principles and concepts highlighting the main objectives covered in coursework for 1320. Three hours lab. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 3: Physical and Natural Sciences. Pre- or corequisite: 1320.

1321. Problems in Calculus-Based Physics II (1)

This is a supplemental course for 1320. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 1320.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2310. Calculus-Based Physics III (3)

This course, the third in the calculus based sequence for science and engineering students, is a study of optics and topics in modern physics. Prerequisite: 1320. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 2531.

2310L. Calculus-Based Physics III Laboratory (1)

Covers topics in geometrical optics, wave optics and modern physics at the calculus level. Lab activities mirror and enhance lecture topics. Hands-on experiments involving data collection and analysis give students a better conceptual framework for understanding physics. Geometrical and wave optical phenomena are deeply probed. Three hours lab. Pre- or corequisite: 2310.

2311. Problems in Calculus-Based Physics III (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to 2310. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: 2310.

2415. Computational Physics (3)

This class is designed as an introduction to programming for the undergraduate physics major. The class begins with no assumption of prior programming experience. An emphasis will be on building strong programming skills using the MATLAB programming environment. Applications and examples will include data analysis (curve fitting and optimization), simulating physical systems, solving systems of linear equations and Monte Carlo techniques. Prerequisite: 2310. Pre- or corequisite: MATH **316. {Spring}

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

**300. Topics in Physics and Astronomy (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced study of concepts of physics and astronomy, designed especially for science teachers and other non-traditional students. Cannot be used to satisfy major or minor program requirements for physics or astrophysics degrees. Prerequisite: 1115 or ASTR 1115 or NTSC 1110.

**301. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics (3)

Concepts of heat and thermodynamics; large numbers and probability distributions; spin, oscillator, and gas systems; simple interacting systems, Fermi and Bose statistics. Prerequisite: **330. {Fall}

**302. Introduction to Photonics (3)

Geometrical optics; wave optics; lasers, nonlinear optics. Prerequisite: 2310. {Alternate Years}

**302L. Optics Lab (3)

Laboratory experiments in geometrical optics, diffraction, prisms, gratings, microscopy and imaging, polarization, interference and interferometry, and laser operation. Prerequisite: 2310. {Spring}

**303. Analytical Mechanics I (3)

Dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, harmonic motion, gravitation, Lagrange's and Hamilton's equations, moving coordinate systems. Students are highly recommended to take **366 as a corequisite. Prerequisite: MATH **316. {Fall}

**304. Analytical Mechanics II (3)

Mechanics of continuous media, rotations of rigid bodies, small oscillations, nonlinear and chaotic motions. Prerequisite: **303 and (**366 or MATH **312). {Spring}

**306L. Junior Laboratory (3)

Contemporary electronics. One lecture, 3 hours lab. Completion of **330 is highly recommended. Prerequisite: 2415. {Fall}

**307L. Junior Laboratory (3)

Experiments in modern physics and experimental methods. One lecture, 3 hours lab. Completion of **330 is highly recommended. Prerequisite: 2415. {Spring}

311. Problems in Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to **301. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: **301.

313. Problems in Analytical Mechanics I (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to **303. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: **303.

314. Problems in Analytical Mechanics II (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to **304. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: **304.

**327. Geophysics (3)

(Also offered as EPS 427 / 527) Applications of gravity, magnetics, seismology, heat flow to the structure, constitution and deformation of earth. Related aspects of plate tectonics and resource exploration. Prerequisite: 1220 and MATH 1522.

**330. Introduction to Modern Physics (3)

Special relativity; quantum effects; introductory quantum mechanics; atomic and subatomic physics; instruments of modern physics. Prerequisite: 2310. {Spring}

331. Problems in Introduction to Modern Physics (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to **330. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: **330.

**366. Mathematical Methods of Physics (4)

Vector calculus, partial differential equations, complex numbers, tensor analysis, Fourier series and transforms, special functions, and their application to physics. Prerequisite: 2415 and MATH **316.

*400. Seminar (1, may be repeated five times Δ)

Student presentations, both extemporaneous and prepared, of undergraduate physics problems. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

*405. Electricity and Magnetism I (3)

Electrostatics; dielectric materials; magnetostatics; magnetic materials. Prerequisite: **366 or (MATH 311 and MATH **312). {Spring}

*406. Electricity and Magnetism II (3)

Electromagnetic induction; conservation laws; propagation, reflection, and refraction of electromagnetic waves; wave guides; dipole radiation; relativistic fields. Prerequisite: *405. {Fall}

415. Problems in Electricity and Magnetism I (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to *405. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: *405.

416. Problems in Electricity and Magnetism II (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to *406. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: *406.

*430. Introduction to Solid State Physics (3)

Free electron gas, energy bands, crystals, semiconductors, metals, elementary excitations, superconductivity. Prerequisite: **330. {Alternate Years}

445 / 545. Introduction to Quantum Information Science (3)

(Also offered as ECE 445/545)An introduction to the mathematical formalism of quantum information science, with an exploration of the key results from its application to quantum computing, quantum communication, and quantum metrology.

*450. Introduction to Subatomic Physics (3)

Introductory topics in elementary-particle physics and nuclear physics, with examples and applications to high-energy physics and astrophysics such as cosmic rays, fixed-target experiments, lepton and hadron colliders, stellar physics, supernovae and cosmology. Prerequisite: *491. {Alternate Springs}

451 / 551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

*452. Research Methods (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

456. Honors Problems (1, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ASTR 456) Independent studies course for students seeking departmental honors. {Fall, Spring}

*463. Advanced Optics I (3)

(Also offered as ECE *463) Electromagnetic theory of geometrical optics, Gaussian ray tracing and matrix methods, finite ray tracing, aberrations, interference and diffraction. {Fall}

*464. Laser Physics I (3)

(Also offered as ECE *464) Resonator optics. Rate equations; spontaneous and stimulated emission; gas, semiconductor and solid state lasers, pulsed and mode-locked laser techniques. {Fall}

*466. Methods of Theoretical Physics I (3)

Complex variables and analysis; differential equations, including Green's functions; transform methods; special functions; linear algebra; matrix analysis; linear integral equations. {Fall}

*467. Methods of Theoretical Physics II (3)

Methods of theoretical physics such as tensor analysis, group theory, calculus of variations, and elementary statistics. The actual topic areas will vary and will be defined by the instructor. {Alternate Springs}

468. Problems in Methods of Theoretical Physics I (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to *466. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: *466.

*476L. Experimental Techniques of Optics (3)

Diffraction, interference, optical detectors, lens aberrations, lasers, spectra, scattering, optical testing. One lecture, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: **302 or *463 or *464. {Spring}

*477L. Experimental Techniques of Optics (3)

Diffraction, interference, optical detectors, lens aberrations, lasers, spectra, scattering, optical testing. One lecture, 3 hours lab. Prerequisite: **302 or *463 or *464. {Spring}

480. Special Topics in Physics and Astronomy (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Special topics beyond our standard curriculum, usually involving new areas. The actual topic areas will vary and will be defined by the instructor. Restriction: permission of instructor.

*491. Intermediate Quantum Mechanics I (3)

Schrödinger Equations; Heisenberg uncertainty principle; postulates; Dirac notation; one-dimensional potentials; harmonic oscillator; angular momentum; H-Atom. Prerequisite: **330 and MATH **314. {Fall}

*492. Intermediate Quantum Mechanics II (3)

Spin; Pauli principle; perturbation theory; scattering; applications of quantum mechanics. Prerequisite: *491. {Spring}

*493L. Contemporary Physics Laboratory (3)

Spectrographic methods; lasers, atomic structure; high Tc superconductivity; natural and artificial radioactivity; cosmic rays. One lecture, 5 hours lab. *491 is highly recommended. Prerequisite: **307L. {Spring}

496. Problems in Intermediate Quantum Mechanics I (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to *491. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: *491.

497. Problems in Intermediate Quantum Mechanics II (1)

Problem solving and demonstrations related to *492. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Corequisite: *492.

500. Advanced Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

501. Advanced Seminar (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

505. Statistical Mechanics and Thermodynamics (3)

Review of thermodynamics; classical statistical mechanics; ensemble theory; quantum statistical mechanics with examples. {Spring}

511. Electrodynamics (3)

Review of electro- and magneto-statics; E&M waves and radiation; covariant electrodynamics; scattering; relativity and covariant collisions. {Spring}

521. Graduate Quantum Mechanics I (3)

Review of 1-dim. potentials; Dirac formalism; postulates; symmetries and conservation laws; harmonic oscillator; angular momentum and spin; central potentials; approximation methods. {Fall}

522. Graduate Quantum Mechanics II (3)

More on angular momentum; scattering; identical particles; spectra of atoms and molecules; symmetry and conservation laws; approximation methods; special topics. Prerequisite: 521. {Spring}

523. Quantum Field Theory I (3)

Introduction to relativistic quantum mechanics, and quantum mechanics and quantum field theory with applications drawn from quantum electrodynamics and high-energy physics. Prerequisite: 522. {Alternate Years}

524. Quantum Field Theory II (3)

A continuation of 523. Prerequisite: 523. {Offered upon demand}

529. Condensed Matter I (3)

Band concepts; Bloch functions; phonons and their interactions; superconductivity. {Alternate Falls}

534. Plasma Physics I (3)

(Also offered as ECE 534) Plasma parameters, adiabatic invariants, orbit theory, plasma oscillations, hydromagnetic waves, plasma transport, stability, kinetic theory, nonlinear effects, applications. {Fall}

542. Particle Physics I (3)

Overview of the standard model, including electroweak interactions, gauge theories, QCD, other selected topics. {Alternate Falls}

545/445. Introduction to Quantum Information Science (3)

(Also offered as ECE 545/445)An introduction to the mathematical formalism of quantum information science, with an exploration of the key results from its application to quantum computing, quantum communication, and quantum metrology.

551 / 451. Problems (1-4 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

552. Problems (1-4 to a maximum of 16 Δ)

554. Advanced Optics II (3)

(Also offered as ECE 554) Diffractions theory, coherence theory, coherent objects, and incoherent imaging, and polarization. Prerequisite: *463. {Spring}

559. Internship in Optical Science and Engineering (3)

(Also offered as ECE 559) Students do research and/or development work at a participating industry or government laboratory in any area of optical science and engineering. Restriction: permission of department.

564. Laser Physics II (3)

This course covers advanced topics in laser and optical physics that includes (but not limited to) semiconductor lasers, detection and noise, extreme wavelength generation, and ultrafast metrology. Prerequisite: *464.

566. Quantum Optics (3)

Study and manipulation of quantum coherence with electromagnetic fields. Quantum coherent spectroscopy; photon statistics and nonclassical light; open quantum systems; decoherence; special topics. {Alternate Years}

568. Nonlinear Optics (3)

General concepts, microscopic approach, nonlinear optical effects and devices. {Alternate Springs}

569. Advanced Topics in Modern Optics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Possible topics include dye lasers, solid-state lasers, novel lasers, interaction between intense lasers and matter, advanced nonlinear optics, spectroscopy. {Offered upon demand}

571. Quantum Computation (3)

This course explores the concepts and mathematical techniques underlying quantum computation. Topics include quantum entanglement, quantum cryptography, teleportation, models for quantum computation, quantum algorithms, quantum error correction, and fault-tolerant quantum computation.

572. Quantum Information Theory (3)

Concepts, applications and mathematical techniques of quantum information theory. Topics include classical information, Hilbert-space formulation of quantum mechanics, quantum states, quantum dynamics and measurements, quantum information, and quantum entanglement.

581. Advanced Topics in Physics and Astrophysics (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Only 6 credit hours will count toward the program of studies. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

650. Research (1-12 to a maximum of 24 Δ)

May be repeated with any single faculty member.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Political Science (POLS)

1120. American National Government (3)

This course explains the role of American national government, its formation and principles of the Constitution; relation of state to the national government; political parties and their relationship to interest groups. This course also explains the structure of the legislative, executive, and judicial branches. (C) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences. {Fall, Spring}

1140. The Political World (3)

This course introduces politics with emphasis on the ways people can understand their own political systems and those of others in a greater depth. This course will help in becoming more responsible and effective in the political world. (I) Students who have already had courses in political science may not count this course toward a major. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences. {Fall, Spring}

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. Comparative Politics (3)

This course introduces comparative politics by examining the political history, social and economic structures, and contemporary political institutions and behavior, with focus on occurrences in countries representing diverse cultures, geographies, and levels of development. (C) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences. {Fall, Spring}

2120. International Relations (3)

This course covers the analysis of significant factors in world politics, including nationalism, national interest, political economy, ideology, international conflict and collaboration, balance of power, deterrence, international law, and international organization. (C) Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences. {Fall, Spring}

2130. Political Ideas: Introduction to Political Theory (3)

This course offers an introductory survey of political theory. Emphasis is placed on (1) textual analysis of primary sources and on (2) scholarly analysis of the foundational questions and methods central to the academic study of political ideas. Studying political ideas involves thinking about a) the very definition of political theory itself, b) what one would need to know in order to make evidence- based claims about political theory texts and c) why and how the study of political theory leads political scientists into the exploration of “essentially contested concepts.” More specifically, throughout the semester, we will explore questions relating to 1) what is the definition of political theory; 2) why/how are interpretative disputes at the core of political theory and 3) how have major political theories/ideas—democracy, liberalism, conservatism, socialism, liberation theory, and fascism—changed and developed over time? In sum, this is a survey course on the history of political ideas. (C) {Fall, Spring}

2140. Introduction to Political Analysis (3)

What makes the field of political science a science? What are the variety of research methods and tools for analysis employed by scholars? The goal of this course is to introduce students to the scientific process by political scientists. The interpretation and analysis of data is also essential for almost any career that a political science major might pursue. Lawyers and lobbyists, politicians and professors all need to be able to read and understand reports in which numerical summaries of data (i.e., statistics) are used as evidence to support an argument or point of view. These professionals need to ascertain whether these statistics are being used appropriately. In addition, many of these professionals need to do their own statistical analysis. This course introduces students to statistics and the scientific study of politics. Students will learn why statistics are useful, how to interpret a variety of statistics, how to analyze data to generate their own statistics, and how to tell whether their statistics support their own argument. Students will also learn how to apply the scientific research process to their own research questions by completing a research design project. (C) {Fall, Spring}

2150. Public Policy and Administration (3)

The objective of this introductory course in public policy and public administration is to provide students with a basic understanding of the ways that government deals with problems affecting society. We will explore the political tools used to address public policy problems, as well as the political environment in which public policies are formed. Additionally, several specific public policy problems will be discussed during the semester. For each topic, we will try to understand the goals that the government and society seem to be seeking, alternative means for achieving those goals, the costs and benefits of the various alternatives, and the impact of politics on those goals. We will primarily examine policymaking at the national level, but we will also look at some examples at the state and local level. (C) {Fall, Spring}

291. Internship (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Provides supervised work experience in the practical application of political science skills. Political Science major or minor students are limited to no more than 3 credit hours. Additional or excess credit hours above these limits may be counted as Arts and Sciences electives. (I) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor and department Chairperson. {Fall, Spring}

2996. Topics (3, no limit Δ)

Political Science major or minor students are limited to no more than 3 credit hours. Additional or excess credit hours above these limits may be counted as Arts and Sciences electives. (I)

*300. Political Topics (3, no limit Δ)

Special topics of political science which relate contemporary issues to the discipline. Precise topics will be noted in appropriate class schedules prepared for registration. (I)

*302. Comparative State Politics (3)

Analysis of the similarities and variations of American state politics with emphasis on policy outputs. (AP) Prerequisite: 1120.

303. Law in the Political Community (3)

Introduction to the role of law, legal actors and institutions in politics and society. (I) {Fall, Spring}

*305. Public Opinion and Electoral Behavior (3)

Public opinion, its content and measurement, and its relation to public policy and electoral behavior. (AP) Prerequisite: 1120 or 2140.

*307. The Politics of Ethnic Groups (3)

The ethnic basis of group politics in the U.S.; its historical, sociological and psychological foundations; the role of white ethnics; traditional and nonconventional strategies and tactics; special emphasis on the politics of regional ethnic minorities. (AP) Prerequisite: 1120.

*308. Hispanics in U.S. Politics (3)

The status, role and activities of Hispanic/Latino Americans in the U.S. political system. (AP) Prerequisite: 1120.

309. Black Politics (3)

(Also offered as AFST 309) Focus will be on political actions and thoughts of Black America. (AP)

*311. The Legislative Process (3)

The recruitment, formal and informal procedure and power structure of legislative bodies; their place in contemporary American government. (AP) Prerequisite: 1120.

*312. The American Presidency (3)

The constitutional base of the office, its roles and responsibilities and its relations with other political institutions. (AP) Prerequisite: 1120.

313. Women and the Law (3)

(Also offered as WMST 313) A survey of legal issues affecting women. Examines the historical development and current law of equal opportunity, sexual harassment, pay equity, sports, family, reproduction and sexual violence. (AP) Prerequisite: 303.

314. Sex and the State (3)

(Also offered as WMST 314) This course looks at the intersection of sex and law. Topics include Social Contract Theory as a sexual and domestic labor contract, NM rape laws, legal definitions of pornography, and sexual torture: consensual or criminal. (AP) Prerequisite: 303.

*315. Constitutional Law: Powers (3)

Judicial interpretations of institutional authority, federalism and economic liberties. Also considers role of the Supreme Court in American Politics. (AP) Prerequisite: 1120.

*316. Constitutional Law: Liberties (3)

Judicial interpretations of incorporation of Bill of Rights, civil liberties (religion, speech, assembly, association, press, expression, privacy) and rights of criminally accused. (AP) Prerequisite: 1120.

317. Constitutional Law: Rights (3)

Judicial interpretations of the constitutional and statutory bases of equal protection under the law. Also considers the implementation of policies designed to implement equal protection in areas such as voting and representation, education, employment, public accommodations and housing rights. (AP) Prerequisite: 1120.

*320. Topics in Comparative Politics (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will be noted in appropriate class schedules. (CP)

323. The Politics of Global Development (3)

This class aims to explore variation in poverty and development by examining different theories of change, including institutions, geography, culture, and the role of the West.

324. The Politics of Poverty and Inequality (3)

This course explores concepts of inequality and poverty in international and US contexts. It considers causes and consequences of wealth disparities and engages the politics and institutional arrangements behind the creation and execution of policies.

325. European Politics (3)

This course will examine where the modern state came from, what the elements of a democratic political system is, and how states encourage economic development and how they cope with economic depression. Prerequisite: (1120 or 2150) and (2110 or 2120) and (2130 or 2140) with one additional course from these groups for a total of twelve credit hours.

326. Comparative Political Economy (3)

Political economy is the study of the relationship between states and markets. The class will focus on domestic markets, how states and social actors create, constitute, and reform market institutions.

327. Qualitative Research Methods (3)

Goals are to give students new analytic tools which they can apply to other courses, increase their capacity to pose and answer research questions by themselves, and to give them hands-on experience conducting qualitative research.

329. Introduction to African Politics (3)

(Also offered as AFST 329) An introductory course in the volatile politics in Africa. The various ideologies that underlie political movements and influence African governments will be explored. (CP)

*340. Topics in International Politics (3, no limit Δ)

Selected problems of international politics. (IP) Prerequisite: 2120.

341. International Conflict and Cooperation (3)

Surveys the political science literature on theories of conflict and cooperation. (IP) Prerequisite: 2120.

*342. American Foreign Policy (3)

(IP) Prerequisite: 2120.

346. International Political Economy (3)

Examines contemporary issues in international political economy, including competition and cooperation among advanced industrial nations, relations between rich and poor nations, international trade, global finance and production, and globalization. (IP) Prerequisite: 2120.

360. Latin American Culture and Society (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 340; HIST 379; LTAM 360) This course serves as an introduction to the cultures and societies of Latin America from an interdisciplinary perspective. The course surveys the region using materials drawn from both the humanities and social sciences.

*361. Ancient and Medieval Political Theory (3)

Survey of Political Theory from Greece to medieval times. (PT) Prerequisite: 2130.

*362. Modern Political Theory (3)

Survey of Political Theory from 1500 to 1900, with a focus on Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hegel, Marx and Nietzsche. (PT) Prerequisite: 2130.

372. Urban Politics (3)

Study of community power, city government structures, elected officials and city managers, political machines, the reform movement, political participation, urban bureaucracy, and racial and ethnic politics in large U.S. cities. (AP) Prerequisite: 1120.

376. Health Policy and Politics (3)

Analysis of the politics of health care in the U.S. and the development of public health policies. (PP)

377. Population Policy and Politics (3)

(Also offered as WMST 377) Analysis of U.S. and multinational policies addressing issues of world population growth, including policy tools designed to control population growth. (PP)

*400. Advanced Political Topics (3, no limit Δ)

Special advanced topics of political science which relate contemporary issues to the discipline. Precise topics will be noted in appropriate class schedules prepared for registration. (I)

*410. U.S. Campaigns and Elections (3)

An examination of the general processes of campaigns and elections in the United States, including the national Presidential and Congressional elections and campaigns and elections for state and local offices in New Mexico. (AP) Prerequisite: 1120.

441. Civil Wars (3)

This course tries to answer four central questions about civil wars: 1) Why do they occur? 2) How are they fought? 3) How do they end? 4) What are their long-term consequences? (IP) Prerequisite: 2110 or 2120.

442. International Peacekeeping and Conflict Resolution (3)

Examines the increasingly important role of multilateral peacekeeping operations in the post-Cold War world. (IP) Prerequisite: 2120.

453. Asian Studies Thesis (3)

(Also offered as COMP, HIST, PHIL, RELG 453) Supervised research in one or more disciplines leading to an undergraduate thesis for the major in Asian Studies. (CP)

*478. Seminar in International Studies (3)

(Also offered as ECON *478) Designed to provide seniors from any discipline an opportunity to apply an international perspective to their undergraduate training. Each student will present a term project drawing upon his particular background and relating it to international matters. Open only to seniors. (IP)

491. Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Provides supervised work experience in the practical application of political science skills. POLS major students are limited to 6 credit hours, minor students to 3 credit hours in aggregate. Additional or excess credit hours above these limits may be counted as Arts and Sciences electives. (I) Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

495. Junior Honors Seminar (3)

(I) Pre- or corequisite: 2140. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

496. Undergraduate Seminar (3, no limit Δ)

One section of this course is offered in conjunction with each graduate pro-seminar (510, 520, 525, 540, 560, 570). Open to undergraduate majors with 3.30 GPA and others with permission of instructor. (I) Restriction: permission of instructor.

497. Senior Thesis (3)

(I) Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Independent Study (1-3)

Open to majors and minors with 3.30 GPA and permission of instructor. Political Science major students are limited to 6 credit hours, minor students to 3 credit hours in aggregate. Additional or excess credit hours above these limits may be counted as Arts and Sciences electives. (I) Restriction: permission of instructor.

510. Pro-Seminar in American Government and Politics (3)

{Offered upon demand}

511. Research Seminar in American Government and Politics (3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

512. Topics in Government and Politics (3, no limit Δ)

520. Pro-Seminar in Comparative Politics (3)

{Offered upon demand}

521. Research Seminar in Comparative Politics (3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

525. Pro-Seminar in Latin American Politics (3)

Prior course work in Latin American politics required; reading knowledge of Spanish is highly desirable.

540. Pro-Seminar in International Relations (3)

541. Research Seminar in International Relations (3, no limit Δ)

{Offered upon demand}

551–552. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ; 1-3, no limit Δ)

570. Pro-Seminar in Public Policy (3)

Review of representative theories of public policy, including policy formation, implementation and impact analysis. {Offered upon demand}

580. Introduction to Empirical Research (3)

Provides a systematic examination of the scope and methods of inquiry in the discipline of political science, including the philosophy of science, subfields, intellectual approaches, methodological strategies, research design and ethics of professional conduct. Required of M.A. and Ph.D. students. {Fall}

581. Statistics for Social Research (4)

Provides intensive experience and lab instruction in quantitative techniques employed in political science research, including descriptive statistics, statistical inference, hypothesis testing, measures of central tendency, crosstabulation, differences between means, bivariate regression, correlation and multivariate analysis. Required of M.A. and Ph.D. students. {Fall}

582. Survey of Political Science as a Discipline and a Profession (1)

Required of all graduate students in political science and recommended to undergraduate majors. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. {Fall}

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

681. Advanced Statistical Analysis for Social Science Research (3)

Focuses on a variety of advanced econometric methods. Beginning with a review of matrix algebra and math for the social sciences, the course provides an in-depth examination of multiple regression and more advanced econometric models. Required for Ph.D. students. Prerequisite: 581 or equivalent. {Spring}

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Portuguese (PORT)

1110. Portuguese I (3)

Designed for students with no previous exposure to Portuguese, this course develops basic listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills. This is an introductory course aimed at teaching the student to communicate in Portuguese in everyday situations. Credit for both this course and PORT 2110 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

1120. Portuguese II (3)

A continuation of 1110, students will develop a broader foundation in skills gained during the first semester, including understanding, speaking, reading and writing Portuguese. Students will also gain more in-depth knowledge of Portuguese-speaking cultures. Credit for both this course and PORT 2110 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2110. Intensive Elementary Portuguese (6)

Intensive one-semester multimedia course designed for the Business Profession using authentic models of communication and cultural competencies in Portuguese as related to business. Credit for both this course and PORT 1110 may not be applied toward a degree program.Credit for both this course and PORT 1120 may not be applied toward a degree program.Credit for both this course and PORT 2120 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2115. Intensive Intermediate Portuguese (6)

An intensive one-semester intermediate multimedia course using authentic models of communication in Portuguese. Credit for both this course and PORT 2120 may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. Prerequisite: 1120 or 2110.

2120. Intensive Portuguese for Spanish Speakers (6)

An accelerated multimedia class designed for natives or advanced level Spanish speakers that uses authentic models of communication in Portuguese. Credit for both this course and PORT 2110, or PORT 2115, may not be applied toward a degree program. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2130. Intermediate Portuguese I (3)

Third-semester intermediate language course in which students further develop the skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking along with an examination of cultural aspects of the Portuguese-speaking world. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. Prerequisite: 1120.

311. Culture and Composition (3)

Students develop their vocabulary and improve their writing skills through the study of readings, films and music from the Portuguese-speaking world and through practice writing compositions. Prerequisite: 2115 or 2120.

312 / 512. Culture and Conversation (3)

Students improve skills in oral communication, including pronunciation and intonation, through the study and performance of dramatic scenes, and the filming and editing of those scenes. Prerequisite: 2115 or 2120.

414 / 514. Topics in Luso-Brazilian Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

An advanced language course emphasizing interdisciplinary themes in Luso-Brazilian literature and culture. Prerequisite: 311 or 312.

416 / 516. Brazilian Cinema (3)

Survey of Brazilian cinema concentrating on the Cinema Novo movements of the 1950s and 1960s. Cinema is presented as an expression of national identity and is understood in relationship to literature and other cultural expressions.

417 / 517. Popular Brazilian Music (3)

Survey of Brazilian popular music from 1950 to 2000 concentrating on contemporary sounds from the cities of Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo as well as new music from Brazil’s other regions. Prerequisite: 311 or 312.

457 / 557. Encounters with the New World I (3)

Thematic study of history, culture, and literature based on key moments and movements in Brazil from 16th to 19th centuries. Prerequisite: 311 or 312.

458 / 558. Encounters with the New World II (3)

Thematic study of the history, culture, and literature based on key moments and movements in Brazil during 20th and 21st centuries. Prerequisite: 311 or 312.

*461. Topics in Brazilian Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Individual authors, genres and periods of Brazilian Literature. Prerequisite: 311 or 312.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Work under direction of faculty to conduct research in preparation for writing honors thesis. Restriction: juniors and seniors approved by Honors Committee.

499. Honors Essay or Teaching (3)

Write essay or teach undergraduate course under the direction of a faculty member. Restriction: juniors and seniors approved by Honors Committee.

512 / 312. Culture and Conversation (3)

Students improve skills in oral communication, including pronunciation and intonation, through the study and performance of dramatic scenes, and the filming and editing of those scenes.

514 / 414. Topics in Luso-Brazilian Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

An advanced language course emphasizing interdisciplinary themes in Luso-Brazilian literature and culture.

516 / 416. Brazilian Cinema (3)

517 / 417. Popular Brazilian Music (3)

Survey of Brazilian popular music from 1950 to 2000 concentrating on contemporary sounds from the cities of Rio de Janeiro and São Paulo as well as new music from Brazil’s other regions.

551. Graduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

557 / 457. Encounters with the New World I (3)

Thematic study of history, culture, and literature based on key moments and movements in Brazil from 16th to 19th centuries.

558 / 458. Encounters with the New World II (3)

Thematic study of the history, culture, and literature based on key moments and movements in Brazil during 20th and 21st centuries.

570. Seminar in Luso-Brazilian Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Examines works of literature and/or culture and the scholarship written about them from a national or comparative framework.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Professional Physical Education (See also: PEP) (PRPE)

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. Introduction to Athletic Training (3)

The subject matter of this course is designed to provide an introduction to the field of athletic training and the basis for prevention and treatment of athletic injuries. In order to maintain accreditation requirements, this course is unique to UNM and may be not be replaced with a transferred course from another institution.

2120. Physical Education Skills and Content I (3)

This course is designed to provide physical education majors an overview of traditional and non-traditional teaching methods that can be used to teach physical education, focusing on upper elementary and junior high age students. Strong emphasis will be put on progressions and tactical teaching methods and styles. Evaluation and assessment processes will be emphasized as well as incorporating a fitness component into each lesson with proper warm-up and cool down techniques. Each student will lead the class in a number of hands-on practical experiences with immediate feedback to begin learning the pros and cons of teaching physical education, improving each student’s skill and knowledge in planning and teaching physical education. In order to maintain accreditation requirements, this course is unique to UNM and may be not be replaced with a transferred course from another institution.

2125. Physical Education Skills and Content II (3)

2130. Athletic Training Observation Laboratory (3)

This course will focus on the professional development and responsibilities in the profession of athletic training. Materials addressed will include, but not limited to: blood-borne pathogens training; pre-participation examinations; basic wrapping skills; protective equipment; environmental considerations; and basic human anatomy. Students in this course will be introduced to the clinical aspects of athletic training and UNM-ATEP policies. In order to maintain accreditation requirements, this course is unique to UNM and may be not be replaced with a transferred course from another institution.

2135. Athletic Training Clinical I (4)

The subject matter of this course is designed to study the principles of protective athletic equipment, splinting, taping and bandaging techniques, and emergency procedures. Material addressed will include but not limited to: minimal standards of protection, materials used to decrease forces, tissue characteristics, emergency action planning, prevention and treatment of environmental conditions, and basic injury record keeping. In order to maintain accreditation requirements, this course is unique to UNM and may be not be replaced with a transferred course from another institution. Prerequisite: 2110 and 2130.

2140. Evaluation of Athletic Injuries: Extremities (4)

This course is designed to provide information relative to assessment techniques and procedures that are essential to properly evaluate orthopedic and athletic injuries. Information gained during this course will provide athletic training students with a systematic evaluation process that can be applied to all athletic related injuries to the extremities, neck, head, trunk and torso. In order to maintain accreditation requirements, this course is unique to UNM and may be not be replaced with a transferred course from another institution. Prerequisite: 2135.

2145. Evaluation of Athletic Injuries: Trunk and Torso (4)

2150. Motor Learning and Performance (3)

Psychological and neurophysiological factors related to the development of motor skills, emphasis on the teacher's role in facilitating learning. In order to maintain accreditation requirements, this course is unique to UNM and may be not be replaced with a transferred course from another institution.

2155. Tests and Measurements (3)

Designed to provide exercise science professionals, physical education professionals, athletic trainers, and future PT/OT students the knowledge of, and ability to select and administer fitness, skill, cognitive and affective measurement and evaluation techniques for various populations. In order to maintain accreditation requirements, this course is unique to UNM and may be not be replaced with a transferred course from another institution. Prerequisite: MATH 1350.

2165. Kinesiology (3)

A study of the musculoskeletal system as it relates to movement, physical activity and exercise performance. This course will introduce students to basic neuromuscular and biomechanical principles of human movement. Muscle origin, insertion and actions will also be covered. In order to maintain accreditation requirements, this course is unique to UNM and may be not be replaced with a transferred course from another institution. Prerequisite: BIOL 2210 and BIOL 2210L.

2170. Teaching Fitness Concepts (3)

This course is designed to provide physical education pre-service teacher candidates a basic background in exercise and health related fitness concepts. Planning, conducting and evaluating lessons in the area of fitness will be emphasized. The five health-related fitness components will be highlighted. Teacher candidates will participate in various fitness assessments; preparing, conducting, and evaluating each assessment area of fitness and learning how to develop goals and activities for behavior change. Teacher candidates will also complete a physical education teaching field experience with homeschool children the last six weeks of the course. In order to maintain accreditation requirements, this course is unique to UNM and may be not be replaced with a transferred course from another institution.

2175. Professional Laboratory Experiences (3)

This course is designed to provide teacher candidates with an overview of effective and best practices for becoming a professional physical education teacher and to develop the beginning skill set of a high-quality educator. The teacher candidates will be given the opportunity to observe professional physical education teachers in their classrooms, from Albuquerque Public Schools. Teacher candidates will participate twice a week in a one-hour seminar and assist a physical education teacher in the classroom, two hours per week. In order to maintain accreditation requirements, this course is unique to UNM and may be not be replaced with a transferred course from another institution.

2180. Introduction to Exercise Science (3)

Introduction to the field of exercise science, including elements from the basic and clinical sciences andother allied health professions that integrate with exercise science.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Psychology (See also: PSYC) (PSY)

302. Psychological Research Techniques (3)

Application of the concepts covered in PSYC 2510. Includes discussion of basic principles of research design and scientific methodology as applied to psychology. Prerequisite: PSYC 2510.

313. Case Management in Addictions (1)

This overview of the role of case management in the addictions field will examine the relationship of the 12 core functions to service coordination. Prerequisite: 332 and (347 or 411 or 430). Restriction: permission of instructor.

324. Infant Development (3)

An advanced course that presents theory and research on the physical, cognitive, social, emotional, perceptual and motor development in the first two years of life. Prerequisite: PSYC 2120.

329. Adolescent Psychology (3)

Empirical study of adolescent development from different theoretical perspectives. Organization of individual social patterns through cultural and historical transitions and interplay between risk and protective factors in healthy development as well as deviant behaviors. Prerequisite: PSYC 2120 and 2510.

331. Psychology of Personality (3)

Survey of theory, research and applications of both classical and contemporary approaches to the study of personality. Prerequisite: PSYC 2120 and PSYC 2510.

332. Abnormal Behavior (3)

Review of the historical, scientific and ethical issues in the field of psychopathology. Categorization of deviant behavior, theories of abnormal behavior, systems of therapy and relevant research are covered. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110.

335. Clinical Psychology (3)

This course focuses on the assessment of mental disorders, with an emphasis on substance abuse. It also provides an overview of science-based treatments. Additionally it reviews professional issues in psychology, ethical standards, and multicultural issues. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110.

335L. Clinical Psychology Laboratory (2)

This laboratory course is designed to offer students exposure to the wide variety of research that is typically conducted in the field of clinical psychology. It will teach students how to read and critique the relevant literature in an area and how to design solid studies to answer specific research questions. Prerequisite: 332 and PSYC 2510.

342. Evolution and Human Behavior (3)

This course provides an introduction to the evolutionary study of human behavior, from key biological concepts to current theories and findings on the evolution of psychological processes. Prerequisite: PSYC 2250.

344. Human Neuropsychology (3)

The analysis of brain-behavior relationships regarding affect and higher cognitive functions (language, memory, spatial reasoning) in humans. Prerequisite: PSYC 2250.

345. Neuroscience of Aging and Dementia (3)

General survey of topics in the cognitive and brain sciences of aging and dementia. Topics include the etiology of dementia subtypes, treatment, management, and the socioeconomic impact of an increasingly older population demographic. Prerequisite: PSYC 2250.

347. Drugs and Behavior (3)

Study of the pharmacological action and physiological and psychological effects of drugs of abuse including stimulants, depressants, narcotics and hallucinogens. Prerequisite: PSYC 2250.

360. Human Learning and Memory (3)

How humans acquire and use knowledge. Theoretical and applied issues discussed around the topics of memory structures, attention, forgetting, mnemonics, imagery and individual differences in memory. Prerequisite: PSYC 2220 or PSYC 2270.

364. Psychology of Perception (3)

Study of the methods organisms use to gain information about objects. The sensory processes are discussed as a basis for description of more complex perceptual phenomena. Prerequisite: PSYC 2220 or PSYC 2270.

**367. Psychology of Language (3)

(Also offered as LING 367 / 567) Theoretical and methodological issues in psycholinguistics, including comprehension, speech perception and production, language acquisition, bilingualism, brain and language, reading. Prerequisite: ANTH 1115 or LING 2110 or LING 301 or PSYC 2110 or PSYC 2120 or PSYC 2220 or PSYC 2250 or PSYC 2270.

373. The Psychology of Horror (3)

This course explores the emotion of horror both from the standpoint of theoretical and empirical work on emotion and from the standpoint of critical approaches to the phenomenon of horror in art. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110.

374. Cross-cultural Psychology (3)

Impact of culture on human behavior, learning, personality and other selected topics is examined. Course emphasizes critical analysis, discussion and writing about cross-cultural research and theory. Prerequisite: PSYC 2110 or PSYC 2120.

375. Psychology of Women (3)

Survey of research and theory on gender-role stereotypes and gender differences in such contexts as interpersonal relations, the family, the work force, mass media, mental and physical health. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110.

376. The Psychology of Love (3)

An in-depth examination of the universal human experience of love. This course explores the full range of theories on love, including biological, taxonomical, implicit, developmental, cultural, and evolutionary. PSYC 2120 is recommended. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110.

391. Junior Honors Seminar (3)

Discussion of the history and systems of psychology, philosophy of science and research methodology, particularly as related to current topics in psychology. Prerequisite: 302 and (PSYC 2220 or PSYC 2270). Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall}

392. Junior Honors Seminar (3)

Continuation of 391. Prerequisite: 391. {Spring}

*400. History of Psychology (3)

An introduction to the major developments and individuals in the history of psychology. Prerequisite: any 300-level psychology course.

*405. Crisis Worker Practicum (1, may be repeated five times Δ)

Training and experience at Agora Crisis Center. Can lead to national certification. Some weekend, evening and holiday hours required. Minimum commitment: two semesters, weekly four hour shift. Must be 18 and deemed eligible by the Agora Executive Committee. Restriction: permission of instructor.

408 / 508. Psychological Research with Diverse Populations (3)

This course introduces students to various structural factors that may be challenging for different populations, and different research methods and approaches to engaging and working with diverse populations in culturally appropriate and effective manners. Prerequisite: 302.

411. Treatment of Addictions (3)

This course will provide an overview of evidence-based approaches to the treatment of alcohol and other substance use disorders. Prerequisite: 332 or 347 or 430.

412. Applied Clinical Experience in Addictions Counseling (Field Work) (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

This field experience at an addiction agency teaches students to apply classroom learning to practice situations. A licensed counselor supervises. Prerequisite: 332 and 335 and (347 or 430). Pre- or corequisite: 313 and 411. Restriction: permission of instructor.

416 / 516. Health Disparities (3)

This course introduces students to various significant factors that affect health outcomes for a population differently that the general US population, and culturally appropriate research approaches in working with diverse populations experiencing a disparity. Prerequisite: 302. Restriction: permission of instructor.

421 / 521. Advanced Developmental Psychology (3)

Investigation of the theoretical bases and critical issues in the area of developmental psychology. Prerequisite: PSYC 2120.

422. Child Language (3)

(Also offered as LING 460 / 560) John-Steiner, Morford. Theories, methodologies and findings in child language, from birth to late childhood. Emphasizes implications of child language data for linguistic and psycholinguistic theories. Topics: biological foundations; pre-linguistic communication; phonological, syntactic, semantic and pragmatic development; bilingualism. Prerequisite: 324 or 360 or **367 or LING 367.

423. Human Emotions (3)

Human emotions evolved to help solve specific problems of survival, reproduction, or social living. We'll discuss the forms and functions of fear, disgust, love, jealousy, anger, pride, embarrassment, shame, guilt, empathy, trust, curiosity, and happiness. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110.

430. Alcohol Use and Alcohol Use Disorders (3)

This advanced psychology course is for those interested in the nature of and prevention and treatment of alcohol use disorders and alcohol-related problems. Prerequisite: 332.

433. Depression: Diagnosis, Treatment, Prevention (3)

This seminar examines research on prevention, diagnosis and treatment of clinical depressions and mania. Prerequisite: 332 and PSYC 2250.

434. Behavior Therapies (3)

A survey of clinical behavior therapies, including techniques based upon learning theory, self-control, cognitive and social psychological principles. Emphasis is upon treatment outcome research and the practical application of methods to clients’ life problems. Prerequisite: 332.

439 / 539. Child Psychopathology (3)

Theories and practices related to an understanding of children and adolescents who deviate from normal development either intellectually, educationally, emotionally, physically or in some combination. Relevant family variables are considered. Prerequisite: 332 and PSYC 2120.

441. Sleep: Scientific Investigation (3)

This seminar explores research on sleep incorporating molecular biology, math modeling, electrophysiology, comparative biology, developmental psychology, circadian physiology, and anthropology. Students read original research reports and discuss research methods. Background in neuroscience and mathematics necessary. Prerequisite: 302 and PSYC 2250.

443 / 643. Psychobiology of Emotion (3)

The course reviews the psychological science of emotion, particularly the application of objective physiological and neural measurements. Topics will include historical perspective, neuroscience of emotion, physiology of stress, disorders of emotion, and more. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110.

444 / 644. Advanced EEG Analysis in MatLab (3)

The goal of the course is to provide a conceptual, mathematical, and pragmatic understanding of neural time series data, especially in regard to electroencephalographic (EEG) signals. Restriction: permission of instructor.

445L. Developmental Neuroscience Laboratory (2, may be repeated once Δ)

In DNL we aim to understand the integrative complexity of developmental and disease-related changes in the brain and behavior in the context of epigenetics as measured by neuroimaging (MRI, MEG, EEG) and neuropsychological measures. Prerequisite: 332. Pre- or corequisite: PSYC 2250.

450 / 650. Special Topics in Psychology (1-3, no limit Δ)

Study of any psychological topic not otherwise included in the curriculum upon expression of mutual interest by students and faculty.

450L. Special Topics in Psychology Laboratory (2, no limit Δ)

Psychology laboratory topics not otherwise included in the curriculum. Labs offered upon the expression of mutual interest by students and faculty. Prerequisite: PSYC 2510.

454. Positive Psychology (3)

This will examine theory and research regarding the development of human strengths at an advanced undergraduate level. The course will focus on strengths that promote better functioning including creativity, optimism, wisdom, courage, love, and spirituality. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110.

455L. Positive Psychology Laboratory (2)

This is an advanced lab course teaching how positive psychology theory and research can be applied to improve well-being and success. This is a lab that includes individual and group presentations and several papers. Prerequisite: 454. Restriction: permission of instructor.

464 / 564. Intelligence and Creativity (3)

This seminar considers the origins, nature, and functions of general intelligence, mating intelligence, creativity, humor, and openness, and how they play out in school, work, relationships, lifespan development, history, culture, the arts, and the sciences. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110.

465L. Gorilla Observation Laboratory (3)

The purpose of this course is to teach students the basic skills needed to take systemic, reliable observational data on captive Lowland Gorillas living at the Albuquerque BioPark. Prerequisite: (302 or *400 or PSYC 2110 or PSYC 2220 or PSYC 2270 or PSYC 2510) and PSYC 1110. Restriction: junior or senior standing.

480L. Health Psychology Laboratory (2)

This laboratory course exposes the research that is conducted in health psychology. It includes methods of research and student experience in evaluating and critiquing health psychology research. Prerequisite: PSYC 1110.

491. Senior Honors Seminar (3)

Experimental methods and laboratory techniques. Senior thesis based on independent research. Three hours lab. Prerequisite: 392. {Fall}

492. Senior Honors Seminar (3)

Continuation of 491. Three hours lab. Prerequisite: 491. {Spring}

499. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

501. Advanced Statistics (3)

Frequency and probability distributions; sampling distributions and point estimation; central tendency, variability and z scores; the normal distribution and the central limit theorem; the logic of hypothesis testing; correlation and regression; multiple regression. Corequisite: 503L. {Fall}

502. Design and Analysis of Experiments (3)

Introduction to the logic of experimental design and to experimental designs commonly used in psychology and the corresponding analyses. Corequisite: 504L. {Spring}

503L. Advanced Statistics Laboratory (1)

Computational techniques for statistical methods introduced in 501. Emphasis placed on the use of a computerized statistical package, e.g., SPSS®. Corequisite: 501. {Fall}

504L. Design and Analysis of Experiments Laboratory (1)

Practical issues related to material introduced in 502. Emphasis placed on use of a computerized statistical package, e.g. SPSS®. Corequisite: 502. {Spring}

505. Research Seminar (2)

Facilitates development of active research in first-year graduate students. Presentations include 1) research lectures by faculty and graduate students; and 2) research proposals by class members, critiqued by instructor and classmates.

506. Seminar in Mathematical Psychology (3)

Discussion of recent research in various areas of mathematical psychology, including behavioral decision theory and mathematical learning theory.

507. Teaching Seminar (2)

The course is designed to prepare graduate students, both conceptually and practically, for teaching, with the construction of a professional teaching portfolio as its goal.

508 / 408. Psychological Research with Diverse Populations (3)

514. Health Psychology Interventions (3)

This course will examine research and theory on the application of psychological interventions to health problems including coping with illness and health behavior change. The interventions will include stress management, meditation, and cognitive behavior therapies.

515. Social Psychology of Health Promotion (3)

This is an overview of health Psychology from a social psychological perspective. The focus is the design, implementation, and evaluation of theory-based interventions to improve healthy behavior (e.g. increase exercise, engage in safer sexual behavior).

516 / 416. Health Disparities (3)

521 / 421. Advanced Developmental Psychology (3)

Investigation of the theoretical bases and critical issues in the area of developmental psychology.

528. Seminar on Cognitive Development (3)

A seminar covering theory and research on the development of cognition, organized around Piaget’s constructivist model of cognitive development and subsequent challenges, both theoretical and empirical, to that model.

531. Pre-Clinical Practicum (1)

Course focuses on the practical issues of setting up and conducting therapy, learning clinic procedures and forms, dealing with commonly occurring issues that arise with clients and observing what therapy looks like in the room.

532. Seminar in Psychopathology (3)

A research-bases course that provides a comprehensive study of abnormal behavior. It stresses diagnosis and assessment of psychopathology and examines various theories of etiology. Recommended treatments are mentioned briefly. Restriction: permission of instructor.

533. Psychological Evaluation: Cognitive and Neuropsychology Functions (3)

Provides an introduction to intelligence testing, contemporary factors influencing intellectual performance, and clinical interpretation of cognitive tests. The neuropsychological implications of cognitive deficits are reviewed, along with different approaches to neuropsychological assessment.

535. Psychological Evaluation: Personality Functions (3)

This course examines: 1) psychometric principles involved in the development and evaluation of psychological tests; 2) major means of personality inventory construction; and 3) the general logic of major personality assessment procedures, including MMPI and Rorschach.

538. Introduction to Clinical Science (3)

This course is intended to serve as an introduction to the issues and literature concerned with the science of clinical psychology. Restriction: admitted to Ph.D. Psychology.

539 / 439. Child Psychopathology (3)

540. Biological Bases of Behavior (3)

Provides an introduction to basic aspects of neuroscience; e.g., historical perspectives, neurocytology, neurophysiology, neurochemistry, neuropharmacology, neuroanatomy. In depth critical discussion of fundamental and current topics.

541. Introduction to Functional Neuroimaging (3)

Provides an introduction to functional neuroimaging, from its history to the present. Technical aspects of commonly used neuroimaging methods will be discussed, along with their interpretation and application to questions in psychology and medicine. Restriction: Psychology graduate students only.

542. Seminar in Recovery of Function and Epilepsy (3)

Focuses on the literature and current experiments on epilepsy and functional recovery, the two major problems following traumatic brain injury or stroke. Mechanisms of these processes and clinical advancements will be discussed.

547. Drugs and Behavior (3)

Study of the pharmacological action and physiological and psychological effects of drugs of abuse including stimulants, depressants, narcotics and hallucinogens. Course may be used towards major.

551. Graduate Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

554. Positive Psychology (3)

This will examine theory and research regarding the development of human strengths at the graduate level. The course will focus on strengths that may promote better functioning, including creativity, optimism, wisdom, courage, love, and spirituality.

561. Cognitive Processes I (3)

Surveys the major topics and issues in lower order cognitive processes. Includes coverage of fundamental theoretical and empirical work in sensory detection, attention, perception, and motor control.

564 / 464. Intelligence and Creativity (3)

565. Seminar in Thought and Language (3)

(Also offered as EDPY, LING 565) The role of language in human cognition is approached from a sociocultural framework. Topics: semiotic systems, languages of the mind, categorization, problem solving, and cognitive pluralism.

569. Seminar in Psycholinguistics (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as LING 568)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

601. Multivariate Statistics (3)

Course provides overview of multivariate (MV) methods often used in psychology: data screening; multiple regression, MANOVA, MANCOVA, discriminant analysis, exploratory factor analysis, multiway frequency logistic models; brief introductions to structural equation models and multi-level models. Restriction: permission of instructor.

604. Latent Variable Modeling (3)

The goal of this course is to introduce a group of statistical techniques, known as latent variable models, to characterize unobserved variables. We will cover factor analysis, structural equation modeling, and related techniques.

605. Advanced Latent Variable Modeling (3)

The goal of this course is to cover a range of latent variable models that can be used to characterize unobserved variables, including factor analysis, factor mixture modeling, and latent growth and growth mixture models.

610. Case Conference Practicum (1, no limit Δ)

A bimonthly seminar learning experience where clinical graduate students meet with faculty to present and discuss ongoing, interesting or challenging cases. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

629. Culture and Human Development (3)

This course introduces students to concept and method in cultural psychology and developmental science, focusing on how development proceeds within a variety of cultural contexts and at various levels of psychological functioning.

630. Seminar in Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy (3)

631. Psychotherapy Practicum (1-3, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

634. Ethics and Professional Issues in Clinical Psychology (3)

This seminar is principally concerned with ethics in psychology research, service delivery, training and teaching. Topics in career development and contemporary controversies in professional psychology are also dealt with.

636. Diversity Multicultural Perspectives in Clinical Psychology (3)

This course provides an overview of multicultural counseling including the principles of understanding one's values and biases, understanding and respecting the client's worldview, and using culturally appropriate interventions. Restriction: permission of instructor.

637. Empirically Supported Treatments (3)

The purpose of the seminar is to provide a broad overview of the empirically-supported treatments movement and to teach student how to effectively deliver empirically-supported treatments for specific psychological disorders.

641. Seminar in Cognition, Brain and Behavior (2, no limit Δ)

Critical examination of recent empirical and theoretical articles on behavioral/cognitive neuroscience topics selected by students.

643 / 443. Psychobiology of Emotion (3)

644 / 444. Advanced EEG Analysis in MatLab (3)

The goal of the course is to provide a conceptual, mathematical, and pragmatic understanding of neural time series data, especially in regard to electroencephalographic (EEG) signals.

650 / 450. Special Topics in Psychology (1-3, no limit Δ)

Study of any psychological topic not otherwise included in the curriculum upon expression of mutual interest by students and faculty. {Offered upon demand}

691. Clinical Internship (1-6)

Available only to students who have successfully completed their dissertations. This is a one-year, full-time external clinical internship in which students provide treatment, assessment, and other relevant professional services under intensive and direct professional supervision.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Psychology (See also: PSY) (PSYC)

1110. Introduction to Psychology (3)

This course will introduce students to the concepts, theories, significant findings, methodologies, and terminology that apply to the field of psychology. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

2110. Social Psychology (3)

This course is an introduction to the scientific study of human social influence and interaction, and explores how an individual’s actions, emotions, attitudes and thought processes are influenced by society and other individuals. Prerequisite: 1110.

2120. Developmental Psychology (3)

Study of human physical and psychological change and stability from a lifespan development perspective. Prerequisite: 1110.

2220. Cognitive Psychology (3)

The course provides an overview of human cognitive processes such as attention, perception, memory, language, categorization, decision-making, reasoning, and problem solving. Includes methods, theories, and applications. Prerequisite: 1110.

2250. Brain and Behavior (3)

A general survey of the biological foundations of behavior and mental processes. Students will gain an understanding of anatomy, physiology, and chemistry of the nervous system and their relationships to human behavior. Prerequisite: 1110 or BIOL 1110 or BIOL 1140.

2270. Psychology of Learning and Memory (3)

This course provides an overview of how information is acquired, stored, retrieved, and manifested in the behavior of human and non-human animals. Prerequisite: 1110.

2320. Health Psychology (3)

This course examines how biological, psychological, and social factors interact with and affect different areas within health. Course will cover the role of stress in illness, coping with illness, pain management, and the role of health behavior in health and disease. Prerequisite: 1110.

2330. Psychology of Human Sexuality (3)

Exploration of the psychological, physiological, cultural, social and individual factors that influence sexual behavior, sex roles, and sex identity. Prerequisite: 1110.

2510. Statistical Principles for Psychology (3)

This course covers introductory-level topics in statistics that are applicable to psychological research. Both descriptive and inferential statistics are covered. Topics include applying statistical formulas to psychological data and interpreting the results of statistical analyses. Prerequisite: 1110.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

Physical Therapy (PT)

351. Clinical Exercise in Physical Therapy (3)

The physiology of the human body during exercise with emphasis on the cardiopulmonary and neuromuscular systems. Overview of selected pathological conditions of these systems relevant to the practice of physical therapy. Prerequisite: BIOL 2210 and BIOL 2225.

505. Foundations (3)

This course addresses foundations for patient care that will be further developed in subsequent courses. Content includes principles of exercise physiology, documentation, professionalism, ethics, kinesiology, pathology, pharmacology, imaging, learning styles, mind/body, and therapeutic interventions. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

506L. Musculoskeletal Intervention I (2)

Orthopaedic physical therapy treatment techniques including exercise-based treatments, soft tissue techniques and physical agents including electrical, electromagnetic, mechanical modalities. Prerequisite: 505. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

507L. Musculoskeletal Concepts and Management I (4)

Philosophy, process and techniques of patient examination and evaluation, including patient interview, systems review, differential diagnosis and neuromusculoskeletal assessment. Therapeutic interventions, including modalities, orthotics, manual therapy and therapeutic exercise will be addressed. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

508L. Musculoskeletal Concepts and Management II (6)

Continuation of Orthopedics I, addressing remaining regions of the body. Final practical examination verifies skills and competencies for both courses at a level adequate to proceed to clinical placements. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

509L. Musculoskeletal Intervention II (3)

This course addresses foundations for orthopedic treatment including exercise and physical agents. This class is designed around regional anatomy and follows both the anatomy and orthopedic evaluation courses. Prerequisite: 506L. Corequisite: 508L. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

511. Clinical Education Experience I (6)

Nine-week clinical education experience provides opportunity to participate in screening, systems review, examination, evaluation, formulation, implementation/modification of plan of care, discharge procedures, scheduling, coordination of patient care activities, supervision of support personnel, documentation for patients/clients. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

512. Professional Patient Management (1)

The purpose of this course is to gain practice with effective communication techniques prior to the first clinical education experience. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

513. Management of Integumentary Dysfunction (2)

Introduce the student to the structure and function of the integumentary system, in order to understand the implications of integumentary dysfunction and/or assess risk of injury to the integumentary function. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

521L. Human Anatomy I (4)

Intensive study of the gross anatomy of the musculoskeletal, circulatory, respiratory, digestive, reproductive and nervous systems. Integration of anatomical information provided in dissection and palpation laboratory. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

522L. Anatomy II (4)

This course involves dissection and study of the human body. Lecture materials highlight the nervous system including the cranial nerves, the vascular system and the muscular system of the upper extremities. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

534. Evidenced-Based Practice I (2)

Introduction to applied research for physical and occupational therapists. The central focus on this course is how information from physical and social science-based research is gathered, analyzed, reported and used to inform evidence-based practice. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

545. Differential Diagnosis in Physical Therapy (2)

Study of the pathophysiology, clinical presentation and implications to physical therapy practice of common disease entities that affect the human body, with a focus on physical therapy differential diagnosis. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

546. Pharmacology for Physical Therapists (2)

This course will prepare students to evaluate medications and the potential impact on physical therapy rehabilitation. Content in this course will be given in association with relevant D.P.T. courses. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

550. Pathophysiology (2)

Study of the pathophysiology, clinical presentation and implications to physical therapy practice of common disease entities that affect the human body. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

580. Prosthetics (2)

This course provides students with knowledge and practical experience in the therapeutic area of prosthetics. Pathology and etiology of amputation as well as medical and therapeutic intervention for the amputee are included. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

605L. Management of Neurologic Dysfunction IV (4)

Students learn cognitive, observational, psychomotor skills necessary to examine, manage patients with neurologic dysfunction with an emphasis on adults with spinal cord injury, stroke, traumatic brain injury. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

606L. Management of Neurologic Dysfunction I (4)

This course introduces the student to neuroscience and neuropathology and illustrate the correlations with clinical practice. The student will learn cognitive, observational, and psychomotor skills necessary to assess, treat and manage adults with neurologic dysfunction. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

608L. Management of Neurologic Dysfunction III (4 [8])

Enhances content from 606L and 609L. Students learn cognitive, observational, psychomotor skills necessary to examine, manage patients with neurologic dysfunction with an emphasis on adults with spinal cord injury, stroke, traumatic brain injury. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

609L. Management of Neurologic Dysfunction II (4)

This course introduces the student to neuroanatomy and neuropathology and illustrate the correlations to clinical practice. The student will learn cognitive, observational and psychomotor skills necessary to assess and manage adults with neurologic dysfunction. Prerequisite: 606L. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

610. Acute Care (3 [4])

This course is designed to enable students to practice in an acute/critical care setting. Topics include cardiopulmonary rehabilitation and general acute care, including ICU equipment, lab values, pharmacology, evaluation, treatment and discharge planning. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

611. Clinical Education Experience II (6)

613. Cardiopulmonary (3)

This course gives an overview of normal cardiovascular and pulmonary function, cardiovascular and pulmonary-related pathologies, examination and evaluation procedures, diagnostic procedures, goal-setting, and interventions. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

622. Biopsychosocial Practice (3)

The purpose of this course is to develop the student’s awareness of psychosocial and cultural issues of the health professional and the patient, necessary to provide optimal care to patients. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

632. Evidence-Based Practice II (2)

This course utilizes the application of search strategies and critical appraisal of research, including statistical interpretation to answer foreground and background clinical questions. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

640. Gender Health (2)

Enhances knowledge of evaluation, goal setting and treatments related to conditions that affect women or men preferentially. Specific topics include: pelvic floor disorders, prostate health, pregnancy, prenatal and postpartum care, sexual health, and domestic violence. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

650. Differential Diagnosis in Physical Therapy (3)

Evaluation of the complex patient, with an emphasis on the ability to integrate and critically analyze patient examination results to identify systemic origins of neuromusculoskeletal pain and determine the need for medical or other referral. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

652. Clinical Education Experience III (6)

653. Service and Interprofessional Learning (1)

This course allows the student to integrate recent clinical experiences with didactic knowledge and to foster inquiry and problem-solving in relation to patient cases. It will be conducted primarily in a small group discussion format. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

654. Clinical Education Experience IV (6)

Ten-week clinical education experience provides opportunity to participate in screening, systems review, examination, evaluation, formulation, implementation/modification of plan of care, discharge procedures, scheduling, coordination of patient care activities, supervision of support personnel, documentation for patients/clients. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

660. Health, Wellness and Fitness (2 [3])

Application of current models of physical therapy management related to assessment and promotion of health, wellness and fitness throughout adulthood. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

662L. Pediatrics (5)

Application of current models of physical therapy management, including assessment and intervention, for children with various neuromuscular or musculoskeletal conditions during infancy, childhood and adolescence. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

670. Gerontology (3)

In-depth study of evaluation and clinical management of the geriatric patient/client across the continuum of care. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

680. Administration and Supervision I (1-2)

This course will prepare students to practice in an increasingly complex health care delivery system. Emphasis includes personnel supervision, practice regulatory and legal requirement issues, reimbursement, litigation, and ethics related to service delivery. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

685. Advanced Ortho Spine (3)

This course will look at advanced spine evaluation and treatment with emphasis on diagnosis, muscle energy and thrust techniques as well as therapeutic exercise as it relates to mechanical spinal pain. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

691. Capstone Project (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course is the academic home for a comprehensive evidence-based practice project that definitively, and in a completely supported manner, answers a focused clinical question. A comprehensive paper and platform presentation are required. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

692. Board Preparation (1)

An intensive overview of test-taking and study strategies and review of all major content areas in the National Physical Therapy Exam. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

693. Integrated Clinical Experiences (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course is conducted at REACH clinic, a laboratory clinical setting, with a faculty mentor. Students give short presentations summarizing the presentation of their patients, the chosen interventions, and the plan of care and goals. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

694. Physical Therapy Independent Study (1-7)

This course is a supervised independent study for students to complete an elective academic experience of relevance to physical therapy or to complete a course required for graduation, such as a clinical internship. Restriction: admitted to D.P.T. Physical Therapy.

695. Special Topics in Physical Therapy (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Content varies, students may be registered for several sections concurrently. Registration by approval of the Physical Therapy Program director. {Offered upon demand}

Public Policy (PUBP)

501. Policy Seminar (1, no limit Δ)

Professional conduct and best practices, research ethics, and support for completing the M.P.P. Policy Report. Restriction: admitted to M.P.P. Public Policy.

502. Policy and Evaluation Lab (3, no limit Δ)

Experiential learning in policy analysis and program evaluation for government, research, and community organizations. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.P.P. Public Policy.

Radiography (RADS)

330. Patient Care (2)

This course acquaints the student with nursing procedures and techniques emphasizing the role of the diagnostic imager as a member of the healthcare team. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

331. Patient Care Lab (1)

This course covers the laboratory activities associated with 330. Restriction: permission of instructor.

378. Healthcare Delivery and Compliance (3)

Students are introduced to the history and current trends of the American Healthcare system. Course material will reflect the current healthcare system and the effect the roles have on improving the system. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

381. Medical Language Systems Review (1)

This self-study course reviews the major systems of the human body, using a programmed textbook/workbook. The workbook format is combined with simple, non-technical explanations of medical terms and descriptions of anatomy, physiology, and pathology. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

398. Topics in Healthcare Ethics and Diversity (3)

Students will participate in discussion and reflection on current and landmark healthcare cases. Course activities are designed to allow students to examine and explore ethical issues in the medical field. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

405. Introduction to Research and Medical Imaging (3)

The course will focus on the development of a Healthcare research question, completion of an annotated bibliography and a final literature review. This includes exercises in formatting, paraphrasing and avoiding plagiarism. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

406. Community Engagement and Service Learning (3, may be repeated once Δ)

The course offers students the opportunity to engage in community service and field experience. Students are exposed to the theories and practices of community service, information literacy, patient care, team building and leadership activities. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences and permission of instructor.

410. Physics of Computed Tomography (3)

Faculty. Course provides instruction in physics and instrumentation related to computed tomography including the history of the development of computed tomography, system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences or CERT Computed Tomography or CERT Magnetic Resonance Imaging.

411. Physics of Computed Tomography II (3)

Faculty. A continuation of RADS 410 further providing advance instruction in physics and instrumentation related to computed tomography, including the history of the development of computed tomography, system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction. Prerequisite: 410. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

412. Computed Tomography Physics Review (1)

Faculty. Comprehensive examinations and topic review will take place throughout the semester. The registry review examinations will encompass the listed topics for students to demonstrate a basic knowledge of computed tomography and physics. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

420. Computed Tomography Clinical I (3)

Faculty. Course provides clinical instruction in computed tomography including the system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

421. Computed Tomography Clinical II (3)

Faculty. Course is a continuation of RADS 420 and provides additional clinical instruction in computed tomography including the system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Prerequisite: 420. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences or CERT Computed Tomography or CERT Magnetic Resonance Imaging. {Spring}

422. Computed Tomography Clinical III (2)

Faculty. Course provides additional clinical instruction in computed tomography including the system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Prerequisite: 420 and 421. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

450. Physics of Magnetic Resonance Imaging I (3)

Faculty. Course provides additional instruction in physics and instrumentation related to magnetic resonance imaging including the history of the development of magnetic resonance imaging, system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences or CERT Computed Tomography or CERT Magnetic Resonance Imaging. {Fall}

451. Physics of Magnetic Resonance Imaging II (3)

Course is a continuation of RADS 450. Prerequisite: 450. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences or CERT Computed Tomography or CERT Magnetic Resonance Imaging. {Spring}

452. MRI Physics Review (1)

Faculty. Comprehensive examinations and topic review will take place throughout the semester. The registry review examinations will encompass the listed topics for students to demonstrate a basic knowledge of Magnetic Resonance Imaging and physics. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

460. MRI Clinical I (3)

Course provides clinical instruction in magnetic resonance imaging including system operation and components, image formation and reconstruction, characteristics of image quality, and artifact recognition/reduction. Corequisite: 450. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

461. MRI Clinical II (3)

Course is a continuation of RADS 460. Prerequisite: 460. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences or CERT Computed Tomography or CERT Magnetic Resonance Imaging.

462. MRI Clinical III (2)

Practical experience in the performance of magnetic resonance imaging studies under direct supervision of certified technologists and staff radiologists. Includes competency examinations, image evaluation, patient-care assessment, imaging protocols, and safety issues. Prerequisite: 461. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

*480. Human Cross Sectional Anatomy (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Course examines three-dimensional relationships of skull, brain, CNS, thorax, abdomen and pelvis correlating this information with imaging modalities (CT, MRI, Nuclear Medicine). Restriction: admitted to B.S. Radiologic Sciences.

481. Human Cross Sectional Pathology (3)

Course examines a basic understanding of the principles of pathology relating to imaging science and the radiographic appearance of specific diseases and processes within the body systems.

Religion (RELG)

1110. Introduction to World Religions (3)

This course introduces major world religions and the scholarly methods of the academic study of religion. Religions covered may include Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Daoism, Judaism, Christianity, Islam and/or New Religious Movements. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1120. Introduction to the Bible (3)

An introductory study of the structure and content of the Hebrew and Christian Scriptures. This class provides the context and reading skills for study and investigation of the Bible and its influence upon western culture and religion.

1123. Hebrew Bible (3)

An introduction to the history, beliefs, practices, and development of the Hebrew and later Jewish religion as reflected in the Hebrew Biblical Scriptures, using a historical and critical approach, with attention given to understanding its socio-cultural and political environment. {Fall}

1126. New Testament (3)

An introduction to the history, beliefs, practices, and development of the early Christian religion as reflected in the New Testament, using a historical and critical approach, with attention given to understanding its socio-cultural and political environment.

1550. Religion, Health and Medicine (3)

Introduces students to how people’s religious beliefs and practices influence their perspectives on health and their approaches to medical care and treatment. In units arranged by religion or region (North American indigenous religion, African religion, Hinduism, Chinese religion, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam), students will learn how religious beliefs and practices relate to rites of passage, sexuality, women’s health, diet, mental health, trauma, and end of life issues. In addition to assessing students’ knowledge of the relationship between religion and perspectives on health and medical care and treatment, course assignments will raise students awareness of how people with different worldviews interact. Course requirements or activities also will teach them how to evaluate their own biases and how to assess the biases and credibility of various sources of information about religion, health, and medicine found on the Internet and elsewhere. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. Eastern Religions (3)

Provides an academic overview of the major religious traditions of Asia, which may include the religions of India (Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism, China (Daoism and Confucianism, Chan Buddhism), and Japan (Shinto and Zen Buddhism). Students will be assigned both primary and secondary texts. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities. {Fall}

2120. Western Religions (3)

This is a survey course that will cover major religious traditions of the West, including the three Abrahamic religions (Judaism, Christianity, and Islam) and other religious systems. The course will focus on how each tradition has developed historically and how it exists in the world today. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 5: Humanities. {Spring}

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

303. Black Liberation and Religion (3)

(Also offered as AFST 303) Students will be introduced to the Black experience, which necessitates the redefinition of God and Jesus Christ in the lives of Black people as the struggle for transcendental and political freedom.

310. Introduction to Jewish Thought (3)

An introduction to Jewish religion and thought that explores the worldview of rabbinic Judaism, including law, philosophy, and mysticism from the 1st to the 20th centuries.

312. Introduction to Islam (3)

This course examines the life and role of the Prophet Muhammad, the message of the Qur'an, and the history of the theological, philosophical, legal, and mystical dimensions of Islam to the present.

313. Islamic Fundamentalism (3)

An examination of the social, political, and cultural aspects of fundamentalism in the contemporary Muslim world.

314. Islamic Mysticism (3)

An introduction to the origin and development of mystical aspects of Islam, commonly known as Sufism. The course examines themes such as Sufism vis-à-vis Islamic orthodoxy, mystical experience, the literary heritage of Sufism, Sufi organizations.

319. Sex and Gender in Ancient Religion (3)

(Also offered as CLST 319) This course examines issues pertaining to gender and sexuality in ancient Mediterranean religions and cultures, with special attention paid to Greco-Roman religion, Judaism, and Christianity.

320. Magic in Ancient Religion (3)

(Also offered as CLST 320) This course examines the perception and reality of magic in the ancient Mediterranean world by examining relevant texts, spells, and relics to situate it within the practice of ancient religion.

321. Apocalypse in the Ancient World (3)

(Also offered as CLST 321) This course examines the development of the genre of apocalypse by reading several early Jewish apocalypses before examining the lasting influence of apocalypticism in one particular Jewish sect, Christianity.

322. Sexuality and the Bible (3)

This course engages in the close study of biblical texts that address sexual behavior and sexuality, considering how these texts were likely understood in their original context and the different ways they are interpreted today.

326. History of Christianity to 1517 (3)

(Also offered as HIST 326 / 526) The history of Christianity from its beginnings in Palestine to the eve of the Protestant Reformation. Primary focus will be on the rich variety of forms–doctrinal, liturgical and institutional–that Christianity assumed through the Medieval centuries. Also of concern will be its contributions and significance as a civilizing force. {Fall}

327. History of Christianity, 1517 to Present (3)

(Also offered as HIST 327 / 527) The development of Christianity from the Protestant Reformation to the modern day, with focus on the variety of forms Christianity assumed throughout this period as it moved outward from Europe and became a world religion.

332. Introduction to Buddhism (3)

A historical survey of Buddhist practices, beliefs, material culture, institutions, and figures from the time of the historical Buddha through to the contemporary period.

335. Goddesses and Gods of India (3)

This course examines Hindu scriptures and practices to understand how deities and their relationships with men and women, high and low castes, and the natural and social worlds have changed over time.

337. Early Daoism (3)

This course gives an in-depth survey of the origins of Daoism, one of the most important schools of Chinese religious and philosophical thought.

343. Catholic Saints in North America (3)

This course takes saints as an entry point for exploring North American Catholic history. We focus on the practices by which ordinary Catholics make men and women into saints after their deaths.

346. Religion in New Mexico (3)

(Also offered as AMST 346) This course examines New Mexican religion from the seventeenth century onward, considering how life here shapes religious practice, and how religion factors in how visitors imagine and represent inhabitants.

347. Topics in Religious Studies (3, may be repeated six times Δ)

Studies in major religious figures or movements. Topic varies.

350. Religion and Literature (3)

An introduction exploring relationships between the literary and religious traditions. {Fall}

351. Catholicism in America (3)

This course introduces students to the history of Roman Catholicism in the United States, emphasizing the interaction of Catholicism with politics and culture, and the religious lives of ordinary Catholics.

355. Atheism: Trends and Critiques (3)

A survey of classical and contemporary currents in Atheism.

365. Philosophy of Religion (3)

(Also offered as PHIL 365) Philosophic analysis of some major concepts and problems in religion. Prerequisite: one course in Religious Studies or Philosophy.

441. Religion in American History (3)

(Also offered as HIST 441) Szasz. This class will cover the rise and development of the nation’s religious groups, from first contact to the present day. The focus will be on the social impact of the groups and how they influenced the development of American life.

*447. Seminar in Religious Studies (1-3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Major religious figures or movements. Topic varies. Prerequisite: one RELG course.

452. Theories of Religion (3)

An examination and critique of influential 19th-, 20th-, and 21st-century scientific attempts to explain religion in contrast to supernaturalist theories. Also considered are some postmodernist and evolutionary psychology perspectives on religion. Prerequisite: one upper-division course in Religious Studies.

453. Asian Studies Thesis (3)

(Also offered as COMP, HIST, PHIL, POLS 453) Supervised research in one or more disciplines leading to an undergraduate thesis for the major in Asian Studies.

*463. Seminar in Biblical Studies (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Topics in the literary and historical analysis of Biblical texts. Prerequisite: 230 or 231 or 232.

*475. Dante in Translation (3)

(Also offered as ITAL *475) Principally the Vita Nuova and the Divine Comedy.

497. Independent Studies (1-3, may be repeated six times Δ)

Restriction: permission of program chairperson.

507. Teaching World Religions (3)

Preparation for teaching courses about living world religions. Includes teaching experience in 107.

547. Advanced Seminar in Religious Studies (3, may be repeated six times Δ)

551. M.A. Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Tutorial arrangement with a member of the graduate faculty.

Russian (RUSS)

1110. Russian I (3)

This is an entry level Russian course for students with no previous exposure to the language. The purpose of this beginning course is to develop listening, speaking, reading and writing skills to communicate at a basic level. After the completion of the course, students will be able to perform in specific situations at the Novice-Mid level on the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages proficiency scale. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. {Fall}

1120. Russian II (3)

This is an entry-level continuation course for students that have completed 1110. The course will use a communicative approach to cover the fundamentals of basic vocabulary, grammar, conversation and culture. After the completion of the course, students will be able to perform in specific situations at the Novice-High level on the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages proficiency scale. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. {Spring}

2110. Russian III (3)

This course is for students who have completed 1110 and 1120. It is designed to further the understanding of the Russian language and culture and continues the development of the four language skills (listening, reading, writing, and speaking). After the completion of the course, students will be able to perform in specific situations at the Intermediate-Low level on the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages proficiency scale. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2120. Russian IV (3)

In this course, students continue to expand and refine their proficiency skills in listening, reading, writing, and speaking Russian. It is designed for students who have completed 2110. After the completion of the course, students will be able to perform in specific situations at the Intermediate-Mid level on the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages proficiency scale. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

290. Workshop on Russian Language and Culture (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive practical training in Russian language and culture.

301. Advanced Russian I (3)

Vocabulary building, basic grammar review and special attention to idiomatic Russian.

302. Advanced Russian II (3)

Emphasis on all four language skills, especially reading. The structure of Russian is reviewed in detail.

338. Topics in Russian Literature and Culture in Translation (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as COMP, ENGL 338) Study of individual authors, genres, and/or periods of Russian literature and culture in translation.

339. Russian Culture and History through Film (3)

(Also offered as FDMA 339; HIST 335) In this course we study films and read secondary sources from the Soviet and post-Soviet eras (with English subtitles) and examine how they comment on current Russian social and cultural issues. Taught in English.

340. Topics in Continuity and Change in Russian Culture (3-6, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as COMP 340) Topics will deal with individual authors, genres, periods or themes.

*401. Russia Today I (3)

Study of present-day life in Russia as represented in popular media, including TV and film. Aimed at students who wish to improve their Russian language skills.

*490. Seminar in Russian Literature and Culture (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will deal with individual authors, genres or periods. Taught in English and/or Russian.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Open to juniors and seniors as approved by Russian faculty. Students will study one aspect of the field with a member of the Faculty Committee.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled for departmental honors.

Speech and Hearing Sciences (SHS)

*302. Introduction to Communicative Disorders (3)

(Also offered as SPCD *302) The nature of speech, language and hearing disorders in children and adults; overview of speech and hearing anatomy and physiology; multicultural issues; emphasizes the impact of communicative disorders on individuals and families.

*303. Introduction to Phonetics (3)

(Also offered as LING 303) An introduction to the physiological mechanisms underlying speech production, linguistic classification and transcription of speech sounds, acoustic properties of speech sounds, relationship between phonetics and phonology, and applications to speech pathology.

310. Anatomy and Physiology of Human Communication (3)

Introduction to basic anatomy and physiology for speech, language, hearing and swallowing. Covers five systems: respiratory, phonatory, articulatory, auditory and neurological.

321 [321 / 541]. Introduction to Audiology (3)

Basic hearing science, pathological conditions of the auditory system, audiometric testing. Prerequisite: 310.

330. Introduction to Communication Sciences (3)

Introduction to speech and hearing science. Covers basic science of sound, acoustic theory of speech production, acoustic and physiologic phonetics, sound transmission through the auditory system, acoustic and physiologic consequences of speech and hearing disorders.

*425. Aural Rehabilitation (3)

Appraisal and management of individuals with impaired hearing. Prerequisite: 321.

428. Phonological Disorders in Children (3)

Assessment and treatment of articulation and phonological disorders. Prerequisite: *303 or LING 303.

430 / 530. Language Development (3)

Developmental sequence of language acquisition and changes in communication behavior across the life span from birth to adulthood. Covers specific areas of phonology, morphology, semantics, syntax, pragmatics, literacy and metalinguistics.

431. Language Disorders in Children (3)

A survey of language disorders in children and intervention. Topics include descriptions of clinical populations, intervention principles and methods, and linguistic, medical, developmental and cultural issues in intervention. Prerequisite: 430.

450. Neural Basis of Communication (3)

Structure and function of the central and peripheral nervous systems as they relate to normal and disordered communication. Prerequisite: 310.

451. Undergraduate Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

*458. Preclinical Training (3)

Course content includes behavioral objectives, program design, data collection, client/family counseling, ethnographic interviewing with multicultural families, behavioral management and professional issues including certification and licensure requirements, ethical conduct and federal laws protecting the handicapped. Prerequisite: 428. Pre- or corequisite: 431.

459. Multicultural Considerations in Communication (3)

Students will obtain an understanding of how identity and the cultural and linguistic diversity of individuals affect communication. Strategies for sensitive assessment and intervention methods will be presented, including exploration of biases, cultural humility, and privilege. Prerequisite: 302.

490. Topics in Speech, Language, and Hearing Sciences (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Special topics motivated by expertise of instructor and interest of students.

500. Clinical Practice (3, may be repeated five times Δ)

Practicum assignment and seminar covering a variety of topics in clinical practice including diagnostics and evaluation, practice in school and hospital settings, and supervised practice in off-campus sites. Prerequisite: *458. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology and permission of Clinic Director.

501. Clinical Foundations (1)

Practicum seminar covering the foundations for intervention in speech-language pathology. Topics include clinic documentation, materials, data collection, treatment plans, facilitation techniques, and counseling and management of behavior as they apply to real-life clients. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology and permission of Clinic Director.

502. Clinical Diagnostics (1)

Practicum seminar covering the foundations for assessment in speech-language pathology. Topics include completing case history information and interviews, administering assessments, interpreting results of assessment, and writing diagnostic reports as these topics apply to real-life clients. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology and permission of Clinic Director.

503. Clinical Case Studies (1)

Practicum seminar covering the integration of coursework as it applies to virtual reality cases on KASA skill competencies that apply to low incidence disorders. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology and permission of Clinic Director.

506. Reading and Writing in Research (3)

Based on a scientist-practitioner model, this course is an introduction to research design with an emphasis on conceptual foundations and critical evaluation. Prerequisite: PSYC 2510.

507. Adult Neurogenic Communicative Disorders (3)

Comprehensive survey of predominant adult neurogenic communication disorders. Content includes theoretical issues, etiology, differential diagnosis, symptomatology, prognosis and recovery. Prerequisite: 450 or 550.

517. Dysphagia (3)

Acquire knowledge relevant to the identification, evaluation, treatment of infant and adult swallowing disorders. Prerequisite: 310 and (450 or 550). Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology.

525. Voice Disorders (3)

Based on knowledge of normal voice production, various voice disorders are surveyed and approaches to evaluation and treatment are discussed. Prerequisite: 310. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology and permission of instructor for non-degree students.

530 / 430. Language Development (3)

531. Motor Speech Disorders (3)

Overview of child and adult neurogenic speech disorders and fluency disorders with a focus on assessment and treatment. Prerequisite: 450 or 550. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology.

532. Augmentative Communication (3)

Overview and/or hands-on-experience with nonelectronic and electronic aids and devices used for augmentative communication. Focus may be on particular disabilities, assessment, therapeutic and/or research issues. Prerequisite: 428, 431. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology and permission of instructor for non-degree students.

533. Assessing Language in Children (3)

Principles and procedures of assessment for language disorders in children. Prerequisite: 431. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology.

534. Intervention: Child Language Disorders (3)

Principles and intervention procedures for child language disorders from early childhood through adolescence. Methods for examining treatment efficacy in clinical and research contexts. Prerequisite: 431. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology and permission of instructor for non-degree students.

535. Medical Speech-Language Pathology (3)

Topics relevant to practice in a medical setting are reviewed including evaluation and treatment of children with birth defects (cleft palate) and other special populations; professional and administrative concerns. Prerequisite: 450 or 550. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology.

538. Fluency Disorders (3)

Overview of stuttering and other fluency disorders in children and adults with a focus on assessment and treatment. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology.

539. Topics (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology and permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology.

557. Professional Issues in Speech-Language Pathology (1)

Course content includes graduation requirements, CFY application and procedures, supervision, resumes and interviewing, job searching and negotiation, and professional issues including certification and licensure requirements, ethical conduct and federal policies for the workplace. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology and permission of Clinic Director.

558. Clinical Internship (8)

Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology and permission of Clinic Director. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

561. Bilingual Language Acquisition: Clinical Implications (3)

This course focuses on identifying the critical factors that influence bilingual language acquisition, examining the linguistic characteristics of English-Spanish bilinguals, and considering the implications of bilingualism for speech and language intervention planning.Prerequisite: 431 and 459.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: admitted to M.S. Speech-Language Pathology.

Signed Language Interpreting (SIGN)

2125. Introduction to Signed Language (3)

Lujan, Myers, Twitchell An introductory level language course in the language of the American Deaf Culture. Content includes ASL vocabulary and conversational skills; linguistic features of ASL; and skills in narrative/storytelling. In‐class activities, comprehension and expressive examinations, narrative and storytelling assignments in addition to semester projects are venues for students to demonstrate their learning. In addition, Deaf Culture and Deaf Community issues are addressed. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2130. Fingerspelling (3)

Lujan, Myers, Wilkinson This course will assist the student in acquiring fluent fingerspelling through the use of intense receptive and expressive drills. Lexical borrowing and the semantic and morphological categories involved in restructuring English finger spelled citation forms will be studied. Recordings of a variety of fingerspelling styles will be presented to ensure that the students acquire a comprehensive background. Students will also be recorded to allow for self-analysis of their fingerspelling skills. Prerequisite: 2125. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

2150. Lexical Semantics for Transliteration (3)

Myers Articles, videotapes, and supplemental materials will be used to demonstrate Various codes for English; these codes may be contrasted with the natural language of ASL. Periodically, students will be videotaped to aid in the analysis of their transliteration production. Prerequisite: 2125. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

2210. American Sign Language I (3)

Griffin, Twitchell This course in American Sign Language is designed to develop the students’ receptive, expressive and conversational skills. Students will also develop narrative skills in application of these receptive and expressive skills. ASL vocabulary and linguistic features are introduced, as well as fundamental concepts about the Deaf community and culture. Prerequisite: 2125. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

2220. American Sign Language II (3)

Griffin, Myers A continuation course that builds on concepts and skills developed in 2210. Students gain further exposure to ASL structure and grammar, and Deaf culture and the Deaf community. Emphasis is on increasing students’ ability to comprehend other signers and express themselves with more elaboration when conversing or presenting in ASL. Prerequisite: 2210. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

*305. Structure of American Sign Language (3)

Wilkinson Examines linguistic research on signed languages, primarily ASL: phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax and semantics. Also covers signed language sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, language acquisition (first and second) and neurolinguistics. Prerequisite: 2210 and (LING 2110 or LING 301). Restriction: permission of instructor.

*310. American Sign Language III (3)

Griffin Designed to help students improve their expressive skills and general conversational competence in ASL relative to phonology, lexical items, syntax and discourse. Focuses on semantic appropriateness and accuracy of particular lexical items, appropriate use of non-manual behaviors and the use of context to determine meaning. Prerequisite: 2220. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

320. American Sign Language IV (3)

Griffin, WilkinsonIntensive practice involving receptive/expressive skills in complex grammatical structures, dialogue and storytelling. Intensive study of transcription techniques and their applications to ASL research and documentation. Prerequisite: *310. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

*352. Language and Culture in the Deaf Community, Part 1 (3)

Wilkinson An introduction to Deaf culture. Examines the language, education, social and political aspects and art forms of Deaf people from an anthropological point of view. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

355. Deaf History and Literature (3)

Griffin A study of the history of Deaf people, the Deaf community and an overview of all genres of Deaf literature. Topics include educational, social, political and economic aspects of the Deaf community from the Deaf perspective. Prerequisite: *310 and *352. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

*360. The Interpreting Profession (3)

Myers Addresses the mental processes essential to interpretation and transliteration. In addition to exercises used to develop interpreting strategies such as memory retention, message analysis, decalage, etc., the student is introduced to the interpreter's Code of Professional Conduct and business practices of the professional interpreter. Prerequisite: 2130 and 2150 and *310 and *352 and LING 2110. Restriction: permission of program coordinator.

411. Consecutive Interpretation (3)

Lujan, Shaffer Theory and practice of consecutive interpretation. Topics: message analysis, attention, cultural mediation, reducing interference from the source language. Equal time is spent with ASL and English texts. Prerequisite: *360. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Signed Language Interpreting and permission of program coordinator.

412. Simultaneous Interpreting (3)

Lujan, Shaffer Theory and practice of simultaneous interpretation. Topics: control of source-language input, team interpreting, self-monitoring and repair, preparation, providing feedback and special situations such as interpreting in medical settings. Prerequisite: 411. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Signed Language Interpreting and permission of program coordinator.

418. Signed Language Interpreting Research (3)

Lujan, Shaffer A detailed study of current trends and practices in signed language interpreting and evaluation, along with similarities and differences between signed language and spoken language interpreting. Introduction to interpreting process models and assessment models and discussion of current research in the field of interpreting. Students will conduct a small-scale research project and participate in a debate of issues surrounding the interpreting profession. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Signed Language Interpreting and permission of program coordinator.

419. Practicum in Signed Language Interpreting (1-3 to a maximum of 4 Δ)

Lujan, Shaffer Supervised practicum interpreting and transliterating in a variety of community and academic settings, including elementary through post-secondary classrooms, medical situations, vocational rehabilitation, platform and television interpreting and so forth. Supervised preparation for future private practice employment. Prerequisite: *360. Restriction: admitted to B.S. Signed Language Interpreting and permission of program coordinator.

495. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

Sociology (SOCI)

1110. Introduction to Sociology (3)

This course will introduce students to the basic concepts and theories of sociology, as well as to the methods utilized in sociological research. The course will address how sociological concepts and theories can be utilized to analyze and interpret our social world, and how profoundly our society and the groups to which students belong influence them. Students will be given the opportunity to challenge their “taken for granted” or “common sense” understandings about society, social institutions, and social issues. Special attention will also be paid to the intimate connections between their personal lives and the larger structural features of social life. In addition, the implications of social inequalities, such as race/ethnicity, gender, and social class will be central to the course’s examination of social life in the United States. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2120. Introduction to Criminal Justice Systems (3)

Velez, Jackson. This course provides an introduction to social issues that are currently affecting the criminal justice system in the United States. The course will cover the history of the U.S. criminal justice system and how our system compares with other countries. We will address how the U.S. criminal justice system attempts to create and preserve a balance between sustaining order, maintaining individual rights, and promoting justice. Important themes also include, but are not limited to discussions of how crime and delinquency are measured, key correlates of crime, sociological approaches to researching crime, sociological theories of crime, the quality of crime data in the U.S. and how it is used to make public policy decisions, and the causes and consequences of mass incarceration in the United States. Prerequisite: 1110.

2210. Sociology of Deviance (3)

Lyons. This course is designed to provide an overview of the study of deviance and social control from multiple sociological perspectives. The instructor will present how sociologists research deviance and social control and the ethical issues involved in studying human subjects involved in these activities. The course also examines central sociological theories for understanding the causes of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: 1110.

2310. Contemporary Social Problems (3)

This course studies the nature, scope, and effects of social problems and their solutions. The course will concentrate on sociological perspectives, theories, and key concepts when investigating problems, such as inequality, poverty, racism, alienation, family life, sexuality, gender, urbanization, work, aging, crime, war and terrorism, environmental degradation, and mass media. This course is designed to build students’ sociological understanding of how sociological approaches attempt to clarify various issues confronting contemporary life, as well as how sociologists view solutions to these problems. Prerequisite: 1110.

2315. The Dynamics of Prejudice (3)

Ibarra, Lopez. This course is designed to help students understand how attitudes and beliefs of individuals shape intergroup relations and their impacts on the daily lives of individuals as well as the effects that these beliefs have on the larger social structure of American society. We will examine how profoundly our society and the groups to which we belong, influence us and our beliefs and ultimately how these beliefs shape prejudice in our society. In this course, students are encouraged to challenge ideologies that are considered "common sense" or that are taken for granted and this in turn will allow them to critically engage issues in society such as racism, classism, sexism, and will leave with an understanding on how privilege affects our views on disability, LGBTQ issues, religion and immigration. Rather than investigating these themes in the abstract, students will identify and unpack how these larger structural issues play integral roles in their everyday lives, interactions, and existence. Ultimately, this course aims to address the social inequalities that exists in our society as a result of prejudice and will challenge students to identify and engage in strategies to work towards changing these aspects of society. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 4: Social and Behavioral Sciences.

2340. Global Issues (3)

Many of the problems we face on a daily basis are global in scope and global in origin. The world is now more interconnected than ever. The things that happen in China or in Saudi Arabia affect us in the United States, just as the things that we do here affect the people in Russia or Egypt. This course offers a sociological perspective on this phenomenon of globalization and explores its origins in the culture of capitalism. To this end, we will examine topics such as consumption, labor, migration and immigration, economic inequality, the natural environment, and health. We will also consider various ways in which these problems can, or cannot, be solved for us and for future generations. Prerequisite: 1110.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

305. Environmental Sociology (3)

Examination of humans and the environment from an ecological perspective. Focus on industrial and economic growth, natural resources development, environmental values and movements, resource management, and comparative perspective on people’s relationship to the environment. Prerequisite: 1110.

307. Nonviolent Alternatives (3)

(Also offered as PCST 307) This course studies the dynamics of violence and nonviolence at the interpersonal, institutional, cultural, and global level from a variety of disciplinary perspectives.

308. Sociology of Gender (3)

How and why societies create gender categories. How do definitions of “masculinity” and “femininity” vary? What are the costs and benefits of being male or female in contemporary American society? Prerequisite: 1110.

310. Sociology of Aging and the Aged (3)

Descriptive and theoretical study of the social situation of older persons in contemporary industrial societies; the impact on societal institutions of an increasing percentage of older citizens. Prerequisite: 1110. {Offered upon demand}

312. Causes of Crime and Delinquency (3)

Broidy, Painter-Davis, Velez. A survey of criminological theories exploring why some people are more likely to engage in crime than others and why crime rates vary over time and space and across social groups. Attendant policy issues will also be discussed. Prerequisite: 2120 or 2210.

325. Couples, Family and Friendship (3)

An overview of sociological research on the strongest social relationships and primary social groups: those of love, family and friendships.

326. Sociology of New Mexico (3)

Ibarra. New Mexico as a social system; the infrastructure of communities and ethnic groups, stratification, major social institutions, deviance and inter-group relations. Prerequisite: 1110.

328. Sociology of Native Americans (3)

Huyser. The historical, comparative and contemporary study of Native American peoples in the U.S. and/or other countries. Emphasis on social construction of identity, population distribution, community infrastructure, and major social institutions.

331. Social Movements (3)

Nepstad, Santoro. The study of riots, disturbances, social movements and other forms of contentious collective behavior. Strategies of conflict and conflict resolution are considered. Prerequisite: 1110.

340. Sociology of Medical Practice (3)

Huyser, Whooley. An introduction to the delivery of health care in the U.S. and selected other countries is pursued with an emphasis on the interaction of patients, professionals and health care institutions.

345. Youth and Society (3)

An assessment of the creation and dynamics of childhood and youth in human societies. Consideration of historical and cross-cultural material; and issues such as deviance and popular culture. Prerequisite: 1110. {Offered upon demand}

346. Health and Social Inequalities I (3)

This course explores theories and mechanisms related to how social inequities in education, housing, employment, health care, safety, resources, money, and power contribute significantly to health disparities globally, within countries, and within specific urban environments.

347. Health and Social Inequalities II (3)

This service-learning course provides students the opportunity to apply knowledge about social inequalities and health to working with community members to create change that improves health and reduces health disparities. Prerequisite: 346.

351. The Urban Community (3)

The forms and development of urban community; demographic, spatial, functional and temporal patterns; metropolitan development and city-hinterland relations. Prerequisite: 1110. {Offered upon demand}

354. Introduction to Latin American Society I: Social Sciences (3)

(Also offered as GEOG 254, POLS 254) Introduction to Latin American Studies through the social sciences examines major themes including colonialism, agrarian transformation, urbanization, demographics, family, human rights, inequalities, violence, and social movements. Emphasis given to insights gained from making interdisciplinary connections.

371. Sociological Theory (3)

The study of how theory is constructed and applied by sociologists including traditions from 19th-century sociological founders and contemporary theoretical formulations. Prerequisite: 1110. {Fall, Spring}

380. Introduction to Research Methods (3)

A survey of the major methods of social research: foundations of social research, research design, sampling and measurement, quantitative and qualitative research methods and data analysis. Prerequisite: 1110.

381L. Sociological Data Analysis (4)

Introduction to quantitative sociological data analysis using basic statistics (both descriptive and inferential) and to the use of statistical software to analyze empirical data. Prerequisite: 380 and MATH 1350.

398. Special Topics in Sociology (3, no limit Δ)

399. Advanced Undergraduate Workshop in Sociology (3)

First of a six-credit hour Sociology Honors Thesis Program; students develop skills to write an honors thesis proposal; culminates in the completion of a senior honors thesis written in SOCI 499. Prerequisite: 380. Restriction: permission of Department Honors Coordinator.

412. Sociology of Police and Social Control (3)

Study of the relationship between society and law enforcement agencies, including the societal context of policing and how law enforcement impacts society. Discussion of law enforcement practices, training and management; the interface of police and communities; historical and contemporary models of policing; and efforts at police reform. Prerequisite: 312. {Fall, Spring}

414. Sociology of Corrections (3)

Study of the perspectives of corrections, its relationship to other criminal justice agencies, various forms sentencing and punishment, corrections administration and issues in the field. Visits may be made to several facilities. Prerequisite: 312. {Fall, Spring}

416. Sociology of Law (3)

Social science perspectives of the law, legal institutions and the impact of law on behavior. Topics include theories of law and legality; comparative legal systems; lawyers, judges and juries; and the use of social science in the courts. Prerequisite: 312 or 371.

418. Selected Topics in Criminology (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

This course will explore in detail some aspects of research on the causes or characteristics of crime, such as juvenile delinquency, drug and alcohol-related behavior or child abuse. Prerequisite: 312.

419. Social Networks and Crime (3)

This course focuses on the links between social networks and individual offending and aggregate crime rates. Material centers on the sociological foundations of prevailing and emerging network-based theories of crime. Prerequisite: 312.

420. Race and Inequality (3)

Gonzales, Ibarra, Lopez. An exploration of empirical studies and theories on the social construction of racial and ethnic inequality at the individual, institutional and structural levels in the U.S. and/or global context.

421. Sociology of Education (3)

Fiala, Ibarra, Lopez. Structure and functioning of educational institutions in the United States and other societies. Prerequisite: 1110.

422. Sociology of Religion (3)

Nepstad, Wood. Study of belief, commitment, and practice within religious and spiritual traditions and institutions, with a focus on contemporary United States, Latin America, and the Middle East. Prerequisite: 1110 or RELG 1110 or RELG 2110 or RELG 2120.

423. Women, Gender, and Crime (3)

This course will outline similarities and differences in offending patterns across males and females and discuss various explanations for these differences. Discussions will also focus on the dynamics of female offending, the formal social control of female offenders and the role of women in the correctional system. Prerequisite: 312.

424. Race, Class and Crime (3)

Lyons, Painter-Davis, Velez. This class will examine the relationships between race, ethnicity, socio-economic status and involvement in criminal behavior, focusing on the influence of structural, cultural and historical influences. We will also explore contemporary criminal justice issues pertaining to race and class. Prerequisite: 312.

425. Crime Through the Life Course (3)

Causes and consequences of offending at various stages in the life course, focusing on the ways in which adolescent and adult roles, responsibilities and opportunities shape aggregate and individual level patterns of involvement in juvenile delinquency and adult criminality. Prerequisite: 312.

426. Drugs, Crime and Social Control (3)

Study of the development of social policies concerning illicit substance use; its impact on social behavior; strategies for prevention and intervention with substance use; investigation, adjudication and supervision of drug offenders; and the relationship between criminal justice, education, public health and government policies. Prerequisite: 312.

427. Sociology of Madness (3)

Different historical and cultural frameworks for defining, making sense of, and responding to madness are examined. The social causes and social distribution of madness are critically examined.

428. Sociology of Mexican Americans (3)

Gonzales, Lopez. The historical, comparative and contemporary study of the Mexican American in the U.S. Race and ethnic relations theories and the Chicano Movement. {Offered upon demand}

**430. Intersectionality: Race, Gender, Class for Social Policy (3)

Focuses on how race, gender, class, ethnicity and inequalities interact in society. Students will apply intersectional epistemologies for research and policy-relevant solutions in education, health, housing, environmental justice, criminal justice, employment, and media.

452. Community Organizing and the Struggle for Justice in America (3)

How can people use democratic power to create a good, or at least better, society? We answer this question by studying the political practices of community organizing and the ideas of democratic theory. Prerequisite: 1110 or PCST 1110 or RELG 1110.

*478. Seminar in International Studies (3)

(Also offered as ECON *478)Designed to provide students from several disciplines an opportunity to apply an international perspective to their undergraduate training. Each student will present a term project drawing upon his or her particular background and relating it to international matters.Restriction: senior standing.{Offered upon demand}

488. Field Observation and Experience (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An opportunity for Sociology and Criminology students to work in a criminal justice or social service agency for course credit. Students must have a 3.0 GPA or higher in the major. Restriction: junior or senior standing, permission of instructor.

490. Directed Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Tutorial arrangement for investigation of selected issues in sociology. Specific arrangements must be made with a member of the Sociology department faculty responsible for supervising the work. Arrangements are normally made at least one semester in advance.

491. Directed Study in Criminology (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Tutorial arrangement for investigation of selected issues in criminology. Specific arrangements must be made with a member of the sociology faculty responsible for supervising the work.

499. Senior Honors Thesis (3)

For departmental honors students only. By arrangement with department's Honors and Awards Committee and approval of the Chairperson.

500 . Classical Sociological Theory (3)

Advanced study of selected classical theorists.

501. Knowledge and Power (3)

Drawing on theoretical traditions from sociology, science studies, and the social sciences, this course attends to the complex, multifaceted ways in which power influences knowledge, is legitimated through knowledge, and is challenged by alternative knowledge(s).

507. Topics in Sociological Theory (3, no limit Δ)

510. Social and Political Movements (3)

Examination of historical, theoretical and empirical materials on the character and dynamics of social and political movements. Includes consideration of the global context of contemporary social and political movements.

512. Political Sociology (3)

Examines power, authority, states, and nations within a global and transnational context. Focuses on Latin America and other regions in context of globalization; authoritarian/democratic regimes, political culture, immigration, revolution, and both state and non-governmental actors.

513. Constructing and Analyzing Contemporary Sociological Theory (3)

Survey of contemporary theory, with a focus on constructing theory. Includes analysis of functional, interactionist, institutional and world-systems theory.

515. Criminological Theory (3)

Overview of mainstream criminological theory, focusing on its origins as well as developments and advancements over time. Students will critically evaluate key theories and core constructs in criminology.

518. Special Topics in Criminology (3)

Content varies. Explores select substantive and theoretical topics in criminology. Topics may include communities and crime, gender and crime, contemporary research in criminology.

520. Racial and Ethnic Relations (3)

Historical and comparative analysis of race and ethnic relations in the U.S., with comparative reference to Western Europe, Latin America, Asia. Origins and maintenance of slavery; minority community development; causes and consequences of prejudice.

521. Sociology of Education (3)

Ibarra, Lopez. Examination of the character and dynamics of education in human societies. Focus is on the organization and expansion of modern educational systems and the effects of education on individuals and society.

523. Proseminar (1)

Introduces incoming graduate students to each of the department’s regular faculty members and their work. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

528. Sociology of Mexican Americans (3)

Gonzales. The historical, comparative and contemporary study of the Mexican American in the U.S. Race and ethnic relations theories and the Chicano Movement. {Offered upon demand}

530. Social Science Writing and Publishing (3)

This course emphasizes writing and publishing skills, the publishing process for the social sciences and how to produce constructive peer reviews. Students will prepare one of their existing manuscripts for submission and publication.

531. Sociology Teaching Seminar (3)

This course emphasizes teaching skills. Topics include syllabus development, lecture preparation and delivery, interactive learning methods, and grading approaches. We explore course policies and classroom practices that prevent common problems while enhancing the learning environment.

533. Critical Race Gender and Class: Intersectionality and Critical Race Theory for Inquiry and Praxis (3)

Course focuses on the simultaneity of settler colonialism, structural racism, gendered anti-Blackness, heteropatriarchy, racial capitalism and other systems of oppression and resistance at the individual, institutional and structural levels of society.

540. Medical Sociology and Health Policy (3)

A review of major theories and research in medical sociology with special attention to health policy; focus on health and mental health problems of underserved populations; analysis of the U.S. health care system in comparative perspective.

551–552 . Problems (2-3, no limit Δ; 2-3, no limit Δ)

Tutorial arrangement with a member of the graduate faculty.

580. Methods of Social Research (3)

Analytical examination of traditional methodological issues including measurement, experimental design, sampling, theory construction, role of statistics and nature of probability.

581. Advanced Social Statistics I (3)

Soller, Thomas. Covers the statistical methods most commonly used in social science research, from basic descriptives to multiple regression. No prior statistical training is necessary, and the emphasis is on practical use in conducting social research.

582. Advanced Social Statistics II (3)

Continuation of prerequisite. This course covers additional methods for quantitative social research, including models for discrete outcomes (Logistic, Poisson, etc), missing data analysis, and multilevel models. Prerequisite: 581.

585. Qualitative Research Methods (3)

Intensive practicum on research fieldwork, including research design, human subjects review, the ethics/politics of fieldwork, and fieldwork implementation. Focuses on ethnographic and interview methods; some attention to focus groups and archives. Prerequisite: 580.

595. Special Topics in Sociology (3, no limit Δ)

596. Professional Paper (1-6, no limit Δ)

Student works under faculty supervision toward completion of the professional paper requirement for a Plan II master’s degree. Paper must be of professional quality and in a format suitable for publication. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

696. Reading in Sociology (1-6, no limit Δ)

Student works under faculty supervision in preparation for the Ph.D. comprehensive exam. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Spanish (SPAN)

1110. Spanish I (3)

Designed for students with little exposure to Spanish, this course develops basic listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills and basic intercultural competence in interpretive, interpersonal and presentational modes of communication at the Novice Level of proficiency based on ACTFL guidelines. During this course, students perform better and stronger in the Novice-Mid level while some abilities emerge in the Novice High range. This is an introductory course aimed at helping the student to communicate in Spanish in everyday familiar situations via recognition and production of practiced or memorized words, phrases, and simple sentences. (L) Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

1120. Spanish II (3)

Designed for students with some degree of exposure to Spanish in high school and/or at home, this course continues to develop basic listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills and basic intercultural competence in interpretive, interpersonal and presentational modes of communication at the Novice High Level of proficiency based on ACTFL guidelines, although a few abilities may emerge in the Intermediate Low Level. Students in this course communicate in Spanish in familiar topics using a variety of words, phrases, simple sentences and questions that have been highly practiced and memorized. (L) Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

1125. Conversational Spanish I (1)

This third-semester Spanish course emphasizes oral communication, idiomatic usage and the development of vocabulary, with a review of basic syntax. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Pre- or corequisite: 1110 or 1120 or 1210 or 1220.

1210. Spanish for Heritage Learners I (3)

This is a beginning-level Spanish course designed for students who have a cultural connection to the Spanish language. Some students have had very little exposure to the language and enter the class to develop beginning-level skills. Other students may have grown up hearing the heritage language in the community and may understand some Spanish and speak at a basic level as a result. The objective is to draw upon the connection to the heritage language as a source of motivation and engagement for our learning communities. At the same time, we build upon the language base that students may already have as a result of their heritage learner experience in order to develop new proficiencies in Spanish and reactivate the Spanish that students have learned previously. By the end of this course, students will be able to describe their home, campus surroundings and common activities including cultural traditions. At the same time, students gain cultural competency and develop a critical understanding of their linguistic and cultural background. (L)

1220. Spanish for Heritage Learners II (3)

A second semester class designed for students who have developed some basic Spanish proficiency from previous classes and/or from community experiences. This course provides students with the opportunity to develop their proficiency in the four language skills (speaking, listening, reading, and writing). Class activities are designed to strengthen oral communication skills (speaking and listening) through a variety of group activities. By the end of the course students will be able to understand and produce narrations of past events in oral and written Spanish. In order to foster a desire to revitalize and maintain the Spanish language in the US context we attempt to raise students’ critical awareness of what it means to be part of a specific speech community. (L) Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

1996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

2110. Spanish III (3)

This course is based on the integration of learning outcomes across interpretive, interpersonal and presentational modes of communication at the Novice High Level of proficiency based on ACTFL guidelines. Students accomplish real-world communicative tasks in culturally appropriate ways as they gain familiarity with the target culture(s). This is an intermediate course aimed at helping the student to communicate in Spanish on familiar topics about self, others and everyday life at the same time that they recognize and handle short social interactions in interactions in everyday situations by asking and answering a variety of questions. (L) Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2120. Spanish IV (3)

This course is based on the integration of learning outcomes across interpretive, interpersonal and presentational modes of communication at the Intermediate High Level of proficiency based on ACTFL guidelines. Students accomplish real-world communicative tasks in culturally appropriate ways as they gain familiarity with the target culture(s). This is an intermediate course aimed at helping the student to communicate in Spanish on familiar topics about self, others and everyday life at the same time that they recognize and handle short social interactions in interactions in everyday situations by asking and answering a variety of questions. (L) Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2125. Conversational Spanish II (3)

A conversational Spanish course designed for the "intermediate" level student. The course provides intensive conversation practice and a review of selected grammar items. It emphasizes vocabulary expansion and enhancement. (L) Pre- or corequisite: 2110 or 2120 or 2210 or 2220.

2210. Spanish for Heritage Learners III (3)

A third semester course designed for students who have been raised in a Spanish-speaking environment and speak, or understand, some Spanish as a result of hearing it in the home, and in the community by family, friends, and neighbors. Students in this course will continue to develop their ability to narrate events in the past and will be able to describe hypothetical situations. Students will also develop their ability to express wishes, desires, and necessities. This course will help the student build confidence in their Spanish abilities and expand the language use in the areas of writing, reading, oral production and listening comprehension. In order to foster a desire to revitalize and maintain the Spanish language we attempt to raise students’ critical awareness of wider issues facing Spanish speakers in the US context. (L) Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2220. Spanish for Heritage Learners IV (3)

A fourth-semester course designed for students who have been raised in a Spanish-speaking environment and speak, or understand, Spanish as a result of having heard it in the home and in the community. It is also for students with a cultural connection to heritage language speech communities or who have achieved proficiency from study in previous courses. This course will help the student build confidence in their Spanish abilities and expand the language use in the areas of writing, reading, oral production and listening comprehension. In addition to scaffolding skills that students already have, in this class they will expand their ability to describe abstract and hypothetical situations. Students will write essays, reaction papers, and creative pieces. Students will also examine formal and informal contexts of language use in speaking and writing. By studying the cultural and historical background shared by students as part of the program, students will develop an increased critical awareness of Spanish language speech communities. (L) Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2420. Introduction to Medical Spanish (3)

This class has been designed specifically for those entering or already practicing in the medical field. The purpose of the class is to have each student become compliant with the Spanish language federal requirement in order to function better at the bedside with Spanish-speaking patients with little or no English abilities. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language.

2996. Topics (1-6, no limit Δ)

301. Topics in Hispanic Culture and Language (3, no limit Δ)

Taught in Spanish (required for major study). Emphasis on oral and written expression based on a theme or language related topics (literature, culture, civilization, translation, commercial, etc.) (L)

302. Developing Spanish Writing Skills (3)

Taught in Spanish (required for major study). Emphasis on developing Spanish written expression. (L)

305. Medical Spanish and Public Health (3)

Students continue developing language skills through a comprehensive introduction to the field of medical Spanish terminology, heath communication and public health; conducting medical encounters in Spanish through a portfolio of clinical cases. Prerequisite: 2120 or 2220 or 2420.

306. Health and Healing in Hispanic Literature (3)

Introduction to literary and textual analysis from perspectives of health, illness, and medicine. Students develop the practice of close reading of literary and cultural texts and improve attention, representation, and affiliation in human relationships. Credit for both this course and SPAN 307 may not be applied toward a degree program. Prerequisite: 301. Pre- or corequisite: 302.

307. Introduction to Hispanic Literature (3)

Examination of selected Spanish and Spanish-American literary texts representing old and new literary currents. Special attention will be given to stylistics and the analysis of style and literary language. (LT) Credit for both this course and SPAN 306 may not be applied toward a degree program. Prerequisite: 301. Pre- or corequisite: 302.

329. Topics in Health and Culture in the Hispanic World (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Special topics related to cultural expressions of health and illness, health care communication and intercultural competence in Spanish-speaking and Hispanic contexts. Prerequisite: 302 and 305 and (306 or 307).

**350. Introduction to the Sound Patterns of Spanish (3)

Students will learn fundamental concepts related to the sound patterns of Spanish, such as Phonetics, Phonology, Laboratory Phonology, and Sociophonetics and will receive hands on training in a laboratory setting. (LPM)

351. Introduction to Spanish Linguistics (3)

An introduction to the phonology, morphology, syntax and dialectology of the Spanish language. (LPM) Prerequisite: 302.

**352. Spanish Grammar in Society (3)

Analysis of Spanish grammatical structures and the current and historical sociopolitical factors that shape how we use them. (LPM) Pre- or corequisite: 302.

370. Survey of Chicano Literature (3)

Study of the major genres of Chicano literature (novel, short story, essay, poetry and drama), with emphasis on post-1960s literature. (SH) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

371. Spanish of the Southwest (3)

Attention to formal aspects of the Spanish of the Southwest as well as to historical and social factors affecting its status. (LPM) Prerequisite: **350 or 351.

375. Southwestern Hispanic Folklore (3)

Folkways of Spanish-speaking people of American Southwest: language, customs, beliefs, music, folk sayings. Prerequisite: 301. Pre- or corequisite: 302.

**411. Survey of Spanish Peninsular Literature I (3)

A survey of Spanish literature from the 11th to the 17th century. (PL) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**412. Survey of Spanish Peninsular Literature II (3)

A survey of Spanish literature from the 18th, 19th and 20th centuries. (PL) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

*423. Cervantes: The Quijote (3)

Detailed analysis of the Quijote and treatment of its place in world literature. (PL) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**429. Topics in Spanish Peninsular Culture and Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will deal with individual authors, genres or periods. (PL) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**430. Spanish American Short Story (3)

Spanish American short story from 19th century to contemporary period. Intensive development and discussion of theoretical bibliography. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**431. Spanish American Literature Survey I (3)

A historical survey of the literary canon in Spanish America from Colonial times through 19th-century Romanticism. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**432. Spanish American Literature Survey II (3)

Continuation of **431. A survey of the literary canon in Spanish America from Modernismo through contemporary times. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**433. Modern Spanish American Poetry (3)

A survey course covering Spanish American poetry from Modernism to the present. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

*438. Mexican Literature (3)

Study of readings in Mexican literature emphasizing Mexico’s contribution to Hispanic American literature from pre-Colombian to contemporary times. Examination of diverse genres in Mexico’s literature. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**439. Topics in Spanish American Culture and Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Topics will deal with individual authors, genres or periods. (SA) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

445 / 545. The Sound Patterns of Spanish (3)

Students will gain a strong understanding about the sound patterns in different Spanish varieties, how the patterns are represented in the mind, how to describe them and carry out acoustic analyses. (LPM) Prerequisite: **350 or 351 or LING 301 or LING 302 or LING 303 or LING 304 or SHS *303.

449. Topics in Hispanic Linguistics (3, no limit Δ)

Deals with different areas, approaches and issues. (LPM) Prerequisite: **350 or 351.

461. Spanish Writing Workshop (3, no limit Δ)

Advanced writing skills in Spanish, considering audience, genre, process, lexical and linguistic structures for narration and argumentation. Focus varies: academic or creative genres, print or digital media. May be repeated for credit as topic changes.

**479. Topics in Southwest Folklore-Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Study of literary genres and periods, including Chicano theater, Hispanic New Mexican literature, Chicano writers, poetry, folk music, orality in folk and Chicano narrative. (SH) Prerequisite: (302 or AP Spanish Language and Culture =>4) and (306 or 307 or AP Spanish Literature and Culture =5).

**481. El Arte de la Escritura (3, may be repeated four times Δ )

Topics explore a particular genre, period, writer, region, and/or literary movement. Topics vary. Prerequisite: 306 or 307.

**482. Topics in Cultural Geographies in the Spanish-Speaking World (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics explore relationships between space, place, and cultural expression. How does cultural expression fix, reinforce or deconstruct socio-symbolic spaces such as kingdom, nation, favela, or prison? What meanings are shaped by conquest, migration or globalization? Prerequisite: 306 or 307.

**483. Topics in Race, Ethnicity, Class, and Gender (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics examine the construction, representation, and contestation of identity, considering race, ethnicity, class, gender and/or their intersection. Focus may be on representation, performance or the emergence of new subjectivities. Prerequisite: 306 or 307.

**484. Topics in Social Justice, Rights, and Insurgency (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics study intersections between the humanities and political processes, including regime shift, insurgency, and social movements. Literature, film, and performance are examined as spaces of decolonization and contestation of state, nation and hegemonic groups. Prerequisite: 306 or 307.

497. Undergraduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Reading and Research for Honors (3)

Open to juniors and seniors approved by Honors Committee. Restriction: permission of instructor.

499. Honors Essay (3)

Open only to seniors enrolled for departmental honors. Restriction: permission of instructor.

502. Proseminar: Research and Critical Methodology (3)

Introduction to fundamentals of literary analysis: defining a research question; gaining access to resources; selecting approaches to texts; citing bibliographic data according to current MLA guidelines. (LT)

504. Seminar in Ibero-American Studies (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as LTAM 504) (SA)

519. Medieval Literature (3)

A survey of major Spanish masterpieces from the Jarchas to the Celestina. (PL)

520. Seminar in the Spanish Peninsular Picaresque Novel (3)

The study of Lazarillo de Tormes, Guzmán de Alfarache, El buscón and other 17th-century picaresque novels. (PL)

522. Seminar in Spanish Peninsular Poetry (3, no limit Δ)

Courses ranging from post-Romanticism (Becquer, Castro), the “Generation of ‘98” (Machado, Unamuno), Jiménez’s “pure poetry,” the fusion of tradition and avant-garde aesthetics in the “Generation of ‘27,” to the post-war poets and more recent tendencies. (PL)

526. Seminar in Twentieth-Century Spanish Peninsular Theater (3)

Modern and contemporary drama of Spain from Benavente to the present. Close study of the works of major playwrights and trends in dramatic criticism and theatrical production. Readings in theater theory. (PL)

529. Spanish Peninsular Post-War Novel (3)

The resurgence of the novel following the repressive Civil and post-Civil War years (1936–1939). Includes the introduction of tremendismo (Cela, Laforet), neo-realist novels, experimental ones and the initial boom of women writers (Martín Gaite and Tusquets). (PL)

541. Approaches to Language Teaching Methodology (3)

Study of approaches to language teaching methods. Focuses on the practical application of its results to the teaching of Spanish and Portuguese. Required of all Teaching Assistants in the Department of Spanish and Portuguese. (LPM)

545 / 445. The Sound Patterns of Spanish (3)

546. Seminar in Hispanic Sociolinguistics (3, no limit Δ)

Linguistic variation in relation to internal, social, regional and situational factors. Topics include variation theory, language contact, language and gender, and language planning. The practical application of sociolinguistic approaches will be introduced. (LPM) Prerequisite: 351 or LING 301.

547. Seminar in Southwest Spanish (3)

Research seminar covering all aspects of Chicano Spanish: linguistic structure, regional and social variation, bilingualism, maintenance and shift, English influence, etc. (LPM) Prerequisite: 351 or LING 301.

549. Seminar in the Language of Spain or Spanish America (3, no limit Δ)

An advanced course providing students with the opportunity to develop expertise in linguistic analysis. A broad range of branches are covered, including sociolinguistics, discourse analysis, phonetics, mophosyntax, semantics and psycholinguisticis. (LPM) Prerequisite: 351 or LING 301.

551. Graduate Problems (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

578. Topics in Southwest Hispanic Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Study of literary genres and periods, including Chicano theater, narrative, poetry, women’s writing, etc. (SH)

579. Topics in Southwest Culture and Folklore (3, no limit Δ)

Study of oral genres and folkways of Spanish-speaking people of the American Southwest and appropriate theoretical approaches. (SH)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

601. Literary Theory (3)

This course will offer either an overview of critical theory or an in-depth treatment of a critical school or individual theorist. (LT)

629. Seminar in Spanish Peninsular Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Topics may include, but are not limited to, Medieval Witchcraft, Golden Age Prose, Love and Death in Spanish Literature, 19th-Century Novel, Generation of 1898 Prose, Women in Literature and Film, Women Writers. (PL)

639. Seminar in Spanish American Literature (3, no limit Δ)

Topical seminars geared to doctoral students, emphasizing the literature of one country or region (e.g., Argentine novel), one genre (e.g., romantic poetry), the literary essay, essential or complete works of one author or trend (e.g., the dictator novel). (SA)

681. El Arte de la Escritura (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics explore a particular genre, period, writer, region, and/or literary movement. Topics vary.

682. Topics in Cultural Geographies in the Spanish-Speaking World (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

683. Topics in Race, Ethnicity, Class, and Gender (3, may be repeated ten times Δ)

684. Topics in Social Justice, Rights, and Insurgency (3, may be repeated four times Δ)

Topics study intersections between the humanities and political processes, including regime shift, insurgency, and social movements. Literature, film, and performance are examined as spaces of (de)colonization and contestation of the state, nation and hegemonic groups.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Special Education (See also: SPED) (SPCD)

*302. Introduction to Communicative Disorders (3)

(Also offered as SHS *302) The nature of speech, language and hearing disorders in children and adults; overview of speech and hearing anatomy and physiology; multicultural issues; emphasizes the impact of communicative disorders on individuals and families.

303. Methods and Materials for Students with Mild Disabilities (3)

To provide the undergraduate special education student with specific strategies and a knowledge of materials which are important in meeting the needs of students with mild disabilities in a variety of classroom settings. Prerequisite: 201 and SPED 2110.

304. Practicum (1-4 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Emphasis will be on developing a functional understanding of the instructional needs of the mildly handicapped, developing initial competencies in basic skills, content and in affective programming, development of skills in behavior management and integration of initial course content. Also accompanied by a weekly seminar and an initial four-week, 32-hour instructional block. Restriction: permission of instructor.

311. Disability and Film (3)

We will explore common assumptions about disability present in films. Participants will develop their own standpoint on this topic, drawing on current literature and analysis of films reviewed during the semester.

313. Curriculum for Learners with Disabilities (2)

Primary focus areas: altering/adapting basic curriculum, implementing behavioral, affective, academic curriculum and selecting/altering curriculum content for special needs of handicapped learners. Restriction: permission of instructor.

319. Classroom Organization and Management (3)

Provides future teachers with technical management skills needed to cope with the behaviors of exceptional students across all categories, age groups and service levels. Emphasis on management and organization of environment, instruction, behavior and record keeping. Restriction: permission of instructor.

391. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor.

402 / 502. At Risk for School Failure and Disabilities (3)

This course surveys a variety of issues and behaviors (e.g., homelessness, suicide) that place students at risk of school failure. Particularly vulnerable to these issues/behaviors are children with disabilities. School and community interventions will be addressed.

407 / 507. Collaboration for Inclusive Education (3)

This course addresses issues surrounding the inclusion of students with exceptionalities into general education. The course will include an examination of the sociocultural context of inclusion, methods and materials and strategies for collaboration.

411 / 511. Social Construction of Disabilities (3)

This course explores the concept of disability as a “social construction” from a variety of perspectives: historical, educational, bureaucratic, cultural and linguistic, gender and from that of the individual.

418 / 518. Classroom Organization and Positive Behavioral Supports (3)

The course promotes the area of positive support interventions and environmental management. It includes procedures for organizing and managing a classroom as well as behavioral techniques that foster successful student behavior.

419. Introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis (3)

Students are taught the use of behavioral technology to manage academic and social behavior in the classroom.

420 / 520. Introduction to Intellectual Disability (3)

Introductory course on social, medical, emotional, physical and cognitive characteristics of people with intellectual disability. Emphasizes classification, diagnosis and treatment from medical, psychological, sociological and educational points of view.

430 / 530. Introduction to Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (3)

Introductory course on characteristics of emotionally or behaviorally disordered children. Emphasis on historical development, identification, behavioral description, classification, assessment and an introduction to intervention strategies in various therapeutic environments.

440 / 540. Introduction to Learning Disabilities (3)

Covers the characteristics of persons with learning disabilities. Emphasis on the historical development of the field, definitions, etiologies, characteristics, diagnosis and research findings about assessment and instructional approaches.

452 / 552. Teaching Students with Intellectual Disability and Severe Disabilities (3)

An overview of general programming considerations for students with intellectual disability and severe disabilities. Students are to demonstrate competencies in writing instructional objectives, task analysis, instructional program design and developing evaluation procedures for instructional programs.

459 / 559. Teaching Bilingual/Multicultural Special Education (3)

This hands-on course provides teachers with ESL and native language instructional strategies for working with culturally and linguistically diverse students. Theory and practice are integrated for effective program planning and teaching.

460 / 560. Introduction to Bilingual-Multicultural Special Education (3)

This course is an overview of the interface between language, culture and disability. Content supports those making decisions in referral and education of culturally and linguistically diverse exceptional students.

462. Student Teaching in Special Education (1-7 to a maximum of 7 Δ)

Students will be placed in an elementary or secondary classroom, preferably at B or C service level. They will spend all day for one semester in the classroom setting and spend one to two hours per week in a seminar session. Restriction: permission of instructor.

464. Classroom Assessment and Program Planning (3)

Provides functional instruction in observation and informal/formal diagnostic procedures. Instruction in the merits/limits of diagnostic procedures and instruments. Use of case information/test protocols to determine functioning level and program plan. Restriction: permission of instructor.

467. Physical Disabilities and Causes (3)

(Also offered as PEP 467) Investigation of etiology, characteristics and treatment appropriate for individuals with physical disabilities who are in public sector, schools and exercise programs.

483 / 583. Introduction to Autism Spectrum Disorder (3)

Introductory course on social, communication, and behavioral characteristics of students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Emphasis on intervention models, curricular issues, and instructional practices used in the education of students with ASD.

484 / 584. Research and Teaching-Intervention in Autism Spectrum Disorder (3)

Provides students with an in-depth knowledge of evidence-based teaching/intervention strategies for students with ASD. Includes critique of published studies in this area and hands-on activities. Focuses on specific techniques/programs designed for ASD students.

486. Differentiating Reading Instruction in Inclusive Settings for Students with Intellectual Disabilities and Severe Disabilities (3)

This course addresses the basic components of planning and teaching reading in inclusive classrooms, emphasizing strategies for differentiating instruction for learners with a range of needed intensities of supports using evidence-based reading methods.

489 / 589. Teaching Exceptional Students in General Education (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

This course is specifically designed for general education majors with no minor in special education. It provides information about student characteristics, legal issues, resources, parent partnerships, and appropriate modifications in curriculum, instruction, and behavioral supports.

493. Topics in Special Education (1-3, no limit Δ)

501. The Psychology and Education of Exceptional Persons (3)

Introduction to all areas of exceptionality including state and national issues, history, incidence, etiology, identification, treatment and service alternatives.

502 / 402. At Risk for School Failure and Disabilities (3)

503. Instructional and Curriculum Design for Exceptionalities (3)

Covers the selection, adaptation, and use of instructional materials in special education. Includes classroom organization and prescriptive use of materials and methods.

504. Practicum in Special Education (1-6 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Supervised experience with exceptional persons. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credit hours total for Master's Plan I and a maximum of 12 credit hours total for Master's Plan II. Restriction: admitted to M.A., Ed.D., or Ph.D. Special Education and permission of instructor.

505. Seminars in Special Education (3, no limit Δ)

Research in current trends in the various topic areas of special education.

507 / 407. Collaboration for Inclusive Education (3)

508. Collaboration with Family, School and Community (3)

Explores family issues and environmental variables related to assessment and community influences of family members, especially students at risk of failure and who have exceptionalities. Home, school and community interventions are also presented.

509. Adolescent Reading Instruction for Students with Behavioral and Learning Exceptionalities (3)

Addresses adolescent developmental changes and specific needs of adolescents with reading disabilities. Examines evidence-based practices, strategies, and interventions for teaching reading to adolescents with learning and behavior exceptionalities. Includes using data to inform instructional decision-making.

510. Special Education Law (3)

This course explores the legal rights and responsibilities of special educators in their actions with students who have exceptionalities and the families of those students. The course includes study of applicable Constitutional law, statutes, regulations and interpretive case law.

511 / 411. Social Construction of Disabilities (3)

514. Teaching Reading to Students with Learning and Behavior Exceptionalities (3)

Focus is on specific materials, techniques and programs that have been adapted or developed for learners with severe problems in reading. Includes depth in direct instruction, cognitive/behavioral merged approaches and multi-sensory approaches.

515. Math and Science Instruction for Students with Exceptionalities (3)

Examines national and state recommendations for math and science instruction, child development in these subject areas, challenges that students with exceptionalities encounter in these areas, and strategies for teaching math and science to this diverse population.

517. Assessment of Diverse Students with Learning and Behavior Exceptionalities (3)

Reviews special education eligibility assessment and instructional assessment. Focuses on knowledge and skills necessary for (a) interpreting and applying formal assessment data and (b) designing and monitoring instruction of diverse students with learning and behavior exceptionalities.

518 / 418. Classroom Organization and Positive Behavioral Supports (3)

519. Introduction to Applied Behavior Analysis (3)

Students are taught the use of behavioral technology to manage academic and social behavior in the classroom.

520 / 420. Introduction to Intellectual Disability (3)

521. Assessment in Applied Behavior Analysis (3)

Provides a comprehensive overview of the theoretical background and practical application of behavioral assessment for individuals with behavioral needs. Based on knowledge and skills in the Behavior Analysis Certification Board Task List (5th edition).Prerequisite: 519 with a grade of "B" or better.

522. Supervision and Consultation in Behavior Analysis (3)

Presents evidence-based procedures for the training and supervision of future behavior analysts and strategies for effective consultation with others who may employ behavior analysis techniques including parents, school personnel, and other related service providers.Prerequisite: 519 with a grade of "B" or better.

523. Foundational and Contemporary Topics in Behavior Analysis (3)

Provides overview of historical foundations and scope of behavior analysis, conceptual/theoretical perspectives, core foundational principles underlying behavior analytic interventions, and introduces application of behavioral principles outside the field of special education and individuals developmental disabilities.Restriction: permission of instructor.

524. Advocacy and Empowerment with Individuals with Intellectual or Severe Disability (3)

Examines advocacy and empowerment with individuals with intellectual or severe disability, including related legislation, supports and interdependence, self-determination, influence of culture, and strategies that increase school-age individuals' involvement in their education.

525. Legal Rights of Persons with Disabilities (3)

Study of substantive law in areas affecting the lives of exceptional persons and an analysis of the legal and practical reasons for the law’s involvement.

527. Assessment for Diverse Exceptional Learners: Intellectual Disability and Severe Disabilities (3)

Exposes students to a variety of assessment methods appropriate for use with diverse exceptional learners, including those with intellectual disability and severe disabilities. Emphasis will be placed on assessments which provide direction for instruction.

530 / 430. Introduction to Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (3)

532. Education and Transition of Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (3)

Instruction in development and maintenance of educational intervention programs for children with behavioral disorders. Emphasis on philosophical approach, intervention strategies, environmental arrangement, program organization, behavior management, classroom management, parent involvement, transition procedures and case conferencing.

534. Social Competence, Self Determination and Resiliency (3)

Review of the history of social competence and self-determination skills training for children/youth receiving special education services. Provides experiences in group training and individualized programming. Related information concerning resiliency among children/youth.

540 / 440. Introduction to Learning Disabilities (3)

542. Teaching Individuals with Learning Disabilities (3)

Covers the primary approaches developed and adapted for K–16 students with learning disabilities. Includes major instructional models, teaching methods, specific techniques and materials that have been empirically proven effective for these students. 540 recommended. Restriction: permission of instructor.

544. Writing Instructional Strategies for Students with Learning and Behavioral Exceptionalities (3)

Focus is on materials, techniques, and programs adapted or developed for learners with extensive writing problems. Includes writing development, writing difficulties encountered by students, and effective explicit methods for assessing and instructing students.

552 / 452. Teaching Students with Intellectual Disability and Severe Disabilities (3)

559 / 459. Teaching Bilingual/Multicultural Special Education (3)

560 / 460. Introduction to Bilingual-Multicultural Special Education (3)

561L. Educational Diagnosis: Diagnostic Assessment of Young Children (3)

Explores issues related to the educational diagnosis of young children, including standardized assessment procedures, family issues and factors impacting development. Prerequisite: 564L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

563L. Educational Diagnosis: Multidisciplinary Collaboration for Diagnostic Assessment (3)

Emphasis on working with multidisciplinary teams for educational diagnosis of students and integration of assessment information from related service providers. Prerequisite: 564L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

564L. Educational Diagnosis: Introduction to Assessment for Eligibility for Special Education Supports (3)

Examination of issues related to the educational assessment and diagnosis of students for eligibility for special education supports. Restriction: permission of instructor.

566L. Educational Diagnosis: Differential Diagnosis I (3)

Designed to develop competencies in administration, scoring and diagnostic interpretation of various individual tests of intelligence. Adaptive behavior rating scales will be included to supplement the diagnostic evaluation.

567L. Educational Diagnosis: Differential Diagnosis II (3)

Designed to teach educational diagnosticians to be proficient in administration and interpretation of tests in the areas of language aptitudes, self-concept and learning processes. Prerequisite: 566L.

568L. Educational Diagnosis: Diagnostic Assessment of Culturally and Linguistically Diverse Students (3)

Specifically designed for the educational diagnostician to develop skills necessary for the educational evaluation and programming of children whose language and/or culture is other than English. Prerequisite: 566L.

569L. Educational Diagnosis: Clinical Internship (1-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Supervised community-based experience in educational diagnosis (primarily in public school system). Designed to provide opportunities for direct application of theoretical and practical knowledge. Prerequisite: 566L and 567L and 568L. Restriction: permission of instructor.

582. Teaching Students with Intensive Communication Needs (3)

This course explores the identification, assessment and facilitation of the development and function of communication in educational settings. For young children, and those with severe disabilities, communication through alternative means to oral language is paramount.

583 / 483. Introduction to Autism Spectrum Disorders (3)

584 / 484. Research and Teaching-Intervention in Autism Spectrum Disorder (3)

586. Differentiating Reading Instruction in Inclusive Settings for Students with Intellectual Disabilities and Severe Disabilities (3)

587. Reading Methods for Students with Intellectual or Severe Disability (3)

Designed to teach selection and implementation of appropriate reading instruction approaches for individuals with intellectual or severe disability. Includes examination of varied formal and informal reading assessments and planning and organization of reading instruction.

588. Organization and Supervision of Special Education Programs (3)

This course will explore administrative, managerial and supervisory theories and strategies related to special education programs and services. Participants will acquire leadership concepts, skills, strategies and trends for administration of these programs and services.

589 / 489. Teaching Exceptional Students in General Education (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

591. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credit hours for Masters Plan I and a maximum of 12 credit hours for Masters Plan II. Restriction: permission of instructor.

592. Workshops in Special Education (1-4 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

May be repeated to a maximum of 5 credit hours for Masters Plan I and a maximum of 8 credit hours for Masters Plan II.

593. Topics (1-3, no limit Δ)

594. Advanced Field Experience in Applied Behavior Analysis (3)

This course focuses on students experiences with individuals who need behavioral assessment and intervention. It involves students meeting on campus once a week, completing assigned readings, and submitting a project based on their Field Experience. Prerequisite: 519.

594L. Advanced Field Experience in Applied Behavior Analysis-Lab (3, may be repeated once Δ)

In this course, students receive supervision of their behavior analytic work with clients in their Field Experience sites. This is a requirement of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, the national certification board in behavior analysis. Prerequisite: 519 and 594. Restriction: permission of instructor.

595. Advanced Field Experience (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Planned and supervised professional laboratory experiences in agencies or institutional settings. Restriction: permission of instructor.

596L. Educational Diagnosis: Advanced Application of Skills (1, may be repeated twice Δ)

Provides experiential practice to prepare students to select, administer, and score standardized assessments used for educational diagnosis. Restriction: permission of instructor.

597. Ethics and Professionalism in Applied Behavior Analysis (3)

This course focuses on issues of ethics and professionalism within applied behavior analysis, special education, and related fields. Restriction: permission of instructor.

598. Directed Readings in Special Education (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Independent readings to be arranged collaboratively with individual faculty member. Student will develop an Individual Performance Contract with a faculty member to determine the key readings and to delineate the final product to be produced. Open to Special Education graduate students only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

601. Professional Seminar in Special Education (3)

A seminar for post-master’s students in special education degree programs. It is recommended this seminar be taken during the first semester of enrollment. Restriction: admitted to Ed.D. or Ph.D. Special Education and permission of instructor.

615. Trends and Issues in Special Education (3)

Culminating course in doctoral program in special education. Designed as experience in applying acquired knowledge and skills to current issues and trends in the field of special education. Restriction: admitted to Ed.D. or Ph.D. Special Education.

619. Single Case Research Design (3)

This course is for graduate students wishing to learn to conceptualize, design, conduct, analyze, and disseminate applied research using single case research designs. The course is comprised of lecture, seminar discussions, and in-class activities. Restriction: permission of instructor.

696. Internship (3-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

A planned and supervised experience for doctoral students. This course allows the student to apply theoretical concepts to a relevant problem. This experience may include but is not limited to research, teaching, administration, organization, and evaluation. Restriction: permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restriction: permission of instructor.

Special Education (See also: SPCD) (SPED)

2210 [SPCD 201]. Education of the Exceptional Person (3)

A survey of the characteristics and educational needs of exceptional children. Includes definition, etiology, characteristics and various educational alternatives for each of the exceptionalities.

2220 [2110]. Exploring Disability, Diversity, and Practice Across Learning Environments [Introduction to Students with Exceptionalities] (2)

This course is an introduction to special education with information regarding characteristics of individuals with exceptionalities, special education terminology, evidence-based instructional strategies, diversity of students with exceptional needs, relationships between personal and cultural perspectives, and legal policies pertaining to exceptional students’ rights.

Statistics (STAT)

279. Topics in Introductory Statistics (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Offered upon demand.

**345. Elements of Mathematical Statistics and Probability Theory (3)

An introduction to probability including combinatorics, Bayes’ theorem, probability densities, expectation, variance and correlation. An introduction to estimation, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: MATH 1440 or MATH 1522.

427 / 527. Advanced Data Analysis I (3)

Statistical tools for scientific research, including parametric and non-parametric methods for ANOVA and group comparisons, simple linear and multiple linear regression, and basic ideas of experimental design and analysis. Emphasis placed on the use of statistical packages such as Minitab® and SAS®. Prerequisite: MATH 1350. {Fall}

428 / 528. Advanced Data Analysis II (3)

A continuation of 427 that focuses on methods for analyzing multivariate data and categorical data. Topics include MANOVA, principal components, discriminant analysis, classification, factor analysis, analysis of contingency tables including log-linear models for multidimensional tables and logistic regression. Prerequisite: 427.

434 / 534. Contingency Tables and Dependence Structures (3)

This course examines the use of log-linear models to analyze count data. It also uses graphical models to examine dependence structures for both count data and measurement data. Prerequisite: **345 and 427.

440 / 540. Regression Analysis (3)

Simple regression and multiple regression. Residual analysis and transformations. Matrix approach to general linear models. Model selection procedures, nonlinear least squares, logistic regression. Computer applications. Prerequisite: 427. {Fall}

445 / 545. Analysis of Variance and Experimental Design (3)

A data-analytic course. Multifactor ANOVA. Principles of experimental design. Analysis of randomized blocks, Latin squares, split plots, etc. Random and mixed models. Extensive use of computer packages with interpretation, diagnostics. Prerequisite: 440. {Spring}

453 / 553. Statistical Inference with Applications (3)

Transformations of univariate and multivariate distributions to obtain the special distributions important in statistics. Concepts of estimation and hypothesis testing in both large and small samples with emphasis on the statistical properties of the more commonly used procedures, including student’s t-tests, F-tests and chi-square tests. Confidence intervals. Performance of procedures under non-standard conditions (i.e., robustness). Prerequisite: 461. {Spring}

461 / 561. Probability (3)

(Also offered as MATH 441) Mathematical models for random experiments, random variables, expectation. The common discrete and continuous distributions with application. Joint distributions, conditional probability and expectation, independence. Laws of large numbers and the central limit theorem. Moment generating functions. Prerequisite: MATH 2531. {Fall}

470 / 570. Industrial Statistics (3)

Basic ideas of statistical quality control and improvement. Topics covered: Deming’s 14 points and deadly diseases, Pareto charts, histograms, cause and effect diagrams, control charts, sampling, prediction, reliability, experimental design, fractional factorials, Taguchi methods, response surfaces. Prerequisite: **345.

472 / 572. Sampling Theory and Practice (3)

Basic methods of survey sampling; simple random sampling, stratified sampling, cluster sampling, systematic sampling and general sampling schemes; estimation based on auxiliary information; design of complex samples and case studies. Prerequisite: **345. {Alternate Falls}

474 / 574. Biostatistical Methods: Survival Analysis and Logistic Regression (3)

A detailed overview of methods commonly used to analyze medical and epidemiological data. Topics include the Kaplan-Meier estimate of the survivor function, models for censored survival data, the Cox proportional hazards model, methods for categorical response data including logistic regression and probit analysis, generalized linear models. Prerequisite: 428 or 440.

476 / 576. Multivariate Analysis (3)

Tools for multivariate analysis including multivariate ANOVA, principal components analysis, discriminant analysis, cluster analysis, factor analysis, structural equations modeling, canonical correlations and multidimensional scaling. Prerequisite: 428 or 440. {Offered upon demand}

477 / 577. Introduction to Bayesian Modeling (3)

An introduction to Bayesian methodology and applications. Topics covered include: probability review, Bayes’ theorem, prior elicitation, Markov chain Monte Carlo techniques. The free software programs WinBUGS and R will be used for data analysis. Prerequisite: (427 or 440) and 461. {Alternate Springs}

479. Topics in Statistics (3, no limit Δ)

Modern topics not covered in regular course offerings.

481 / 581. Introduction to Time Series Analysis (3)

Introduction to time domain and frequency domain models of time series. Data analysis with emphasis on Box-Jenkins methods. Topics such as multivariate models; linear filters; linear prediction; forecasting and control. Prerequisite: 461. {Alternate Springs}

495. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Guided study, under the supervision of a faculty member, of selected topics not covered in regular course offerings.

520. Topics in Interdisciplinary Biological and Biomedical Sciences (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as ANTH 620, BIOL 520, CS 520, ECE 620) Varying interdisciplinary topics taught by collaborative scientists from UNM, SFI, and LANL.

527 / 427. Advanced Data Analysis I (3)

Statistical tools for scientific research, including parametric and non-parametric methods for ANOVA and group comparisons, simple linear and multiple linear regression and basic ideas of experimental design and analysis. Emphasis placed on the use of statistical packages such as Minitab® and SAS®. Course cannot be counted in the hours needed for graduate degrees in Mathematics and Statistics. Prerequisite: MATH 1350. {Fall}

528 / 428. Advanced Data Analysis II (3)

A continuation of 527 that focuses on methods for analyzing multivariate data and categorical data. Topics include MANOVA, principal components, discriminate analysis, classification, factor analysis, analysis of contingency tables including log-linear models for multidimensional tables and logistic regression. Prerequisite: 527.

534 / 434. Contingency Tables and Dependence Structures (3)

540 / 440. Regression Analysis (3)

545 / 445. Analysis of Variance and Experimental Design (3)

546. Theory of Linear Models (3)

Theory of the Linear Models discussed in 440/540 and 445/545. Linear spaces, matrices, projections, multivariate normal distribution and theory of quadratic forms. Non-full rank models and estimability. Gauss-Markov theorem. Distribution theory for normality assumptions. Hypothesis testing and confidence regions. Prerequisite: 553, 545, linear algebra. {Alternate Falls}

547. Multivariate Analysis and Advanced Linear Models (3)

Hotelling T2, multivariate ANOVA and Regression, classification and discrimination, principal components and factor analysis, clustering, graphical and computational techniques, topics in linear models. Prerequisite: 546. {Alternate Springs}

553 / 453. Statistical Inference with Applications (3)

556. Advanced Statistical Inference I (3)

Theory and methods of point estimation, sufficiency and its applications. Prerequisite: 553, 561 and MATH 510. {Alternate Falls}

557. Advanced Statistical Inference II (3)

Standard limit theorems, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals and decision theory. Prerequisite: 556. {Alternate Springs}

561 / 461. Probability (3)

565. Stochastic Processes with Applications (3)

(Also offered as MATH 540) Markov chains and processes with applications. Classification of states. Decompositions. Stationary distributions. Probability of absorption, the gambler’s ruin and mean time problems. Queuing and branching processes. Introduction to continuous time Markov processes. Jump processes and Brownian motion. Prerequisite: 561. {Offered on demand}

569. Selected Topics in Probability Theory (3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MATH 549)

570 / 470. Industrial Statistics (3)

572 / 472. Sampling Theory and Practice (3)

574 / 474. Biostatistical Methods: Survival Analysis and Logistic Regression (3)

576 / 476. Multivariate Analysis (3)

577 / 477. Introduction to Bayesian Modeling (3)

579. Selected Topics in Statistics (3, no limit Δ)

581 / 481. Introduction to Time Series Analysis (3)

586. Nonparametric Curve Estimation and Image Reconstruction (3)

Nonparametric regression, density estimation, filtering, spectral density estimation, image reconstruction and pattern recognition. Tools include orthogonal series, kernels, splines, wavelets and neural networks. Applications to medicine, engineering, biostatistics and economics. Prerequisite: 561. {Offered upon demand}

590. Statistical Computing (3)

A detailed examination of essential statistical computing skills needed for research and industrial work. Students will use S-Plus, Matlab and SAS® to develop algorithms for solving a variety of statistical problems using resampling and simulation techniques such as the bootstrap, Monte Carlo methods and Markov chain methods for approximating probability distributions. Applications to linear and non-linear models will be stressed. Prerequisite: 528.

595. Problems (1-3, no limit Δ)

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

605. Graduate Colloquium (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

Students present their current research.

649. Seminar in Probability and Statistics (1-3, no limit Δ)

(Also offered as MATH 649)

650. Reading and Research (1-6 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only.

Sustainability Studies (SUST)

1134. Introduction to Sustainability Studies (3)

This course provides a broad survey of various aspects of sustainability. Students will explore topics such as climate change, renewable energy, water, agriculture, green building, socially responsible business, micro lending, environmental justice, smart growth and alternative progress indicators. Students will examine both contemporary challenges to sustainable development and examples of successful sustainability initiatives on local, national, and global levels.

2110. Climate Change and Sustainability (3)

At the nexus of science, society, and sustainability, this course is an in-depth exploration of the causes and consequences of modern global warming.

334. Environmental Justice Practicum to Benefit the Campus and Community (3)

A collaborative hands-on local sustainability project directly benefiting the campus or community, designing creative approaches to satisfy basic needs (such as food, health, energy, transportation) in a future-sustaining way. Prerequisite: 1134.

364. Local Food Systems Practicum (3)

The course examines environmental, economic and social benefits of local and regional food systems. Students will engage in research and team projects, develop the UNM Sustainability Expo, and interface with local food value chain experts. Prerequisite: 1134.

*384. Heritage Farming Practicum (3)

A theoretical background focusing on the history of agriculture in New Mexico and the Southwest. Readings will enhance the student's understanding about Hispanic and Native American relations with nature and the environment. Prerequisite: 1134.

*402. Topics in Sustainability Studies (1-6 to a maximum of 18 Δ)

Explore specific topics that address the environmental, economic, and social aspects of sustainability. Topics may include legacies of leaders in sustainability, development of foodsheds, and other innovations.

*418. Nuclear New Mexico: Environmental and Social Impacts (3)

In this course, we will explore multiple aspects of nuclearism in the Southwest, including environmental justice issues, environmental racism, radioactive colonialism, atomic tourism, and the global implications of "the bomb."

434. Synthesis of Sustainability Perspectives and Innovations (3)

Presents frameworks for complex and creative analysis, including systems thinking and synergistic integration of the three pillars of sustainability: environment, equity, economy. Examines innovative local and international case studies in environment, business, policy, and community development. Prerequisite: 1134.

499. Sustainability Independent Capstone Project as Research or Creative Expression (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Apply lessons from the sustainability minor in the context of the major discipline or other arena, supported by a mentor and a review committee. Students select thesis research (section 1) or multimedia expression (section 2) option. Prerequisite: 434.

Swahili (SWAH)

101. Swahili I (3)

(Also offered as AFST 101) Foundation course for all beginning students interested in reading or speaking the language. Meets University of New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 6: Second Language. {Offered upon demand}

102. Swahili II (3)

(Also offered as AFST 102) This course builds directly upon SWAH 101, and is designed to bring the students beyond a novice-intermediate or intermediate level of competence. Prerequisite: 101.

Theatre (THEA)

1110. Introduction to Theatre (3)

This course provides an introduction to the study of theatre. Students will examine various components that comprise theatre, such as acting, directing, playwriting, dramaturgy, scenic and costume design, stagecraft, spectatorship, history, theory, and criticism. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design.

1220. Beginning Acting (3)

This course serves as an introduction to the theory and practice of acting. Students will learn various terms, techniques, and practices of acting and will demonstrate their understanding in class. Through exercises and improvisations, partnered scenes, and group work, students will be better able to appreciate the work of others as they learn techniques of performing. Meets New Mexico General Education Curriculum Area 7: Arts and Design.

1310. Introduction to Costuming (3)

This course introduces students to basic skills generally used in creating costumes for theatre. During the semester students will be introduced to the costume shop, equipment, supplies, and processes. They will learn the process of sewing a garment and running a stage production. {Fall, Spring}

2210. Acting for the Camera (3)

Acting for the Camera introduces students to techniques specific to performing for the camera. Students acquire acting skills that can be used on both the stage and screen. Students develop techniques through various exercises in front of a camera. Covers audition techniques, readings, shot size, eye-line, and industry vocabulary.

2220. Intermediate Acting (3)

Provides students with the opportunity to deepen physical, vocal, imaginative, and collaborative skills to which they were exposed in Beginning Acting. During the course of the semester, students will be introduced to techniques for working on script and character analysis, moment-to moment work, physical transformation, breath work, and truthful playing of the scene. Prerequisite: 1220.

2310. Stagecraft (3)

Student will explore basic skills for scenic designers and techniques of set construction for the stage, including building scenery, rigging, painting and properties. Crew assignments on departmental production required. {Fall, Spring}

2320. Lighting for the Theatre (3)

This course is a comprehensive introduction to theatre lighting. Students will explore all areas of stage lighting, which include creating a light plot, hanging, circuiting, focusing, patching, and programming a lighting console. Crew assignment on departmental production required. {Fall, Spring}

2325 [296]. Lighting Methods and Equipment (3)

Theory and practice of lighting for the stage. Crew assignment on departmental production required. Prerequisite: 2320.

2330. Introduction to Theatre Makeup (3)

Learn basic techniques of theatre makeup. Students will explore applications for various stylizations including period, fantasy, and special effects. This may include practice in productions during the semester.

2335 [292]. Rendering for Stage, Screen, and New Media (3)

Introduction to basic drawing skills used in the presentation of theatrical designs for stage, film, and digital media. Emphasis is given to accurate representation of the human figure, perspective, and lighting using different mediums.

2345 [231]. Voice for the Actor I (3)

Basic vocal and physical skills with emphasis on relaxation, breath, and freeing the voice. Consideration of placement, articulation and support. Voice work is combined with movement to connect the expressive impulse to the entire body. Pre- or corequisite: 1220.

2350 [232]. Movement for the Stage I (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An exploration of the art of acting primarily through the focus on body awareness, dynamic movement techniques, and physical characterization.

300. Studies in Theatre (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Lecture and studio study on various topics in Theatre.

314. Pattern Development (3)

An introduction to pattern development using a combination of techniques: flat patterning, slash and spread, and draping. Prerequisite: 1310. {Fall, odd-numbered years}

328. Musical Theatre (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Training in the singing and acting styles required for performance in musical theatre.

330. Acting III (3)

Continued exploration of advanced acting technique. Intensive scenework focusing on works of modern dramatists. Prerequisite: 2220.

331. Voice for the Actor II (3)

Solidification and expansion of the skills learned in 231. Development of the actor's vocal and physical options. Applications to character and text. Prerequisite: 231.

332. Speech and Dialects for the Stage (3)

Principles of stage speech and dialect acquisition techniques. Introduction to the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet, application of acquired dialects to performance. Prerequisite: 231.

333. Topics in Physical Theatre (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

This course explores advanced movement techniques through text, scenes, monologues and in-class exercises. We will work in-depth with imagination, and the concepts of psychological gesture and invisible body.

334. History of Fashion and Costumes (3)

Historical and regional study and analysis of the cultural and sociological importance of what people wear and how they decorate and distort their bodies.

345. Theatre History I (3)

Serves as an introduction to the literatures, histories, theories, and practices of world theatre, drama, and performance from antiquity to through the early modern period.

346. Theatre History II (3)

Serves as an introduction to the literatures, histories, theories, and practices of world theatre, drama, and performance from the early modern period to the present.

350. Script Analysis (3)

The nature of the staged dramatic work: analysis of plays with representative readings from the history of dramatic literature.

355. Playwriting I (3)

A workshop for students who have little or no previous experience in writing plays. Students will be introduced to a variety of technical, structural, and imaginative considerations through exercises, readings, and discussions.

366. Stage Management (2)

The role, functions and duties of the stage manager in production, rehearsal and performance. Corequisite: 367.

367. Stage Management Production Laboratory (1, may be repeated three times Δ)

The purpose of this course is to provide a laboratory for student Stage Managers in which they can acquire and experiment with practical stage management skills. Corequisite: 366.

370. 2D Computer-Aided Drafting for Design (3)

Covers CAD and computer modeling, including the basic types of drawings and formats. Techniques and conventions unique to entertainment/theatre/television/film are also covered. Of special interest for architects, theatrical designers, art directors, etc.

371. Digital Imagery and Production (3)

For students wishing to create conceptual/multi-media imagery for gallery, performance and similar installations. Covers planning, techniques and equipment, plus teaches software such as PhotoShop, Painter, Illustrator. Students complete a series of conceptual projects.

387. Design History and Styles for Performance and New Media (3)

A multimedia introduction to the craft, history and styles of costume, lighting, scenery and theatre space design for performance. A study of the influence of seminal figures in design from the renaissance to the present.

390. Scenic Painting for Stage and Screen (3)

Principles and practice of scenic painting techniques, including: color mixing, textures, faux finishes, and large scale backdrop painting. Prerequisite: 2310 and 292.

391. Advanced Scenic Techniques (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Principles and practice of advanced scenic techniques including rigging, structural analysis, OSHA safety, scene painting and technical direction.

392. Introduction to Scenic Design for Performance and New Media (3)

Course covers the techniques, goals and concepts of scenic design for theatre, television, film, and new media. Theoretical, conceptual, and practical issues are addressed. Students complete a series of conceptual design projects. Prerequisite: 1110 and 292.

394. Costume Design for Performance and New Media (3)

Exploration of costume design for stage, film and television concentrating on design theory, visual communication, rendering techniques and portfolio presentation. Drawing skills required. Prerequisite: 1110 and 1310.

396. Lighting Design I (3)

Basics of lighting design, emphasis on play analysis, light plots and plugging charts. Crew assignment on departmental production required. Prerequisite: 1110 and 2320. {Fall}

397. Sound for Performance (3)

Introduction to the equipment and techniques of sound for performance. Hands on experience with microphones, mixers, processors, digital recordings, CDs and computer programs for sound production.

398. Costume Techniques (3)

Principles and practice of advanced costuming techniques like millinery, mask making, corsetry, wigs, jewelry and fabric dyeing. Prerequisite: 1310.

399. Special Problems in Theatre and Production (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Intensive study and practice of special techniques and materials in theatre and production. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Offered upon demand}

403. Directing I (3)

Introduces students to theories and practices of directing for the theatre. Through extensive reading and practical directing experience, students develop skills such as conducting research; scene and structural analysis; and working with actors, among others. Prerequisite: 1110 and 1220.

404 / 504. Directing II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Advanced study of the special problems in directing required by specific styles and stagings. Directing of a one-act script is required. Topics vary. Prerequisite: 403.

428. Topics in Musical Theatre (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Course material varies, including: training in audition preparation, ensemble performance, repertoire, musical theatre movement and cabaret performance. Prerequisite: 328. Restriction: permission of instructor.

431. Advanced Acting: Tools for Acting the Classical Repertory (3, may be repeated once Δ)

In this course, students acquire the dramaturgical, linguistic, and physical skills needed to bring the classical repertory to life on the stage. Prerequisite: 330.

432. Advanced Acting- Beyond Realism (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Development of acting skills necessary to perform plays written in a variety of styles that depart from realism. Authors may include: Beckett, Ionesco, Genet, Brecht, Fornes, Parks, Wellman, etc. Prerequisite: 330.

434. Performance Art (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Students create and perform original acts of live art combining various performance disciplines. Studio work will be supplemented by lectures examining performance art and artist. The role of performance in our lives will be probed.

437. Entering the Profession (3)

Preparation for a career in theatre and performance. Students learn about graduate schools, the state of the field; acquire practical knowledge of auditions, interviews, CVs, cover letters, professional etiquette, networking; and develop a career plan.

440 / 540. Devised Performance (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course explores the modes, methods, and theories of devised and collaborative performance.

445 / 545. Topics in Performance (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This interdisciplinary seminar integrates practice and theory to conduct in-depth explorations of themes, issues, and methods in performance. Topics vary by semester.

446. Theories of Performance (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An introduction to the theories undergirding the dynamic fields of theatre and performance studies its methodologies, genealogies, and current trends. This seminar investigates performance as a site and method of study.

*455. Playwriting II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An advanced workshop in playwriting. Students examine the traditional elements of dramatic structure, and explore contemporary tactics for the composition and revision of new plays. Open to students across disciplines. Prerequisite: 355.

*456L. Playwriting Laboratory (3, may be repeated once Δ)

A playwriting workshop for advanced undergraduate playwrights, focused on a specific theme, style, or dramaturgical question.

457. Advanced Dramatic Writing Workshop (3, may be repeated once Δ)

An advanced playwriting workshop focused on the composition and revision of evening-length performances and plays, with an emphasis on public presentation. {Fall}

458 / 558. Screenwriting (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Investigation of the art of writing the feature-length film. Study is performed in tandem with the development of a treatment and a script with revisions.

465 / 565. Live Performance: International Theatre Festival Immersion (3-4, may be repeated three times Δ)

This study-abroad course takes theatre festivals as its classroom, and immerses students in the most cutting-edge contemporary performances. Students are exposed to a wide variety of performances from a broad global context.

468 / 568. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 468/568, MUS 468/568) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation.

470. 3D Modeling and Visualization for Design (3)

For students wishing to use computers to explore the aesthetics of space/time/volume. Covers techniques in high-end modeling/animation of spaces/environments, sophisticated visualization software, and advanced presentation via image, sound and video. Prerequisite: 370.

472. Prop Design and Construction (3)

Provides practical and special techniques for theatre production through play analysis, budgeting, design, and construction in props. Will encourage creative and critical thinking skills, and stimulate the development of a personal aesthetic. Prerequisite: 292.

474. Production Performance (0, may be repeated seven times)

A project-based course in which students participate in realized productions within the department and under the direction of various faculty members. Students work hands-on learning and refining the professional skills needed in the entertainment industry.

475 / 575. Special Topics in Computers for Design (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study and practice in computers and technology for design and performance. Topics vary. {Offered on demand}

481. Costume Design and Technology Project (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

482. Scene Design and Technology Project (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Advanced production work in set design and technology for an actual performance under the supervision of the design faculty. Presentation of portfolio on finished project to design committee necessary for final grade. Admission by portfolio. Prerequisite: 392.

486. Lighting Design II (3, may be repeated once Δ)

Emphasis on designing for various types of stages. Crew assignment on departmental production required. Prerequisite: 396. {Spring}

487 / 587. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, DANC, MUS 487 / 587; FDMA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Spring}

488. Lighting Design and Technology Project (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Advanced production work in lighting design and technology for an actual performance under the supervision of the design faculty. Presentation of portfolio on finished project to design committee necessary for final grade. Admission by portfolio. Restriction: permission of instructor.

491. Professional Apprenticeship (1-6, no limit Δ)

Qualified students accepted by a professional company (e.g., The Santa Fe Opera, New Mexico Repertory Theatre, Ringling Bros. Barnum and Bailey Circus) may register for technical production or acting credit. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

492. Advanced Scene Design for Performance and New Media (3)

Study of the practice and techniques of scenic design for theatre, opera and dance. Emphasis on developing personal artistic vision in a collaborative art form. Students complete conceptual design projects. Prerequisite: 392.

494. Advanced Costume Design for Performance and New Media (3)

Advanced work in costume design, concentrating on student projects for dance, stage, film and television. Portfolio presentation required. Prerequisite: 394.

495. Studies in Theatre (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Lecture and studio study on various topics in theatre.

496 / 596. Student Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Advanced studies in Theatre under the supervision of an individual faculty member. This study must conclude in a project. This study may not be substitute for any course offered by the Theatre Program. Restriction: permission of instructor.

497 / 597. Independent Study (2-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Advanced studies and research in Theatre under the supervision of an individual faculty member. This study must conclude in a written project. This study may not substitute for any course offered by the Theatre Program. All projects must be approved by the Department. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Design Seminar (3)

Explores current topics and trends in contemporary design aesthetics, portfolio and resume preparation, and discussions on the business of theatrical design and related industries. Capstone course intended for students preparing for graduation. {Fall}

499. Departmental Honors (3-6 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Students achieving an overall grade point of 3.50 will qualify to apply for departmental honors which requires a research or creative project with supporting written document. Restriction: permission of instructor.

500. Introduction to Graduate Studies (3)

Research methods for performing arts including development of working bibliography, types of documentation, investigation of research materials and resources in theatre and dance. Includes a survey of main types of studies undertaken in theatre arts and dance. Required of all entering graduate students. Restricion: permission of instructor. {Fall}

503. Performance Theory (3)

(Also offered as DANC 503) An introduction to the theories undergirding the dynamic fields of theatre and performance studies its methodologies, genealogies, and current trends. This seminar investigates performance as a site and method of study. Restricion: permission of instructor. {Spring, even-numbered years}

504 / 404. Directing II (3, no limit Δ)

Advanced study of the special problems in directing required by specific styles and stagings. Directing of a one-act script is required. Topics vary. Restricion: permission of instructor. Prerequisite: 403. {Spring}

506. Critical Issues in the Performing Arts (3)

(Also offered as DANC 506) Examination of major problems and questions arising from interaction between the performing arts and the political, economic and social conditions in which they live. Survey of major figures in contemporary performing arts. Restricion: permission of instructor.

512. Graduate Seminar (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

Topical seminars in the areas of Dramatic Writing, Directing and Theatre Education. Restricion: permission of instructor.

529. Advanced Topics in Theatre and Dance (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Restricion: permission of instructor.

540 / 440. Devised Performance (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This course explores the modes, methods, and theories of devised and collaborative performance. Restricion: permission of instructor.

545 / 445. Topics in Performance (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

This interdisciplinary seminar integrates practice and theory to conduct in-depth explorations of themes, issues, and methods in performance. Topics vary by semester. Restricion: permission of instructor.

551. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restricion: permission of instructor.

555. Dramatic Writing I (4, may be repeated twice Δ)

A graduate workshop in dramatic writing. Students explore traditional theories of dramaturgy as well as generate and revise original plays and texts for performance. Phase One of an integrated experience in graduate dramatic writing. Restricion: permission of instructor.

556. Dramatic Writing II (4, may be repeated twice Δ)

A graduate workshop in dramatic writing. Students examine experimental and anti-realistic theories of dramaturgy and generate and revise original plays and texts for performance. Second phase of an integrated experience in graduate dramatic writing. Prerequisite: 555. Restricion: permission of instructor.

557. The Writer's Stage III (4, may be repeated twice Δ)

A graduate workshop in dramatic writing, focused on the revision and improvement of existing scripts. Restricion: permission of instructor.

558 / 458. Screenwriting (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Investigation of the art of writing the feature-length film. The analysis of concept, premise and social arena to develop the student’s own original screenplay to include at least one major set of revisions. Restricion: permission of instructor.

559. Topics in Dramatic Writing (3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Selected topics in writing for performance. Restricion: permission of instructor.

565 / 465. Live Performance: International Theatre Festival Immersion (3-4, may be repeated three times Δ)

568 / 468. Navajo Expressive Culture (3)

(Also offered as ANTH 568/468, MUS 568/468) Examination of contemporary Diné (Navajo) politics and art (music, Navajo language, photography, dance, radio, filmmaking, comedy, weaving, poetry). Weekly guest speakers, readings from ethnomusicology, anthropology, critical indigenous studies. Includes overnight field trip to Navajo Nation. Restricion: permission of instructor.

575 / 475. Special Topics in Computers for Design (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Intensive study and practice in computers and technology for design and performance. Topics vary. Restricion: permission of instructor. {Offered on demand}

587 / 487. Contemporary Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated once Δ)

(Also offered as ARTH, DANC, MUS 587 / 487; FDMA *487) Analyzes major instances of interdisciplinary influence and collaboration in the present day. Restricion: permission of instructor. {Spring}

596 / 496. Student Production Project (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Advanced studies in Theatre under the supervision of an individual faculty member. This study must conclude in a project. This study may not substitute for any course offered by the Theatre Program. Restriction: permission of instructor.

597 / 497. Independent Study (2-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

598. Master's Essay in Theatre and Dance (3)

Offered for students who have been advanced to candidacy and who have elected Plan II. Restricion: permission of instructor.

599. Master's Thesis (1-6, no limit Δ)

Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restricion: permission of instructor.

699. Dissertation (3-12, no limit Δ)

Submission of a major work, full length play or screen play that is shown in a public presentation as a staged concert reading or if approved, in a more comprehensive presentation. Offered on a CR/NC basis only. Restricion: permission of instructor.

University Honors Program (See also: HNRS) (UHON)

199. Concurrent Enrollment Seminar (1-3, no limit Δ)

The nature of the class will vary from semester to semester. Content interdisciplinary, covering such areas as history, philosophy and literature. The seminar will not duplicate any departmental offering. For University Honors Program requirements, only 3 to 6 credit hours may be counted. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

235. Seminar: University Honors Program (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Various sections, various topics each semester. Pre- or corequisite: HNRS 1120. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

301–302. Honors Seminar (3, no limit Δ; 3, no limit Δ)

Selected seminar topics of an educationally broadening and generally interdisciplinary nature taught by specially selected faculty. Instructors and topics will vary from semester to semester. Prerequisite: HNRS 2112, 2113, 2167, 2221, 2331, 2364, or 2997 Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

399. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Not to be counted as part of 300 or above requirement for graduation with Honors except with permission of Director. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

401–402. Honors Seminar (3, no limit Δ; 3, no limit Δ)

Selected seminar topics of an educationally broadening and generally interdisciplinary nature taught by specially selected faculty. Instructors and topics will vary from semester to semester. Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

490. Senior Reading and Research in Honors (3)

Prerequisite for completing senior honors thesis graduation option in conjunction with Senior Honors Thesis (491). Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

491. Senior Honors Thesis (3)

Prerequisite: 490. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

492. Senior Teaching Preparation (3)

Prerequisite for completing honors senior teaching graduation option. Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

493. Honors Senior Teaching (3)

Participation in all aspects of guiding Honors seminar under direction of Honors instructor. Requirements: teaching portfolio and a final paper. Required senior option for graduation in conjunction with Senior Teaching Preparation (492). Prerequisite: 492. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

495. Senior Colloquium (3)

Honors capstone seminars of various topics specially designed to meet the needs of senior students in the program. Required senior option for graduation in conjunction with Seminar Service-Learning (496). Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

496. Seminar Service-Learning (3)

Seminar enabling senior Honors students to learn and develop through active participation in organized community service experiences. Required senior option for graduation in conjunction with the Senior Colloquium (495). Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

498. Individual Experiential Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Requires concurrent enrollment in a 3 credit hour 400-level Honors Seminar. A written proposal outlining the field experience must be completed. That field experience must complement the 400-level Honors Seminar, incorporating the seminar content into the field experience. Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

499. Individual Study (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Pre- or corequisite: 301 or 302. Restriction: admitted to programs in Honors College.

University (UNIV)

102. Topics: Academic Foundations (1-3 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Designed to engage students who share academic interests, with their intended major, college or school. {Fall, Spring}

105. University College Interdisciplinary Co-Op (0)

Exploring the world of work and interacting with their surroundings in an environment conducive to growth and personal development, UNM students will benefit from real life situations through experiential learning. Academic advisement approval required.

201. Topics in Career Exploration (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Both general and discipline-specific sections offered. Students will explore their goals, passions, and skills, and the steps and tools related to career decision-making (general seminar). In the discipline-specific sections, students will explore specific career options.

391. Topics in Leadership Development (1-3 to a maximum of 12 Δ)

Prepares students to work in leadership positions on and off campus. Course may address Student Development Theory, Supplemental Instruction, Intentionally Structured Groups, critical thinking, learning styles, success skills, diversity, effective communication and group dynamics.

Women Studies (See also: GNDR) (WMST)

250. Black Women (3)

A comprehensive survey of the role Black Women has played in the society of the United States. Emphasis will be placed on achievements and contributions.

279. Interdisciplinary Topics (1-3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Can be repeated for credit three times by students earning a major or minor in Women Studies.

304. Feminist Theories: Identity, Knowledge, and Power (3)

Exploration of the intersections, connections, and tensions between feminist theory and queer, critical race, and postcolonial theories. Theoretical focus on the discussion around previous and emerging analyses of identity, knowledge/power, and justice.

313. Women and the Law (3)

(Also offered as POLS 313) A survey of legal issues affecting women. Examines the historical development and current law of equal opportunity, sexual harassment, pay equity, sports, family, reproduction and sexual violence. Prerequisite: POLS 303.

314. Sex and the State (3)

(Also offered as POLS 314) This course looks at the intersection of sex and law. Topics include Social Contract Theory as a sexual and domestic labor contract, NM rape laws, legal definitions of pornography, and sexual torture: consensual or criminal. Prerequisite: POLS 303.

323. Feminist Economics (3)

This course offers a feminist critique of traditional economic theories as presented by post-colonial feminists. It also covers the related issues of globalization, population control and state policies, immigration, and social exclusion.

324. Contemporary Feminist Theory (3)

An investigation of selected feminist theories from the past three decades. Learning the skills of analysis and applying these skills to theory will be stressed.

325. Race, Class and Feminism (3)

This course will open discussion on the significance of race and class as an integral component in the development of feminist movements.

326. Gender and Communication (3)

(Also offered as CJ 326) Study of the relationship between gender and communication with specific attention to how gender affects language, verbal and nonverbal communication practices and how women’s movements have attempted to transform gendered communication practices.

331. Transnational Feminisms (3)

Examination of theoretical and methodological techniques of postcolonial, transnational, and third world feminist scholars/activists; how oppressions are theorized, experienced, and resisted, with a special focus on colonization, imperialism, nationalism, global capitalism, and empire.

335. Lesbian Culture and Politics (3)

Descriptive and theoretical focus on lesbian women in society and within the women’s movement; consideration of issues relevant to Lesbian identity.

336. Queer Theories (3)

Class will touch on some early foundations of queer theory and use that foundation as a spring board to explore queer of color, queer migration, queer diaspora, postcolonial queer, and queer native studies scholarship.

337 / 537. Transgender Studies (3)

Transgender studies is an emergent interdisciplinary field that centers and transgender people’s experiences. Through the optic of "trans" this field theorizes sex, gender, identity, and embodiment, and their regulations in culture, science, and law.

339. Women and Cultural Violence (3)

An examination of cultural violence toward women (rape, domestic violence, sexual harassment, emotional and verbal abuse, media images, etc.) through political, economic, psychological, social and cultural perspectives.

379. Interdisciplinary Topics (1-3, may be repeated three times Δ)

Can be repeated for credit three times by students earning a major or minor in Women Studies. {Fall, Spring}

416. Women and Health in American History (3)

(Also offered as HIST 414) We examine the health issues women have faced and their responses to them from the 18th to the 20th centuries in the U.S., investigating women as patients, women as practitioners and the gendering of disease.

469. Multiculturalism, Gender and Media (3)

(Also offered as CJ 469) Exploration of how gender, race, class, sexual orientation, ethnicity and other social positions affect media coverage, portrayals, production and reception. The course focuses on theories, methods of analysis and topics of current interest.

479. Advanced Interdisciplinary Topics (3, may be repeated twice Δ)

An advanced seminar on the interdisciplinary study of feminism, gender, and sexuality in the arts, humanities, natural, social or health sciences.

492. Senior Seminar (3)

An advanced course for seniors in Women Studies, emphasizing synthesis and development of research skills. Restriction: senior standing and permission of instructor. {Spring}

493. Senior Honors Thesis (3)

Offered by independent study to Women Studies majors eligible for honors. This capstone experience in the honors program builds on WMST 492, and is intended to complete the writing of the honors thesis. Prerequisite: 492. Restriction: permission of instructor.

498. Feminism in Action (3)

Planned and supervised work experience in a community agency serving women.

499. Independent Study (1-3, may be repeated 3 times Δ)

Student is expected to present a topic for study. Restriction: permission of instructor.

510. Feminist Theories (3)

Study of major themes in contemporary feminist thought.

512. Introduction to Feminist Research Methodology (3)

Study of feminist research methodologies, covering interdisciplinary feminist approaches to research and applications of feminist scholarship.

537 / 337. Transgender Studies (3)

579. Interdisciplinary Topics (1-3, may be repeated three times Δ)

597. Independent Study (1-3 to a maximum of 3 Δ)

Independent project culminating in a final paper. Students must submit a proposal to instructor prior to receiving permission to register. Restriction: permission of instructor. {Fall, Spring}

Water Resources Program (WR)

551–552. Problems (1-3 to a maximum of 6 Δ)

Independent study under the mentorship of a faculty member.

571. Water Resources I: Contemporary Issues (4)

(Also offered as ECON 546) Students examine contemporary issues in water resource systems, including water quality; ecosystem health; stakeholder concerns; economics; and water supply, policy, management and allocation. Emphasis on teamwork, cooperation, and oral, written and graphic communication. {Fall}

572. Water Resources II: Models (4)

(Also offered as ECON 545) Practical aspects of the different technical models used by water resource professionals: hydrological, economic, ecological, etc. Students use models to solve problems. Emphasis on oral, written and graphic communication. Prerequisite: 571 and (576 or CE 541 or CE 542 or EPS 562) and (ECON 2120 or ECON 300). {Spring}

573. Water Resources III: Field Problems (4)

Intensive experience with a field-based problem or suite of problems. Students work through problem identification and definition, collect/analyze data, propose solutions and present conclusions and recommendations in an appropriate forum. Restriction: admitted to M.W.R. Water Resources and permission of instructor. {Summer}

576. Physical Hydrology (3)

(Also offered as EPS 576 / 476) Quantitative treatment of the hydrologic cycle–precipitation, evapotranspiration, infiltration, runoff and subsurface flow; global change and hydrology; catchment and hillslope hydrology; hydrologic system-ecosystem interactions; hydrology and water resources management. Prerequisite: MATH 1522 and PHYS 1310. {Fall}

590. Internship (3)

Professional experience in a public, private or non-profit organization, supervised by a water resource professional. Restriction: permission of program director. {Summer, Fall, Spring}

595. Topics in Water Resources (1-4 to a maximum of 9 Δ)

Variable course content depending upon student demand and instructor availability. Restriction: permission of instructor.

598. Professional Project (1-3, no limit Δ)

Required for the Master of Water Resources degree. Maximum of 3 credits can be counted toward degree. Offered on a CR/NC basis only.